See in Reader
Improved punctuation and support for discontinuous words (#1083)
This commit is contained in:
Joel
Gogs
parent
c2c8c6f4e3
commit
16f1f21a0e
876
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
876
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
|
|
@ -10,18 +10,18 @@ MAT 1 2 mxm2 figs-ellipsis 0 Isaac the father ... Jacob the father Here the wor
|
|||
MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names 0 Perez ... Zerah ... Hezron ... Ram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 1 3 t7jg figs-ellipsis 0 Perez the father ... Hezron the father Here the word "was" is understood. Alternate translation: "Perez was the father ... Hezron was the father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 1 4 fe3u figs-ellipsis 0 Amminadab the father ... Nahshon the father Here the word "was" is understood. Alternate translation: "Amminadab was the father ... Nahshon was the father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 1 5 yr52 Σαλμὼν ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ 1 Salmon was the father of Boaz by Rahab "Salmon was the father of Boaz, and Boaz's mother was Rahab" or "Salmon and Rahab were the parents of Boaz"
|
||||
MAT 1 5 yr52 Σαλμὼν ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Βόες ἐκ τῆς Ῥαχάβ 1 Salmon was the father of Boaz by Rahab "Salmon was the father of Boaz, and Boaz's mother was Rahab" or "Salmon and Rahab were the parents of Boaz"
|
||||
MAT 1 5 lj86 figs-ellipsis 0 Boaz the father ... Obed the father Here the word "was" is understood. Alternate translation: "Boaz was the father ... Obed was the father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 1 5 q5bd Βόες ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ 1 Boaz the father of Obed by Ruth "Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed's mother was Ruth" or "Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed"
|
||||
MAT 1 5 q5bd Βόες ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰωβὴδ ἐκ τῆς Ῥούθ 1 Boaz the father of Obed by Ruth "Boaz was the father of Obed, and Obed's mother was Ruth" or "Boaz and Ruth were the parents of Obed"
|
||||
MAT 1 6 r84m figs-ellipsis 0 David the father of Solomon by the wife of Uriah Here the word "was" is understood. "David was the father of Solomon, and Solomon's mother was Uriah's wife" or "David and the wife of Uriah were the parents of Solomon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 1 6 bp35 0 the wife of Uriah "the widow of Uriah." Solomon was born after Uriah died.
|
||||
MAT 1 7 r881 figs-ellipsis τὸν Ῥοβοάμ Ῥοβοὰμ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ 1 Rehoboam the father of Abijah, Abijah the father of Asa The word "was" is understood in both of these phrases. Alternate translation: "Rehoboam was the father of Abijah, and Abijah was the father of Asa" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 1 10 bh7r τὸν Ἀμώς 1 Amon Sometimes this is translated "Amos."
|
||||
MAT 1 11 dk1j Ἰωσίας ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν 1 Josiah was an ancestor of Jechoniah A more specific term for "ancestor" can also be used, particularly if the word "ancestor" would only be used for someone who lived before one's grandparents. Alternate translation: "Josiah was a grandfather of Jechoniah"
|
||||
MAT 1 7 r881 figs-ellipsis τὸν Ῥοβοάμ, Ῥοβοὰμ ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀβιά, Ἀβιὰ ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀσάφ 1 Rehoboam the father of Abijah, Abijah the father of Asa The word "was" is understood in both of these phrases. Alternate translation: "Rehoboam was the father of Abijah, and Abijah was the father of Asa" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 1 10 bh7r τὸν ... Ἀμώς 1 Amon Sometimes this is translated "Amos."
|
||||
MAT 1 11 dk1j Ἰωσίας ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰεχονίαν 1 Josiah was an ancestor of Jechoniah A more specific term for "ancestor" can also be used, particularly if the word "ancestor" would only be used for someone who lived before one's grandparents. Alternate translation: "Josiah was a grandfather of Jechoniah"
|
||||
MAT 1 11 rj7p ἐπὶ τῆς μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 at the time of the deportation to Babylon "when they were forced to move to Babylon" or "when the Babylonians conquered them and made them go live in Babylon." If your language needs to specify who went to Babylon, you could say "the Israelites" or "the Israelites who lived in Judah."
|
||||
MAT 1 11 v2im Βαβυλῶνος 1 Babylon Here this means the country of Babylon, not just the city of Babylon.
|
||||
MAT 1 12 y7cx μετὰ τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 After the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [Matthew 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
MAT 1 12 tx6g τὸν Σαλαθιήλ Σαλαθιὴλ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ 1 Shealtiel was an ancestor of Zerubbabel Shealtiel was Zerubbabel's grandfather.
|
||||
MAT 1 12 y7cx μετὰ ... τὴν μετοικεσίαν Βαβυλῶνος 1 After the deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [Matthew 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
MAT 1 12 tx6g τὸν Σαλαθιήλ, Σαλαθιὴλ ... ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ζοροβαβέλ 1 Shealtiel was an ancestor of Zerubbabel Shealtiel was Zerubbabel's grandfather.
|
||||
MAT 1 15 lqk9 0 Connecting Statement: The author concludes Jesus' genealogy, which began in [Matthew 1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
MAT 1 16 b3bm figs-activepassive Μαρίας, ἐξ ἧς ἐγεννήθη Ἰησοῦς 1 Mary, by whom Jesus was born This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Mary, who gave birth to Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 16 z2rg figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom people call Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -29,30 +29,31 @@ MAT 1 17 jzq4 translate-numbers δεκατέσσαρες 1 fourteen "14" (See: [
|
|||
MAT 1 17 z5xw μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος 1 deportation to Babylon Use the same wording you used in [Matthew 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
MAT 1 18 gnl6 0 General Information: This begins a new part of the story in which the author describes the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 18 cqt1 figs-explicit 0 His mother, Mary, was engaged to marry Joseph "His mother, Mary, was going to marry Joseph." Parents normally arranged the marriages of their children. Alternate translation: "The parents of Mary, the mother of Jesus, had promised her in marriage to Joseph" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 1 18 e4ur figs-explicit τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ, Μαρίας, ἦν μνηστευθείσης 1 His mother, Mary, was engaged Translate in a way that makes it clear that Jesus was not already born when Mary was engaged to Joseph. Alternate translation: "Mary, who would be the mother of Jesus, was engaged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 1 18 xvk1 figs-euphemism πρὶν συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 before they came together "before they got married." This may refer to Mary and Joseph sleeping together. Alternate translation: "before they had slept together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 1 18 e4ur figs-explicit ἦν: μνηστευθείσης τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας 1 His mother, Mary, was engaged Translate in a way that makes it clear that Jesus was not already born when Mary was engaged to Joseph. Alternate translation: "Mary, who would be the mother of Jesus, was engaged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 1 18 xvk1 figs-euphemism πρὶν ... συνελθεῖν αὐτοὺς 1 before they came together "before they got married." This may refer to Mary and Joseph sleeping together. Alternate translation: "before they had slept together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 1 18 in4a figs-activepassive εὑρέθη ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσα 1 she was found to be pregnant This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they realized that she was going to have a baby" or "it happened that she was pregnant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 18 a71d ἐκ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 by the Holy Spirit The power of the Holy Spirit had enabled Mary to have a baby before she had slept with a man.
|
||||
MAT 1 19 j8eb figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ, ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 Joseph, her husband Joseph had not married Mary yet, but when a man and woman promised to marry each other, Jews considered them husband and wife though they did not live together. Alternate translation: "Joseph, who was supposed to marry Mary" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 1 19 j8eb figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ... ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς 1 Joseph, her husband Joseph had not married Mary yet, but when a man and woman promised to marry each other, Jews considered them husband and wife though they did not live together. Alternate translation: "Joseph, who was supposed to marry Mary" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 1 19 pu3p ἀπολῦσαι αὐτήν 1 divorce her "cancel their plans to get married"
|
||||
MAT 1 20 iip4 0 As he thought "As Joseph thought"
|
||||
MAT 1 20 fb7e κατ’ ὄναρ ἐφάνη αὐτῷ 1 appeared to him in a dream "came to him while Joseph was dreaming"
|
||||
MAT 1 20 lc8r υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 son of David Here "son" means "descendant."
|
||||
MAT 1 20 va5e figs-activepassive ἐκ Πνεύματός ἐστιν Ἁγίου 1 the one who is conceived in her is conceived by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit caused Mary to become pregnant with this child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 21 j38f τέξεται υἱὸν 1 She will give birth to a son Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy.
|
||||
MAT 1 21 j38f τέξεται ... υἱὸν 1 She will give birth to a son Because God sent the angel, the angel knew the baby was a boy.
|
||||
MAT 1 21 glq8 καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 you will call his name "you must name him" or "you must give him the name." This is a command.
|
||||
MAT 1 21 bf5z αὐτὸς γὰρ σώσει 1 for he will save Translator may add a footnote that says "The name 'Jesus' means 'the Lord saves.'"
|
||||
MAT 1 21 em9q τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his people This refers to the Jews.
|
||||
MAT 1 22 p47i writing-background 0 General Information: The author quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus' birth was according to scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 1 22 p9la τοῦτο ὅλον γέγονεν 1 All this happened The angel is no longer speaking. Matthew is now explaining the importance of what the angel said.
|
||||
MAT 1 22 p9la τοῦτο ... ὅλον γέγονεν 1 All this happened The angel is no longer speaking. Matthew is now explaining the importance of what the angel said.
|
||||
MAT 1 22 c1vw figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 what was spoken by the Lord through the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what the Lord told the prophet to write long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 1 22 p39k figs-explicit τοῦ προφήτου 1 the prophet There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Isaiah. Alternate translation: "the prophet Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 1 23 q19h 0 Behold ... Immanuel Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 1 23 dw7z ἰδοὺ, ἡ παρθένος 1 Behold, the virgin "Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important: the virgin"
|
||||
MAT 1 23 sln1 translate-names Ἐμμανουήλ 1 Immanuel This is a male name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 1 23 lm6t "— ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον," μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός." 1 which means, "God with us." This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name "Immanuel." You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "This name means 'God with us.'"
|
||||
MAT 1 23 lm6t ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον,
|
||||
“ μεθ’ ἡμῶν ὁ Θεός 1 which means, "God with us." This is not in the book of Isaiah. Matthew is explaining the meaning of the name "Immanuel." You could translate it as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "This name means 'God with us.'"
|
||||
MAT 1 24 iue3 0 Connecting Statement: The author concludes his description of the events leading up to the birth of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 24 iz4r ὡς προσέταξεν ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου 1 as the angel of the Lord commanded The angel had told Joseph to take Mary as his wife and to name the child Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 24 iz4r ὡς προσέταξεν ... ὁ ἄγγελος Κυρίου 1 as the angel of the Lord commanded The angel had told Joseph to take Mary as his wife and to name the child Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 1 24 nr5e 0 he took her as his wife "he married Mary"
|
||||
MAT 1 25 i7p5 figs-euphemism 0 he did not know her This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: "he did not have sexual relations with her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 1 25 dlm9 υἱόν 1 to a son "to a male baby" or "to her son." Make sure it is clear that Joseph is not portrayed as the actual father.
|
||||
|
|
@ -60,11 +61,11 @@ MAT 1 25 jtz8 0 Then he called his name Jesus "Joseph named the child Jesus"
|
|||
MAT 2 intro dz1c 0 # Matthew 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6 and 18, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "His star"<br><br>These words probably refer to a star that the learned men believed to be the sign of a new king of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Learned men"<br><br>English translations use many different words to translate this phrase. These words include "magi" and "wise men." These men could have been scientists or astrologers. If you can, you should translate this with the general word "learned men."<br>
|
||||
MAT 2 1 j9yn 0 General Information: A new part of the story begins here and continues through the end of the chapter. Matthew tells about Herod's attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
|
||||
MAT 2 1 k518 Βηθλέεμ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 Bethlehem of Judea "the town of Bethlehem in the province of Judea"
|
||||
MAT 2 1 id55 ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως 1 in the days of Herod the king "when Herod was king there"
|
||||
MAT 2 1 id55 ἐν ... ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου τοῦ βασιλέως 1 in the days of Herod the king "when Herod was king there"
|
||||
MAT 2 1 kf5g Ἡρῴδου 1 Herod This refers to Herod the Great.
|
||||
MAT 2 1 p6gc μάγοι ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 learned men from the east "men from the east who studied the stars"
|
||||
MAT 2 1 ft22 ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν 1 from the east "from a country far east of Judea"
|
||||
MAT 2 2 v5t4 ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων? 1 Where is he who was born King of the Jews? The men knew from studying the stars that the one who would become king had been born. They were trying to learn where he was. Alternate translation: "A baby who will become the king of the Jews has been born. Where is he?"
|
||||
MAT 2 2 v5t4 ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ τεχθεὶς Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Where is he who was born King of the Jews? The men knew from studying the stars that the one who would become king had been born. They were trying to learn where he was. Alternate translation: "A baby who will become the king of the Jews has been born. Where is he?"
|
||||
MAT 2 2 zj7c αὐτοῦ τὸν ἀστέρα 1 his star They were not saying that the baby was the rightful owner of the star. Alternate translation: "the star that tells about him" or "the star that is associated with his birth"
|
||||
MAT 2 2 a7y9 ἐν τῇ ἀνατολῇ 1 in the east "as it came up in the east" or "while we were in our country"
|
||||
MAT 2 2 v248 προσκυνῆσαι 1 worship Possible meanings are 1) they intended to worship the baby as divine, or 2) they wanted to honor him as a human king. If your language has a word that includes both meanings, you should consider using it here.
|
||||
|
|
@ -96,7 +97,7 @@ MAT 2 13 brp5 0 General Information: In verse 15, Matthew quotes the prophet H
|
|||
MAT 2 13 iw8p ἀναχωρησάντων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 they had departed "the learned men had departed"
|
||||
MAT 2 13 zwj5 φαίνεται κατ’ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ 1 appeared to Joseph in a dream "came to Joseph while he was dreaming"
|
||||
MAT 2 13 u4a4 figs-you 0 Get up, take ... flee ... Remain ... you God is speaking to Joseph, so these should all be singular forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "until I tell you it is safe to come back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 v88f figs-explicit ἕως ... εἴπω σοι 1 until I tell you The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "until I tell you it is safe to come back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 13 g3t7 εἴπω σοι 1 I tell you Here "I" refers to God. The angel is speaking for God.
|
||||
MAT 2 15 ft3a figs-explicit ἦν 1 He remained It is implied that Joseph, Mary, and Jesus remained in Egypt. Alternate translation: "They remained" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 15 d11g ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου 1 until the death of Herod Herod does not die until [Matthew 2:19](../02/19.md). This statement describes the length of their stay in Egypt, and it does not say that Herod died at this time.
|
||||
|
|
@ -105,20 +106,20 @@ MAT 2 15 dr9b τὸν Υἱόν μου 1 my son In Hosea this refers to the peo
|
|||
MAT 2 16 s2la figs-events 0 General Information: These events happen before Herod's death, which Matthew mentioned in [Matthew 2:15](../02/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 2 16 yq7p 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts back to Herod and tells what he did when he learned that the learned men had deceived him.
|
||||
MAT 2 16 g513 figs-activepassive ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων 1 he had been mocked by the learned men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the learned men had embarrassed him by tricking him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 16 d8d5 figs-explicit ἀποστείλας ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας 1 He sent and killed all the male children Herod did not kill the children himself. Alternate translation: "He gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys" or "He sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 16 d8d5 figs-explicit ἀποστείλας, ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας 1 He sent and killed all the male children Herod did not kill the children himself. Alternate translation: "He gave orders for his soldiers to kill all the boys" or "He sent soldiers there to kill all the boy babies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 2 16 nkr1 translate-numbers διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω 1 two years old and under "2 years old and younger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 2 16 dr3r κατὰ τὸν χρόνον 1 according to the time "based on the time"
|
||||
MAT 2 17 q1y9 0 General Information: Matthew quotes the prophet Jeremiah to show that the death of all of the male children in the region of Bethlehem was according to scripture.
|
||||
MAT 2 17 l8g5 figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη 1 Then was fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This fulfilled" or "Herod's actions fulfilled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 17 v6a1 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been spoken through Jeremiah the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what the Lord spoke long ago through the prophet Jeremiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 18 p9gk 0 A voice was heard ... they were no more Matthew is quoting the prophet Jeremiah.
|
||||
MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People heard a voice" or "There was a loud sound" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 18 k91t figs-activepassive φωνὴ ... ἠκούσθη 1 A voice was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People heard a voice" or "There was a loud sound" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 18 zm17 0 Rachel weeping for her children Rachel lived many years before this time. This prophecy shows Rachel, who has died, weeping for her descendants.
|
||||
MAT 2 18 rgg1 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι 1 she refused to be comforted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one could comfort her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 2 18 p9ri figs-euphemism ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 because they were no more "because the children were gone and would never return." Here "were no more" is a mild way of saying they are dead. Alternate translation: "because they were dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 19 kt2i 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to Egypt, where Joseph, Mary, and the young Jesus are living.
|
||||
MAT 2 19 r4yu ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν τοῦ παιδίου' ψυχὴν 1 those who sought the child's life Here "sought the child's life" is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. "Alternate translation: "those who were looking for the child in order to kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 20 hz2m figs-euphemism οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου 1 those who sought the child's life Here "sought the child's life" is a way of saying they wanted to kill the child. "Alternate translation: "those who were looking for the child in order to kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 2 20 y6r6 οἱ ζητοῦντες 1 those who sought This refers to King Herod and his advisors.
|
||||
MAT 2 22 kg7u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 2:1](../02/01.md) about Herod's attempt to kill the new King of the Jews.
|
||||
MAT 2 22 uq8p ἀκούσας δὲ 1 But when he heard "But when Joseph heard"
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,23 +129,23 @@ MAT 2 23 dx5i figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητ
|
|||
MAT 2 23 hc8g translate-names Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται 1 he would be called a Nazarene Here "he" refers to Jesus. The prophets before the time of Jesus would have referred to him as the Messiah or the Christ. Alternate translation: "people would say that the Christ is a Nazarene" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 3 intro a6h3 0 # Matthew 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in verse 3.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Bear fruit worthy of repentance"<br><br>Fruit is a common picture word in the scriptures. Writers use it to describe the results of either good or bad behavior. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "The kingdom of heaven is near"<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the "kingdom of heaven" was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase "at hand," but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases "is coming near" and "has come near."<br>
|
||||
MAT 3 1 xp3z 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of the ministry of John the Baptist. In verse 3, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that John the Baptist was God's appointed messenger to prepare for Jesus' ministry.
|
||||
MAT 3 1 d74m ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 In those days This is many years after Joseph and his family left Egypt and went to Nazareth. This is probably near the time that Jesus begins his ministry. Alternate translation: "Some time later" or "Some years later"
|
||||
MAT 3 1 d74m ἐν ... ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 In those days This is many years after Joseph and his family left Egypt and went to Nazareth. This is probably near the time that Jesus begins his ministry. Alternate translation: "Some time later" or "Some years later"
|
||||
MAT 3 2 w7e9 figs-you μετανοεῖτε 1 Repent This is plural in form. John is speaking to the crowds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 fl4v figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ, Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For Isaiah the prophet was speaking of John the Baptist when he said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 2 hvx8 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ... ἡ ... τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven is near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 fl4v figs-activepassive οὗτος γάρ ἐστιν ὁ ῥηθεὶς διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 For this is he who was spoken of by Isaiah the prophet, saying This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For Isaiah the prophet was speaking of John the Baptist when he said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 hxb6 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: "The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard" or "They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness"
|
||||
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-parallelism ποιεῖτε,' τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, ἑτοιμάσατε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ εὐθείας.'" 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 y8b5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 yhe7 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε‘ τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 3 3 y8b5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε‘ τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 j647 writing-background 0 Now ... wild honey The word "Now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 x7f3 translate-symaction εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου' καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ 1 wore clothing of camel's hair and a leather belt around his waist This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy τότε Ἱεροσόλυμα πᾶσα ἡ, Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region The words "Jerusalem," "Judea," and "the region" are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word "all" is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 3 6 v5xn figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They were baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John baptized them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 4 x7f3 translate-symaction εἶχεν τὸ ἔνδυμα ... ἀπὸ τριχῶν καμήλου καὶ ζώνην δερματίνην περὶ τὴν ὀσφὺν αὐτοῦ 1 wore clothing of camel's hair and a leather belt around his waist This clothing symbolizes that John is a prophet like the prophets from long ago, especially the prophet Elijah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 5 j8ke figs-metonymy τότε ... Ἱεροσόλυμα ... πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία, καὶ πᾶσα ἡ περίχωρος 1 Then Jerusalem, all Judea, and all the region The words "Jerusalem," "Judea," and "the region" are metonyms for the people from those areas. The word "all" is an exaggeration to emphasize that very many people went out. Alternate translation: Then very may people from Jerusalem, Judea, and that region" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 3 6 v5xn figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο ... ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 They were baptized by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John baptized them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 6 gi4r ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 They This refers to the people coming from Jerusalem, Judea, and the region around the Jordan River.
|
||||
MAT 3 7 b2br 0 General Information: John the Baptist begins to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 3 7 fjl3 figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν, τίς 1 You offspring of vipers, who This is a metaphor. Here "offspring" means "having the characteristic of." Vipers are a kind of dangerous snakes and represent evil. This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "You evil poisonous snakes! Who" or "You are evil like poisonous snakes! Who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 c4cl figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς? 1 who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming? John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. Alternate translation: "you cannot flee from God's wrath like this." or "do not think that you can flee from God's wrath just because I baptize you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 c4cl figs-rquestion τίς ὑπέδειξεν ὑμῖν φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 who warned you to flee from the wrath that is coming? John uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees and Sadducees because they were asking him to baptize them so that God would not punish them, but they did not want to stop sinning. Alternate translation: "you cannot flee from God's wrath like this." or "do not think that you can flee from God's wrath just because I baptize you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 3 7 h7ac figs-metonymy φυγεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς μελλούσης ὀργῆς 1 flee from the wrath that is coming The word "wrath" is being used to refer to God's punishment because his wrath precedes it. Alternate translation: "run away from the punishment that is coming" or "escape because God is about to punish you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Bear fruit worthy of repentance The phrase "bear fruit" is a metaphor referring to a person's actions. Alternate translation: "Let your actions show that you have truly repented" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 8 s8ac figs-metaphor ποιήσατε ... καρπὸν ἄξιον τῆς μετανοίας 1 Bear fruit worthy of repentance The phrase "bear fruit" is a metaphor referring to a person's actions. Alternate translation: "Let your actions show that you have truly repented" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 9 q7b1 figs-explicit πατέρα ἔχομεν τὸν Ἀβραάμ 1 We have Abraham for our father "Abraham is our ancestor" or "We are descendants of Abraham." The Jewish leaders thought that God would not punish them since they were descendants of Abraham. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 3 9 r29p λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what John is about to say.
|
||||
MAT 3 9 k843 0 God is able to raise up children for Abraham even out of these stones "God is able to make physical descendants out of even these stones and give them to Abraham"
|
||||
|
|
@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ MAT 3 12 r2ua τὴν ἅλωνα αὐτοῦ 1 his threshing floor "his groun
|
|||
MAT 3 12 av8l figs-metaphor 0 gather his wheat into the storehouse ... burn up the chaff with fire that can never be put This is a metaphor showing how God will separate righteous people from evil people. The righteous will go to heaven like wheat into a farmer's storehouse, and God will burn the people who are like chaff with a fire that will never be put out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 3 12 bdb7 figs-activepassive ἀσβέστῳ 1 can never be put out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will never burn out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 13 vl93 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time when John the Baptist baptizes Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive τὸν Ἰωάννην βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ 1 to be baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so John could baptize him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 13 zbj9 figs-activepassive τὸν ... Ἰωάννην ... βαπτισθῆναι ὑπ’ 1 to be baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so John could baptize him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 14 cl7t figs-rquestion 0 I need to be baptized by you, and do you come to me? John uses a question to show his surprise at Jesus' request. Alternate translation: "You are more important than I am. I should not baptize you. You should baptize me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 3 15 h6ca figs-inclusive ἡμῖν 1 for us Here "us" refers to Jesus and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 n8bk 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about John the Baptist. It describes what happened after he baptized Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,20 +172,20 @@ MAT 3 16 sf5w ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" here alerts us to pay atten
|
|||
MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρανοί 1 the heavens were opened to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus saw the sky open" or "God opened the heavens to Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν 1 coming down like a dove Possible meanings are 1) this is simply a statement that the Spirit was in the form of a dove or 2) this is a simile that compares the Spirit coming down upon Jesus gently, the way a dove would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-metonymy 0 a voice came out of the heavens saying "Jesus heard a voice from heaven." Here "voice" refers to God speaking. Alternate translation: "God spoke from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 6, 15 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quotation in verse 10.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "the kingdom of heaven has come near"<br><br>No one knows for use whether the "kingdom of heaven" was present or still coming when Jesus spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase "at hand," but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phase "is coming near" and "has come near."<br><br>##### "If you are the Son of God"<br><br>The reader should not understand these words in verses 3 and 6 to mean that Satan did not know whether Jesus was the Son of God. God had already said that Jesus was his Son ([Matthew 3:17](../../mat/03/17.md)), so Satan knew who Jesus was. He also knew that Jesus could make stones become bread and could throw himself off of high places and not be hurt. He was trying to make Jesus do these things and so disobey God and obey Satan. These words can be translated as "Because you are the Son of God" or "You are the Son of God. Show me what you can do." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofgod]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 4 1 k51m 0 General Information: Here Matthew begins a new part of the story in which Jesus spends 40 days in the wilderness, where Satan tempts him. In verse 4, Jesus rebukes Satan with a quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit led Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη ... ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit led Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 1 wy4b figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 to be tempted by the devil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so the devil could tempt Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 2 iw2i ἐπείνασεν 1 he had fasted ... he was hungry These refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 2 cft7 translate-numbers ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα καὶ νύκτας τεσσεράκοντα 1 forty days and forty nights "40 days and 40 nights." This refers to 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: "40 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 vl86 ὁ πειράζων 1 The tempter These words refer to the same being as "the devil" (verse 1). You may have to use the same word to translate both.
|
||||
MAT 4 3 l1lk εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, εἰπὲ 1 If you are the Son of God, command It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are 1) this is a temptation to do miracles for Jesus' own benefit. Alternate translation: "You are the Son of God, so you can command" or 2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: "Prove that you are the Son of God by commanding"
|
||||
MAT 4 3 c1ac guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 m1va figs-quotations εἰπὲ οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 command these stones to become bread. You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "say to these stones, 'Become bread.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 m1va figs-quotations εἰπὲ ... οἱ λίθοι οὗτοι ἄρτοι γένωνται 1 command these stones to become bread. You could translate this with a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "say to these stones, 'Become bread.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 4 3 t3xm figs-synecdoche ἄρτοι 1 bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 fd67 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote this in the scriptures long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 4 rld7 οὐκ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man shall not live on bread alone This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
|
||||
MAT 4 4 rld7 οὐκ‘ ἐπ’ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ ζήσεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Man shall not live on bread alone This implies that there is something more important to life than food.
|
||||
MAT 4 4 jl6f figs-metonymy ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὶ ῥήματι ἐκπορευομένῳ διὰ στόματος Θεοῦ 1 but by every word that comes out of the mouth of God Here "word" and "mouth" refer to what God says. Alternate translation: "but by listening to everything that God says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 5 r4a5 0 General Information: In verse 6, Satan quotes from the Psalms in order to tempt Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 4 6 fa8l εἰ Υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, βάλε σεαυτὸν κάτω 1 If you are the Son of God, throw yourself down It is best to assume that Satan knew that Jesus is the Son of God. Possible meanings are 1) this is a temptation to do a miracle for Jesus' own benefit. Alternate translation: "Since you are truly the Son of God, you can throw yourself down" or 2) this is a challenge or accusation. Alternate translation: "Prove that you are truly the Son of God by throwing yourself down"
|
||||
|
|
@ -196,7 +197,7 @@ MAT 4 6 f1mm ἀροῦσίν σε 1 They will lift you up "The angels will hol
|
|||
MAT 4 7 j6cb 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus rebukes Satan with another quotation from Deuteronomy.
|
||||
MAT 4 7 u5jp figs-activepassive πάλιν γέγραπται 1 Again it is written It is understood that Jesus is quoting scripture again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Again, I will tell you what Moses wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 4 7 c7t5 0 You must not test Here "you" refers to anyone. Alternate translation: "One should not test" or "No person should test"
|
||||
MAT 4 8 d12q πάλιν, ὁ διάβολος 1 Again, the devil "Next, the devil"
|
||||
MAT 4 8 d12q πάλιν ... ὁ διάβολος 1 Again, the devil "Next, the devil"
|
||||
MAT 4 9 bq1u 0 He said to him "The devil said to Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 4 9 al72 ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω 1 All these things I will give you "I will give you all these things." The tempter is emphasizing here that he will give "all these things," not just some of them.
|
||||
MAT 4 9 eas8 translate-symaction πεσὼν 1 fall down "put your face near the ground." This was a common action to show that a person was worshiping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -217,10 +218,10 @@ MAT 4 15 bmz6 ὁδὸν θαλάσσης 1 toward the sea This is the Sea of G
|
|||
MAT 4 16 e278 ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος 1 The people who sat These words can be combined with the sentence beginning with "The land of Zebulun" (verse 15). Alternate translation: "In the territory of Zebulun and Naphtali ... where many Gentiles live, the people who sat"
|
||||
MAT 4 16 h2xr figs-metaphor ὁ λαὸς ὁ καθήμενος ἐν σκοτίᾳ φῶς εἶδεν μέγα 1 The people who sat in darkness have seen a great light Here "darkness" is a metaphor for not knowing the truth about God. And "light" is a metaphor for God's true message that saves people from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 16 nn1r figs-parallelism τοῖς καθημένοις ἐν χώρᾳ καὶ σκιᾷ θανάτου, φῶς ἀνέτειλεν αὐτοῖς 1 to those who sat in the region and shadow of death, upon them has a light arisen This basically has the same meaning as the first part of the sentence. Here "those who sat in the region and shadow of death" is a metaphor. It represents those who did not know God. These people were in danger of dying and being separated from God forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 17 dku3 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "the kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 17 dku3 figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ... ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "the kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, include a word that means "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 4 18 yrx7 0 General Information: This begins a new scene within the part of the story about Jesus' ministry in Galilee. Here he begins to gather men to be his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 18 yfh5 figs-explicit βάλλοντας ἀμφίβληστρον εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 casting a net into the sea The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "throwing a net into the water to catch fish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 4 19 y3zg δεῦτε ὀπίσω, μου 1 Come, follow me Jesus invites Simon and Andrew to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. Alternate translation: "Be my disciples"
|
||||
MAT 4 19 y3zg δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come, follow me Jesus invites Simon and Andrew to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples. Alternate translation: "Be my disciples"
|
||||
MAT 4 19 n9h3 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God's true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "I will teach you to gather men to me like you used to gather fish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 4 21 pcg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus calls more men to be his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 4 21 utn4 ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 He called them "Jesus called John and James." This phrase also means that Jesus invited them to follow him, live with him, and become his disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -233,7 +234,7 @@ MAT 4 23 nr8m 0 every kind of disease and sickness The words "disease" and "si
|
|||
MAT 4 23 uc55 μαλακίαν 1 sickness is the physical weakness or affliction that results from having a disease.
|
||||
MAT 4 24 i296 figs-activepassive δαιμονιζομένους 1 those possessed by demons This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom demons controlled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 4 24 p3nf figs-genericnoun σεληνιαζομένους 1 the epileptic This refers to anyone there who had epilepsy, not to a particular epileptic. Alternate translation: "those who sometimes had seizures" or "those who sometimes became unconscious and moved uncontrollably" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MAT 4 24 qk4c figs-genericnoun καὶ παραλυτικούς 1 and paralytic This refers to anyone there who was paralyzed, not to a particular paralytic. Alternate translation: "and any who were paralyzed" or "and those who could not walk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MAT 4 24 qk4c figs-genericnoun καὶ ... παραλυτικούς 1 and paralytic This refers to anyone there who was paralyzed, not to a particular paralytic. Alternate translation: "and any who were paralyzed" or "and those who could not walk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
MAT 4 25 i9m7 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 the Decapolis This name means "the Ten Towns." This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.<br><br>Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word "blessed." This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "His disciples"<br><br>It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected twelve of his followers to become his closest disciples, "the twelve disciples." They would later become known as the apostles.<br>
|
||||
MAT 5 1 hz26 0 General Information: In verse 3, Jesus begins to describe the characteristics of people who are blessed.
|
||||
|
|
@ -274,15 +275,15 @@ MAT 5 16 qhp8 figs-metaphor λαμψάτω τὸ φῶς ὑμῶν ἔμπρο
|
|||
MAT 5 16 iiu8 τὸν Πατέρα ὑμῶν τὸν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 your Father who is in heaven It is best to translate "Father" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a human father.
|
||||
MAT 5 17 p63n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law.
|
||||
MAT 5 17 gg3k figs-metonymy τοὺς προφήτας 1 the prophets This refers to what the prophets wrote in the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 lky5 ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 until heaven and earth pass away Here "heaven" and "earth" refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: "as long as the universe lasts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 lky5 ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 18 cv3m figs-merism ἕως ... παρέλθῃ ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 until heaven and earth pass away Here "heaven" and "earth" refer to the entire universe. Alternate translation: "as long as the universe lasts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 ylz6 figs-explicit 0 not one jot or one tittle The jot was the smallest Hebrew letter, and the tittle was a small mark that was the difference between two Hebrew letters. Alternate translation: "not even the smallest written letter or the smallest part of a letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 m5pf figs-activepassive πάντα γένηται 1 all things have been accomplished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all things have happened" or "God causes all things to happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 18 n77j figs-explicit πάντα 1 all things The phrase "all things" refers to everything in the law. Alternate translation: "everything in the law" or "all that is written in the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 uxz2 ὃς λύσῃ 1 whoever breaks "whoever disobeys" or "whoever ignores"
|
||||
MAT 5 19 uxz2 ὃς ... λύσῃ 1 whoever breaks "whoever disobeys" or "whoever ignores"
|
||||
MAT 5 19 k9th μίαν τῶν ἐντολῶν τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 the least one of these commandments "any of these commandments, even the least important one"
|
||||
MAT 5 19 dv5c figs-activepassive 0 whoever ... teaches others to do so will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if anyone ... teaches others to do so, God will call that person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy ἐλάχιστος ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of heaven The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "the least important in his heavenly kingdom" or "the least important under the rule of our God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 bg2v figs-metonymy ἐλάχιστος ... ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 least in the kingdom of heaven The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is found only in Matthew. If possible use "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "the least important in his heavenly kingdom" or "the least important under the rule of our God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 19 u5kp 0 keeps them and teaches them "obeys all these commandments and teaches others to do the same"
|
||||
MAT 5 19 nk9n μέγας 1 great most important
|
||||
MAT 5 20 jwm9 λέγω γὰρ ὑμῖν 1 For I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -291,7 +292,7 @@ MAT 5 20 l3lv figs-doublenegatives 0 that unless your righteousness exceeds ...
|
|||
MAT 5 21 x5vy figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The "you" is plural in "you have heard" and "I say to you." The understood "you" is singular in "Do not kill," but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 us5a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about murder and anger.
|
||||
MAT 5 21 t6k5 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to them in ancient times This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God said to those who lived long ago" or "Moses said to your ancestors long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς δ’ ἂν φονεύσῃ ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever kills will be in danger of the judgment Here "the judgment" implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: "A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 mij2 figs-explicit ὃς δ’, ἂν φονεύσῃ, ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 Whoever kills will be in danger of the judgment Here "the judgment" implies that a judge will condemn the person to die. Alternate translation: "A judge will condemn anyone who kills another person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 21 y44x 0 kill ... kills This word refers to murder, not to all forms of killing.
|
||||
MAT 5 21 r2k4 figs-explicit ἔνοχος ἔσται τῇ κρίσει 1 will be in danger of the judgment It seems here Jesus is not referring to a human judge but rather to God condemning the person who is angry with his brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 5 22 e9gg ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
|
|
@ -306,22 +307,22 @@ MAT 5 23 xvf5 ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ 1 you
|
|||
MAT 5 24 z9m5 figs-activepassive πρῶτον διαλλάγηθι τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου 1 First be reconciled with your brother This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "First make peace with the person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 x4ta figs-you ἴσθι εὐνοῶν τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου 1 Agree with your Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of "you" and "your" are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 sr9d τῷ ἀντιδίκῳ σου 1 your accuser This is a person who blames someone for doing something wrong. He takes the wrongdoer to court to accuse him before a judge.
|
||||
MAT 5 25 x1tk figs-idiom σε παραδῷ τῷ κριτῇ 1 may hand you over to the judge Here "hand you over" means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: "will let the judge deal with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 x1tk figs-idiom σε παραδῷ ... τῷ κριτῇ 1 may hand you over to the judge Here "hand you over" means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: "will let the judge deal with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 pq6d figs-idiom 0 the judge may hand you over to the officer Here "hand you over" means to give someone into the control of someone else. Alternate translation: "the judge will give you over to the officer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 25 gcm5 ὑπηρέτῃ 1 officer a person who has authority to carry out the decisions of a judge
|
||||
MAT 5 25 pzh4 figs-activepassive εἰς φυλακὴν βληθήσῃ 1 you may be thrown into prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the officer might put you in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 26 gec9 ἀμὴν λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 26 gec9 ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 5 26 eem5 ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there "from prison"
|
||||
MAT 5 27 c8dn figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The "you" is plural in "you have heard" and "I say to you." The understood "you" is singular in "Do not commit adultery," but in some languages it may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 27 mj3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about adultery and lust.
|
||||
MAT 5 27 jxg5 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God said" or "that Moses said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 27 yn7m μοιχεύσεις 1 commit This word means to act out or do something.
|
||||
MAT 5 28 qfl6 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 28 glg9 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a woman is as guilty of adultery as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 28 glg9 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ βλέπων γυναῖκα πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν, ἤδη ἐμοίχευσεν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 everyone who looks on a woman to lust after her has already committed adultery with her in his heart This metaphor indicates that a man who lusts after a woman is as guilty of adultery as a man who actually commits the act of adultery. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 28 k7sc πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθυμῆσαι αὐτὴν 1 to lust after her "and lusts after her" or "and desires to sleep with her"
|
||||
MAT 5 28 eqs8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. Alternate translation: "in his mind" or "in his thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 et3n figs-you εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς 1 If your Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of "you" and "your" are singular, but in some langugaes they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 ikp5 figs-metonymy εἰ ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 If your right eye causes you to stumble Here "eye" refers to what a person sees. And, "stumble" is a metaphor for "sin." Alternate translation: "if what you see causes you to stumble" or "if you want to sin because of what you see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 et3n figs-you εἰ ... ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς 1 If your Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of "you" and "your" are singular, but in some langugaes they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 ikp5 figs-metonymy εἰ ... ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς σκανδαλίζει σε 1 If your right eye causes you to stumble Here "eye" refers to what a person sees. And, "stumble" is a metaphor for "sin." Alternate translation: "if what you see causes you to stumble" or "if you want to sin because of what you see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 mb58 figs-idiom ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου ὁ δεξιὸς 1 right eye This means the most important eye, as opposed to the left eye. You may need to translate "right" as "better" or "stronger." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 v6jr figs-hyperbole ἔξελε αὐτὸν 1 pluck it out This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. It means "forcefully remove it" or "destroy it." If the right eye is not specifically mentioned, you may need to translate this "destroy your eyes." If eyes have been mentioned, you may need to translate this "destroy them." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 5 29 zg1v 0 throw it away from you "get rid of it"
|
||||
|
|
@ -332,16 +333,16 @@ MAT 5 30 hk9z figs-idiom ἡ δεξιά σου χεὶρ 1 right hand This means
|
|||
MAT 5 30 qs74 figs-hyperbole ἔκκοψον αὐτὴν 1 cut it off This is an exaggerated command for a person to do whatever he needs to do to stop sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 fdr8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about divorce.
|
||||
MAT 5 31 dh23 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη δέ 1 It was also said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God also said" or "Moses also said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 quq9 figs-euphemism ὃς ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 sends his wife away This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 quq9 figs-euphemism ὃς‘ ἂν ἀπολύσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ 1 sends his wife away This is a euphemism for divorce. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 5 31 tp9l δότω 1 let him give "he must give"
|
||||
MAT 5 32 q6aq ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 32 j2aq ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι 1 makes her an adulteress It is the man who divorces the woman improperly who "causes her to commit adultery." In many cultures it would be normal for her to remarry, but if the divorce is improper, such a remarriage is adultery.
|
||||
MAT 5 32 zai7 figs-activepassive 0 her after she has been divorced This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "her after her husband has divorced her" or "the divorced woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 33 i5ak figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The "you" is plural in "you have heard" and "I say to you." The "you" and "your" are singular in "Do not swear" and "carry out your oaths," but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 33 dg2a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about swearing oaths.
|
||||
MAT 5 33 vv1e πάλιν, ἠκούσατε 1 Again, you "Also, you" or "Here is another example. You"
|
||||
MAT 5 33 vv1e πάλιν ἠκούσατε 1 Again, you "Also, you" or "Here is another example. You"
|
||||
MAT 5 33 fk86 figs-activepassive ἐρρέθη τοῖς ἀρχαίοις 1 it was said to those in ancient times This can be expressed with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God said to those who lived long ago" or "Moses said to your ancestors long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 33 tk9y οὐκ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord. "Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do"
|
||||
MAT 5 33 tk9y οὐκ‘ ἐπιορκήσεις, ἀποδώσεις δὲ τῷ Κυρίῳ τοὺς ὅρκους σου 1 Do not swear a false oath, but carry out your oaths to the Lord. "Do not swear that you will do something and then not do it. Instead do whatever you have sworn to the Lord that you will do"
|
||||
MAT 5 34 mpk1 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:22](../05/22.md).
|
||||
MAT 5 34 m2n6 μὴ ὀμόσαι ὅλως 1 swear not at all "Do not swear at all" or "Do not swear by anything"
|
||||
MAT 5 34 u7su figs-metaphor 0 it is the throne of God Because God reigns from heaven, Jesus speaks of heaven as if it were a throne. Alternate translation: "it is from here that God rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -356,7 +357,7 @@ MAT 5 37 tke6 0 let your speech be 'Yes, yes,' or 'No, no.' "if you mean 'yes,
|
|||
MAT 5 38 quy6 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The "you" is plural in "you have heard" and "I say to you." The "you" in "whoever strikes you" and the understood "you" in "turn to him" are both singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 38 s39u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about retaliating against an enemy.
|
||||
MAT 5 38 zar1 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: "that God God said" or "that Moses said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 5 38 w53l ὀφθαλμὸν ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ, καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
|
||||
MAT 5 38 w53l ὀφθαλμὸν‘ ἀντὶ ὀφθαλμοῦ καὶ ὀδόντα ἀντὶ ὀδόντος 1 eye for an eye, and a tooth for a tooth The law of Moses allowed a person to harm a person in the same way he had harmed him, but he could not harm him worse.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 x2y9 ἐγὼ δὲ λέγω 1 But I say Jesus agrees with God and his word, but he does not agree with the way the religious leaders have applied God's word. The "I" is emphatic. This indicates that what Jesus says is equally important to the original commands from God. Try to translate this phrase in a way that shows that emphasis.
|
||||
MAT 5 39 qrx1 τῷ πονηρῷ 1 one who is evil "an evil person" or "someone who harms you"
|
||||
MAT 5 39 ec5y 0 strikes ... your right cheek To strike the side of a man's face was an insult in Jesus' culture. As with the eye and the hand, the right cheek is the more important one, and striking that cheek was a terrible insult.
|
||||
|
|
@ -369,7 +370,7 @@ MAT 5 41 i867 figs-explicit 0 Whoever "Anyone who." The context implies that he
|
|||
MAT 5 41 i86s 0 one mile This is one thousand paces, which is the distance a Roman soldier could legally force someone to carry something for him. If "mile" is confusing, it can be translated as "one kilometer" or "a distance."
|
||||
MAT 5 41 n8r4 0 with him This refers to the one who compels you to go.
|
||||
MAT 5 41 zv6i 0 go with him two "go the mile he forces you to go, and then go another mile." If "mile" is confusing, you can translate it as "two kilometers" or "twice as far."
|
||||
MAT 5 42 pe6x τὸν θέλοντα μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 do not turn away from "do not refuse to lend to." This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "lend to"
|
||||
MAT 5 42 pe6x τὸν θέλοντα ... μὴ ἀποστραφῇς 1 do not turn away from "do not refuse to lend to." This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "lend to"
|
||||
MAT 5 43 cyz3 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The "you" is plural in "you have heard" and "I say to you." The "you" and "your" are singular in "You must love your neighbor and hate your enemy," but in some languages they may need to be plural. All occurrences of "you" and "your" after that are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 5 43 xf8l 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach about how he has come to fulfill the Old Testament law. Here he begins to speak about loving enemies.
|
||||
MAT 5 43 fp6x figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐρρέθη 1 that it was said This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 5:27](../05/27.md). Alternate translation: "that God God said" or "that Moses said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -388,10 +389,10 @@ MAT 5 48 l6pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐ
|
|||
MAT 6 intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 06 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Matthew 6 continues Jesus' extended teaching known as "The Sermon on the Mount."<br><br>You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.<br>
|
||||
MAT 6 1 zvn1 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of "you" and "your" are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 1 at4q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md). In this section, Jesus addresses the "acts of righteousness" of alms, prayer, and fasting.
|
||||
MAT 6 1 bgc7 figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 before people to be seen by them It is implied that those who see the person will honor him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in front of people just so that they can see you and give you honor for what you have done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 1 bgc7 figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 before people to be seen by them It is implied that those who see the person will honor him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in front of people just so that they can see you and give you honor for what you have done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 1 juj5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 2 d8kw figs-metaphor μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 do not sound a trumpet before yourself This metaphor means to do something that purposefully gets people's attention. Alternate translation: "do not draw attention to yourself like someone who plays a loud trumpet in a crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 2 dk6u ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 2 dk6u ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 3 z4c1 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of "you" and "your" are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 3 te4n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples about alms.
|
||||
MAT 6 3 vca2 figs-metaphor μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί ποιεῖ ἡ δεξιά σου 1 do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing This is a metaphor for total secrecy. Just as hands usually work together and each can be said to "know" what the other is doing at all times, you should not let even those closest to you know when you are giving to the poor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -399,16 +400,16 @@ MAT 6 4 h4we figs-activepassive ᾖ σου ἡ ἐλεημοσύνη ἐν τῷ
|
|||
MAT 6 5 m54u figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of "you" and "your" in verses 5 and 7 are plural; in verse 6 they are singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 a7z4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about prayer.
|
||||
MAT 6 5 e12v figs-explicit ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 so that they may be seen by people It is implied that those who see them will give them honor. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that people will see them and give them honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 5 z3h6 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 6 dqv4 εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου. κλείσας τὴν θύραν 1 enter your inner chamber. Shut the door "go to a private place" or "go where you can be alone"
|
||||
MAT 6 5 z3h6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 6 dqv4 εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου ... κλείσας τὴν θύραν 1 enter your inner chamber. Shut the door "go to a private place" or "go where you can be alone"
|
||||
MAT 6 6 vdr7 0 Father who is in secret Possible meanings are 1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: "Father, who is invisible" or 2) God is in that private place with the praying person. Alternate translation: "Father, who is with you in private"
|
||||
MAT 6 6 kkn7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 6 eb6r ὁ Πατήρ σου ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 your Father who sees in secret "your Father will see what you do in private and"
|
||||
MAT 6 6 eb6r ὁ Πατήρ σου, ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυπτῷ 1 your Father who sees in secret "your Father will see what you do in private and"
|
||||
MAT 6 7 d1t2 μὴ βατταλογήσητε 1 do not make useless repetitions Possible meanings are 1) the repetitions are useless. Alternate translation: "do not keep uselessly saying things over and over again" or 2) the words or sentences are meaningless. Alternate translation: "do not keeping repeating meaningless words"
|
||||
MAT 6 7 a8ai figs-activepassive 0 they will be heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "their false gods will hear them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 fr1d figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about how they as individuals should pray. The words "you" and "your" are plural in the first sentence. Within the prayer, the words "you" and "your" are singular and refer to God, "Our Father in heaven." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 8 nv9i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 9 ad6l Πάτερ ἡμῶν ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Our Father in heaven This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
|
||||
MAT 6 9 ad6l Πάτερ‘ ἡμῶν ... ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Our Father in heaven This is the beginning of the prayer and how Jesus teaches the people to address God.
|
||||
MAT 6 9 mq4x figs-metonymy ἁγιασθήτω τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 may your name be honored as holy Here "your name" refers to God himself. Alternate translation: "make everyone honor you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 n67c figs-metonymy ἐλθέτω ἡ βασιλεία σου 1 May your kingdom come Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "May you rule over everyone and everything completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 10 pdc5 figs-activepassive 0 May your will be done on earth as it is in heaven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything on earth happen in accordance with your will as everything in heaven does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -424,18 +425,18 @@ MAT 6 15 pi3z figs-abstractnouns 0 their trespasses ... your trespasses The abs
|
|||
MAT 6 16 j7xg figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. In verse 16 all occurences of "you" are plural. In verses 17 and 18 where Jesus teaches them how to behave when they fast, all occurrences of "you" and "your" are singular. In some languages those occurences of "you" may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 16 q19r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about fasting.
|
||||
MAT 6 16 xv6b 0 they disfigure their faces The hypocrites would not wash their faces or comb their hair. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting.
|
||||
MAT 6 16 ix6h ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 16 ix6h ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 17 k283 ἄλειψαί σου τὴν κεφαλὴν 1 anoint your head "put oil in your hair" or "groom your hair." To "anoint" the head here is to take normal care of one's hair. It has nothing to do with "Christ" meaning "anointed one." Jesus means that people should look the same whether they are fasting or not.
|
||||
MAT 6 18 d27s 0 Father who is in secret Possible meanings are 1) no one can see God. Alternate translation: "Father, who is invisible" or 2) God is with that person who fasts secretly. Alternate translation: "Father, who is with you in private" See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
MAT 6 18 m56a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 18 tby8 ὁ βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 who sees in secret "who sees what you do in private." See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
MAT 6 18 tby8 ὁ ... βλέπων ἐν τῷ κρυφαίῳ 1 who sees in secret "who sees what you do in private." See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:6](../06/06.md).
|
||||
MAT 6 19 afg9 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of "you" and "your" are plural, except in verse 21, where they are singular. In some languages these occurrences of "you" and "your" may also need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 19 z3jx 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about money and possessions.
|
||||
MAT 6 19 tqp1 θησαυροὺς 1 treasures riches, the things to which a person gives the most value
|
||||
MAT 6 19 z9wd ὅπου σὴς καὶ βρῶσις ἀφανίζει 1 where moth and rust destroy "where moth and rust ruin treasures"
|
||||
MAT 6 19 tqc9 σὴς 1 moth a small, flying insect that destroys cloth
|
||||
MAT 6 19 enl6 βρῶσις 1 rust a brown substance that forms on metals
|
||||
MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 20 v5tn figs-metaphor θησαυρίζετε ... ὑμῖν θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 store up for yourselves treasures in heaven This is a metaphor that means do good things on earth so God will reward you in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 21 b74q figs-metonymy ἐκεῖ ἔσται καὶ ἡ καρδία σου 1 there will your heart be also Here "heart" means a person's thoughts and interests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 g215 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of "you" and "your" are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 22 sbl1 figs-metaphor 0 The eye is the lamp of the body ... with light This compares healthy eyes that allow a person to see to diseased eyes that cause a person to be blind. This is a metaphor referring to spiritual health. Often Jewish people used the phrase "bad eye" to refer to greed. The meaning is that if a person is completely devoted to God and sees or considers things the way God does, then he is doing what is right. If a person is greedy for more, then he is doing what is evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -454,41 +455,41 @@ MAT 6 26 p11z ἀποθήκας 1 barns places to store crops
|
|||
MAT 6 26 a9w6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 26 nbm5 figs-rquestion 0 Are you not more valuable than they are? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "Obviously you are more valuable than birds." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 cm6a figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All instances of "you" and "your" are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 fr8g figs-rquestion τίς? ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐξ πῆχυν ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ ἕνα 1 Which one of you by being anxious can add one cubit to his lifespan? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Here to "add one cubit to his lifespan" is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. Alternate translation: "None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 fr8g figs-rquestion τίς ... ἐξ ὑμῶν μεριμνῶν δύναται προσθεῖναι ἐπὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν αὐτοῦ πῆχυν ἕνα 1 Which one of you by being anxious can add one cubit to his lifespan? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Here to "add one cubit to his lifespan" is a metaphor for adding time to how long a person will live. Alternate translation: "None of you can, just by worrying, add years to your life. You cannot add even one minute to your life! So you should not worry about things you need." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 27 kub4 translate-bdistance πῆχυν ἕνα 1 one cubit A cubit is a measure of a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
MAT 6 28 erj8 figs-rquestion περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε? 1 Why are you anxious about clothing? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "You should not be worried about what you will wear." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 28 erj8 figs-rquestion περὶ ἐνδύματος τί μεριμνᾶτε 1 Why are you anxious about clothing? Jesus uses a question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "You should not be worried about what you will wear." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 28 cs99 καταμάθετε 1 Think about "Consider"
|
||||
MAT 6 28 him2 figs-personification 0 lilies ... They do not work, and they do not spin cloth Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 28 t16l translate-unknown κρίνα 1 lilies A lily is a kind of wild flower. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 6 29 n75l figs-personification 0 even Solomon ... was not clothed like one of these Jesus speaks about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 29 np9e λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 29 np9e λέγω ... ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 6 29 sqg8 figs-activepassive περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων 1 was not clothed like one of these This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "did not wear clothes that are as beautiful as these lilies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 z5lh figs-personification 0 so clothes the grass in the fields Jesus continues to speak about the lilies as if they were people who wore clothes. The lilies being clothed is a metaphor for the plants having beautiful and colorful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 uf36 χόρτον 1 grass If your language has a word that includes "grass" and the word you used for "lilies" in the previous verse, you can use it here.
|
||||
MAT 6 30 m23l figs-activepassive εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον 1 is thrown into the oven The Jews at that time used grass in their fires to cook their food. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone throws it into a fire" or "someone burns it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 cd8w figs-rquestion 0 how much more will he clothe you ... faith? Jesus uses this question to teach the people that God will provide what they need. Alternate translation: "he will certainly clothe you ... faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 6 30 ic18 οὐ ὑμᾶς ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith "you who have such little faith." Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.
|
||||
MAT 6 30 ic18 οὐ ... ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith "you who have such little faith." Jesus addresses the people this way because their anxiety about clothing shows they have little faith in God.
|
||||
MAT 6 31 jps3 οὖν 1 Therefore "Because of all of this"
|
||||
MAT 6 31 pd6x figs-synecdoche τί περιβαλώμεθα 1 What clothes will we wear In this sentence, "clothes" is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: "What possessions will we have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 31 pd6x figs-synecdoche τί ... περιβαλώμεθα 1 What clothes will we wear In this sentence, "clothes" is a synecdoche for material possessions. Alternate translation: "What possessions will we have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 6 32 j77y 0 For the Gentiles search for these things "for the Gentiles are concerned about what they will eat, drink, and wear"
|
||||
MAT 6 32 ecb9 οἶδεν ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων ἁπάντων 1 your heavenly Father knows that you need them Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
|
||||
MAT 6 32 ecb9 οἶδεν ... ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος ὅτι χρῄζετε τούτων ἁπάντων 1 your heavenly Father knows that you need them Jesus is implying that God will make sure their basic needs are met.
|
||||
MAT 6 32 unz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὁ οὐράνιος 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε ... πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "concern yourselves with serving God, who is your king, and doing what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 6 33 ak39 figs-activepassive 0 all these things will be given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will provide all these things for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 6 34 qm2a οὖν 1 Therefore "Because of all this"
|
||||
MAT 6 34 xdg7 figs-personification αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 tomorrow will be anxious for itself Jesus speaks of "tomorrow" as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 6 34 xdg7 figs-personification αὔριον ... μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 tomorrow will be anxious for itself Jesus speaks of "tomorrow" as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 7 intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Matthew 5-7<br><br>Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.<br><br>##### "By their fruits you will know them"<br><br>Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 7 1 jav3 figs-you 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The instances of "you" and the commands are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 7 1 f4fe 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples in his Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md).
|
||||
MAT 7 1 xk6w figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Do not judge It is implied here that "judge" has the strong meaning of "condemn harshly" or "declare guilty." Alternate translation: "Do not condemn people harshly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 7 1 bk8y figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you will not be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will not condemn you harshly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 1 bk8y figs-activepassive μὴ ... κριθῆτε 1 you will not be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will not condemn you harshly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 2 f9nb γὰρ 1 For Be sure the reader understands the statement in 7:2 is based on what Jesus said in 7:1.
|
||||
MAT 7 2 kj24 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε 1 with the judgment you judge, you will be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 2 mt3d ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ 1 measure Possible meanings are 1) this is the amount of punishment given or 2) this is the standard used for judgment.
|
||||
MAT 7 2 kj24 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ ... κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε 1 with the judgment you judge, you will be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 2 mt3d ἐν ᾧ ... μέτρῳ 1 measure Possible meanings are 1) this is the amount of punishment given or 2) this is the standard used for judgment.
|
||||
MAT 7 2 wgh2 figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be measured out to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will measure it out to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 hzb4 0 General Information: Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. The instances of "you" and "your" are all singular, but in some languages they may need to be plural.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 em5r figs-rquestion 0 Why do you look ... brother's eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the people for paying attention to other people's sins and ignoring their own. Alternate translation: "You look ... brother's eye, but you do not notice the log that is in your own eye." or "Do not look ... brother's eye and ignore the log that is in your own eye." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 ctb3 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ' ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 ctb3 figs-metaphor τὸ κάρφος τὸ ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 the tiny piece of straw that is in your brother's eye This is a metaphor that refers to the less important faults of a fellow believer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 7 3 r9jf κάρφος 1 tiny piece of straw "speck" or "splinter" or "bit of dust." Use a word for the smallest thing that commonly falls into a person's eyes.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 d2qc τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ σου 1 brother All occurrences of "brother" in 7:3-5 refer to a fellow believer, not to a literal brother or a neighbor.
|
||||
MAT 7 3 q1z4 figs-metaphor 0 the log that is in your own eye This is a metaphor for a person's most important faults. A log could not literally go into a person's eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to his own more important faults before he deals with another person's less important faults. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -540,19 +541,19 @@ MAT 7 22 m9py figs-rquestion 0 did we not prophesy ... drive out demons ... do
|
|||
MAT 7 22 t5j7 figs-exclusive ἐπροφητεύσαμεν 1 we This "we" does not include Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 hg17 figs-metonymy τῷ σῷ ὀνόματι 1 in your name Possible meanings are 1) "by your authority" or "by your power" or 2) "because we were doing what you wanted us to do" or 3) "because we asked you for the power to do it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 22 p67f δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds "miracles"
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: "You are not my follower" or "I have nothing to do with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 23 d4y5 figs-idiom οὐδέποτε‘ ἔγνων ὑμᾶς 1 I never knew you This means the person does not belong to Jesus. Alternate translation: "You are not my follower" or "I have nothing to do with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 fg9k πᾶς οὖν 1 Therefore "For that reason"
|
||||
MAT 7 24 hbd7 figs-metonymy μου τοὺς λόγους 1 my words Here "words" refers to what Jesus says. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 qjh9 figs-simile 0 like a wise man who built his house upon a rock Jesus compares those who obey his words to a person who builds his house where nothing can harm it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 24 dy1f πέτραν 1 rock This is the bedrock below the topsoil and clay, not a large stone or boulder above the ground.
|
||||
MAT 7 25 bv81 figs-activepassive τεθεμελίωτο γὰρ 1 it was built This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he built it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 7 26 asf4 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of Jesus' Sermon on the Mount, which began in [Matthew 5:3](../05/03.md).
|
||||
MAT 7 26 nw97 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 like a foolish man who built his house upon the sand Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to foolish house-builders. Only a fool would build a house on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 26 nw97 figs-simile ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρῷ, ὅστις ᾠκοδόμησεν αὐτοῦ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄμμον 1 like a foolish man who built his house upon the sand Jesus continues the simile from the previous verse. He compares those who do not obey his words to foolish house-builders. Only a fool would build a house on a sandy place where rain, floods, and wind can sweep the sand away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 7 27 a7mj ἔπεσεν 1 fell Use the general word in your language that describes what happens when a house falls down.
|
||||
MAT 7 27 k4hi ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη 1 its destruction was complete The rain, floods, and wind completely destroyed the house.
|
||||
MAT 7 28 jrh7 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: These verses describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus' teaching in the Sermon on the Mount. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
MAT 7 28 hu6z ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus' teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: "When" or "After"
|
||||
MAT 7 28 b321 ἐξεπλήσσοντο ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 were astonished by his teaching It is clear in 7:29 that they were amazed not just at what Jesus taught but also the way he taught it. Alternate translation: "were amazed by the way he taught"
|
||||
MAT 7 28 hu6z ἐγένετο, ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus' teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: "When" or "After"
|
||||
MAT 7 28 b321 ἐξεπλήσσοντο ... ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 were astonished by his teaching It is clear in 7:29 that they were amazed not just at what Jesus taught but also the way he taught it. Alternate translation: "were amazed by the way he taught"
|
||||
MAT 8 intro f33a 0 # Matthew 08 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Miracles<br><br>Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 8 1 qb1d writing-newevent 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that contains several accounts of Jesus healing people. This theme continues through [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MAT 8 1 clf8 0 When Jesus had come down from the hill, large crowds followed him "After Jesus came down from the hill, a large crowd followed him." The crowd may have included both people who had been with him on the mountain and people who had not been with him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -560,26 +561,26 @@ MAT 8 2 vas8 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in
|
|||
MAT 8 2 q4x2 λεπρὸς 1 a leper "a man who had leprosy" or "a man who had a skin disease"
|
||||
MAT 8 2 n77q translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed before him This is a sign of humble respect before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yc3f ἐὰν θέλῃς 1 if you are willing "if you want to" or "if you desire." The leper knew that Jesus had the power to heal him, but he did not know if Jesus would want to touch him.
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yjn2 figs-idiom θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean Here "clean" means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: "you can heal me" or "please heal me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 2 yjn2 figs-idiom θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean Here "clean" means to be healed and to be able to live in the community again. Alternate translation: "you can heal me" or "please heal me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 3 kg7e figs-imperative καθαρίσθητι 1 Be clean By saying this, Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
|
||||
MAT 8 3 eht7 εὐθέως ἐκαθαρίσθη αὐτοῦ 1 Immediately he was cleansed "At that moment he was cleansed"
|
||||
MAT 8 3 lj1x figs-activepassive 0 he was cleansed of his leprosy The result of Jesus saying "Be clean" was that the man was healed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he was well" or "the leprosy left him" or "the leprosy ended" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 gzy6 αὐτῷ 1 to him This refers to the man that Jesus just healed.
|
||||
MAT 8 4 gt5s 0 say nothing to any man "do not say anything to anyone" or "do not tell anyone I healed you"
|
||||
MAT 8 4 zi3a figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jewish law required that the person show his healed skin to the priest, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 zi3a figs-explicit σεαυτὸν, δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jewish law required that the person show his healed skin to the priest, who would then allow him or her to return to the community, to be with other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 tq9l figs-explicit προσένεγκον τὸ δῶρον ὃ προσέταξεν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 offer the gift that Moses commanded, for a testimony to them The law of Moses required that someone healed of leprosy give a thanksgiving offering to the priest. When the priest accepted the gift, people would know that the man had been healed. Lepers were ostracized, banned from the community, until they had proof of their healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 4 rj8u figs-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 to them This can possibly refer to 1) the priests or 2) all the people or 3) the critics of Jesus. If possible, use a pronoun that could refer to any of these groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
MAT 8 5 sxz8 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
|
||||
MAT 8 5 vzb9 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 came to him and asked him Here "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 8 5 vzb9 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ ... παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν 1 came to him and asked him Here "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 8 6 cr8h παραλυτικός 1 paralyzed unable to move because of disease or stroke
|
||||
MAT 8 7 b9br 0 Jesus said to him "Jesus said to the centurion"
|
||||
MAT 8 7 r3sx ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν θεραπεύσω αὐτόν 1 I will come and heal him "I will come to your house and make your servant well"
|
||||
MAT 8 7 r3sx ἐγὼ ἐλθὼν, θεραπεύσω αὐτόν 1 I will come and heal him "I will come to your house and make your servant well"
|
||||
MAT 8 8 p7p4 figs-idiom μου ὑπὸ τὴν στέγην 1 under my roof This is an idiom that refers to inside the house. Alternate translation: "into my house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 hig7 figs-metonymy εἰπὲ λόγῳ 1 say the word Here "word" represents a command. Alternate translation: "give the command" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 8 8 rk1z figs-activepassive ἰαθήσεται 1 will be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will become well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 ds2m figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν τασσόμενος 1 who is placed under authority This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who is under the authority of someone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 ds2m figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἐξουσίαν, τασσόμενος 1 who is placed under authority This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who is under the authority of someone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 9 da25 figs-idiom 0 under authority ... under me To be "under" someone means to be less important and to obey the commands of someone more important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 10 rc1h ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 8 10 rc1h ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 8 10 c7y6 figs-explicit 0 I have not found anyone with such faith in Israel Jesus' hearers would have thought that the Jews in Israel, who claim to be children of God, would have greater faith than anyone. Jesus is saying they are wrong and that the centurion's faith was greater. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 xee4 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you Here "you" is plural and refers to "those who were following him" in [Matthew 8:10](../08/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 8 11 mt2i figs-merism ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν καὶ δυσμῶν 1 from the east and the west Using the opposites "east" and "west" is a way of saying "everywhere." Alternate translation: "from everywhere" or "from far away in every direction" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -594,7 +595,7 @@ MAT 8 13 sdn6 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ὁ παῖς 1 the servant was heale
|
|||
MAT 8 13 ln7p ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 at that very hour "at the exact time Jesus said he would heal the servant"
|
||||
MAT 8 14 s6g4 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a different time and place and tells of Jesus healing another person.
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ja31 ἐλθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus had come The disciples were probably with Jesus, but the focus of the story is on what Jesus said and did, so introduce the disciples only if needed to avoid wrong meaning.
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ynh8 - τὴν'- πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter's mother-in-law "the mother of Peter's wife"
|
||||
MAT 8 14 ynh8 τὴν ... πενθερὰν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter's mother-in-law "the mother of Peter's wife"
|
||||
MAT 8 15 w7nh figs-personification ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her If your language would understand this personification to mean that the fever could think and act on its own, this can be translated as "she became better" or "Jesus healed her." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 8 15 r9lt ἠγέρθη 1 got up "got out of bed"
|
||||
MAT 8 16 bpx7 0 General Information: In verse 17, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus' healing ministry was a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -612,7 +613,7 @@ MAT 8 19 e1b7 ὅπου 1 wherever to any place
|
|||
MAT 8 20 pqp6 writing-proverbs 0 Foxes have holes, and the birds of the sky have nests Jesus answers with this proverb. This means even wild animals have somewhere to rest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 8 20 tp9s translate-unknown αἱ ἀλώπεκες 1 Foxes Foxes are animals like dogs. They eat nesting birds and other small animals. If foxes are unknown in your area, use a general term for dog-like creatures or other furry animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 8 20 rrb5 ἔχουσιν 1 holes Foxes make holes in the ground to live in. Use the appropriate word for the place where the animal you use for "foxes" lives.
|
||||
MAT 8 20 qvm5 figs-123person ὁ δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 8 20 qvm5 figs-123person ὁ ... δὲ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 8 20 yl4s figs-idiom 0 nowhere to lay his head This refers to a place to sleep. Alternate translation: "no place of his own to sleep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 8 21 hlx9 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι πρῶτον ἀπελθεῖν καὶ θάψαι τὸν πατέρα μου 1 allow me first to go and bury my father It is unclear whether the man's father has died and he will bury him immediately, or if the man wants to stay for a longer amount of time until his father dies so he can bury him then. The main point is that the man wants to do something else first before he follows Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 8 22 h7fb figs-metaphor ἄφες τοὺς νεκροὺς θάψαι τοὺς ἑαυτῶν νεκρούς 1 leave the dead to bury their own dead Jesus does not mean literally that dead people will bury other dead people. Possible meanings of "the dead": 1) it is a metaphor for those who will soon die, or 2) it is a metaphor for those who do not follow Jesus and are spiritually dead. The main point is that a disciple must not let anything delay him from following Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -626,9 +627,9 @@ MAT 8 25 k2hd 0 woke him up, saying, "Save us Possible meanings are 1) they fi
|
|||
MAT 8 25 b2wh figs-inclusive 0 us ... we If you need to translate these words as inclusive or exclusive, then inclusive is best. The disciples probably meant they wanted Jesus to save the disciples and himself from drowning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 8 25 xf5d ἀπολλύμεθα 1 we are about to die "we are going to die"
|
||||
MAT 8 26 jmt8 αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to the disciples"
|
||||
MAT 8 26 g8p7 figs-rquestion ," τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι?" 1 Why are you afraid ... faith? Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: "You should not be afraid ... faith!" or "There is nothing for you to be afraid of ... faith!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 26 r5ve δειλοί ἐστε ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith "you who have such little faith." Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||||
MAT 8 27 u2qh figs-rquestion ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος ὅτι καὶ, οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 What sort of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him? "Even the winds and the sea obey him! What sort of man is this?" This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. Alternate translation: "This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 26 g8p7 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 Why are you afraid ... faith? Jesus was rebuking the disciples with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: "You should not be afraid ... faith!" or "There is nothing for you to be afraid of ... faith!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 26 r5ve δειλοί ἐστε, ὀλιγόπιστοι 1 you of little faith "you who have such little faith." Jesus addresses his disciples this way because their anxiety about the storm shows they have little faith in him to control it. See how you translated this in [Matthew 6:30](../06/30.md).
|
||||
MAT 8 27 u2qh figs-rquestion ποταπός ἐστιν οὗτος, ὅτι καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 What sort of man is this, that even the winds and the sea obey him? "Even the winds and the sea obey him! What sort of man is this?" This rhetorical question shows that the disciples were surprised. Alternate translation: "This man is unlike any man we have ever seen! Even the wind and the waves obey him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 8 27 k5mk figs-personification καὶ οἱ ἄνεμοι καὶ ἡ θάλασσα αὐτῷ ὑπακούουσιν 1 even the winds and the sea obey him For people or animals to obey or disobey is not surprising, but for wind and water to obey is very surprising. This personification describes the natural elements as being able to hear and respond like people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 8 28 g6mr 0 Connecting Statement: Here the author returns to the theme of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
|
||||
MAT 8 28 iy7a εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side "to the other side of the Sea of Galilee"
|
||||
|
|
@ -645,7 +646,7 @@ MAT 8 31 cgf7 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us This is exclusive, meaning the demo
|
|||
MAT 8 32 h86e αὐτοῖς 1 to them This refers to the demons inside the men.
|
||||
MAT 8 32 gtx2 0 The demons came out and went into the pigs "The demons left the man and entered the pigs"
|
||||
MAT 8 32 qa1i ἰδοὺ 1 behold This alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 8 32 lhn7 ὥρμησεν κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ 1 rushed down the steep hill "ran quickly down the steep slope"
|
||||
MAT 8 32 lhn7 ὥρμησεν ... κατὰ τοῦ κρημνοῦ 1 rushed down the steep hill "ran quickly down the steep slope"
|
||||
MAT 8 32 zk2p ἀπέθανον ἐν τοῖς ὕδασιν 1 they died in the water "they fell into the water and drowned"
|
||||
MAT 8 33 qmc5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus healing two demon-possessed men.
|
||||
MAT 8 33 v39w 0 tending the pigs "taking care of the pigs"
|
||||
|
|
@ -657,7 +658,7 @@ MAT 9 intro tg41 0 # Matthew 09 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in thi
|
|||
MAT 9 1 nl8w 0 Connecting Statement: Matthew returns to the theme, which he began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md), of Jesus healing people. This begins an account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man.
|
||||
MAT 9 1 ly42 figs-activepassive 0 Jesus entered a boat It is implied that the disciples were with Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 1 cs8l 0 a boat This is probably the same boat as in [Matthew 8:23](../08/23.md). You only need to specify this if needed to avoid confusion.
|
||||
MAT 9 1 lje9 εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν 1 into his own city "to the town where he lived." This refers to Capernaum.
|
||||
MAT 9 1 lje9 εἰς ... τὴν ἰδίαν πόλιν 1 into his own city "to the town where he lived." This refers to Capernaum.
|
||||
MAT 9 2 i6xp ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of showing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 2 szd4 προσέφερον 1 they brought "some men from the city"
|
||||
MAT 9 2 k5eh τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 their faith This refers to the faith of the men and may also include the faith of the paralyzed man.
|
||||
|
|
@ -666,24 +667,24 @@ MAT 9 2 iys2 figs-activepassive ἀφίενταί σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι
|
|||
MAT 9 3 a35d ἰδού 1 Behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 3 f88r ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 among themselves Possible meanings are 1) each one was thinking to himself, or 2) they were speaking among themselves.
|
||||
MAT 9 3 mq8v βλασφημεῖ 1 blaspheming Jesus was claiming to be able to do things the scribes thought only God can do.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 u643 ἰδὼν τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 knew their thoughts Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 n4yl figs-rquestion τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking evil in your hearts? Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 4 u643 ἰδὼν ... τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν 1 knew their thoughts Jesus knew what they were thinking either supernaturally or because he could see them talking to each other.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 n4yl figs-rquestion τί ἐνθυμεῖσθε πονηρὰ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Why are you thinking evil in your hearts? Jesus used this question to rebuke the scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 4 qg52 πονηρὰ 1 evil This is moral evil or wickedness, not simply error in fact.
|
||||
MAT 9 4 d499 figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here "hearts" refers to their minds or their thoughts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί'? ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,' σου αἱ γάρ ἀφέωνται ἢ εἰπεῖν ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει ἁμαρτίαι 1 For which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί'? ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον, εἰπεῖν,' σου αἱ γάρ ἀφέωνται ἢ εἰπεῖν ἔγειρε καὶ περιπάτει ἁμαρτίαι 1 which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: "which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?" or "you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven Here "your" is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have forgiven your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 j716 figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται‘ σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι’, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε‘ καὶ περιπάτει 1 For which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal the man will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 mk14 figs-quotations τί γάρ ἐστιν εὐκοπώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἀφέωνται‘ σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι’, ἢ εἰπεῖν, ἔγειρε‘ καὶ περιπάτει 1 which is easier, to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? The quotes can be translated as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: "which is easier, to tell someone that his sins are forgiven, or to tell him to get up and walk?" or "you may think that it is easier to tell someone that his sins are forgiven than to tell him to get up and walk." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 9 5 g88p figs-you ἀφέωνται‘ σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 Your sins are forgiven Here "your" is singular. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I have forgiven your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 gk68 figs-you ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 that you may know "I will prove to you." The "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 n5sf figs-you τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 your mat ... your house Here "you" is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 6 td1z ὕπαγε εἰς τὸν οἶκόν σου 1 go to your house Jesus is not forbidding the man to go elsewhere. He is giving the man the opportunity to go home.
|
||||
MAT 9 7 uwq4 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus healing a paralyzed man. Jesus then calls a tax collector to be one of his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 9 8 u8qu τὸν δόντα 1 who had given "because he had given"
|
||||
MAT 9 8 u8qu τὸν ... δόντα 1 who had given "because he had given"
|
||||
MAT 9 8 x71s ἐξουσίαν τοιαύτην 1 such authority This refers to the authority to declare sins forgiven.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 fkr2 παράγων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖθεν 1 As Jesus passed by from there This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 g4r4 παράγων 1 passed by "was leaving" or "was going"
|
||||
MAT 9 9 jc18 0 Matthew ... him ... He Church tradition says that this Matthew is the author of this Gospel, but the text gives no reason to change the pronouns from "him" and "He" to "me" and "I."
|
||||
MAT 9 9 t5ip λέγει αὐτῷ 1 He said to him "Jesus said to Matthew"
|
||||
MAT 9 9 q438 ἀναστὰς ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 He got up and followed him "Matthew got up and followed Jesus." This means Matthew became Jesus' disciple.
|
||||
MAT 9 9 q438 ἀναστὰς, ἠκολούθησεν αὐτῷ 1 He got up and followed him "Matthew got up and followed Jesus." This means Matthew became Jesus' disciple.
|
||||
MAT 9 10 h7u9 0 General Information: These events occur at the house of Matthew the tax collector.
|
||||
MAT 9 10 ksr5 τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 the house This is probably Matthew's house, but it could also be Jesus' house. Specify only if needed to avoid confusion.
|
||||
MAT 9 10 c751 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
|
|
@ -695,11 +696,11 @@ MAT 9 12 m7fm 0 When Jesus heard this Here "this" refers to the question the P
|
|||
MAT 9 12 tl42 writing-proverbs 0 People who are strong in body do not need a physician, only those who are sick Jesus answers with a proverb. He means that he eats with these kinds of people because he has come to help sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 9 12 uhc5 0 People who are strong in body "People who are healthy"
|
||||
MAT 9 12 h5pg ἰατροῦ 1 physician doctor
|
||||
MAT 9 12 n33c figs-ellipsis οἱ κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 those who are sick The phrase "need a physician" is understood. Alternate translation: "people who are sick need a physician" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 9 12 n33c figs-ellipsis οἱ ... κακῶς ἔχοντες 1 those who are sick The phrase "need a physician" is understood. Alternate translation: "people who are sick need a physician" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 fu2r 0 You should go and learn what this means Jesus is about to quote the scriptures. Alternate translation: "You should learn the meaning of what God said in the scriptures"
|
||||
MAT 9 13 is3t figs-you πορευθέντες 1 You should go Here "you" is plural and refers to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 9 13 tqr3 ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, "I" refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 djt7 οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον 1 For I came Here "I" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 tqr3 ἔλεος‘ θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice Jesus is quoting what the prophet Hosea wrote in the scriptures. Here, "I" refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 djt7 οὐ ... γὰρ ἦλθον 1 For I came Here "I" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 13 a886 figs-irony δικαίους 1 the righteous Jesus is using irony. He does not think there are any people who are righteous and do not need to repent. Alternate translation: "those who think they are righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 9 14 aa3c 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples of John the Baptist question the fact that Jesus' disciples do not fast.
|
||||
MAT 9 14 k8vc οὐ νηστεύουσιν 1 do not fast "continue to eat regularly"
|
||||
|
|
@ -708,9 +709,9 @@ MAT 9 15 iz9s 0 the days will come when This is a way of referring to some tim
|
|||
MAT 9 15 p6hz figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away from them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the bridegroom will not be able to be with them any longer" or "someone will take the bridegroom away from them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 15 u8er ἀπαρθῇ 1 will be taken away Jesus is probably referring to his own death, but this should not be made explicit here in the translation. To maintain the imagery of a wedding, it is best to just state that the bridegroom will not be there any longer.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 v4a1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to answer the question that the disciples of John had asked. He did this by giving two examples of old things and new things that people do not put together.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 yf98 οὐδεὶς ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 No man puts a piece of new cloth on an old garment "No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment" or "People do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment"
|
||||
MAT 9 16 yf98 οὐδεὶς ... ἐπιβάλλει ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ 1 No man puts a piece of new cloth on an old garment "No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment" or "People do not sew a piece of new cloth as a patch an old garment"
|
||||
MAT 9 16 bk47 0 an old garment ... the garment "old clothing ... the clothing""
|
||||
MAT 9 16 x752 αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου 1 the patch will tear away from the garment If someone were to wash the garment, the patch of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 x752 αἴρει ... τὸ πλήρωμα ... ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου 1 the patch will tear away from the garment If someone were to wash the garment, the patch of new cloth would shrink, but the old garment would not shrink. This would tear the patch off the garment and leave a bigger hole.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 rem6 τὸ πλήρωμα 1 the patch "the piece of new cloth." This is the piece of cloth used to cover a hole in the old garment.
|
||||
MAT 9 16 t71t figs-activepassive 0 a worse tear will be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this will make the tear worse" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 17 q9wh 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to answer the question that disciples of John had asked.
|
||||
|
|
@ -719,22 +720,23 @@ MAT 9 17 fbl3 0 Neither do people put "Neither does anyone pour" or "People ne
|
|||
MAT 9 17 h26e translate-unknown οἶνον νέον 1 new wine This refers to wine that has not fermented yet. If grapes are unknown in your area, use the general term for fruit. Alternate translation: "grape juice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 9 17 dpv4 ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς 1 old wineskins This refers to wineskins that have stretched and dried out because they were already used for fermenting wine.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 v4x2 ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins "wine bags" or "skin bags." These were bags made out of animal skins.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 hv8f figs-activepassive ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται, καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται 1 the wine will be spilled, and the wineskins will be destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and this will ruin the wineskins and spill the wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 17 hv8f figs-activepassive ὁ οἶνος ἐκχεῖται καὶ οἱ ἀσκοὶ ἀπόλλυνται 1 the wine will be spilled, and the wineskins will be destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and this will ruin the wineskins and spill the wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 17 tg2k ῥήγνυνται οἱ ἀσκοί 1 the skins will burst When the new wine ferments and expands, the skins tear open because they can no longer stretch out.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 cid7 ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 fresh wineskins "new wineskins" or "new wine bags." This refers to wineskins that no one has used.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 cid7 ἀσκοὺς ... καινούς 1 fresh wineskins "new wineskins" or "new wine bags." This refers to wineskins that no one has used.
|
||||
MAT 9 17 i8v4 figs-activepassive ἀμφότεροι συντηροῦνται 1 both will be preserved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this will keep safe both the wineskins and the wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 18 a7ax 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus bringing to life the daughter of a Jewish official after she had died.
|
||||
MAT 9 18 mj4x 0 these things This refers to the answer Jesus gave John's disciples about fasting.
|
||||
MAT 9 18 eqp1 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 18 n1i6 translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down to him This is a way someone would show respect in Jewish culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 9 18 in6t ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν, καὶ ζήσεται 1 come and lay your hand on her, and she will live This shows that the Jewish official believed Jesus had the power to bring his daughter back to life.
|
||||
MAT 9 18 in6t ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου ἐπ’ αὐτήν καὶ ζήσεται 1 come and lay your hand on her, and she will live This shows that the Jewish official believed Jesus had the power to bring his daughter back to life.
|
||||
MAT 9 19 z99m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples "Jesus' disciples"
|
||||
MAT 9 20 ai7a 0 Connecting Statement: This describes how Jesus healed another woman while he was on the way to the Jewish official's house.
|
||||
MAT 9 20 etd3 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word "Behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 9 20 gv15 figs-euphemism αἱμορροοῦσα 1 who suffered from a discharge of blood "who had been bleeding" or "who frequently had a flow of blood." She was probably bleeding from her womb even when it was not the normal time for it. Some cultures may have a polite way of referring to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 na37 translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 twelve years "12 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 m9zq τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 his garment "his robe" or "what he was wearing"
|
||||
MAT 9 21 eb6t figs-events γὰρ." ἐν ἑαυτῇ," ἐὰν μόνον ἔλεγεν τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι ἅψωμαι 1 For she had said to herself, "If only I touch his clothes, I will be made well." She said this to herself before she touched Jesus' garment. This tells why she touched Jesus' garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MAT 9 20 m9zq τοῦ ... ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 his garment "his robe" or "what he was wearing"
|
||||
MAT 9 21 eb6t figs-events ἔλεγεν γὰρ ἐν ἑαυτῇ,
|
||||
“ ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ, σωθήσομαι 1 For she had said to herself, "If only I touch his clothes, I will be made well." She said this to herself before she touched Jesus' garment. This tells why she touched Jesus' garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MAT 9 21 ukb8 figs-explicit ἐὰν μόνον ἅψωμαι τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 If only I touch his clothes According to Jewish law, because she was bleeding she was not supposed to touch anyone. She touches his clothes so that Jesus' power would heal her and yet (she thought) he would not know that she touched him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 9 22 vi84 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς 1 But Jesus "The woman was hoping she could touch him secretly, but Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 9 22 x398 θύγατερ 1 Daughter The woman was not Jesus' real daughter. Jesus was speaking to her politely. If this is confusing, it can also be translated "Young woman" or even omitted.
|
||||
|
|
@ -747,7 +749,7 @@ MAT 9 24 v1st ἀναχωρεῖτε 1 Go away Jesus was speaking to many peopl
|
|||
MAT 9 24 pc1m figs-euphemism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέθανεν τὸ κοράσιον, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 the girl is not dead, but she is asleep Jesus is using a play on words. It was common in Jesus' day to refer to a dead person as one who "sleeps." But here the dead girl will get up, as though she had only been sleeping. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 9 25 iy6x 0 General Information: Verse 26 is a summary statement that describes the result of Jesus raising this girl from the dead.
|
||||
MAT 9 25 utu3 0 Connecting Statement: This completes the account of Jesus bringing the daughter of the Jewish official back to life.
|
||||
MAT 9 25 nqs6 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 When the crowd had been put outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After Jesus had sent the crowd outside" or "After the family had sent the people outside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 25 nqs6 figs-activepassive ὅτε ... ἐξεβλήθη ὁ ὄχλος 1 When the crowd had been put outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After Jesus had sent the crowd outside" or "After the family had sent the people outside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 25 mm3q ἠγέρθη 1 got up "got out of bed." This is the same meaning as in [Matthew 8:15](../08/15.md).
|
||||
MAT 9 26 rxs4 0 The news about this spread into all that region "The people of that whole region heard about it" or "The people who saw that the girl was alive started telling everyone in the whole area about it"
|
||||
MAT 9 27 b1h6 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus healing two blind men.
|
||||
|
|
@ -760,7 +762,7 @@ MAT 9 28 yr4h 0 When Jesus had come into the house This could be either Jesus'
|
|||
MAT 9 28 e81f figs-ellipsis ναί, Κύριε 1 Yes, Lord The full content of their answer is not stated, but it is understood. Alternate translation: "Yes, Lord, we believe you can heal us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 9 29 b3rl ἥψατο τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν λέγων 1 touched their eyes and said It is not clear whether he touched both men's eyes at the same time or used only his right hand to touch one then the other. As the left hand was customarily used for unclean purposes, it is most likely that he used only his right hand. It is also not clear whether he spoke as he was touching them or touched them first and then spoke to them.
|
||||
MAT 9 29 w92e figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν γενηθήτω ὑμῖν 1 Let it be done to you according to your faith This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will do as you have believed" or "Because you believe, I will heal you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 uk2a figs-idiom ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν ὀφθαλμοί 1 their eyes were opened This means they were able to see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God healed their eyes" or "the two blind men were able to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 uk2a figs-idiom ἠνεῴχθησαν αὐτῶν ... ὀφθαλμοί 1 their eyes were opened This means they were able to see. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God healed their eyes" or "the two blind men were able to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 30 t6p8 figs-idiom 0 See that no one knows about this Here "See" means "be sure." Alternate translation: "Be sure no one finds out about this" or "Do not tell anyone that I healed you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y574 0 But the two men "The two men did not do what Jesus told them to do. They"
|
||||
MAT 9 31 y4b2 διεφήμισαν 1 spread the news "told many people what had happened to them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -773,7 +775,7 @@ MAT 9 33 d6zs figs-activepassive ἐκβληθέντος τοῦ δαιμονί
|
|||
MAT 9 33 r8ce 0 the mute man spoke "the mute man began to speak" or "the man who had been mute spoke" or "the man, who was no longer mute, spoke"
|
||||
MAT 9 33 d1lf ἐθαύμασαν οἱ ὄχλοι 1 The crowds were astonished "The people were amazed"
|
||||
MAT 9 33 y4l5 figs-activepassive οὐδέποτε ἐφάνη οὕτως 1 This has never been seen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This has never happened before" or "No one has ever done anything like this before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 9 34 z2r7 ἐκβάλλει δαιμόνια 1 he drives out demons "he forces demons to leave"
|
||||
MAT 9 34 z2r7 ἐκβάλλει ... δαιμόνια 1 he drives out demons "he forces demons to leave"
|
||||
MAT 9 34 q623 ἐκβάλλει 1 he drives The pronoun "he" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 9 35 z6ya 0 General Information: Verse 36 begins a new part of the story where Jesus teaches his disciples and sends them to preach and heal as he has done.
|
||||
MAT 9 35 xpp4 writing-endofstory 0 Verse 35 is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 8:1](../08/01.md) about Jesus' healing ministry in Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -786,7 +788,7 @@ MAT 9 37 q95i 0 General Information: Jesus uses a proverb about harvesting to
|
|||
MAT 9 37 mur4 writing-proverbs 0 The harvest is plentiful, but the laborers are few Jesus uses a proverb to respond to what he is seeing. Jesus means there are a lot of people who are ready to believe God but only few people to teach them God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 9 37 m6ke 0 The harvest is plentiful "There is plenty of ripe food for someone to collect"
|
||||
MAT 9 37 h3a2 ἐργάται 1 laborers "workers"
|
||||
MAT 9 38 vz8y δεήθητε τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 pray to the Lord of the harvest "pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest"
|
||||
MAT 9 38 vz8y δεήθητε ... τοῦ Κυρίου τοῦ θερισμοῦ 1 pray to the Lord of the harvest "pray to God, because he is in charge of the harvest"
|
||||
MAT 10 intro m5iu 0 # Matthew 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The sending of the twelve disciples<br><br>Many verses in this chapter describe how Jesus sent the twelve disciples out. He sent them to tell his message about the kingdom of heaven. They were to tell his message only in Israel and not to share it with the Gentiles.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>##### "The kingdom of heaven has come near"<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the "kingdom of heaven" was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase "at hand," but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases "is coming near" and "has come near."<br>
|
||||
MAT 10 1 nhp2 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of Jesus sending out his twelve disciples to do his work.
|
||||
MAT 10 1 gjs9 translate-numbers προσκαλεσάμενος τοὺς δώδεκα μαθητὰς αὐτοῦ 1 called his twelve disciples together "summoned his 12 disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -799,7 +801,7 @@ MAT 10 2 f1vu δώδεκα ἀποστόλων 1 twelve apostles This is the sa
|
|||
MAT 10 2 sc7b translate-ordinal πρῶτος 1 first This is first in order, not in rank. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 10 3 g6eg Μαθθαῖος ὁ τελώνης 1 Matthew the tax collector "Matthew, who was a tax collector"
|
||||
MAT 10 4 n4st 0 the Zealot Possible meanings are 1) "the Zealot" is a title that shows that he was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: "the patriot" or "the nationalist" or 2) "the Zealot" is a description that shows that he was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: "the zealous one" or "the passionate one"
|
||||
MAT 10 4 kmp2 ὁ παραδοὺς αὐτόν 1 who would betray him "who would betray Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 10 4 kmp2 ὁ ... παραδοὺς αὐτόν 1 who would betray him "who would betray Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 10 5 sn9v figs-events 0 General Information: Although verse 5 begins by saying that he sent out the twelve, Jesus gave these instructions before he sent them out. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 10 5 aw5h 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to give instructions to his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 5 c46d τούτους τοὺς δώδεκα ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 These twelve Jesus sent out "Jesus sent out these twelve men" or "It was these twelve men whom Jesus sent out"
|
||||
|
|
@ -808,7 +810,7 @@ MAT 10 5 ryl4 παραγγείλας αὐτοῖς 1 He instructed them "He to
|
|||
MAT 10 6 q1pb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have strayed from their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 6 b6i2 figs-metonymy οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 house of Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: "people of Israel" or "descendants of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 uff2 figs-you πορευόμενοι 1 as you go Here "you" is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 7 w59i figs-metonymy ἤγγικεν‘ ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven has come near The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God ruling as king. This phrase is only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use the word "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "Our God in heaven will soon show himself to be king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 e13x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 8 v5sp figs-you 0 Heal ... raise ... cleanse ... cast out ... you have received ... give These verbs and pronouns are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 8 bb4d figs-idiom νεκροὺς ἐγείρετε 1 raise the dead This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause the dead to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -822,25 +824,25 @@ MAT 10 10 i2ex 0 an extra tunic Use the same word you used for "tunic" in [Mat
|
|||
MAT 10 10 ei4d ἐργάτης 1 laborer worker
|
||||
MAT 10 10 m97h figs-synecdoche τῆς τροφῆς αὐτοῦ 1 his food Here "food" refers to anything a person needs. Alternate translation: "what he needs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 dk1r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 b7ig ἣν πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε 1 Whatever city or village you enter "Whenever you enter a city or village" or "When you go into any city or village"
|
||||
MAT 10 11 b7ig ἣν ... πόλιν ἢ κώμην εἰσέλθητε 1 Whatever city or village you enter "Whenever you enter a city or village" or "When you go into any city or village"
|
||||
MAT 10 11 p4ln 0 city ... village "large village ... small village" or "large town ... small town." See how you translated this in [Matthew 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 11 r7kj figs-you εἰσέλθητε 1 you This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 c3uf ἄξιός 1 worthy A "worthy" person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 11 a41d figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ἐξέλθητε 1 stay there until you leave The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "stay in that person's house until you leave the town or village" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 As you enter into the house, greet it The phrase "greet it" means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was "Peace be to this house!" Here "house" represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 11 a41d figs-explicit κἀκεῖ μείνατε ἕως ... ἐξέλθητε 1 stay there until you leave The full meaning of the statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "stay in that person's house until you leave the town or village" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 n6cm figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενοι ... εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν, ἀσπάσασθε αὐτήν 1 As you enter into the house, greet it The phrase "greet it" means greet the house. A common greeting in those days was "Peace be to this house!" Here "house" represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "As you enter the house, greet the people who live in it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 12 k1xk figs-you εἰσερχόμενοι 1 you This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 qip2 figs-you 0 your ... your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 kc9m figs-metonymy 0 the house is worthy ... not worthy Here "the house" represents those who live in the house. A "worthy" person is a person who is willing to welcome the disciples. Jesus compares this person to one who is "not worthy," a person who does not welcome the disciples. Alternate translation: "the people who live in that house receive you well" or "the people who live in that house treat you well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 q75a figs-metonymy ἐλθάτω ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 let your peace come upon it The word "it" refers to the house, which represents the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "let them receive your peace" or "let them receive the peace that you greeted them with" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 if it is not worthy The word "it" means the house. Here "house" refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "if they do not receive you well" or "if they do not treat you well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ εἰρήνη ὑμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace come back to you Possible meanings are 1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or 2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 13 ha8f figs-metonymy ἐὰν ... δὲ μὴ ᾖ ἀξία 1 if it is not worthy The word "it" means the house. Here "house" refers to the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "if they do not receive you well" or "if they do not treat you well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 13 my3y ἡ ... εἰρήνη ὑμῶν ... πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐπιστραφήτω 1 let your peace come back to you Possible meanings are 1) if the household was not worthy, then God would hold back peace or blessings from that household or 2) if the household was not worthy, then the apostles were supposed to do something, such as asking God not to honor their greeting of peace. If your language has a similar meaning of taking back a greeting or its effects, that should be used here.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 yn9k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about what they should do when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 14 m8e9 0 As for those who do not receive you or listen "If no people in that house or city will receive you or listen"
|
||||
MAT 10 14 w5py figs-you 0 you ... your This is plural and refers to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 z826 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τοὺς λόγους ὑμῶν 1 listen to your words Here "words" refers to what the disciples say. Alternate translation: "listen to your message" or "listen to what you have to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 14 hi3i πόλεως 1 city You should translate this the same way you did in [Matthew 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 14 i5mc translate-symaction ἐκτινάξατε τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ὑμῶν 1 shake off the dust from your feet "shake the dust off your feet as you leave." This is a sign that God has rejected the people of that house or city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 10 15 pk4f ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 15 pk4f ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 15 d6ib ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται 1 it shall be more tolerable "the suffering shall be less"
|
||||
MAT 10 15 sg3c figs-metonymy γῇ Σοδόμων καὶ Γομόρρων 1 the land of Sodom and Gomorrah This refers to the people who lived in Sodom and Gomorrah. Alternate translation: "the people who lived in the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 15 zmm2 figs-metonymy τῇ πόλει ἐκείνῃ 1 that city This refers to the people in the city that does not receive the apostles or listen to their message. Alternate translation: "the people of the city that does not receive you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -849,7 +851,7 @@ MAT 10 16 ggp6 ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω 1 See, I send The word
|
|||
MAT 10 16 c9bi ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς 1 I send you out Jesus is sending them out for a particular purpose.
|
||||
MAT 10 16 b262 figs-simile ὡς πρόβατα ἐν μέσῳ λύκων 1 as sheep in the midst of wolves Sheep are defenseless animals that wolves often attack. Jesus is stating that people may harm the disciples. Alternate translation: "as sheep among people who are like dangerous wolves" or "as sheep among people who act the way dangerous animals act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 10 16 s21a figs-simile 0 be as wise as serpents and harmless as doves Jesus is telling the disciples they must be cautious and harmless among the people. If comparing the disciples to serpents or doves is confusing, it might be better not to state the similes. Alternate translation: "act with understanding and caution, as well as with innocence and virtue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 10 17 a55q writing-connectingwords προσέχετε ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων! παραδώσουσιν 1 Watch out for people! They will You can translate with "because" to show how these two statements relate. Alternate translation: "Watch out for people because they will" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MAT 10 17 a55q writing-connectingwords προσέχετε ... ἀπὸ ... ἀνθρώπων; παραδώσουσιν 1 Watch out for people! They will You can translate with "because" to show how these two statements relate. Alternate translation: "Watch out for people because they will" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MAT 10 17 csc4 0 will deliver you up to "will put you under the control of"
|
||||
MAT 10 17 fct4 συνέδρια 1 councils local religious leaders or elders who together keep peace in the community
|
||||
MAT 10 17 gs2d μαστιγώσουσιν ὑμᾶς 1 whip you "beat you with a whip"
|
||||
|
|
@ -857,21 +859,21 @@ MAT 10 18 pe3d figs-activepassive ἀχθήσεσθε 1 you will be brought This
|
|||
MAT 10 18 p74k ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because you belong to me" or "because you follow me"
|
||||
MAT 10 18 u5wc 0 to them and to the Gentiles The pronoun "them" refers either to the "governors and kings" or to the Jewish accusers.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ksi4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 When they deliver you up "When people take you to the councils." The "people" here are the same "people" as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 19 e5t6 ὅταν ... παραδῶσιν ὑμᾶς 1 When they deliver you up "When people take you to the councils." The "people" here are the same "people" as in [Matthew 10:17](../10/17.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qcs3 figs-you 0 you ... you These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 qzd2 μὴ μεριμνήσητε 1 do not be anxious "do not worry"
|
||||
MAT 10 19 ien3 figs-hendiadys πῶς ἢ τί λαλήσητε 1 how or what you will speak "how you are to speak or what you are to say." The two ideas may be combined: "what you are to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 l7rb figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν τί λαλήσητε 1 for what to say will be given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here "hour" means "right then." Alternate translation: "right then" or "at that time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 yuk1 figs-you ὑμῖν. 1 you ... your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 l7rb figs-activepassive δοθήσεται γὰρ ὑμῖν ... τί λαλήσητε 1 for what to say will be given to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the Holy Spirit will tell you what to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 19 cm7h figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ ... ὥρᾳ 1 in that hour Here "hour" means "right then." Alternate translation: "right then" or "at that time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 yuk1 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you ... your These are plural and refer to the twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 v9tm τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 the Spirit of your Father If necessary, this can be translated as "the Spirit of God your heavenly Father" or a footnote can be added to make it clear that this refers to God the Holy Spirit and not to the spirit of an earthly father.
|
||||
MAT 10 20 k3xr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 20 zxd8 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you "through you"
|
||||
MAT 10 21 i8q5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 21 p9ms παραδώσει ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 Brother will deliver up brother to death "One brother will deliver up his brother to death" or "Brothers will deliver up their brothers to death." Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times.
|
||||
MAT 10 21 lh6z figs-abstractnouns παραδώσει ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 deliver up brother to death The abstract noun "death" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "hand brother over to authorties who will execute him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 10 21 p9ms παραδώσει ... ἀδελφὸς ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 Brother will deliver up brother to death "One brother will deliver up his brother to death" or "Brothers will deliver up their brothers to death." Jesus speaks of something that will happen many times.
|
||||
MAT 10 21 lh6z figs-abstractnouns παραδώσει ... ἀδελφὸν εἰς θάνατον 1 deliver up brother to death The abstract noun "death" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "hand brother over to authorties who will execute him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 10 21 p8w9 figs-ellipsis 0 a father his child These words can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: "fathers will deliver up their children to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 21 xja9 ἐπαναστήσονται ἐπὶ 1 rise up against "rebel against" or "turn against"
|
||||
MAT 10 21 xja9 ἐπαναστήσονται ... ἐπὶ 1 rise up against "rebel against" or "turn against"
|
||||
MAT 10 21 xf2d figs-activepassive θανατώσουσιν αὐτούς 1 cause them to be put to death This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "have them put to death" or "have the authorities execute them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 22 sp6p figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 You will be hated by everyone This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Everyone will hate you" or "All people will hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 22 va6i figs-you ἔσεσθε 1 You This is plural and refers to the twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -881,7 +883,7 @@ MAT 10 22 j71i εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether the "end
|
|||
MAT 10 22 qn7j figs-activepassive 0 that person will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will deliver that person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 23 m42z ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city Here "this" does not refer to a specific city. Alternate translation: "in one city"
|
||||
MAT 10 23 jjd4 0 flee to the next "flee to the next city"
|
||||
MAT 10 23 gk1s ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 23 gk1s ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 23 dk4u figs-123person Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 10 23 tm8z ἔλθῃ 1 has come "arrives"
|
||||
MAT 10 24 uv9r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
|
|
@ -890,52 +892,52 @@ MAT 10 24 syb2 0 A disciple is not greater than his teacher "A disciple is alw
|
|||
MAT 10 24 nc3e 0 nor a servant above his master "and a servant is always less important than his master" or "and a master is always more important than his servant"
|
||||
MAT 10 25 e2ae 0 It is enough for the disciple that he should be like his teacher "The disciple should be satisfied to become like his teacher"
|
||||
MAT 10 25 t7jp figs-explicit γένηται ὡς ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτοῦ 1 be like his teacher If necessary, you can make explicit how the disciple becomes like the teacher. Alternate translation: "know as much as his teacher knows" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 25 e6z3 figs-explicit ὁ δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 the servant like his master If necessary, you can make explicit how the servant becomes like the master. Alternate translation: "the servant should be satisfied to become only as important as his master" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 25 e6z3 figs-explicit ὁ ... δοῦλος ὡς ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ 1 the servant like his master If necessary, you can make explicit how the servant becomes like the master. Alternate translation: "the servant should be satisfied to become only as important as his master" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 10 25 u355 0 If they have called the master ... how much worse ... they call ... the members of his household Again Jesus is emphasizing that since people have mistreated him, his disciples should expect people to treat them the same or worse.
|
||||
MAT 10 25 bg2l 0 how much worse would be the names they call the members of his household "the names that they call the members of his household will certainly be much worse" or "they will certainly call the members of his household much worse names"
|
||||
MAT 10 25 cp96 εἰ ἐπεκάλεσαν 1 If they have called "Since people have called"
|
||||
MAT 10 25 cp96 εἰ ... ἐπεκάλεσαν 1 If they have called "Since people have called"
|
||||
MAT 10 25 pu5y figs-metaphor τὸν οἰκοδεσπότην 1 the master of the house Jesus is using this as a metaphor for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 25 y5md Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul This name can either be 1) transcribed directly as "Beelzebul" or 2) translated with its original, intended meaning of "Satan."
|
||||
MAT 10 25 r5ll figs-metaphor τοὺς οἰκιακοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 his household This is a metaphor for Jesus' disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 26 zb2j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go out to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 26 twv2 μὴ οὖν φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς 1 do not fear them Here "them" refers to the people who mistreat followers of Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 10 26 xqs4 figs-metaphor 0 there is nothing concealed that will not be revealed, and nothing hidden that will not be known Both of these statements mean the same thing. Being concealed or hidden represents being kept secret, and being revealed represents being made known. Jesus is emphasizing that God will make all things known. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will reveal the things that people hide" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fa1s figs-parallelism , ὃ,, λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear softly in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: "Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fa1s figs-parallelism ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί; καὶ ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε, κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight, and what you hear softly in your ear, proclaim upon the housetops Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that the disciples should tell everyone what he tells the disciples in private. Alternate translation: "Tell people in the daylight what I tell you in the darkness, and proclaim upon the housetops what you hear softly in your ear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 kw75 figs-metonymy ὃ λέγω ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, εἴπατε ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 What I tell you in the darkness, say in the daylight Here "darkness" is a metonym for "night" which is a metonym for "private." Here "daylight" is a metonym for "public." Alternate translation: "What I tell you privately at night, say in public in the day light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fc49 figs-idiom ὃ εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε 1 what you hear softly in your ear This is a way of referring to whispering. Alternate translation: "what I whisper to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 fc49 figs-idiom ὃ ... εἰς τὸ οὖς ἀκούετε 1 what you hear softly in your ear This is a way of referring to whispering. Alternate translation: "what I whisper to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 10 27 t9u9 figs-metonymy κηρύξατε ἐπὶ τῶν δωμάτων 1 proclaim upon the housetops Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people far away could hear anyone speaking with a loud voice. Here "housetops" refers to any place where all people can hear. Alternate translation: "speak loudly in a public place for all to hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 s6wq 0 General Information: Here Jesus also begins to give reasons why his disciples should not be afraid of the persecution they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 p3fn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the persecution they will endure when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 fb29 figs-distinguish μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 fb29 figs-distinguish μὴ φοβεῖσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα, τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν μὴ δυναμένων ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but are unable to kill the soul This is not distinguishing between people who cannot kill the soul and people who can kill the soul. No person can kill the soul. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of people. They can kill the body, but they cannot kill the soul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
MAT 10 28 lc56 τῶν ἀποκτεννόντων τὸ σῶμα 1 kill the body This means to cause physical death. If these words are awkward, they can be translated as "kill you" or "kill other people."
|
||||
MAT 10 28 ei7y σῶμα 1 body the part of a person that can be touched, as opposed to the soul or spirit
|
||||
MAT 10 28 e4de τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 kill the soul This means to harm people after they have physically died.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 e4de τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν ... ἀποκτεῖναι 1 kill the soul This means to harm people after they have physically died.
|
||||
MAT 10 28 e76n τὴν δὲ ψυχὴν 1 soul the part of a person that cannot be touched and that lives on after the physical body dies
|
||||
MAT 10 28 pk7k writing-connectingwords 0 fear him who is able You can add "because" to clarify why people should fear God. Alternate translation: "fear God because he is able" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 tm3s writing-proverbs οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται? 1 Are not two sparrows sold for a small coin? Jesus states this proverb as a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 tm3s writing-proverbs οὐχὶ δύο στρουθία ἀσσαρίου πωλεῖται 1 Are not two sparrows sold for a small coin? Jesus states this proverb as a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "Think about the sparrows. They have so little value that you can buy two of them for only one small coin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 q22l translate-unknown στρουθία 1 sparrows These are very small, seed-eating birds. Alternate translation: "small birds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 i399 ἀσσαρίου 1 a small coin This is often translated as the least valuable coin available in your country. It refers to a copper coin worth about one-sixteenth of a day's wage for a laborer. Alternate translation: "very little money"
|
||||
MAT 10 29 wxt4 figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἄνευ' τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 not one of them falls to the ground without your Father's knowledge This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 wxt4 figs-doublenegatives ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ἄνευ τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 not one of them falls to the ground without your Father's knowledge This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "your Father knows when even one sparrow dies and falls to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 10 29 fe8z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 30 cih3 figs-activepassive 0 even the hairs of your head are all numbered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God knows even how many hairs are on your head" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 10 30 nb7b ἠριθμημέναι 1 numbered "counted"
|
||||
MAT 10 31 n2tz πολλῶν διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς 1 You are more valuable than many sparrows "God values you more than many sparrows"
|
||||
MAT 10 31 n2tz πολλῶν ... διαφέρετε ὑμεῖς 1 You are more valuable than many sparrows "God values you more than many sparrows"
|
||||
MAT 10 32 jtw9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 32 ntt9 0 everyone who confesses me ... I will also confess before my Father "whoever confesses me ... I will also confess before my Father" or "if anyone confesses me ... I will also confess him before my Father"
|
||||
MAT 10 32 yj44 ὁμολογήσει ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 confesses me before men "tells others that he is my disciple" or "acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me"
|
||||
MAT 10 32 j4dh figs-ellipsis ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 I will also confess before my Father who is in heaven You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: "I will also acknowledge before my Father who is in heaven that that person belongs to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 32 yj44 ὁμολογήσει ... ἐμοὶ ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 confesses me before men "tells others that he is my disciple" or "acknowledges before other people that he is loyal to me"
|
||||
MAT 10 32 j4dh figs-ellipsis ὁμολογήσω κἀγὼ ... ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 I will also confess before my Father who is in heaven You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: "I will also acknowledge before my Father who is in heaven that that person belongs to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 32 kdd2 τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 my Father who is in heaven "my heavenly Father"
|
||||
MAT 10 32 n1nb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 10 33 sx8g 0 he who denies me ... I will also deny before my Father "whoever denies me ... I will also deny before my Father" or "if anyone denies me ... I will also deny him before my Father"
|
||||
MAT 10 33 d15s ἀρνήσηταί με ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 denies me before men "denies to other people that he is loyal to me" or "refuses to acknowledge to others that he is my disciple"
|
||||
MAT 10 33 cnu3 figs-ellipsis ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 I will also deny before my Father who is in heaven You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: "I will deny before my Father who is in heaven that this person belongs to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 33 cnu3 figs-ellipsis ἀρνήσομαι κἀγὼ ... ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ Πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 I will also deny before my Father who is in heaven You can make explicit the information that is understood. Alternate translation: "I will deny before my Father who is in heaven that this person belongs to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 10 34 bx73 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 34 rrp3 μὴ νομίσητε 1 Do not think "Do not suppose" or "You must not think"
|
||||
MAT 10 34 l5ad figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 upon the earth This refers to the people who live on the earth. Alternate translation: "to the people of the earth" or "to people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 34 jq6d figs-metonymy 0 a sword This refers to division, fighting, and killing among people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 10 35 xx5m 0 to set ... against "to cause ... to fight against"
|
||||
MAT 10 35 k18y ἄνθρωπον κατὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 a man against his father "a son against his father"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 lhc2 τοῦ ἀνθρώπου' ἐχθροὶ 1 A man's enemies "A person's enemies" or "A person's worst enemies"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 lhc2 ἐχθροὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 A man's enemies "A person's enemies" or "A person's worst enemies"
|
||||
MAT 10 36 g166 οἱ οἰκιακοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 those of his own household "members of his own family"
|
||||
MAT 10 37 ju1k 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
MAT 10 37 x1xg figs-gendernotations 0 He who loves ... is not worthy Here "he" means any person in general. Alternate translation: "Those who love ... are not worthy" or "If you love ... you are not worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -946,7 +948,7 @@ MAT 10 38 ai2r λαμβάνει 1 pick up "take up" or "pick up and carry"
|
|||
MAT 10 39 u4jh writing-proverbs 0 He who finds his life will lose it. But he who loses ... will find it Jesus uses a proverb to teach his disciples. This should be translated with as few words as possible. Alternate translation: "Those who find their lives will lose them. But those who lose their lives ... will find them" or "If you find your life you will lose it. But if you lose your life ... you will find it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 10 39 jwf2 figs-metaphor ὁ εὑρὼν 1 finds This is a metaphor for "keeps" or "saves." Alternate translation: "tries to keep" or "tries to save" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 39 pbf3 figs-metaphor ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 will lose it This does not mean the person will die. It is a metaphor that means the person will not experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: "will not have true life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 39 i3x4 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 who loses his life This does not mean to die. It is a metaphor that means a person considers obeying Jesus more important than his own life. Alternate translation: "who denies himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 39 i3x4 figs-metaphor ὁ ... ἀπολέσας τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ 1 who loses his life This does not mean to die. It is a metaphor that means a person considers obeying Jesus more important than his own life. Alternate translation: "who denies himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 39 hz7r ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because he trusts me" or "on my account" or "because of me." This is the same idea as "for my sake" in [Matthew 10:18](../10/18.md).
|
||||
MAT 10 39 g2c8 figs-metaphor εὑρήσει αὐτήν 1 will find it This metaphor means the person will experience spiritual life with God. Alternate translation: "will find true life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 10 40 u2wq 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to instruct his disciples about the reasons why they should not be afraid of the persecution that they might experience.
|
||||
|
|
@ -956,23 +958,23 @@ MAT 10 40 ir49 figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 you This is plural and refers to the twelve
|
|||
MAT 10 40 pf1j ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δέχεται 1 He who welcomes you welcomes me Jesus means that when someone welcomes you, it is like welcoming him. Alternate translation: "When someone welcomes you, it is like he is welcoming me" or "If someone welcomes you, it is as if he were welcoming me"
|
||||
MAT 10 40 y9ck 0 he who welcomes me also welcomes him who sent me This means that when someone welcomes Jesus, it is like welcoming God. Alternate translation: "When someone welcomes me, it is like he is welcoming God the Father who sent me" or "If someone welcomes me, it is as if he were welcoming God the Father who sent me"
|
||||
MAT 10 41 g43d 0 because he is a prophet Here "he" does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 yj1q μισθὸν προφήτου' 1 a prophet's reward This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 yj1q μισθὸν προφήτου 1 a prophet's reward This refers to the reward that God gives the prophet, not to the reward that a prophet gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 gjf3 0 he is a righteous man Here "he" does not refer to the person who is welcoming. It refers to the person being welcomed.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 qfv7 μισθὸν δικαίου' 1 a righteous man's reward This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 41 qfv7 μισθὸν ... δικαίου 1 a righteous man's reward This refers to the reward God gives to a righteous person, not a reward that a righteous person gives to another person.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx4a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes instructing his disciples about what they should do and expect when they go to preach.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 v6jg ὃς ποτίσῃ 1 Whoever gives "Anyone who gives"
|
||||
MAT 10 42 v6jg ὃς ... ποτίσῃ 1 Whoever gives "Anyone who gives"
|
||||
MAT 10 42 z8tk ἕνα τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 one of these little ones "one of these lowly ones" or "the least important of these." The phrase "one of these" here refers to one of Jesus' disciples.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 lza6 0 because he is a disciple "because he is my disciple." Here "he" does not refer to the one giving but to the unimportant one.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx29 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 y1ie , οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ." 1 he will ... his reward Here "he" and "his" refer to the one who is giving.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 wx29 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 y1ie οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ τὸν μισθὸν αὐτοῦ 1 he will ... his reward Here "he" and "his" refer to the one who is giving.
|
||||
MAT 10 42 d61l οὐ μὴ ἀπολέσῃ 1 he will in no way lose "God will not deny him." This has nothing to do with having a possession taken away. It can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God will certainly give him"
|
||||
MAT 11 intro puf4 0 # Matthew 11 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 11:10.<br><br>Some scholars believe that [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md) begins a new stage in the ministry of Christ because of Israel's rejection of him.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Hidden revelation<br><br>After [Matthew 11:20](../../mat/11/20.md), Jesus begins to reveal information about himself and about the plans of God the Father, while hiding this information from those who reject him ([Matthew 11:25](../../mat/11/25.md)).<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "The kingdom of heaven is near"<br><br>No one knows for sure whether the "kingdom of heaven" was present or still coming when John spoke these words. English translations often use the phrase "at hand," but these words can be difficult to translate. Other versions use the phrases "is coming near" and "has come near."<br>
|
||||
MAT 11 1 z2y7 writing-newevent 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Matthew tells of how Jesus responded to disciples of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MAT 11 1 dr3u ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus' teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: "Then" or "After"
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ki7f ἐτέλεσεν διατάσσων 1 had finished instructing "had finished teaching" or "had finished commanding."
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ki7f ἐτέλεσεν ... διατάσσων 1 had finished instructing "had finished teaching" or "had finished commanding."
|
||||
MAT 11 1 m6h5 translate-numbers τοῖς δώδεκα μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ 1 his twelve disciples This refers to the twelve chosen apostles of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 11 1 ju1q ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν αὐτῶν 1 in their cities Here "their" refers to all the Jews in general.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 n2dc ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης ἀκούσας 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 n2dc ὁ δὲ Ἰωάννης, ἀκούσας 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 f3j7 0 when John heard in the prison about "When John, who was in prison, heard about" or "When someone told John, who was in prison, about." Even though Matthew has not yet told the readers that King Herod put John the Baptist in jail, the original audience would have been familiar with the story and understood the implicit information here. Matthew will give more information later about John the Baptist, so it is probably best not to make it explicit here.
|
||||
MAT 11 2 xre1 0 he sent a message by his disciples John the Baptist sent his own disciples with a message to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 11 3 w2im εἶπεν αὐτῷ 1 said to him The pronoun "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -990,46 +992,46 @@ MAT 11 7 w269 figs-activepassive 0 being shaken by the wind This can be transla
|
|||
MAT 11 8 n5hx figs-rquestion 0 But what did you go out to see—a man ... clothing? Jesus uses a question to cause the people to think about what kind of person John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: And, surely you did not go out to the desert to see a man ... clothing!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 8 y24r ἐν μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένον 1 dressed in soft clothing "wearing expensive clothing." Rich people wore this kind of clothing.
|
||||
MAT 11 8 tmb9 0 Really This word adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: "Indeed"
|
||||
MAT 11 8 v9k2 τῶν βασιλέων' τοῖς οἴκοις 1 kings' houses "kings' palaces"
|
||||
MAT 11 8 v9k2 τοῖς οἴκοις τῶν βασιλέων 1 kings' houses "kings' palaces"
|
||||
MAT 11 9 cgm4 0 General Information: In verse 10, Jesus quotes the prophet Malachi to show that the life and ministry of John the Baptist fulfilled prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 11 9 w9su 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 9 gm97 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν— προφήτην? 1 But what did you go out to see—a prophet? Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: "But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 9 nkd4 ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν, 1 Yes, I say to you, "I say to you yes,"
|
||||
MAT 11 9 gm97 figs-rquestion ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε? προφήτην ἰδεῖν 1 But what did you go out to see—a prophet? Jesus uses a question to make the people think about what kind of man John the Baptist is. Alternate translation: "But surely you went out to the desert to see a prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 9 nkd4 ναί, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Yes, I say to you, "I say to you yes,"
|
||||
MAT 11 9 fb75 figs-ellipsis 0 much more than a prophet This can be translated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: "he is not an ordinary prophet" or "he is more important than a normal prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 de17 figs-activepassive 0 This is he of whom it was written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This is what the prophet Malachi wrote long ago about John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 ql5h ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου 1 I am sending my messenger The pronouns "I" and "my" refer to God. Malachi is quoting what God said.
|
||||
MAT 11 10 fi5e figs-you πρὸ προσώπου σου 1 before your face Here "your" is singular, because God was speaking to the Messiah in the quotation. Also, "face" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "in front of you" or "to go ahead of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 11 10 kva7 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 prepare your way before you This is a metaphor that means the messenger will prepare the people to receive the Messiah's message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 c7pp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 11 j7gw ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you truly "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 11 11 j7gw ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you truly "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 11 11 z5yq figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women Even though Adam was not born of a women, this is a way of referring to all humans. Alternate translation: "out of all people who have ever lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 q2kp 0 no one is greater than John the Baptist This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "John the Baptist is the greatest" or "John the Baptist is the most important"
|
||||
MAT 11 11 cag4 figs-metonymy 0 the least important person in the kingdom of heaven Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, try to keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "the least important person under the rule of our God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 11 p5ir ἐστιν 1 is greater than he is "is more important than John is"
|
||||
MAT 11 12 mb4v ἀπὸ τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 From the days of John the Baptist "From the time John began preaching his message." The word "days" probably refers here to a period of months or even years.
|
||||
MAT 11 12 mb4v ἀπὸ ... τῶν ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου τοῦ Βαπτιστοῦ 1 From the days of John the Baptist "From the time John began preaching his message." The word "days" probably refers here to a period of months or even years.
|
||||
MAT 11 12 inr2 ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν βιάζεται, καὶ βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν 1 the kingdom of heaven suffers violence, and men of violence take it by force There are various possible interpretations of this verse. The UST assumes that it means that some people want to use God's kingdom for their own selfish purposes, and that they are willing to use force against other people to accomplish this. Other versions assume a positive interpretation, that the call to enter the kingdom of God has become so urgent, that people must act in an extreme manner in order to answer that call and to resist the temptation to sin further. A third interpretation is that violent people are harming God's people and trying to stop God from ruling.
|
||||
MAT 11 13 v3el 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 13 g1i6 figs-metonymy πάντες γὰρ οἱ προφῆται καὶ ὁ νόμος ἕως Ἰωάννου ἐπροφήτευσαν 1 all the prophets and the law have been prophesying until John Here "prophets and the law" refer to the things that the prophets and Moses wrote in scripture. Alternate translation: "for these are the things that the prophets and Moses have prophesied through the scriptures until the time of John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 yg2f figs-you εἰ θέλετε 1 if you Here "you" is plural and refers to the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 14 e68u αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 he is Elijah who was to come The word "he" refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally Elijah. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about "Elijah, who is to come" or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: "when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist"
|
||||
MAT 11 14 e68u αὐτός ἐστιν Ἠλείας, ὁ μέλλων ἔρχεσθαι 1 he is Elijah who was to come The word "he" refers to John the Baptist. This does not mean John the Baptist is literally Elijah. Jesus means John the Baptist fulfills the prophecy about "Elijah, who is to come" or the next Elijah. Alternate translation: "when the prophet Malachi said that Elijah would return, he was speaking about John the Baptist"
|
||||
MAT 11 15 z97x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "ears to hear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 15 w4cc figs-123person 0 He who ... let him Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 16 q1s5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to talk to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 16 mp8g figs-rquestion τίνι ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην? 1 To what should I compare this generation? Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people of that day and what children might say in the marketplace. Alternate translation: "This is what this generation is like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 16 mp8g figs-rquestion τίνι ... ὁμοιώσω τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 To what should I compare this generation? Jesus uses a question to introduce a comparison between the people of that day and what children might say in the marketplace. Alternate translation: "This is what this generation is like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 11 16 yat1 τὴν γενεὰν ταύτην 1 this generation "the people living now" or "these people" or "you people of this generation"
|
||||
MAT 11 16 l7km ἀγοραῖς 1 marketplace a large, open-air area where people buy and sell items
|
||||
MAT 11 17 wn37 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues the parable that begins with the words "It is like" in verse 16.
|
||||
MAT 11 17 ai4e figs-parables 0 and say ... and you did not weep Jesus uses a parable to describe the people who were alive at that time. He compares them to a group of children who are trying to get the other children to play with them. However, no matter way they do, the other children will not join them. Jesus means that it does not matter if God sends someone like John the Baptist, who lives in the desert and fasts, or someone like Jesus, who celebrates with sinners and does not fast. The people, most specifically the Pharisees and religious leaders, still remain stubborn and refuse to accept God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 d916 figs-you ηὐλήσαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you "We" refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here "you" is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 d916 figs-you ηὐλήσαμεν‘ ὑμῖν 1 We played a flute for you "We" refers to the children sitting in the marketplace. Here "you" is plural and refers to the other group of children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 j5jd καὶ οὐκ ὠρχήσασθε 1 and you did not dance "but you did not dance to the happy music"
|
||||
MAT 11 17 t723 figs-explicit ἐθρηνήσαμεν 1 We mourned This means they sang sad songs like women did at funerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 17 f87l καὶ οὐκ ἐκόψασθε 1 and you did not weep "but you did not cry with us"
|
||||
MAT 11 17 f87l καὶ οὐκ ... ἐκόψασθε 1 and you did not weep "but you did not cry with us"
|
||||
MAT 11 18 svc9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes talking to the crowds about John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 11 18 qe7y figs-synecdoche 0 not eating bread or drinking wine Here "bread" refers to food. It does not mean that John never ate food. It means he fasted often, and when he ate, he did not eat good, expensive food. Alternate translation: "frequently fasting and not drinking alcohol" or "not eating fancy food and not drinking wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 p4ql figs-quotations 0 they say, 'He has a demon.' This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "they say that he has a demon" or "they accuse him of having a demon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 11 18 kd4q λέγουσιν 1 they say All occurrences of "they" refer to the people of that generation, and most specifically to the Pharisees and religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 iwk8 figs-123person ἦλθεν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man came Jesus is referring to himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, came" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 gs6z ἦλθεν ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 came eating and drinking This is the opposite of John's behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 gs6z ἦλθεν ... ἐσθίων καὶ πίνων 1 came eating and drinking This is the opposite of John's behavior. This means more than just consuming the normal amount of food and drink. It means Jesus celebrated and enjoyed good food and drink like other people did.
|
||||
MAT 11 19 x4ec figs-quotations 0 they say, 'Look, he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners!' This can be translated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "they say that he is a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." or "they accuse him of eating and drinking too much and of being ... sinners." If you translated "The Son of Man" as "I, the Son of man," you can state this as an indirect statement and use the first person. Alternate translation: "they say that I am a gluttonous man and a drunkard ... sinners." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 19 d6gu 0 he is a gluttonous man "he is a greedy eater" or "he continually eats too much food"
|
||||
MAT 11 19 pv4n 0 a drunkard "a drunk" or "he continually drinks too much alcohol"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1040,13 +1042,13 @@ MAT 11 20 w4g8 figs-metonymy ὀνειδίζειν τὰς πόλεις 1 rebuke
|
|||
MAT 11 20 fxs4 πόλεις 1 cities "towns"
|
||||
MAT 11 20 t51a figs-activepassive ἐν αἷς ἐγένοντο αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 in which most of his mighty deeds were done This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "in which he did most of his mighty deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 20 wh1g αἱ πλεῖσται δυνάμεις αὐτοῦ 1 mighty deeds "mighty works" or "works of power" or "miracles"
|
||||
MAT 11 21 xxb3 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν! 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 xxb3 figs-apostrophe οὐαί σοι, Χοραζείν! οὐαί σοι, Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Woe to you, Chorazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! Jesus speaks as if the people of the cities of Chorazin and Bethsaida were there listening to him, but they were not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tv81 figs-you οὐαί σοι 1 Woe to you "How terrible it will be for you." Here "you" is singular and refers to the city. If it is more natural to refer to the people instead of a city, you could translate with a plural "you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 y9d3 figs-metonymy 0 Chorazin ... Bethsaida ... Tyre ... Sidon The names of these cities are used as metonyms for the people living in these cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 lh46 figs-hypo 0 If the mighty deeds ... in sackcloth and ashes Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 tm59 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι ἐγένοντο αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 If the mighty deeds had been done in Tyre and Sidon which were done in you This can be translated with active forms. Alternate translation: "If I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Tyre and Sidon that I have done among you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 k3in figs-you αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which were done in you Here the "you" is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual "you" to refer to the two cities, or a plural "you" to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 bqi8 πάλαι μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented long ago The pronoun "they" refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 11 21 k3in figs-you αἱ ... γενόμεναι ἐν ὑμῖν 1 which were done in you Here the "you" is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual "you" to refer to the two cities, or a plural "you" to refer to the people of the cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 21 bqi8 πάλαι ... μετενόησαν 1 they would have repented long ago The pronoun "they" refers to the people of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 11 21 qx9m μετενόησαν 1 would have repented "would have shown they were sorry for their sins"
|
||||
MAT 11 22 mr18 figs-metonymy 0 it will be more tolerable for Tyre and Sidon at the day of judgment than for you Here "Tyre and Sidon" refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: "God will show more mercy to the people of Tyre and Sidon in the day of judgment than to you" or "God will punish you more severely at the day of judgment than the people of Tyre and Sidon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 22 ab14 figs-you ἢ ὑμῖν 1 than for you Here the "you" is plural and refers to Chorazin and Bethsaida. If it is more natural for your language, you could use a dual "you" to refer to the two cities, or a plural "you" to refer to the people of the cities. The implied information can be made explicit. AT "than for you, because you did not repent and believe in me, even though you saw me do miracles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1055,7 +1057,7 @@ MAT 11 23 vpz6 figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 You, Capernaum Jesus
|
|||
MAT 11 23 h8av figs-you σύ 1 You All occurrences of "you" are singular. If it is more natural to refer to the people of the city, you could translate with a plural "you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 fj7d figs-metonymy 0 Capernaum ... Sodom The names of these cities refer to the people living in Capernaum and in Sodom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 aa7t figs-rquestion 0 do you think you will be exalted to heaven? "do you think you will be raised up to heaven?" Jesus uses a rhetorical question to rebuke the people of Capernaum for their pride. It can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: "you cannot raise yourself up to heaven!" or "the praise of other people will not raise you up to heaven!" or "God will not bring you up to heaven like you think he will!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 d54d figs-activepassive ἕως ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 you will be brought down to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will send you down to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 d54d figs-activepassive ἕως ... ᾍδου καταβήσῃ 1 you will be brought down to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will send you down to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 vk57 figs-hypo 0 For if in Sodom ... it would still have remained until today Jesus is describing a hypothetical situation that could have happened in the past, but it did not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 z279 figs-activepassive εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγενήθησαν αἱ δυνάμεις αἱ γενόμεναι ἐν σοί 1 if in Sodom there had been done the mighty deeds that were done in you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "if I had done the mighty deeds among the people of Sodom that I have done among you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 23 e2t7 δυνάμεις 1 mighty deeds "mighty works" or "works of power" or "miracles"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1076,11 +1078,11 @@ MAT 11 26 qp7t figs-metonymy 0 for so it was well-pleasing in your sight The ph
|
|||
MAT 11 27 yk5w figs-activepassive 0 All things have been entrusted to me from my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My Father has entrusted all things to me" or "My Father has given everything over to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 gd67 0 All things Possible meanings are 1) God the Father has revealed everything about himself and his kingdom to Jesus or 2) God has given all authority to Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 11 27 j3vk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 s1as οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows the Son except the Father "only the Father knows the Son"
|
||||
MAT 11 27 s1as οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει τὸν Υἱὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows the Son except the Father "only the Father knows the Son"
|
||||
MAT 11 27 rt5b οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει 1 no one knows The word "knows" here means more than just being acquainted with someone. It means knowing somoene intimately because of having a special relationship with him.
|
||||
MAT 11 27 esp4 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Son Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 l8xe guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 11 27 w6yq οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows the Father except the Son "only the Son knows the Father"
|
||||
MAT 11 27 w6yq οὐδὲ τὸν Πατέρα τις ἐπιγινώσκει, εἰ μὴ ὁ Υἱὸς 1 no one knows the Father except the Son "only the Son knows the Father"
|
||||
MAT 11 28 q9x1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
MAT 11 28 x978 figs-you 0 all you All occurrences of "you" are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 11 28 t2jj figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες καὶ πεφορτισμένοι 1 who labor and are heavy burdened Jesus speaks of people being discouraged in their attempts to obey all the laws as if those laws were heavy burdens and the people were laboring to carry them. Alternate translation: "who are discouraged from trying so hard" or "Who are discouraged from trying so hard to obey the laws perfectly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1117,7 +1119,7 @@ MAT 12 6 k4mn figs-123person 0 one greater than the temple "someone who is more
|
|||
MAT 12 7 rh53 0 General Information: In verse 7, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 vye2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 ypj7 figs-explicit 0 If you had known what this meant, 'I desire mercy and not sacrifice,' you would not have condemned the guiltless Here Jesus quotes scripture. Alternate translation: "The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: 'I desire mercy and not sacrifice.' If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the guiltless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers mercy more important than the sacrifices.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος‘ θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers mercy more important than the sacrifices.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 jw57 θέλω 1 I desire The pronoun "I" refers to God.
|
||||
MAT 12 7 s23l figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 the guiltless This can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "those who are not guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1138,15 +1140,15 @@ MAT 12 13 be8u figs-quotations 0 Then Jesus said to the man, "Stretch out your
|
|||
MAT 12 13 ljl6 τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 to the man "to the man with the paralyzed hand" or "to the man with the crippled hand"
|
||||
MAT 12 13 fm9r ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα 1 Stretch out your hand "Hold out your hand" or "Extend your hand"
|
||||
MAT 12 13 s5ep ἐξέτεινεν 1 He stretched "The man stretched"
|
||||
MAT 12 13 jry3 figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη ὑγιὴς 1 it was restored to health This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it was healthy again" or "it became well again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 13 jry3 figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 it was restored to health This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it was healthy again" or "it became well again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 14 w4zl 0 plotted against him "planned to harm Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 12 14 jdn2 0 were seeking how they might put him to death "were discussing how they might kill Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 12 15 d4lk 0 General Information: This account explains how the actions of Jesus fulfilled one of the prophecies of Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 15 d5l9 0 As Jesus perceived this, he "Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he"
|
||||
MAT 12 15 hw22 ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 withdrew from "departed from" or "left"
|
||||
MAT 12 16 bk1n 0 not to make him known to others "not to tell anyone else about him"
|
||||
MAT 12 17 dc7z ἵνα πληρωθῇ, τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 that it might come true, what The phrase "that it might come true" can be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: "This was to fulfill what"
|
||||
MAT 12 17 mcd7 τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος 1 what had been said through Isaiah the prophet, saying This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah"
|
||||
MAT 12 17 dc7z ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 that it might come true, what The phrase "that it might come true" can be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: "This was to fulfill what"
|
||||
MAT 12 17 mcd7 τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 what had been said through Isaiah the prophet, saying This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah"
|
||||
MAT 12 18 zkt7 0 Connecting Statement: Here Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus' ministry fulfilled scripture.
|
||||
MAT 12 18 f5kz ἰδοὺ 1 See "Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
MAT 12 18 fjw6 0 my ... I All occurrences of these words refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1154,7 +1156,7 @@ MAT 12 18 yv4f 0 my beloved one, in whom my soul is well pleased "he is my bel
|
|||
MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "with whom I am very pleased" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-explicit κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will proclaim justice to the Gentiles The means that God's servant will tell the Gentiles that there will be justice. It can be stated clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice, and the abstract noun "justice" can be expressed as "what is right." Alternate translation: "he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 me7p 0 Connecting Statement: Matthew continues to quote the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 hb2m figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 neither will anyone hear his voice Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: "he will not speak loudly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 hb2m figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ... ἀκούσει τις ... τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 neither will anyone hear his voice Here people not hearing his voice represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: "he will not speak loudly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 19 gj1p 0 He ... his All occurrences of these words refer to God's chosen servant.
|
||||
MAT 12 19 jr87 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 in the streets This is an idiom that means "publicly." Alternate translation: "in the cities and towns" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 20 ii4c οὐ κατεάξει 1 He All occurrences of "he" refer to God's chosen servant.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1162,7 +1164,7 @@ MAT 12 20 cdk2 figs-parallelism 0 He will not break any bruised reed; he will n
|
|||
MAT 12 20 m4uz κάλαμον συντετριμμένον 1 bruised reed "damaged plant"
|
||||
MAT 12 20 y8mn 0 he will not quench any smoking flax "he will not put out any smoking flax" or "he will not stop any smoking flax from burning"
|
||||
MAT 12 20 bjg2 λίνον τυφόμενον 1 smoking flax This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking.
|
||||
MAT 12 20 rer7 λίνον, ἕως 1 flax, until This can be translated with a new sentence: "flax. This is what he will do until"
|
||||
MAT 12 20 rer7 λίνον ... ἕως 1 flax, until This can be translated with a new sentence: "flax. This is what he will do until"
|
||||
MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns 0 he leads justice to victory Leading someone to victory represents causing him to be victorious. Causing justice to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: "he makes everything right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here "name" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 22 nba2 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1176,18 +1178,18 @@ MAT 12 24 wmi1 0 this miracle This refers to the miracle of the healing of a b
|
|||
MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives 0 This man does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul This can be stated in a positive form. "This man is only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 12 24 wj1y 0 This man The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him.
|
||||
MAT 12 24 cii4 ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 the prince of the demons "the chief of the demons"
|
||||
MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται καὶ πᾶσα, πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here "kingdom" refers to those who live in the kingdom. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 kn8c figs-metonymy πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 every city or house divided against itself will not stand Here "city" refers to the people who live there, and "house" refers to a family. Being "divided against itself" represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: "it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 25 kn8c figs-metonymy πᾶσα ... πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 every city or house divided against itself will not stand Here "city" refers to the people who live there, and "house" refers to a family. Being "divided against itself" represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: "it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 gm6j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees' accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 26 i42r figs-metonymy εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει 1 If Satan drives out Satan The second use of Satan refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: "If Satan works against his own demons" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: "If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!" or "If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. Alternate translation: "If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!" or "If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 nvv9 Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul This name refers to the same person as "Satan" (verse 26).
|
||||
MAT 12 27 gee9 figs-rquestion 0 by whom do your sons drive them out? Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: "then you must say your followers also drive out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase "your sons" refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: "your followers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges "Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me."
|
||||
MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges "Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me."
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f3n7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 28 zb4d εἰ δὲ ἐγὼ 1 But if I Here "if" does not mean Jesus is questioning how he drives out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: "But because I"
|
||||
MAT 12 28 zb4d εἰ δὲ ... ἐγὼ 1 But if I Here "if" does not mean Jesus is questioning how he drives out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: "But because I"
|
||||
MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you "then the kingdom of God has arrived among you." Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "this means God is establishing his rule among you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 28 f1wj figs-you ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 come upon you Here "you" is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables 0 How can anyone enter the house ... belongings from his house Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1196,16 +1198,16 @@ MAT 12 29 jb6x 0 without tying up the strong man first "without taking control
|
|||
MAT 12 29 u6vu 0 Then he will steal "The he can steal" or "Then he will be able to steal"
|
||||
MAT 12 30 ivp9 ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 who is not with me "who does not support me" or "who does not work with me"
|
||||
MAT 12 30 gyk8 κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 is against me "opposes me" or "works against me"
|
||||
MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one who does not gather with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ ... συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one who does not gather with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either gathering the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 qwg4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 31 iy8l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 31 q5hk figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 say to you Here "you" is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 hy38 figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say" or "God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 ezx8 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 31 ezx8 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 gwx2 figs-metonymy 0 Whoever speaks any word against the Son of Man Here "word" refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: "If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 h79z figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 z3ma figs-activepassive τῷ μέλλοντι 1 that will be forgiven him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive a person for that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 hfs4 τῷ μέλλοντι 1 that will not be forgiven him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will not forgive that person"
|
||||
MAT 12 32 z3ma figs-activepassive τῷ ... μέλλοντι 1 that will be forgiven him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive a person for that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 32 hfs4 τῷ ... μέλλοντι 1 that will not be forgiven him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will not forgive that person"
|
||||
MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy 0 neither in this world, nor in that which is to come Here "this world" and "that which is to come" refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: "in this life or in the next life" or "now or ever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 33 d73d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 33 bi8z ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν 1 Make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad Possible meanings are 1) "If you make a tree good, its fruit will be good, and if you make the tree bad, its fruit will be bad" or 2) "If you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad." This was a proverb. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1217,7 +1219,7 @@ MAT 12 34 e7x3 figs-rquestion 0 how can you say good things? Jesus uses a quest
|
|||
MAT 12 34 e9bg figs-metonymy 0 out of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaks Here "heart" is a metonym for the thoughts in a person's mind. Here "mouth" is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: "what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 12 35 r3uw figs-metaphor 0 The good man from the good treasure of his heart produces what is good, and the evil man from the evil treasure of his heart produces what is evil Jesus speaks about the "heart" as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: "A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 36 jvg6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his response to the Pharisees' accusation that he healed the man by the power of Satan.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 era6 λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 era6 λέγω ... ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 36 t2pj 0 people will give an account for "God will ask people about" or "people will have to explain to God"
|
||||
MAT 12 36 f1wh figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 every idle word they will have said Here "word" refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: "every harmful thing they will have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified ... you will be condemned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will justify you ... God will condemn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1226,18 +1228,18 @@ MAT 12 38 mec3 0 Connecting Statement: The dialogue in these verses happens im
|
|||
MAT 12 38 aiu6 θέλομεν 1 we wish "we want"
|
||||
MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you You can make explicit why they want to see a sign. Alternate translation: "to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person 0 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign ... given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: "You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me ... given to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ μοιχαλὶς 1 adulterous generation Here "adulterous" is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: "unfaithful generation" or "godless generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will not give it a sign" or "God will not give you a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ ... μοιχαλὶς 1 adulterous generation Here "adulterous" is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: "unfaithful generation" or "godless generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον ... οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will not give it a sign" or "God will not give you a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 39 j21p εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet "except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet"
|
||||
MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights Here "day" and "night" mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: "three complete days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth This means inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ... καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth This means inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 k3q6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 gnh1 ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh "The citizens of Nineveh"
|
||||
MAT 12 41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment "on judgment day" or "when God judges people"
|
||||
MAT 12 41 x8gm 0 this generation of people This refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 duz2 figs-metonymy καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν 1 and will condemn it Possible meanings are 1) "condemn" here represents accusing. Alternate translation: "and will accuse this generation of people" or 2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: "and God will condemn this generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 qg29 καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and see "and look." This emphasizes what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 qg29 καὶ ... ἰδοὺ 1 and see "and look." This emphasizes what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 41 dbs3 0 someone greater "someone more important"
|
||||
MAT 12 41 zb6a figs-123person 0 someone Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 41 a5p8 figs-explicit 0 than Jonah is here You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus' statement. Alternate translation: "than Jonah is here, yet you still have not repented, which is why God will condemn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1249,15 +1251,15 @@ MAT 12 42 zc72 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation This refers
|
|||
MAT 12 42 k4ls figs-metonymy 0 and condemn them See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 12:41](../12/41.md). Possible meanings are 1) "condemn" here represents accusing. Alternate translation: "and will accuse this generation of people" or 2) God will condemn this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: "and God will condemn this generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 q8q8 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 She came from the ends of the earth Here "ends of the earth" is an idiom that means "far away." Alternate translation: "She came from very far away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 t521 writing-connectingwords ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος 1 She came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus' generation. Alternate translation: "For she came" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 n99z καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and see "and look." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 42 n99z καὶ ... ἰδοὺ 1 and see "and look." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 12 42 aj1x 0 someone greater "someone more important"
|
||||
MAT 12 42 uf5k figs-123person 0 someone Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 12 42 yra5 figs-explicit 0 than Solomon is here You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus' statement. Alternate translation: "than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 12 43 ve5x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the scribes and Pharisees. He begins to tell a parable.
|
||||
MAT 12 43 f5jr ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places "dry places" or "places where no people live"
|
||||
MAT 12 43 x2ur 0 does not find it Here "it" refers to rest.
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε.',' ἐπιστρέψω εἰς λέγει οἶκόν μου ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον τὸν 1 Then it says, 'I will return to my house from which I came.' This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: "So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came"
|
||||
MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I came This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: "to the place I left" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε λέγει, εἰς‘ τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 Then it says, 'I will return to my house from which I came.' This can be translated as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: "So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it came"
|
||||
MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς‘ τὸν οἶκόν μου ... ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I came This is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: "to the place I left" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 cd4f figs-activepassive 0 it finds that house swept out and put in order This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 12 44 s6jf figs-metaphor 0 that house swept out and put in order Again, "house" is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Here, "swept out and put in order" suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 45 nh6q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes the parable that he began with the words "When an unclean spirit" in verse 43.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1267,20 +1269,21 @@ MAT 12 46 qj8w 0 General Information: The arrival of Jesus' mother and brother
|
|||
MAT 12 46 ahx7 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 mh5f 0 his mother This is Mary, Jesus' human mother.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 dq8m οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers These are probably other children born to Mary, but it is is possible that the word "brothers" here refers to Jesus' cousins.
|
||||
MAT 12 46 z97j ζητοῦντες λαλῆσαι 1 seeking to speak "wanting to speak"
|
||||
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations τις." αὐτῷ," ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ εἶπεν ἀδελφοί σου ἑστήκασιν ἔξω, ζητοῦντές λαλῆσαι σοι οἱ 1 Someone said to him, "Look, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you." This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 46 z97j ζητοῦντες ... λαλῆσαι 1 seeking to speak "wanting to speak"
|
||||
MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations εἶπεν ... τις αὐτῷ,
|
||||
“ ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι 1 Someone said to him, "Look, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you." This can be translated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 q1cd 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 12:1](../12/01.md), where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus' ministry.
|
||||
MAT 12 48 jm1y figs-ellipsis τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ 1 who told him The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: "who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 12 48 e535 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Who is my mother and who are my brothers? Jesus uses these questions to teach the people. Alternate translation: "I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 12 49 gk62 ἰδοὺ 1 See "Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
MAT 12 49 rxe8 figs-metaphor 0 here are my mother and my brothers This is a metaphor that means Jesus' disciples belong to Jesus' spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις γὰρ ποιήσῃ 1 whoever does "anyone who does"
|
||||
MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις γὰρ ... ποιήσῃ 1 whoever does "anyone who does"
|
||||
MAT 12 50 mq9r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 12 50 gn31 figs-metaphor 0 that person is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus' spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus' parables about the kingdom of heaven.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says the word "heaven" when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 13:11](../../mat/13/11.md)).<br><br>##### Implicit information<br><br>Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus "sat beside the sea" ([Matthew 13:1](../../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus' message ([Matthew 13:19](../../mat/13/19.md)).<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, "they were scorched" ([Matthew 13:6](../../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br><br>##### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([Matthew 13:11-13](./11.md)).<br>
|
||||
MAT 13 1 r4xv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 13 1 vx5y ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 On that day These events happened on the same day as those in the previous chapter.
|
||||
MAT 13 1 cy1t ἐξελθὼν τῆς οἰκίας 1 out of the house It is not mentioned at whose house Jesus was staying.
|
||||
MAT 13 1 cy1t ἐξελθὼν ... τῆς οἰκίας 1 out of the house It is not mentioned at whose house Jesus was staying.
|
||||
MAT 13 1 zjb3 figs-explicit ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 sat beside the sea It is implied that he sat down to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 2 d16z figs-explicit 0 so he got into a boat It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 2 jge7 translate-unknown πλοῖον 1 a boat This was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1310,8 +1313,8 @@ MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you 0 You have been given the privilege The word "You" is p
|
|||
MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 mysteries of the kingdom of heaven Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: "the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει 1 whoever has "whoever has understanding" or "whoever receives what I teach"
|
||||
MAT 13 12 v61y figs-activepassive 0 will be given more This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will give him more understanding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 xsr5 ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει 1 whoever does not have "whoever does not have understanding" or "whoever does not receive what I teach"
|
||||
MAT 13 12 bl5s figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 even what he has will be taken away from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will take away even what he has" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 12 xsr5 ὅστις ... δὲ οὐκ ἔχει 1 whoever does not have "whoever does not have understanding" or "whoever does not receive what I teach"
|
||||
MAT 13 12 bl5s figs-activepassive καὶ ... ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 even what he has will be taken away from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will take away even what he has" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 wc3u 0 General Information: In verse 14, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that the people's failure to understand Jesus' teaching is a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 hm4t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples why he teaches in parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 13 v6pb 0 to them ... they All occurrences of "them" and "they" refer to the people in the crowd.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1320,13 +1323,13 @@ MAT 13 13 ae8k βλέποντες 1 Though they are seeing Possible meanings ar
|
|||
MAT 13 13 nbi3 figs-metaphor βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν 1 they do not see Here "see" represents understanding. Alternate translation: "they do not understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 13 j4bg ἀκούοντες 1 though they are hearing Possible meanings are 1) this refers to them hearing what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: "Though they hear what I say" or 2) this refers to their ability to hear. Alternate translation: "Though they are able to hear"
|
||||
MAT 13 13 gq65 figs-metaphor ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 they do not hear Here "hear" represents listening well. Alternate translation: "they do not listen well" or "they do not pay attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 jz9n ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου, ἡ λέγουσα 1 To them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, that which says This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah"
|
||||
MAT 13 14 jz9n ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα 1 To them the prophecy of Isaiah is fulfilled, that which says This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah"
|
||||
MAT 13 14 z2es figs-parallelism 0 While hearing you will hear, but you will in no way understand; while seeing you will see, but you will in no way perceive This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah's day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 a1im figs-explicit 0 While hearing you will hear, but you will in no way understand "You will hear things, but you will not understand them." You can make explicit what the people will hear. Alternate translation: "You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 14 emu1 figs-explicit 0 while seeing you will see, but you will in no way perceive You can make explicit what the people will see. Alternate translation: "you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 e8r5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes quoting the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor 0 For this people's heart ... I would heal them In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to see, and to hear. God wants them to come to him so he will heal them. This is all a metaphor describing the people's spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God's truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ' λαοῦ τούτου 1 this people's heart has become dull Here "heart" refers to the mind. Alternate translation: "these people's minds are slow to learn" or "these people can no longer learn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 this people's heart has become dull Here "heart" refers to the mind. Alternate translation: "these people's minds are slow to learn" or "these people can no longer learn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 q87m figs-metonymy τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν 1 they are hard of hearing They are not physically deaf. Here "hard of hearing" means they refuse to listen and learn God's truth. Alternate translation: "they refuse to use their ears to listen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 y7t7 figs-metonymy τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 they have closed their eyes They have not literally closed their eyes. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: "they refuse to use their eyes to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 15 fl93 0 so they should not see with their eyes, or hear with their ears, or understand with their hearts, so they would turn again "so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1337,8 +1340,8 @@ MAT 13 16 dc9t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes explaining to his discip
|
|||
MAT 13 16 yhe4 figs-parallelism 0 But blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche 0 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here "eyes" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "You are blessed because your eyes are able to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 rlt3 figs-you 0 your ... you All occurrences of these words are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 16 jp32 figs-synecdoche τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Here "ears" refer to the whole person. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: "you are blessed because your ears are able to hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 mg58 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 13 16 jp32 figs-synecdoche τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Here "ears" refer to the whole person. You can also make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: "you are blessed because your ears are able to hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 mg58 ἀμὴν ... λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 13 17 bsj7 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit 0 the things that you see You can make explicit what they have seen. Alternate translation: "the things you have seen me do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit 0 the things that you hear You can make explicit what they have heard. Alternate translation: "the things you have heard me say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1352,43 +1355,44 @@ MAT 13 19 xi8f figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his hea
|
|||
MAT 13 19 wfd3 0 This is the seed that was sown beside the road "This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road" or "The road where seed was sown represents this person"
|
||||
MAT 13 19 xgz5 παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 beside the road See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:4](../13/04.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 20 q3fp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 20 l5iv figs-explicit ὁ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς 1 What was sown on rocky ground The phrase "what was sown" refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: "The seed that fell on rocky ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 w4f9 ὁ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς ἐστιν 1 What was sown on rocky ground is "The rocky ground where seed was sown represents" or "The rocky ground where seed fell fell represents"
|
||||
MAT 13 20 l5iv figs-explicit ὁ ... ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς 1 What was sown on rocky ground The phrase "what was sown" refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: "The seed that fell on rocky ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 w4f9 ὁ ... ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς ... ἐστιν 1 What was sown on rocky ground is "The rocky ground where seed was sown represents" or "The rocky ground where seed fell fell represents"
|
||||
MAT 13 20 e3hm 0 the person who hears the word In the parable, the seed represents the word.
|
||||
MAT 13 20 cl6g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word This represents God's message. Alternate translation: "the message" or "God's teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 receives it with joy Believing the word is spoken of as receiving it. Alternate translation: "joyfully believes it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-metaphor 0 yet he has no root in himself and he endures for a while "Yet he has shallow roots and only lasts for a little while." The root represents what makes a person continue to believe God's message. Alternate translation: "But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 he quickly falls away Here "falls away" means stops believing. Alternate translation: "immediately he falls away" or "he quickly stops believing the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 sis7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ σπαρείς 1 What was sown This refers to seed that was sown or that fell. Alternate translation: "The seed that was sown" or "The seed that fell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 What was sown among the thorn plants "The ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ ... σπαρείς 1 What was sown This refers to seed that was sown or that fell. Alternate translation: "The seed that was sown" or "The seed that fell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ ... εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 What was sown among the thorn plants "The ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 anm5 0 this is the person "this represents the person"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 a3u1 τὸν λόγον 1 the word "the message" or "God's teaching"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 q2nh figs-metaphor ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον 1 the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word Jesus speaks about the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches distracting a person from obeying God's word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: "as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God's word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 xa8r μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 cares of the world "the things in this world that people worry about"
|
||||
MAT 13 22 wwf5 figs-personification ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 the deceitfulness of riches Jesus describes "riches" as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: "the love of money" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 wwf5 figs-personification ἡ ... ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 the deceitfulness of riches Jesus describes "riches" as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: "the love of money" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MAT 13 22 gn6z figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 he becomes unfruitful The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being unfruitful represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: "he becomes unproductive" or "he does not do what God wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 23 xw4b ὁ ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 What was sown on the good soil "The good soil where seeds were sown"
|
||||
MAT 13 23 xw4b ὁ ... ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 What was sown on the good soil "The good soil where seeds were sown"
|
||||
MAT 13 23 ptb8 figs-metaphor 0 He bears fruit and makes a crop The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: "Like a healthy plant that bears a crop of fruit, he is productive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis 0 yielding one hundred times as much as was planted, some sixty, and some thirty times as much The phrase "as much as was planted" is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: "Some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 l5yx figs-parables 0 Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like a man The translation should not equate the kingdom of heaven to a man, but rather the kingdom of heaven is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like a man The translation should not equate the kingdom of heaven to a man, but rather the kingdom of heaven is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 24 u21k figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 good seed "good food seeds" or "good grain seeds." The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 25 zn8v ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς 1 his enemy came "his enemy came to the field"
|
||||
MAT 13 25 q4tv ζιζάνια 1 weeds These weeds look like food plants when they are young, but their grain is poison. Alternate translation: "bad seed" or "weed seeds"
|
||||
MAT 13 26 lea1 ὅτε ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος 1 When the blades sprouted "When the wheat seeds sprouted" or "When the plants came up"
|
||||
MAT 13 26 lea1 ὅτε ... ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος 1 When the blades sprouted "When the wheat seeds sprouted" or "When the plants came up"
|
||||
MAT 13 26 jgv9 0 produced their crop "produced grain" or "produced the wheat crop"
|
||||
MAT 13 26 tu4q τότε ἐφάνη καὶ τὰ ζιζάνια 1 then the weeds appeared also "then people could see there were weeds in the field also"
|
||||
MAT 13 27 hz3q 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to tell a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 27 h51x τοῦ οἰκοδεσπότου 1 the landowner This is the same person who sowed good seed in his field.
|
||||
MAT 13 27 gr7d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ? 1 did you not sow good seed in your field? The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: "you sowed good seed in your field!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 fb86 figs-metonymy οὐχὶ ἔσπειρας 1 did you not sow The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: "did we not sow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 gr7d figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καλὸν σπέρμα ἔσπειρας ἐν τῷ σῷ ἀγρῷ 1 did you not sow good seed in your field? The servants used a question to emphasize their surprise. Alternate translation: "you sowed good seed in your field!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 27 fb86 figs-metonymy οὐχὶ ... ἔσπειρας 1 did you not sow The landowner probably had his servants plant the seeds. Alternate translation: "did we not sow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 28 r83z ὁ δὲ ἔφη αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "The landowner said to the servants"
|
||||
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις οὖν ἀπελθόντες 1 So do you want us The word "us" refers to the servants.
|
||||
MAT 13 28 num8 θέλεις‘ οὖν ἀπελθόντες 1 So do you want us The word "us" refers to the servants.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 shs3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes the parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it.
|
||||
MAT 13 29 c9jc 0 The landowner said "The landowner said to his servants"
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ."'" θερισταῖς," πρῶτον συλλέξατε τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τοῖς κατακαῦσαι αὐτά, τὸν δὲ συναγάγετε σῖτον εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου τὸ 1 I will say to the reapers, "First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn." You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): "I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς,
|
||||
“ συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου 1 I will say to the reapers, "First pull out the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, but gather the wheat into my barn." You can translate this as an indirect quote (AT): "I will tell the reapers to first gather up the weeds and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 13 30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην μου 1 barn a farm building that can be used for storing grain
|
||||
MAT 13 31 tdf4 figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1399,45 +1403,45 @@ MAT 13 32 um9k 0 it is greater than "it is larger than"
|
|||
MAT 13 32 g6v8 γίνεται δένδρον 1 becomes a tree A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall.
|
||||
MAT 13 32 c9te 0 birds of the air "birds"
|
||||
MAT 13 33 a1th figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ... Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The kingdom is not like the yeast, but the spread of the kingdom is like the spreading of the yeast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ... Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 r88g translate-bvolume εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 three measures of flour Say "a large amount of flour" or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
MAT 13 33 c35r figs-explicit ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 until all the dough had risen The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 f9gl 0 General Information: Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus' teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy.
|
||||
MAT 13 34 nt7u figs-parallelism 0 All these things Jesus said to the crowds in parables; and he said nothing to them without a parable Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught the crowds only with parables. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 13 34 n54e 0 All these things This refers to what Jesus taught beginning at [Matthew 13:1](../13/01.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 34 a5c7 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 he said nothing to them without a parable "he taught them nothing except by parables." The double negative can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: "everything he taught them he said in parables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 ybq5 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου, λέγοντος 1 what had been said through the prophet might come true, when he said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 ybq5 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 what had been said through the prophet might come true, when he said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 p3tb λέγοντος 1 when he said "when the prophet said"
|
||||
MAT 13 35 n1pa figs-idiom ἀνοίξω τὸ στόμα μου 1 I will open my mouth This is an idiom that means to speak. Alternate translation: "I will speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 n1pa figs-idiom ἀνοίξω ... τὸ στόμα μου 1 I will open my mouth This is an idiom that means to speak. Alternate translation: "I will speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 yx6y figs-activepassive 0 things that were hidden This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "things that God has kept hidden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 35 th8t ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world "since the beginning of the world" or "since God created the world"
|
||||
MAT 13 36 pq2h 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||||
MAT 13 36 x5w7 ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 went into the house "went indoors" or "went into the house where he was staying"
|
||||
MAT 13 37 aj8f ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα 1 He who sows the good seed "The one who sows the good seed" or "The sower of the good seed"
|
||||
MAT 13 37 xj4s figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 37 aj8f ὁ ... σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα 1 He who sows the good seed "The one who sows the good seed" or "The sower of the good seed"
|
||||
MAT 13 37 xj4s figs-123person ὁ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 h9iz figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 the sons of the kingdom The idiom "sons of" refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: "the people who belong to the kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 eni3 figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 of the kingdom Here "kingdom" refers to God the king. Alternate translation: "of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 38 edu7 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the sons of the evil one The idiom "sons of" refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: "the people who belong to the evil one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 39 sgx2 ὁ ἐχθρὸς ὁ σπείρας αὐτά 1 the enemy who sowed them "the enemy who sowed the weeds"
|
||||
MAT 13 38 edu7 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ ... τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the sons of the evil one The idiom "sons of" refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: "the people who belong to the evil one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 13 39 sgx2 ὁ ... ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά 1 the enemy who sowed them "the enemy who sowed the weeds"
|
||||
MAT 13 40 ei3v 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes explaining to his disciples the parable of the field with both wheat and weeds.
|
||||
MAT 13 40 rn64 figs-activepassive οὖν, ὥσπερ συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται 1 Therefore, as the weeds are gathered up and burned with fire This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 40 rn64 figs-activepassive ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται 1 Therefore, as the weeds are gathered up and burned with fire This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 41 fiy4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 The Son of Man will send out his angels Here Jesus is speaking of himself. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 41 ptw9 τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 those who commit iniquity "those who are lawless" or "evil people"
|
||||
MAT 13 41 ptw9 τοὺς ... ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 those who commit iniquity "those who are lawless" or "evil people"
|
||||
MAT 13 42 d9md figs-metaphor κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term "furnace" is not known, "oven" can be used. Alternate translation: "fiery furnace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 42 zu3j translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth "Grinding of teeth" here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "weeping and showing that they are suffering very much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 u6sm figs-simile ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 shine like the sun If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: "be as easy to see as the sun." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 sea2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 zxh2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has ears" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 zxh2 figs-metonymy ὁ ... ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 He who has ears, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has ears" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 43 sak5 figs-123person 0 He who ... let him Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 n7nz figs-simile 0 General Information: In these two parables, Jesus uses two similes to teach his disciples what the kingdom of heaven is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 fjm1 figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 u9jq figs-activepassive ὁμοία ἐστὶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 like a treasure hidden in a field This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "a treasure that someone had hidden in a field" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 u9jq figs-activepassive ὁμοία ἐστὶν ... θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 like a treasure hidden in a field This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "a treasure that someone had hidden in a field" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 k9rh θησαυρῷ 1 treasure a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things
|
||||
MAT 13 44 hu7f 0 hid it "covered it up"
|
||||
MAT 13 44 jtv2 figs-explicit πωλεῖ πάντα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον 1 sells everything he possesses, and buys that field The implied information is that the person buys the field to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 45 c633 figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 like a man who is a merchant looking for valuable pearls The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable pearls that he could buy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 44 jtv2 figs-explicit πωλεῖ πάντα ... ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον 1 sells everything he possesses, and buys that field The implied information is that the person buys the field to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 45 c633 figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ... ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 like a man who is a merchant looking for valuable pearls The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable pearls that he could buy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 13 45 khy6 ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 a merchant a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places
|
||||
MAT 13 45 b88q translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 valuable pearls A "pearl" is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: "fine pearls" or "beautiful pearls" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 13 47 vw24 figs-parables 0 Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1454,7 +1458,7 @@ MAT 13 49 nql6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable about fisher
|
|||
MAT 13 49 q1ms ἐξελεύσονται 1 will come "will come out" or "will go out" or "will come from heaven"
|
||||
MAT 13 49 ah2k figs-nominaladj τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων 1 the wicked from among the righteous These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "the wicked people from the righteous people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 13 50 hwv1 βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς 1 They will throw them "The angels will throw the wicked people"
|
||||
MAT 13 50 j8nf figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ πυρός 1 furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term "furnace" is not known, "oven" can be used. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:42](../13/42.md). Alternate translation: "fiery furnace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 50 j8nf figs-metaphor τὴν ... τοῦ πυρός 1 furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term "furnace" is not known, "oven" can be used. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:42](../13/42.md). Alternate translation: "fiery furnace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 13 50 mc8t translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth "Grinding of teeth" here is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: weeping and expressing their extreme suffering." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 13 51 d3wg 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables.
|
||||
MAT 13 51 p5ej figs-quotations 0 Have you understood all these things?" The disciples said to him, "Yes." If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1468,32 +1472,32 @@ MAT 13 54 j6vb ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν 1 in their synagogue
|
|||
MAT 13 54 it1f ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 they were astonished "they were amazed"
|
||||
MAT 13 54 b3d2 figs-explicit 0 Where does this man get his wisdom and these miracles from? The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. They use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. Alternate translation: "How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?" or "It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 55 rk5e figs-rquestion 0 Is not this man the carpenter's son? Is not his mother called Mary? Are not his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: "He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 55 rpj9 ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός' ὁ 1 the carpenter's son A carpenter is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If "carpenter" is not known, "builder" can be used.
|
||||
MAT 13 56 m9pn figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 Are not all his sisters with us? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: "And all his sisters are with us, too." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 55 rpj9 ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 the carpenter's son A carpenter is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If "carpenter" is not known, "builder" can be used.
|
||||
MAT 13 56 m9pn figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν 1 Are not all his sisters with us? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: "And all his sisters are with us, too." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 56 bnv1 figs-rquestion 0 Where did he get all these things? The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. Alternate translation: "He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!" or "We do not know where he got these abilities!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 13 56 pqf1 0 all these things This refers to Jesus' wisdom and ability to do miracles.
|
||||
MAT 13 57 f5md figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 They were offended by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The people of Jesus' hometown took offense at him" or "The people rejected Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 13 57 azn4 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 A prophet is not without honor This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "A prophet receives honor everywhere" or "People everywhere honor a prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 13 57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 his own country "his own region" or "his own hometown"
|
||||
MAT 13 57 w4x8 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own family "in his own home"
|
||||
MAT 13 57 w4x8 ἐν ... τῇ ... οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own family "in his own home"
|
||||
MAT 13 58 e2cp οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς 1 He did not do many miracles there "Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown"
|
||||
MAT 14 intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [Matthew 4:12](../../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>#### Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Passive voice<br><br>Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John's head to Herodias's daughter ([Matthew 14:11](../../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 14 1 zl7x figs-events 0 General Information: These verses explain Herod's reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 1 q8h5 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 About that time "In those days" or "While Jesus was ministering in Galilee"
|
||||
MAT 14 1 l9ur ἤκουσεν τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ 1 heard the news about Jesus "heard reports about Jesus" or "heard about the fame of Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 14 1 l9ur ἤκουσεν ... τὴν ἀκοὴν Ἰησοῦ 1 heard the news about Jesus "heard reports about Jesus" or "heard about the fame of Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 14 2 pd1b εἶπεν 1 He said "Herod said"
|
||||
MAT 14 2 nx7x ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 has risen from the dead The words "from the dead" speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 14 2 vve7 0 Therefore these powers are at work in him Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have powers to do mighty things.
|
||||
MAT 14 3 y57m 0 General Information: Matthew recounts the story of John the Baptist's death in order to show why Herod reacted the way he did when he heard about Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 14 3 zgp9 figs-events 0 Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν, αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 Herod had arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison It says that Herod did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: "Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names Φιλίππου' τὴν γυναῖκα 1 Philip's wife Philip was Herod's brother. Herod had taken Philip's wife to be his own wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 Herod had arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison It says that Herod did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: "Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 Philip's wife Philip was Herod's brother. Herod had taken Philip's wife to be his own wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 d3gp figs-events 0 For John ... as your wife If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations 0 For John had said to him, "It is not lawful for you to have her as your wife." This can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: "For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 14 4 r8lh ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 For John had said to him "For John had kept saying to Herod"
|
||||
MAT 14 4 nb2j figs-explicit 0 It is not lawful Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 5 hg9f ἐφοβήθη 1 he feared "Herod feared"
|
||||
MAT 14 5 w7uv αὐτὸν εἶχον 1 they regarded him "they regarded John"
|
||||
MAT 14 5 w7uv αὐτὸν ... εἶχον 1 they regarded him "they regarded John"
|
||||
MAT 14 6 fvs5 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 in the midst You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: "in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 8 rhk5 figs-activepassive 0 After being instructed by her mother This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After her mother instructed her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 8 wi8s ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα 1 instructed "coached" or "told"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1503,12 +1507,12 @@ MAT 14 9 s8zp figs-activepassive 0 The king was very upset by her request This
|
|||
MAT 14 9 a1er ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 The king "King Herod"
|
||||
MAT 14 9 j6nu figs-activepassive 0 he ordered that it should be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he ordered his men to do what she said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 10 nes5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of how Herod executed John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 14 11 nd5r figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 11 nd5r figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 11 pba6 πίνακι 1 platter a very large plate
|
||||
MAT 14 11 lqb6 κορασίῳ 1 girl Use the word for a young, unmarried girl.
|
||||
MAT 14 12 fl47 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples "the disciples of John"
|
||||
MAT 14 12 ni1q τὸ πτῶμα 1 the corpse "the dead body"
|
||||
MAT 14 12 mq89 figs-explicit ἐλθόντες ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they went and told Jesus The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 12 mq89 figs-explicit ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 they went and told Jesus The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 14 13 id97 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 14 13 ql1f 0 Connecting Statement: These verses describe how Jesus reacted when he heard that Herod had executed John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 14 13 ds5w 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1525,28 +1529,28 @@ MAT 14 16 qwk1 οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν 1 They have no need "The peop
|
|||
MAT 14 16 r5gd figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 You give them The word "You" is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 14 17 tm5t οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 They said to him "The disciples said to Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 14 17 ih48 πέντε ἄρτους 1 five loaves of bread A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked.
|
||||
MAT 14 18 szx6 φέρετέ μοι αὐτούς 1 Bring them to me "Bring the loaves and fish to me"
|
||||
MAT 14 18 szx6 φέρετέ μοι ... αὐτούς 1 Bring them to me "Bring the loaves and fish to me"
|
||||
MAT 14 19 yne5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people.
|
||||
MAT 14 19 vp7r ἀνακλιθῆναι 1 sit down "lie down." Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
|
||||
MAT 14 19 u613 figs-idiom λαβὼν 1 He took "He held in his hands." He did not steal them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 19 i34u 0 broke the loaves "tore the loaves"
|
||||
MAT 14 19 bf1a ἄρτους 1 loaves "loaves of bread" or "whole breads"
|
||||
MAT 14 19 t7ei ἀναβλέψας 1 Looking up Possible meanings are 1) "While looking up" or 2) "After looking up."
|
||||
MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "until they were full" or "until they were no longer hungry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ... ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "until they were full" or "until they were no longer hungry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 14 20 p73g ἦραν 1 they took up "the disciples gathered up" or "some people gathered up"
|
||||
MAT 14 20 czj4 translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνους πλήρεις 1 twelve baskets full "12 baskets full" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 14 21 wv59 οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες 1 Those who ate "Those who ate the bread and the fish"
|
||||
MAT 14 21 als7 translate-numbers ἄνδρες πεντακισχίλιοι 1 five thousand men "5,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 14 21 als7 translate-numbers ἄνδρες ... πεντακισχίλιοι 1 five thousand men "5,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 14 22 yp8l 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water.
|
||||
MAT 14 22 eaa8 0 Connecting Statement: The following verses describe events that happened right after Jesus fed the five thousand people.
|
||||
MAT 14 22 wt1t εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν 1 Immediately he "As soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he"
|
||||
MAT 14 23 d27u ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης 1 When evening came "Late in the evening" or "When it became dark"
|
||||
MAT 14 24 vzd1 βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 being tossed about by the waves "and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves"
|
||||
MAT 14 25 pmw8 τετάρτῃ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 In the fourth watch of the night The fourth watch is between 3 a.m. and sunrise. Alternate translation: "Just before dawn"
|
||||
MAT 14 25 pmw8 τετάρτῃ ... φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 In the fourth watch of the night The fourth watch is between 3 a.m. and sunrise. Alternate translation: "Just before dawn"
|
||||
MAT 14 25 t1vp περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 walking on the sea "walking on top of the water"
|
||||
MAT 14 26 q9qs ἐταράχθησαν 1 they were terrified "they were very afraid"
|
||||
MAT 14 26 h7df φάντασμά 1 ghost a spirit that has left the body of a person who has died
|
||||
MAT 14 28 w2pl ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter answered him "Peter answered Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 14 28 w2pl ἀποκριθεὶς ... αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter answered him "Peter answered Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom 0 when Peter saw the wind Here "saw the wind" means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: "when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth" or "when he realized how strong the wind was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 14 31 bd2v ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί 1 You of little faith, why "You who have such little faith." Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: "You have so little faith! Why"
|
||||
MAT 14 31 cr9i figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας 1 why did you doubt? Jesus uses a question to tell Peter than he should not have doubted. You can make explicit what Peter should not have doubted. Alternate translation: "you should not have doubted that I could keep you from sinking." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1556,11 +1560,11 @@ MAT 14 34 cv3f διαπεράσαντες 1 When they had crossed over "When Je
|
|||
MAT 14 34 x9nu translate-names Γεννησαρέτ 1 Gennesaret This is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 14 35 xd7c 0 they sent messages "the men of that area sent messages"
|
||||
MAT 14 36 ql3y παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 They begged him "The sick people begged him"
|
||||
MAT 14 36 x8jv τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 his garment "his robe" or "what he was wearing"
|
||||
MAT 14 36 x8jv τοῦ ... ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 his garment "his robe" or "what he was wearing"
|
||||
MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "became well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The "traditions of the elders"<br><br>The "traditions of the elders" were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### Jews and Gentiles<br><br>The Jews of Jesus' time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman's daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Sheep<br><br>The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent 0 General Information: The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ? παραβαίνουσιν οἱ μαθηταί σου τί τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: "Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. Alternate translation: "Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 2 yn6l παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 traditions of the elders This is not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses.
|
||||
MAT 15 2 gfn6 figs-explicit ἐσθίωσιν 1 they do not wash their hands This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: "they do not wash their hands properly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion 0 Then why do you violate the commandment of God for the sake of your traditions? Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. Alternate translation: "And I see that you refuse to obey God's commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1586,36 +1590,36 @@ MAT 15 10 ti4w 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach the crowd and his
|
|||
MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy 0 enters into the mouth ... comes out of the mouth Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive 0 the Pharisees were offended when they heard this statement This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this statement made the Pharisees angry" or "this statement offended the Pharisees" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be rooted up This is a metaphor. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 j49e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 j49e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ... Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 15 13 hs4t figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 will be rooted up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "my Father will uproot" or "he will take out of the ground" or "he will remove" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 14 r167 ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Let them alone The word "them" refers to the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 15 14 ai9x figs-metaphor 0 blind guides ... both will fall into a pit Jesus uses another metaphor to describe the Pharisees. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God's commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 15 cje4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 15 shg6 ἡμῖν 1 to us "to us disciples"
|
||||
MAT 15 16 xr78 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word "you" is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: "I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word "you" is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. Alternate translation: "I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 17 l5nt figs-rquestion 0 Do you not see ... into the latrine? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Alternate translation: "Surely you understand ... into the latrine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s833 εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ 1 passes into the stomach "goes into the stomach"
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s833 εἰς ... τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ 1 passes into the stomach "goes into the stomach"
|
||||
MAT 15 17 s9z6 ἀφεδρῶνα 1 latrine This a polite term for the place where people bury body waste.
|
||||
MAT 15 18 e7mu 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to explain the parable that he told in [Matthew 15:13-14](./13.md).
|
||||
MAT 15 18 ca1w figs-metonymy 0 things that come out of the mouth This refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: "words that a person says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 18 x14k figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας 1 from the heart Here "heart" refers to a person's mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: "from inside the person" or "from a person's mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 18 x14k figs-metonymy ἐκ ... τῆς καρδίας 1 from the heart Here "heart" refers to a person's mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: "from inside the person" or "from a person's mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 19 rg59 φόνοι 1 murder the act of killing innocent people
|
||||
MAT 15 20 bme7 ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν 1 to eat with unwashed hands This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one's hands according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: "eating without first washing one's hands"
|
||||
MAT 15 21 e5gv 0 General Information: This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman.
|
||||
MAT 15 21 t81u figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples went away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 x1wm ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Behold, a Canaanite woman came The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "There was a Canaanite woman who came"
|
||||
MAT 15 21 t81u figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ... ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples went away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 x1wm ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ... ἐξελθοῦσα 1 Behold, a Canaanite woman came The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: "There was a Canaanite woman who came"
|
||||
MAT 15 22 jt94 γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a Canaanite woman came out from that region "a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came." The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. She was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon.
|
||||
MAT 15 22 f4k2 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 Have mercy on me This phrase implies that she is requesting that Jesus heal her daughter. Alternate translation: "Have mercy and heal my daughter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 xs64 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David's literal son, so this may be translated as "Descendant of David." However, "Son of David" is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται- 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A demon is controlling my daughter terribly" or "A demon is tormenting my daughter severely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A demon is controlling my daughter terribly" or "A demon is tormenting my daughter severely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 answered her not a word Here "word" refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: "said nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive 0 I was not sent to anyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not send me to anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of Israel to sheep who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [Matthew 10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 25 ch7c ἡ δὲ ἐλθοῦσα 1 she came "the Canaanite woman came"
|
||||
MAT 15 25 u3jj translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down before him This shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 ihz4 writing-proverbs 0 It is not right to take the children's bread and throw it to the little dogs Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν τῶν τέκνων' ἄρτον 1 the children's bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "the children's food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the children's bread Here "bread" refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "the children's food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 15 26 fe7n τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 the little dogs The Jews considered dogs to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews.
|
||||
MAT 15 27 yvw1 figs-metaphor 0 even the little dogs eat some of the crumbs that fall from their masters' tables The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 15 27 i5tt κυνάρια 1 little dogs Use words here for dogs of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in [Matthew 15:26](../15/26.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1655,7 +1659,7 @@ MAT 16 3 r4em 0 You know how to interpret the appearance of the sky "You know
|
|||
MAT 16 3 gx5t 0 but you cannot interpret the signs of the times "but you do not know how to look at what is happening right now and understand what it means"
|
||||
MAT 16 4 jl3e figs-123person 0 An evil and adulterous generation seeks for a sign ... given to it Jesus is speaking to his present generation. Alternate translation: "You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me ... given to you" See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 fhx6 figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An evil and adulterous generation Here "adulterous" is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: "An unfaithful generation" or "A godless generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 d9eq figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: "I will not give it a sign" or "God will not give you a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 d9eq figs-activepassive σημεῖον ... οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a sign because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md). Alternate translation: "I will not give it a sign" or "God will not give you a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 4 dep2 εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ 1 except the sign of Jonah "except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet." See how you translated this in [Matthew 12:39](../12/39.md).
|
||||
MAT 16 5 ii6j 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus uses an opportunity to warn his disciples about the Pharisees and Sadducees.
|
||||
MAT 16 5 si9k figs-ellipsis τὸ πέραν 1 the other side You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: "the other side of the lake" or "the other side of the Sea of Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1675,34 +1679,34 @@ MAT 16 12 f73l 0 they ... them These refer to the disciples.
|
|||
MAT 16 13 e5cm 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to a later time. Jesus asks his disciples if they understand who he is.
|
||||
MAT 16 13 pye3 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line or to introduce a new person. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 16 13 e1jh figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 16 n5wi guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the Son of the living God This is an important title for Jesus that shows his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 16 n5wi guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the Son of the living God This is an important title for Jesus that shows his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 16 r1h7 τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here "living" contrasts the God of Israel to all the false gods and idols that people worshiped. Only the God of Israel is alive and has power to act.
|
||||
MAT 16 17 le6a translate-names Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 Simon Bar Jonah "Simon son of Jonah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 dfw5 figs-synecdoche σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν 1 flesh and blood have not revealed Here "flesh and blood" refers to a human being. Alternate translation: "a human did not reveal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 wix3 0 this to you Here "this" refers to Peter's statement that Jesus is the Christ and the Son of the Living God.
|
||||
MAT 16 17 v5lw figs-ellipsis 0 but my Father who is in heaven The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: "but it was my Father in heaven who revealed this to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 16 17 gi3l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 z897 κἀγὼ σοι λέγω 1 I also say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 17 gi3l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ... Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 z897 κἀγὼ ... σοι λέγω 1 I also say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 18 th3d figs-explicit σὺ εἶ Πέτρος 1 you are Peter The name Peter means "rock." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 x43d figs-metaphor ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ πέτρᾳ οἰκοδομήσω μου τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 upon this rock I will build my church Here "build my church" is a metaphor for uniting the people who believe in Jesus into a community. Possible meanings are 1) "this rock" represents Peter, or 2) "this rock" represents the truth that Peter had just said in [Matthew 16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 18 vu9u figs-metaphor πύλαι ᾍδου οὐ κατισχύσουσιν αὐτῆς 1 The gates of Hades will not prevail against it Here "Hades" is spoken of as if it were a city surrounded by walls with gates that keep dead people in and other people out. Here "Hades" represents death, and its "gates" represent its power. Possible meanings are 1) "the powers of death will not overcome my church" or 2) "my church will break down the power of death the way an army breaks into a city." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ysk8 figs-you 0 I will give to you Here "you" is singular and refers to Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 pp5d figs-metaphor τὰς κλεῖδας τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the keys of the kingdom of heaven Keys are objects that are used to lock or unlock doors. Here they represent authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 kc3k figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven This refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ef9c figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Whatever you shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven, and whatever you shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven Here "bind" is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and "loose" is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, "in heaven" is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: "God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 19 ef9c figs-metaphor ὃ ἐὰν δήσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται δεδεμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς; καὶ ὃ ἐὰν λύσῃς ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἔσται λελυμένον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 Whatever you shall bind on earth shall be bound in heaven, and whatever you shall loose on earth shall be loosed in heaven Here "bind" is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and "loose" is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, "in heaven" is a metonym that represents God himself. Alternate translation: "God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 wl33 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus tells his disciples for the first time that he will die soon.
|
||||
MAT 16 21 xql7 figs-metonymy 0 suffer many things at the hand of the elders and chief priests and scribes Here "hand" refers to power. Alternate translation: "where the elders, chief priests, and scribes will cause him to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 es1l figs-activepassive 0 scribes, be killed, and be raised back to life on the third day Here to raise back to life is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. The elders and chief priests would accuse Jesus so that others would kill him. Alternate translation: "scribes. People will then kill him , and on the third day God will make him become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 16 21 jjx5 translate-ordinal τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 third day "Third" is the ordinal form of "three." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 jie2 writing-background προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος 1 Then Peter took him aside Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 q31h προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter took him aside "Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them"
|
||||
MAT 16 22 jie2 writing-background προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Then Peter took him aside Jesus tells them for the first time that he will die soon (verse 21). He will tell them the same thing many times after this first time. It is after this first time that Peter takes Jesus aside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 16 22 q31h προσλαβόμενος αὐτὸν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter took him aside "Peter spoke to Jesus when no one else could hear them"
|
||||
MAT 16 22 guz8 figs-idiom 0 May this be far from you This is an idiom that means "may this never happen." Alternate translation: "No" or "Never" or "May God forbid this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 23 f28i figs-metaphor 0 Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: "Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are a stumbling block to me" or "Get behind me, Satan! I call you Satan because you are a stumbling block to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 23 ax7x 0 Get behind me "Get away from me"
|
||||
MAT 16 24 ck1a figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἐλθεῖν 1 follow me Following Jesus here represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: "be my disciple" or "be one of my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 24 pg9h 0 must deny himself "must not give in to his own desires" or "must forsake his own desires"
|
||||
MAT 16 24 h7ug figs-metonymy ἀράτω τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 take up his cross, and follow me "carry his cross, and follow me." The cross represents suffering and death. Taking up the cross represents being willing to suffer and die. Alternate translation: "and obey me even to the point of suffering and dying" or "and he must obey me even to the point of suffering and dying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 24 x13v figs-metaphor καὶ ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 and follow me Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: "and obey me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 24 x13v figs-metaphor καὶ ... ἀκολουθείτω μοι 1 and follow me Following Jesus here represents obeying him. Alternate translation: "and obey me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 25 pk8h ὃς γὰρ ἐὰν θέλῃ 1 For whoever wants "For anyone who wants"
|
||||
MAT 16 25 y9kc figs-metaphor ἀπολέσει αὐτήν 1 will lose it This does not mean the person must necessarily die. It is a metaphor that means the person will consider obeying Jesus as being more important than his own life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 16 25 ie7t ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because he trusts me" or "on my account" or "because of me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1714,15 +1718,15 @@ MAT 16 26 eck5 figs-rquestion 0 What can a person give in exchange for his life
|
|||
MAT 16 27 iyu1 figs-123person 0 the Son of Man ... his Father ... Then he Here Jesus refers to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of man ... my Father ... Then I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 ie16 ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 will come in the glory of his Father "will come, having the same glory as his Father"
|
||||
MAT 16 27 k4q4 figs-123person μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 with his angels "and the angels will be with him." If you translate the first part of the sentence with Jesus speaking in the first person, you can translate this as "and my Father's angels will be with me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 vk5y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 vk5y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ ... Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and the Son of Man, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 16 27 i7rs 0 according to what he has done "according to what each person has done"
|
||||
MAT 16 28 ytr3 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 28 ytr3 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 16 28 k2d1 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you All occurrences of this word are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 wq13 figs-idiom οὐ μὴ γεύσωνται θανάτου 1 will not taste death Here "taste" means to experience. Alternate translation: "will not experience death" or" will not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 b2pb figs-metonymy ἕως ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom Here "his kingdom" represents him being King. Alternate translation: "until they see the Son of Man coming as King" or "until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 16 28 b2pb figs-metonymy ἕως ... ἴδωσιν τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ἐρχόμενον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 until they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom Here "his kingdom" represents him being King. Alternate translation: "until they see the Son of Man coming as King" or "until they see the evidence that the Son of Man is King" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 intro yb4k 0 # Matthew 17 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Elijah<br><br>The Old Testament prophet Malachi lived many years before Jesus was born. Malachi had said that before the Messiah came a prophet named Elijah would return. Jesus explained that Malachi had been talking about John the Baptist. Jesus said this because John the Baptist had done what Malachi had said that Elijah would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>##### "transfigured"<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Matthew says in this chapter that Jesus' body shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God's Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 17 1 u6dw 0 General Information: This begins the account of Jesus' transfiguration.
|
||||
MAT 17 1 nva7 τὸν Πέτρον, Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter, James, and John his brother "Peter, James, and James's brother John"
|
||||
MAT 17 1 nva7 τὸν Πέτρον ... Ἰάκωβον, καὶ Ἰωάννην, τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Peter, James, and John his brother "Peter, James, and James's brother John"
|
||||
MAT 17 2 xx8e μετεμορφώθη ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 He was transfigured before them When they looked at him, his appearance was different from what it had been.
|
||||
MAT 17 2 kq4l figs-activepassive μετεμορφώθη 1 He was transfigured This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his appearance had changed" or "he appeared very different" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 2 uxg3 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 before them "in front of them" or "so they could clearly him"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1731,7 +1735,7 @@ MAT 17 2 te1s τὰ δὲ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 his garments "what he wa
|
|||
MAT 17 3 axr5 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold This word alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 17 3 n63y αὐτοῖς 1 to them This refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MAT 17 3 sde3 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him "with Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 17 4 r41c ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν 1 answered and said "said." Peter is not responding to a question.
|
||||
MAT 17 4 r41c ἀποκριθεὶς ... εἶπεν 1 answered and said "said." Peter is not responding to a question.
|
||||
MAT 17 4 d231 figs-exclusive 0 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether "us" refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 5 cek4 ἰδοὺ 1 behold This alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 17 5 an8j ἐπεσκίασεν αὐτούς 1 overshadowed them "came over them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1740,7 +1744,7 @@ MAT 17 6 wd76 0 the disciples heard it "the disciples heard God speak"
|
|||
MAT 17 6 a87e figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their face Here "fell on their face" here is an idiom. Alternate translation: "they fell forward, with their faces to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 9 w4w9 0 Connecting Statement: The following events happen immediately after the three disciples witness Jesus' transfiguration.
|
||||
MAT 17 9 jz51 καταβαινόντων αὐτῶν 1 As they "As Jesus and the disciples"
|
||||
MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 9 y9rq figs-123person ὁ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 10 nwt5 figs-explicit τί οὖν οἱ γραμματεῖς λέγουσιν ὅτι Ἠλείαν δεῖ ἐλθεῖν πρῶτον 1 Why then do the scribes say that Elijah must come first? The disciples are referring to the belief that Elijah will come back to life and return to the people of Israel before the Messiah comes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 11 xbs2 0 restore all things "put things in order" or "get the people ready to receive the Messiah"
|
||||
MAT 17 12 whp9 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 But I tell you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1756,23 +1760,23 @@ MAT 17 18 i8kd figs-activepassive ἐθεραπεύθη ὁ παῖς 1 the boy
|
|||
MAT 17 18 h2gc figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "immediately" or "at that moment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 pz9f figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Here "we" refers to the speakers but not the hearers and so is exclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 19 r9j7 διὰ τί ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἠδυνήθημεν ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό 1 Why could we not cast it out? "Why could we not make the demon come out of the boy?"
|
||||
MAT 17 20 u5ll ἀμὴν γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I truly say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 20 u5ll ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For I truly say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 17 20 uy78 figs-simile 0 if you have faith even as small as a grain of mustard seed Jesus compares the size of a mustard seed to the amount of faith needed to do a miracle. A mustard seed is very small, but it grows into a large plant. Jesus means it only takes a small amount of faith to do a great miracle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 17 20 x48i figs-litotes οὐδὲν ἀδυνατήσει ὑμῖν 1 nothing will be impossible for you This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: "you will be able to do anything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 r2cu 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts momentarily, and Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a second time.
|
||||
MAT 17 22 n2xs συστρεφομένων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 they stayed "Jesus and his disciples stayed"
|
||||
MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man will be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone will deliver the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 ff8x figs-activepassive ὁ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοσθαι 1 The Son of Man will be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone will deliver the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 mmk2 figs-metonymy παραδίδοσθαι εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 delivered into the hands of people The word "hands" here is a metonym for the power that people use hands to exercise. Alternate translation: "taken and put under the power of people" or "taken and given to people who will control him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 i5rb figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 i5rb figs-123person ὁ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 22 jne3 figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων 1 into the hands of people Here "hands" refers to power or control. Alternate translation: "to the control of the people" or "to the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 hl6j figs-123person 0 him ... he Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 b6g3 translate-ordinal τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 third day "Third" is the ordinal form of "three." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 17 23 fni4 figs-activepassive ἐγερθήσεται 1 he will be raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will raise him up" or "God will cause him to become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 17 24 jli6 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts again to a later time when Jesus teaches Peter about paying the temple tax.
|
||||
MAT 17 24 t8qt ἐλθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 When they "When Jesus and his disciples"
|
||||
MAT 17 24 b953 translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα- 1 the two-drachma tax This was a tax that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the temple tax" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 24 b953 translate-bmoney τὰ δίδραχμα 1 the two-drachma tax This was a tax that Jewish men paid to support the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the temple tax" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 17 25 y26n τὴν οἰκίαν 1 the house "the place where Jesus was staying"
|
||||
MAT 17 25 yp5h figs-rquestion γῆς," δοκεῖ σοι, Σίμων? ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς τί τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων?" 1 "What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth collect tolls or taxes? From their sons or from others?" Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: "Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 25 yp5h figs-rquestion τί σοι δοκεῖ, Σίμων? οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, ἀπὸ τίνων λαμβάνουσιν τέλη ἢ κῆνσον? ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων 1 "What do you think, Simon? From whom do the kings of the earth collect tolls or taxes? From their sons or from others?" Jesus asks these questions to teach Simon, not to gain information for himself. Alternate translation: "Listen, Simon. We know that when kings collect taxes, they collect it from people who are not members of their own family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 17 26 fb1c 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 13:54](../13/54.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus' ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 j3g4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach Peter about paying the temple tax.
|
||||
MAT 17 26 w75w figs-quotations 0 When he said, "From others," Jesus said If you translated Jesus' questions as statements in [Matthew 17:25](../17/25.md), you may need to give an alternate response here. You could also state it as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "When Peter said, 'Yes, that is true. Kings collect taxes from foreigners,' Jesus said" or "After Peter agreed with Jesus, Jesus said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1786,12 +1790,12 @@ MAT 17 27 ej3l 0 Take it "Take the shekel"
|
|||
MAT 17 27 km3v figs-you ἀντὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ σοῦ 1 for me and you Here "you" is singular and refers to Peter. Each man had to pay a half shekel tax. So one shekel would be enough for Jesus and Peter to pay their taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 intro m4y6 0 # Matthew 18 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### What should Jesus' followers do when other followers sin against them?<br><br>Jesus taught that his followers must treat each other well and not be angry with each other. They should forgive anyone who is sorry for his sin, even if he has committed the same sin before. If he is not sorry for his sin, Jesus' followers should speak with him alone or in a small group. If he is still not sorry after that, then Jesus' followers can treat him as guilty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 18 1 f7zv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 18:35](../18/35.md), where Jesus teaches about life in the kingdom of heaven. Here, Jesus uses a little child to teach the disciples.
|
||||
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who is greatest "Who is the most important" or "Who among us will be the most important"
|
||||
MAT 18 1 pp31 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "in God's kingdom" or "when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 qb44 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 1 iri5 τίς ... μείζων ἐστὶν 1 Who is greatest "Who is the most important" or "Who among us will be the most important"
|
||||
MAT 18 1 pp31 figs-metonymy ἐν ... τῇ ... Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "in God's kingdom" or "when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 qb44 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 3 fs1e figs-doublenegatives 0 unless you turn ... children, you will in no way enter This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "you must change ... children in order to enter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 ewj5 figs-simile γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία 1 become like little children Jesus uses a simile to teach the disciples that they should not be concerned with who is most important. They should be concerned with becoming humble like a child. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 ch9p figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 enter the kingdom of heaven The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "enter God's kingdom" or "belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 3 ch9p figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε ... τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 enter the kingdom of heaven The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "enter God's kingdom" or "belong to our God in heaven when he establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 4 ta7z figs-simile 0 Jesus continues teaching the disciples that they need to be humble like a child if they want to be important in God's kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 18 4 f9t5 ἐστιν ὁ μείζων 1 is the greatest "is the most important" or "will be the most important"
|
||||
MAT 18 4 gf8l figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 in the kingdom of heaven The phrase "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "in God's kingdom" or "when our God in heaven establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1805,7 +1809,7 @@ MAT 18 7 y7vh figs-metaphor 0 stumbling blocks ... those stumbling blocks come
|
|||
MAT 18 8 vad7 figs-hyperbole 0 If your hand or your foot causes you to stumble, cut it off and throw it away from you Jesus exaggerates here to emphasize that people must do anything necessary to remove from their lives what causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 gqi3 figs-you 0 your ... you All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural "you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 pc4d εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 into life "into eternal life"
|
||||
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the eternal fire having two hands or two feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 8 lhk9 figs-activepassive ἢ ... δύο χεῖρας ἢ δύο πόδας ἔχοντα, βληθῆναι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον 1 than to be thrown into the eternal fire having two hands or two feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "than to have both hands and feet when God throws you into the eternal fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 xad4 figs-hyperbole 0 If your eye causes you to stumble, pluck it out and throw it away from you The command to destroy the eye, perhaps the most important part of the body, is probably an exaggeration for his hearers to do anything necessary to remove from their lives anything that causes them to sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 q7tw figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζει σε 1 causes you to stumble Here "stumble" is a metaphor for sin. Alternate translation: "causes you to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 18 9 eii2 figs-you 0 your ... you All occurrences of these words are singular. Jesus is speaking to all people in general. It may be more natural for your language to translate with a plural "you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1818,31 +1822,31 @@ MAT 18 10 xdl9 figs-explicit 0 that in heaven their angels always look on the f
|
|||
MAT 18 10 y6n9 figs-idiom 0 always look on the face of my Father This is an idiom that means they are in God's presence. Alternate translation: "are always close to my Father" or "are always in the presence of my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 18 10 iq8j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 xhq2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to use a little child to teach the disciples and tells a parable to explain God's care for people.
|
||||
MAT 18 12 idl5 figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 What do you think? Jesus uses this question to get people's attention. Alternate translation: "Think about how people act." or "Think about this." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 idl5 figs-rquestion τί ὑμῖν δοκεῖ 1 What do you think? Jesus uses this question to get people's attention. Alternate translation: "Think about how people act." or "Think about this." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 dm8u figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 cv92 translate-numbers 0 a hundred ... ninety-nine "100 ... 99" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 12 t5h4 figs-rquestion 0 does he not leave ... astray? Jesus uses a question to teach his disciples. Alternate translation: "he will always leave ... astray." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 j5d8 figs-parables 0 If he finds it ... that did not go astray This is the end of the parable that begins with the words "If anyone" in verse 12. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 13 at4s figs-you αὐτό λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 14 kcy2 οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 it is not the will of your Father in heaven that one of these little ones should perish "your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die" or "your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die"
|
||||
MAT 18 13 at4s figs-you αὐτό ... λέγω ὑμῖν 1 truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. The word "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 14 kcy2 οὐκ ἔστιν θέλημα ... τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν, τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς, ἵνα ἀπόληται ἓν τῶν μικρῶν τούτων 1 it is not the will of your Father in heaven that one of these little ones should perish "your Father in heaven does not want any of these little ones to die" or "your Father in heaven does not want even one of these little ones to die"
|
||||
MAT 18 14 usa4 figs-you τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 your This word is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 14 fmm2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 15 k6t7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples about forgiveness and reconciliation.
|
||||
MAT 18 15 kpe2 ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 your brother This refers to a fellow believer in God, not a physical brother. Alternate translation: "your fellow believer"
|
||||
MAT 18 15 yh3t σου ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother "you will have made your relationship with your brother good again"
|
||||
MAT 18 15 yh3t σου ... ἐκέρδησας τὸν ἀδελφόν σου 1 you will have gained your brother "you will have made your relationship with your brother good again"
|
||||
MAT 18 16 i25x figs-metonymy 0 so that by the mouth of two or three witnesses every word might be verified Here "mouth" and "word" refer to what a person says. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that two or three witnesses may verify that what you say about your brother is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he refuses to listen to them "if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you"
|
||||
MAT 18 17 g3aj ἐὰν ... παρακούσῃ αὐτῶν 1 if he refuses to listen to them "if your fellow believer refuses to listen to the witnesses who came with you"
|
||||
MAT 18 17 kx28 τῆς ἐκκλησίας παρακούσῃ 1 to the church "to the whole community of believers"
|
||||
MAT 18 17 xf1a figs-explicit ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικὸς καὶ ὁ τελώνης 1 let him be to you as a Gentile and a tax collector "treat him as you would treat a Gentile or tax collector." This implies that they should remove him from the community of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 u2kl ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 18 u2kl ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 18 qzq7 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you All occurrences of this word are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 bu6i figs-metaphor 0 whatever things you bind on earth will be bound in heaven; and whatever you release on earth will be released in heaven Here "bind" is a metaphor meaning to forbid something, and "release" is a metaphor meaning to allow something. Also, "in heaven" is a metonym that represents God himself. See how you translated similar phrases in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: "God in heaven will approve whatever you forbid or allow on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 18 l7na λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 18 19 cal4 figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 if two of you It is implied that Jesus means "if at least two of you" or "if two or more of you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 19 cal4 figs-explicit ἐὰν δύο ... ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 if two of you It is implied that Jesus means "if at least two of you" or "if two or more of you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 19 c3lf 0 they ... them These refer to the "two of you." Alternate translation: "you ... you"
|
||||
MAT 18 19 gs8w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 kv9z figs-explicit δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two or three It is implied that Jesus means "two or more" or "at least two." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 18 20 s5rx εἰσιν συνηγμένοι 1 are gathered "meet"
|
||||
MAT 18 20 s5rx εἰσιν ... συνηγμένοι 1 are gathered "meet"
|
||||
MAT 18 20 l7vu figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄνομα 1 in my name Here "name" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because they are my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 18 21 cys4 translate-numbers ἑπτάκις 1 seven times "7 times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 22 b19x translate-numbers ἑβδομηκοντάκις ἑπτά 1 seventy times seven Possible meanings are 1) "70 times 7" or 2) "77 times." If using a number would be confusing, you can translate it as "more times than you can count" or "you must always forgive him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1852,7 +1856,7 @@ MAT 18 23 bp72 συνᾶραι λόγον μετὰ τῶν δούλων αὐ
|
|||
MAT 18 24 d6ne figs-activepassive 0 one servant was brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone brought one of the king's servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 24 w3nr translate-bmoney μυρίων ταλάντων 1 ten thousand talents "10,000 talents" or "more money than the servant could ever repay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 18 25 nmz8 figs-activepassive 0 his master commanded him to be sold ... and payment to be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the king commanded his servants to sell the man ... and to pay the debt with the money from the sale" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 18 26 thl3 translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν, προσεκύνει 1 fell down, bowed down This shows that the servant approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 18 26 thl3 translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν ... προσεκύνει 1 fell down, bowed down This shows that the servant approached the king in the most humble way possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 18 26 cx5z προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 before him "before the king"
|
||||
MAT 18 27 j5vp 0 he was moved with compassion "he felt compassion for the servant"
|
||||
MAT 18 27 vn7l ἀπέλυσεν αὐτόν 1 released him "let him go"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1863,7 +1867,7 @@ MAT 18 28 b7u9 κρατήσας 1 grasped "took hold of" or "grabbed"
|
|||
MAT 18 29 i21c translate-symaction πεσὼν οὖν 1 fell down This shows that the fellow servant approached the first servant in the most humble way possible. See how you translated this in [Matthew 18:26](../18/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 18 29 iv8y παρεκάλει αὐτὸν 1 and implored him "and begged him"
|
||||
MAT 18 30 fn3t figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 18 30 t8wb ἀπελθὼν ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 he went and threw him into prison "the first servant went and threw his fellow servant into prison"
|
||||
MAT 18 30 t8wb ἀπελθὼν, ἔβαλεν αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 he went and threw him into prison "the first servant went and threw his fellow servant into prison"
|
||||
MAT 18 31 w9n2 οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτοῦ 1 his fellow servants "other servants"
|
||||
MAT 18 31 nx9k διεσάφησαν τῷ κυρίῳ ἑαυτῶν 1 told their master "told the king"
|
||||
MAT 18 32 pfc2 figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable to his disciple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1881,8 +1885,8 @@ MAT 18 35 q8p9 figs-you 0 to you ... your All occurrences of these words are pl
|
|||
MAT 18 35 c4fw figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν καρδιῶν ὑμῶν 1 from your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. The phrase "from your heart" is an idiom that means "sincerely." Alternate translation: "sincerely" or "completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 19 intro ewl5 0 # Matthew 19 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Divorce<br><br>Jesus taught about divorce because the Pharisees wanted people to think Jesus' teachings about divorce were wrong ([Matthew 19:3-12](./03.md)). Jesus talked about what God had first said about marriage when he created it.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metonymy<br><br>Jesus often says the word "heaven" when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([Matthew 1:12](../../mat/01/12.md)).<br>
|
||||
MAT 19 1 nj6t writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 22:46](../22/46.md), which tells of Jesus ministering in Judea. These verses provide background information of how Jesus came to be in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 19 1 ap4g ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus' teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: "When" or "After"
|
||||
MAT 19 1 c5j9 figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 had finished these words Here "words" refers to what Jesus taught starting in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: "had finished teaching these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 1 ap4g ἐγένετο, ὅτε 1 It came about that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus' teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: "When" or "After"
|
||||
MAT 19 1 c5j9 figs-metonymy ἐτέλεσεν ... τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 had finished these words Here "words" refers to what Jesus taught starting in [Matthew 18:1](../18/01.md). Alternate translation: "had finished teaching these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 1 d83m ἀπὸ 1 departed from "walked away from" or "left"
|
||||
MAT 19 3 kg12 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach about marriage and divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 3 gl85 προσῆλθον αὐτῷ 1 came to him "came to Jesus"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1890,7 +1894,7 @@ MAT 19 3 s8jq 0 testing him, saying to him Here "tested" is used in a negative
|
|||
MAT 19 4 ncb6 figs-rquestion 0 Have you not read that he who made them from the beginning made them male and female? Jesus uses this question to remind the Pharisees of what the scripture says about men, women, and marriage. Alternate translation: "Surely you have read that in the beginning when God created people he made them male and female." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 n8zn 0 General Information: In verse 5, Jesus quotes from Genesis to show that a husband and wife should not divorce.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 q71w figs-explicit 0 He who made them also said, 'For this reason ... flesh.' This is part of what Jesus expected the Pharisees to have understood from the scripture. The direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "And surely you know that God also said that for this reason ... flesh" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 19 5 phz3 ἕνεκα τούτου 1 For this reason This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man's companion.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 phz3 ἕνεκα‘ τούτου 1 For this reason This is a part of the quotation from Genesis story about Adam and Eve. In that context the reason a man will leave his father and mother is because God created a woman to be the man's companion.
|
||||
MAT 19 5 af1r κολληθήσεται τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 join to his wife "stay close to his wife" or "live with his wife"
|
||||
MAT 19 5 m83j figs-metaphor 0 the two will become one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: "they will become like one person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 6 m4b7 figs-metaphor ὥστε οὐκέτι εἰσὶν δύο, ἀλλὰ σὰρξ μία 1 So they are no longer two, but one flesh This is a metaphor that emphasizes the unity of a husband and a wife. Alternate translation: "So a husband and wife are no longer like two persons, but they are like one person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1900,13 +1904,13 @@ MAT 19 7 xml9 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 certificate of divorce Thi
|
|||
MAT 19 8 zu87 figs-metaphor 0 For your hardness of heart The phrase "hardness of heart" is a metaphor that means "stubbornness." Alternate translation: "Because of your stubbornness" or "Because you are stubborn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 ve9e figs-you 0 your hardness ... allowed you ... your wives Here "you" and "your" are plural. Jesus is speaking to the Pharisees, but Moses gave this command many years earlier to their ancestors. Moses' command applied to all Jewish men in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 19 8 mgx9 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς δὲ 1 from the beginning Here "beginning" refers to when God first created man and woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 9 eq8z λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 9 eq8z λέγω ... ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 9 yl3x figs-ellipsis γαμήσῃ ἄλλην 1 marries another You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: "marries another woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 19 9 ps45 translate-textvariants καὶ ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 and the man who marries a woman who is divorced commits adultery Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
MAT 19 9 ps45 translate-textvariants καὶ ... ὁ ἀπολελυμένην γαμήσας μοιχᾶται 1 and the man who marries a woman who is divorced commits adultery Many early texts do not include these words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
MAT 19 11 h3a3 figs-activepassive 0 who are allowed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God allows" or "whom God enables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 yvb8 figs-explicit 0 For there are eunuchs who were that way from their mother's womb You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: "For there are different reasons that men do not marry. For instance, there are men who were born eunuchs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 m1r9 figs-activepassive εἰσὶν εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there are men whom other men have made eunuchs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι οἵτινες εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs Possible meanings are 1) "men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts" or 2) "men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 m1r9 figs-activepassive εἰσὶν ... εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ... εὐνουχίσθησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 there are eunuchs who were made eunuchs by men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there are men whom other men have made eunuchs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 g4bw figs-metaphor εὐνοῦχοι, οἵτινες ... εὐνούχισαν ἑαυτοὺς 1 eunuchs who made themselves eunuchs Possible meanings are 1) "men who have made themselves eunuchs by removing their private parts" or 2) "men who choose to remain unmarried and sexually pure." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 r78n figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 for the sake of the kingdom of heaven Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "so they can better serve our God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 12 hqu1 0 receive this teaching ... receive it "accept this teaching ... accept it"
|
||||
MAT 19 13 wjb5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus receives and blesses little children.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1926,21 +1930,21 @@ MAT 19 21 m57c εἰ θέλεις 1 If you wish "If you want"
|
|||
MAT 19 21 zic9 figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "to those who are poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 19 21 e4vs figs-metaphor ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 you will have treasure in heaven The phrase "treasure in heaven" is a metaphor that refers to a reward from God. Alternate translation: "God will reward you in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ass2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains to his disciples the rewards of giving up material possessions and relationships to follow him.
|
||||
MAT 19 23 r93j ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ean2 figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 to enter the kingdom of heaven Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "to accept our God in heaven as their king" or "to enter God's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 23 r93j ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 23 ean2 figs-metonymy εἰσελεύσεται ... τὴν Βασιλείαν τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 to enter the kingdom of heaven Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. This phrase is found only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep "heaven" in your translation. Alternate translation: "to accept our God in heaven as their king" or "to enter God's kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 24 c8l5 figs-hyperbole 0 it is easier ... kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to illustrate how very difficult it is for rich people to enter the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 19 24 dip3 τρήματος ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle the hole near one end of a needle, through which thread is passed
|
||||
MAT 19 25 sl38 figs-explicit 0 they were very astonished "the disciples were amazed." It is implied that they were astonished because they believed having riches was proof that God approved of someone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 19 25 d389 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα δύναται σωθῆναι 1 Who then can be saved? The disciples use a question to emphasize their surprise. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then there is no one whom God will save!" or "Then there is no one who will receive eternal life!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 19 27 yp3h ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 we have left everything "we have left all our wealth" or "we have given up all our possessions"
|
||||
MAT 19 27 sp61 0 What then will we have? "What good thing will God give us?"
|
||||
MAT 19 28 pm6v ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 28 pm6v ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 19 28 j89c figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ 1 in the new age "in the new time." This refers to when God restores all things. Alternate translation: "at the time when God makes all things new" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 gey2 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 sx2j figs-metonymy ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ καθήσεσθε 1 sits on his glorious throne Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: "sits as king on his glorious throne" or "rules gloriously as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 gey2 figs-123person ὁ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 sx2j figs-metonymy ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ, καθήσεσθε 1 sits on his glorious throne Sitting on his throne represents ruling as a king. His throne being glorious represents his rule being glorious. Alternate translation: "sits as king on his glorious throne" or "rules gloriously as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 rx2u figs-metonymy 0 sit upon twelve thrones Here sitting on thrones refers to ruling as kings. The disciples will not be equal to Jesus who is also on a throne. They will receive authority from him. Alternate translation: "sit as kings on 12 thrones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 28 ci3t figs-metonymy τὰς δώδεκα φυλὰς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 the twelve tribes of Israel Here "tribes" refers to people from those tribes. Alternate translation: "the people of the 12 tribes of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός' 1 for my name's sake Here "name" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because he believes in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 gq8p figs-metonymy ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀνόματός 1 for my name's sake Here "name" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because he believes in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 bzt3 translate-numbers ἑκατονταπλασίονα λήμψεται 1 receive one hundred times "receive from God 100 times as many good things as they gave up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 19 29 z8wb figs-idiom ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσει 1 inherit eternal life This is an idiom that means "God will bless them with eternal life" or "God will cause them to live forever." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 19 30 u8p3 πολλοὶ δὲ ἔσονται πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι, καὶ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 But many who are first will be last, and the last will be first Here "first" and "last" refer to people's status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people's status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. Alternate translation: "But many who seem to be important now will be the least important, and many who seem to be unimportant now will be very important"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1973,7 +1977,7 @@ MAT 20 12 vy87 figs-idiom 0 we who have borne the burden of the day and the sco
|
|||
MAT 20 13 w17c figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 r9f3 ἑνὶ αὐτῶν 1 one of them "one of the workers who had worked the longest"
|
||||
MAT 20 13 f5mb ἑταῖρε 1 Friend Use a word that one man would use to address another man whom he is politely rebuking.
|
||||
MAT 20 13 qbu1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι? 1 Did you not agree with me for one denarius? The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: "We already agreed that I would give you one denarius." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 qbu1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δηναρίου συνεφώνησάς μοι 1 Did you not agree with me for one denarius? The landowner uses a question to rebuke the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: "We already agreed that I would give you one denarius." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 20 13 qxn3 translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 one denarius This was the daily wage at that time. Alternate translation: "one day's wages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 20 15 g5ii figs-parables 0 Jesus concludes his parable about a landowner who hires workers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 20 15 h3uh figs-rquestion 0 Do I not have the right to do as I want with what belongs to me? The landowner uses a question to correct the workers who were complaining. Alternate translation: "I can do what I want with my own possessions." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1981,14 +1985,14 @@ MAT 20 15 dus3 figs-rquestion 0 Or are you envious because I am generous? The l
|
|||
MAT 20 16 k5fe οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι, καὶ οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι 1 So the last will be first, and the first last Here "first" and "last" refer to people's status or importance. Jesus is contrasting people's status now with their status in the kingdom of heaven. See how you translated a similar statement in [Matthew 19:30](../19/30.md). Alternate translation: "So those who seem to be unimportant now will be the most important, and those who seem to be the most important now will be the least important"
|
||||
MAT 20 16 bhr5 οὕτως ἔσονται οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 So the last will be first Here the parable has ended and Jesus is speaking. Alternate translation: "Then Jesus said, 'So the last will be first'"
|
||||
MAT 20 17 iu9d 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus foretells his death and resurrection a third time as he and his disciples travel to Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 20 17 b6ia ἀναβαίνων εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 going up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there.
|
||||
MAT 20 17 b6ia ἀναβαίνων ... εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 going up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was on top of a hill, so people had to travel up to get there.
|
||||
MAT 20 18 d3ig ἰδοὺ, ἀναβαίνομεν 1 See, we are going Jesus uses the word "See" to tell the disciples the must pay attention to what he is about to tell them.
|
||||
MAT 20 18 nf34 figs-inclusive ἀναβαίνομεν 1 we are going Here "we" refers to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 b2f2 figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone will deliver the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 rbl4 figs-123person 0 Son of Man ... him Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 18 s8uh κατακρινοῦσιν 1 They will condemn The chief priests and scribes will condemn Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 20 19 rjq7 0 and will deliver him to the Gentiles for them to mock The chief priests and scribes will deliver Jesus to the Gentiles, and the Gentiles will mock him.
|
||||
MAT 20 19 a9k5 τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι μαστιγῶσαι 1 to flog "to whip him" or "to beat him with whips"
|
||||
MAT 20 19 a9k5 τὸ ἐμπαῖξαι ... μαστιγῶσαι 1 to flog "to whip him" or "to beat him with whips"
|
||||
MAT 20 19 pn84 translate-ordinal τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 third day "Third" is the ordinal form of "three." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 20 19 c6q1 figs-123person 0 him ... him ... he Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If necessary, you can translate these in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 20 19 kr7a figs-activepassive ἀναστήσεται 1 he will be raised up The words "be raised up" are an idiom for "be made alive again." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will raise him up" or "God will make him alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2038,73 +2042,73 @@ MAT 21 2 pq2e figs-explicit 0 tied up there You can make explicit how the donke
|
|||
MAT 21 2 ure7 πῶλον 1 colt young male donkey
|
||||
MAT 21 4 lk67 0 General Information: Here the author quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that Jesus fulfilled prophecy by riding a donkey into Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 21 4 irw1 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains how Jesus' actions fulfill scripture.
|
||||
MAT 21 4 n979 figs-activepassive τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 this came about that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 4 n979 figs-activepassive τοῦτο δὲ γέγονεν, ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 this came about that what was spoken through the prophet might be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this happened so that Jesus would fulfill what God spoke through the prophet long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 4 x3up figs-explicit διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 through the prophet There were many prophets. Matthew was speaking of Zechariah. Alternate translation: "the prophet Zechariah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 5 whn7 τῇ θυγατρὶ Σιών 1 the daughter of Zion The "daughter" of a city means the people of the city. Alternate translation: "the people of Zion" or "the people who live in Zion"
|
||||
MAT 21 5 jzz6 Σιών 1 Zion This is another name for Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 21 5 fx3v ἐπὶ ὄνον— ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 on a donkey—on a colt, the foal of a donkey The phrase "on a colt, the foal of a donkey" is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: "on a young, male donkey"
|
||||
MAT 21 7 y6en τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 cloaks These were outer clothing or long coats.
|
||||
MAT 21 5 fx3v ἐπὶ ὄνον ... ἐπὶ πῶλον, υἱὸν ὑποζυγίου 1 on a donkey—on a colt, the foal of a donkey The phrase "on a colt, the foal of a donkey" is explaining that the donkey is a young animal. Alternate translation: "on a young, male donkey"
|
||||
MAT 21 7 y6en τὰ ἱμάτια, αὐτῶν 1 cloaks These were outer clothing or long coats.
|
||||
MAT 21 8 t29s figs-explicit 0 crowd spread their cloaks on the road, and others cut branches from the trees and spread them in the road These are ways to show honor to Jesus as he was entering Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 ky4c ὡσαννὰ 1 Hosanna This word means "save us," but it can also mean "praise God!"
|
||||
MAT 21 9 ysb9 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 the son of David Jesus was not David's literal son, so this may be translated as "descendant of king David." However, "Son of David" is also a title for the Messiah, and the crowd was probably calling Jesus by this title.
|
||||
MAT 21 9 q52t figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Here "in the name" means "in the power" or "as a representative." Alternate translation: "in the power of the Lord" or "as the representative of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 g73z figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Here "highest" refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: "Praise God, who is in the highest heaven" or "Praise be to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 9 g73z figs-metonymy ὡσαννὰ ... ἐν ... τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Here "highest" refers to God who rules from the highest heaven. Alternate translation: "Praise God, who is in the highest heaven" or "Praise be to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 cb4h figs-metonymy ἐσείσθη πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 all the city was stirred Here "city" refers to the people living there. Alternate translation: "many people from all over the city were stirred" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 10 nqb2 ἐσείσθη 1 stirred "excited"
|
||||
MAT 21 12 q41c 0 General Information: In verse 13, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the vendors and money changers.
|
||||
MAT 21 12 mc5v 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus entering into the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 12 y9j4 figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς τὸ ἱερόν 1 Jesus entered the temple Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 12 y9j4 figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν Ἰησοῦς ... τὸ ἱερόν 1 Jesus entered the temple Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 12 w7ac τοὺς πωλοῦντας καὶ ἀγοράζοντας 1 who bought and sold Merchants were selling animals and other items that travelers bought to offer the proper sacrifices at the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 guy7 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "Jesus said to those who were changing money and buying and selling things"
|
||||
MAT 21 13 m1jl figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 It is written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote long ago" or "God said long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 z8gr figs-activepassive ὁ οἶκός μου κληθήσεται 1 My house will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My house will be" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 n9v8 ὁ οἶκός μου 1 My house Here "My" refers to God and "house" refers to the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 z8gr figs-activepassive ὁ‘ οἶκός μου ... κληθήσεται 1 My house will be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My house will be" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 n9v8 ὁ‘ οἶκός μου 1 My house Here "My" refers to God and "house" refers to the temple.
|
||||
MAT 21 13 bd8x figs-idiom οἶκος προσευχῆς 1 a house of prayer This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "a place where people pray" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 c7l3 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: "like a place where robbers hide" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 13 c7l3 figs-metaphor σπήλαιον‘ λῃστῶν 1 a den of robbers Jesus uses a metaphor to scold the people for buying and selling items in the temple. Alternate translation: "like a place where robbers hide" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 14 rpp3 figs-nominaladj τυφλοὶ καὶ χωλοὶ 1 the blind and the lame These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "those who were blind and those who were lame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 21 14 aku3 χωλοὶ 1 lame those who have an injured foot or leg that makes walking difficult
|
||||
MAT 21 15 p7x2 0 General Information: In verse 16, Jesus quotes from the Psalms to justify how the people had responded to him.
|
||||
MAT 21 15 hft8 τὰ θαυμάσια 1 the marvelous things "the wonderful things" or "the miracles." This refers to Jesus healing the blind and lame people in [Matthew 21:14](../21/14.md).
|
||||
MAT 21 15 fqr9 ὡσαννὰ 1 Hosanna This word means "save us" but can also mean "praise God!" See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md).
|
||||
MAT 21 15 c6k8 τῷ Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David Jesus was not David's literal son, so this may be translated as "descendant of king David." However, "Son of David" is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md).
|
||||
MAT 21 15 c6k8 τῷ ... Υἱῷ Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David Jesus was not David's literal son, so this may be translated as "descendant of king David." However, "Son of David" is also a title for the Messiah, and the children were probably calling Jesus by this title. See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md).
|
||||
MAT 21 15 r3bs figs-explicit 0 they became very angry It is implied that they were angry because they did not believe Jesus was the Christ and they did not want other people praising him. Alternate translation: "they became very angry because people were praising him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 zx4a figs-rquestion ," ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν?" 1 Do you hear what they are saying? The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. Alternate translation: "You should not allow them to say these things about you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 zx4a figs-rquestion ἀκούεις τί οὗτοι λέγουσιν 1 Do you hear what they are saying? The chief priests and scribes ask this question to rebuke Jesus because they are angry with him. Alternate translation: "You should not allow them to say these things about you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 luy1 figs-rquestion 0 But have you never read ... praise'? Jesus asks this question to remind the chief priests and scribes of what they have studied in the scriptures. Alternate translation: "Yes, I hear them, but you should remember what you read in the scriptures ... praise.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 qa9u figs-metonymy ἐκ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 Out of the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise The phrase "out of the mouths" refers to speaking. Alternate translation: "You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 16 qa9u figs-metonymy ἐκ‘ στόματος νηπίων καὶ θηλαζόντων, κατηρτίσω αἶνον 1 Out of the mouths of little children and nursing infants you have prepared praise The phrase "out of the mouths" refers to speaking. Alternate translation: "You caused little children and nursing infants to prepare to give praise to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 17 kag5 0 Jesus left them "Jesus left the chief priests and scribes"
|
||||
MAT 21 18 l3bi 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses a fig tree to teach his disciples about faith and prayer.
|
||||
MAT 21 18 q488 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew explains that Jesus is hungry and that is why he stops at the fig tree.
|
||||
MAT 21 19 h2la ἐξηράνθη 1 withered died and dried up
|
||||
MAT 21 20 q81g figs-rquestion 0 How did the fig tree immediately wither away? The disciples use a question to emphasize how surprised they are. Alternate translation: "We are astonished that the fig tree has dried up so quickly!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 20 sk1g 0 wither away "dry up and die"
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nd3y ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nd3y ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 21 mwl5 figs-doublet ἐὰν ἔχητε πίστιν καὶ μὴ διακριθῆτε 1 if you have faith and do not doubt Jesus expresses the same idea both positively and negatively to emphasize that this faith must be genuine. Alternate translation: "if you truly believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations εἴπητε,' τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ κἂν καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν ἄρθητι 1 you will even say to this mountain, 'Be taken up and thrown into the sea,' You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 jf9h figs-quotations κἂν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ εἴπητε, ἄρθητι‘ καὶ βλήθητι εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 you will even say to this mountain, 'Be taken up and thrown into the sea,' You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. This can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you will even be able to tell this mountain to get up and throw itself into the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 21 nxi3 figs-activepassive 0 it will be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it will happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 yi7j 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the religious leaders questioning Jesus' authority.
|
||||
MAT 21 23 uge9 figs-explicit ἐλθόντος εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 had come into the temple It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 uge9 figs-explicit ἐλθόντος ... εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 had come into the temple It is implied that Jesus did not enter the actual temple. He entered the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 21 23 s1w6 0 these things This refers to Jesus teaching and healing in the temple. It probably also refers to Jesus driving out the buyers and sellers the previous day.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 dau4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to respond to the religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 25 k1a7 0 from where did it come? "where did he get the authority to do that?"
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἡμῖν," εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐρεῖ ἐὰν διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ?' 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say to us, 'Why then did you not believe him? This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 vvt5 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ‘ οὐρανοῦ’, ἐρεῖ ἡμῖν, διὰ‘ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' he will say to us, 'Why then did you not believe him? This has quotes within a quote. You could translate the direct quotations as an indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "If we say that we believe John received his authority from heaven, then Jesus will ask us why we did not believe John." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 xx3b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. Alternate translation: "from God in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 Why then did you not believe him? The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: "Then you should have believed John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 25 jmg7 figs-rquestion διὰ‘ τί οὖν οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 Why then did you not believe him? The religious leaders know that Jesus could scold them with this rhetorical question. Alternate translation: "Then you should have believed John the Baptist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 zxn4 figs-quotesinquotes ἐὰν δὲ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ‘ ἀνθρώπων 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This is a quote within a quote. You could translate the direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "But if we say that we believe John received his authority from men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 21 26 vn6j φοβούμεθα τὸν ὄχλον 1 we fear the crowd "we fear what the crowd would think or even do to us"
|
||||
MAT 21 26 q1r1 0 they all view John as a prophet "they believe John is a prophet"
|
||||
MAT 21 28 u56n figs-parables 0 Jesus tells a parable about two sons to rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 28 iem2 figs-rquestion τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ? 1 But what do you think? Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. Alternate translation: "Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 28 iem2 figs-rquestion τί δὲ ὑμῖν δοκεῖ 1 But what do you think? Jesus uses a question to challenge the religious leaders to think deeply about the parable he will tell them. Alternate translation: "Tell me what you think about what I am about to tell you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 21 29 b96z figs-metaphor μεταμεληθεὶς 1 he changed his mind This refers to the son reconsidering his thoughts and deciding to act differently from how he had said he would act. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 hl72 λέγουσιν 1 They said "The chief priests and elders said"
|
||||
MAT 21 31 au13 λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to them "Jesus said to the chief priests and elders"
|
||||
MAT 21 31 er5s ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 31 er5s ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 31 ec9f figs-metonymy 0 the tax collectors and the prostitutes will enter the kingdom of God before you do Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "when God establishes his rule on earth, he will agree to bless the tax collectors and prostitutes by ruling over them before he agrees to do that for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 31 pd34 0 before you do Possible meanings are 1) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes sooner than he will accept the Jewish religious leaders, or 2) God will accept the tax collectors and prostitutes instead of the Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
MAT 21 32 a8z8 figs-you ἦλθεν γὰρ Ἰωάννης πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 John came to you Here "you" is plural and refers to all the people of Israel not just the religious leaders. Alternate translation: "John came to the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 n2ve figs-idiom ἐν ὁδῷ δικαιοσύνης 1 in the way of righteousness This is an idiom that means John showed the people the right way to live. Alternate translation: "and told you the way God wants you to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 21 32 c5t4 figs-you οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 you did not believe him Here "you" is plural and refers to the religious leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 33 nn9y figs-parables 0 To rebuke the religious leaders and illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about rebellious servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 21 33 sx2y ἄνθρωπος οἰκοδεσπότης 1 a landowner "a person who owned a piece of property"
|
||||
MAT 21 33 sx2y ἄνθρωπος ... οἰκοδεσπότης 1 a landowner "a person who owned a piece of property"
|
||||
MAT 21 33 v39u φραγμὸν 1 a hedge "a wall" or "a fence"
|
||||
MAT 21 33 lg79 ὤρυξεν ἐν αὐτῷ ληνὸν 1 dug a winepress in it "dug a hole in the vineyard in which to press the grapes"
|
||||
MAT 21 33 eu7x 0 rented it out to vine growers The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2124,9 +2128,9 @@ MAT 21 42 b1sr παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from
|
|||
MAT 21 42 el83 figs-metonymy ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here "in our eyes" refers to seeing. Alternate translation: "it is wonderful to see" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 s93a λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 21 43 c7pb figs-you ὑμῖν 1 to you Here "you" is plural. Jesus was speaking to the religious leaders who had rejected him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 v89z figs-metonymy ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation" or "God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 v89z figs-metonymy ἀρθήσεται ἀφ’ ὑμῶν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ δοθήσεται ἔθνει 1 the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and will be given to a nation Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will take his kingdom away from you and will give it to a nation" or "God will reject you and he will be king over people from other nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 43 cm2i figs-metaphor ποιοῦντι τοὺς καρποὺς αὐτῆς 1 that produces its fruits "Fruits" here is a metaphor for "results" or outcome." Alternate translation: "that produces good results" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 44 r7up figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον συνθλασθήσεται 1 Whoever falls on this stone will be broken to pieces Here, "this stone" is the same stone as in [Matthew 21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 44 r7up figs-metaphor ὁ πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὸν λίθον τοῦτον, συνθλασθήσεται 1 Whoever falls on this stone will be broken to pieces Here, "this stone" is the same stone as in [Matthew 21:42](../21/42.md). This is a metaphor that means the Christ will destroy anyone who rebels against him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The stone will break into pieces anyone who falls on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 21 44 ghz2 figs-parallelism 0 But anyone on whom it falls will be crushed This means basically the same thing as the previous sentence. It is a metaphor that means the Christ will have the final judgment and will destroy everyone who rebels against him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 21 45 gh8w 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders react to the parable that Jesus told.
|
||||
MAT 21 45 qpy9 τὰς παραβολὰς αὐτοῦ 1 his parables "Jesus' parables"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2134,9 +2138,9 @@ MAT 22 intro k5ze 0 # Matthew 22 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatti
|
|||
MAT 22 1 z8vz figs-parables 0 To rebuke the religious leaders and to illustrate their unbelief, Jesus tells a parable about a marriage feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 1 bc6y αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to the people"
|
||||
MAT 22 2 xps3 ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of heaven is like This is the beginning of a parable. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md).
|
||||
MAT 22 3 wur1 figs-activepassive τοὺς κεκλημένους 1 those who had been invited This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people the king had invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 3 wur1 figs-activepassive τοὺς ... κεκλημένους 1 those who had been invited This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people the king had invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 l896 figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c7x4 figs-quotations δούλους, λέγων,' εἴπατε τοῖς κεκλημένοις," 1 servants, saying, 'Tell them who are invited This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c7x4 figs-quotations δούλους λέγων, εἴπατε‘ τοῖς κεκλημένοις 1 servants, saying, 'Tell them who are invited This direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "servants, ordering them to tell those whom he invited" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 iq6y ἰδοὺ 1 See "Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
MAT 22 4 xu4t figs-explicit οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ τεθυμένα 1 My oxen and fattened calves have been killed It is implied that the animals are cooked and ready to eat. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My servants have killed and cooked my oxen and my fattened calves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 4 c48a οἱ ταῦροί μου καὶ τὰ σιτιστὰ 1 My oxen and fattened calves "My best oxen and calves for eating"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2155,7 +2159,7 @@ MAT 22 12 w7vb 0 the man was speechless "the man was silent"
|
|||
MAT 22 13 wt88 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus concludes his parable about a marriage feast.
|
||||
MAT 22 13 jmp4 0 Bind this man hand and foot "Tie him up so that he cannot move his hands or feet"
|
||||
MAT 22 13 rpy8 figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 the outer darkness Here "outer darkness" is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "the dark place away from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 13 s9ge translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and the grinding of teeth "Grinding of teeth" is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "weeping and expressing their extreme suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 13 s9ge translate-symaction ὁ ... κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and the grinding of teeth "Grinding of teeth" is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [Matthew 8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: "weeping and expressing their extreme suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 14 hy3a figs-activepassive 0 For many people are called, but few are chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For God invites many people, but he only chooses a few" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 14 yz5f πολλοὶ γάρ 1 For This marks a transition. Jesus has ended the parable and will now explain the point of the parable.
|
||||
MAT 22 15 y826 0 Connecting Statement: This begins an account of the religious leaders trying to trap Jesus with several difficult questions. Here the Pharisees ask him about paying taxes to Caesar.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2164,11 +2168,11 @@ MAT 22 16 eae4 figs-explicit 0 their disciples ... Herodians The disciples of t
|
|||
MAT 22 16 rf66 translate-names Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 Herodians These were officials and followers of the Jewish king Herod. He was friends with Roman authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 22 16 t2qa 0 you do not show partiality between people "you do not show special honor to anyone" or "you do not consider anyone more important than anyone else"
|
||||
MAT 22 17 a9by figs-explicit 0 to pay taxes to Caesar People did not pay taxes directly to Caesar but to one of his tax collectors. Alternate translation: "to pay the taxes that Caesar requires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 22 18 a2ti figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί? 1 Why are you testing me, you hypocrites? Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: "Do not test me, you hypocrites!" or "I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 18 a2ti figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε, ὑποκριταί 1 Why are you testing me, you hypocrites? Jesus uses a question to scold those who were trying to trap him. Alternate translation: "Do not test me, you hypocrites!" or "I know that you hypocrites are only trying to test me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 19 cie7 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 denarius This was a Roman coin worth one day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 22 20 ue7j αὐτοῖς 1 to them Here "them" refers to the Herodians and the disciples of the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 22 20 dr3d figs-rquestion 0 Whose image and name are these? Jesus uses a question to get the people to think deeply about what he is saying. Alternate translation: "Tell me whose image and name you see on this coin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 yd84 figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος' 1 Caesar's You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: "The coin has Caesar's image and name on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 yd84 figs-ellipsis Καίσαρος 1 Caesar's You can make clear the understood information in their response. Alternate translation: "The coin has Caesar's image and name on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 22 21 i6g5 0 things that are Caesar's "things that belong to Caesar"
|
||||
MAT 22 21 l3dh 0 things that are God's "things that belong to God"
|
||||
MAT 22 23 wqg2 0 Connecting Statement: The Sadducees try to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about marriage and the resurrection of the dead.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2184,29 +2188,29 @@ MAT 22 29 p1ae figs-explicit πλανᾶσθε 1 You are mistaken It is implied
|
|||
MAT 22 29 dax6 τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God "what God is able to do"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 ygr1 ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection "when dead people rise back to life"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 uaj9 οὔτε γαμοῦσιν 1 they neither marry "people will not marry"
|
||||
MAT 22 30 qkv1 figs-activepassive οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 nor are given in marriage This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "nor will people give their children in marriage" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 30 qkv1 figs-activepassive οὔτε ... γαμίζονται 1 nor are given in marriage This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "nor will people give their children in marriage" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 31 nx66 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins asking a question to show that people who have died will live again.
|
||||
MAT 22 31 b9sy figs-rquestion 0 have you not read ... God, saying, Jesus scolds the Sadducees by asking a question. He is not looking for an answer. Alternate translation: "I know you have read ... God. You know that he said," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 31 ljj7 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑμῖν ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 what was spoken to you by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what God spoke to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 22 32 zb7a 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 31.
|
||||
MAT 22 32 qcq3 figs-quotations 0 'I am the God ... Jacob'? This is the end of the question that begins with the words "have you not read" in verse 31. Jesus asks this question to remind the religious leaders of what they know from scripture. "I know you have read it, but you do not seem to understand what ... Jacob.'" You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. "God, who said to Moses that he is the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 32 t7lv figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 of the dead, but of the living These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "of dead people, but he is the God of living people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 22 32 t7lv figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 of the dead, but of the living These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "of dead people, but he is the God of living people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 22 34 jnd7 0 Connecting Statement: A Pharisee who was an expert in the law tries to trap Jesus by asking him a difficult question about the greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 35 ud5r νομικὸς 1 a lawyer "an expert in the law." This is a Pharisee who had special skill in understanding the law of Moses.
|
||||
MAT 22 37 vng8 0 General Information: Jesus quotes a verse from Deuteronomy as the greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 37 xl3e figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ καρδίᾳ σου ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ψυχῇ,, σου καὶ ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind These three phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." Here "heart" and "soul" are metonyms for a person's inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 37 xl3e figs-metonymy ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ ... διανοίᾳ σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, and with all your mind These three phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." Here "heart" and "soul" are metonyms for a person's inner being. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 38 q8j3 figs-doublet ἡ μεγάλη καὶ πρώτη ἐντολή 1 the great and first commandment Here "great" and "first" mean the same thing. They emphasize that this is the most important commandment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MAT 22 39 xk1k 0 General Information: Jesus quotes a verse from Leviticus as the second greatest commandment.
|
||||
MAT 22 39 yx7v τὸν πλησίον σου 1 your neighbor Here "neighbor" means more than just those who live nearby. Jesus means a person must love all people.
|
||||
MAT 22 40 wpr8 figs-metonymy ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 On these two commandments depend the whole law and the prophets Here the phrase "the whole law and the prophets" refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: "Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 40 wpr8 figs-metonymy ἐν ταύταις ταῖς δυσὶν ἐντολαῖς, ὅλος ὁ νόμος κρέμαται καὶ οἱ προφῆται 1 On these two commandments depend the whole law and the prophets Here the phrase "the whole law and the prophets" refers to all of scripture. Alternate translation: "Everything that Moses and the prophets wrote in the scriptures is based on these two commandments" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 22 41 r9ca 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks the Pharisees a difficult question in order to stop their attempts to trap him.
|
||||
MAT 22 41 pj4a 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story when Jesus asks the religious leaders a question.
|
||||
MAT 22 42 xlf8 0 son ... son of David In both of these "son" means "descendant."
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dpp5 0 General Information: Jesus quotes from the Psalms to show that the Christ is more than just "the son of David."
|
||||
MAT 22 43 cu3h figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι καλεῖ Κύριον αὐτὸν 1 How then does David in the Spirit call him Lord Jesus uses a question to make the religious leaders think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. Alternate translation: "Then, tell me why David in the Spirit calls him Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 22 43 yu5m Δαυεὶδ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 David in the Spirit "David, whom the Holy Spirit is inspiring." This means the Holy Spirit is influencing what David says.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ αὐτὸν 1 call him Here "him" refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here "Lord" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 43 dn9y καλεῖ ... αὐτὸν 1 call him Here "him" refers to the Christ, who is also the descendant of David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 wy85 εἶπεν‘ Κύριος 1 The Lord said Here "Lord" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 k3f7 τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 to my Lord Here "Lord" refers to the Christ. Also, "my" refers to David. This means the Christ is superior to David.
|
||||
MAT 22 44 dz2a translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 22 44 e59n figs-idiom 0 until I make your enemies your footstool This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "until I conquer your enemies" or "until I make your enemies bow down before you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2218,20 +2222,20 @@ MAT 22 46 n3hw figs-metonymy ἀποκριθῆναι αὐτῷ λόγον 1 to
|
|||
MAT 22 46 c1f2 figs-explicit 0 any more questions It is implied that no one asked him the kind of questions that were intended to make him say something wrong so the religious leaders could arrest him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 intro m99i 0 # Matthew 23 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Hypocrites<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees hypocrites many times ([Matthew 23:13](../../mat/23/13.md)) and carefully tells what he means by doing that. The Pharisees made rules that no one could actually obey, and then they persuaded the ordinary people that they were guilty because they could not obey the rules. Also, the Pharisees obeyed their own rules instead of obeying God's original commands in the law of Moses.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Name calling<br><br>In most cultures, it is wrong to insult people. The Pharisees took many of the words in this chapter as insults. Jesus called them "hypocrites," "blind guides," "fools," and "serpents" ([Matthew 23:16-17](./16.md)). Jesus uses these words say that God would surely punish them because they were doing wrong.<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, "He who is greatest among you will be your servant" ([Matthew 23:11-12](./11.md)).<br>
|
||||
MAT 23 1 skq4 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [Matthew 25:46](../25/46.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment. Here he begins to warn the people about the scribes and Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως ἐκάθισαν' καθέδρας 1 sit in Moses' seat Here "seat" represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: "have authority as Moses had" or "have authority to say what the law of Moses means" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 2 dnu3 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῆς Μωϋσέως καθέδρας ἐκάθισαν 1 sit in Moses' seat Here "seat" represents the authority to rule and make judgments. Alternate translation: "have authority as Moses had" or "have authority to say what the law of Moses means" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 3 q336 0 whatever ... do these things and observe them "all the things ... do them and observe them" or "everything ... do it and observe it"
|
||||
MAT 23 4 xce6 figs-metaphor 0 they bind heavy burdens that are difficult to carry, and then they put them on people's shoulders. But they themselves will not move a finger to carry them Here "bind heavy burdens ... put them on people's shoulders" is a metaphor for the religious leaders making many difficult rules and making the people obey them. And "will not move a finger" is an idiom that means the religious leaders will not help the people. Alternate translation: "they make you obey many rules that are difficult to follow. But they do nothing at all to help the people follow the rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 nw4y figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 They do all their deeds to be seen by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 nw4y figs-activepassive πάντα ... τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν, ποιοῦσιν πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 They do all their deeds to be seen by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "They do all their deeds so that people can see what they do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 ln6j figs-explicit 0 For they make their phylacteries wide, and they enlarge the edges of their garments Both of these are things the Pharisees do to appear as if they honor God more than other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 5 gcv7 τὰ φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν 1 phylacteries small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it
|
||||
MAT 23 5 gcv7 τὰ ... φυλακτήρια αὐτῶν 1 phylacteries small leather boxes containing paper with scripture written on it
|
||||
MAT 23 5 h2qj 0 they enlarge the edges of their garments The Pharisees made the tassels on the bottom of their robes especially long to show their devotion to God.
|
||||
MAT 23 6 i6ec 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowds and disciples about the Pharisees.
|
||||
MAT 23 6 arf1 0 chief places ... chief seats Both of these are the places where the most important people sit.
|
||||
MAT 23 7 cp2m ἀγοραῖς 1 marketplaces large, open-air areas where people buy and sell items
|
||||
MAT 23 7 cbe8 figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι' Ῥαββεί' ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων. 1 to be called 'Rabbi' by people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for people to call them 'Rabbi.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 7 cbe8 figs-activepassive καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, Ῥαββεί 1 to be called 'Rabbi' by people. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for people to call them 'Rabbi.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 uk5v figs-activepassive 0 But you must not be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But you must not let anyone call you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 ru2b figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ 1 you All occurrences of "you" are plural and refer to all of Jesus' followers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 23 8 s5du ὑμεῖς ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 you are brothers Here "brothers" means "fellow believers."
|
||||
MAT 23 8 s5du ὑμεῖς ... ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 you are brothers Here "brothers" means "fellow believers."
|
||||
MAT 23 9 l33f figs-hyperbole 0 call no man on earth your father Jesus is using hyperbole to tell his hearers that they must not allow even the most important people to be more important to them than God is. Alternate translation: "do not call any man on earth your father" or "do not say that any man on earth is your father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MAT 23 9 any8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 you have only one Father "Father" here is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 23 10 b8ua figs-activepassive 0 Neither must you be called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Also, do not let anyone call you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2251,21 +2255,21 @@ MAT 23 15 bq91 figs-idiom υἱὸν Γεέννης 1 son of hell Here "son of"
|
|||
MAT 23 16 r5k3 figs-metaphor ὁδηγοὶ τυφλοὶ 1 blind guides The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. See how you translated "blind guides" in [Matthew 15:14](../15/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 16 qgh8 0 by the temple, it is nothing "by the temple does not have to keep his oath"
|
||||
MAT 23 16 lni3 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει 1 is bound to his oath "is tied to his oath." The phrase "bound to his oath" is a metaphor for being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath. Alternate translation: "must do what he promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 s7a8 figs-metaphor μωροὶ τυφλοί 1 blind fools The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 f9zd figs-rquestion τίς? μείζων, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ἐστίν ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν ὁ 1 Which is greater, the gold or the temple that makes the gold holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. Alternate translation: "The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 j6d5 ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν 1 the temple that makes the gold holy "the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone"
|
||||
MAT 23 17 s7a8 figs-metaphor μωροὶ ... τυφλοί 1 blind fools The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 f9zd figs-rquestion τίς ... μείζων ἐστίν, ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν 1 Which is greater, the gold or the temple that makes the gold holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees because they treated the gold as if it were more important than the temple. Alternate translation: "The temple that has dedicated the gold to God is more important than the gold!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 17 j6d5 ὁ ... ναὸς ὁ ἁγιάσας τὸν χρυσόν 1 the temple that makes the gold holy "the temple that makes the gold belong to God alone"
|
||||
MAT 23 18 lr61 figs-ellipsis καί 1 And The understood information can be made clear. Alternate translation: "And you also say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 23 18 d331 τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει 1 it is nothing "he does not have to do what he has sworn to do" or "he does not have to keep his oath"
|
||||
MAT 23 18 ngd2 τῷ δώρῳ 1 the gift This is an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God's altar.
|
||||
MAT 23 18 zg72 figs-metaphor τῷ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει 1 is bound to his oath "is tied to his oath." Being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath is spoken of as if he is tied to the oath. Alternate translation: "must do what he promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 18 d331 τῷ ... ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει 1 it is nothing "he does not have to do what he has sworn to do" or "he does not have to keep his oath"
|
||||
MAT 23 18 ngd2 τῷ ... δώρῳ 1 the gift This is an animal or grain that a person would bring to God by putting it on God's altar.
|
||||
MAT 23 18 zg72 figs-metaphor τῷ ... ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ ὀφείλει 1 is bound to his oath "is tied to his oath." Being required to do what one has said he would do in an oath is spoken of as if he is tied to the oath. Alternate translation: "must do what he promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 y6hk figs-metaphor 0 blind people The Jewish leaders were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 g7qr figs-rquestion 0 Which is greater, the gift or the altar that makes the gift holy? Jesus uses this question to rebuke the Pharisees for treating the gift as if it were more important than the altar. Alternate translation: "The altar that makes the gift holy is greater than the gift!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 19 gt4d τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον 1 the altar that makes the gift holy "the altar that makes the gift special to God"
|
||||
MAT 23 20 x4q4 ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 by everything on it "by all the gifts that people have placed on it"
|
||||
MAT 23 19 gt4d τὸ ... θυσιαστήριον τὸ ἁγιάζον τὸ δῶρον 1 the altar that makes the gift holy "the altar that makes the gift special to God"
|
||||
MAT 23 20 x4q4 ἐν ... πᾶσι τοῖς ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 by everything on it "by all the gifts that people have placed on it"
|
||||
MAT 23 21 m21b 0 the one who lives in it God the Father
|
||||
MAT 23 22 ejw9 τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 him who sits on it God the Father
|
||||
MAT 23 22 ejw9 τῷ ... καθημένῳ ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 him who sits on it God the Father
|
||||
MAT 23 23 lg3r 0 Woe to you ... hypocrites! "How terrible it will be for you ... hypocrites!" See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 23 n94y translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 mint and dill and cumin These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 23 23 n94y translate-unknown τὸ ἡδύοσμον, καὶ τὸ ἄνηθον, καὶ τὸ κύμινον 1 mint and dill and cumin These are various leaves and seeds people used to make food taste good. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 23 23 hga6 0 you have left undone "you have not obeyed"
|
||||
MAT 23 23 c8bb 0 the weightier matters "the more important matters"
|
||||
MAT 23 23 m32j ταῦτα δὲ ἔδει ποιῆσαι 1 But these you ought to have done "You ought to have obeyed these more important laws"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2275,13 +2279,13 @@ MAT 23 24 l7fh figs-metaphor 0 you who strain out a gnat but swallow a camel Be
|
|||
MAT 23 24 sn3z οἱ διϋλίζοντες τὸν κώνωπα 1 strain out a gnat This means to pour a liquid through a cloth to remove a gnat from a drink.
|
||||
MAT 23 24 whk2 κώνωπα 1 gnat a small flying insect
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ns27 0 Woe to you ... hypocrites! "How terrible it will be for you ... hypocrites!" See how you translated this in [Matthew 11:21](../11/21.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ru45 figs-metaphor , ὅτι- καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 25 tz8h γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας- 1 they are full of greed and self-indulgence "they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self"
|
||||
MAT 23 25 ru45 figs-metaphor ὅτι καθαρίζετε τὸ ἔξωθεν τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἔσωθεν δὲ γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 For you clean the outside of the cup and of the plate, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence This is a metaphor that means the scribes and Pharisees appear pure on the outside to others, but on the inside they are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 25 tz8h γέμουσιν ἐξ ἁρπαγῆς καὶ ἀκρασίας 1 they are full of greed and self-indulgence "they want what others have, and they act in the interest of the self"
|
||||
MAT 23 26 lb5j figs-metaphor Φαρισαῖε τυφλέ 1 You blind Pharisee The Pharisees were spiritually blind. Although they thought of themselves as teachers, they were unable to understand God's truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 26 f9p8 figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς καθαρόν 1 Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside may become clean also This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the outside as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 26 f9p8 figs-metaphor καθάρισον πρῶτον τὸ ἐντὸς τοῦ ποτηρίου καὶ τῆς παροψίδος, ἵνα γένηται καὶ τὸ ἐκτὸς ... καθαρόν 1 Clean first the inside of the cup and of the plate, so that the outside may become clean also This is a metaphor that means that if they would become pure in their inner being, then the result is that they would be pure on the outside as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 kry1 figs-simile 0 you are like whitewashed tombs ... unclean This is a simile that means the scribes and Pharisees may appear to be pure on the outside, but they are wicked on the inside. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 23 27 ta1f figs-explicit τάφοις κεκονιαμένοις 1 whitewashed tombs "tombs that someone has painted white." The Jews would paint tombs white so that people would easily see them and avoid touching them. Touching a tomb would make a person ceremonially unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 23 29 tse6 figs-nominaladj τῶν δικαίων 1 of the righteous This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "of the righteous people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 23 29 tse6 figs-nominaladj τῶν ... δικαίων 1 of the righteous This nominal adjective can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "of the righteous people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 23 30 kkf2 ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 in the days of our fathers "during the time of our forefathers"
|
||||
MAT 23 30 nq82 οὐκ ἂν ἤμεθα κοινωνοὶ αὐτῶν 1 we would not have been participants with them "we would not have joined with them"
|
||||
MAT 23 30 x99m figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τῶν 1 shedding the blood of Here "blood" refers to life. To shed blood means to kill. Alternate translation: "killing" or "murdering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2289,15 +2293,15 @@ MAT 23 31 l7rl υἱοί ἐστε 1 you are sons Here "sons" means "descendant
|
|||
MAT 23 32 bpz8 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς πληρώσατε τὸ μέτρον τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν 1 You also fill up the measure of your fathers Jesus uses this as a metaphor meaning the Pharisees will complete the wicked behavior that their forefathers started when they killed the prophets. Alternate translation: "You also finish the sins your ancestors began" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 33 va5c figs-doublet 0 You serpents, you offspring of vipers Serpents are snakes, and vipers are poisonous snakes. They are dangerous and often symbols of evil. Alternate translation: "You are as evil as dangerous and poisonous snakes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 23 33 blv6 γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 offspring of vipers Here "offspring" means "having the characteristic of." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Matthew 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
MAT 23 33 vi6c figs-rquestion πῶς φύγητε τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης? 1 how will you escape the judgment of hell? Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. Alternate translation: "there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 33 vi6c figs-rquestion πῶς φύγητε ... τῆς κρίσεως τῆς Γεέννης 1 how will you escape the judgment of hell? Jesus uses this question as a rebuke. Alternate translation: "there is no way for you to escape the judgment of hell!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 23 34 an97 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to rebuke the religious leaders because of their hypocrisy.
|
||||
MAT 23 34 rq8c ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ὑμᾶς προφήτας καὶ σοφοὺς καὶ γραμματεῖς 1 I am sending you prophets and wise men and scribes Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: "I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you"
|
||||
MAT 23 34 rq8c ἐγὼ ἀποστέλλω ... ὑμᾶς προφήτας, καὶ σοφοὺς, καὶ γραμματεῖς 1 I am sending you prophets and wise men and scribes Sometimes the present tense is used to show that someone will do something very soon. Alternate translation: "I will send prophets, wise men, and scribes to you"
|
||||
MAT 23 35 l7ya figs-idiom 0 upon you will come all the righteous blood that has been shed on the earth The phrase "upon you will come" is an idiom that means to receive punishment. To shed blood is a metonym meaning to kill people, so "righteous blood that has been shed on the earth" represents righteous people who have been killed. Alternate translation: "God will punish you for the murders of all the righteous people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 b3a7 figs-metonymy 0 from the blood ... to the blood Here the word "blood" represents a person being killed. Alternate translation: "from the murder ... to the murder" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 z95g figs-merism 0 Abel ... Zechariah Abel was the first righteous victim of murder, and Zechariah, who was murdered by Jews in the temple, was probably thought to be the last. These two men represent all the righteous people who have been murdered. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MAT 23 35 cbq9 Ζαχαρίου 1 Zechariah This Zechariah was not the father of John the Baptist.
|
||||
MAT 23 35 s11l ὃν ἐφονεύσατε 1 whom you killed Jesus does not mean the people to whom he is speaking actually killed Zechariah. He means their ancestors did.
|
||||
MAT 23 36 ut4l ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 23 36 ut4l ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 23 37 w23t 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus mourns over the people of Jerusalem because they reject every messenger that God sends to them.
|
||||
MAT 23 37 vne9 figs-apostrophe Ἰερουσαλὴμ, Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 Jerusalem, Jerusalem Jesus speaks to the people of Jerusalem as though they were the city itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 37 tz4r figs-activepassive 0 those who are sent to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom God sends to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2307,13 +2311,13 @@ MAT 23 37 as8p translate-unknown ὄρνις 1 hen a female chicken. You can tra
|
|||
MAT 23 38 r6ss ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν ἔρημος 1 your house is left to you desolate "God will leave your house, and it will be empty"
|
||||
MAT 23 38 ck2z figs-metonymy ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶν 1 your house Possible meanings are 1) "the city of Jerusalem" or 2) "the temple." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 i14n 0 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord Here "in the name" means "in the power" or "as a representative." See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: "He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed" or "He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 23 39 ig61 figs-metonymy εὐλογημένος‘ ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord Here "in the name" means "in the power" or "as a representative." See how you translated this in [Matthew 21:9](../21/09.md). Alternate translation: "He who comes in the power of the Lord is blessed" or "He who comes as the representative of the Lord will be blessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 intro h2a2 0 # Matthew 24 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus begins to prophesy about the future from that time until he returns as king of everything. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The end of the age"<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus gives an answer to his disciples when they ask how they will know when he will come again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### The example of Noah<br><br>In the time of Noah, God sent a great flood to punish people for their sins. He warned them many times about this coming flood, but it actually began suddenly. In this chapter, Jesus draws a comparison between that flood and the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Let"<br><br>The ULT uses this word to begin several commands of Jesus, such as "let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains" (24:16), "let him who is on the housetop not go down to take anything out of his house" (24:17), and "let him who is in the field not return to take his cloak" (24:18). There are many different ways to form a command. Translators must select the most natural ways in their own languages.<br>
|
||||
MAT 24 1 dh7u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to describe events that will happen before he comes again during the end times.
|
||||
MAT 24 1 ke79 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τοῦ 1 from the temple It is implied that Jesus was not in the temple itself. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 24 2 mh5y figs-rquestion 0 Do you not see all these things? Jesus uses a question to make the disciples think deeply about what he will tell them. Alternate translation: "Let me tell you something about all these buildings." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 24 2 fnv8 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 2 l45q figs-explicit οὐ καταλυθήσεται 1 not one stone will be left on another that will not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 2 fnv8 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 2 l45q figs-explicit οὐ ... καταλυθήσεται 1 not one stone will be left on another that will not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when the enemy soldiers come, they will tear down every stone in these buildings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 3 e1is figs-explicit 0 What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age Here "your coming" refers to when Jesus will come in power, establishing God's reign on earth and bringing this age to an end. Alternate translation: "What will be the sign that you are about to come and that the world is about to end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 24 4 s64s figs-metaphor 0 Be careful that no one leads you astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "Be careful that no one deceives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 5 lq71 figs-metonymy πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 many will come in my name Here "name" refers to "in the authority" or "as the representative" of someone. Alternate translation: "many will claim that they have come as my representative" or "many will say they speak for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2321,24 +2325,24 @@ MAT 24 5 twh8 figs-metaphor πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 will lead m
|
|||
MAT 24 6 hdz3 figs-activepassive 0 See that you are not troubled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Do not let these things trouble you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 7 ygf2 figs-parallelism ἐγερθήσεται γὰρ ἔθνος ἐπὶ ἔθνος, καὶ βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom Both of these mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that people everywhere will fight each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 8 q4gl figs-metaphor ἀρχὴ ὠδίνων 1 the beginning of birth pains This refers to the pains a woman feels before giving birth to a child. This metaphor means these wars, famines, and earthquakes are just the beginning of the events that will lead to the end of the age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you "people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you."
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u5e6 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς θλῖψιν, καὶ ἀποκτενοῦσιν ὑμᾶς 1 they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you "people will give you over to the authorities, who will make you suffer and will kill you."
|
||||
MAT 24 9 uw1i figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 You will be hated by all the nations Here "nations" is a metonym, referring to the people of nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People from every nation will hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 9 u2bd figs-metonymy 0 for my name's sake Here "name" refers to the complete person. Alternate translation: "because you believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 mi2e figs-idiom ἐγερθήσονται 1 will rise up "Rise" here is an idiom for "become established." Alternate translation: "will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "and deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 11 tjb3 figs-metaphor καὶ ... πλανήσουσιν πολλούς 1 and lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "and deceive many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 w4af figs-abstractnouns 0 lawlessness will increase The abstract noun "lawlessness" can be translated with the phrase "disobeying the law." Alternate translation: "disobeying the law will increase" or "people will disobey God's law more and more" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MAT 24 12 bu9b figs-idiom ψυγήσεται ἡ ἀγάπη τῶν πολλῶν 1 the love of many will grow cold Possible meanings are 1) "many people will no longer love other people" or 2) "many people will no longer love God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will save the person who endures to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 v3ex figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος ... σωθήσεται 1 the one who endures to the end will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will save the person who endures to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 13 l1pp ὁ δὲ ὑπομείνας 1 the one who endures "the person who stays faithful"
|
||||
MAT 24 13 ht34 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end It is not clear whether the word "end" refers to when a person dies or when the persecution ends or the end of the age when God shows himself to be king. The main point is that they endure as long as necessary.
|
||||
MAT 24 13 lra5 τέλος 1 the end "the end of the world" or "the end of the age"
|
||||
MAT 24 14 x3e6 figs-metonymy κηρυχθήσεται τοῦτο τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς βασιλείας 1 This good news of the kingdom will be preached Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People will tell the good news that God will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 14 y65s figs-metonymy πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν 1 all the nations Here, "nations" stands for people. Alternate translation: "all people in all places" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 mf1b figs-activepassive τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 lz9p ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
|
||||
MAT 24 15 mf1b figs-activepassive τὸ‘ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως’, τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Δανιὴλ τοῦ προφήτου 1 the abomination of desolation, which was spoken of by Daniel the prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the shameful one who defiles the things of God, about whom Daniel the prophet wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 15 lz9p ὁ( ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to alert the reader that Jesus was using words that they would need to think about and interpret.
|
||||
MAT 24 17 iv2j 0 let him who is on the housetop Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
|
||||
MAT 24 19 kq12 figs-euphemism 0 those who are with child This is a polite way to say "pregnant women." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 19 f533 ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days "at that time"
|
||||
MAT 24 19 f533 ἐν ... ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 in those days "at that time"
|
||||
MAT 24 20 u4jb ἵνα μὴ γένηται ἡ φυγὴ ὑμῶν 1 that your flight will not occur "that you will not have to flee" or "that you will not have to run away"
|
||||
MAT 24 20 m6mx χειμῶνος 1 the winter "the cold season"
|
||||
MAT 24 22 vd3z figs-doublenegatives 0 Unless those days are shortened, no flesh would be saved This can be stated in positive and active form. Alternate translation: "If God does not shorten the time of suffering, everyone will die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2346,28 +2350,28 @@ MAT 24 22 r9qw figs-synecdoche σάρξ 1 flesh "people." Here, "flesh" is poeti
|
|||
MAT 24 22 p6m8 figs-activepassive κολοβωθήσονται αἱ ἡμέραι ἐκεῖναι 1 those days will be shortened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will shorten the time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avv5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 24 23 avm2 0 do not believe it "do not believe the false things they have said to you"
|
||||
MAT 24 24 n744 τέρατα ὥστε πλανῆσαι, εἰ δυνατὸν, καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here "lead astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: "so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect" or "so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ,, οὖν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν,' ἰδοὺ ἐὰν ἐστίν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 if they say to you, 'Look, he is in the wilderness,' do This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 24 n744 τέρατα, ὥστε πλανῆσαι εἰ δυνατὸν καὶ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 so as to lead astray, if possible, even the elect Here "lead astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. This can be translated as two sentences. Alternate translation: "so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect" or "so as to deceive people. If possible, they would even deceive the elect" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 fmx1 figs-quotations ἐὰν οὖν εἴπωσιν ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ‘, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἐστίν’, μὴ ἐξέλθητε 1 if they say to you, 'Look, he is in the wilderness,' do This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "if someone tells you that the Christ is in the wilderness, do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 zxg2 figs-quotations 0 Or, 'See, he is in the inner rooms,' This can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "Or, if someone tells you that the Christ is in the inner room," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν τοῖς ταμείοις 1 in the inner rooms "in a secret room" or "in secret places"
|
||||
MAT 24 26 n2pt ἐν ... τοῖς ταμείοις 1 in the inner rooms "in a secret room" or "in secret places"
|
||||
MAT 24 27 j1w1 figs-simile 0 as the lightning shines ... so will be the coming This means that the Son of Man will come very quickly and will be easy to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 24 27 za8b figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 28 mu35 writing-proverbs 0 Wherever a dead animal is, there the vultures will gather This is probably a proverb that the people of Jesus' time understood. Possible meanings are 1) when the Son of Man comes, everyone will see him and know that he has come, or 2) wherever spiritually dead people are, false prophets will be there to tell them lies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 28 ivl8 ἀετοί 1 vultures birds that eat the bodies of dead or dying creatures
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zmm6 εὐθέως δὲ μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων ὁ ἥλιος 1 immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun "as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun"
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zmm6 εὐθέως δὲ μετὰ τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων, ὁ‘ ἥλιος 1 immediately after the tribulation of those days the sun "as soon as the tribulation of those days has finished, the sun"
|
||||
MAT 24 29 l15m τὴν θλῖψιν τῶν ἡμερῶν ἐκείνων 1 the tribulation of those days "that time of suffering"
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zuk4 figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will make the sun dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 29 zuk4 figs-activepassive ὁ‘ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will make the sun dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 29 w1bi figs-activepassive αἱ δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν σαλευθήσονται 1 the powers of the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will shake things in the sky and above the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 yc2x figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 30 tld8 figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ 1 all the tribes Here "tribes" refers to people. Alternate translation: "all the people of the tribes" or "all the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 fl54 0 He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet "He will have a trumpet sounded and send his angels" or "He will have an angel blow a trumpet, and he will send his angels"
|
||||
MAT 24 31 rlb4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 He ... his Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 31 wi28 ἐπισυνάξουσιν 1 they will gather "his angels will gather"
|
||||
MAT 24 31 iq8c τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 his elect These are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
|
||||
MAT 24 31 iq8c τοὺς ... ἐκλεκτοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 his elect These are the people whom the Son of Man has chosen.
|
||||
MAT 24 31 ibw7 figs-parallelism 0 from the four winds, from one end of the sky to the other Both of these mean the same thing. They are idioms that mean "from everywhere." Alternate translation: "from all over the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 33 cu5a figs-123person ἐγγύς ἐστιν 1 he is near Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "the time for me to come is near" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 33 cfz8 figs-metaphor 0 at the very gates "close to the gates." Jesus uses the imagery of a king or important official getting close to the gates of a walled city. It is a metaphor meaning the time for Jesus to come is soon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 j8np ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 j8np ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 gld5 figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation will not pass away Here "pass away" is a polite way of saying "die." Alternate translation: "this generation will not all die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 34 y73t ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation Possible interpretations are 1) "all people alive today," referring to the people alive when Jesus was speaking, or 2) "all people alive when these things I have just told you about happen." Try to translate so that both interpretations are possible.
|
||||
MAT 24 34 fb4k 0 until all of these things will have happened "until God causes all these things to happen"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2375,7 +2379,7 @@ MAT 24 34 r6sk οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 pass away "disappear" or "someday
|
|||
MAT 24 35 i8vv figs-synecdoche ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ παρελεύσεται 1 Heaven and the earth will pass away The words "heaven" and "earth" are a synecdoche that includes everything that God has created, especially those things that seem permanent. Jesus is saying that his word, unlike these things, is permanent. Alternate translation: "Even heaven and the earth will pass away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MAT 24 35 e6bf figs-metonymy 0 my words will never pass away Here "words" refers to what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "what I say will always be true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 q4pj figs-metonymy τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ ὥρας 1 that day and hour Here "day" and "hour" refer to the exact time that the Son of Man will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 wq5r οὐδὲ ὁ Υἱός 1 nor the Son "not even the Son"
|
||||
MAT 24 36 wq5r οὐδὲ ... ὁ Υἱός 1 nor the Son "not even the Son"
|
||||
MAT 24 36 p5vu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱός 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 24 36 f4s2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 24 37 hf51 0 As the days of Noah were, so will be the coming of the Son of Man "At the time when the Son of Man comes, it will be like the time of Noah."
|
||||
|
|
@ -2384,21 +2388,21 @@ MAT 24 39 ffa6 0 and they knew nothing This can be translated as a separate se
|
|||
MAT 24 39 ah5v 0 away—so will be the coming of the Son of Man This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "away. This is how it will be when the Son of Man comes"
|
||||
MAT 24 40 ksk6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to tell his disciples to be ready for his return.
|
||||
MAT 24 40 hth3 τότε 1 Then This is when the Son of Man comes.
|
||||
MAT 24 40 gt4l figs-activepassive εἷς παραλαμβάνεται, καὶ εἷς ἀφίεται 1 one will be taken, and one will be left Possible meanings are 1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment or 2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 40 gt4l figs-activepassive εἷς ... ἀφίεται 1 one will be taken, and one will be left Possible meanings are 1) the Son of Man will take one away to heaven and will leave the other on earth for punishment or 2) the angels will take one away for punishment and leave the other for blessing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 42 j83i γρηγορεῖτε οὖν 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true"
|
||||
MAT 24 42 s6ir γρηγορεῖτε οὖν 1 be on your guard "pay attention"
|
||||
MAT 24 43 ak6a figs-parables 0 that if the master of the house ... broken into Jesus uses a parable of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 24 43 ki5s figs-metaphor ὁ κλέπτης 1 the thief Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 43 ki5s figs-metaphor ὁ ... κλέπτης 1 the thief Jesus is saying he will come when people are not expecting him, not that he will come to steal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 24 43 zs23 ἐγρηγόρησεν 1 he would have been on guard "he would have guarded his house"
|
||||
MAT 24 43 lg7i figs-activepassive οὐκ ἂν εἴασεν διορυχθῆναι τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ 1 would not have allowed his house to be broken into This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "would not have allowed anyone to get into his house to steal things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 44 gd17 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 24 45 jua3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return.
|
||||
MAT 24 45 f92d figs-rquestion 0 So who is the faithful and wise servant whom his master ... time? Jesus uses this question to make his disciples think. Alternate translation: "So who is the faithful and wise servant? He is the one whom his master ... time." or "Be like the faithful and wise servant, whom his master ... time." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 24 45 lf8d 0 give them their food "give the people in the master's home their food"
|
||||
MAT 24 47 lin7 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 47 lin7 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 24 48 ek9x writing-proverbs 0 Jesus concludes his proverb of a master and servants to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 f9ft figs-metonymy εἴπῃ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here "heart" refers to the mind. Alternate translation: "thinks in his mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 per6 figs-activepassive χρονίζει μου 1 My master has been delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My master is slow to return" or "My master will not return for a long time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 f9ft figs-metonymy εἴπῃ ... ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 says in his heart Here "heart" refers to the mind. Alternate translation: "thinks in his mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 24 48 per6 figs-activepassive χρονίζει‘ μου 1 My master has been delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "My master is slow to return" or "My master will not return for a long time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 24 50 bz5k figs-parallelism 0 on a day that the servant does not expect and at an hour that he does not know Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that the master will come when the servant is not expecting him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 jj2z figs-idiom 0 cut him in pieces This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 24 51 pm18 0 assign him a place with the hypocrites "put him with the hypocrites" or "send him to the place where hypocrites are sent"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2407,7 +2411,7 @@ MAT 25 intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatti
|
|||
MAT 25 1 em28 figs-parables 0 Jesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 pg5i figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of heaven will be like Here "kingdom of heaven" refers to God's rule as king. The phrase "kingdom of heaven" is used only in Matthew. If possible, use "heaven" in your translation. See how you translated this in [Matthew 13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: "when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 25 1 uhj1 τὰς λαμπάδας αυτών 1 lamps These could have been 1) lamps or 2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
|
||||
MAT 25 2 c8nf πέντε ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Five of them "Five of the virgins"
|
||||
MAT 25 2 c8nf πέντε ... ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Five of them "Five of the virgins"
|
||||
MAT 25 3 b37a 0 did not take any oil with them "had with them only the oil in their lamps"
|
||||
MAT 25 5 r458 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 25 5 pvh4 figs-activepassive 0 while the bridegroom was delayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2415,15 +2419,15 @@ MAT 25 5 qf4b ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 they all got sleepy "all ten vi
|
|||
MAT 25 6 ufp2 κραυγὴ γέγονεν 1 there was a cry "someone shouted"
|
||||
MAT 25 7 a3mz figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 7 ni6u ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 trimmed their lamps "adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly"
|
||||
MAT 25 8 tsh4 figs-nominaladj αἱ μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον 1 The foolish said to the wise These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "The foolish virgins said to the wise virgins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 25 8 i1r7 figs-idiom αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 our lamps are going out This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "the fire in our lamps is about to burn out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 25 8 tsh4 figs-nominaladj αἱ ... μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον 1 The foolish said to the wise These nominal adjectives can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: "The foolish virgins said to the wise virgins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 25 8 i1r7 figs-idiom αἱ ... λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 our lamps are going out This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "the fire in our lamps is about to burn out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 25 10 q6q9 figs-parables 0 Jesus concludes the parable about the ten virgins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 10 rfh6 ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 they went away "the five foolish virgins went away"
|
||||
MAT 25 10 jej8 figs-ellipsis ἀγοράσαι 1 to buy The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "to buy more oil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 10 t229 0 those who were ready These are the virgins who had extra oil.
|
||||
MAT 25 10 g29i figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 the door was shut This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the servants shut the door" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 11 e5pz figs-explicit ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 open for us This implicit information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "open the door for us so we can come inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 12 z5u1 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what the master says next.
|
||||
MAT 25 12 z5u1 ἀμὴν‘, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what the master says next.
|
||||
MAT 25 12 h4a8 οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 I do not know you "I do not know who you are." This is the end of the parable.
|
||||
MAT 25 13 hn7w figs-metonymy 0 you do not know the day or the hour Here "day" and "hour" refer to an exact time. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 14 cn21 figs-parables 0 Jesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2440,7 +2444,7 @@ MAT 25 17 u4vs ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο 1 made another two "earned
|
|||
MAT 25 19 ik5q figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 19 vc9p 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 25 20 adz4 0 I have made five talents more "I have earned five more talents"
|
||||
MAT 25 20 ttf7 translate-bmoney ὁ τὰ πέντε τάλαντα λαβὼν 1 talents A "talent" was worth twenty years' wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 20 ttf7 translate-bmoney ὁ, τὰ πέντε τάλαντα λαβὼν 1 talents A "talent" was worth twenty years' wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 21 l5mg εὖ 1 Well done "You have done well" or "You have done right." Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done.
|
||||
MAT 25 21 d2s9 figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Enter into the joy of your master The phrase "Enter into the joy" is an idiom. Also, the master is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "Come and be happy with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 22 yhi1 figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2452,12 +2456,12 @@ MAT 25 24 m8an figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα
|
|||
MAT 25 24 au9f οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 scatter "scatter seed." This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil.
|
||||
MAT 25 25 wl5c 0 See, you have here what belongs to you "Look, here is what is yours"
|
||||
MAT 25 26 hj83 figs-parables 0 Jesus continues telling a parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MAT 25 26 l3jz πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ, ᾔδεις 1 You wicked and lazy servant, you knew "You are a wicked servant who does not want to work. You knew"
|
||||
MAT 25 26 he3h figs-parallelism θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 I reap where I have not sowed and harvest where I have not scattered The words "reap where I have not sowed" and "harvest where I have not scattered" mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 27 rhg9 figs-ellipsis ἐκομισάμην τὸ ἐμὸν 1 received back my own The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "received back my own money" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 26 l3jz πονηρὲ‘ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις 1 You wicked and lazy servant, you knew "You are a wicked servant who does not want to work. You knew"
|
||||
MAT 25 26 he3h figs-parallelism θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 I reap where I have not sowed and harvest where I have not scattered The words "reap where I have not sowed" and "harvest where I have not scattered" mean the same thing. They refer to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 27 rhg9 figs-ellipsis ἐκομισάμην ... τὸ ἐμὸν 1 received back my own The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "received back my own money" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 27 n7jd τόκῳ 1 interest payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master's money
|
||||
MAT 25 28 qm6x figs-parables 0 Jesus concludes the parable about the servants and the talents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 28 paw8 ἄρατε οὖν τὸ τάλαντον 1 take away the talent The master is speaking to other servants.
|
||||
MAT 25 28 paw8 ἄρατε οὖν ... τὸ τάλαντον 1 take away the talent The master is speaking to other servants.
|
||||
MAT 25 28 b1ge translate-bmoney τάλαντον 1 talent A "talent" was worth twenty years' wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [Matthew 25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MAT 25 29 e5py figs-explicit 0 who possesses It is implied that the person who possesses something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: "who uses well what he has" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 25 29 r7lv 0 even more abundantly "even much more"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2473,7 +2477,7 @@ MAT 25 32 ndf5 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations Here "
|
|||
MAT 25 32 nk18 figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 25 33 pbq9 figs-metaphor 0 He will place the sheep on his right hand, but the goats on his left This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 t8pp figs-123person καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 the King ... his right hand Here, "the King" is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "I, the King, ... my right hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε, οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Come, you who have been blessed by my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Come, you whom my Father has blessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 ze81 figs-activepassive δεῦτε‘ οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Come, you who have been blessed by my Father This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Come, you whom my Father has blessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 h2k9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 b57r figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 34 yj1p figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 inherit the kingdom prepared for you Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "receive the blessings of God's rule that he has planned to give you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2483,16 +2487,16 @@ MAT 25 37 cs5d figs-ellipsis ἢ διψῶντα 1 Or thirsty The understood inf
|
|||
MAT 25 38 h52x figs-ellipsis ἢ γυμνὸν 1 Or naked This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Or when did we see you naked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 40 m6mi figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 the King This is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 40 i2aq ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς 1 say to them "say to those at his right hand"
|
||||
MAT 25 40 mhe2 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This emphasizes what the King says next.
|
||||
MAT 25 40 mhe2 ἀμὴν‘, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This emphasizes what the King says next.
|
||||
MAT 25 40 acs3 0 one of the least "one of the least important"
|
||||
MAT 25 40 nh4y figs-gendernotations τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 these brothers of mine Here "brothers" refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: "my brothers and sisters here" or "these who are like my brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
MAT 25 40 k4hb 0 you did it for me "I consider that you did it for me"
|
||||
MAT 25 41 z1nh figs-123person τότε ἐρεῖ 1 Then he will "Then the King will." Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 pr8n κατηραμένοι 1 you cursed "you people whom God has cursed"
|
||||
MAT 25 41 hqf5 figs-activepassive τὸ πῦρ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 the eternal fire that has been prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the eternal fire that God has prepared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 g51u τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his angels his helpers
|
||||
MAT 25 41 hqf5 figs-activepassive τὸ πῦρ ... αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 the eternal fire that has been prepared This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the eternal fire that God has prepared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 25 41 g51u τοῖς ... ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his angels his helpers
|
||||
MAT 25 43 g6ec figs-ellipsis 0 naked, but you did not clothe me The words "I was" preceding "naked" are understood. Alternate translation: "I was naked, but you did not give me clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 43 tq4x figs-ellipsis ἀσθενὴς ἐν φυλακῇ 1 sick and in prison The words "I was" preceding "sick" are understood. Alternate translation: "I was sick and in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 43 tq4x figs-ellipsis ἀσθενὴς ... ἐν φυλακῇ 1 sick and in prison The words "I was" preceding "sick" are understood. Alternate translation: "I was sick and in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 25 44 f3dc 0 General Information: This is the end of the part of the story that began in [Matthew 23:1](../23/01.md), where Jesus teaches about salvation and the final judgment.
|
||||
MAT 25 44 zyc5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes telling his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
|
||||
MAT 25 44 hiy6 ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 they will also answer "those on his left will also answer"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2520,14 +2524,14 @@ MAT 26 7 yxf8 προσῆλθεν αὐτῷ γυνὴ 1 a woman came to him "a
|
|||
MAT 26 7 bhs8 translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 alabaster jar This is a costly container made of soft stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MAT 26 7 yu67 μύρου 1 ointment oil that has a pleasing smell
|
||||
MAT 26 7 ea5e 0 she poured it upon his head The woman does this to honor Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 26 8 vit4 figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? 1 What is the reason for this waste? The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman's actions. Alternate translation: "This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 8 vit4 figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη 1 What is the reason for this waste? The disciples ask this question out of their anger over the woman's actions. Alternate translation: "This woman has done a bad thing by wasting this ointment!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 9 y83e figs-activepassive 0 This could have been sold for a large amount and given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "She could have sold this for a large amount of money and given the money" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 9 f76h figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 to the poor Here "the poor" can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "to poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 26 10 pfv1 figs-rquestion 0 Why are you troubling this woman? Jesus asks this question as a rebuke of his disciples. Alternate translation: "You should not be troubling this woman!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 10 fg3v figs-you τί κόπους παρέχετε 1 Why are you All occurrences of "you" are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 11 wsp9 figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MAT 26 12 vk5w τὸ μύρον τοῦτο 1 ointment This is oil that has a pleasing smell. See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:7](../26/07.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 13 xs1w ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 13 xs1w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 13 g45l figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦτο 1 wherever this good news is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "wherever people preach this good news" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 13 s12m figs-activepassive 0 what this woman has done will also be spoken of in memory of her This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her" or "people will remember what this woman has done and will tell others about her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 14 i3dy 0 Connecting Statement: Judas Iscariot agrees to help the Jewish leaders arrest and kill Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2538,13 +2542,13 @@ MAT 26 16 w1e4 0 to deliver him to them "to give him over to them"
|
|||
MAT 26 17 e7wc 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus celebrating the Passover with his disciples.
|
||||
MAT 26 17 f3s2 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 18 hc78 figs-quotesinquotes 0 He said, "Go into the city to a certain man and say to him, 'The Teacher says, "My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples."'" This has quotations within quotations. You can state some of the direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: "He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and tell him that the Teacher says to him, 'My time is at hand. I will keep the Passover at your house with my disciples.'" or "He told his disciples to go into the city to a certain man and say to him that the Teacher's time is at hand and he will keep the Passover with his disciples at that man's house." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 r4tg ὁ καιρός μου 1 My time Possible meanings are 1) "The time that I told you about" or 2) "The time God has set for me."
|
||||
MAT 26 18 r4tg ὁ ... καιρός μου 1 My time Possible meanings are 1) "The time that I told you about" or 2) "The time God has set for me."
|
||||
MAT 26 18 a4i5 figs-idiom 0 is at hand Possible meanings are 1) "is near" or 2) "has come." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 18 j9pz 0 keep the Passover "eat the Passover meal" or "celebrate the Passover by eating the special meal"
|
||||
MAT 26 20 bga4 ἀνέκειτο 1 he sat down to eat Use the word for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat.
|
||||
MAT 26 21 ehx6 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 22 n12r figs-rquestion 0 Surely not I, Lord? "I am surely not the one, am I, Lord?" Possible meanings are 1) this is a rhetorical question since the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: "Lord, I would never betray you!" or 2) this was a sincere question since Jesus' statement probably troubled and confused them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 n7dw figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 n7dw figs-123person ὁ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 x2n9 figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 will go Here "go" is a polite way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: "will go to his death" or "will die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 vix3 figs-activepassive 0 just as it is written about him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "just as the prophets wrote about him in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 24 hai5 figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 that man by whom the Son of Man is betrayed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the man who betrays the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2555,14 +2559,14 @@ MAT 26 26 mr5u 0 took ... blessed ... broke See how you translated these words
|
|||
MAT 26 27 jd53 λαβὼν 1 He took Translate "took" as you did in [Matthew 14:19](../14/19.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 27 tn39 figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 a cup Here "cup" refers to the cup and the wine in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 27 zb1i 0 gave it to them "gave it to the disciples"
|
||||
MAT 26 27 a9me πίετε αὐτοῦ 1 Drink it "Drink the wine from this cup"
|
||||
MAT 26 27 a9me πίετε ... αὐτοῦ 1 Drink it "Drink the wine from this cup"
|
||||
MAT 26 28 l55a τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 For this is my blood "For this wine is my blood"
|
||||
MAT 26 28 ct81 τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης 1 blood of the covenant "blood that shows that the covenant is in effect" or "blood that makes the covenant possible"
|
||||
MAT 26 28 bms3 figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 is poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will soon flow out of my body" or "will flow out of my wounds when I die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 l556 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 29 h85b figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 fruit of the vine This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῇ βασιλείᾳ 1 in my Father's kingdom Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "when my Father establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 m9vq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου' 1 my Father's This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 q8zs figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father's kingdom Here "kingdom" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "when my Father establishes his rule on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 29 m9vq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ ... Πατρός μου 1 my Father's This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nzy2 0 General Information: In verse 31, Jesus quotes the prophet Zechariah to show that in order to fulfill prophecy, all of his disciples will leave him.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 nkw2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to teach his disciples as they walk to the Mount of Olives.
|
||||
MAT 26 30 ed5k ὑμνήσαντες 1 hymn a song of praise to God
|
||||
|
|
@ -2571,9 +2575,9 @@ MAT 26 31 iap6 figs-activepassive γέγραπται γάρ 1 for it is written
|
|||
MAT 26 31 u1t5 figs-explicit πατάξω 1 I will strike Here "I" refers to God. It is implied that God will cause or allow people to harm and kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 mc1e figs-metaphor 0 the shepherd ... sheep of the flock These are metaphors that refer to Jesus and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 31 rvk1 figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 the sheep of the flock will be scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they will scatter all the sheep of the flock" or "the sheep of the flock will run off in all directions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 32 pj2u figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 after I am raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after God raises me up" or "after God brings me back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 32 pj2u figs-activepassive μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἐγερθῆναί, με 1 after I am raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after God raises me up" or "after God brings me back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 26 33 m2un σκανδαλισθήσονται 1 fall away See how you translated this in [Matthew 26:31](../26/31.md).
|
||||
MAT 26 34 sf9x ἀμὴν λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 34 sf9x ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MAT 26 34 ui4y figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 before the rooster crows Roosters often crow about the time the sun comes up, so the hearers might have understood these words as a metonym for the sun coming up. However, the actual crowing of a rooster is an important part of the story later on, so keep the word "rooster" in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 26 34 lx5i ἀλέκτορα 1 rooster a male chicken, a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up
|
||||
MAT 26 34 h66w φωνῆσαι 1 crows This is the common English word for what a rooster does to make his loud call.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2594,8 +2598,8 @@ MAT 26 41 ny5w figs-metonymy 0 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is w
|
|||
MAT 26 42 pz9l ἀπελθὼν 1 He went away "Jesus went away"
|
||||
MAT 26 42 tqp8 translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 a second time The first time is described in [Matthew 26:39](./39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 ch7t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 b6cn figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 if this cannot pass away unless I drink it "if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it." Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 td6g figs-metaphor εἰ τοῦτο 1 if this Here "this" refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 b6cn figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 if this cannot pass away unless I drink it "if the only way this can pass away is if I drink it." Jesus speaks of the work that he must do as if it were a bitter liquid that God has commanded him to drink. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 td6g figs-metaphor εἰ ... τοῦτο 1 if this Here "this" refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 i135 figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 unless I drink it "unless I drink from it" or "unless I drink from this cup of suffering." Here "it" refers to the cup and the contents within it, a metaphor for suffering, as in [Matthew 26:39](../26/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MAT 26 42 xsk1 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 your will be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "may what you want happen" or "do what you want to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 43 lts9 figs-idiom ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 their eyes were heavy This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "they were very sleepy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2619,15 +2623,15 @@ MAT 26 50 w3d6 τότε προσελθόντες 1 Then they came Here "they" r
|
|||
MAT 26 50 vmd1 ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on Jesus, and seized him "grabbed Jesus, and arrested him"
|
||||
MAT 26 51 vm6s ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word "behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
MAT 26 52 tj6n figs-metonymy οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 who take up the sword The word "sword" is a metonym for the act of killing someone with a sword. The implied information can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "who pick up a sword to kill others" or "who want to kill other people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 52 w357 μάχαιραν ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 sword will perish by the sword "sword will die by means of the sword" or "sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them"
|
||||
MAT 26 52 w357 μάχαιραν, ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 sword will perish by the sword "sword will die by means of the sword" or "sword—it is with the sword that someone will kill them"
|
||||
MAT 26 53 kgx8 figs-rquestion 0 Do you think that I could not call ... angels? Jesus uses a question to remind the person with the sword that Jesus could stop those who are arresting him. Alternate translation: "Surely you know that I could call ... angels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 eb7i figs-you δοκεῖς 1 Do you think Here "you" is singular and refers to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 g3zq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 26 53 tfw8 translate-numbers πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 more than twelve legions of angels The word "legion" is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Jesus means God would send enough angels to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. Alternate translation: "more than 12 really large groups of angels" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MAT 26 54 teq5 figs-rquestion 0 But how then would the scriptures be fulfilled, that this must happen? Jesus uses a question to explain why he is letting these people arrest him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But if I did that, I would not be able to fulfill what God said in the scriptures must happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 55 yf4p figs-rquestion ὡς λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me like a robber? Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. Alternate translation: "You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 55 yf4p figs-rquestion ὡς ... λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με 1 Have you come out with swords and clubs to seize me like a robber? Jesus is using this question to point out the wrong actions of those arresting him. Alternate translation: "You know that I am not a robber, so it is wrong for you to come out to me bringing swords and clubs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 55 q9vq ξύλων 1 clubs large pieces of hard wood for hitting people
|
||||
MAT 26 55 e8dq figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual temple. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 55 e8dq figs-explicit ἐν ... τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple It is implied that Jesus was not in the actual temple. He was in the courtyard around the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 56 ygn7 figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I would fulfill all that the prophets wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 26 56 i2jp ἀφέντες αὐτὸν 1 left him If your language has a word that means they left him when they should have stayed with him, use it here.
|
||||
MAT 26 57 f6nj 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' trial before the council of Jewish religious leaders.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2635,7 +2639,7 @@ MAT 26 58 jui3 ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 Peter fo
|
|||
MAT 26 58 isd4 αὐλῆς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 courtyard of the high priest an open area near the high priest's house
|
||||
MAT 26 58 v8th εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 He went inside "Peter went inside"
|
||||
MAT 26 59 i8jw 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 ὅπως θανατώσωσιν 1 so that they Here "they" refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 jwz5 ὅπως ... θανατώσωσιν 1 so that they Here "they" refers to the chief priests and the members of the council.
|
||||
MAT 26 59 u6v9 αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 might put him to death "might have a reason to execute him"
|
||||
MAT 26 60 m6n5 προσελθόντες δύο 1 two came forward "two men came forward" or "two witnesses came forward"
|
||||
MAT 26 61 a8lf writing-quotations 0 This man said, 'I am able to destroy ... days.' If your language does not allow quotes within quotes you can rewrite it as a single quote. Alternate translation: "This man said that he is able to destroy ... days." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2648,11 +2652,11 @@ MAT 26 64 gi6v figs-idiom 0 You have said it yourself This is an idiom that Jes
|
|||
MAT 26 64 zu47 figs-you 0 But I tell you, from now on you Here "you" is plural. Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other persons there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 ll8r 0 from now on you will see the Son of Man Possible meanings are 1) the phrase "from now on" is an idiom that means they will see the Son of Man in his power at some time in the future or 2) the phrase "from now on" means that from the time of Jesus' trial and onward, Jesus is showing himself to be the Messiah who is powerful and victorious.
|
||||
MAT 26 64 b6cb figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of Power Here "Power" is metonym that represents God. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven "riding to earth on the clouds of heaven"
|
||||
MAT 26 64 p5px figs-metonymy καθήμενον‘ ἐκ δεξιῶν’ τῆς δυνάμεως 1 sitting at the right hand of Power Here "Power" is metonym that represents God. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "sitting in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον‘ ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 coming on the clouds of heaven "riding to earth on the clouds of heaven"
|
||||
MAT 26 65 srg6 translate-symaction ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς διέρρηξεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 the high priest tore his clothes Tearing clothing was a sign of anger and sadness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 qq51 figs-explicit ἐβλασφήμησεν 1 He has spoken blasphemy The reason the high priest called Jesus' statement blasphemy is probably that he understood Jesus' words in [Matthew 26:64](../26/64.md) as a claim to be equal with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων? 1 Why do we still need witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: "We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 t68t figs-rquestion τί ἔτι χρείαν ἔχομεν μαρτύρων 1 Why do we still need witnesses? The high priest uses this question to emphasize that he and the members of the council do not need to hear from any more witnesses. Alternate translation: "We do not need to hear from any more witnesses!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 26 65 wh4h figs-you νῦν ἠκούσατε 1 now you have heard Here "you" is plural and refers to the members of the council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
MAT 26 67 adc2 τότε ἐνέπτυσαν 1 Then they Possible meanings are 1) "Then some of the men" or 2) "Then the soldiers."
|
||||
MAT 26 67 g1c2 ἐνέπτυσαν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 spit in his face This was done as an insult.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2674,7 +2678,7 @@ MAT 26 75 nx3j figs-quotations 0 Peter remembered the words that Jesus had said
|
|||
MAT 27 intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Delivered him to Pilate the governor"<br><br>The Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Sarcasm<br><br>The soldiers said, "Hail, King of the Jews!" ([Matthew 27:29](../../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
|
||||
MAT 27 1 hvr4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' trial before Pilate.
|
||||
MAT 27 1 qe1s 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 1 cm46 figs-explicit συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 plotted against Jesus to put him to death The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 1 cm46 figs-explicit συμβούλιον ἔλαβον ... κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 plotted against Jesus to put him to death The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 3 vzf9 figs-events 0 General Information: This event happened after Jesus' trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus' trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
MAT 27 3 bk8i 0 Connecting Statement: The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus' trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself.
|
||||
MAT 27 3 qm12 τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας 1 Then when Judas If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2687,7 +2691,7 @@ MAT 27 6 r5r9 0 It is not lawful to put this "Our laws do not allow us to put
|
|||
MAT 27 6 ce2x βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 put this "put this silver"
|
||||
MAT 27 6 gtp3 figs-explicit τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 the treasury This is the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 6 j2l8 figs-idiom τιμὴ αἵματός 1 price of blood This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: "money paid for a man to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 7 mtg6 Κεραμέως' τὸν Ἀγρὸν 1 potter's field This was a field that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 27 7 mtg6 τὸν Ἀγρὸν ... Κεραμέως 1 potter's field This was a field that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
|
||||
MAT 27 8 nts8 figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος 1 that field has been called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people call that field" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 8 ag2n 0 to this day This means to the time that Matthew is writing this book.
|
||||
MAT 27 9 g1gc 0 General Information: The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas' suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2701,32 +2705,32 @@ MAT 27 11 a2e7 τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor "Pilate"
|
|||
MAT 27 11 a6cm figs-explicit 0 You say so Possible meanings are 1) by saying this, Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: "Yes, as you said, I am" or "Yes. It is as you said" or 2) by saying this, Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: "You yourself have said so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 12 vl3a figs-activepassive 0 But when he was accused by the chief priests and elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when the chief priests and elders accused him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 13 wn2r figs-rquestion 0 Do you not hear all the charges against you? Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. Alternate translation: "I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MAT 27 14 hbm8 οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν 1 did not answer even one word, so that the governor was greatly amazed "did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor." This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
|
||||
MAT 27 14 hbm8 οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη ... οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν 1 did not answer even one word, so that the governor was greatly amazed "did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor." This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent.
|
||||
MAT 27 15 jjp8 writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in [Matthew 27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 15 p1ha κατὰ δὲ ἑορτὴν 1 the feast This is the feast for the Passover celebration.
|
||||
MAT 27 15 pfk6 figs-activepassive 0 prisoner chosen by the crowd This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "prisoner whom the crowd would choose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 16 q2iu εἶχον δέσμιον ἐπίσημον 1 they had a notorious prisoner "there was a notorious prisoner"
|
||||
MAT 27 16 q2iu εἶχον ... δέσμιον ἐπίσημον 1 they had a notorious prisoner "there was a notorious prisoner"
|
||||
MAT 27 16 svr2 ἐπίσημον 1 notorious well known for doing something bad
|
||||
MAT 27 17 d8hv figs-activepassive συνηγμένων οὖν αὐτῶν 1 they were gathered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the crowd gathered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 17 wrl3 figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦν τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 Jesus who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom some people call the Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 17 wrl3 figs-activepassive Ἰησοῦν, τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 Jesus who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom some people call the Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 18 jq3c 0 they had handed Jesus over to him "the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him." They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 t3mx καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 While he was sitting "While Pilate was sitting"
|
||||
MAT 27 19 s5pc καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 sitting on the judgment seat "sitting on the judge's seat." This is where a judge would sit while making a decision.
|
||||
MAT 27 19 w4i8 ἀπέστειλεν 1 sent word "sent a message"
|
||||
MAT 27 19 an95 πολλὰ ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 I have suffered much today "I have been very upset today"
|
||||
MAT 27 19 an95 πολλὰ ... ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 I have suffered much today "I have been very upset today"
|
||||
MAT 27 20 ax1i writing-background 0 Now ... Jesus killed Here "now" is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 et2m figs-activepassive τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 have Jesus killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 20 et2m figs-activepassive τὸν ... δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 have Jesus killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 21 x6vf 0 asked them "asked the crowd"
|
||||
MAT 27 22 zl85 figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 who is called Christ This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom some people call the Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 23 m5jm ἐποίησεν 1 has he done "has Jesus done"
|
||||
MAT 27 23 nb7p οἱ δὲ ἔκραζον 1 they cried out "the crowd cried out"
|
||||
MAT 27 23 nb7p οἱ δὲ ... ἔκραζον 1 they cried out "the crowd cried out"
|
||||
MAT 27 24 yj8t translate-symaction 0 washed his hands in front of the crowd Pilate does this as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus' death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 u1fe figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 the blood Here "blood" refers to a person's death. Alternate translation: "the death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 u1fe figs-metonymy τοῦ ... αἵματος 1 the blood Here "blood" refers to a person's death. Alternate translation: "the death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MAT 27 24 de8w 0 See to it yourselves "This is your responsibility"
|
||||
MAT 27 25 n5k1 figs-metonymy 0 May his blood be on us and our children Here "blood" is a metonym that stands for a person's death. The phrase "be on us and our children" is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: "Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MAT 27 26 yb5y τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Then he released Barabbas to them "Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd"
|
||||
MAT 27 26 m63d figs-explicit 0 he scourged Jesus and handed him over to be crucified It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: "he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] )
|
||||
MAT 27 26 y3kf τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 scourged Jesus "beat Jesus with a whip" or "whipped Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 27 26 y3kf τὸν ... δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 scourged Jesus "beat Jesus with a whip" or "whipped Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 27 27 zz45 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' crucifixion and death.
|
||||
MAT 27 27 bn22 σπεῖραν 1 company of soldiers "group of soldiers"
|
||||
MAT 27 28 nx81 ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν 1 stripped him "pulled off his clothes"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2737,7 +2741,7 @@ MAT 27 29 qf8j figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαί
|
|||
MAT 27 29 gf6a χαῖρε 1 Hail "We honor you" or "May you live a long time"
|
||||
MAT 27 30 ib5q ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν 1 They spat on him "using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus"
|
||||
MAT 27 32 j5wq figs-explicit ἐξερχόμενοι 1 As they came out This means Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city. Alternate translation: "As they came out of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 32 ies4 ἐξερχόμενοι εὗρον ἄνθρωπον 1 they found a man "the soldiers saw a man"
|
||||
MAT 27 32 ies4 ἐξερχόμενοι ... εὗρον ἄνθρωπον 1 they found a man "the soldiers saw a man"
|
||||
MAT 27 32 sfj2 0 whom they forced to go with them so that he might carry his cross "whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus' cross"
|
||||
MAT 27 33 j6hb figs-activepassive τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ 1 place called Golgotha This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "place that people called Golgotha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 34 f11j figs-activepassive αὐτῷ πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον 1 him wine to drink mixed with gall This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "him wine, which they had mixed with gall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2746,14 +2750,14 @@ MAT 27 35 a1y1 figs-explicit τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ 1 his garments The
|
|||
MAT 27 37 j4s4 τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 the charge against him "a written explanation of why he was being crucified"
|
||||
MAT 27 38 zq4b figs-activepassive σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί 1 Two robbers were crucified with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 39 d4fm translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 t23i figs-explicit , εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross They did not believe that Jesus is the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: "If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 b5lw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 t23i figs-explicit εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 If you are the Son of God, come down from the cross They did not believe that Jesus is the Son of God, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: "If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 40 b5lw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς ... τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God This is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 ff4d figs-irony 0 He saved others, but he cannot save himself Possible meanings are 1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus saved others or that he can save himself, or 2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot save himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 42 j6l7 figs-irony 0 He is the King of Israel The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him "King of Israel," but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: "He says that he is the King of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 w46n 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders continue mocking Jesus.
|
||||
MAT 27 43 cl97 figs-quotesinquotes 0 For he even said, 'I am the Son of God.' This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 uw85 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱός 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 44 e26y figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 the robbers who were crucified with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 43 uw85 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ ... Υἱός 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 44 e26y figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 the robbers who were crucified with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 45 e7z4 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 45 s2l7 0 from the sixth hour ... until the ninth hour "from about noon ... for three hours" or "from about twelve o'clock midday ... until about three o'clock in the afternoon"
|
||||
MAT 27 45 pi8e figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 darkness came over the whole land The word "darkness" is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: "it became dark over the whole land" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2771,9 +2775,9 @@ MAT 27 52 kj3r figs-idiom 0 the bodies of the saints who had fallen asleep were
|
|||
MAT 27 52 hgn1 figs-euphemism κεκοιμημένων 1 fallen asleep This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: "died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MAT 27 53 q2x5 0 They came out ... appeared to many The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words "The tombs were opened" in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the tombs were opened 1) the holy people came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the holy people entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them, or 2) Jesus came back to life, and then the holy ones came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
|
||||
MAT 27 54 f6rz 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 27 54 vv2g figs-explicit οἱ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 those who were watching Jesus "those who were guarding Jesus." This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: "the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 54 vv2g figs-explicit οἱ ... τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 those who were watching Jesus "those who were guarding Jesus." This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: "the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 54 gw6n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MAT 27 56 ud33 ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 the mother of the sons of Zebedee "the mother of James and John" or "the wife of Zebedee"
|
||||
MAT 27 56 ud33 ἡ ... μήτηρ ... τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 the mother of the sons of Zebedee "the mother of James and John" or "the wife of Zebedee"
|
||||
MAT 27 57 wm5z 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus' burial.
|
||||
MAT 27 57 sy9y translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Arimathea This is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MAT 27 58 c69n figs-activepassive 0 Then Pilate ordered it to be given to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2782,12 +2786,12 @@ MAT 27 60 hvs8 figs-explicit ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1
|
|||
MAT 27 60 lt4k figs-explicit προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν 1 Then he rolled a large stone Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the stone. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MAT 27 61 ihr8 ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου 1 opposite the tomb "across from the tomb"
|
||||
MAT 27 62 qj59 τὴν παρασκευήν 1 the Preparation This is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
|
||||
MAT 27 62 j57n συνήχθησαν πρὸς Πειλᾶτον 1 were gathered together with Pilate "met with Pilate"
|
||||
MAT 27 63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος ἔτι ζῶν 1 when that deceiver was alive "when Jesus, the deceiver, was alive"
|
||||
MAT 27 62 j57n συνήχθησαν ... πρὸς Πειλᾶτον 1 were gathered together with Pilate "met with Pilate"
|
||||
MAT 27 63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος ... ἔτι ζῶν 1 when that deceiver was alive "when Jesus, the deceiver, was alive"
|
||||
MAT 27 63 ri5s figs-quotesinquotes 0 he said, 'After three days will I rise again.' This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "he said that after three days he will rise again." or "he said that after three day he would rise again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 b8n2 figs-activepassive κέλευσον ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 command that the tomb be made secure This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "command your soldiers to guard the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 b8n2 figs-activepassive κέλευσον ... ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 command that the tomb be made secure This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "command your soldiers to guard the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 hbh8 translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 the third day (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 his disciples may come and steal him "his disciples may come and steal his body"
|
||||
MAT 27 64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 his disciples may come and steal him "his disciples may come and steal his body"
|
||||
MAT 27 64 t78s figs-quotesinquotes 0 his disciples may ... say to the people, 'He has risen from the dead,' and This has a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "his disciples may ... tell the people that he has risen from the dead, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 27 64 c7bf ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 27 64 u5tg figs-ellipsis 0 and the last deception will be worse than the first The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2798,17 +2802,17 @@ MAT 28 intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in th
|
|||
MAT 28 1 anr1 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
|
||||
MAT 28 1 qkn8 0 Now late on the Sabbath, as it began to dawn toward the first day of the week "After the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning"
|
||||
MAT 28 1 gs43 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
MAT 28 1 zu2b ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 the other Mary "the other woman named Mary." This is Mary the mother of James and Joseph ([Matthew 27:56](../27/56.md)).
|
||||
MAT 28 1 zu2b ἡ ... ἄλλη Μαρία 1 the other Mary "the other woman named Mary." This is Mary the mother of James and Joseph ([Matthew 27:56](../27/56.md)).
|
||||
MAT 28 2 j25i ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word "behold" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
MAT 28 2 l4s2 0 there was a great earthquake, for an angel of the Lord descended ... and rolled away the stone Possible meanings are 1) the earthquake happened because the angel came down and rolled away the stone or 2) all these events happened at the same time .
|
||||
MAT 28 2 s43v σεισμὸς 1 earthquake a sudden and violent shaking of the ground
|
||||
MAT 28 3 vfh4 ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ 1 His appearance "The angel's appearance"
|
||||
MAT 28 3 p12y figs-simile ἦν ὡς ἀστραπὴ 1 was like lightning This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: "was bright like lightning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 28 3 p12y figs-simile ἦν ... ὡς ἀστραπὴ 1 was like lightning This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: "was bright like lightning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 28 3 i4hp figs-simile 0 his clothing as white as snow This is a simile that emphasizes how bright and white the angel's clothes were. The verb "was" from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: "his clothing was very white, like snow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MAT 28 4 b1ic figs-simile 0 became like dead men This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: "fell to the ground and lay there like dead men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MAT 28 5 q8dd εἶπεν γυναιξίν 1 the women "Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary"
|
||||
MAT 28 5 q8dd εἶπεν ... γυναιξίν 1 the women "Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary"
|
||||
MAT 28 5 tbd8 figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 who has been crucified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the people and the soldiers crucified" or "whom they crucified" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 sp2a figs-quotesinquotes , εἴπατε..,' ἠγέρθη.' τῶν νεκρῶν αὐτοῦ ἰδοὺ τοῖς προάγει ἀπὸ εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν μαθηταῖς ἐκεῖ ὄψεσθε αὐτὸν ὑμᾶς 1 tell his disciples, 'He has risen from the dead. See, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.' This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 sp2a figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ ... ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν ... ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε 1 tell his disciples, 'He has risen from the dead. See, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him.' This is a quotation within a quotation. It can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MAT 28 7 r5cw ἠγέρθη 1 He has risen "He has come back to life"
|
||||
MAT 28 7 a1ir ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MAT 28 7 ljb2 figs-you 0 going ahead of you ... you will see him Here "you" is plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
484
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
484
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
|
|
@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ MRK 1 2 s28q figs-you 0 your face ... your way Here the word "your" refers to J
|
|||
MRK 1 2 wry5 ὃς 1 the one This refers to the messenger.
|
||||
MRK 1 2 kl12 figs-metaphor κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου 1 will prepare your way Doing this represents preparing the people for the Lord's arrival. Alternate translation: "will prepare the people for your arrival" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 lkm3 φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The voice of one calling out in the wilderness This can be expressed as a sentence. Alternate translation: "The voice of one calling out in the wilderness is heard" or "They hear the sound of someone calling out in the wilderness"
|
||||
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ποιεῖτε,' τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; ἑτοιμάσατε αὐτοῦ τὰς τρίβους εὐθείας.'" 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 v3n3 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε‘ τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου, εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord ... make his paths straight These two phrases mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 3 peh5 figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε‘ τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord "Get the road ready for the Lord." Doing this represents being prepared to hear the Lord's message when he comes. People do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: "Prepare to hear the Lord's message when he comes" or "Repent and be ready for the Lord to come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 4 j798 0 General Information: In these verses the words "he," "him," and "his" refer to John.
|
||||
MRK 1 4 yg66 ἐγένετο Ἰωάννης 1 John came Be sure your reader understands that John was the messenger spoken of by the prophet Isaiah in the previous verse.
|
||||
MRK 1 5 u9yg figs-metaphor πᾶσα ἡ Ἰουδαία χώρα καὶ οἱ Ἱεροσολυμεῖται πάντες 1 The whole country of Judea and all the people of Jerusalem The words "whole country" are a metaphor for the people who live in the country and a generalization that refers to a great number of people, not to every single person. Alternate translation: "Many people from Judea and Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -20,39 +20,39 @@ MRK 1 7 q5m4 τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ 1
|
|||
MRK 1 7 iz8v κύψας 1 stoop down "bend down"
|
||||
MRK 1 8 e4qi figs-metaphor αὐτὸς δὲ βαπτίσει ὑμᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit This metaphor compares John's baptism with water to the future baptism with the Holy Spirit. This means John's baptism only symbolically cleanses people of their sins. The baptism by the Holy Spirit will truly cleanse people of their sins. If possible, use the same word for "baptize" here as you used for John's baptism to keep the comparison between the two. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 u65k writing-newevent ἐγένετο ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις 1 It happened in those days This marks the beginning of a new event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John baptized him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 9 gi39 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη ... ὑπὸ Ἰωάννου 1 he was baptized by John This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John baptized him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 10 m5f6 figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα ὡς περιστερὰν καταβαῖνον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the Spirit coming down on him like a dove Possible meanings are 1) this is a simile, and the Spirit descended upon Jesus as a bird descends from the sky toward the ground or 2) the Spirit literally looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 1 11 e6ke figs-metonymy φωνὴ ἐγένετο ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν 1 A voice came out of the heavens This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: "God spoke from the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his "beloved Son" because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 1 11 s6f4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός ... ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus. The Father calls Jesus his "beloved Son" because of his eternal love for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 1 12 yv6v 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus' baptism, he is in the wilderness for 40 days and then goes to Galilee to teach and call his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 1 12 gp1e αὐτὸν ἐκβάλλει 1 compelled him to go out "forced Jesus to go out"
|
||||
MRK 1 13 w3ct ἦν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 He was in the wilderness "He stayed in the wilderness"
|
||||
MRK 1 13 k45w translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας 1 forty days "40 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν μετὰ 1 He was with "He was among"
|
||||
MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested "after John was placed in prison." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after they arrested John" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 13 siu3 ἦν ... μετὰ 1 He was with "He was among"
|
||||
MRK 1 14 q12s figs-activepassive μετὰ ... τὸ παραδοθῆναι τὸν Ἰωάννην 1 after John was arrested "after John was placed in prison." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after they arrested John" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 1 14 ns6b κηρύσσων τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 proclaiming the gospel "telling many people about the good news"
|
||||
MRK 1 15 i9a9 πεπλήρωται ὁ καιρὸς 1 The time is fulfilled "It is now time"
|
||||
MRK 1 15 bs8j ἤγγικεν ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God is near "it is almost time for God to begin to rule over his people"
|
||||
MRK 1 16 wl35 εἶδεν Σίμωνα καὶ Ἀνδρέαν 1 he saw Simon and Andrew "Jesus saw Simon and Andrew"
|
||||
MRK 1 16 z3j9 figs-explicit ἀμφιβάλλοντας ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ 1 casting a net in the sea The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "throwing a net into the water to catch fish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 17 zui3 δεῦτε, ὀπίσω μου 1 Come, follow me "Follow me" or "Come with me"
|
||||
MRK 1 17 mlc6 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God's true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 17 zui3 δεῦτε ὀπίσω μου 1 Come, follow me "Follow me" or "Come with me"
|
||||
MRK 1 17 mlc6 figs-metaphor ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ... ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων 1 I will make you fishers of men This metaphor means Simon and Andrew will teach people God's true message, so others will also follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "I will teach you to gather men to me like you gather fish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 19 g41w figs-explicit ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ 1 in the boat It can be assumed that this boat belongs to James and John. Alternate translation: "in their boat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 19 xl2m καταρτίζοντας τὰ δίκτυα 1 mending the nets "repairing the nets"
|
||||
MRK 1 20 zjz5 figs-explicit ἐκάλεσεν αὐτούς 1 called them It may be helpful to state clearly why Jesus called to James and John. Alternate translation: "called them to come with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 20 jd8i μισθωτῶν 1 hired servants "servants who worked for them"
|
||||
MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον αὐτοῦ 1 they followed him James and John went with Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 20 b2ci ἀπῆλθον ... αὐτοῦ 1 they followed him James and John went with Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 21 ee4j 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus teaches in the synagogue of the town of Capernaum on the Sabbath. By sending a demon out of a man he amazes the people in all the nearby area around Galilee.
|
||||
MRK 1 21 d4mr εἰσπορεύονται εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 came into Capernaum "arrived at Capernaum"
|
||||
MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as someone who has authority and not as the scribes The idea of "teach" can be stated clearly when talking about "someone who has authority" and "the scribes." Alternate translation: "for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 22 bsc9 figs-ellipsis ἦν γὰρ διδάσκων αὐτοὺς ὡς ἐξουσίαν ἔχων, καὶ οὐχ ὡς οἱ γραμματεῖς 1 for he was teaching them as someone who has authority and not as the scribes The idea of "teach" can be stated clearly when talking about "someone who has authority" and "the scribes." Alternate translation: "for he was teaching them as someone who has authority teaches and not as the scribes teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 24 ra8g figs-rquestion 0 What do we have to do with you, Jesus of Nazareth? The demons ask this rhetorical question meaning there is no reason for Jesus to interfere with them and that they desire him to leave them. Alternate translation: "Jesus of Nazareth, leave us alone! There is no reason for you to interfere with us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς? 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: "Do not destroy us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 24 m8gz figs-rquestion ἦλθες ἀπολέσαι ἡμᾶς 1 Have you come to destroy us? The demons ask this rhetorical question to urge Jesus not to harm them. Alternate translation: "Do not destroy us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 26 ar6h σπαράξαν αὐτὸν 1 threw him down Here the word "him" refers to the demon-possessed man.
|
||||
MRK 1 26 u7rn φωνῆσαν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 while crying out with a loud voice The demon is the one who is crying out, not the man.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 lqm1 figs-rquestion 0 they asked each other, "What is this? A new teaching with authority! ... and they obey him!" The people used the two questions to show how amazed they were. The questions can be expressed as exclamations. Alternate translation: "they said to each other, 'This is amazing! He gives a new teaching, and he speaks with authority! ... and they obey him!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 καὶ ἐπιτάσσει 1 He even commands The word "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 27 nfv2 καὶ ... ἐπιτάσσει 1 He even commands The word "He" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 29 ybs7 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the demon-possessed man, Jesus healed Simon's mother-in-law and many other people.
|
||||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants - ἡ ἡ-' ἡ ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now Simon's mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever The word "Now" introduces Simon's mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 1 30 ng3t writing-participants ἡ δὲ πενθερὰ Σίμωνος κατέκειτο πυρέσσουσα 1 Now Simon's mother-in-law was lying sick with a fever The word "Now" introduces Simon's mother-in-law to the story and gives background information about her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 1 31 qtw2 ἤγειρεν αὐτὴν 1 raised her up "caused her to stand" or "made her able to get out of bed"
|
||||
MRK 1 31 sff6 figs-explicit ἀφῆκεν αὐτὴν ὁ πυρετός 1 the fever left her You may want to make explicit who healed her. Alternate translation: "Jesus healed her of the fever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 31 i5br figs-explicit διηκόνει αὐτοῖς 1 she started serving them You may want to make explicit that she served food. Alternate translation: "she provided them with food and drinks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -66,20 +66,20 @@ MRK 1 36 eia3 Σίμων καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Simon and those
|
|||
MRK 1 37 vgc7 figs-hyperbole πάντες ζητοῦσίν σε 1 Everyone is looking for you The word "Everyone" is an exaggeration to emphasize the very many people who were looking for Jesus. Alternate translation: "Many people are looking for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 38 ve8a 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "I" refer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 1 38 plm9 ἄγωμεν ἀλλαχοῦ 1 Let us go elsewhere "We need to go to some other place." Here Jesus uses the word "us" to refer to himself, along with Simon, Andrew, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν εἰς ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went throughout all of Galilee The words "throughout all" are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. Alternate translation: "He went to many places in Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 39 zs4i figs-hyperbole ἦλθεν ... εἰς ... ὅλην τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 He went throughout all of Galilee The words "throughout all" are an exaggeration used to emphasize that Jesus went to many locations during his ministry. Alternate translation: "He went to many places in Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 i2af 0 A leper came to him. He was begging him; he knelt down and said to him "A leper came to Jesus. He knelt down and was begging Jesus and said"
|
||||
MRK 1 40 m4j7 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 If you are willing, you can make me clean In the first phrase, the words "to make me clean" are understood because of the second phrase. Alternate translation: "If you are willing to make me clean, then you can make me clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 u9ew θέλῃς 1 are willing "want" or "desire"
|
||||
MRK 1 40 e5am figs-metaphor θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean In biblical times, a person who had any of certain skin diseases was considered unclean until his skin had healed enough that he was no longer contagious. Alternate translation: "you can heal me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς, ἐκτείνας 1 Moved with compassion, Jesus Here the word "moved" is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another's need. Alternate translation: "Having compassion for him, Jesus" or "Jesus felt compassion for the man, so he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 1 40 e5am figs-metaphor θέλῃς, δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 you can make me clean In biblical times, a person who had any of certain skin diseases was considered unclean until his skin had healed enough that he was no longer contagious. Alternate translation: "you can heal me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 41 l9jg figs-idiom σπλαγχνισθεὶς ἐκτείνας 1 Moved with compassion, Jesus Here the word "moved" is an idiom meaning to feel emotion about another's need. Alternate translation: "Having compassion for him, Jesus" or "Jesus felt compassion for the man, so he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 1 41 qjz4 figs-ellipsis θέλω 1 I am willing It may be helpful to state what Jesus is willing to do. Alternate translation: "I am willing to make you clean" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 1 43 iw7t 0 General Information: The word "him" used here refers to the leper whom Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 44 a7hs ὅρα μηδενὶ μηδὲν εἴπῃς 1 Be sure to say nothing to anyone "Be sure to not say anything to anyone"
|
||||
MRK 1 44 a7hs ὅρα μηδενὶ, μηδὲν εἴπῃς 1 Be sure to say nothing to anyone "Be sure to not say anything to anyone"
|
||||
MRK 1 44 xhu8 figs-explicit σεαυτὸν δεῖξον τῷ ἱερεῖ 1 show yourself to the priest Jesus told the man to show himself to the priest so that the priest could look at his skin to see if his leprosy was really gone. The law of Moses required people to present themselves to the priest if they had been unclean but were no longer unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 w6b2 figs-synecdoche σεαυτὸν δεῖξον 1 show yourself The word "yourself" here represents the skin of the leper. Alternate translation: "show your skin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 1 44 ish7 μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 a testimony to them It is best to use the pronoun "them," if possible, in your language. Possible meanings are 1) "a testimony to the priests" or 2) "a testimony to the people."
|
||||
MRK 1 45 m63p ὁ δὲ ἐξελθὼν 1 But he went out The word "he" refers to the man Jesus healed.
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to spread the news widely Here "spread the news widely" is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: "began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done" (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 i91a figs-metaphor ἤρξατο ... διαφημίζειν τὸν λόγον 1 began to spread the news widely Here "spread the news widely" is a metaphor for telling people in many places about what had happened. Alternate translation: "began to tell people in many places about what Jesus had done" (See: and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 bn6r ὥστε 1 so much that The man spread the news so much that
|
||||
MRK 1 45 l9es figs-explicit ὥστε μηκέτι αὐτὸν δύνασθαι φανερῶς εἰς πόλιν εἰσελθεῖν 1 that Jesus could no longer enter a town openly This was the result of the man spreading the news so much. Here "openly" is a metaphor for "publicly." Jesus could not enter the towns because many people would crowd around him. Alternate translation: "that Jesus could no longer enter a town publicly" or "that Jesus could no longer enter the towns in a way that many people would see him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 1 45 d5lw ἐρήμοις τόποις 1 remote places "lonely places" or "places where no one lived"
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,16 +94,16 @@ MRK 2 3 n643 0 four people were carrying him "four of them were carrying him."
|
|||
MRK 2 3 c1vr 0 were bringing a paralyzed man "were bringing a man who was unable to walk or use his arms"
|
||||
MRK 2 4 h3yn μὴ δυνάμενοι προσενέγκαι αὐτῷ 1 could not get near him "could not get close to where Jesus was"
|
||||
MRK 2 4 v6ma 0 they removed the roof ... they lowered Houses where Jesus lived had flat roofs made of clay and covered with tiles. The process of making a hole in the roof can be explained more clearly or made more general so that it may be understood in your language. Alternate translation: "they removed the tiles from the part of the roof above where Jesus was. And when they had dug through the clay roof, they lowered" or "they made a hole in the roof above where Jesus was, and then they lowered"
|
||||
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 Seeing their faith "Seeing the men's faith." Possible meanings are 1) that only the men who carried the paralyzed man had faith or 2) that the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 trg9 figs-explicit ἰδὼν ... τὴν πίστιν αὐτῶν 1 Seeing their faith "Seeing the men's faith." Possible meanings are 1) that only the men who carried the paralyzed man had faith or 2) that the paralyzed man and the men who brought him to Jesus all had faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 hzg6 figs-metaphor 0 Son The word "Son" here shows Jesus cared for the man as a father cares for a son. Alternate translation: "My son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 2 5 vd3i ἀφέωνται σου αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins are forgiven If possible translate this in such a way that Jesus does not clearly say who forgives the man's sins. Alternate translation: "your sins are gone" or "you do not have to pay for your sins" or "your sins do not count against you"
|
||||
MRK 2 6 le6v figs-metonymy διαλογιζόμενοι ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις αὐτῶν 1 reasoned in their hearts Here "their hearts" is a metonym for the people's thoughts. Alternate translation: "were thinking to themselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 yr5a figs-rquestion 0 How can this man speak this way? The scribes used this question to show their anger that Jesus said "Your sins are forgiven." Alternate translation: "This man should not speak this way!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Who can forgive sins but God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only God can forgive sins, then Jesus should not say "Your sins are forgiven." Alternate translation: "Only God can forgive sins!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 7 sj6j figs-rquestion τίς δύναται ἀφιέναι ἁμαρτίας, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 Who can forgive sins but God alone? The scribes used this question to say that since only God can forgive sins, then Jesus should not say "Your sins are forgiven." Alternate translation: "Only God can forgive sins!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 niy6 τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit "in his inner being" or "in himself"
|
||||
MRK 2 8 t87i διαλογίζονται ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 they were thinking within themselves Each of the scribes was thinking to himself; they were not talking to each other.
|
||||
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν? 1 Why are you thinking this in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. Alternate translation: "What you are thinking is wrong." or "Do not think that I am blaspheming." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 this in your hearts The word "hearts" is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: "this inside yourselves" or "these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 wga7 figs-rquestion τί ταῦτα διαλογίζεσθε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Why are you thinking this in your hearts? Jesus uses this question to tell the scribes that what they are thinking is wrong. Alternate translation: "What you are thinking is wrong." or "Do not think that I am blaspheming." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 8 s3m6 figs-metonymy ταῦτα ... ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 this in your hearts The word "hearts" is a metonym for their inner thoughts and desires. Alternate translation: "this inside yourselves" or "these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 2 9 wv5d figs-rquestion 0 What is easier to say to the paralyzed man ... take up your bed, and walk'? Jesus uses this question to make the scribes think about what might prove whether or not he could really forgive sins. Alternate translation: "I just said to the paralyzed man, 'Your sins are forgiven.' You may think that it is harder to say 'Get up, take up your bed, and walk,' because the proof of whether or not I can heal him will be shown by whether or not he gets up and walks." or "You may think that it is easier to say to the paralyzed man 'Your sins are forgiven' than it is to say 'Get up, take up your bed, and walk.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 10 g4jn ἵνα δὲ εἰδῆτε 1 But in order that you may know "But so that you may know." The word "you" refers to the scribes and the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 2 10 jw9z figs-123person ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 that the Son of Man has authority Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man." Alternate translation: "that I am the Son of Man and I have authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -111,12 +111,12 @@ MRK 2 12 ki94 ἔμπροσθεν πάντων 1 in front of everyone "while al
|
|||
MRK 2 13 ma6f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus is teaching the crowd beside the Sea of Galilee, and he calls Levi to follow him.
|
||||
MRK 2 13 t2sc τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the lake This is the Sea of Galilee, which is also known as the Lake of Gennesaret.
|
||||
MRK 2 13 iw43 ὁ ὄχλος ἤρχετο πρὸς αὐτόν 1 the crowd came to him "the people went where he was"
|
||||
MRK 2 14 sc4g translate-names Λευεὶν τοῦ Ἁλφαίου 1 Levi son of Alphaeus Alpheus was Levi's father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 2 14 sc4g translate-names Λευεὶν ... τοῦ Ἁλφαίου 1 Levi son of Alphaeus Alpheus was Levi's father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 2 15 udb2 0 Connecting Statement: It is now later in the day, and Jesus is at Levi's house for a meal.
|
||||
MRK 2 15 if3i αὐτοῦ' τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 Levi's house "the home of Levi"
|
||||
MRK 2 15 if3i τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 Levi's house "the home of Levi"
|
||||
MRK 2 15 qf38 ἁμαρτωλοὶ 1 sinners people who did not obey the law of Moses but committed what others thought were very bad sins
|
||||
MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they followed him Possible meanings are 1) "for there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus" or 2) "for Jesus had many disciples and they followed him."
|
||||
MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι μετὰ τῶν τελωνῶν καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει 1 Why does he eat with tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus' hospitality. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: "He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 15 bwv2 ἦσαν γὰρ πολλοὶ, καὶ ἠκολούθουν αὐτῷ 1 for there were many and they followed him Possible meanings are 1) "for there were many tax collectors and sinful people who followed Jesus" or 2) "for Jesus had many disciples and they followed him."
|
||||
MRK 2 16 b1bi figs-rquestion ὅτι ... μετὰ τῶν ... τελωνῶν ... καὶ ἁμαρτωλῶν ἐσθίει 1 Why does he eat with tax collectors and sinners? The scribes and Pharisees asked this question to show they disapproved of Jesus' hospitality. This can be worded as a statement. Alternate translation: "He should not eat with sinners and tax collectors!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ba3n 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to what the scribes had said to his disciples about his eating with tax collectors and sinful people.
|
||||
MRK 2 17 q8r6 λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them "he said to the scribes"
|
||||
MRK 2 17 ak1u writing-proverbs 0 People who are strong in body do not need a physician; only people who are sick need one Jesus used this proverb about sick people and doctors to teach them that only people who know that they are sinful realize that they need Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ MRK 2 18 f1ds 0 the Pharisees were fasting ... the disciples of the Pharisees
|
|||
MRK 2 18 z394 0 Some people "Some men." It is best to translate this phrase without specifying exactly who these men are. If in your language you have to be more specific, the possible meanings are 1) these men were not among John's disciples or the disciples of the Pharisees or 2) these men were among John's disciples.
|
||||
MRK 2 18 vl3z ἔρχονται καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 came and said to him "came and said to Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 2 19 eke3 figs-rquestion 0 Can the wedding attendants fast while the bridegroom is still with them? Jesus uses this question to remind the people of something they already know and to encourage them to apply it to him and his disciples. Alternate translation: "Wedding attendants do not fast while the bridegroom is with them. Rather they celebrate and feast." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the bridegroom will go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 vg2u figs-activepassive ἀπαρθῇ ... ὁ νυμφίος 1 the bridegroom will be taken away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the bridegroom will go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 2 20 c7ik 0 away from them ... they will fast The word "them" and "they" refer to the wedding attendants.
|
||||
MRK 2 21 v6xc figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἐπίβλημα ῥάκους ἀγνάφου ἐπιράπτει ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον παλαιόν 1 No one sews a piece of new cloth on an old garment Sewing a piece of new cloth on an old garment will make the hole on an old garment worse if the piece of new cloth has not yet shrunk. Both the new cloth and old garment will be ruined. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 22 dw15 figs-parables 0 Jesus begins to tell another parable. This one is about putting new wine into old wineskins rather than into new wineskins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ MRK 2 22 n7ha ἀσκοὺς παλαιούς 1 old wineskins This refers to wi
|
|||
MRK 2 22 fk15 ἀσκοὺς 1 wineskins These were bags made out of animal skins. They could also be called "wine bags" or "skin bags."
|
||||
MRK 2 22 w35r ῥήξει ὁ οἶνος τοὺς ἀσκούς 1 the wine will burst the skins New wine expands as it ferments, so it would cause old, brittle wineskins to tear open.
|
||||
MRK 2 22 bef2 0 are lost "will be ruined"
|
||||
MRK 2 22 c9z6 ἀσκοὺς καινούς 1 fresh wineskins "new wineskins" or "new wine bags." This refers to wineskins that have never been used.
|
||||
MRK 2 22 c9z6 ἀσκοὺς ... καινούς 1 fresh wineskins "new wineskins" or "new wine bags." This refers to wineskins that have never been used.
|
||||
MRK 2 23 t8ni 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus gives the Pharisees an example from scripture to show why the disciples were not wrong to pick grain on the Sabbath.
|
||||
MRK 2 23 jya1 figs-explicit τίλλοντες τοὺς στάχυας 1 pick heads of grain Plucking grain in others' fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether it was lawful to do this on the Sabbath. The disciples picked the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. Alternate translation: "pick heads of grain and eat the seeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 23 k3pa τοὺς στάχυας 1 heads of grain The "heads" are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant.
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ MRK 2 25 dd1z 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to scold the Pharisees by a
|
|||
MRK 2 25 g1xw λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "Jesus said to the Pharisees"
|
||||
MRK 2 25 d236 figs-rquestion 0 Have you never read what David ... the men who were with him Jesus asks this question to remind the scribes and Pharisees of something David did on the Sabbath. The question is very long, so it can be divided into two sentences. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 25 g8sf figs-rquestion 0 Have you never read what David did ... him This can be stated as a command. Alternate translation: "Remember what you read about what David did ... him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit ἀνέγνωτε τί Δαυεὶδ 1 read what David Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. This can be translated showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: "read in the scriptures what David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 25 r14d figs-explicit ἀνέγνωτε τί ... Δαυεὶδ 1 read what David Jesus refers to reading about David in the Old Testament. This can be translated showing the implicit information. Alternate translation: "read in the scriptures what David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 2 26 x3bb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he began in verse 25.
|
||||
MRK 2 26 zmd3 figs-rquestion 0 how he went into the house of God ... to those who were with him? This can be expressed as a statement separate from verse 25. Alternate translation: "He went into the house of God ... to those who were with him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 2 26 al82 πῶς εἰσῆλθεν 1 how he went The word "he" refers to David.
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ MRK 3 2 n5iz 0 Some people "Some of the Pharisees." Later, in [Mark 3:6](../03
|
|||
MRK 3 2 vr25 figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they could accuse him If Jesus were to heal the man that day, the Pharisees would accuse him breaking the law by the working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: "so that they could accuse him of wrongdoing" or "so that they could accuse him of breaking the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 3 nm6w 0 in the middle of everyone "in the middle of this crowd"
|
||||
MRK 3 4 mh3z figs-rquestion 0 Is it lawful to do good on the Sabbath ... or to kill? Jesus said this to challenge them. He wanted them to acknowledge that it is lawful to heal people on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism ; τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι?" 1 to do good on the Sabbath day or to do harm ... to save a life or to kill These two phrases are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis κακοποιῆσαι ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life or to kill It may be helpful to repeat "is it lawful," as that is the question Jesus is asking again in another way. Alternate translation: "is it lawful to save a life or to kill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 i71v figs-parallelism τοῖς Σάββασιν ἀγαθοποιῆσαι ἢ κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to do good on the Sabbath day or to do harm ... to save a life or to kill These two phrases are similar in meaning, except that the second is more extreme. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 vz6c figs-ellipsis κακοποιῆσαι, ψυχὴν σῶσαι ἢ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 to save a life or to kill It may be helpful to repeat "is it lawful," as that is the question Jesus is asking again in another way. Alternate translation: "is it lawful to save a life or to kill" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 nut4 figs-metonymy ψυχὴν 1 a life This refers to physical life and is a metonym for a person. Alternate translation: "someone from dying" or "someone's life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 4 w683 οἱ δὲ ἐσιώπων 1 But they were silent "But they refused to answer him"
|
||||
MRK 3 5 vr8q περιβλεψάμενος 1 He looked around "Jesus looked around"
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ MRK 3 9 q65h figs-events 0 General Information: Verse 9 tells what Jesus asked
|
|||
MRK 3 9 zu5e 0 He told his disciples to have a small boat ... not press against him As the large crowd was pushing forward toward Jesus, he was in danger of being crushed by them. They would not crush him intentionally. It was just that there were so many people.
|
||||
MRK 3 10 e86s writing-connectingwords 0 For he healed many, so that everyone ... to touch him This tells why so many people were crowding around Jesus that he thought they might crush him. Alternate translation: "For, because Jesus had healed many people, everyone ... to touch him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ei4n figs-ellipsis πολλοὺς γὰρ ἐθεράπευσεν 1 For he healed many The word "many" refers to the large number of people Jesus had already healed. Alternate translation: "For he healed many people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ge71 figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 everyone who had afflictions eagerly approached him in order to touch him They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: "all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 10 ge71 figs-explicit ἐπιπίπτειν αὐτῷ, ἵνα αὐτοῦ ἅψωνται ὅσοι εἶχον μάστιγας 1 everyone who had afflictions eagerly approached him in order to touch him They did this because they believed that touching Jesus would make them well. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: "all the sick people pushed forward eagerly trying to touch him so that they might be healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 g1r5 αὐτὸν ἐθεώρουν 1 saw him "saw Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 3 11 ca5i figs-explicit 0 they fell down ... cried out, and they said Here "they" refers to the unclean spirits. It is they who are causing the people they possess to do things. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "they caused the people they were possessing to fall down before him and to cry out to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 3 11 mcr9 προσέπιπτον αὐτῷ 1 they fell down before him The unclean spirits did not fall down before Jesus because they loved him or wanted to worship him. They fell down before him because they were afraid of him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -198,58 +198,59 @@ MRK 3 13 ue15 0 General Information: Jesus chooses the men he wants to be his
|
|||
MRK 3 14 xc5r 0 so that they might be with him and he might send them to proclaim the message "so that they would be with him and he would send them to proclaim the message"
|
||||
MRK 3 16 i7tf 0 Simon, to whom he gave the name Peter The author begins to list the names of the twelve apostles. Simon is the first man listed.
|
||||
MRK 3 17 cj3v 0 to whom he gave The phrase "to whom" refers to both James son of Zebedee and his brother John.
|
||||
MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-names ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν, υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like thunder. Alternate translation: "the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder" or "the name Boanerges, which means thunder men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 3 17 n4gy translate-names ὀνόματα Βοανηργές, ὅ ἐστιν
|
||||
“ υἱοὶ βροντῆς 1 the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder Jesus called them this because they were like thunder. Alternate translation: "the name Boanerges, which means men who are like thunder" or "the name Boanerges, which means thunder men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 3 18 mq9b translate-names Θαδδαῖον 1 Thaddaeus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 3 19 r3zs ὃς παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 who would betray him "who would betray Jesus" The word "who" refers to Judas Iscariot.
|
||||
MRK 3 19 r3zs ὃς ... παρέδωκεν αὐτόν 1 who would betray him "who would betray Jesus" The word "who" refers to Judas Iscariot.
|
||||
MRK 3 20 jxr5 0 Then he went home "Then Jesus went to the house where he was staying."
|
||||
MRK 3 20 rq6k figs-synecdoche μὴ δύνασθαι αὐτοὺς μηδὲ ἄρτον φαγεῖν 1 they could not even eat bread The word "bread" represents food. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples could not eat at all" or "they could not eat anything" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 3 21 bk6g ἐξῆλθον κρατῆσαι αὐτόν 1 they went out to seize him Members of his family went to the house, so that they could take hold of him and force him to go home with them.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 uyl8 ἔλεγον γὰρ 1 for they said Possible meanings for the word "they" are 1) his relatives or 2) some people in the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 3 21 mf5q figs-idiom ἐξέστη 1 out of his mind Jesus' family uses this idiom to describe how they think he is acting. Alternate translation: "crazy" or "insane" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 3 22 yxd9 ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 By the ruler of the demons he drives out demons "By the power of Beelzebul, who is the ruler of the demons, Jesus drives out demons"
|
||||
MRK 3 22 yxd9 ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων, ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια 1 By the ruler of the demons he drives out demons "By the power of Beelzebul, who is the ruler of the demons, Jesus drives out demons"
|
||||
MRK 3 23 ji69 figs-parables 0 Jesus explains with a parable why it is foolish for people to think that Jesus is controlled by Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 3 23 gcy5 προσκαλεσάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 Jesus called them to him "Jesus called the people to come to him"
|
||||
MRK 3 23 q8f3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν? 1 How can Satan cast out Satan? Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he cast out demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Satan cannot cast out himself!" or "Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 23 q8f3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται Σατανᾶς Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλειν 1 How can Satan cast out Satan? Jesus asked this rhetorical question in response to the scribes saying that he cast out demons by Beelzebul. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Satan cannot cast out himself!" or "Satan does not go against his own evil spirits!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 24 b4z4 figs-metonymy ἐὰν βασιλεία ἐφ’ ἑαυτὴν μερισθῇ 1 If a kingdom is divided against itself The word "kingdom" is a metonym for the people who live in the kingdom. Alternate translation: "If the people who live in a kingdom are divided against each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 24 k3bz figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται σταθῆναι 1 cannot stand This phrase is a metaphor meaning that the people will no longer be united and they will fall. Alternate translation: "cannot endure" or "will fall"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 3 25 zcr1 figs-metonymy οἰκία 1 house This is a metonym for the people who live in a house. Alternate translation: "family" or "household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 w7na figs-rpronouns εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς ἀνέστη ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐμερίσθη 1 If Satan has risen up against himself and is divided The word "himself" is a reflexive pronoun that refers back to Satan, and it is also a metonym for his evil spirits. Alternate translation: "If Satan and his evil spirits were fighting one another" or "If Satan and his evil spirits have risen up against each other and are divided" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 df2f figs-metaphor ἐμερίσθη οὐ δύναται στῆναι 1 is not able to stand This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and cannot endure. Alternate translation: "will cease to be united" or "cannot endure and has come to an end" or "will fall and has come to an end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 26 df2f figs-metaphor ἐμερίσθη, οὐ δύναται στῆναι 1 is not able to stand This is a metaphor meaning he will fall and cannot endure. Alternate translation: "will cease to be united" or "cannot endure and has come to an end" or "will fall and has come to an end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 27 mvr6 διαρπάσει 1 plunder to steal a person's valuables and possessions
|
||||
MRK 3 28 f6fq ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important.
|
||||
MRK 3 28 f6fq ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important.
|
||||
MRK 3 28 p6sz τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 the sons of men "those who have been born of man." This expression is used to emphasize peoples' humanity. Alternate translation: "people"
|
||||
MRK 3 28 rf7r 0 utter speak
|
||||
MRK 3 30 cm47 ἔλεγον 1 they were saying "the people were saying"
|
||||
MRK 3 30 sfa2 figs-idiom πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον ἔχει 1 has an unclean spirit This is an idiom that means to be possessed by an unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "is possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 3 31 gef8 καὶ ἔρχονται ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Then his mother and his brothers came "Then Jesus' mother and brothers came"
|
||||
MRK 3 31 h5zr ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν, καλοῦντες αὐτόν 1 They sent for him, summoning him "They sent someone inside to tell him that they were outside and to have him come out to them"
|
||||
MRK 3 31 h5zr ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλοῦντες αὐτόν 1 They sent for him, summoning him "They sent someone inside to tell him that they were outside and to have him come out to them"
|
||||
MRK 3 32 wms6 ζητοῦσίν σε 1 are looking for you "are asking for you"
|
||||
MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Who are my mother and my brothers? Jesus uses this question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 33 qe8c figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 Who are my mother and my brothers? Jesus uses this question to teach the people. Alternate translation: "I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 3 35 dr45 0 whoever does ... that person is "those who do ... they are"
|
||||
MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου ἐστίν, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ 1 that person is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus' disciples belong to Jesus' spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: "that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 3 35 yr9i figs-metaphor οὗτος ἀδελφός μου καὶ ἀδελφὴ καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 that person is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor that means Jesus' disciples belong to Jesus' spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. Alternate translation: "that person is like a brother, sister, or mother to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 intro f5ua 0 # Mark 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Mark 4:3-10 forms one parable. The parable is explained in 4:14-23.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:12, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Parables<br><br>The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth.<br>
|
||||
MRK 4 1 a6pk figs-parables 0 As Jesus taught from a boat at the seaside, he told them the parable of the soils. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 4 1 i95e τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MRK 4 3 vqh3 ἀκούετε! ὁ σπείρων 1 Listen! A farmer "Pay attention! A farmer"
|
||||
MRK 4 3 vqh3 ἀκούετε ... ὁ σπείρων 1 Listen! A farmer "Pay attention! A farmer"
|
||||
MRK 4 3 dr34 σπεῖραι 1 his seed All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. "his seeds"
|
||||
MRK 4 4 si37 ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 As he sowed, some seed fell on the road "As he threw seed over the soil." In different cultures people sow seeds differently. In this parable the seeds were sown by throwing the seeds over the land that was prepared for growing.
|
||||
MRK 4 4 si37 ἐν τῷ σπείρειν, ὃ ... ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 As he sowed, some seed fell on the road "As he threw seed over the soil." In different cultures people sow seeds differently. In this parable the seeds were sown by throwing the seeds over the land that was prepared for growing.
|
||||
MRK 4 4 s95n 0 some seed ... devoured it All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. "some seeds ... devoured them"
|
||||
MRK 4 5 w853 0 Other seed ... it did not have ... it sprang ... it did not have All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. "Other seeds ... they did not have ... they sprang ... they did not have"
|
||||
MRK 4 5 px9w ἐξανέτειλεν 1 it sprang up "the seed that landed on the rocky soil began to grow quickly"
|
||||
MRK 4 5 le2a γῆν 1 soil This refers to the loose dirt on the ground in which you can plant seeds.
|
||||
MRK 4 6 ee49 figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 the plants were scorched This refers to the young plants. This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it scorched the young plants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 6 hht3 διὰ μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν, ἐξηράνθη 1 because they had no root, they dried up "because the young plants had no roots, they dried up"
|
||||
MRK 4 6 hht3 διὰ ... μὴ ἔχειν ῥίζαν ἐξηράνθη 1 because they had no root, they dried up "because the young plants had no roots, they dried up"
|
||||
MRK 4 7 bw62 0 Other seed ... choked it ... it did not produce All of the seeds that the farmer sowed are spoken of here as if they are one seed. See how you translated this in [Mark 4:3](../04/03.md). "Other seeds ... choked them ... they did not produce"
|
||||
MRK 4 8 v3sr figs-ellipsis 0 increasing thirty, sixty, and even a hundred times The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: "Some plants bore thirty times as much as the seed that the man had planted, some produced sixty times as much grain, and some produced a hundred times as much grain" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 8 u327 translate-numbers 0 thirty ... sixty ... a hundred "30 ... 60 ... 100." These may be written as numerals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 4 9 p2us figs-metonymy ὃς ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀκουέτω 1 Whoever has ears to hear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has ears" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: "Whoever is willing to listen, listen" or "Whoever is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 4 9 qxy4 figs-123person 0 Whoever has ... let him Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 4 10 u2nj ὅτε ἐγένετο μόνας 1 When Jesus was alone This does not mean that Jesus was completely alone; rather, that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
|
||||
MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται 1 To you is given This can be stated in active form. "God has given you" or "I have given you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 11 q2az ἐκείνοις ἔξω 1 to those outside "but to those who are not among you." This refers to all the other people who were not among the twelve or Jesus' other close followers.
|
||||
MRK 4 11 daw3 figs-ellipsis ἐν παραβολαῖς πάντα γίνεται 1 everything is in parables It can be stated that Jesus gives the parables to the people. Alternate translation: "I have spoken everything in parables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 10 u2nj ὅτε ἐγένετο ... μόνας 1 When Jesus was alone This does not mean that Jesus was completely alone; rather, that the crowds were gone and Jesus was only with the twelve and some of his other close followers.
|
||||
MRK 4 11 t9ee figs-activepassive ὑμῖν ... δέδοται 1 To you is given This can be stated in active form. "God has given you" or "I have given you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 11 q2az ἐκείνοις ... ἔξω 1 to those outside "but to those who are not among you." This refers to all the other people who were not among the twelve or Jesus' other close followers.
|
||||
MRK 4 11 daw3 figs-ellipsis ἐν παραβολαῖς ... πάντα γίνεται 1 everything is in parables It can be stated that Jesus gives the parables to the people. Alternate translation: "I have spoken everything in parables" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 aj7t figs-explicit 0 when they look ... when they hear It is assumed that Jesus is speaking about the people looking at what he shows them and hearing what he tells them. Alternate translation: "when they look at what I am doing ... when they hear what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι, καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they look, but do not see Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: "they look and do not understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p4fv figs-metaphor βλέπωσι καὶ μὴ ἴδωσιν 1 they look, but do not see Jesus speaks of people understanding what they see as actually seeing. Alternate translation: "they look and do not understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 12 p9yr figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they would turn "turn to God." Here "turn" is a metaphor for "repent." Alternate translation: "they would repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 13 xc29 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus explains the parable of the soils to his followers and then tells them about using a lamp to show that hidden things will become known.
|
||||
MRK 4 13 qzt4 καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them "Then Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
|
|
@ -259,9 +260,9 @@ MRK 4 14 rp6h figs-metonymy 0 the one who sows the word The "word" represents G
|
|||
MRK 4 15 cy3i 0 These are the ones that fall beside the road "Some people are like the seeds that fall beside road" or "Some people are like the path where some of the seeds fell"
|
||||
MRK 4 15 yf39 τὴν ὁδὸν 1 the road "the path"
|
||||
MRK 4 15 q5th 0 when they hear it Here "it" refers to "the word" or "God's message."
|
||||
MRK 4 16 ty3q figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ 1 These are the ones "And some people are like the seeds." Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that fell on the rocky soil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 16 ty3q figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν ... οἱ 1 These are the ones "And some people are like the seeds." Jesus begins to explain how some people are like the seeds that fell on the rocky soil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 p5fr figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχουσιν ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 They have no root in themselves This is a comparison to the young plants that have very shallow roots. This metaphor means that the people were first excited when they received the word, but they were not strongly devoted to it. Alternate translation: "And they are like the young plants that have no roots" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 s5mh figs-hyperbole οὐκ ῥίζαν 1 no root This is an exaggeration to emphasize how shallow the roots were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 s5mh figs-hyperbole οὐκ ... ῥίζαν 1 no root This is an exaggeration to emphasize how shallow the roots were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 h8zg figs-metaphor εἰσιν 1 endure In this parable, "endure" means "believe." Alternate translation: "continue in their belief" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 l8xa figs-explicit γενομένης θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 tribulation or persecution comes because of the word It may be helpful to explain that tribulation comes because people believed God's message. Alternate translation: "tribulation or persecution comes because they believed God's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 4 17 t21w figs-metaphor σκανδαλίζονται 1 they stumble In this parable, "stumble" means "stop believing God's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -280,12 +281,12 @@ MRK 4 23 k1a8 figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει ὦτα ἀκούειν, ἀ
|
|||
MRK 4 23 izg1 figs-123person 0 If anyone ... let him Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Mark 4:9](../04/09.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
MRK 4 24 r2r1 ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "Jesus said to the crowd"
|
||||
MRK 4 24 zis1 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖτε 1 for the measure you use Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is talking about a literal measure and giving generously to others or 2) this is a metaphor in which Jesus speaks of "understanding" as if it were "measuring." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν. 1 will be measured to you, and more will be added to you. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 24 c4xp figs-activepassive μετρηθήσεται ὑμῖν, καὶ προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 will be measured to you, and more will be added to you. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will measure that amount for you, and he will add it to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 25 i24l figs-activepassive 0 to him will be given more ... even what he has will be taken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to him God will give more ... from him God will take away" or "God will give more to him ... God will take away from him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 4 26 n1mq figs-parables 0 Jesus then tells the people parables to explain the kingdom of God, which he later explains to his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 4 26 r5n7 figs-simile οὕτως ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 like a man who sows his seed Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a farmer who sows his seed. Alternate translation: "like a farmer who sows his seed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 4 27 y5m5 καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται νύκτα ἡμέραν 1 He sleeps at night and gets up by day This is something that the man habitually does. Alternate translation: "He sleeps each night and gets up each day" or "He sleeps each night and gets up the next day"
|
||||
MRK 4 27 lq2e ἐγείρηται ἡμέραν 1 gets up by day "is up during the day" or "is active during the day"
|
||||
MRK 4 26 r5n7 figs-simile οὕτως ... ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον 1 like a man who sows his seed Jesus likens the kingdom of God to a farmer who sows his seed. Alternate translation: "like a farmer who sows his seed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 4 27 y5m5 καθεύδῃ καὶ ἐγείρηται, νύκτα ... ἡμέραν 1 He sleeps at night and gets up by day This is something that the man habitually does. Alternate translation: "He sleeps each night and gets up each day" or "He sleeps each night and gets up the next day"
|
||||
MRK 4 27 lq2e ἐγείρηται ... ἡμέραν 1 gets up by day "is up during the day" or "is active during the day"
|
||||
MRK 4 27 c6jv 0 though he does not know how "though the man does not know how the seed sprouts and grows"
|
||||
MRK 4 28 diz5 χόρτον 1 the blade the stalk or sprout
|
||||
MRK 4 28 cew8 στάχυν 1 the ear the head on the stalk or the part of the plant that holds the fruit
|
||||
|
|
@ -313,18 +314,18 @@ MRK 4 39 yym6 figs-doublet 0 Peace! Be still! These two phrases are similar and
|
|||
MRK 4 39 ag41 γαλήνη μεγάλη 1 a great calm "a great stillness over the sea" or "a great calm over the sea"
|
||||
MRK 4 40 h7n3 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Then he said to them "And Jesus said to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 4 40 w5n4 figs-rquestion τί δειλοί ἐστε? οὔπω ἔχετε πίστιν 1 Why are you afraid? Do you still not have faith? Jesus asks these questions to make his disciples consider why they are afraid when he is with them. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You should not be afraid. You need to have more faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν ὅτι καὶ, ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ 1 Who then is this, because even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 4 41 u8e1 figs-rquestion τίς ἄρα οὗτός ἐστιν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ ἡ θάλασσα ὑπακούει αὐτῷ 1 Who then is this, because even the wind and the sea obey him? The disciples ask this question in amazement at what Jesus did. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This man is not like ordinary men; even the wind and the sea obey him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 intro lh25 0 # Mark 05 General Notes<br>#### Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Talitha, koum"<br><br>The words "Talitha, koum" ([Mark 5:41](../../mrk/05/41.md)) are from the Aramaic language. Mark writes them the way they sound and then translates them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>
|
||||
MRK 5 1 fix1 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus calms the great storm, he heals a man who has many demons, but the local people in Gerasa are not glad about his healing, and they beg Jesus to leave.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 gt8a ἦλθον 1 They came The word "They" refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 ahx8 τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea This refers to the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MRK 5 1 vsc7 translate-names Γερασηνῶν 1 Gerasenes This name refers to the people who live in Gerasa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 5 2 pf16 figs-idiom ἐν πνεύματι ἀκαθάρτῳ 1 with an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that the man is "controlled" or "possessed" by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "controlled by an unclean spirit" or "that an unclean spirit possessed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "People had bound him many times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "he shattered his shackles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 da4x figs-activepassive αὐτὸν πολλάκις ... δεδέσθαι 1 He had been bound many times This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "People had bound him many times" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 nep6 figs-activepassive τὰς ... πέδας συντετρῖφθαι 1 his shackles were shattered This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "he shattered his shackles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 fk7t πέδαις 1 shackles pieces of metal that people wrap around the arms and legs of prisoners and attach with chains to objects that do not move so the prisoners cannot move
|
||||
MRK 5 4 tu2d figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἴσχυεν αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 No one had the strength to subdue him The man was so strong that no one could subdue him. Alternate translation: "He was so strong that no one was strong enough to subdue him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 4 gp74 αὐτὸν δαμάσαι 1 subdue him "control him"
|
||||
MRK 5 4 gp74 αὐτὸν ... δαμάσαι 1 subdue him "control him"
|
||||
MRK 5 5 z9ah κατακόπτων ἑαυτὸν λίθοις 1 cut himself with sharp stones Often times when a person is possessed by a demon, the demon will cause the person to do self-destructive things, such as cutting himself.
|
||||
MRK 5 6 y6c2 figs-explicit καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 When he saw Jesus from a distance When the man first saw Jesus, Jesus would have been getting out of the boat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 6 pw4y προσεκύνησεν 1 bowed down This means that he knelt down before Jesus out of reverence and respect, not out of worship.
|
||||
|
|
@ -342,11 +343,11 @@ MRK 5 13 b4s1 0 they rushed "the pigs rushed"
|
|||
MRK 5 13 g3xx 0 into the sea, and about two thousand pigs drowned in the sea You can make this a separate sentence: "into the sea. There were about two thousand pigs, and they drowned in the sea"
|
||||
MRK 5 13 a28z translate-numbers 0 about two thousand pigs "about 2,000 pigs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 5 14 lt8x figs-ellipsis εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἀγρούς 1 in the city and in the countryside It can be stated clearly that the men gave their report to the people who were in the city and countryside. Alternate translation: "to people in the city and in the countryside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 5 15 qih4 τὸν λεγεῶνα 1 Legion This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
MRK 5 15 qih4 τὸν ... λεγεῶνα 1 Legion This was the name of the many demons that were in the man. See how you translated this in [Mark 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
MRK 5 15 fb4b figs-idiom σωφρονοῦντα 1 in his right mind This is an idiom meaning that he is thinking clearly. Alternate translation: "of a normal mind" or "thinking clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 5 15 yv69 ἐφοβήθησαν 1 they were afraid The word "they" refers to the group of people who went out to see what had happened.
|
||||
MRK 5 16 t4ez οἱ ἰδόντες πῶς ἐγένετο 1 Those who had seen what happened "The people who had witnessed what had happened"
|
||||
MRK 5 18 mwg9 ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς- ὁ 1 the demon-possessed man Though the man is no longer demon-possessed, he is still described in this way. Alternate translation: "the man who had been demon-possessed"
|
||||
MRK 5 16 t4ez οἱ ἰδόντες, πῶς ἐγένετο 1 Those who had seen what happened "The people who had witnessed what had happened"
|
||||
MRK 5 18 mwg9 ὁ δαιμονισθεὶς 1 the demon-possessed man Though the man is no longer demon-possessed, he is still described in this way. Alternate translation: "the man who had been demon-possessed"
|
||||
MRK 5 19 e21m figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν 1 But Jesus did not permit him What Jesus did not allow the man to do can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "But he did not allow the man to come with them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 20 g8ed translate-names Δεκαπόλει 1 Decapolis This is the name of a region that means Ten Cities. It is located to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 5 20 y8vn figs-ellipsis πάντες ἐθαύμαζον 1 everyone was amazed It may be helpful to state why the people were amazed. Alternate translation: "all the people who heard what the man said were amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -356,16 +357,16 @@ MRK 5 21 lyt8 παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 beside the sea "on the seash
|
|||
MRK 5 21 p4p7 τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This is the Sea of Galilee.
|
||||
MRK 5 22 v1dm translate-names Ἰάειρος 1 Jairus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 5 23 jd27 ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας 1 lay your hands "Laying on hands" refers to a prophet or teacher placing his hand on someone and imparting either healing or a blessing. In this case, Jarius is asking Jesus to heal his daughter.
|
||||
MRK 5 23 kzz8 figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῇ καὶ ζήσῃ 1 that she may be made well and live This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and heal her and make her live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 23 kzz8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ... σωθῇ καὶ ζήσῃ 1 that she may be made well and live This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and heal her and make her live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 24 d7zg figs-explicit καὶ ἀπῆλθεν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 So he went with him "So Jesus went with Jairus." Jesus' disciples also went with him. Alternate translation: "So Jesus and the disciples went with Jairus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 24 jgg5 συνέθλιβον αὐτόν 1 pressed close around him This means they crowded around Jesus and pressed themselves together to be closer to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 5 25 rn7h 0 Connecting Statement: While Jesus is on his way to heal the man's little 12-year-old girl, a woman who has been sick for 12 years interrupts by touching Jesus for her healing.
|
||||
MRK 5 25 e2cz writing-participants 0 Now a woman was there "Now" indicates that this woman is being introduced to the story. Consider how new people are introduced into a story in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
MRK 5 25 h58w figs-euphemism οὖσα ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη 1 who had a flow of blood for twelve years The woman did not have an open wound; rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 5 25 h58w figs-euphemism οὖσα ... ῥύσει αἵματος δώδεκα ἔτη 1 who had a flow of blood for twelve years The woman did not have an open wound; rather, her monthly flow of blood would not stop. Your language may have a polite way to refer to this condition. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 5 25 idh9 translate-numbers δώδεκα ἔτη 1 for twelve years "for 12 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 5 26 vgh2 τὸ χεῖρον ἐλθοῦσα 1 she grew worse "her sickness got worse" or "her bleeding increased"
|
||||
MRK 5 27 z2hg figs-explicit τὰ περὶ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 the reports about Jesus She had heard reports about Jesus of how he healed people. Alternate translation: "that Jesus healed people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 27 v7h8 τοῦ ἱματίου 1 cloak outer garment or coat
|
||||
MRK 5 27 v7h8 τοῦ ... ἱματίου 1 cloak outer garment or coat
|
||||
MRK 5 28 wge2 figs-activepassive σωθήσομαι 1 I will be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it will heal me" or "his power will heal me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 29 c1vz figs-activepassive ἴαται ἀπὸ τῆς μάστιγος 1 she was healed from her affliction This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the sickness had left her" or "she was no longer sick" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 5 30 ma2b τὴν ἐξ αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἐξελθοῦσαν 1 that power had gone out from him When the woman touched Jesus, Jesus felt his power healing her. Jesus himself did not lose any of his power to heal people when he healed her. Alternate translation: "that his healing power had healed the woman"
|
||||
|
|
@ -377,7 +378,7 @@ MRK 5 34 a5qw ἡ πίστις σου 1 your faith "your faith in me"
|
|||
MRK 5 35 kmm7 ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 While he was speaking "While Jesus was speaking"
|
||||
MRK 5 35 ld5e 0 some people came from the leader of the synagogue Possible meanings are 1) these people had come from Jarius' house or 2) Jairus had previously given these people orders to go see Jesus or 3) these people had been sent by the man who was presiding as the synagogue leader in Jairus' absence.
|
||||
MRK 5 35 akl8 τοῦ ἀρχισυναγώγου 1 the leader of the synagogue The "leader of the synagogue" is Jairus.
|
||||
MRK 5 35 ip1p ἀρχισυναγώγου, λέγοντες 1 synagogue, saying "synagogue, saying to Jairus"
|
||||
MRK 5 35 ip1p ἀρχισυναγώγου λέγοντες 1 synagogue, saying "synagogue, saying to Jairus"
|
||||
MRK 5 35 t2wd figs-rquestion τί ἔτι σκύλλεις τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 Why trouble the teacher any longer? This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is useless to bother the teacher any longer." or "There no need to bother the teacher any longer." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 35 c5c1 τὸν διδάσκαλον 1 the teacher This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 5 36 zei3 figs-events 0 General Information: The information in verses 37 and 38 may be reordered to present the events in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -387,14 +388,14 @@ MRK 5 37 ed49 figs-explicit μετ’ αὐτοῦ συνακολουθῆσαι
|
|||
MRK 5 38 t154 θεωρεῖ 1 he saw Jesus saw
|
||||
MRK 5 39 m7pu λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 he said to them "Jesus said to the people who were weeping"
|
||||
MRK 5 39 a3ih figs-rquestion 0 Why are you upset and why do you weep? Jesus asked this question to help them see their lack of faith. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This is not a time to be upset and crying." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 5 39 g83c τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child is not dead but sleeps Jesus uses the common word for sleep, and so should the translation.
|
||||
MRK 5 39 g83c τὸ παιδίον οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει 1 The child is not dead but sleeps Jesus uses the common word for sleep, and so should the translation.
|
||||
MRK 5 40 jm38 κατεγέλων αὐτοῦ 1 They laughed at him Jesus used the common word for sleep (verse 39). The reader should understand that the people who hear Jesus laugh at him because they truly do know the difference between a dead person and a sleeping person and they think he does not.
|
||||
MRK 5 40 tkl7 ἐκβαλὼν πάντας 1 put them all outside "sent all the other people outside the house"
|
||||
MRK 5 40 mi3u τοὺς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 those who were with him This refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 5 40 wca3 figs-explicit εἰσπορεύεται ὅπου ἦν τὸ παιδίον 1 went in where the child was It may be helpful to state where the child is. Alternate translation: "went into the room where the child was lying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 5 41 hx3c translate-transliterate ταλιθὰ, κοῦμ 1 Talitha, koum This is an Aramaic sentence, which Jesus spoke to the little girl in her language. Write these words as is with your alphabet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was twelve years of age "she was 12 years old" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 5 43 i5ja figs-quotations διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο. καὶ 1 He strictly ordered them that no one should know about this. Then This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "He ordered them strictly, 'No one should know about this!' Then" or "He ordered them strictly, 'Do not tell anyone about what I have done!' Then" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 5 42 pt5t translate-numbers ἦν ... ἐτῶν δώδεκα 1 she was twelve years of age "she was 12 years old" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 5 43 i5ja figs-quotations διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἵνα μηδεὶς γνοῖ τοῦτο, καὶ 1 He strictly ordered them that no one should know about this. Then This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "He ordered them strictly, 'No one should know about this!' Then" or "He ordered them strictly, 'Do not tell anyone about what I have done!' Then" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 5 43 ij1k διεστείλατο αὐτοῖς πολλὰ 1 He strictly ordered them "He strongly commanded them"
|
||||
MRK 5 43 n29k figs-quotations 0 Then he told them to give her something to eat. This can be stated as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "And he told them, 'Give her something to eat.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 6 intro kl7n 0 # Mark 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Anointed with oil"<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people would try to heal sick people by putting olive oil on them.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -402,15 +403,15 @@ MRK 6 1 mi7z 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus returns to his hometown, where he i
|
|||
MRK 6 1 mjr1 τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown This refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up and where his family lived. This does not mean that he owned land there.
|
||||
MRK 6 2 y4xj 0 What is this wisdom that has been given to him? This question, which contains passive construction, can be asked in active form. Alternate translation: "What is this wisdom that he has gained?"
|
||||
MRK 6 2 s1xy διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ γινόμεναι 1 that he does with his hands This phrase emphasizes that Jesus himself does the miracles. Alternate translation: "that he himself works"
|
||||
MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion Ἰωσῆτος" οὗτός οὐχ ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου καὶ ἐστιν καὶ Ἰούδα καὶ Σίμωνος? εἰσὶν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀδελφαὶ οὐκ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς?" 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? Are his sisters not here with us? These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 3 s3wl figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τέκτων, ὁ υἱὸς τῆς Μαρίας, καὶ ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου, καὶ Ἰωσῆτος, καὶ Ἰούδα, καὶ Σίμωνος ... οὐκ εἰσὶν αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ ὧδε πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 Is this not the carpenter, the son of Mary and the brother of James and Joses and Judas and Simon? Are his sisters not here with us? These questions can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "He is just an ordinary carpenter! We know him and his family. We know Mary his mother. We know his younger brothers James, Joses, Judas and Simon. And his younger sisters also live here with us." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 4 ni6w αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to the crowd"
|
||||
MRK 6 4 l436 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος, εἰ μὴ 1 A prophet is not without honor, except This sentence uses a double negative to create emphasis of the positive equivalent. Alternate translation: "A prophet is always honored, except" or "The only place a prophet is not honored is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 6 5 k9gh ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας 1 to lay his hands on a few sick people Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 5 k9gh ὀλίγοις ἀρρώστοις, ἐπιθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας 1 to lay his hands on a few sick people Prophets and teachers would put their hands on people in order to heal them or bless them. In this case, Jesus was healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 w7qq translate-versebridge 0 General Information: Jesus' instructions in verses 8 and 9 can be reordered to separate what he told the disciples to do from what he told them not to do, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 6 7 g5um 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus sends his disciples out in sets of two to preach and to heal.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 pmq4 προσκαλεῖται τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he called the twelve Here the word "called" means that he summoned the twelve to come to him.
|
||||
MRK 6 7 d6sx translate-numbers δύο δύο 1 two by two "2 by 2" or "in pairs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ἄρτον 1 no bread Here "bread" is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: "no food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 6 8 t9a2 figs-synecdoche μὴ ... ἄρτον 1 no bread Here "bread" is a synecdoche for food in general. Alternate translation: "no food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 6 10 wv9h ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 He said to them "Jesus said to the twelve"
|
||||
MRK 6 10 h31d figs-metonymy μένετε ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθητε ἐκεῖθεν 1 remain until you go away from there Here "remain" represents daily going back to that house to eat and sleep there. Alternate translation: "eat and sleep in that house until you leave that place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 11 b2kb figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony to them "as a testimony against them." It may be helpful to explain how this action was a testimony to them. "as a testimony to them. By doing that, you will be testifying that they did not welcome you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -421,17 +422,17 @@ MRK 6 14 y69r 0 Connecting Statement: When Herod hears about Jesus' miracles,
|
|||
MRK 6 14 f9um 0 King Herod heard this The word "this" refers to everything that Jesus and his disciples had been doing in various towns, including casting out demons and healing people.
|
||||
MRK 6 14 sc6s figs-explicit 0 Some were saying, "John the Baptist has been Some people were saying that Jesus was John the Baptist. This can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: "Some were saying, 'He is John the Baptist who has been" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 14 cb7p figs-activepassive Ἰωάννης ὁ βαπτίζων ἐγήγερται 1 John the Baptist has been raised "Raised" here is an idiom for "caused to live again." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John the Baptist has been caused to live again" or "God has caused John the Baptist to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι ἔλεγον," Ἠλείας ἐστίν." 1 Some others said, "He is Elijah." It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was Elijah. Alternate translation: "Some others said, 'He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 15 fgy3 figs-explicit ἄλλοι ... ἔλεγον ... Ἠλείας ἐστίν 1 Some others said, "He is Elijah." It may be helpful to state why some people thought he was Elijah. Alternate translation: "Some others said, 'He is Elijah, whom God promised to send back again.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 bg3k writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 17 the author begins to give background information about Herod and why he beheaded John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 ym2w figs-metonymy ὃν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα 1 whom I beheaded Here Herod uses the word "I" to refer to himself. The word "I" is a metonym for Herod's soldiers. Alternate translation: "whom I commanded my soldiers to behead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 16 n6nq figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 has been raised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has become alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-activepassive ὁ Ἡρῴδης ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod sent to have John arrested and he had him bound in prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 vpr7 figs-activepassive ὁ Ἡρῴδης, ἀποστείλας ἐκράτησεν τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Herod sent to have John arrested and he had him bound in prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John and had them bind him in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 i7bw ἀποστείλας 1 sent to have "ordered to have"
|
||||
MRK 6 17 a5du διὰ Ἡρῳδιάδα 1 on account of Herodias "because of Herodias"
|
||||
MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names Φιλίππου τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ' τὴν γυναῖκα 1 his brother Philip's wife "the wife of his brother Philip." Herod's brother Philip is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus' twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 sf6r translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου, τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his brother Philip's wife "the wife of his brother Philip." Herod's brother Philip is not the same Philip who was an evangelist in the book of Acts or the Philip who was one of Jesus' twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 17 yn6x ὅτι αὐτὴν ἐγάμησεν 1 because he had married her "because Herod had married her"
|
||||
MRK 6 19 x35v figs-metonymy ἤθελεν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ οὐκ ἠδύνατο 1 wanted to kill him, but she could not Herodias is the subject of this phrase and "she" is a metonym as she wants someone else to execute John. Alternate translation: "she wanted someone to kill him, but she could not have him killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 20 k8wa writing-connectingwords ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην; εἰδὼς 1 for Herod feared John; he knew These two clauses can be linked differently to show more clearly why Herod feared John. Alternate translation: "for Herod feared John because he knew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MRK 6 20 k8wa writing-connectingwords ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ἐφοβεῖτο τὸν Ἰωάννην, εἰδὼς 1 for Herod feared John; he knew These two clauses can be linked differently to show more clearly why Herod feared John. Alternate translation: "for Herod feared John because he knew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MRK 6 20 fj95 0 he knew that he was a righteous "Herod knew that John was a righteous"
|
||||
MRK 6 20 i5de ἀκούσας αὐτοῦ 1 Listening to him "Listening to John"
|
||||
MRK 6 21 xi2t writing-background 0 The author continues to give background information about Herod and the beheading of John the Baptist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -444,10 +445,10 @@ MRK 6 24 jky3 ἐξελθοῦσα 1 went out "went out of the room"
|
|||
MRK 6 25 ap2w 0 on a wooden platter "on a board" or "on a large wooden dish"
|
||||
MRK 6 26 c1gn figs-explicit 0 because of the oath he had made and because of his dinner guests The content of the oath, and the relationship between the oath and the dinner guests can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "because his dinner guests had heard him make the oath that he would give her anything she asked for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 28 k51v ἐπὶ πίνακι 1 on a platter "on a tray"
|
||||
MRK 6 29 f3xg ἀκούσαντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 When his disciples "When John's disciples"
|
||||
MRK 6 29 f3xg ἀκούσαντες, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 When his disciples "When John's disciples"
|
||||
MRK 6 30 gm4a 0 Connecting Statement: After the disciples return from preaching and healing, they go somewhere to be alone, but there are many people who come to hear Jesus teach. When it becomes late, he feeds the people and then sends everyone away while he prays alone.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 wu9z ἔρημον τόπον 1 a deserted place a place where there are no people
|
||||
MRK 6 31 p1c9 ἦσαν ἐρχόμενοι καὶ ὑπάγοντες πολλοί 1 many were coming and going This means that people were continually coming to the apostles and then going away from them.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 p1c9 ἦσαν ... ἐρχόμενοι καὶ ... ὑπάγοντες πολλοί 1 many were coming and going This means that people were continually coming to the apostles and then going away from them.
|
||||
MRK 6 31 a8q1 0 they did not even The word "they" refers to the apostles.
|
||||
MRK 6 32 dp4l καὶ ἀπῆλθον 1 So they went away Here the word "they" includes both the apostles and Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 6 33 x5un εἶδον αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας 1 they saw them leaving "the people saw Jesus and the apostles leaving"
|
||||
|
|
@ -455,29 +456,29 @@ MRK 6 33 r1jh πεζῇ 1 on foot The people are going on foot by land, which c
|
|||
MRK 6 34 b7zp εἶδεν πολὺν ὄχλον 1 he saw a great crowd "Jesus saw a great crowd"
|
||||
MRK 6 34 j1td figs-simile ἦσαν ὡς πρόβατα μὴ ἔχοντα ποιμένα 1 they were like sheep without a shepherd Jesus compares the people to sheep who are confused when they do not have their shepherd to lead them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 6 35 sei9 figs-idiom 0 When the hour was late This means it was late in the day. Alternate translation: "When it was getting late" or "Late in the afternoon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ὁ ὁ τόπος 1 a deserted place This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
|
||||
MRK 6 35 hz4h ἔρημός ... ὁ τόπος 1 a deserted place This refers to a place where there are no people. See how you translated this in [Mark 6:31](../06/31.md).
|
||||
MRK 6 37 am7m 0 But he answered and said to them "But Jesus answered and said to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 6 37 cts5 figs-rquestion 0 Can we go and buy two hundred denarii worth of bread and give it to them to eat? The disciples ask this question to say that there is no way they could afford to buy enough food for this crowd. Alternate translation: "We could not buy enough bread to feed this crowd, even if we had two hundred denarii!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 6 37 hs21 translate-bmoney δηναρίων διακοσίων 1 two hundred denarii "200 denarii." The singular form of the word "denarii" is "denarius." A denarius was a Roman silver coin worth one day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 38 h61r ἄρτους 1 loaves lumps of bread dough that have been shaped and baked
|
||||
MRK 6 39 xgb6 χλωρῷ χόρτῳ 1 green grass Describe the grass with the color word used in your language for healthy grass, which may or may not be the color green.
|
||||
MRK 6 40 e4cb translate-numbers πρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα 1 groups of hundreds and fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: "about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 40 e4cb translate-numbers πρασιαὶ πρασιαὶ, κατὰ ἑκατὸν καὶ ... πεντήκοντα 1 groups of hundreds and fifties This refers to the number of people in each of the groups. Alternate translation: "about fifty people in some groups and about a hundred people in other groups" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 41 l8q3 ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking up to heaven This means that he looked up toward the sky, which is associated with the place where God lives.
|
||||
MRK 6 41 gr6v εὐλόγησεν 1 he blessed "he spoke a blessing" or "he gave thanks"
|
||||
MRK 6 41 r49p καὶ τοὺς δύο ἰχθύας ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 He also divided the two fish among them all "he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some"
|
||||
MRK 6 41 r49p καὶ ... τοὺς ... δύο ἰχθύας ... ἐμέρισεν πᾶσιν 1 He also divided the two fish among them all "he divided the two fish so that everyone could have some"
|
||||
MRK 6 43 rq7a ἦραν 1 They took up Possible meaning are 1) "The disciples took up" or 2) "The people took up."
|
||||
MRK 6 43 sk2v κλάσματα, δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 broken pieces of bread, twelve baskets full "twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread"
|
||||
MRK 6 43 sk2v κλάσματα δώδεκα κοφίνων πληρώματα 1 broken pieces of bread, twelve baskets full "twelve baskets full of broken pieces of bread"
|
||||
MRK 6 43 xk9h translate-numbers δώδεκα κοφίνων 1 twelve baskets "12 baskets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 44 v4m3 translate-numbers πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 five thousand men "5,000 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 There were five thousand men who ate the loaves The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "And there were five thousand men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 45 bc6z figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side This refers to the Sea of Galilee. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "to the other side of the Sea of Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 44 u413 figs-explicit ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες τοὺς ἄρτους, πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 There were five thousand men who ate the loaves The number of women and children was not counted. If it would not be understood that women and children were present, it can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "And there were five thousand men who ate the loaves. They did not even count the women and children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 45 bc6z figs-ellipsis εἰς τὸ ... πέραν 1 to the other side This refers to the Sea of Galilee. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "to the other side of the Sea of Galilee" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 6 45 y3ve translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 6 46 l6az ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 When they were gone "When the people had left"
|
||||
MRK 6 48 rvu4 0 Connecting Statement: A storm arises while the disciples are trying to cross the lake. Seeing Jesus walking on the water terrifies them. They do not understand how Jesus can calm the storm.
|
||||
MRK 6 48 g7ka translate-ordinal τετάρτην φυλακὴν 1 fourth watch This is the time between 3 a.m. and sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 6 49 s8cd φάντασμά 1 a ghost the spirit of a dead person or some other kind of spirit
|
||||
MRK 6 50 et5c figs-parallelism 0 Be courageous! ... Do not be afraid! These two sentences are similar in meaning, emphasizing to his disciples that they did not need to be afraid. They can be combined into one if necessary. Alternate translation: "Do not fear me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ἐξίσταντο 1 They were completely amazed If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: "They were completely amazed at what he had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 51 u2u6 figs-explicit λείαν ... ἐξίσταντο 1 They were completely amazed If you need to be more specific, it can stated what they were amazed by. Alternate translation: "They were completely amazed at what he had done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 m53m figs-metonymy 0 what the loaves meant Here the phrase "the loaves" refers to when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread. Alternate translation: "what it meant when Jesus multiplied the loaves of bread" or "what it meant when Jesus caused the few loaves to become many" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 6 52 t1qb figs-metaphor ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη 1 their hearts were hardened Having a hard heart represents being too stubborn to understand. Alternate translation: "they were too stubborn to understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 6 53 rc3z 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples arrive at Gennesaret in their boat, people see him and bring people for him to heal. This happens wherever they go.
|
||||
|
|
@ -497,7 +498,7 @@ MRK 7 1 hu3f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus rebukes the Pharisees and scribes.
|
|||
MRK 7 1 b9ul συνάγονται πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 gathered around him "gathered around Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 7 2 b8qw writing-background 0 General Information: In verses verses 3 and 4, the author gives background information about the Pharisees' washing traditions in order to show why the Pharisees were bothered that Jesus' disciples did not wash their hands before eating. This information can be reordered in order to make it easier to understand, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 7 2 a2qf ἰδόντες 1 They saw "The Pharisees and the scribes saw"
|
||||
MRK 7 2 eea5 figs-activepassive τοῦτ’ ἔστιν, ἀνίπτοις 1 that is, unwashed The word "unwashed" explains why the disciples' hands were defiled. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: "that is, with hands that they had not washed" or "that is, that they had not washed their hands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 2 eea5 figs-activepassive τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ἀνίπτοις 1 that is, unwashed The word "unwashed" explains why the disciples' hands were defiled. It can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: "that is, with hands that they had not washed" or "that is, that they had not washed their hands" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 3 mj6u πρεσβυτέρων 1 elders Jewish elders were leaders in their communities and were also judges for the people.
|
||||
MRK 7 4 wsb8 ξεστῶν 1 copper vessels "copper kettles" or "metal containers"
|
||||
MRK 7 4 gf15 0 the couches upon which they eat "benches" or "beds." At that time, the Jews would recline when eating.
|
||||
|
|
@ -512,9 +513,9 @@ MRK 7 8 xz71 ἀφέντες 1 abandon refuse to obey
|
|||
MRK 7 8 hnw4 κρατεῖτε 1 hold fast to "hold strongly to" or "only keep"
|
||||
MRK 7 9 e3qv figs-irony 0 How well you reject the commandment ... keep your tradition Jesus uses this ironic statement to rebuke his listeners for forsaking God's commandment. Alternate translation: "You think you have done well in how you have rejected the commandment of God so you may keep your own traditions, but what you have done is not good at all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
MRK 7 9 r5li 0 How well you reject "How skillfully you reject"
|
||||
MRK 7 10 d4sd ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα 1 who speaks evil of "who curses"
|
||||
MRK 7 10 d4sd ὁ‘ κακολογῶν πατέρα 1 who speaks evil of "who curses"
|
||||
MRK 7 10 ayl3 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 will surely die "must be put to death"
|
||||
MRK 7 10 dv6e figs-activepassive ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 He who speaks evil of his father or mother will surely die This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The authorities must execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 10 dv6e figs-activepassive ὁ‘ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 He who speaks evil of his father or mother will surely die This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The authorities must execute a person who speaks evil about his father or mother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 11 q76i 0 Whatever help you would have received from me is Corban The tradition of the scribes said that once money or other things were promised to the temple, they could not be used for any other purpose.
|
||||
MRK 7 11 cd57 translate-transliterate 0 is Corban "Corban" here is a Hebrew word that refers to things that people promise to give to God. Translators normally transliterate it using the target language alphabet. Some translators translate its meaning, and then leave out Mark's explanation of the meaning that follows. Alternate translation: "is a gift to God" or "belongs to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 7 11 ev2r figs-activepassive 0 Given to God This phrase explains the meaning of the Hebrew word "Corban." It can be stated in active form. Mark explained the meaning so that his non-Jewish readers could understand what Jesus said. Alternate translation: "I have given it to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -524,9 +525,9 @@ MRK 7 13 df13 ἀκυροῦντες 1 void canceled or done away with
|
|||
MRK 7 13 ena5 παρόμοια τοιαῦτα πολλὰ ποιεῖτε 1 many similar things you do "you are doing may other things similar to this"
|
||||
MRK 7 14 wp7p figs-parables 0 Jesus tells a parable to the crowd to help them understand what he has been saying to the scribes and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 7 14 ts15 προσκαλεσάμενος 1 He called "Jesus called"
|
||||
MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου, πάντες, καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words "Listen" and "understand" are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 7 14 u3nk figs-doublet ἀκούσατέ μου πάντες καὶ σύνετε 1 Listen to me, all of you, and understand The words "Listen" and "understand" are related. Jesus uses them together to emphasize that his hearers should pay close attention to what he is saying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 7 14 yni7 figs-ellipsis σύνετε 1 understand It may be helpful to state what Jesus is telling them to understand. Alternate translation: "try to understand what I am about to tell you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-explicit οὐδέν ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside of a person Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to "what come out of the person." Alternate translation: "nothing from outside a person that he can eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 15 gk5i figs-explicit οὐδέν ... ἔξωθεν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου 1 nothing from outside of a person Jesus is speaking about what a person eats. This is in contrast to "what come out of the person." Alternate translation: "nothing from outside a person that he can eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 15 ms5c figs-explicit 0 It is what comes out of the person This refers to the things a person does or says. This is in contrast to "what is outside a person that enters into him." Alternate translation: "It is what comes out of a person that he says or does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 17 m42w 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples still do not understand what Jesus has just said to the scribes, Pharisees, and crowds. Jesus explains his meaning more thoroughly to them.
|
||||
MRK 7 17 l7d7 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Jesus is now away from the crowd, in a house with his disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -534,16 +535,16 @@ MRK 7 18 f5sf 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to teach his disciples by a
|
|||
MRK 7 18 z8w1 figs-rquestion 0 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "After all I have said and done, I would expect you to understand." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 wyw4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes asking the question he is using to teach his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 wi6y figs-rquestion 0 because ... latrine? This is the end of the question that begins with the words "Do you not see" in verse 18. Jesus uses this question to teach his disciples something they should already know. It can be expressed as a statement. "You should already understand that whatever enters into a person from outside cannot defile him, because it cannot go into his heart, but it goes into his stomach and then passes out into the latrine." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ τὴν καρδίαν 1 it cannot go into his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person's character. Alternate translation: "it cannot go into his inner being" or "it cannot go into his mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 he68 ὅτι αὐτοῦ 1 because it Here "it" refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: "all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 y2cr figs-metonymy οὐκ εἰσπορεύεται αὐτοῦ ... τὴν καρδίαν 1 it cannot go into his heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. Here Jesus means that food does not affect a person's character. Alternate translation: "it cannot go into his inner being" or "it cannot go into his mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 19 he68 ὅτι ... αὐτοῦ 1 because it Here "it" refers to what goes into a person; that is, what a person eats.
|
||||
MRK 7 19 hm98 figs-explicit καθαρίζων( πάντα τὰ βρώματα 1 all foods clean It may be helpful to explain clearly what this phrase means. Alternate translation: "all foods clean, meaning that people can eat any food without God considering the eater defiled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 20 r12p ἔλεγεν 1 He said "Jesus said"
|
||||
MRK 7 20 eq3a 0 It is that which comes out of the person that defiles him "What defiles a person is what comes out of him"
|
||||
MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας, οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. Alternate translation: "out of the inner being, come evil thoughts" or "out of the mind, come evil thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 21 lm51 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας ... οἱ διαλογισμοὶ οἱ κακοὶ ἐκπορεύονται 1 out of the heart, proceed evil thoughts Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. Alternate translation: "out of the inner being, come evil thoughts" or "out of the mind, come evil thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 7 22 y3md ἀσέλγεια 1 sensuality not controlling one's lustful desires
|
||||
MRK 7 23 h9ta figs-ellipsis ἔσωθεν ἐκπορεύεται 1 come from within Here the word "within" describes a person's heart. Alternate translation: "come from within a person's heart" or "come from within a person's thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 24 k9bl 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus goes away to Tyre, he heals the daughter of a Gentile woman who has extraordinary faith.
|
||||
MRK 7 25 j2k9 figs-idiom εἶχεν πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον 1 had an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "was possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 25 j2k9 figs-idiom εἶχεν ... πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον 1 had an unclean spirit This is an idiom meaning that she was possessed by the unclean spirit. Alternate translation: "was possessed by an unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 7 25 q47q προσέπεσεν 1 fell down "knelt." This is an act of honor and submission.
|
||||
MRK 7 26 aik7 writing-background 0 Now the woman was a Greek, a Syrophoenician by descent The word "Now" marks a break in the main story line, as this sentence gives us background information about the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 7 26 e39y translate-names Συροφοινίκισσα 1 Syrophoenician This is the name of the woman's nationality. She was born in the Phoenician region in Syria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -552,7 +553,7 @@ MRK 7 27 r898 figs-activepassive ἄφες πρῶτον χορτασθῆναι
|
|||
MRK 7 27 k2wb figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 bread This refers to food in general. Alternate translation: "food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 7 27 yn61 κυναρίοις 1 dogs This refers to small dogs kept as pets.
|
||||
MRK 7 29 sa9t figs-explicit 0 you are free to go Jesus was implying that she no longer needed to stay to ask him to help her daughter. He would do it. Alternate translation: "you may go now" or "you may go home in peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 29 pa3u figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 The demon has gone out of your daughter Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman's daughter. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: "I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 29 pa3u figs-explicit ἐξελήλυθεν τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἐκ τῆς θυγατρός σου 1 The demon has gone out of your daughter Jesus has caused the unclean spirit to leave the woman's daughter. This can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: "I have caused the evil spirit to leave your daughter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 7 31 g44h 0 Connecting Statement: After healing people in Tyre, Jesus goes to the Sea of Galilee. There he heals a deaf man, which amazes the people.
|
||||
MRK 7 31 k9gy πάλιν ἐξελθὼν ἐκ τῶν ὁρίων Τύρου 1 went out again from the region of Tyre "left the region of Tyre"
|
||||
MRK 7 31 paz4 ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ὁρίων 1 up into the region Possible meanings are 1) "in the region" as Jesus is at the sea in the region of the Decapolis or 2) "through the region" as Jesus went through the region of the Decapolis to get to the sea.
|
||||
|
|
@ -569,8 +570,8 @@ MRK 7 34 lbw4 translate-transliterate ἐφφαθά 1 Ephphatha Here the author
|
|||
MRK 7 34 qiy7 ἐστέναξεν 1 he sighed This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus' sympathy for the man.
|
||||
MRK 7 34 m4a8 λέγει αὐτῷ 1 said to him "said to the man"
|
||||
MRK 7 35 yg15 ἠνοίγησαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἀκοαί 1 his ears were opened This means he was able to hear. Alternate translation: "his ears were opened and he was able to hear" or "he was able to hear"
|
||||
MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 his tongue was released This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking" or "Jesus loosened his tongue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο αὐτοὶ 1 the more he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: "the more he ordered them not to tell anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 35 yj4j figs-activepassive ἐλύθη ... τῆς γλώσσης αὐτοῦ 1 his tongue was released This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus took away what prevented his tongue from speaking" or "Jesus loosened his tongue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 7 36 eb2y figs-ellipsis ὅσον ... αὐτοῖς διεστέλλετο, αὐτοὶ 1 the more he ordered them The refers to him ordering them not to tell anyone about what he had done. Alternate translation: "the more he ordered them not to tell anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 7 36 zce7 μᾶλλον περισσότερον 1 the more abundantly "the more widely" or "the more"
|
||||
MRK 7 37 iy76 ὑπέρ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 were extremely astonished "were utterly amazed" or "were exceedingly astonished" or "were astonished beyond all measure"
|
||||
MRK 7 37 dh17 figs-metonymy 0 the deaf ... the mute These refer to people. Alternate translation: "deaf people ... mute people" or "people who cannot hear ... people who cannot speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -588,7 +589,7 @@ MRK 8 7 pzy6 καὶ εἶχαν 1 They also had Here the word "they" is used t
|
|||
MRK 8 7 mb6v εὐλογήσας αὐτὰ 1 he gave thanks for them "Jesus gave thanks for the fish"
|
||||
MRK 8 8 m9k6 ἔφαγον 1 They ate "The people ate"
|
||||
MRK 8 8 mxn1 ἦραν 1 they picked up "the disciples picked up"
|
||||
MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων, ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 the remaining broken pieces, seven large baskets This refers to the broken pieces of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: "the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 8 v5zi figs-explicit περισσεύματα κλασμάτων ἑπτὰ σπυρίδας 1 the remaining broken pieces, seven large baskets This refers to the broken pieces of fish and bread that were left over after the people ate. Alternate translation: "the remaining broken pieces of bread and fish, which filled seven large baskets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 9 m81z figs-explicit καὶ ἀπέλυσεν αὐτούς 1 Then he sent them away It may be helpful to clarify when he sent them away. Alternate translation: "After they ate, Jesus sent them away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 10 y8u3 figs-explicit ἦλθεν εἰς τὰ μέρη Δαλμανουθά 1 they went into the region of Dalmanutha It may be helpful to clarify how they got to Dalmanutha. Alternate translation: "they sailed around the Sea of Galilee to the region of Dalmanutha" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 10 x33a translate-names Δαλμανουθά 1 Dalmanutha This is the name of a place on the northwestern shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -598,9 +599,9 @@ MRK 8 11 zi91 figs-metonymy σημεῖον ἀπὸ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1
|
|||
MRK 8 11 cl3q figs-explicit πειράζοντες αὐτόν 1 to test him The Pharisees tried to test Jesus to make him prove that he was from God. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "to prove that God had sent him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 sn5a ἀναστενάξας τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 He sighed deeply in his spirit This means that he groaned or that he let out a long deep breath that could be heard. It probably shows Jesus' deep sadness that the Pharisees refused to believe him. See how you translated this in [Mark 7:34](../07/34.md).
|
||||
MRK 8 12 s8xl τῷ πνεύματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his spirit "in himself"
|
||||
MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον? 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This generation should not seek a sign." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 g4lz figs-rquestion τί ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη ζητεῖ σημεῖον 1 Why does this generation seek for a sign? Jesus is scolding them. This question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "This generation should not seek a sign." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 l335 figs-explicit ἡ γενεὰ αὕτη 1 this generation When Jesus speaks of "this generation," he is referring to the people who lived at that time. There Pharisees are included in this group. Alternate translation: "you and the people of this generation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται σημεῖον 1 no sign will be given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will not give a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 8 12 a2x2 figs-activepassive εἰ δοθήσεται ... σημεῖον 1 no sign will be given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will not give a sign" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 8 13 i2se figs-explicit ἀφεὶς αὐτοὺς, πάλιν ἐμβὰς 1 he left them, got into a boat again Jesus' disciples went with him. Some information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "he left them, got into a boat again with his disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 13 u1qk figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πέραν 1 to the other side This describes the Sea of Galilee, which can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "to the other side of the sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 14 fl8d 0 Connecting Statement: While Jesus and his disciples are in a boat, they have a discussion about the lack of understanding among the Pharisees and Herod, though they had seen many signs.
|
||||
|
|
@ -610,14 +611,14 @@ MRK 8 15 bd2x figs-doublet 0 Keep watch and be on guard These two terms have a
|
|||
MRK 8 15 ya88 figs-metaphor ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων καὶ τῆς ζύμης Ἡρῴδου 1 yeast of the Pharisees and the yeast of Herod Here Jesus is speaking to his disciples in a metaphor they do not understand. Jesus is comparing the Pharisees' and Herod's teachings to yeast, but you should not explain this when you translate it because the disciples themselves did not understand it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 16 xs4p figs-explicit 0 It is because we have no bread In this statement, it may be helpful to state that "it" refers to what Jesus had said. Alternate translation: "He must have said that because we have no bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 16 zfw3 figs-hyperbole 0 no bread The word "no" is an exaggeration. The disciples did have one loaf of bread ([Mark 8:14](../08/14.md)), but that was not much different from having no bread at all. Alternate translation: "very little bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε? 1 Why are you reasoning about not having bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε? οὐδὲ συνίετε? 1 Do you not yet perceive? Do you not understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question or as a statement. Alternate translation: "Do you not yet understand?" or "You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν? 1 Have your hearts become so dull? Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "hearts become so dull" is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Your thinking has become so dull!" or "You are so slow to understand what I mean!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion , ὀφθαλμοὺς,? ἔχοντες? βλέπετε? ὦτα οὐ ἀκούετε οὐκ ἔχοντες μνημονεύετε οὐ 1 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς πεντακισχιλίους 1 the five thousand This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: "the 5,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 hnh6 figs-rquestion τί διαλογίζεσθε ὅτι ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχετε 1 Why are you reasoning about not having bread? Here Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples because they should have understood what he had been talking about. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not be thinking that I am talking about actual bread." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 dmt2 figs-parallelism οὔπω νοεῖτε, οὐδὲ συνίετε 1 Do you not yet perceive? Do you not understand? These questions have the same meaning and are used together to emphasize that they do not understand. This can be written as one question or as a statement. Alternate translation: "Do you not yet understand?" or "You should perceive and understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 17 fn31 figs-metonymy πεπωρωμένην ἔχετε τὴν καρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 Have your hearts become so dull? Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "hearts become so dull" is a metaphor for not being able or willing to understand something. Jesus uses a question to scold the disciples. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Your thinking has become so dull!" or "You are so slow to understand what I mean!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 18 u1gh figs-rquestion ὀφθαλμοὺς‘ ἔχοντες, οὐ βλέπετε ... ὦτα ἔχοντες, οὐκ ἀκούετε ... οὐ μνημονεύετε 1 You have eyes, do you not see? You have ears, do you not hear? Do you not remember? Jesus continues to mildly rebuke his disciples. These questions can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "You have eyes, but you do not understand what you see. You have ears, but you do not understand what you hear. You should remember." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e37p figs-metonymy τοὺς ... πεντακισχιλίους 1 the five thousand This refers to the 5,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: "the 5,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 19 e4zq figs-explicit πόσους κοφίνους κλασμάτων πλήρεις ἤρατε 1 how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected the baskets of pieces. Alternate translation: "how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 20 b5bm figs-metonymy τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους 1 the four thousand This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: "the 4,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 20 ggl1 figs-explicit πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα ἤρατε 1 how many basketfuls did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: "how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 20 b5bm figs-metonymy τοὺς ... τετρακισχιλίους 1 the four thousand This refers to the 4,000 people Jesus fed. Alternate translation: "the 4,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 8 20 ggl1 figs-explicit πόσων σπυρίδων πληρώματα ... ἤρατε 1 how many basketfuls did you take up It may be helpful to state when they collected these. Alternate translation: "how many baskets full of broken pieces of bread did you collect after everyone finished eating" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 21 kh42 figs-rquestion οὔπω συνίετε 1 Do you not yet understand? Jesus is mildly rebuking his disciples for not understanding. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should understand by now the things I say and do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 22 c92c 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus and his disciples get out of their boat at Bethsaida, Jesus heals a blind man.
|
||||
MRK 8 22 mul4 translate-names Βηθσαϊδάν 1 Bethsaida This is a town on the northern shore of the Sea of Galilee. See how you translated the name of this town in [Mark 6:45](../06/45.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -635,7 +636,7 @@ MRK 8 29 v4h4 αὐτὸς ἐπηρώτα αὐτούς 1 He asked them "Jesus
|
|||
MRK 8 30 fk1z figs-explicit 0 Jesus warned them not to tell anyone about him Jesus did not want them to tell anyone that he was the Christ. This can be made more explicit. Also, this can also be written as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "Jesus warned them not to tell anyone that he is the Christ" or "Jesus warned them, 'Do not tell anyone that I am the Christ'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 8 31 d4dc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 8 31 m32p figs-activepassive 0 would be rejected by the elders ... and after three days rise up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the elders and the chief priests and the scribes would reject him, and that men would kill him, and that after three days he would rise up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 8 32 hl4a παρρησίᾳ τὸν ἐλάλει 1 He said this clearly "He said this in a way that was easy to understand"
|
||||
MRK 8 32 hl4a παρρησίᾳ τὸν ... ἐλάλει 1 He said this clearly "He said this in a way that was easy to understand"
|
||||
MRK 8 32 te4z figs-explicit ἤρξατο ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ 1 began to rebuke him Peter rebuked Jesus for saying the things he said would happen to the Son of Man. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "began to rebuke him for saying these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 8 33 ev5s 0 Connecting Statement: After rebuking Peter for his not wanting Jesus to die and rise, Jesus tells both his disciples and the crowd how to follow him.
|
||||
MRK 8 33 nu32 figs-metaphor 0 Get behind me, Satan! You are not setting Jesus means that Peter is acting like Satan because Peter is trying to prevent Jesus from accomplishing what God sent him to do. Alternate translation: "Get behind me, because you are acting like Satan! You are not setting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -651,13 +652,13 @@ MRK 8 36 ua46 figs-rquestion 0 What does it profit a person to gain the whole w
|
|||
MRK 8 36 w7gm 0 to gain the whole world and then forfeit his life This can also be expressed as a condition starting with the word "if." Alternate translation: "if he gains the whole world and then forfeits his life"
|
||||
MRK 8 36 jde6 figs-hyperbole κερδήσῃ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον 1 to gain the whole world The words "the whole world" are an exaggeration for great riches. Alternate translation: "to gain everything he ever wanted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 8 36 bu77 ζημιωθῆναι 1 forfeit To forfeit something is to lose it or to have another person take it away.
|
||||
MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ? 1 What can a person give in exchange for his life? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life." or "No one can give anything in exchange for his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 37 zw4j τί δοῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 What can a person give If in your language "giving" requires someone to receive what is given, "God" can be stated as the receiver. Alternate translation: "What can a person give to God"
|
||||
MRK 8 37 wua4 figs-rquestion τί ... δοῖ ἄνθρωπος ἀντάλλαγμα τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 What can a person give in exchange for his life? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "There is nothing a person can give in exchange for his life." or "No one can give anything in exchange for his life." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 8 37 zw4j τί ... δοῖ ἄνθρωπος 1 What can a person give If in your language "giving" requires someone to receive what is given, "God" can be stated as the receiver. Alternate translation: "What can a person give to God"
|
||||
MRK 8 38 rvi6 ἐπαισχυνθῇ με καὶ τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους 1 ashamed of me and my words "ashamed of me and my message"
|
||||
MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this generation as "adulterous," meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: "in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful" or "in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 38 c53y figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, τῇ μοιχαλίδι καὶ ἁμαρτωλῷ 1 in this adulterous and sinful generation Jesus speaks of this generation as "adulterous," meaning that they are unfaithful in their relationship with God. Alternate translation: "in this generation of people who have committed adultery against God and are very sinful" or "in this generation of people who are unfaithful to God and are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 8 38 s5tm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 8 38 xd58 ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 when he comes "when he comes back"
|
||||
MRK 8 38 vl69 ἐν τῇ δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the glory of his Father When Jesus returns he will have the same glory as his Father.
|
||||
MRK 8 38 vl69 ἐν τῇ ... δόξῃ τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 in the glory of his Father When Jesus returns he will have the same glory as his Father.
|
||||
MRK 8 38 vqk3 μετὰ τῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν ἁγίων 1 with the holy angels "accompanied by the holy angels"
|
||||
MRK 9 intro n92j 0 # Mark 09 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "transfigured"<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Mark says in this chapter that Jesus' clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was God's Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Hyperbole<br><br>Jesus said things that he did not expect his followers to understand literally. When he said, "If your hand causes you to stumble, cut it off" ([Mark 9:43](../../mrk/09/43.md)), he was exaggerating so they would know that they should stay away from anything that caused them to sin, even if it was something they loved or thought they needed.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Elijah and Moses<br><br>Elijah and Moses suddenly appear to Jesus, James, John, and Peter, and then they disappear. All four of them saw Elijah and Moses, and because Elijah and Moses spoke with Jesus, the reader should understand that Elijah and Moses appeared physically.<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([Mark 9:31](../../mrk/09/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, "If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all and servant of all" ([Mark 9:35](../../mrk/09/35.md)).<br>
|
||||
MRK 9 1 mt8p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus has just been talking to the people and his disciples about following him. Six days later, Jesus goes with three of his disciples up a mountain where his appearance temporarily changes to what he will look like one day in the kingdom of God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -670,26 +671,26 @@ MRK 9 2 i9vm ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν 1 before them "in front of them"
|
|||
MRK 9 3 id6l 0 radiantly brilliant "shining" or "glowing." Jesus' garments were so white they were emitting or giving off light.
|
||||
MRK 9 3 s2qf λείαν 1 extremely as much as possible or more than most
|
||||
MRK 9 3 gp48 0 whiter than any bleacher on earth could bleach them Bleaching describes the process of making natural white wool even whiter by using chemicals like bleach or ammonia. Alternate translation: "whiter than any person on earth could whiten them"
|
||||
MRK 9 4 f2d6 figs-explicit ὤφθη Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 Elijah with Moses appeared It may be helpful to state who these men are. Alternate translation: "two prophets who had lived long ago, Elijah and Moses, appeared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 4 f2d6 figs-explicit ὤφθη ... Ἠλείας σὺν Μωϋσεῖ 1 Elijah with Moses appeared It may be helpful to state who these men are. Alternate translation: "two prophets who had lived long ago, Elijah and Moses, appeared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 4 pj3i ἦσαν συνλαλοῦντες 1 they were talking The word "they" refers to Elijah and Moses.
|
||||
MRK 9 5 w6vs 0 Peter answered and said to Jesus "Peter said to Jesus." Here the word "answered" is used to introduce Peter into the conversation. Peter was not answering a question.
|
||||
MRK 9 5 iqc9 figs-exclusive καλόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ὧδε εἶναι 1 it is good for us to be here It is not clear whether "us" refers only to Peter, James, and John, or if it refers to everyone there, including Jesus, Elijah, and Moses. If you can translate so that both options are possible, do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 5 k3y1 σκηνάς 1 shelters simple, temporary places in which to sit or sleep
|
||||
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ, ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified "they were very frightened" or "they were very afraid"
|
||||
MRK 9 6 r3bn writing-background οὐ γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἀποκριθῇ; ἔκφοβοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο 1 For he did not know what to say, for they were terrified This parenthetical sentence tells background information about Peter, James, and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 9 6 f8hn ἔκφοβοι ... ἐγένοντο 1 they were terrified "they were very frightened" or "they were very afraid"
|
||||
MRK 9 7 e3id 0 came and overshadowed "appeared and covered"
|
||||
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-metonymy καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Then a voice came out of the cloud Here "a voice came out" is a metonym for someone speaking. It can also be stated clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: "Then someone spoke from the cloud" or "Then God spoke from the cloud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 7 hn9m οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱός μου ὁ ἀγαπητός. ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ 1 This is my beloved Son. Listen to him God the Father expresses his love for his "beloved Son," the Son of God.
|
||||
MRK 9 7 ybu6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 9 7 x4mv figs-metonymy καὶ ἐγένετο ... φωνὴ ἐκ τῆς νεφέλης 1 Then a voice came out of the cloud Here "a voice came out" is a metonym for someone speaking. It can also be stated clearly who spoke. Alternate translation: "Then someone spoke from the cloud" or "Then God spoke from the cloud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 7 hn9m οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Υἱός μου, ὁ ἀγαπητός, ἀκούετε αὐτοῦ 1 This is my beloved Son. Listen to him God the Father expresses his love for his "beloved Son," the Son of God.
|
||||
MRK 9 7 ybu6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός ... ὁ ἀγαπητός 1 beloved Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 9 8 hq73 περιβλεψάμενοι 1 when they looked Here "they" refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 9 dv4d figs-explicit 0 he commanded them to tell no one ... until the Son of Man had risen This implies that he was permitting them to tell people about what they had seen only after he rose from being dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 risen from the dead "risen from among the dead." This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase "the dead" refers to "dead people" and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: "risen from death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 9 w98g figs-metonymy ἐκ ... νεκρῶν ἀναστῇ 1 risen from the dead "risen from among the dead." This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase "the dead" refers to "dead people" and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: "risen from death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 wfu9 figs-metonymy ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 rising from the dead "to rise from among the dead." This speaks of becoming alive again. The phrase "the dead" refers to "dead people" and is a metonym for death. Alternate translation: "rising from death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 10 b8y9 figs-idiom καὶ τὸν λόγον ἐκράτησαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς 1 So they kept the matter to themselves Here "kept the matter to themselves" is an idiom that means they did not tell anyone about what they had seen. Alternate translation: "So they did not tell anyone about what they had seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 9 11 pck1 0 Connecting Statement: Though Peter, James, and John wondered what Jesus might mean by "rising from the dead," they asked him instead about Elijah's coming.
|
||||
MRK 9 11 s9zn ἐπηρώτων αὐτὸν 1 They asked him The word "they" refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 9 11 h45a figs-explicit 0 Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first? Prophecy foretold that Elijah would come again from heaven. Then the Messiah, who is the Son of Man, would come to rule and reign. The disciples are confused about how the Son of Man could die and rise again. Alternate translation: "Why do the scribes say that Elijah must come first before the Messiah comes?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 x5ep Ἠλείας ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκατιστάνει πάντα 1 Elijah does come first to restore all things By saying this, Jesus affirms that Elijah would come first.
|
||||
MRK 9 12 x5ep Ἠλείας ... ἐλθὼν πρῶτον ἀποκατιστάνει πάντα 1 Elijah does come first to restore all things By saying this, Jesus affirms that Elijah would come first.
|
||||
MRK 9 12 s3q3 figs-rquestion 0 Why then is it written ... be despised? Jesus uses this question to remind his disciples that the scriptures also teach that the Son of Man must suffer and be despised. This may be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "But I also want you to consider what is written about the Son of Man. The scriptures say that he must suffer many things and be hated." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 12 i3j7 figs-activepassive ἐξουδενηθῇ 1 be despised This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people would hate him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 13 k3kj figs-explicit ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ ὅσα ἤθελον 1 they did whatever they wanted to him It may be helpful to state what people did to Elijah. Alternate translation: "our leaders treated him very badly, just as they wanted to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -703,7 +704,7 @@ MRK 9 17 zqw9 figs-idiom ἔχοντα πνεῦμα 1 He has a spirit This mean
|
|||
MRK 9 18 zhc9 ἀφρίζει 1 he foams at the mouth A convulsion, or seizure, can cause a person to have trouble breathing or swallowing. This causes white foam to come out of the mouth. If your language has a way to describe that, you could use it. Alternate translation: "bubbles come out of his mouth"
|
||||
MRK 9 18 h98h 0 he becomes rigid "he becomes stiff" or "his body becomes rigid"
|
||||
MRK 9 18 zre6 figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἴσχυσαν 1 they could not This refers to the disciples not being about to drive the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: "they could not drive it out of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 tb67 figs-explicit ὁ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς 1 He answered them Though it was the boy's father who made a request of Jesus, Jesus responds to the whole crowd. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Jesus responded to the crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 tb67 figs-explicit ὁ ... ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτοῖς 1 He answered them Though it was the boy's father who made a request of Jesus, Jesus responds to the whole crowd. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Jesus responded to the crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 azc9 γενεὰ ἄπιστος 1 Unbelieving generation "You unbelieving generation." Jesus calls the crowd this, as he begins to respond to them.
|
||||
MRK 9 19 n4dq figs-rquestion 0 how long will I have to stay with you? ... bear with you? Jesus uses these questions to express his frustration. Both questions have the same meaning. They can be written as statements. Alternate translation: "I have become weary by your unbelief!" or "Your unbelief tires me! I wonder how long I must bear with you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 9 19 b7u5 ἀνέξομαι ὑμῶν 1 bear with you "endure you" or "put up with you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -712,8 +713,8 @@ MRK 9 20 bw3l πνεῦμα 1 spirit This refers to the unclean spirit. See how
|
|||
MRK 9 20 l4r5 συνεσπάραξεν 1 convulsion This is a condition where a person has no control over his body, and his body shakes violently.
|
||||
MRK 9 21 f5zm figs-ellipsis ἐκ παιδιόθεν 1 Since childhood "Since he was a small child." It may be helpful to state this as a full sentence. Alternate translation: "He has been like this since he was a small child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 22 f5yu σπλαγχνισθεὶς 1 have pity "have compassion"
|
||||
MRK 9 23 vh6c figs-ellipsis ,"' εἰ δύνῃ'? 1 'If you are able'? Jesus repeated what the man had said to him. Alternate translation: "Do you say to me 'If you are able'?" or "Why do you say 'If you are able'?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 23 g3nd figs-rquestion ,"' εἰ δύνῃ'? 1 'If you are able'? Jesus used this question to rebuke the man's doubt. It can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not say to me, 'If you are able.'" or "You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 23 vh6c figs-ellipsis εἰ δύνῃ 1 'If you are able'? Jesus repeated what the man had said to him. Alternate translation: "Do you say to me 'If you are able'?" or "Why do you say 'If you are able'?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 23 g3nd figs-rquestion εἰ δύνῃ 1 'If you are able'? Jesus used this question to rebuke the man's doubt. It can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not say to me, 'If you are able.'" or "You ask me if I am able. Of course I am able." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 23 kp1x πάντα δυνατὰ τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 All things are possible for the one who believes "God can do anything for people who believe in him"
|
||||
MRK 9 23 f3uj τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 for the one "for the person" or "for anyone"
|
||||
MRK 9 23 e5kk τῷ πιστεύοντι 1 believes This refers to belief in God. Alternate translation: "believes in God"
|
||||
|
|
@ -721,7 +722,7 @@ MRK 9 24 h4y6 βοήθει μου τῇ ἀπιστίᾳ 1 Help my unbelief The
|
|||
MRK 9 25 qaw4 ἐπισυντρέχει ὄχλος 1 the crowd running to them This means that more people were running toward where Jesus was and that the crowd there was growing larger.
|
||||
MRK 9 25 ul8k 0 You mute and deaf spirit The words "mute" and "deaf" can be explained. Alternate translation: "You unclean spirit, you who are causing the boy to be unable to speak and unable to hear"
|
||||
MRK 9 26 adb6 κράξας 1 It cried out "The unclean spirit cried out"
|
||||
MRK 9 26 i8dz πολλὰ σπαράξας αὐτόν 1 convulsed the boy greatly "shook the boy violently"
|
||||
MRK 9 26 i8dz πολλὰ σπαράξας, αὐτόν 1 convulsed the boy greatly "shook the boy violently"
|
||||
MRK 9 26 ry3l figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 came out It is implied that the spirit came out of the boy. Alternate translation: "came out of the boy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 26 n7h8 figs-simile 0 The boy looked like one who was dead The boy's appearance is compared to that of a dead person. Alternate translation: "The boy appeared dead" or "The boy looked like a dead person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 9 26 ns4t ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς 1 so that many "so that many people"
|
||||
|
|
@ -729,7 +730,7 @@ MRK 9 27 g2lt figs-idiom 0 took him by the hand This means that Jesus grasped t
|
|||
MRK 9 27 r9zn ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 lifted him up "helped him get up"
|
||||
MRK 9 28 sd45 κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 privately This means they were alone.
|
||||
MRK 9 28 x1ej figs-ellipsis ἐκβαλεῖν αὐτό 1 cast it out "cast the unclean spirit out." This refers to casting the spirit out of the boy. Alternate translation: "cast the unclean spirit out of the boy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 pdk2 figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ 1 This kind cannot be cast out except by prayer The words "cannot" and "except" are both negative words. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "This kind can be cast out only by prayer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 pdk2 figs-doublenegatives τοῦτο τὸ γένος ... οὐδενὶ δύναται ἐξελθεῖν, εἰ μὴ ἐν προσευχῇ 1 This kind cannot be cast out except by prayer The words "cannot" and "except" are both negative words. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "This kind can be cast out only by prayer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 9 29 v2s7 figs-ellipsis τοῦτο τὸ γένος 1 This kind This describes unclean spirits. Alternate translation: "This kind of unclean spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 9 30 q4iu 0 Connecting Statement: After he heals the demon-possessed boy, Jesus and his disciples leave the house where they are staying. He takes time to teach his disciples alone.
|
||||
MRK 9 30 pp6z κἀκεῖθεν ἐξελθόντες 1 They went out from there "Jesus and his disciples left that region"
|
||||
|
|
@ -743,10 +744,10 @@ MRK 9 32 vtx1 figs-ellipsis ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐπερωτῆσ
|
|||
MRK 9 33 xv94 writing-newevent 0 When they come to Capernaum, Jesus teaches his disciples about being humble servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
MRK 9 33 swa7 ἦλθον εἰς 1 they came to "they arrived at." The word "they" refers to Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 9 33 t717 διελογίζεσθε 1 were you discussing "were you discussing with one another"
|
||||
MRK 9 34 sq3c figs-explicit οἱ ἐσιώπων 1 they were silent They were silent because they were ashamed to tell Jesus what they had been discussing. Alternate translation: "they were silent because they were ashamed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 34 sq3c figs-explicit οἱ ... ἐσιώπων 1 they were silent They were silent because they were ashamed to tell Jesus what they had been discussing. Alternate translation: "they were silent because they were ashamed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 34 gdg3 figs-explicit 0 who was the greatest Here "the greatest" refers to "the greatest" among the disciples. Alternate translation: "who was the greatest among them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 jzl5 figs-metaphor εἴ τις θέλει πρῶτος εἶναι, ἔσται πάντων ἔσχατος 1 If anyone wants to be first, he must be last of all Here the words "first" and "last" are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the "most important" as being "first" and of being the "least important" as being "last." Alternate translation: "If anyone wants God to consider him to be the most important person of all, he must consider himself to be the least important of all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων 2 of all ... of all "of all people ... of all people"
|
||||
MRK 9 35 t526 πάντων 1 of all ... of all "of all people ... of all people"
|
||||
MRK 9 36 gmb1 ἐν μέσῳ αὐτῶν 1 in their midst "among them." The word "their" refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 9 36 idb8 ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὸ 1 He took him in his arms This means that he hugged the child or picked him up and placed him on his lap.
|
||||
MRK 9 37 h242 0 such a child "a child like this"
|
||||
|
|
@ -765,36 +766,36 @@ MRK 9 43 g8dv figs-metonymy ἐὰν σκανδαλίσῃ σε ἡ χείρ σ
|
|||
MRK 9 43 iku4 κυλλὸν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life maimed "to be maimed and then to enter into life" or "to be maimed before entering into life"
|
||||
MRK 9 43 g6ww figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: "to enter into eternal life" or "to die and begin to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 43 qjm9 κυλλὸν 1 maimed missing a body part as a result of having it removed or being injured. Here it refers to missing a hand. Alternate translation: "without a hand" or "missing a hand"
|
||||
MRK 9 43 ttl7 εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 into the unquenchable fire "where the fire cannot be put out"
|
||||
MRK 9 43 ttl7 εἰς ... τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἄσβεστον 1 into the unquenchable fire "where the fire cannot be put out"
|
||||
MRK 9 45 lx2b figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ πούς σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε 1 If your foot causes you to stumble Here the word "foot" is a metonym for desiring to do something sinful that you would do with your feet, such as going to a place you should not go to. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful with one of your feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 vj49 εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν χωλὸν 1 to enter into life lame "to be lame and then to enter into life" or "to be lame before entering into life"
|
||||
MRK 9 45 r1dy figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν ζωὴν 1 to enter into life Dying and then beginning to live eternally is spoken of as entering into life. Alternate translation: "to enter into eternal life" or "to die and begin to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 45 c2vw χωλὸν 1 lame "unable to walk easily." Here it refers not being able to walk well because of missing a foot. Alternate translation: "without a foot" or "missing a foot"
|
||||
MRK 9 45 tmd6 figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 be thrown into hell This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for God to throw you into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 n5tw figs-metonymy ἐὰν ὁ ὀφθαλμός σου σκανδαλίζῃ σε, ἔκβαλε αὐτόν 1 If your eye causes you to stumble, tear it out Here the word "eye" is a metonym for either 1) desiring to sin by looking at something. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful by looking at something, tear your eye out" or 2) Desiring to sin because of what you have looked at. Alternate translation: "If you want to do something sinful because of what you look at, tear your eye out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 e52s figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα 1 to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than to have two eyes This refers to the state of a person's physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: "to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than to have lived on earth with two eyes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 e52s figs-explicit μονόφθαλμον εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἢ δύο ὀφθαλμοὺς ἔχοντα 1 to enter into the kingdom of God with one eye than to have two eyes This refers to the state of a person's physical body when he dies. A person does not take his physical body with him into eternity. Alternate translation: "to enter into the kingdom of God after having lived on earth with only one eye than to have lived on earth with two eyes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 47 r2gn figs-activepassive βληθῆναι εἰς τὴν Γέενναν 1 to be thrown into hell This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "for God to throw you into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου ὁ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "where worms that eat people there do not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will salt everyone with fire" or "Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 48 uh4p figs-explicit ὅπου ὁ‘ σκώληξ αὐτῶν οὐ τελευτᾷ 1 where their worm does not die The meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "where worms that eat people there do not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 mr5y figs-activepassive πᾶς ... πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 everyone will be salted with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will salt everyone with fire" or "Just as salt purifies a sacrifice, God will purify everyone by allowing them to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 9 49 ma3s figs-metaphor πυρὶ ἁλισθήσεται 1 will be salted with fire Here "fire" is a metaphor for suffering, and putting salt on people is a metaphor for purifying them. So "will be salted with fire" is a metaphor for being purified through suffering. Alternate translation: "will be made pure in the fire of suffering" or "will suffer in order to be purified as a sacrifice is purified with salt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 rb7r ἄναλον γένηται 1 its saltiness "its salty taste"
|
||||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε? 1 how can you make it salty again? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "you cannot make it salty again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 fqb8 figs-rquestion ἐν τίνι αὐτὸ ἀρτύσετε 1 how can you make it salty again? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "you cannot make it salty again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 9 50 t76n ἀρτύσετε 1 salty again "taste salty again"
|
||||
MRK 9 50 f34y figs-metaphor ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἅλα 1 Have salt among yourselves Jesus speaks of doing good things for one another as if good things were salt that people possess. Alternate translation: "Do good to each other, like salt adds flavor to food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 intro bq25 0 # Mark 10 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 10:7-8.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Jesus' teaching about divorce<br><br>The Pharisees wanted to find a way to make Jesus say that it is good to break the law of Moses, so they asked him about divorce. Jesus tells how God originally designed marriage to show that the Pharisees taught wrongly about divorce.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>Metaphors are pictures of visible objects that speakers use to explain invisible truths. When Jesus spoke of "the cup which I will drink," he was speaking of the pain he would suffer on the cross as if it were a bitter, poisonous liquid in a cup.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, "Whoever wishes to become great among you must be your servant" ([Mark 10:43](../../mrk/10/43.md)).<br>
|
||||
MRK 10 1 vf86 0 Connecting Statement: After Jesus and his disciples leave Capernaum, Jesus reminds the Pharisees, as well as his disciples, what God really expects in marriage and divorce.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qq93 figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν ἀναστὰς 1 Jesus left that place Jesus' disciples were traveling with him. They were leaving Capernaum. Alternate translation: "Jesus and his disciples left Capernaum" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and to the area beyond the Jordan River "and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River" or "and to the area east of the Jordan River"
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qyp5 πάλιν ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 He was teaching them again The word "them" refers to the crowds.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 j5wa καὶ ... πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 and to the area beyond the Jordan River "and to the land on the other side of the Jordan River" or "and to the area east of the Jordan River"
|
||||
MRK 10 1 qyp5 πάλιν ... ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς 1 He was teaching them again The word "them" refers to the crowds.
|
||||
MRK 10 1 vzb4 0 he was accustomed to do "was his custom" or "he usually did"
|
||||
MRK 10 3 p9nu τί ὑμῖν ἐνετείλατο Μωϋσῆς 1 What did Moses command you Moses gave the law to their ancestors, which they now were also supposed to follow. Alternate translation: "What did Moses command your ancestors about this"
|
||||
MRK 10 4 qu28 βιβλίον ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||||
MRK 10 4 qu28 βιβλίον‘ ἀποστασίου 1 a certificate of divorce This was a paper saying that the woman was no longer his wife.
|
||||
MRK 10 5 djt9 writing-quotations 0 "It was because ... this law," Jesus said to them. In some languages speakers do not interrupt a quote to say who is speaking. Rather they say who is speaking at the beginning or end of the complete quote. Alternate translation: "Jesus said to them, 'It was because ... this law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 5 jzb2 0 because of your hard hearts that he wrote you this law Long before this time, Moses wrote this law for the Jews and their descendants because they had hard hearts. The Jews of Jesus' time also had hard hearts, so Jesus included them by using the words "your" and "you." Alternate translation: "because your ancestors and you had hard hearts that he wrote this law"
|
||||
MRK 10 5 m73x figs-metonymy τὴν σκληροκαρδίαν ὑμῶν 1 your hard hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's inner being or mind. The phrase "hard hearts" is a metaphor for "stubbornness." Alternate translation: "your stubbornness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 6 m6lj ἐποίησεν αὐτούς 1 God made them "God made people"
|
||||
MRK 10 7 k39e 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to quote what God said in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
MRK 10 7 xr7h ἕνεκεν τούτου 1 For this reason "Therefore" or "Because of this"
|
||||
MRK 10 7 xr7h ἕνεκεν‘ τούτου 1 For this reason "Therefore" or "Because of this"
|
||||
MRK 10 7 ntz7 0 be united to his wife "join with his wife"
|
||||
MRK 10 8 rd63 0 and the two ... one flesh Jesus finishes quoting what God said in the book of Genesis.
|
||||
MRK 10 8 p7yc figs-metaphor 0 they are no longer two, but one flesh This is a metaphor to illustrate their close union as husband and wife. Alternate translation: "the two people are like one person" or "they are no longer two, but together they are one body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -811,36 +812,36 @@ MRK 10 13 pk8a figs-explicit αὐτῶν ἅψηται 1 he might touch them Th
|
|||
MRK 10 13 w5lm ἐπετίμησαν αὐτοῖς 1 rebuked them "rebuked the people"
|
||||
MRK 10 14 lsq4 0 Jesus noticed it The word "it" refers to the disciples rebuking the people who were bringing the children to Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 10 14 rv7x ἠγανάκτησεν 1 was very displeased "became angry"
|
||||
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-parallelism , ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: "Be sure to allow the little children to come to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 yi5m figs-parallelism ἄφετε τὰ παιδία ἔρχεσθαι πρός με, καὶ μὴ κωλύετε αὐτά 1 Permit the little children to come to me, and do not forbid them These two clauses have similar meanings, repeated for emphasis. In some languages it is more natural to emphasize this in another way. Alternate translation: "Be sure to allow the little children to come to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 qj7i figs-doublenegatives μὴ κωλύετε 1 do not forbid This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "allow" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 10 14 je6w figs-metaphor 0 for the kingdom of God belongs to those who are like them The kingdom belonging to people represents the kingdom including them. Alternate translation: "the kingdom of God includes people who are like them" or "because only people like them are members of the kingdom of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 15 y3a2 0 whoever will not receive ... child will definitely not enter it "if anyone will not recieve ... child, he will definitely not enter it"
|
||||
MRK 10 15 a1e7 figs-simile ὡς παιδίον 1 as a little child Jesus is comparing how people must receive the kingdom of God to how little children would receive it. Alternate translation: "in the same manner as a child would" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 10 15 h8pt μὴ δέξηται τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will not receive the kingdom of God "will not accept God as their king"
|
||||
MRK 10 15 q3ck οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ αὐτήν 1 definitely not enter it The word "it" refers to the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 10 15 q3ck οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ ... αὐτήν 1 definitely not enter it The word "it" refers to the kingdom of God.
|
||||
MRK 10 16 jq4f ἐναγκαλισάμενος αὐτὰ 1 he took the children into his arms "he hugged the children"
|
||||
MRK 10 17 fpp6 figs-metaphor ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω 1 to inherit eternal life Here the man speaks of "receiving" as if it were "inheriting." This metaphor is used to emphasize the importance of receiving. Also, "inherit" here does not mean that someone has to die first. Alternate translation: to receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν? 1 Why do you call me good? Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is good the way God is good. Alternate translation: "You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 b5wg ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 good except God alone "good. Only God is good"
|
||||
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely "do not testify falsely against anyone" or "do not lie about someone in court"
|
||||
MRK 10 18 lw1f figs-rquestion τί με λέγεις ἀγαθόν 1 Why do you call me good? Jesus asks this question to remind the man that no man is good the way God is good. Alternate translation: "You do not understand what you are saying when you call me good." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 18 b5wg ἀγαθὸς, εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ Θεός 1 good except God alone "good. Only God is good"
|
||||
MRK 10 19 hj3v μὴ ... ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς 1 do not testify falsely "do not testify falsely against anyone" or "do not lie about someone in court"
|
||||
MRK 10 21 syq1 figs-metaphor ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ 1 One thing you lack "There is one thing you are missing." Here "lack" is a metaphor for needing to do something. Alternate translation: "One thing you need to do" or "There is one thing you have not yet done" or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 rd85 figs-metonymy 0 give it to the poor Here the word "it" refers to the things he sells and is a metonym for the money he receives when he sells them. Alternate translation: "give the money to the poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 ux1l figs-nominaladj τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 the poor This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: "poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 10 21 iij4 θησαυρὸν 1 treasure wealth, valuable things
|
||||
MRK 10 22 v58f ἔχων κτήματα πολλά 1 had many possessions "owned many things"
|
||||
MRK 10 23 k5nk 0 How difficult it is "It is very difficult"
|
||||
MRK 10 24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them again "Jesus said to his disciples again"
|
||||
MRK 10 24 z9z1 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν ... λέγει αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them again "Jesus said to his disciples again"
|
||||
MRK 10 24 fh1q figs-metaphor τέκνα, πῶς 1 Children, how "My children, how." Jesus is teaching them as a father would teach his children. Alternate translation: "My friends, how" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 24 jf83 πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστιν 1 how hard it is "it is very hard"
|
||||
MRK 10 25 f15k figs-hyperbole 0 It is easier ... kingdom of God Jesus uses an exaggeration to emphasize how very difficult it is for rich people to get into the kingdom of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 10 25 hl4s figs-hypo 0 It is easier for a camel This speaks of an impossible situation. If you cannot state this in this way in your language, it can be written as a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: "It would be easier for a camel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 10 25 t4y8 τρυμαλιᾶς ῥαφίδος 1 the eye of a needle "the hole of a needle." This refers to the small hole in the end of a sewing needle that thread passes through.
|
||||
MRK 10 26 ly6b οἱ ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 They were "The disciples were"
|
||||
MRK 10 26 ly6b οἱ ... ἐξεπλήσσοντο 1 They were "The disciples were"
|
||||
MRK 10 26 q8b7 figs-rquestion καὶ τίς δύναται σωθῆναι 1 Then who can be saved? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "If that is so, then no one will be saved!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 10 27 a7bi figs-ellipsis 0 With people it is impossible, but not with God The understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: "It is impossible for people to save themselves, but God can save them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 28 hcv3 ἰδοὺ, ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήκαμέν σοι 1 Look, we have left everything and have followed you Here the word "Look" is used to draw attention to the words that come next. Similar emphasis can be expressed in other ways. Alternate translation: "We have left everything and have followed you"
|
||||
MRK 10 28 cj3f ἀφήκαμεν πάντα 1 have left everything "have left everything behind"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 m1w3 ἢ ἀγροὺς 1 or lands "or plots of ground" or "or the land that he owns"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 m1w3 ἢ ... ἀγροὺς 1 or lands "or plots of ground" or "or the land that he owns"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 hr9y ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "for my cause" or "for me"
|
||||
MRK 10 29 pf2g τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the gospel "to proclaim the gospel"
|
||||
MRK 10 30 zhx5 figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ λάβῃ 1 who will not receive Jesus finishes a sentenc that begins with the words "there is no one who has left" (verse 29). The whole sentence can be stated positively. "everyone who has left house, or brothers, or sisters, or mother, or father, or children, or lands, for my sake, and for the gospel, will receive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -849,9 +850,9 @@ MRK 10 30 jev2 ἀδελφοὺς, καὶ ἀδελφὰς, καὶ μητέρ
|
|||
MRK 10 30 ae92 figs-abstractnouns 0 with persecutions, and in the world to come, eternal life This can be reworded so that the ideas in the abstract noun "persecution" are expressed with the verb "persecute." Because the sentence is so long and complicated, "will receive" can be repeated. Alternate translation: "and even though people persecute them, in the world to come, they will receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
MRK 10 30 v8nr 0 in the world to come "in the future world" or "in the future
|
||||
MRK 10 31 ym7t figs-metaphor 0 are first will be last, and the last first Here the words "first" and "last" are opposites of one another. Jesus speaks of being the "important" as being "first" and of being the "unimportant" as being "last." Alternate translation: "are important will be unimportant, and those who are unimportant will be important" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 10 31 xcj1 figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι 1 the last first The phrase "the last" refers to people who are "last." Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: "those who are last will be first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 31 xcj1 figs-nominaladj ἔσχατοι ... πρῶτοι 1 the last first The phrase "the last" refers to people who are "last." Also, the understood verb in this clause may be supplied. Alternate translation: "those who are last will be first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 32 zc62 0 They were on the road ... and Jesus was going ahead of them "Jesus and his disciples were walking on the road ... and Jesus was in front of his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 10 32 hq7y οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those who were following behind "those who were following behind them." Some people were walking behind Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 10 32 hq7y οἱ ... ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 those who were following behind "those who were following behind them." Some people were walking behind Jesus and his disciples.
|
||||
MRK 10 33 pv4w ἰδοὺ 1 See "Look" or "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
MRK 10 33 s1hp figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται 1 the Son of Man will Jesus is speaking about himself. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, will" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 33 ha2g figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδοθήσεται τοῖς 1 the Son of Man will be delivered to This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone will deliver the Son of Man to" or "they will hand the Son of Man over to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -883,11 +884,12 @@ MRK 10 45 rik1 διακονηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ διακονῆσαι 1 to
|
|||
MRK 10 45 d9jd ἀντὶ πολλῶν 1 for many "for many people"
|
||||
MRK 10 46 n4i3 0 Connecting Statement: As Jesus and his disciples continue walking toward Jerusalem, Jesus heals blind Bartimaeus, who then walks with them.
|
||||
MRK 10 46 bq3j translate-names ὁ υἱὸς Τιμαίου, Βαρτιμαῖος, τυφλὸς προσαίτης 1 the son of Timaeus, Bartimaeus, a blind beggar "a blind beggar named Bartimaeus, the son of Timaeus." Bartimaeus is the name of a man. Timaeus is his father's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-ellipsis ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν 1 When he heard that it was Jesus Bartimaeus heard people saying that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: "When he heard people saying that it was Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 47 ynr7 figs-ellipsis ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ... ἐστιν 1 When he heard that it was Jesus Bartimaeus heard people saying that it was Jesus. Alternate translation: "When he heard people saying that it was Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 10 47 vwz9 figs-explicit Υἱὲ Δαυεὶδ 1 Son of David Jesus is called the Son of David because he is a descendant of King David. Alternate translation: "You who are the Messiah descended from King David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων πολλοὶ 1 Many rebuked "Many people rebuked"
|
||||
MRK 10 48 ca5u ἐπετίμων ... πολλοὶ 1 Many rebuked "Many people rebuked"
|
||||
MRK 10 48 m32u πολλῷ μᾶλλον 1 all the more "even more"
|
||||
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-activepassive εἶπεν φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 commanded him to be called This can be translated in active form or as as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "commanded others to call him" or "commanded them, 'Call him to come over here.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 49 t5ch figs-activepassive εἶπεν,
|
||||
“ φωνήσατε αὐτόν 1 commanded him to be called This can be translated in active form or as as a direct quote. Alternate translation: "commanded others to call him" or "commanded them, 'Call him to come over here.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 10 49 ac7h φωνοῦσι 1 They called The word "They" refers to the crowd.
|
||||
MRK 10 49 jvr1 θάρσει 1 Be brave "Have courage" or "Do not be afraid"
|
||||
MRK 10 49 gnb9 0 He is calling for you "Jesus is calling for you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -899,37 +901,37 @@ MRK 10 52 ub7w ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ 1 he followed him "he followed Je
|
|||
MRK 11 intro xg3t 0 # Mark 11 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:9-10, 17, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br>
|
||||
MRK 11 1 ch4j 0 Now as they came to Jerusalem ... Bethphage and Bethany, at the Mount of Olives "When Jesus and his disciples came near to Jerusalem, they came to Bethphage and Bethany near the Mount of Olives" They have come to Bethphage and Bethany in the vicinity of Jerusalem.
|
||||
MRK 11 1 g1fy translate-names Βηθφαγὴ 1 Bethphage This is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
MRK 11 2 bi22 τὴν κατέναντι ὑμῶν 1 opposite us "ahead of us"
|
||||
MRK 11 2 bi22 τὴν ... κατέναντι ὑμῶν 1 opposite us "ahead of us"
|
||||
MRK 11 2 r41g πῶλον 1 a colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man.
|
||||
MRK 11 2 yw78 figs-activepassive 0 that has never been ridden This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "that no one has ever ridden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο 1 Why are you doing this It can be written clearly what the word "this" refers to. Alternate translation: "Why are you untying and taking the colt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 xw55 figs-explicit τί‘ ποιεῖτε τοῦτο 1 Why are you doing this It can be written clearly what the word "this" refers to. Alternate translation: "Why are you untying and taking the colt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 3 k7fd αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχει 1 has need of it "needs it"
|
||||
MRK 11 3 yj5y figs-explicit 0 will immediately send it back here Jesus will send it back promptly when he is finished using it. Alternate translation: "will immediately send it back when he no longer needs it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 4 y381 ἀπῆλθον 1 They went "The two disciples went"
|
||||
MRK 11 4 i2ml πῶλον 1 colt This refers to a young donkey that is large enough to carry a man. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:2](../11/02.md).
|
||||
MRK 11 6 j39z οἱ εἶπον 1 They spoke "They responded"
|
||||
MRK 11 6 j39z οἱ ... εἶπον 1 They spoke "They responded"
|
||||
MRK 11 6 ij7y 0 as Jesus told them "as Jesus had told them to respond." This refers to how Jesus had told them to respond to people's questions about taking the colt.
|
||||
MRK 11 6 m8pm figs-idiom 0 let them go their way This means that they allowed them to continue doing what they were doing. Alternate translation: "let them take the donkey with them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 11 7 ice6 0 threw their cloaks on it so Jesus could ride it "laid their cloaks on its back so Jesus could ride it." It is easier to ride a colt or a horse when there is a blanket or something similar on its back. In this case, the disciples threw their cloaks on it.
|
||||
MRK 11 7 k9g7 τὰ ἱμάτια 1 cloaks "coats" or "robes"
|
||||
MRK 11 8 t8hy figs-explicit πολλοὶ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν ἔστρωσαν εἰς τὴν ὁδόν 1 Many people spread their garments on the road It was a tradition to lay garments on the road in front of important people to honor them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Many people spread their garments on the road to honor him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 8 nx3n figs-explicit 0 others spread branches they had cut from the fields It was a tradition to lay palm branches on the road in front of an important people to honor them. Alternate translation: "others spread branches on the road that they had cut from the fields, also to honor him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 ye41 οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 who followed "who followed him"
|
||||
MRK 11 9 ye41 οἱ ... ἀκολουθοῦντες 1 who followed "who followed him"
|
||||
MRK 11 9 d8se translate-transliterate ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This word means "save us," but people also shouted it joyfully when they wanted to praise God. You can translate it according to how it was used, or you can write "Hosanna" using your language's way of spelling that word. Alternate translation: "Praise God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 x1bz figs-explicit 0 Blessed is the one This is referring to Jesus. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Blessed are you, the one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 e2p6 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord This is a metonym for the Lord's authority. Alternate translation: "the authority of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 9 el81 0 Blessed is "May God bless"
|
||||
MRK 11 10 a6b4 figs-explicit 0 Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David "Blessed is our father David's coming kingdom." This refers to Jesus coming and ruling as king. The word "blessed" can be translated as an active verb. Alternate translation: "Blessed be the coming of your kingdom" or "May God bless you as you rule your coming kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ ἡμῶν Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David's descendant who will rule is referred to as David himself. Alternate translation: "of the greatest descendant of our father David" or "that David's greatest descendant will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 diq8 figs-metonymy τοῦ ... ἡμῶν, Δαυείδ 1 of our father David Here David's descendant who will rule is referred to as David himself. Alternate translation: "of the greatest descendant of our father David" or "that David's greatest descendant will rule" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 10 b1si ὡσαννὰ ἐν τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 Hosanna in the highest Possible meanings are 1) "Praise God who is in heaven" or 2) "Let those who are in heaven shout 'Hosanna'."
|
||||
MRK 11 10 vqm2 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὑψίστοις 1 the highest Here heaven is spoken of as "the highest." Alternate translation: "the highest heaven" or "heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 11 11 mz8r 0 the time being late "because it was late in the day"
|
||||
MRK 11 11 t5nv ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he went out to Bethany with the twelve "he and his twelve disciples left Jerusalem and went to Bethany"
|
||||
MRK 11 12 zr8n 0 when they returned from Bethany "while they were going back to Jerusalem from Bethany"
|
||||
MRK 11 13 y447 0 Connecting Statement: This happens while Jesus and his disciples are walking to Jerusalem.
|
||||
MRK 11 13 yg5n εἰ τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ 1 if he could find any fruit on it "if there was any fruit on it"
|
||||
MRK 11 13 yg5n εἰ ... τι εὑρήσει ἐν αὐτῇ 1 if he could find any fruit on it "if there was any fruit on it"
|
||||
MRK 11 13 j6cq figs-explicit οὐδὲν εὗρεν εἰ μὴ φύλλα 1 he found nothing but leaves This means that he did not find any figs. Alternate translation: "he found only leaves and no figs on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ καιρὸς 1 the season "the time of year"
|
||||
MRK 11 13 g76z ὁ ... καιρὸς 1 the season "the time of year"
|
||||
MRK 11 14 u3bk figs-apostrophe 0 He spoke to it, "No one will ever eat fruit from you again Jesus speaks to the fig tree and curses it. He speaks to it so that his disciples hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
MRK 11 14 b362 εἶπεν αὐτῇ 1 He spoke to it "He spoke to the tree"
|
||||
MRK 11 14 ij5h 0 his disciples heard it The word "it" refers to Jesus speaking to the fig tree.
|
||||
|
|
@ -942,14 +944,14 @@ MRK 11 17 dpt1 figs-metaphor 0 But you have made it a den of robbers Jesus comp
|
|||
MRK 11 17 qc6k 0 a den of robbers "a cave where robbers hide"
|
||||
MRK 11 18 k6dv ἐζήτουν πῶς 1 they looked for a way "they were seeking a way"
|
||||
MRK 11 19 h4hg ὅταν ὀψὲ ἐγένετο 1 When evening came "In the evening"
|
||||
MRK 11 19 y7la ἐξεπορεύοντο τῆς πόλεως 1 they left the city "Jesus and his disciples left the city"
|
||||
MRK 11 19 y7la ἐξεπορεύοντο ... τῆς πόλεως 1 they left the city "Jesus and his disciples left the city"
|
||||
MRK 11 20 m27r 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus uses the example of the fig tree to remind the disciples to have faith in God.
|
||||
MRK 11 20 b56h παραπορευόμενοι 1 walked by "were walking along the road"
|
||||
MRK 11 20 s8ki figs-explicit τὴν συκῆν ἐξηραμμένην ἐκ ῥιζῶν 1 the fig tree withered away to its roots Translate this statement to clarify that the tree died. Alternate translation: "the fig tree withered away down to its roots and died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 20 a83v ἐξηραμμένην 1 withered away "dried up"
|
||||
MRK 11 21 jt3h figs-explicit ἀναμνησθεὶς ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter remembered It may be helpful to state what Peter remembered. Alternate translation: "Peter remembered what Jesus had said to the fig tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 22 ry5v ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus answered them "Jesus replied to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MRK 11 22 ry5v ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ... αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus answered them "Jesus replied to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 11 23 sy61 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you "I tell you the truth." This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next.
|
||||
MRK 11 23 c3cj ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ 1 whoever says "if anyone says"
|
||||
MRK 11 23 y76p figs-metonymy 0 if he does not doubt in his heart but believes Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or inner being. Alternate translation: "if he truly believes in his heart" or "if he does not doubt but believes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 23 fzp5 0 God will do "God will make happen"
|
||||
|
|
@ -958,29 +960,29 @@ MRK 11 24 tu5z figs-explicit ἔσται ὑμῖν 1 it will be yours It is und
|
|||
MRK 11 25 m7xi 0 When you stand and pray It is common in Hebrew culture to stand when praying to God. Alternate translation: "When you pray"
|
||||
MRK 11 25 f6ex εἴ τι ἔχετε κατά τινος 1 whatever you have against anyone "whatever grudge you have against anyone." Here the word "whatever" refers to any grudge you hold against someone for sinning against you or any anger you have against someone.
|
||||
MRK 11 27 n3ei 0 Connecting Statement: The next day when Jesus returns to temple, he gives the chief priests, scribes, and elders an answer to their question about his casting the money changers out of the temple area, by asking them another question, which they were not willing to answer.
|
||||
MRK 11 27 s2ac ἔρχονται εἰς 1 They came to "Jesus and his disciples came to"
|
||||
MRK 11 27 s2ac ἔρχονται ... εἰς 1 They came to "Jesus and his disciples came to"
|
||||
MRK 11 27 alh5 ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ περιπατοῦντος αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple This means that Jesus was walking around inside of the temple; he was not walking into the temple.
|
||||
MRK 11 28 r3ik ἔλεγον αὐτῷ 1 They said to him The word "They" refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders.
|
||||
MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς ἢ τίς, σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταῦτα ποιῇς 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you the authority to do them? Possible meanings: 1) Both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus' authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: "Who gave you authority to do these things?" 2) They are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 11 28 se9b figs-parallelism ἐν ποίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ ταῦτα ποιεῖς? ἢ, τίς σοι ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν ... ταῦτα ποιῇς 1 By what authority do you do these things, and who gave you the authority to do them? Possible meanings: 1) Both of these questions have the same meaning and are asked together to strongly question Jesus' authority and so can be combined. Alternate translation: "Who gave you authority to do these things?" 2) They are two separate questions, the first asking about the nature of the authority and the second about who gave it to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 11 28 p5u3 figs-explicit ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 you do these things The words "these things" refer to Jesus turning over the sellers' tables in the temple and speaking against what the chief priests and scribes taught. Alternate translation: "things like those you did here yesterday" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 29 v7q9 0 Tell me "Answer me"
|
||||
MRK 11 30 jj91 τὸ βάπτισμα τὸ Ἰωάννου 1 The baptism of John "The baptism that John performed"
|
||||
MRK 11 30 fr1b ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἦν ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 was it from heaven or from men "was it authorized by heaven or by men"
|
||||
MRK 11 30 sh7b figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. Alternate translation: "from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 i5is ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 from men "from people"
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ," ἐὰν εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "If we say, 'It was from heaven,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: "From God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 30 i5is ἐξ ... ἀνθρώπων 1 from men "from people"
|
||||
MRK 11 31 s9vv figs-ellipsis ἐὰν εἴπωμεν, ἐξ‘ οὐρανοῦ 1 If we say, 'From heaven,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "If we say, 'It was from heaven,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 nu1m figs-metonymy ἐξ‘ οὐρανοῦ 1 From heaven Here "heaven" refers to God. See how you translated this in [Mark 11:30](../11/30.md). Alternate translation: "From God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 11 31 t9er οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε αὐτῷ 1 not believe him The word "him" refers to John the Baptist.
|
||||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,'...." 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'It was from men,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men "From people"
|
||||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν,' ἐξ ἀνθρώπων,'...." 1 But if we say, 'From men,' ... . The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'From men,' that would not be good." or "But we do not want to say that it was from men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο τὸν ὄχλον 1 They were afraid of the people The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John's baptism was from men. This can be stated clearly. "They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people" or "They did not want to say that John's baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 aus1 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ‘ ἀνθρώπων 1 But if we say, 'From men,' This refers to the source of the baptism of John. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'It was from men,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 v2gs ἐξ‘ ἀνθρώπων 1 From men "From people"
|
||||
MRK 11 32 b5qb figs-explicit ἀλλὰ εἴπωμεν, ἐξ‘ ἀνθρώπων 1 But if we say, 'From men,' ... . The religious leaders imply that they will suffer from the people if they give this answer. Alternate translation: "But if we say, 'From men,' that would not be good." or "But we do not want to say that it was from men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 11 32 z998 figs-explicit ἐφοβοῦντο( τὸν ὄχλον 1 They were afraid of the people The author, Mark, explains why the religious leaders did not want to say that John's baptism was from men. This can be stated clearly. "They said this to each other because they were afraid of the people" or "They did not want to say that John's baptism was from men because they were afraid of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 11 33 us4a figs-ellipsis οὐκ οἴδαμεν 1 We do not know This refers to the baptism of John. This understood information may be supplied. Alternate translation: "We do not know where the baptism of John came from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 intro ne55 0 # Mark 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:10-11, 36, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Hypothetical Situations<br><br>Hypothetical situations are situations that have not actually happened. People describe these situations so they learn what their hearers think is good and bad or right and wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br>
|
||||
MRK 12 1 w2hb figs-parables 0 Jesus speaks this parable against the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 qa93 0 Then Jesus began to teach them The word "them" here refers to the chief priests, the scribes, and the elders to whom Jesus had been talking in the previous chapter.
|
||||
MRK 12 1 qap8 0 put a hedge around it He put a barrier around the vineyard. It could have been a row of shrubs, a fence, or a stone wall.
|
||||
MRK 12 1 ns9e figs-explicit ὤρυξεν ὑπολήνιον 1 dug a pit for a winepress This means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: "carved a pit into rock for the winepress" or "he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 ns9e figs-explicit ὤρυξεν‘ ὑπολήνιον 1 dug a pit for a winepress This means that he carved a pit on the rock, which would be the bottom part of the winepress used for collecting the squeezed grape juice. Alternate translation: "carved a pit into rock for the winepress" or "he made a vat to collect the juice from the winepress" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 1 l2i2 ἐξέδετο αὐτὸν γεωργοῖς 1 leased the vineyard to vine growers The owner still owned the vineyard, but he allowed the vine growers to take care of it. When the grapes became ripe, they were to give some of them to the owner and keep the rest.
|
||||
MRK 12 2 s83v figs-explicit τῷ καιρῷ 1 At the right time This refers to the time of harvest. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "When the time came to harvest the grapes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 3 vz7k καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὸν 1 But they took him "But the vine growers took the servant"
|
||||
|
|
@ -993,52 +995,52 @@ MRK 12 6 z5hz figs-explicit υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved son It is i
|
|||
MRK 12 7 m63e figs-explicit ὁ κληρονόμος 1 the heir This is the owner's heir, who would inherit the vineyard after his father died. Alternate translation: "the owner's heir" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 7 s5dc figs-synecdoche ἡ κληρονομία 1 the inheritance The tenants are referring to the vineyard as "the inheritance." Alternate translation: "this vineyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 8 gx6l 0 They seized him "The vine growers seized the son"
|
||||
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion οὖν, τί ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος? 1 Therefore, what will the owner of the vineyard do? Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 r4md figs-rquestion τί οὖν ποιήσει ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 Therefore, what will the owner of the vineyard do? Jesus asks a question and then gives the answer to teach the people. The question may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "So I will tell you what the owner of the vineyard will do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 rde6 writing-connectingwords οὖν 1 Therefore Jesus has finished telling the parable and is now asking the people what they think will happen next. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-connectingwords]])
|
||||
MRK 12 9 g4ce ἀπολέσει 1 destroy kill
|
||||
MRK 12 9 mc5y figs-explicit δώσει τὸν ἀμπελῶνα ἄλλοις 1 will give the vineyard to others The word "others" refers to other vine growers who will care for the vineyard. Alternate translation: "he will give the vineyard to vine growers to care for it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 v6ta 0 General Information: This scripture was written long before in God's word.
|
||||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε?' 1 Have you not read this scripture? Jesus reminds the people of a scripture passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely you have read this scripture." or "You should remember this scripture." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 xj9j figs-rquestion οὐδὲ τὴν Γραφὴν ταύτην ἀνέγνωτε 1 Have you not read this scripture? Jesus reminds the people of a scripture passage. He uses a rhetorical question here to rebuke them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely you have read this scripture." or "You should remember this scripture." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 10 jpa3 0 has been made the cornerstone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord made into the cornerstone"
|
||||
MRK 12 11 r8z8 παρὰ Κυρίου ἐγένετο αὕτη 1 This was from the Lord "The Lord has done this"
|
||||
MRK 12 11 k5w6 figs-metaphor ἔστιν θαυμαστὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς ἡμῶν 1 it is marvelous in our eyes Here "in our eyes" stands for seeing, which is a metaphor for the people's opinion. Alternate translation: "we have seen it and think that it is marvelous" or "we think that it is wonderful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 b1vz ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν κρατῆσαι 1 They sought to arrest Jesus "They" refers to the chief priests, scribes, and elders. This group may be referred to as the "Jewish leaders."
|
||||
MRK 12 12 sl74 ἐζήτουν 1 sought "wanted"
|
||||
MRK 12 12 lx62 figs-explicit καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd They were afraid of what the crowd would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 lx62 figs-explicit καὶ ... ἐφοβήθησαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 but they feared the crowd They were afraid of what the crowd would do to them if they arrested Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "but they feared what the crowd would do if they arrested him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 12 v9wb πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 against them "to accuse them"
|
||||
MRK 12 13 s1hb 0 Connecting Statement: In an effort to trap Jesus, some of the Pharisees and Herodians, and then the Sadducees, come to Jesus with questions.
|
||||
MRK 12 13 z2sf καὶ ἀποστέλλουσιν 1 Then they sent "Then the Jewish leaders sent"
|
||||
MRK 12 13 pj3c τῶν Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
|
||||
MRK 12 13 pj3c τῶν ... Ἡρῳδιανῶν 1 the Herodians This was the name of an informal political party that supported Herod Antipas.
|
||||
MRK 12 13 kuy5 figs-metaphor ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀγρεύσωσιν 1 to trap him Here the author describes tricking Jesus as "trapping him." Alternate translation: "to trick him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 dh3d ἐλθόντες, λέγουσιν 1 When they came, they said Here "they" refers to those sent from among the Pharisees and the Herodians.
|
||||
MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός' 1 you care for no one's opinion This means that Jesus is not concerned. The negation can modify the verb instead. Alternate translation: "you do not care about people's opinions" or "you are not concerned with earning people's favor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 g48w figs-explicit ὁ εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν 1 Jesus knew their hypocrisy They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: "Jesus knew that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε? 1 Why do you test me? Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 14 cp3x figs-litotes μέλει σοι περὶ οὐδενός 1 you care for no one's opinion This means that Jesus is not concerned. The negation can modify the verb instead. Alternate translation: "you do not care about people's opinions" or "you are not concerned with earning people's favor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 g48w figs-explicit ὁ ... εἰδὼς αὐτῶν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν 1 Jesus knew their hypocrisy They were acting hypocritically. This can be explained more clearly. Alternate translation: "Jesus knew that they did not really want to know what God wanted them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 c7nj figs-rquestion τί με πειράζετε 1 Why do you test me? Jesus rebukes the Jewish leaders because they were trying to trick him. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "I know you are trying to make me say something wrong so you can accuse me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 15 wl34 translate-bmoney δηνάριον 1 denarius This coin was worth a day's wages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 ev6s 0 They brought one "The Pharisees and the Herodians brought a denarius"
|
||||
MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 likeness and inscription "picture and name"
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis ?" οἱ εἶπαν," Καίσαρος'." 1 They said, "Caesar's Here "Caesar's" refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: "They said, 'They are Caesar's likeness and inscription" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 16 wd1n ἡ εἰκὼν ... καὶ ἡ ἐπιγραφή 1 likeness and inscription "picture and name"
|
||||
MRK 12 16 gi96 figs-ellipsis οἱ ... εἶπαν ... Καίσαρος 1 They said, "Caesar's Here "Caesar's" refers to his likeness and inscription. Alternate translation: "They said, 'They are Caesar's likeness and inscription" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 fl4l figs-metonymy 0 Give to Caesar the things that are Caesar's Jesus is teaching that his people must respect the government by paying taxes. This figure of speech can be clarified by changing Caesar to Roman government. Alternate translation: "Give to the Roman government the things that belong to the Roman government" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 and to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: "and give to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 la16 figs-ellipsis καὶ ... τῷ Θεῷ 1 and to God The understood verb may be supplied. Alternate translation: "and give to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 17 pw4r figs-explicit ἐξεθαύμαζον ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 They marveled at him They were amazed at what Jesus had said. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "They marveled at him and at what he had said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 18 rdl7 figs-explicit οἵτινες λέγουσιν ἀνάστασιν μὴ εἶναι 1 who say there is no resurrection This phrase explains who the Sadducees were. This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "who say there is no resurrection from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations ἐάν, ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν,' Μωϋσῆς τινος' ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote for us, 'If a man's brother dies The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses' quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote for us that if a man's brother dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 e8x2 figs-quotations Μωϋσῆς ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν ... ἐάν τινος‘ ἀδελφὸς ἀποθάνῃ 1 Moses wrote for us, 'If a man's brother dies The Sadducees are quoting what Moses had written in the law. Moses' quote can be expressed as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote for us that if a man's brother dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m8fh ἔγραψεν ἡμῖν 1 wrote for us "wrote for us Jews." The Sadducees were a group of Jews. Here they use the word "us" to refer to themselves and all Jews.
|
||||
MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς' τὴν γυναῖκα 1 the man should take the brother's wife "the man should marry his brother's wife"
|
||||
MRK 12 19 g49e λάβῃ ὁ ἀδελφὸς ... τὴν γυναῖκα 1 the man should take the brother's wife "the man should marry his brother's wife"
|
||||
MRK 12 19 m2um figs-explicit ἐξαναστήσῃ σπέρμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ 1 raise up a descendant for his brother "have a son for his brother." The man's first son would be considered to be the dead brother's son, and the son's descendants would be considered to be the dead brother's descendants. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "have a son who will be considered to be the dead brother's son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 wz27 figs-hypo ἑπτὰ ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν 1 There were seven brothers The Sadducees talk about a situation that did not really happen because they want Jesus to tell them what he thinks is right and wrong. Alternate translation: "Suppose there were seven brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
MRK 12 20 pj71 ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first the first brother
|
||||
MRK 12 20 af1t ὁ πρῶτος ἔλαβεν γυναῖκα 1 the first took a wife "the first married a woman." Here marrying a woman is spoken of as "taking" her.
|
||||
MRK 12 21 d61g figs-ellipsis 0 the second ... the third These numbers refer to each of the brothers and can be expressed as such. Alternate translation: "the second brother ... the third brother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 na6s ὁ δεύτερος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 the second took her "the second married her." Here marrying a woman is spoken of as "taking" her.
|
||||
MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 the third likewise It may be helpful to explain what "likewise" means. Alternate translation: "the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 21 l1ds figs-explicit ὁ ... τρίτος ὡσαύτως 1 the third likewise It may be helpful to explain what "likewise" means. Alternate translation: "the third brother married her as his other bothers did, and he also died leaving no children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 22 wjq8 figs-ellipsis οἱ ἑπτὰ 1 The seven This refers to all the brothers. Alternate translation: "The seven brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 22 l3dg figs-explicit 0 The seven left no children Each of the brothers married the woman and then died before he had any children with her. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Eventually all seven brothers married that woman one by one, but none of them had any children with her, and one by one they died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 23 w4wu figs-rquestion , ἐν, τῇ ἀναστάσει ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή? 1 In the resurrection, when they rise again, whose wife will she be? The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 23 w4wu figs-rquestion ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ὅταν ἀναστῶσιν, τίνος αὐτῶν ἔσται γυνή 1 In the resurrection, when they rise again, whose wife will she be? The Sadducees are testing Jesus by asking this question. If your readers can only understand this as a request for information, this can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Now tell us whose wife she will be in the resurrection, when they all rise again." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 zp2p figs-rquestion 0 Is this not the reason you are mistaken ... power of God? Jesus rebukes the Sadducees because they are mistaken about God's law. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You are mistaken because ... power of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 24 li2y μὴ εἰδότες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 you do not know the scriptures This means that they do not understand what is written in the Old Testament scriptures.
|
||||
MRK 12 24 i8il τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the power of God "how powerful God is"
|
||||
MRK 12 25 nvh6 ὅταν γὰρ ἀναστῶσιν 1 For when they rise Here the word "they" refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 nvh6 ὅταν γὰρ ... ἀναστῶσιν 1 For when they rise Here the word "they" refers to the brothers and the woman from the example.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 y8vz figs-metaphor ἀναστῶσιν 1 rise Waking and getting up from sleep is a metaphor for becoming alive after having been dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 25 vh7r ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
MRK 12 25 p5ak οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 they neither marry nor are given in marriage "they do not marry, and they are not given in marriage"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1050,37 +1052,37 @@ MRK 12 26 w2lj figs-explicit τοῦ βάτου 1 the account about the bush Thi
|
|||
MRK 12 26 si2b τοῦ βάτου 1 the bush This refers to a shrub, a woody plant that is smaller than a tree.
|
||||
MRK 12 26 y35v πῶς εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Θεὸς 1 how God spoke to him "about when God spoke to Moses"
|
||||
MRK 12 26 re82 0 I am the God of Abraham ... Isaac ... Jacob This means that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob worship God. These men have died physically, but they are still alive spiritually and still worship God.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj οὐκ Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not the God of the dead, but of the living Here "the dead" refers to people who are dead, and "the living" refers to people who are alive. Also, the words "the God" can be stated clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: "not the God of dead people, but the God of living people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 dgc9 figs-nominaladj οὐκ ... Θεὸς νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not the God of the dead, but of the living Here "the dead" refers to people who are dead, and "the living" refers to people who are alive. Also, the words "the God" can be stated clearly in the second phrase. Alternate translation: "not the God of dead people, but the God of living people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 l22e ζώντων 1 the living This includes people who are alive physically and spiritually.
|
||||
MRK 12 27 wmz2 figs-explicit πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 You are quite mistaken It may be helpful to state what they are mistaken about. Alternate translation: "When you say that dead people do not rise again, you are quite mistaken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 27 sp7x πολὺ πλανᾶσθε 1 quite mistaken "completely mistaken" or "very wrong"
|
||||
MRK 12 28 q1u5 ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτόν 1 He asked him "The scribe asked Jesus"
|
||||
MRK 12 29 n74y figs-nominaladj 0 The most important is "The most important" refers to the most important commandment. Alternate translation: "The most important commandment is" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε Ἰσραήλ Κύριος, ὁ,, Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Hear, Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one "Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord"
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου ἐξ,,, ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength Here "heart" and "soul" are metonyms for a person's inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: "love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 29 mq92 ἄκουε‘, Ἰσραήλ, Κύριος ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν Κύριος εἷς ἐστιν 1 Hear, Israel, the Lord our God, the Lord is one "Listen, O Israel! The Lord our God is one Lord"
|
||||
MRK 12 30 q49v figs-metonymy ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας σου ... ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου ... ἐξ ὅλης τῆς διανοίας σου, καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ἰσχύος σου 1 with all your heart, with all your soul, with all your mind, and with all your strength Here "heart" and "soul" are metonyms for a person's inner being. These four phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 tp6p figs-simile ἀγαπήσεις‘ τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 love your neighbor as yourself Jesus uses this simile to compare how people are to love each other with the same love as they love themselves. Alternate translation: "love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 31 pyc1 τούτων 1 than these Here the word "these" refers to the two commandments that Jesus had just told the people.
|
||||
MRK 12 32 qqm4 καλῶς, Διδάσκαλε 1 Good, Teacher "Good answer, Teacher" or "Well said, Teacher"
|
||||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς ἐστιν 1 God is one This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: "there is only one God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 awe3 figs-idiom εἷς‘ ἐστιν 1 God is one This means that there is only one God. Alternate translation: "there is only one God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 32 as2j figs-ellipsis 0 that there is no other The word "God" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "that there is no other God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 xnq9 figs-metonymy 0 with all the heart ... all the understanding ... all the strength Here "heart" is a metonym for person's thoughts, feelings, or inner being. These three phrases are used together to mean "completely" or "earnestly." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile ἀγαπᾶν τὸν' πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love one's neighbor as oneself This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: "to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 tw15 figs-simile ἀγαπᾶν ... τὸν πλησίον ὡς ἑαυτὸν 1 to love one's neighbor as oneself This simile compares how people are to love each other with the same love that they love themselves. Alternate translation: "to love your neighbor as much as you love yourself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
MRK 12 33 ll9t figs-idiom περισσότερόν ἐστιν πάντων 1 is even more than This idiom means that something is more important than something else. In this case, these two commandments are more pleasing to God that burnt offering and sacrifices. This may be written clearly. Alternate translation: "is even more important than" or "is even more pleasing to God than" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 b144 figs-litotes οὐ μακρὰν εἶ ἀπὸ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You are not far from the kingdom of God This can be stated in positive form. Here Jesus speaks of the man being ready to submit to God as king as being physically close to the kingdom of God, as if it where a physical place. Alternate translation: "You are close to submitting to God as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-litotes οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα 1 no one dared This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "everyone was afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-explicit καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἔλεγεν 1 While Jesus was teaching in the temple courts, he said Some time has passed and Jesus is now in the temple. This is not part of the previous conversation. Alternate translation: "Later, while Jesus was teaching in the temple area, he said to the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 34 rgh8 figs-litotes οὐδεὶς ... ἐτόλμα 1 no one dared This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "everyone was afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 ptc8 figs-explicit καὶ ... ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔλεγεν διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 While Jesus was teaching in the temple courts, he said Some time has passed and Jesus is now in the temple. This is not part of the previous conversation. Alternate translation: "Later, while Jesus was teaching in the temple area, he said to the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 q6e4 figs-rquestion 0 How is it that the scribes say the Christ is the son of David? Jesus uses this question to get the people to think deeply about the Psalm he is about to quote. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Consider why the scribes say the Christ is the son of David." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 35 i6a4 υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the son of David "a descendant of David"
|
||||
MRK 12 36 e1zq figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Δαυεὶδ 1 David himself This word "himself" refers to David and is used to place emphasis on him and what he said. Alternate translation: "It was David who" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 ejy2 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ 1 in the Holy Spirit This means that he was inspired by the Holy Spirit. That is, the Holy Spirit directed David in what he said. Alternate translation: "inspired by the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit τῷ,,' ὁ Κύριος εἶπεν εἶπεν Κυρίῳ μου," 1 said, 'The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God "The Lord" and calls the Christ "my Lord." This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "said about the Christ, 'The Lord God said to my Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 dv7b figs-explicit εἶπεν ... εἶπεν‘ ὁ Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 said, 'The Lord said to my Lord Here David calls God "The Lord" and calls the Christ "my Lord." This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "said about the Christ, 'The Lord God said to my Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 v53p translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand Jesus is quoting a psalm. Here God is speaking to the Christ. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "Sit in the place of honor beside me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 12 36 mml8 figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies your footstool In this quote, God speaks of defeating enemies as making them into a footstool. Alternate translation: "until I completely defeat your enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν' Κύριον,' 1 calls him 'Lord,' Here the word "him" refers to the Christ.
|
||||
MRK 12 37 ka5u λέγει αὐτὸν, Κύριον 1 calls him 'Lord,' Here the word "him" refers to the Christ.
|
||||
MRK 12 37 rh2t figs-rquestion 0 so how can the Christ be David's son? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "so consider how the Christ can be a descendant of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 12 38 k31m figs-abstractnouns 0 the greetings they receive in the marketplaces The noun "greetings" can be expressed with the verb "greet." These greetings showed that the people respected the scribes. Alternate translation: "to be greeted respectfully in the marketplaces" or "people to greet them respectfully in the marketplaces" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 jtw4 figs-metaphor 0 They also devour widows' houses Here Jesus describes the scribes' cheating of widows and stealing of their houses as "devouring" their houses. Alternate translation: "They also cheat widows in order to steal their houses from them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 j27b figs-synecdoche τῶν χηρῶν' τὰς οἰκίας 1 widows' houses The words "widows" and "houses" are synecdoches for helpless people and all of a person's important possessions, respectively. Alternate translation: "everything from helpless people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 j27b figs-synecdoche τὰς οἰκίας τῶν χηρῶν 1 widows' houses The words "widows" and "houses" are synecdoches for helpless people and all of a person's important possessions, respectively. Alternate translation: "everything from helpless people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 qm52 figs-activepassive οὗτοι λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 These men will receive greater condemnation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will certainly punish them with greater condemnation" or "God will certainly punish them severely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 12 40 h36x figs-explicit λήμψονται περισσότερον κρίμα 1 will receive greater condemnation The word "greater" implies a comparison. Here the comparison is to other men who are punished. Alternate translation: "will receive greater condemnation than other people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 12 41 r69x 0 Connecting Statement: Still in the temple area, Jesus comments on the value of the widow's offering.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1089,21 +1091,21 @@ MRK 12 42 g6ry translate-bmoney λεπτὰ δύο 1 two mites "two small copper
|
|||
MRK 12 42 n29e 0 worth about a penny "worth very little." A penny is worth very little. Translate "penny" with the name of the smallest coin in your language if you have one that is worth very little.
|
||||
MRK 12 43 ipl1 translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 43 Jesus says that the widow put more money in the offering than the rich people put in, and in verse 44 he tells his reason for saying that. The information can be reordered so that Jesus tells his reason first and then says that the widow put in more, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 12 43 n7su προσκαλεσάμενος 1 He called "Jesus called"
|
||||
MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 43 n8z5 πάντων τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς 1 all of them who contributed to "all the other people who put money into"
|
||||
MRK 12 43 q124 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 12 43 n8z5 πάντων ... τῶν βαλλόντων εἰς 1 all of them who contributed to "all the other people who put money into"
|
||||
MRK 12 44 ui9a τοῦ περισσεύοντος 1 abundance much wealth, many valuable things
|
||||
MRK 12 44 l4tp τῆς ὑστερήσεως αὐτῆς 1 her poverty "lack" or "the little she had"
|
||||
MRK 12 44 p3as 0 to live on "to survive on"
|
||||
MRK 13 intro ti7d 0 # Mark 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:24-25, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The return of Christ<br><br>Jesus said much about what would happen before he returned ([Mark 13:6-37](./06.md)). He told his followers that bad things would happen to the world and bad things would happen to them before he returned, but they needed to be ready for him to return at any time.<br>
|
||||
MRK 13 1 rrv1 0 General Information: As they leave the temple area, Jesus tells his disciples what will happen in the future to the wonderful temple that Herod the Great has built.
|
||||
MRK 13 1 ql81 figs-explicit 0 the wonderful stones and wonderful buildings The "stones" refer to the stones that the buildings were built with. Alternate translation: "the wonderful buildings and the wonderful stones that they are made of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ λίθος 1 Do you see these great buildings? Not one stone This question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Look at these great buildings! Not one stone" or "You see these great buildings now, but not one stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 13 2 rez6 figs-rquestion βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς? οὐ μὴ ... λίθος 1 Do you see these great buildings? Not one stone This question is used to draw attention to the buildings. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Look at these great buildings! Not one stone" or "You see these great buildings now, but not one stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 13 2 zu46 figs-explicit 0 Not one stone will be left on another which will not be torn down It is implied that enemy soldiers will tear down the stones. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Not one stone will remain on top of another, for enemy soldiers will come and destroy these buildings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 e913 0 Connecting Statement: In answer to the disciples' questions about the temple's destruction and what was going to happen, Jesus tells them what was going to take place in the future.
|
||||
MRK 13 3 izt8 figs-explicit καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν, Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ Πέτρος 1 As he sat on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to the Mount of Olives. Alternate translation: "After arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 izt8 figs-explicit καθημένου αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ Ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν κατέναντι τοῦ ἱεροῦ ... Πέτρος 1 As he sat on the Mount of Olives opposite the temple, Peter It can be expressed clearly that Jesus and his disciples had walked to the Mount of Olives. Alternate translation: "After arriving at the Mount of Olives, which is opposite the temple, Jesus sat down. Then Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 3 u7ju κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 privately when they were alone
|
||||
MRK 13 4 uf37 figs-explicit 0 these things happen ... are about to happen This refers to what Jesus had just said will happen to the stones of the temple. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "these things happen to the buildings of the temple ... are about to happen to the temple buildings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 4 lw1n ὅταν ταῦτα πάντα 1 when all these things "that all these things"
|
||||
MRK 13 4 lw1n ὅταν ... ταῦτα ... πάντα 1 when all these things "that all these things"
|
||||
MRK 13 5 fe42 λέγειν αὐτοῖς 1 to them "to his disciples"
|
||||
MRK 13 5 u79c ὑμᾶς πλανήσῃ 1 leads you astray Here "leads you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "deceives you" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 6 wv12 πολλοὺς πλανήσουσιν 1 they will lead many astray Here "lead ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe what is not true. Alternate translation: "they will deceive many people" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1112,15 +1114,15 @@ MRK 13 6 l7f9 0 I am he "I am the Christ"
|
|||
MRK 13 7 fl5h ἀκούσητε πολέμους καὶ ἀκοὰς πολέμων 1 hear of wars and rumors of wars "hear of wars and reports about wars." Possible meanings are 1) "hear the sounds of wars close by and news of wars far away" or 2) "hear of wars that have started and reports about wars that are about to start"
|
||||
MRK 13 7 d1k9 0 but the end is not yet "but it is not yet the end" or "but the end will not happen until later" or "but the end will be later"
|
||||
MRK 13 7 mi4d figs-explicit τὸ τέλος 1 the end This probably refers to the end of the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται ἐπ’ 1 will rise against This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: "will fight against" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 xln4 figs-idiom ἐγερθήσεται ... ἐπ’ 1 will rise against This idiom means to fight against one another. Alternate translation: "will fight against" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 e2ln figs-ellipsis βασιλεία ἐπὶ βασιλείαν 1 kingdom against kingdom The words "will rise" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "kingdom will rise against kingdom" or "the people of one kingdom will fight against the people of another kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 8 dz8g figs-metaphor 0 These are the beginnings of birth pains Jesus speaks of these disasters as the beginnings of birth pains because more severe things will happen after them. Alternate translation: "These events will be like the first pains a woman suffers when she is about to bear a child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 c2cl 0 Be on your guard "Be ready for what people will do to you"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 xsy1 παραδώσουσιν ὑμᾶς εἰς συνέδρια 1 will deliver you up to councils "take you and put you under the control of councils"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 zdp8 figs-activepassive δαρήσεσθε 1 you will be beaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will beat you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ σταθήσεσθε 1 You will stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: "You will be put on trial before" or "You will be brought to trial and judged by" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 gbb4 figs-idiom ἐπὶ ... σταθήσεσθε 1 You will stand before This means to be put on trial and judged. Alternate translation: "You will be put on trial before" or "You will be brought to trial and judged by" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 j5n2 ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ 1 for my sake "because of me" or "on account of me"
|
||||
MRK 13 9 y6p6 figs-explicit εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony to them This means they will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "and testify to them about me" or "and you will tell them about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 9 y6p6 figs-explicit εἰς ... μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς 1 as a testimony to them This means they will testify about Jesus. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "and testify to them about me" or "and you will tell them about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 10 ruk9 figs-explicit καὶ εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη πρῶτον δεῖ κηρυχθῆναι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations Jesus is still speaking about things that must happen before the end comes. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "But the gospel must first be proclaimed to all the nations before the end will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 uy91 figs-idiom παραδιδόντες 1 hand you over Here this means to put people under the control of the authorities. Alternate translation: "give you over to the authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 11 a9b6 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 but the Holy Spirit The words "will speak" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "but the Holy Spirit will speak through you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1131,32 +1133,32 @@ MRK 13 12 r66s figs-idiom ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐπὶ γο
|
|||
MRK 13 12 si65 figs-activepassive 0 cause them to be put to death This means that the authorities will sentence the parents to be put to death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "cause the authorities to sentence the parents to die" or "the authorities will kill the parents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 pk3g figs-activepassive ἔσεσθε μισούμενοι ὑπὸ πάντων 1 You will be hated by everyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Everyone will hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 jhp6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Jesus uses the metonym "my name" to refer to himself. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because you believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 whoever endures to the end, that person will be saved This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whoever endures to the end, God will save that person" or "God will save whoever endures to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 whoever endures to the end Here "endures" represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: "whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 w28q figs-activepassive ὁ ... ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται 1 whoever endures to the end, that person will be saved This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whoever endures to the end, God will save that person" or "God will save whoever endures to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 c33n figs-explicit ὁ ... ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος 1 whoever endures to the end Here "endures" represents continuing to be faithful to God even while suffering. Alternate translation: "whoever suffers and stays faithful to God to the end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 13 vcz4 εἰς τέλος 1 to the end Possible meanings are 1) "to the end of his life" or 2) "to the end of that time of trouble"
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: "the shameful thing that defiles the things of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 d4nw figs-metaphor τὸ‘ βδέλυγμα τῆς ἐρημώσεως 1 the abomination of desolation This phrase is from the book of Daniel. His audience would have been familiar with this passage and the prophecy about the abomination entering the temple and defiling it. Alternate translation: "the shameful thing that defiles the things of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 vx3c figs-explicit 0 standing where it should not be standing Jesus' audience would have known that this refers to the temple. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "standing in the temple, where it should not be standing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 14 ck7a figs-explicit ὁ ἀναγινώσκων νοείτω 1 let the reader understand This is not Jesus speaking. Matthew added this to get the readers' attention, so that they would listen to this warning. Alternate translation: "may everyone who is reading this pay attention to this warning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 15 m1hq ἐπὶ τοῦ δώματος 1 on the housetop Housetops where Jesus lived were flat, and people could stand on them.
|
||||
MRK 13 16 y1e9 figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐπιστρεψάτω 1 not return This refers to returning to his house. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "not return to his house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 16 hv49 ἆραι τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ 1 to take his cloak "to get his cloak"
|
||||
MRK 13 17 bi8n figs-euphemism 0 are with child This is a polite way to say that someone is pregnant. Alternate translation: "are pregnant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 18 w47v προσεύχεσθε ἵνα γένηται 1 Pray that it "Pray that these times" or "Pray that these things"
|
||||
MRK 13 18 w47v προσεύχεσθε ... ἵνα ... γένηται 1 Pray that it "Pray that these times" or "Pray that these things"
|
||||
MRK 13 18 w91r 0 the winter "the cold season" or "the cold, rainy season." This refers to the time of year when it is cold and unpleasant and difficult to travel.
|
||||
MRK 13 19 e98e οἵα οὐ γέγονεν 1 such as has not been "greater than there has ever been." This describes how great and terrible the tribulation will be. There has never been a tribulation as terrible as this one will be.
|
||||
MRK 13 19 c5sz 0 no, nor ever will be again "and greater than there will ever be again" or "and after that tribulation, there will never again be a tribulation like it"
|
||||
MRK 13 20 y7g6 figs-explicit ἐκολόβωσεν τὰς ἡμέρας 1 had shortened the days "had shortened the time." It may be helpful to specify which "days" are referred to. Alternate translation: "had reduced the days of suffering" or "had shortened the time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved The word "flesh" refers to people, and "saved" refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: "no one would be saved" or "everyone would die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 y7g6 figs-explicit ἐκολόβωσεν ... τὰς ἡμέρας 1 had shortened the days "had shortened the time." It may be helpful to specify which "days" are referred to. Alternate translation: "had reduced the days of suffering" or "had shortened the time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 kda6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθη ... σάρξ 1 no flesh would be saved The word "flesh" refers to people, and "saved" refers to physical salvation. Alternate translation: "no one would be saved" or "everyone would die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 13 20 q8hm διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτοὺς 1 for the sake of the elect "in order to help the elect"
|
||||
MRK 13 20 er43 figs-doublet 0 the elect, those whom he chose The phrase "those whom he chose" means the same thing as "the elect." Together, they emphasize that God chose these people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
MRK 13 21 d9gr translate-versebridge 0 General Information: In verse 21 Jesus gives a command, and in 22 he tells the reason for the command. This can be reordered with the reason first, and the command second, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]])
|
||||
MRK 13 22 n81i ψευδόχριστοι 1 false Christs "people who claim they are Christ"
|
||||
MRK 13 22 yw81 πρὸς ἀποπλανᾶν 1 so as to deceive "in order to deceive" or "hoping to deceive" or "trying to deceive"
|
||||
MRK 13 22 yw81 πρὸς ... ἀποπλανᾶν 1 so as to deceive "in order to deceive" or "hoping to deceive" or "trying to deceive"
|
||||
MRK 13 22 j198 figs-ellipsis 0 so as to deceive, if possible, even the elect The phrase "even the elect" implies that the false Christs and false prophets will expect to deceive some people, but they will not know if they will be able to deceive the elect. Alternate translation: "in order to deceive people, and even deceive the elect, if that is possible" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 13 22 eq7b τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 the elect "the people whom God has chosen"
|
||||
MRK 13 23 jq8p βλέπετε 1 Be on guard "Be watchful" or "Be alert"
|
||||
MRK 13 23 va6h figs-explicit προείρηκα ὑμῖν πάντα 1 I have told you all these things ahead of time Jesus told them these things to warn them. Alternate translation: "I have told you all these things ahead of time to warn you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the sun will become dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 zy2f figs-activepassive ὁ‘ ἥλιος σκοτισθήσεται 1 the sun will be darkened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the sun will become dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 13 24 a3qv figs-personification ἡ σελήνη οὐ δώσει τὸ φέγγος αὐτῆς 1 the moon will not give its light Here the moon is spoken of as if it were alive and able to give something to someone else. Alternate translation: "the moon will not shine" or "the moon will be dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 z1sh figs-explicit 0 the stars will fall from the sky This does not mean that they will fall to earth but that they will fall from where the are now. Alternate translation: "the stars will fall from their places in the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 25 au6l figs-activepassive 0 the powers that are in the heavens will be shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the powers in the heavens will shake" or "God will shake the powers that are in the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1168,14 +1170,14 @@ MRK 13 27 a1z2 figs-metonymy ἐπισυνάξει 1 he will gather The word "he
|
|||
MRK 13 27 vpb6 figs-metaphor τῶν τεσσάρων ἀνέμων 1 the four winds The whole earth is spoken of as "the four winds," which refer to the four directions: north, south, east, and west. Alternate translation: "the north, south, east, and west" or "all parts of the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 13 27 u1vp figs-merism 0 from the ends of the earth to the ends of the sky These two extremes are given to emphasize that the elect will be gathered from the entire earth. Alternate translation: "from every place on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c99s figs-parables 0 Jesus gives two short parables here to remind people to be aware when the things that he has been explaining happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c8r7 ὁ κλάδος ἁπαλὸς γένηται καὶ ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 the branch becomes tender and puts out its leaves The phrase "the branch" refers to the branches of the fig tree. Alternate translation: "its branches become tender and put out their leaves"
|
||||
MRK 13 28 c8r7 ὁ κλάδος ... ἁπαλὸς γένηται, καὶ ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 the branch becomes tender and puts out its leaves The phrase "the branch" refers to the branches of the fig tree. Alternate translation: "its branches become tender and put out their leaves"
|
||||
MRK 13 28 u8ha ἁπαλὸς 1 tender "green and soft"
|
||||
MRK 13 28 q6yc figs-personification ἐκφύῃ τὰ φύλλα 1 puts out its leaves Here the fig tree is spoken of as if it were alive and able to willingly cause its leaves to grow. Alternate translation: "its leaves begin to sprout" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
MRK 13 28 z417 τὸ θέρος 1 summer the warm part of the year or the growing season
|
||||
MRK 13 29 q53b figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the days of tribulation. Alternate translation: "these things I have just described" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 13 29 aul8 0 he is near "the Son of Man is near"
|
||||
MRK 13 29 z2pf figs-idiom 0 close to the gates This idiom means that he is very near and has almost arrived, referring to a traveler being close to arriving at the city gates. Alternate translation: "and is almost here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 tg35 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 13 30 tg35 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 13 30 h72r figs-euphemism οὐ μὴ παρέλθῃ 1 will not pass away This is a polite way to talk about someone dying. Alternate translation: "will not die" or "will not end" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
MRK 13 30 t66q 0 until all of these things The phrase "these things" refers to the days of tribulation.
|
||||
MRK 13 31 k4zb figs-merism ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Heaven and earth The two extremes are given to refer to all of the sky, including the sun, moon, stars, and planets, and all of the earth. Alternate translation: "The sky, the earth, and everything in them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1200,16 +1202,16 @@ MRK 14 3 bf84 translate-names Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Simon the l
|
|||
MRK 14 3 sh4s κατακειμένου αὐτοῦ 1 he was reclining at the table In Jesus' culture, when people gathered to eat, they reclined on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
|
||||
MRK 14 3 hk2p translate-unknown ἀλάβαστρον 1 alabaster jar This is a jar made from alabaster. Alabaster was a very expensive yellow-white stone. Alternate translation: "beautiful white stone jar" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 fqa9 translate-unknown 0 of very costly liquid, which was pure nard "that contained expensive, fragrant perfume called nard." Nard was a very expensive, sweet-smelling oil used to make perfume. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
MRK 14 3 tk9r αὐτοῦ τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 on his head "on Jesus' head"
|
||||
MRK 14 3 tk9r αὐτοῦ ... τῆς κεφαλῆς 1 on his head "on Jesus' head"
|
||||
MRK 14 4 v57p figs-rquestion 0 What is the reason for this waste? They asked this question to show that they disapproved of the woman pouring the perfume on Jesus. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is terrible that she wasted that perfume!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 This perfume could have been sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were more concerned about money. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "We could have sold this perfume" or "She could have sold this perfume" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 y113 figs-activepassive ἠδύνατο ... τοῦτο τὸ μύρον πραθῆναι 1 This perfume could have been sold Mark wants to show his readers that those present were more concerned about money. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "We could have sold this perfume" or "She could have sold this perfume" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 t4p8 translate-bmoney δηναρίων τριακοσίων 1 three hundred denarii "300 denarii." Denarii are Roman silver coins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
MRK 14 5 h62k figs-ellipsis δοθῆναι τοῖς πτωχοῖς 1 given to the poor The phrase "the poor" refers to poor people. This refers to giving the money from the sale of the perfume to the poor. Alternate translation: "the money given to poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 6 r9wt figs-rquestion τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε? 1 Why are you troubling her? Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this woman's action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not trouble her!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 6 r9wt figs-rquestion τί αὐτῇ κόπους παρέχετε 1 Why are you troubling her? Jesus rebukes the guests for questioning this woman's action. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "You should not trouble her!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 7 tc3j figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 the poor This refers to poor people. Alternate translation: "poor people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
MRK 14 9 vr3w ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 9 vr3w ἀμὴν ... λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 9 ysc5 figs-activepassive ὅπου ἐὰν κηρυχθῇ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 wherever the gospel is preached This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "wherever my followers preach the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 9 ljh1 ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη λαληθήσεται 1 what this woman has done will be spoken of "what this woman has done will also be spoken of"
|
||||
MRK 14 9 ljh1 ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη, λαληθήσεται 1 what this woman has done will be spoken of "what this woman has done will also be spoken of"
|
||||
MRK 14 10 pdm5 0 Connecting Statement: After the woman anoints Jesus with perfume, Judas promises to deliver Jesus to the chief priests.
|
||||
MRK 14 10 z71f figs-explicit ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδοῖ αὐτοῖς 1 so that he might deliver him over to them Judas did not deliver Jesus over to them yet, rather he went to make arrangements with them. Alternate translation: "in order to arrange with them that he would deliver Jesus over to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 10 dq6r αὐτὸν παραδοῖ 1 deliver him over "bring Jesus to them so they could capture him"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1226,11 +1228,11 @@ MRK 14 16 m339 καθὼς εἶπεν 1 as he had said "as Jesus had said"
|
|||
MRK 14 17 n7z4 0 Connecting Statement: That evening as Jesus and the disciples eat the Passover meal, Jesus tells them that one of them will betray him.
|
||||
MRK 14 17 i1q1 figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν δώδεκα 1 he came with the twelve It may be helpful to state where they came to. Alternate translation: "he came with the twelve to the house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 18 cwl8 0 lying down at the table In Jesus' culture, when people gathered to eat, they lay down on their sides, propping themselves up on pillows beside a low table.
|
||||
MRK 14 18 dg95 ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 18 dg95 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 19 v3a1 εἷς κατὰ εἷς 1 one by one This means that "one at a time" each disciple asked him.
|
||||
MRK 14 19 f13p figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ 1 Surely not I? Possible meanings are 1) this was a question for which the disciples expected the answer to be no or 2) this was a rhetorical question that did not require a response. Alternate translation: "Surely I am not the one who will betray you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 20 b25j 0 It is one of the twelve, the one now "He is one of the twelve of you, the one now"
|
||||
MRK 14 20 htn4 ὁ ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον 1 dipping bread with me in the bowl In Jesus' culture, people would often eat bread, dipping it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs.
|
||||
MRK 14 20 htn4 ὁ ... ἐμβαπτόμενος μετ’ ἐμοῦ εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον 1 dipping bread with me in the bowl In Jesus' culture, people would often eat bread, dipping it in a shared bowl of sauce or of oil mixed with herbs.
|
||||
MRK 14 21 q5l3 0 For the Son of Man will go the way that the scripture says about him Here Jesus refers to the scriptures prophesying about his death. If you have a polite way to talk about death in your language, use it here. Alternate translation: "For the Son of Man will die in the way that the scriptures say"
|
||||
MRK 14 21 ct78 figs-explicit δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 through whom the Son of Man is betrayed This can be stated more directly. Alternate translation: "who betrays the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 22 y8j7 ἄρτον 1 bread This was a flat loaf of unleavened bread, which was eaten as part of the Passover meal.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1239,7 +1241,7 @@ MRK 14 22 adb2 writing-symlanguage 0 Take this. This is my body "Take this brea
|
|||
MRK 14 23 u6rc figs-synecdoche λαβὼν ποτήριον 1 He took a cup Here "cup" is a metonym for wine. Alternate translation: "He took the cup of wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 q5hn figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ ἐκχυννόμενον ὑπὲρ πολλῶν 1 This is my blood of the covenant, the blood that is poured out for many The covenant is for the forgiveness of sins. This can be written more explicitly. Alternate translation: "This is my blood that confirms the covenant, the blood that is poured out so that many may receive the forgiveness of sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 24 hs24 writing-symlanguage τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου 1 This is my blood "This wine is my blood." Though most understand this to mean that the wine is a symbol of Jesus' blood and that it is not actual blood, it is best to translate this statement literally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
MRK 14 25 i9yk ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 25 i9yk ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 25 t7ai γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 fruit of the vine "wine." This is a descriptive way to refer to wine.
|
||||
MRK 14 25 y1pf καινὸν 1 new Possible meanings are 1) "again" or 2) "in a new way"
|
||||
MRK 14 26 l996 ὑμνήσαντες 1 hymn A hymn is a type of song. It was traditional for them to sing an Old Testament psalm.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1251,7 +1253,7 @@ MRK 14 28 lv2u 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus clearly tells Peter he will deny
|
|||
MRK 14 28 dm1q figs-idiom ἐγερθῆναί με 1 I am raised up This idiom means that God will cause Jesus to become alive again after he has died. This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: "God raises me from the dead" or "God makes me alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 28 nwg8 προάξω ὑμᾶς 1 I will go ahead of you "I will go before you"
|
||||
MRK 14 29 div5 figs-ellipsis 0 Even if all fall away, I will not "I will not" can be fully expressed as "I will not fall away." The phrase "not fall away" is a double negative and carries a positive meaning. This can be expressed in the positive if needed. Alternate translation: "Even if everyone else leaves you, I will stay with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
MRK 14 30 z2q9 ἀμὴν λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 30 z2q9 ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly I say to you This indicates that the statement that follows is especially true and important. See how you translated this in [Mark 3:28](../03/28.md).
|
||||
MRK 14 30 i4g3 ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 rooster crows The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is "crowing."
|
||||
MRK 14 30 e8sh ἢ δὶς 1 twice two times
|
||||
MRK 14 30 um1m με ἀπαρνήσῃ 1 you will deny me "you will say that you do not know me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1265,13 +1267,13 @@ MRK 14 34 eyw3 figs-synecdoche ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 My soul is Jesu
|
|||
MRK 14 34 ic1g figs-hyperbole 0 even to the point of death Jesus is exaggerating because he feels so much distress and sorrow that he feels like he is about to die, though he knows he will not die until after the sun rises. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
MRK 14 34 a54k γρηγορεῖτε 1 watch The disciples were to stay alert while Jesus prayed. This does not mean that they were supposed to watch Jesus pray.
|
||||
MRK 14 35 nk8l figs-explicit εἰ δυνατόν ἐστιν 1 if it were possible This means that if God would allow it to happen. Alternate translation: "if God would allow it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-explicit παρέλθῃ ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Here "this hour" refers to Jesus' time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: "that he would not have to go through this time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 35 wc6d figs-explicit παρέλθῃ ... ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour might pass Here "this hour" refers to Jesus' time of suffering, both now in the garden and later. Alternate translation: "that he would not have to go through this time of suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 c11w translate-transliterate Ἀββά 1 Abba a term used by Jewish children to address their father. Since it is followed by "Father," it is best to transliterate this word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 t9r2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 jk6a figs-metonymy παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Remove this cup from me Jesus speaks of the suffering that he must endure as if it were a cup. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
MRK 14 36 ha77 figs-ellipsis 0 But not my will, but yours Jesus is asking God to do what he wants to be done and not what Jesus wants. Alternate translation: "But do not do what I want, do what you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 37 ja6d εὑρίσκει αὐτοὺς καθεύδοντας 1 found them sleeping The word "them" refers to Peter, James, and John.
|
||||
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων? καθεύδεις? ἴσχυσας, οὐκ γρηγορῆσαι μίαν ὥραν 1 Simon, are you asleep? Could you not watch for one hour? Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 37 kp33 figs-rquestion Σίμων, καθεύδεις? οὐκ ἴσχυσας μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι 1 Simon, are you asleep? Could you not watch for one hour? Jesus rebukes Simon Peter for sleeping. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "Simon, you are asleep when I told you to stay awake. You could not even stay awake for one hour." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 zrp4 figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ ἔλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 that you do not enter into temptation Jesus speaks of being tempted as if it were entering into a physical place. Alternate translation: "that you are not tempted" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 38 xk5y 0 The spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak Jesus warns Simon Peter that he is not strong enough to do what he wants to do in his own strength. Alternate translation: "You are willing in your spirit, but you are too weak to do what you want to do" or "You want to do what I say, but you are weak"
|
||||
MRK 14 38 c1je figs-metonymy 0 The spirit ... the flesh These refer to two different aspects of Peter. "The spirit" is his inmost desires. "The flesh" is his human ability and strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1281,7 +1283,7 @@ MRK 14 40 ht2p figs-metaphor ἦσαν γὰρ αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμ
|
|||
MRK 14 41 x7qd figs-explicit ἔρχεται τὸ τρίτον 1 He came the third time Jesus had gone and prayed again. Then he returned to them a third time. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Then he went and prayed again. He returned the third time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 41 lw7w figs-rquestion 0 Are you still sleeping and taking your rest? Jesus rebukes his disciples for not staying awake and praying. You can translate this rhetorical question as a statement if needed. Alternate translation: "You are still sleeping and resting!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 41 ae53 ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 The hour has come The time of Jesus' suffering and betrayal is about to begin.
|
||||
MRK 14 41 msb2 ἰδοὺ! 1 Look! "Listen!"
|
||||
MRK 14 41 msb2 ἰδοὺ 1 Look! "Listen!"
|
||||
MRK 14 41 eg9m figs-activepassive παραδίδοται ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man is being betrayed Jesus warns his disciples that his betrayer is approaching them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I, the Son of Man, am being betrayed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 43 r9cp writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 44 gives background information about how Judas had arranged with the Jewish leaders to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 14 43 nz4t 0 Connecting Statement: Judas betrays Jesus with a kiss, and the disciples all flee.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1291,17 +1293,17 @@ MRK 14 45 tpd4 κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 he kissed him "Judas kissed
|
|||
MRK 14 46 y5qv figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 laid hands on him and seized him These two phrases have the same meaning to emphasize that they seized Jesus. Alternate translation: "grabbed Jesus and seized him" or "seized him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
MRK 14 47 m6b9 τῶν παρεστηκότων 1 who stood by "who was standing nearby"
|
||||
MRK 14 48 gv6e ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Jesus said to them "Jesus said to the crowd"
|
||||
MRK 14 48 eq25 figs-rquestion ἐξήλθατε? ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν,, μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με μετὰ 1 Do you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to capture me? Jesus is rebuking the crowd. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 48 eq25 figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με 1 Do you come out, as against a robber, with swords and clubs to capture me? Jesus is rebuking the crowd. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "It is ridiculous that you come here to seize me with swords and clubs, as if I were a robber!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 49 s63a 0 But this was done that "But this has happened so that"
|
||||
MRK 14 50 gqz8 0 All those with Jesus This refers to the disciples.
|
||||
MRK 14 51 y5yt σινδόνα 1 linen cloth made from the fibers of a flax plant
|
||||
MRK 14 51 u9k3 figs-activepassive 0 that was wrapped around him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that he had wrapped around himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 51 nag4 0 When the men seized him "When the men seized that man"
|
||||
MRK 14 52 eud7 ὁ καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα 1 he left the linen garment As the man was trying to run away, the others would have grabbed at his clothing, trying to stop him.
|
||||
MRK 14 52 eud7 ὁ ... καταλιπὼν τὴν σινδόνα 1 he left the linen garment As the man was trying to run away, the others would have grabbed at his clothing, trying to stop him.
|
||||
MRK 14 53 qu33 0 Connecting Statement: After the crowd of the chief priests, scribes, and elders lead Jesus to the high priest, Peter watches nearby while some stand to give false testimony against Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 14 53 s7t1 0 There were gathered with him all the chief priests, the elders, and the scribes This can be reordered so that it is easier to understand. "All of the chief priests, the elders, and the scribes had gathered there together"
|
||||
MRK 14 54 bzg7 0 Now This word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author begins telling us about Peter.
|
||||
MRK 14 54 l5gl figs-explicit ἕως τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 as far as the courtyard of the high priest As Peter followed Jesus, he stopped at the high priest's courtyard. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: "and he went as far as the courtyard of the high priest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 54 l5gl figs-explicit ἕως ... τὴν αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 as far as the courtyard of the high priest As Peter followed Jesus, he stopped at the high priest's courtyard. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: "and he went as far as the courtyard of the high priest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 54 x2g5 figs-explicit 0 He sat among the guards Peter sat with the guards who were working at the courtyard. Alternate translation: "He sat in the courtyard among the guards" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 55 w23n δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a shift in the story line as the author continues telling us about Jesus being put on trial.
|
||||
MRK 14 55 fu1l figs-metonymy 0 they might put him to death They were not the ones who would execute Jesus; rather, they would order someone else to do it. Alternate translation: "they might have Jesus executed" or "they might have someone execute Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1310,21 +1312,21 @@ MRK 14 56 cew3 figs-metaphor ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτο
|
|||
MRK 14 56 jpc7 ἴσαι αἱ μαρτυρίαι οὐκ ἦσαν 1 their testimony did not agree This can be written in positive form. "but their testimony contradicted each other"
|
||||
MRK 14 57 pr71 figs-metaphor ἐψευδομαρτύρουν κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 brought false testimony against him Here speaking false testimony is described as if it were a physical object that someone can carry. Alternate translation: "accused him by speaking false testimony against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 f82e figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν αὐτοῦ λέγοντος 1 We heard him say "We heard Jesus say." The word "we" refers to the people who brought false testimony against Jesus and does not include the people to whom they are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν χειροποίητον 1 made with hands Here "hands" refers to men. Alternate translation: "made by men ... without man's help" or "built by men ... without man's help" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 e94y figs-synecdoche τὸν ... χειροποίητον 1 made with hands Here "hands" refers to men. Alternate translation: "made by men ... without man's help" or "built by men ... without man's help" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 k1vs διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν 1 in three days "within three days." This means that the temple would be built within a three-day period.
|
||||
MRK 14 58 hm5e figs-ellipsis ἄλλον οἰκοδομήσω 1 will build another The word "temple" is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: "will build another temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 58 hm5e figs-ellipsis ἄλλον ... οἰκοδομήσω 1 will build another The word "temple" is understood from the previous phrase. It may be repeated. Alternate translation: "will build another temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 14 59 x6hk 0 did not agree "contradicted each other." This can be written in positive form.
|
||||
MRK 14 60 d7i8 0 Connecting Statement: When Jesus answers that he is the Christ, the high priest and all of the leaders there condemn him as one who deserves to die.
|
||||
MRK 14 60 q2u1 figs-explicit 0 stood up among them Jesus stands up in the middle of the angry crowd to speak to them. Translate this to show who was present when Jesus stood up to speak. Alternate translation: "stood up among the chief priests, scribes, and elders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 60 af5e figs-explicit 0 Have you no answer? What is it these men testify against you? The chief priest is not asking Jesus for information about what the witnesses said. He is asking Jesus to prove what the witnesses said is wrong. Alternate translation: "Are you not going to reply? What do you say in response to the testimony these men are speaking against you?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 61 x6ey figs-nominaladj ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 the Son of the Blessed Here God is called "the Blessed." It is best to translate "Son" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a "son" of a human father. Alternate translation: "the Son of the Blessed One" or "the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 61 x6ey figs-nominaladj ὁ ... Υἱὸς τοῦ Εὐλογητοῦ 1 the Son of the Blessed Here God is called "the Blessed." It is best to translate "Son" with the same word your language would naturally use to refer to a "son" of a human father. Alternate translation: "the Son of the Blessed One" or "the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z5rv ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This likely has a double meaning: 1) to respond to the high priest's question and 2) to call himself "I Am," which is what God called himself in the Old Testament.
|
||||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ δεξιῶν καθήμενον τῆς δυνάμεως 1 he sits at the right hand of power Here "power" is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z55c figs-metaphor ἐρχόμενον μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 comes with the clouds of heaven Here the clouds are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: "when he comes down through the clouds in the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 e1xd figs-metonymy ἐκ‘ δεξιῶν καθήμενον’ τῆς δυνάμεως 1 he sits at the right hand of power Here "power" is a metonnymm that represents God. To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "he sits in the place of honor beside the all-powerful God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
MRK 14 62 z55c figs-metaphor ἐρχόμενον‘ μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 comes with the clouds of heaven Here the clouds are described as accompanying Jesus when he returns. Alternate translation: "when he comes down through the clouds in the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 14 63 jz48 διαρρήξας τοὺς χιτῶνας αὐτοῦ 1 tore his garments The high priest tore his clothes purposefully to show his outrage and horror at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "tore his garments in outrage"
|
||||
MRK 14 63 afd3 figs-rquestion 0 Do we still need witnesses? This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: "We certainly do not need any more people who will testify against this man!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
MRK 14 64 zwf9 figs-explicit ἠκούσατε τῆς βλασφημίας 1 You have heard the blasphemy This refers to what Jesus said, which the high priest called blasphemy. Alternate translation: "You have heard the blasphemy he has spoken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 64 fu4g οἱ πάντες 1 They all all the people in the room
|
||||
MRK 14 64 fu4g οἱ ... πάντες 1 They all all the people in the room
|
||||
MRK 14 65 y1s4 ἤρξαντό τινες ἐμπτύειν 1 Some began to some of the people in the room
|
||||
MRK 14 65 bj5e figs-explicit περικαλύπτειν αὐτοῦ τὸ πρόσωπον 1 to cover his face They covered his face with a cloth or blindfold, so he could not see. Alternate translation: "to cover his face with a blindfold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 65 gvq3 figs-explicit προφήτευσον 1 Prophesy They mocked him, asking him to prophesy who was hitting him. Alternate translation: "Prophesy who hit you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1337,7 +1339,7 @@ MRK 14 68 d3ch figs-doublet 0 neither know nor understand what you are talking
|
|||
MRK 14 69 l137 ἡ παιδίσκη 1 the servant girl This is the same servant girl who identified Peter previously.
|
||||
MRK 14 69 v5kr figs-explicit ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of them The people were identifying Peter as one of Jesus' disciples. This can be made more clear. Alternate translation: "one of Jesus' disciples" or "one of those who have been with that man they arrested" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 14 71 ce6r figs-idiom 0 to put himself under curses If in your language you have to name the person who curses someone, state God. Alternate translation: "to say for God to curse him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 14 72 i7u2 εὐθὺς ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 rooster immediately crowed The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is "crowing."
|
||||
MRK 14 72 i7u2 εὐθὺς ... ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 rooster immediately crowed The rooster is a bird that calls out very early in the morning. The loud sound he makes is "crowing."
|
||||
MRK 14 72 ja3e translate-ordinal δευτέρου 1 a second time "Second" here is an ordinal number. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
MRK 14 72 zr4p figs-idiom ἐπιβαλὼν 1 he broke down This idiom means that he was overwhelmed with grief and lost control of his emotions. Alternate translation: "he was overwhelmed with grief" or "he lost control of his emotions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
MRK 15 intro d823 0 # Mark 15 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The curtain of the temple was split in two"<br><br>The curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus' people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Mark 15:46](../../mrk/15/46.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Sarcasm<br><br>Both by pretending to worship Jesus ([Mark 15:19](../../mrk/15/19.md)) and by pretending to speak to a king ([Mark 15:18](../../mrk/15/18.md)), the soldiers and the Jews showed that they hated Jesus and did not believe that he was the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?<br>This is a phrase in Aramaic. Mark transliterates its sounds by writing them using Greek letters. He then explains its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1357,15 +1359,15 @@ MRK 15 8 a4xb figs-explicit 0 to do for them as he had done in the past This re
|
|||
MRK 15 10 i4ib writing-background 0 For he knew that it was because of envy ... Jesus over to him This is background information about why Jesus was handed over to Pilate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
MRK 15 10 u647 figs-explicit 0 it was because of envy that the chief priests They envied Jesus, probably because so many people were following him and becoming his disciples. Alternate translation: "the chief priests were envious of Jesus. This is why they" or "the chief priests were envious of Jesus' popularity among the people. This is why they" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 11 y5w3 figs-metaphor ἀνέσεισαν τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the crowd The author speaks of the chief priests rousing or urging the crowd as if the crowd were a bowl of something that they were stirring. Alternate translation: "roused the crowd" or "urged the crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
MRK 15 11 pvu6 figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ἀπολύσῃ 1 released instead They requested Barabbas to be released instead of Jesus. Alternate translation: "released instead of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 15 11 pvu6 figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ... ἀπολύσῃ 1 released instead They requested Barabbas to be released instead of Jesus. Alternate translation: "released instead of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
MRK 15 12 keq2 0 Connecting Statement: The crowd asks for Jesus' death, so Pilate turns him over to the soldiers, who mock him, crown him with thorns, strike him, and lead him out to crucify him.
|
||||
MRK 15 12 vlm3 figs-explicit 0 What then should I do with the King of the Jews Pilate asks what he should do with Jesus if he releases Barabbas to them. This can be written clearly. Alternate translation: "If I release Barabbas, what then should I do with the King of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 14 e55i Πειλᾶτος ἔλεγεν αὐτοῖς 1 Pilate said to them "Pilate said to the crowd"
|
||||
MRK 15 15 qt8y 0 to satisfy the crowd "make the crowd happy by doing what they wanted him to do"
|
||||
MRK 15 15 fwg6 0 He scourged Jesus Pilate did not actually scourge Jesus but rather his soldiers did.
|
||||
MRK 15 15 yzn5 φραγελλώσας 1 scourged "flogged." To "scourge" is to beat with an especially painful whip.
|
||||
MRK 15 15 r9id figs-activepassive καὶ παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 then handed him over to be crucified Pilate told his soliders to take Jesus away to crucify him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 16 eg6x τῆς αὐλῆς( ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον), 1 the courtyard (which is the government headquarters) This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the courtyard of the soldiers' barracks" or "the courtyard of the governor's residence"
|
||||
MRK 15 15 r9id figs-activepassive καὶ παρέδωκεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ... ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 then handed him over to be crucified Pilate told his soliders to take Jesus away to crucify him. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "told his soldiers to take him away and crucify him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 15 16 eg6x τῆς αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον 1 the courtyard (which is the government headquarters) This was where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived, and where the governor stayed when he was in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "the courtyard of the soldiers' barracks" or "the courtyard of the governor's residence"
|
||||
MRK 15 16 b5gs ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 the whole cohort of soldiers "the whole unit of soldiers"
|
||||
MRK 15 17 tn33 ἐνδιδύσκουσιν αὐτὸν πορφύραν 1 They put a purple robe on Jesus Purple was a color worn by royalty. The soldiers did not believe that Jesus was king. They clothed him this way to mock him because others said that he was the King of the Jews.
|
||||
MRK 15 17 xfk8 ἀκάνθινον στέφανον 1 a crown of thorns "a crown made of thorny branches"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1386,7 +1388,7 @@ MRK 15 26 r2g6 figs-explicit 0 On a sign The soldiers attached this sign to the
|
|||
MRK 15 26 b84a τῆς αἰτίας αὐτοῦ 1 the charge against him "the crime they were accusing him of doing"
|
||||
MRK 15 27 mgf3 figs-explicit 0 one on the right of him and one on his left This can be written more clearly. Alternate translation: "one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 29 v8nu κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 shaking their heads This is an action people do to show that they disapproved of Jesus.
|
||||
MRK 15 29 a7ft figs-exclamations οὐὰ! 1 Aha! This is a exclamation of mockery. Use the appropriate exclamation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
MRK 15 29 a7ft figs-exclamations οὐὰ 1 Aha! This is a exclamation of mockery. Use the appropriate exclamation in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
MRK 15 29 hy37 figs-explicit 0 You who would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: "You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
MRK 15 31 n13x ὁμοίως 1 In the same way This refers to the way that the people who were walking by Jesus were mocking him.
|
||||
MRK 15 31 d5se 0 were mocking him with each other "were saying mocking things about Jesus among themselves"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1434,7 +1436,7 @@ MRK 16 intro j5yz 0 # Mark 16 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this
|
|||
MRK 16 1 cw1b 0 Connecting Statement: On the first day of the week, women come early because they expect to use spices to anoint Jesus' body. They are surprised to see a young man who tells them Jesus is alive, but they are afraid and do not tell anyone.
|
||||
MRK 16 1 p61n διαγενομένου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 When the Sabbath day was over That is, after the Sabbath, the seventh day of the week, had ended and the first day of the week had begun.
|
||||
MRK 16 4 kld9 figs-activepassive ἀποκεκύλισται ὁ λίθος 1 the stone had been rolled away This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone had rolled away the stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη! 1 He is risen! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "He arose!" or "God raised him from the dead!" or "He raised himself from the dead!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 16 6 x9m8 figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη 1 He is risen! The angel is emphatically stating that Jesus has risen from the dead. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "He arose!" or "God raised him from the dead!" or "He raised himself from the dead!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
MRK 16 9 mxj6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus appears first to Mary Magdalene, who tells the disciples, then he appears to two others as they walk in the country, and later he appears to the eleven disciples.
|
||||
MRK 16 9 v3ph 0 on the first day of the week "on Sunday"
|
||||
MRK 16 11 l7it 0 They heard "They heard Mary Magdalene say"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1374.
|
1208
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
1208
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
684
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
684
en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
|
|
@ -5,43 +5,43 @@ JHN 1 1 er9g ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 In the beginning This refers to the very earlie
|
|||
JHN 1 1 z59q ὁ λόγος 1 the Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as "the Word" if possible. If "Word" is feminine in your language, it could be translated as "the one who is called the Word."
|
||||
JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 All things were made through him This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God made all things through him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-activepassive 0 without him there was not one thing made that has been made This can be translated with an active verb. If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of "all things were made through him" is false. Alternate translation: "God did not make anything without him" or "with him there was every thing made that has been made" or "God made with him every thing that God has made" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν καὶ ἡ, ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men "In him was life" is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, "light" here is a metaphor for "truth." Alternate translation: "He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 In him was life, and the life was the light of men "In him was life" is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, "light" here is a metaphor for "truth." Alternate translation: "He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 4 dv2f ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here "him" refers to the one who is called the Word.
|
||||
JHN 1 4 wxn4 ζωὴ 1 life Here use a general term for "life." If you must be more specific, translate as "spiritual life."
|
||||
JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here "light" is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here "darkness" is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: "The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here "light" is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: "show how Jesus is like the true light of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν 1 The true light Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’,, αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him "Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him"
|
||||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him The "world" is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "the people did not know who he really was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 11 jr6d εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν καὶ οἱ, ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him "He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either"
|
||||
JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν παρέλαβον 1 receive him "accept him." To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
|
||||
JHN 1 10 b93e ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him "Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him"
|
||||
JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ... αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know him The "world" is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "the people did not know who he really was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 11 jr6d εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him "He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either"
|
||||
JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν ... παρέλαβον 1 receive him "accept him." To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
|
||||
JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name The word "name" is a metonym that stands for Jesus' identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: "believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right "he gave them the authority" or "he made it possible for them"
|
||||
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν ... ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right "he gave them the authority" or "he made it possible for them"
|
||||
JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word "children" is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 ft2l ὁ λόγος 1 The Word This refers to Jesus. Translate as "the Word" if possible. If "Word" is feminine in your language, it could be translated as "the one who is called the Word." See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here "flesh" represents "a person" or "a human being." Alternate translation: "became human" or "became a human being" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 the one and only who came from the Father The phrase "the one an only" means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase "who came from the Father" means that he is the Father's child. Alternate translation: "the unique Son of the Father" or "the only Son of the Father"
|
||||
JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 14 tg4m πλήρης χάριτος 1 full of grace "full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve"
|
||||
JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase "comes after me" means that John's ministry has already started and Jesus' ministry will start later.
|
||||
JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ‘ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase "comes after me" means that John's ministry has already started and Jesus' ministry will start later.
|
||||
JHN 1 15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 is greater than I am "is more important than I am" or "has more authority than I have"
|
||||
JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive.
|
||||
JHN 1 16 p3zg τοῦ πληρώματος 1 fullness This word refers to God's grace that has no end.
|
||||
JHN 1 16 b9r1 χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace "blessing after blessing"
|
||||
JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche 0 the Jews sent ... to him from Jerusalem The word "Jews" here represents the "Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders sent ... to him from Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν— οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase "he did not deny" says in negative terms the same thing that "He confessed" says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν σὺ? 1 What are you then? "What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?" or "What then is going on?" or "What then are you doing?"
|
||||
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν ... οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase "he did not deny" says in negative terms the same thing that "He confessed" says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
|
||||
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν? σὺ 1 What are you then? "What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?" or "What then is going on?" or "What then are you doing?"
|
||||
JHN 1 22 t8ib 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to speak with the priests and Levites.
|
||||
JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν αὐτῷ 1 they said to him "the priests and Levites said to John"
|
||||
JHN 1 22 sa3t εἶπαν ... αὐτῷ 1 they said to him "the priests and Levites said to John"
|
||||
JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive 0 we ... us the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 a732 ἔφη 1 He said "John said"
|
||||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ, βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah's prophecy is about himself. The word "voice" here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "I am the one calling out in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ‘ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness John is saying that Isaiah's prophecy is about himself. The word "voice" here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "I am the one calling out in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here the word "way" is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: "Prepare yourselves for the Lord's arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background 0 Now some from the Pharisees This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 26 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes after me You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: "who will preach to you after I am gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος ἵνα, λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: "me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way" or "me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου ... οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: "me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way" or "me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God's perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" because he was sacrificed to pay for people's sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The word "world" is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 1 30 x393 0 The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in [John 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,14 +50,14 @@ JHN 1 32 xyr3 figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 like a dove This phrase
|
|||
JHN 1 32 uji2 οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven The word "heaven" refers to the "sky."
|
||||
JHN 1 34 ea3y translate-textvariants ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God Some copies of this text say "Son of God"; others say "chosen one of God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
|
||||
JHN 1 34 naf2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 35 i3lg πάλιν, τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 Again, the next day This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 1 35 i3lg τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν 1 Again, the next day This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 1 36 ap5m figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God This is a metaphor that represents God's perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the "Lamb of God" because he was sacrificed to pay for people's sins. See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 1 39 tb9j ὥρα δεκάτη 1 tenth hour "hour 10." This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m.
|
||||
JHN 1 39 tb9j ὥρα ... δεκάτη 1 tenth hour "hour 10." This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m.
|
||||
JHN 1 40 x8g8 0 General Information: These verses give us information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. This happened before they went and saw where Jesus was staying in [John 1:39](../01/39.md).
|
||||
JHN 1 42 k2dx ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωάννου 1 son of John This is not John the Baptist. "John" was a very common name.
|
||||
JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background , ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου 1 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter This is background information about Philip. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 42 k2dx ὁ ... υἱὸς Ἰωάννου 1 son of John This is not John the Baptist. "John" was a very common name.
|
||||
JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά ... τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου 1 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter This is background information about Philip. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 1 46 s2kg εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him "Nathaniel said to Philip"
|
||||
JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ," ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι?" 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "No good thing can come out of Nazareth!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "No good thing can come out of Nazareth!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: "a completely truthful man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 1 49 l666 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion 0 Because I said to you ... do you believe? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "You believe because I said, 'I saw you underneath the fig tree'! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -65,14 +65,14 @@ JHN 1 51 ga44 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your
|
|||
JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>##### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel.<br><br>##### "He knew what was in man"<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "His disciples remembered"<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).<br>
|
||||
JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 2 1 vw9e 0 Three days later Most interpreters read this as on the third day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him. The first day occurs in John 1:35 and the second in John 1:43.
|
||||
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ... ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 a2ji γύναι 1 Woman This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother "woman" in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
|
||||
JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί? 1 why do you come to me? This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "this has nothing to do with me." or "you should not tell me what to do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί 1 why do you come to me? This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "this has nothing to do with me." or "you should not tell me what to do." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: "It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 6 y7p3 translate-bvolume μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two to three metretes You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: "75 to 115 liters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
JHN 2 7 vt75 ἕως ἄνω 1 to the brim This means "to the very top" or "completely full."
|
||||
JHN 2 8 h9gr τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ 1 the head waiter This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink.
|
||||
JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ 1 but the servants who had drawn the water knew This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ 1 but the servants who had drawn the water knew This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 2 10 mh3s μεθυσθῶσιν 1 drunk unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol
|
||||
JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-newevent 0 This verse is not part of the main story line, but rather it gives a comment about the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana This is a place name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ JHN 2 22 ewi1 τῷ λόγῳ 1 this statement This refers back to Jesus' state
|
|||
JHN 2 23 kvn6 ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem The word "now" introduces us to a new event in the story.
|
||||
JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here "name" is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "believed in him" or "trusted in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 2 23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει 1 the signs that he did Miracles can also be called "signs" because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν, τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here the word "man" represents people in general. Alternate translation: "about people, for he knew what was in people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ... γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here the word "man" represents people in general. Alternate translation: "about people, for he knew what was in people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>#### Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([John 3:13](../../jhn/03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 3 1 yl6f 0 General Information: Nicodemus comes to see Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -112,60 +112,60 @@ JHN 3 3 b9u1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking.
|
|||
JHN 3 3 nz18 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again "born from above" or "born of God"
|
||||
JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God The word "kingdom" is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: "place where God rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι γέρων ὤν? 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: "A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion ' μὴ δύναται, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. "Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: "A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. "Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother's womb! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 4 z64b δεύτερον 1 a second time "again" or "twice"
|
||||
JHN 3 4 ppr8 τὴν κοιλίαν 1 womb the part of a woman's body where a baby grows
|
||||
JHN 3 5 il52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly You can translate this in the same way you did in [John 3:3](../03/03.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit There are two possible meanings: 1) "baptized in water and in the Spirit" or 2) "born physically and spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God The word "kingdom" is a metaphor for the rule of God in one's life. Alternate translation: "experience the rule of God in his life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 7 t2sl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again "You must be born from above"
|
||||
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 3 7 lpj4 δεῖ‘ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 You must be born again "You must be born from above"
|
||||
JHN 3 8 p87y figs-personification τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι 1 How can these things be? This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: "This cannot be!" or "This is not able to happen!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion , σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις? 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: "You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!" or "You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: "You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!" or "You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 10 gbu5 0 Are you a teacher ... yet you do not understand The word "you" is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 j1k1 οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word "you" is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
|
||||
JHN 3 11 jt1f ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak When Jesus said "we," he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 y4e9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you 0 I told you ... you do not believe ... how will you believe if I tell you In all three places "you" is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια πιστεύσετε? 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: "you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 lbv3 τὰ ἐπουράνια 1 heavenly things spiritual things
|
||||
JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile , καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will "lift up" Jesus just as Moses "lifted up" the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: "you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 3 12 lbv3 τὰ ... ἐπουράνια 1 heavenly things spiritual things
|
||||
JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will "lift up" Jesus just as Moses "lifted up" the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
JHN 3 14 f9yi ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 in the wilderness The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years.
|
||||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here "world" is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy οὕτως ... ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here "world" is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 16 jen2 ἠγάπησεν 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
|
||||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἵνα, κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God's real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God's real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 3 17 rv45 ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 to condemn "to punish." Usually "punish" implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God.
|
||||
JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 z9d2 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus.
|
||||
JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 The light has come into the world The word "light" is a metaphor for God's truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The "world" is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "The one who is like a light has revealed God's truth to all people" or "I, who am like a light, have come into the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here "darkness" is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ... τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here "darkness" is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that the light will not show the things he does" or "so that the light does not make clear his deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα ὅτι 1 plainly seen that his deeds This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "people may clearly see his deeds" or "everyone may clearly see the things he does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι 1 plainly seen that his deeds This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "people may clearly see his deeds" or "everyone may clearly see the things he does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 22 uy4j μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in [John 2:12](../02/12.md).
|
||||
JHN 3 23 x1ge translate-names Αἰνὼν 1 Aenon This word means "springs," as of water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 3 23 e5v2 translate-names τοῦ Σαλείμ 1 Salim a village or town next to the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 3 23 jh2w 0 because there was much water there "because there were many springs in that place"
|
||||
JHN 3 23 ukz2 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "John was baptizing them" or "he was baptizing them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου' μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John's disciples and a Jew This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: "Then John's disciples and a Jew began to argue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John's disciples and a Jew This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: "Then John's disciples and a Jew began to argue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 25 fuq2 ζήτησις 1 a dispute a fight using words
|
||||
JHN 3 26 jr28 σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει, 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, In this phrase, "look" is a command meaning "pay attention!" Alternate translation: "you have testified, 'Look! He is baptizing,'" or "you have testified. 'Look at that! He is baptizing,'" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
JHN 3 27 kl21 οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless "Nobody has any power unless"
|
||||
JHN 3 26 jr28 σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, In this phrase, "look" is a command meaning "pay attention!" Alternate translation: "you have testified, 'Look! He is baptizing,'" or "you have testified. 'Look at that! He is baptizing,'" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
|
||||
JHN 3 27 kl21 οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν, οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ 1 A man cannot receive anything unless "Nobody has any power unless"
|
||||
JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here "heaven" is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God has given it to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves This "You" is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: "You all" or "All of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God sent me to arrive before him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος‘ εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God sent me to arrive before him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 k5xq 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist continues speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor 0 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here the "bride" and "bridegroom" are metaphors. Jesus is like the "bridegroom" and John is like the friend of the "bridegroom." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη, οὖν, ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So then I rejoice greatly" or "So I rejoice much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So then I rejoice greatly" or "So I rejoice much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 3 29 hnw2 ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 my joy The word "my" refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking.
|
||||
JHN 3 30 kn9s ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν 1 He must increase "He" refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance.
|
||||
JHN 3 31 qd7t ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all "He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else"
|
||||
JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-metonymy ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: "He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 31 qrg7 ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from heaven is above all This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis.
|
||||
JHN 3 32 c5yt ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν μαρτυρεῖ 1 He testifies about what he has seen and heard John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: "The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven"
|
||||
JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει 1 no one accepts his testimony Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: "very few people believe him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 3 31 qd7t ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all "He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else"
|
||||
JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-metonymy ὁ ... ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: "He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 3 31 qrg7 ὁ ... ἐκ ... τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from heaven is above all This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis.
|
||||
JHN 3 32 c5yt ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν ... μαρτυρεῖ 1 He testifies about what he has seen and heard John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: "The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven"
|
||||
JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει 1 no one accepts his testimony Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: "very few people believe him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 3 33 k36d ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 He who has received his testimony "Anyone who believes what Jesus says"
|
||||
JHN 3 33 g5x4 ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed "proves" or "agrees"
|
||||
JHN 3 34 db8m 0 Connecting Statement: John the Baptist finishes speaking.
|
||||
|
|
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ JHN 3 36 zy7u ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν
|
|||
JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the "living water" who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria"<br><br>Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])<br><br>##### "The hour is coming"<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. "The hour" in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes.<br><br>##### The proper place of worship<br><br>Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land ([John 4:20](../../jhn/04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped ([John 4:21-24](./21.md)).<br><br>##### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God's kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>##### "The Samaritan woman"<br><br>John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "In spirit and truth"<br><br>The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important.<br>
|
||||
JHN 4 1 jum6 writing-background 0 General Information: John 4:1-6 gives the background to the next event, Jesus' conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 4 1 ci4n 0 Connecting Statement: A long sentence begins here.
|
||||
JHN 4 1 b1vc ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John "Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this."
|
||||
JHN 4 1 b1vc ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John "Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this."
|
||||
JHN 4 1 h6ek ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative.
|
||||
JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing The reflexive pronoun "himself" adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 3 dm2t ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee You may need to rearrange the entire sentence that begins with the words "Now when Jesus" in verse 1. "Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee"
|
||||
|
|
@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ JHN 4 7 g82d δός μοι πεῖν 1 Give me some water This is a polite requ
|
|||
JHN 4 8 u29c οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone.
|
||||
JHN 4 9 l2qh λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him The word "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion 0 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking ... for something to drink? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman's surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with "do not associate with"
|
||||
JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ ... συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with "do not associate with"
|
||||
JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 living water Jesus uses the metaphor "living water" to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion 0 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob ... cattle? This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You are not greater than our father Jacob ... cattle!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 12 knw5 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ 1 our father Jacob "our ancestor Jacob"
|
||||
|
|
@ -203,32 +203,32 @@ JHN 4 20 hp3m οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers "Our forefathers" o
|
|||
JHN 4 21 klz9 πίστευέ μοι 1 Believe me To believe someone is to acknowledge what the person has said is true.
|
||||
JHN 4 21 nu5m προσκυνήσετε τῷ Πατρί 1 you will worship the Father Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 4 21 ff27 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 4 22 guu4 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε. ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans.
|
||||
JHN 4 22 guu4 ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε, ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans.
|
||||
JHN 4 22 i2df ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 for salvation is from the Jews This means that God has chosen the Jews as his special people who will tell all other people about his salvation. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: "for all people will know about God's salvation because of the Jews"
|
||||
JHN 4 22 yj1y ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 salvation is from the Jews Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 4 23 bs1p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
|
||||
JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ, νῦν,, ἐστιν ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will "However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to"
|
||||
JHN 4 23 atm4 ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν 1 However, the hour is coming, and is now here, when true worshipers will "However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to"
|
||||
JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in spirit and truth Possible meanings are the "spirit" here is 1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or 2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "in the Spirit and in truth" or "with the Spirit's help and in truth"
|
||||
JHN 4 23 utt7 0 in ... truth thinking correctly of what is true about God
|
||||
JHN 4 25 lp44 0 I know that the Messiah ... Christ Both of these words mean "God's promised king."
|
||||
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words "explain everything" imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: "he will tell us everything we need to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words "explain everything" imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: "he will tell us everything we need to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 At that moment his disciples returned "Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town"
|
||||
JHN 4 27 p39j 0 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
|
||||
JHN 4 27 cbc9 0 no one said, "What ... want?" or "Why ... her?" Possible meanings are 1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or 2) "no one asked the woman, 'What ... want?' or asked Jesus, 'Why ... her?'"
|
||||
JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: "Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects "no" for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||||
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects "no" for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
|
||||
JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime "While the woman was going into town"
|
||||
JHN 4 31 d4fu ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples were urging him "the disciples were telling Jesus" or "the disciples were encouraging Jesus"
|
||||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal "food," but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
|
||||
JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal "food." They begin asking each other this question, expecting a "no" response. Alternate translation: "Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here "food" is a metaphor that represents "obeying God's will." Alternate translation: "Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God's will is what satisfies me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 32 j8h2 ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus is not talking about literal "food," but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in [John 4:34](../04/34.md).
|
||||
JHN 4 33 w451 figs-rquestion μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal "food." They begin asking each other this question, expecting a "no" response. Alternate translation: "Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ... ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here "food" is a metaphor that represents "obeying God's will." Alternate translation: "Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God's will is what satisfies me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 35 u5d6 οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Do you not say "Is this not one of your popular sayings"
|
||||
JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor 0 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest The words "fields" and "ripe for harvest" are metaphors. The "fields" represent people. The words "ripe for harvest" mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: "look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Here "fruit for everlasting life" is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ's message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: "and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 37 w4xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 4 37 rqe7 figs-metaphor 0 One sows, and another harvests The words "sows" and "harvests" are metaphors. The one who "sows" shares the message of Jesus. The one who "harvests" helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor "you are now joining in their work"
|
||||
JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς ... εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor "you are now joining in their work"
|
||||
JHN 4 39 mc7p ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 believed in him To "believe in" someone means to "trust in" that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: "He told me many things about my life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here "word" is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: "his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -236,12 +236,12 @@ JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world The "world" is a metonym for al
|
|||
JHN 4 43 n1mk writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 4 43 gj2f ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there from Judea
|
||||
JHN 4 44 t1li figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 For Jesus himself declared The reflexive pronoun "himself" is added to emphasize that Jesus had "declared" or said this.. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 a prophet has no honor in his own country "people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country" or "a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community"
|
||||
JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the festival is the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 a prophet has no honor in his own country "people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country" or "a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community"
|
||||
JHN 4 45 v9la ἐν ... τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 at the festival Here the festival is the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 ffm3 οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 46 bp3w τις βασιλικὸς 1 royal official someone who is in the service of the king
|
||||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ, τέρατα ἴδητε οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe "Unless ... not believe" here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Only if you see a miracle will you believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here "word" is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: "believed the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe "Unless ... not believe" here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Only if you see a miracle will you believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν ... τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here "word" is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: "believed the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 4 51 a5gw ἤδη 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
|
||||
JHN 4 53 jhg4 καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη 1 So he himself and his whole household believed The reflexive pronoun "himself" is used here to emphasize the word "he." If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
|
||||
JHN 4 54 k5x6 σημεῖον 1 sign Miracles can also be called "signs" because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
|
|
@ -249,38 +249,38 @@ JHN 5 intro qe17 0 # John 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this c
|
|||
JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 1 ea65 μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This refers to after Jesus healed the official's son. See how you translated this in [John 3:22](../03/22.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 1 b1pz ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 there was a Jewish festival "the Jews were celebrating a festival"
|
||||
JHN 5 1 z4th ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to Jerusalem went up and down smaller hills. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here.
|
||||
JHN 5 1 z4th ἀνέβη ... εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to Jerusalem went up and down smaller hills. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here.
|
||||
JHN 5 2 h3w5 κολυμβήθρα 1 pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework.
|
||||
JHN 5 2 dt12 translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 Bethesda a place name (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 5 2 luz3 στοὰς 1 roofed porches roofed structures with at least one wall missing and attached to buildings
|
||||
JHN 5 3 ytj4 πλῆθος τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 A large number of people "Many people"
|
||||
JHN 5 5 r1gt writing-participants 0 General Information: Verse 5 introduces the man lying beside the pool to the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 5 5 bez8 ἦν ἐκεῖ 1 was there "was at the Bethesda pool" ([John 5:1](../05/01.md))
|
||||
JHN 5 5 z6e1 translate-numbers τριάκοντα- ὀκτὼ ἔτη 1 thirty-eight years "38 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 5 5 bez8 ἦν ... ἐκεῖ 1 was there "was at the Bethesda pool" ([John 5:1](../05/01.md))
|
||||
JHN 5 5 z6e1 translate-numbers τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ ἔτη 1 thirty-eight years "38 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 5 6 c7ef γνοὺς 1 he realized "he understood" or "he found out"
|
||||
JHN 5 6 w97q λέγει αὐτῷ 1 he said to him "Jesus said to the paralyzed man"
|
||||
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε, οὐκ ἔχω 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word "sir" is a polite form of address.
|
||||
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε ... οὐκ ἔχω 1 Sir, I do not have Here the word "sir" is a polite form of address.
|
||||
JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 when the water is stirred up This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "when the angel moves the water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 5 7 kul6 εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν 1 into the pool This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated "pool" in [John 5:2](../05/02.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 7 u93g ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει 1 another steps down before me "someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me"
|
||||
JHN 5 8 eqe4 ἔγειρε 1 Get up "Stand up!"
|
||||
JHN 5 8 ft81 ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει 1 take up your bed, and walk "Pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!"
|
||||
JHN 5 9 z33x 0 the man was healed "the man became healthy again"
|
||||
JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day The writer uses the word "now" to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ ... ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day The writer uses the word "now" to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 10 ja3x ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 So the Jews said to him The Jews (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath.
|
||||
JHN 5 10 xd9b Σάββατόν ἐστιν 1 It is the Sabbath "It is God's Day of Rest"
|
||||
JHN 5 11 en3v ἀπεκρίθη ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ 1 He who made me healthy "The man who made me well"
|
||||
JHN 5 11 en3v ἀπεκρίθη ... ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ 1 He who made me healthy "The man who made me well"
|
||||
JHN 5 12 r7nx ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 They asked him "The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed"
|
||||
JHN 5 14 h1ri εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus found him "Jesus found the man he had healed"
|
||||
JHN 5 14 h39z ἴδε 1 See The word "See" is used here to draw attention to the words that follow.
|
||||
JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ 1 Now The writer uses the word "now" to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here "the Jews" is a synecdoche which represent the "Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 5 17 ijd8 ἐργάζεται 1 is working This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people.
|
||||
JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ... Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 18 n8bh ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God "saying that he was like God" or "saying that he had as much authority as God"
|
||||
JHN 5 19 f2qp 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 5 19 rr9q ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ. ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, γὰρ Υἱὸς ποιεῖ ταῦτα καὶ ὁ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father's leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 19 x9sl guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς ... ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father's leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 20 zlr7 ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε 1 you will be amazed "you will be surprised" or "you will be shocked"
|
||||
JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father's leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ JHN 5 24 w6wu ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this
|
|||
JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 he who hears my word Here "word" is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "anyone who hears my message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-doublenegatives 0 will not be condemned This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: "will be judged to be innocent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 gtu6 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ, Θεοῦ καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 s23d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν 1 the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and those who hear will live The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 p6ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 For just as the Father has life in himself, so he has also given to the Son so that he has life in himself The word "For" marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -302,25 +302,25 @@ JHN 5 27 g58f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son of Man These are i
|
|||
JHN 5 27 pr1c ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 sr8j μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this "This" refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
|
||||
JHN 5 28 h9l7 ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice "hear my voice"
|
||||
JHN 5 30 ayn1 τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 the will of him who sent me The word "him" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 5 30 ayn1 τὸ θέλημα ... τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 the will of him who sent me The word "him" refers to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 5 32 yt31 ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 There is another who testifies about me "There is someone else who tells people about me"
|
||||
JHN 5 32 nr3l ἄλλος 1 another This refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 5 32 uxh5 ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true "what he tells people about me is true"
|
||||
JHN 5 34 rvc5 0 the testimony that I receive is not from man "I do not need people's testimony"
|
||||
JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so God can save you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων ὑμεῖς δὲ, ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here "lamp" and "light" are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: "John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here "lamp" and "light" are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: "John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 36 rt6j 0 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish ... that the Father has sent me God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do.
|
||||
JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus says that the miracles "testify" or "tell the people" about him. Alternate translation: "What I do shows the people that God has sent me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun "himself" emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 lxm4 τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε 1 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent "You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you"
|
||||
JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun "himself" emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 lxm4 τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος ... ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε 1 You do not have his word remaining in you, for you are not believing in the one whom he has sent "You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you"
|
||||
JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Jesus speaks of people living according to God's word as if they were houses and God's word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: "You do not live according to his word" or "You do not obey his word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 5 38 rc2n τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word "the message he spoke to you"
|
||||
JHN 5 39 xi22 ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life "you will find eternal life if you read them" or "the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 5 40 dzm2 οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me "you refuse to believe my message"
|
||||
JHN 5 41 c1rx λαμβάνω 1 receive accept
|
||||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 ὑμᾶς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This can mean 1) "you really do not love God" or 2) "you have really not received God's love."
|
||||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῷ ὀνόματι 1 in my Father's name Here the word "name" is a metonym that symbolizes God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "I have come with my Father's authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 42 b1j4 ὑμᾶς ... τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This can mean 1) "you really do not love God" or 2) "you have really not received God's love."
|
||||
JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father's name Here the word "name" is a metonym that symbolizes God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "I have come with my Father's authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 5 43 ue9f λαμβάνετέ 1 receive welcome as a friend
|
||||
JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name The word "name" is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: "If another should come in his own authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ JHN 5 44 g7qd πιστεῦσαι 1 believe This means to trust in Jesus.
|
|||
JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 The one who accuses you is Moses, in whom you have put your hope "Moses" here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: "Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 5 45 pf98 ἠλπίκατε 1 your hope "your confidence" or "your trust"
|
||||
JHN 5 47 b8dd figs-rquestion 0 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: "You do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 5 47 x7h9 τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 my words "what I say"
|
||||
JHN 5 47 x7h9 τοῖς ... ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 my words "what I say"
|
||||
JHN 6 intro xe4t 0 # John 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people's sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>#### Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>##### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus' day, and so the word "bread" was their general word for "food." It is often difficult to translate the word "bread" into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus' culture. Jesus used the word "bread" to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>##### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, "Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves," he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Parenthetical Ideas<br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([John 6;26](./26.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 6 1 qhj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 1 el4l μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things The phrase "these things" refers to the events in [John 5:1-46](../05/01.md) and introduces the event that follows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -337,8 +337,8 @@ JHN 6 1 z345 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus went away
|
|||
JHN 6 2 qxs7 ὄχλος πολύς 1 A great crowd "A large number of people"
|
||||
JHN 6 2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything.
|
||||
JHN 6 4 kct2 0 General Information: The action in the story begins in verse 5.
|
||||
JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς,, τὸ Πάσχα ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν αὐτὸς γὰρ, ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew The reflexive pronoun "himself" makes it clear that the word "he" refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word "denarii" is the plural of "denarius. "Alternate translation: "The amount of bread that cost two hundred days' wages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 6 9 k3k6 πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley "Five loaves of barley bread." Barley was a common grain.
|
||||
|
|
@ -352,49 +352,49 @@ JHN 6 11 wi9d figs-synecdoche διέδωκεν 1 he gave it "he" here represents
|
|||
JHN 6 13 y3zz 0 General Information: Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain.
|
||||
JHN 6 13 hqx9 συνήγαγον 1 they gathered "the disciples gathered"
|
||||
JHN 6 13 h64z ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν 1 left over the food that no one had eaten
|
||||
JHN 6 14 nlw1 ὃ σημεῖον 1 this sign Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with five barley loaves and two fish
|
||||
JHN 6 14 nlw1 ὃ ... σημεῖον 1 this sign Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with five barley loaves and two fish
|
||||
JHN 6 14 g8zb ὁ προφήτης 1 the prophet the special prophet who Moses said would come into the world
|
||||
JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus' disciples go out onto the lake in a boat.
|
||||
JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς, ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them Use your language's way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them Use your language's way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 19 xx7d ἐληλακότες 1 they had rowed Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water.
|
||||
JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς εἴκοσι- σταδίους πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia A "stadium" is 185 meters. Alternate translation: "about five or six kilometers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia A "stadium" is 185 meters. Alternate translation: "about five or six kilometers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 6 20 d6wv μὴ φοβεῖσθε 1 Do not be afraid "Stop being afraid!"
|
||||
JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: "they gladly received him into the boat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον ... λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: "they gladly received him into the boat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 6 22 yy7c πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 the sea "the Sea of Galilee"
|
||||
JHN 6 23 z5b4 writing-background 0 However, there were ... the Lord had given thanks Use your language's way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background 0 boats that came from Tiberias Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some boats with people from Tiberius came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 24 cql6 0 General Information: The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions.
|
||||
JHN 6 26 f8j4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ὑμῖν δώσει τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
|
||||
JHN 6 27 czb3 ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you, for God the Father has set his seal on him God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
|
||||
JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son of Man ... God the Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To "set a seal" on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-metaphor τοῦτον ... ἐσφράγισεν 1 has set his seal on him To "set a seal" on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 31 gye7 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers "Our forefathers" or "Our ancestors"
|
||||
JHN 6 31 jz9p τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 heaven This refers to the place where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 6 32 e6s1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 32 ega4 figs-metaphor 0 it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven The "true bread" is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ... Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 33 rrf5 ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ 1 gives life to the world "gives spiritual life to the world"
|
||||
JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here the "world" is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 cr2m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with bread. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: "Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 w1sp ὁ πιστεύων εἰς 1 believes in This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 6 37 n6bk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει 1 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 35 w1sp ὁ ... πιστεύων εἰς 1 believes in This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 6 37 n6bk guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει 1 Everyone whom the Father gives me will come to me God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 vpz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: "I will keep everyone who comes to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: "I will keep everyone who comes to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 38 z84i 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 38 cpi9 τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me "my Father, who sent me"
|
||||
JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ δέδωκέν μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: "I should keep all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 38 cpi9 τοῦ ... πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me "my Father, who sent me"
|
||||
JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ δέδωκέν ... μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: "I should keep all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom 0 will raise them up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "will cause them to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 41 jl8l ἐγόγγυζον 1 grumbled talked unhappily
|
||||
JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: "I am the one who is like true bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion 0 Is not this Jesus ... whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: "This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion ,'? λέγει νῦν πῶς καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ'?" 1 How then does he now say, 'I have come down from heaven'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: "He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει ... ἐκ‘ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα 1 How then does he now say, 'I have come down from heaven'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: "He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 43 pk4s 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "cause him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ 1 draws This can mean 1) "pulls" or 2) "attracts."
|
||||
JHN 6 44 jb73 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 45 j1af figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 6 45 rk3b πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me The Jews thought Jesus was the "son of Joseph" ([John 6:42](../06/42.md)), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 6 45 rk3b πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν, ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Everyone who has heard and learned from the Father comes to me The Jews thought Jesus was the "son of Joseph" ([John 6:42](../06/42.md)), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 6 46 lcz8 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus now continues speaking to the crowd and the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 6 46 i9mp guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 47 de5y ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -408,8 +408,9 @@ JHN 6 51 px99 ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread This means "the bread that
|
|||
JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here "the world" is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: "that will give life to all the people in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 52 v6g7 0 Connecting Statement: Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question.
|
||||
JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about "his flesh." Alternate translation: "There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 q8jl ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-metaphor φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here the phrases "eat the flesh" and "drink his blood" are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 q8jl ὁ Ἰησοῦς,
|
||||
“ ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-metaphor φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here the phrases "eat the flesh" and "drink his blood" are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 53 j1ga οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 you will not have life in yourselves "you will not receive eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 6 54 t3xn 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him.
|
||||
JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-metaphor 0 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases "eats my flesh" and "drinks my blood" are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -422,21 +423,21 @@ JHN 6 57 nfz4 ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 living Father Possible meanings are 1) "the
|
|||
JHN 6 57 m1l5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 58 m2nz οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "I am the bread that has come down from heaven" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 6 58 j2hx ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as "this bread." Alternate translation: "He who eats me, the bread" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here "eats this bread" is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 j2hx ὁ ... τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as "this bread." Alternate translation: "He who eats me, the bread" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 jv4c ὁ ... τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here "eats this bread" is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
JHN 6 58 i9ih οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers "the forefathers" or "the ancestors"
|
||||
JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background 0 Jesus said these things in the synagogue ... in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 60 t1me 0 Connecting Statement: Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν 1 who can accept it? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "no one can accept it!" or "it is too hard to understand!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει? 1 Does this offend you? "Does this shock you?" or "Does this upset you?"
|
||||
JHN 6 62 r33r figs-rquestion οὖν? θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ ἐὰν ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον Ἀνθρώπου 1 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: "Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 61 rn8i τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει 1 Does this offend you? "Does this shock you?" or "Does this upset you?"
|
||||
JHN 6 62 r33r figs-rquestion ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 Then what if you should see the Son of Man going up to where he was before? Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: "Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 y558 ὠφελεῖ 1 profits The word "profit" means to cause good things to happen.
|
||||
JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 words Possible meanings are 1) Jesus' words in [John 6:32-58](./32.md) or 2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 6 63 plw8 τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 The words that I have spoken to you "What I have told you"
|
||||
JHN 6 63 gb29 πνεῦμά ἐστιν, καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 are spirit, and they are life Possible meanings are 1) "are about the Spirit and eternal life" or 2) "are from the Spirit and give eternal life" or 3) "are about spiritual things and life."
|
||||
JHN 6 63 gb29 πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 are spirit, and they are life Possible meanings are 1) "are about the Spirit and eternal life" or 2) "are from the Spirit and give eternal life" or 3) "are about spiritual things and life."
|
||||
JHN 6 64 k7ir 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background 0 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones ... who it was who would betray him Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 65 c3cl οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 6 65 c3cl οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 6 65 g4za guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 6 65 f7l1 ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 come to me "follow me and receive eternal life"
|
||||
JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 no longer walked with him Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -444,7 +445,7 @@ JHN 6 66 v7gq τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Here "his di
|
|||
JHN 6 67 bg2f figs-ellipsis τοῖς δώδεκα 1 the twelve This is an ellipsis for "the twelve disciples," a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: "the twelve disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion 0 Lord, to whom shall we go? Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: "Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα, ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: "I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: "I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "My time has not yet come"<br>This phrase and "his hour had not yet come" are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life.<br><br>##### "Living water"<br>This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Prophecy<br>Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John [John 7:33-34](./33.md).<br><br>##### Irony<br>Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Did not believe in him"<br>Jesus' brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### "The Jews"<br>This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the opposition of the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him ([John 7:1](../../jhn/07/01.md)). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus ([John 7:13](../../jhn/07/13.md)). The translator may wish to use the terms "Jewish leaders" and "Jewish people" or "Jews (leaders)" and "Jews (in general)."<br>
|
||||
JHN 7 1 gg4v writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 1 b99m μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. "After he finished speaking with the disciples" ([John 6:66-71](../06/66.md)) or "Some time later"
|
||||
|
|
@ -457,17 +458,17 @@ JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 he himself The word "hims
|
|||
JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here "the world" is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: "all people" or "everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 5 bs7f οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers "his younger brothers"
|
||||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to end my work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready "any time is good for you"
|
||||
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ ... καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come The word "time" is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to end my work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ ... δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready "any time is good for you"
|
||||
JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "All the people in the world cannot hate you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil "I tell them that what they are doing is evil"
|
||||
JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil "I tell them that what they are doing is evil"
|
||||
JHN 7 8 pt7f 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
|
||||
JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται 1 my time has not yet been fulfilled Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: "It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 10 xw52 0 General Information: The setting of the story has changed, Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 jz6l ὡς ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival These "brothers" were the younger brothers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 jz6l ὡς ... ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival These "brothers" were the younger brothers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 z4ym καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
|
||||
JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "very secretly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word "Jews"is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." The word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "very secretly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ ... Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν 1 The Jews were looking for him Here the word "Jews"is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." The word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here "leads ... astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "he deceives the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 13 x3xa τὸν φόβον 1 fear This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
|
||||
JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews The word "Jews" is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -475,32 +476,32 @@ JHN 7 14 yut8 0 General Information: Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the tem
|
|||
JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion 0 How does this man know so much? The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders' surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: "He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 16 h7mr ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 but is of him who sent me "but comes from God, the one who sent me"
|
||||
JHN 7 17 srx3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 7 18 xf9j ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος, ἀληθής ἐστιν καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him "when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie"
|
||||
JHN 7 18 xf9j ὁ ... δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 but whoever seeks the glory of him who sent him, that person is true, and there is no unrighteousness in him "when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie"
|
||||
JHN 7 19 pib5 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον? 1 Did not Moses give you the law? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "It was Moses who gave you the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον 1 Did not Moses give you the law? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "It was Moses who gave you the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 keeps the law "obeys the law"
|
||||
JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Why do you seek to kill me? Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to kill him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: "You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 20 l1rq δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 You have a demon "This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!"
|
||||
JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Who seeks to kill you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "No one is trying to kill you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 21 b63z ἓν ἔργον 1 one work "one miracle" or "one sign"
|
||||
JHN 7 21 l1zf πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel "you all are shocked"
|
||||
JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ, Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ( ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 cs9z figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 on the Sabbath you circumcise a man Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: "you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 22 dl6z ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath "on the Jewish Day of Rest"
|
||||
JHN 7 23 t21u εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken "If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses"
|
||||
JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ? 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 23 t21u εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath so that the law of Moses is not broken "If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses"
|
||||
JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 23 f437 ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 on the Sabbath "on the Jewish Day of Rest?"
|
||||
JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit , μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: "Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 25 ts7d figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is not this the one they seek to kill? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: "Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 25 ts7d figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι 1 Is not this the one they seek to kill? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 26 n5pi figs-explicit οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν 1 they say nothing to him This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: "they say nothing to oppose him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 26 s2un figs-rquestion μήποτε? ἄρχοντες ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν ὅτι οἱ ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός, οὗτός 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 26 s2un figs-rquestion μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 zxh7 ἔκραξεν 1 cried out "spoke in a loud voice"
|
||||
JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the temple. Alternate translation: "in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 rq9t figs-irony 0 You both know me and know where I come from John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: "You all know me and you think you know where I come from" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 7 28 w35k ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 of myself "on my own authority." See how you translated "of himself" in [John 5:19](../05/19.md).
|
||||
JHN 7 28 a2h9 ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 he who sent me is true "God is the one who sent me and he is true"
|
||||
JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word "hour" is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God's plan. Alternate translation: "it was not the right time to arrest him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς ὅταν ἔλθῃ πλείονα σημεῖα, ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ ... πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 signs This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ.
|
||||
JHN 7 33 xm7p ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time "I will remain with you for only a short period of time"
|
||||
JHN 7 33 b4m8 καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 then I go to him who sent me Here Jesus refers to God the Father, who sent him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -509,11 +510,11 @@ JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρ
|
|||
JHN 7 35 ef1y τὴν διασπορὰν 1 the dispersion This refers to the Jews that were spread all across the Greek world, outside of Palestine.
|
||||
JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said This "word" is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: "What is he talking about when he said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 37 elc6 0 General Information: Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 7 37 fg95 ἡμέρᾳ μεγάλῃ 1 great day It is "great" because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival.
|
||||
JHN 7 37 fg95 ἡμέρᾳ ... μεγάλῃ 1 great day It is "great" because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival.
|
||||
JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here the word "thirsty" is a metaphor that means one's great desire for the things of God, just as one "thirsts" for water. Alternate translation: "Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink The word "drink" is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: "let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 u9cx ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says "As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me"
|
||||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow The "rivers of living water" is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually "thirsty." Alternate translation: "spiritual life will flow like rivers of water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ ... ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow The "rivers of living water" is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually "thirsty." Alternate translation: "spiritual life will flow like rivers of water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-metaphor ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Possible meanings are 1) "water that gives life" or 2) "water that causes people to live." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the stomach represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: "from inside of him" or "from his heart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -521,21 +522,21 @@ JHN 7 39 syp9 δὲ εἶπεν 1 But he Here "he" refers to Jesus.
|
|||
JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit 0 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 39 n599 ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 because Jesus was not yet glorified Here the word "glorified" refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
|
||||
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: "This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται? 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The Christ cannot come from Galilee!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ, σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The Christ cannot come from Galilee!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: "The prophets wrote in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 42 zjh5 ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ 1 where David was "where David lived"
|
||||
JHN 7 43 lf5r σχίσμα οὖν ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν 1 So there arose a division in the crowds because of him The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was.
|
||||
JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 but no one laid hands on him To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: "but no one grabbed him to arrest him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 7 45 m3rf οἱ ὑπηρέται 1 the officers "the temple guards"
|
||||
JHN 7 46 qwv3 figs-explicit 0 Never has anyone spoken like this The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. You may need to make explicit that the officer were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. "We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 7 47 d4xy οὖν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 So the Pharisees "Because they said that, the Pharisees"
|
||||
JHN 7 47 t91p ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτοῖς 1 answered them "answered the officers"
|
||||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε? 1 Have you also been deceived? The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: "You have been deceived too!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion ἐπίστευσεν? ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων εἰς τις, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων αὐτὸν 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 47 d4xy οὖν ... οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 So the Pharisees "Because they said that, the Pharisees"
|
||||
JHN 7 47 t91p ἀπεκρίθησαν ... αὐτοῖς 1 answered them "answered the officers"
|
||||
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-rquestion καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε 1 Have you also been deceived? The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: "You have been deceived too!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 49 e5td τὸν νόμον 1 the law This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses.
|
||||
JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος ὁ, μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed "As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!"
|
||||
JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν, ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 49 fe7d ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 But this crowd that does not know the law, they are cursed "As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!"
|
||||
JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion 0 Does our law judge a man ... what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man ... what he does!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification 0 Does our law judge a man Here Nicodemus speaks of the law as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: "Do we judge a man" or "we do not judge a man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion 0 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: "You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -565,41 +566,41 @@ JHN 8 10 ux9t 0 Woman, where are your accusers When Jesus called her "woman,"
|
|||
JHN 8 12 m4ma writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple after either the events of [John 7:1-52](../07/01.md) or the events of [John 7:53-8:11](../07/53.md). The author neither gives background to this event nor marks the beginning of a new event. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 I am the light of the world Here the "light" is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: "I am the one who gives light to the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: "the people of the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me This is an idiom that means "everyone who does what I teach" or "everyone who obeys me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ... ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me This is an idiom that means "everyone who does what I teach" or "everyone who obeys me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: "will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-metaphor φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life The "light of life" is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: "truth that brings eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-metaphor φῶς ... τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life The "light of life" is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: "truth that brings eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 13 ih9h σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 You bear witness about yourself "You are just saying these things about yourself"
|
||||
JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: "you cannot be your own witness" or "what you say about yourself may not be true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 14 x9rf κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Even if I bear witness about myself "Even if I say these things about myself"
|
||||
JHN 8 15 k92s τὴν σάρκα 1 the flesh "human standards and the laws of men"
|
||||
JHN 8 15 j79i 0 I judge no one Possible meanings are 1) "I do not judge anyone yet" or 2) "I am not judging anyone now."
|
||||
JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν κρίνω ἐγώ 1 if I judge Possible meanings are 1) "if I judge people" or 2) "whenever I judge people"
|
||||
JHN 8 16 xnn5 ἐὰν κρίνω ... ἐγώ 1 if I judge Possible meanings are 1) "if I judge people" or 2) "whenever I judge people"
|
||||
JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Possible meanings are 1) "my judgment will be right" or 2) "my judgment is right."
|
||||
JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ, καὶ ὁ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 emx1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 I am not alone, but I am with the Father who sent me Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: "I am not alone in how I judge" or "I do not judge alone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: "the Father also judges with me" or "the Father judges as I do"
|
||||
JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say "my Father" since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 16 f6nu ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας ... Πατήρ 1 I am with the Father The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: "the Father also judges with me" or "the Father judges as I do"
|
||||
JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ πέμψας ... Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say "my Father" since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 17 uvc6 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself.
|
||||
JHN 8 17 i1sl 0 Yes, and in your law The word "Yes" shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before.
|
||||
JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: "Moses wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 the testimony of two men is true The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: "if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ff2p ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I am he who bears witness about myself Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: "I give evidence to you about myself"
|
||||
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus' testimony is true. Alternate translation: "my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ πέμψας Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say "my Father" since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus' testimony is true. Alternate translation: "my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ... πέμψας ... Πατήρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say "my Father" since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 s37n writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus' speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [John 8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 d3b9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου εἰ ἐμὲ; ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 d3b9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 You know neither me nor my Father; if you had known me, you would have known my Father also Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come The word "hour" is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: "it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 21 xv3g 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 8 21 gg46 ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε 1 die in your sin Here the word "die" refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die while you are still sinful" or "you will die while you are sinning"
|
||||
JHN 8 21 e83m ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 you cannot come "you are not able to come"
|
||||
JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said" or "The Jewish authorities said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον ... οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for "the Jewish leaders." Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said" or "The Jewish authorities said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 23 zug9 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 You are from below "You were born in this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 a7ny ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above "I came from heaven"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 svn1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ 1 You are of this world "You belong to this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 w9jl ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 I am not of this world "I do not belong to this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 svn1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ ... τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ 1 You are of this world "You belong to this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 23 w9jl ἐγὼ ... οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 I am not of this world "I do not belong to this world"
|
||||
JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you will die in your sins "you will die without God's forgiving your sins"
|
||||
JHN 8 24 he1k ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: "I am from above."
|
||||
JHN 8 24 he1k ὅτι ... ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: "I am from above."
|
||||
JHN 8 25 t7tv ἔλεγον 1 They said The word "They" refers to the Jewish leaders ([John 8:22](../08/22.md)).
|
||||
JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "these things I say to all the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: "his Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -614,114 +615,115 @@ JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 r
|
|||
JHN 8 31 iq3z μαθηταί μού 1 my disciples "my followers"
|
||||
JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free This is personification. Jesus speaks of "the truth" as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "if you obey the truth, God will set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 8 32 xf9m τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 the truth This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: "what is true about God"
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion ; πῶς σὺ λέγεις,' ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε'?" 1 how can you say, 'You will be set free'? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders' shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "We do not need to be set free!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις ... ἐλεύθεροι‘ γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, 'You will be set free'? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders' shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: "We do not need to be set free!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 34 i2pn ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here the word "slave" is a metaphor. This implies that "sin" is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: "is like a slave to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here "house" is a metonym for "family." Alternate translation: "as a permanent member of a family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 the son remains forever This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: "the son is a member of the family forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: "if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "If I, the Son, set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ ... Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 the son remains forever This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: "the son is a member of the family forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν ... ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: "if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 36 w3q1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐὰν ... ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: "If I, the Son, set you free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
JHN 8 37 p4xm 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 my word has no place in you Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" or "message" of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: "you do not accept my teachings" or "you do not allow my message to change your life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father "I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father"
|
||||
JHN 8 38 m62y ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father "I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father"
|
||||
JHN 8 38 f9yu 0 you also do what you heard from your father The Jewish leaders do not understand that by "your father" Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: "you also continue doing what your father has told you to do"
|
||||
JHN 8 39 qp2r ὁ πατὴρ 1 father forefather
|
||||
JHN 8 40 s615 τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this "Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God"
|
||||
JHN 8 41 i87r figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: "No! You are doing the things that your real father did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: "We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children" or "We were all born from proper marriages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 iz3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν: τὸν Θεόν 1 we have one Father: God Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 41 iz3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν 1 we have one Father: God Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 42 nh4m ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε? 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: "I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: "I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy 0 It is because you cannot hear my words Here "words" is a metonym for the "teachings" of Jesus. Alternate translation: "It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 44 vgy1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς ἐστὲ, τοῦ διαβόλου 1 You are of your father, the devil "You belong to your father, Satan"
|
||||
JHN 8 44 vgy1 ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ 1 You are of your father, the devil "You belong to your father, Satan"
|
||||
JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here "father" is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: "he is the one who created all lies in the beginning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 8 45 g1q9 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 45 e55r ἐγὼ ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 because I speak the truth "because I tell you true things about God"
|
||||
JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας? 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: "None of you can show that I have ever sinned!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 45 e55r ἐγὼ ... ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 because I speak the truth "because I tell you true things about God"
|
||||
JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: "None of you can show that I have ever sinned!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 kh6a εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth "If I say things that are true"
|
||||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: "you have no reason for not believing in me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: "you have no reason for not believing in me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here "words" is a metonym for the "message" of God. Alternate translation: "the message of God" or "the truth that comes from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews The "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: "We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: "We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 50 m4rl 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues answering the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 8 50 fg43 ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging This refers to God.
|
||||
JHN 8 51 fb52 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ 1 keeps my word Here "word" is a metonym for the "teachings" of Jesus. Alternate translation: "obeys my teachings" or "does what I say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον θεωρήσῃ 1 see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-idiom θάνατον ... θεωρήσῃ 1 see death This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: "die spiritually" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here "Jews" is a metonym for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word "If anyone obeys my teaching"
|
||||
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν‘ τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word "If anyone obeys my teaching"
|
||||
JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-idiom γεύσηται θανάτου 1 taste death This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: "die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion σὺ? μὴ μείζων ἡμῶν τοῦ εἶ Ἀβραάμ ὅστις ἀπέθανεν, πατρὸς 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 53 p38s τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father forefather
|
||||
JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: "You should not think that you are so important!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples — ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word "Father" is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: "it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς‘ ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 it is my Father who glorifies me—about whom you say that he is your God The word "Father" is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: "it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ 1 keep his word Here "word" is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: "I obey what he says to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: "what I would do during my life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 8 56 hv5g εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad "he foresaw my coming through God's revelation and he rejoiced"
|
||||
JHN 8 57 erp5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in [John 8:12](../08/12.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The Jews said to him Here the "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche εἶπον ... οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν 1 The Jews said to him Here the "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: "You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 8 58 rnw4 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 8 58 k4tp ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 I AM Possible meanings are 1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as "I AM," or 2) Jesus is saying, "before Abraham existed, I existed."
|
||||
JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν οὖν λίθους ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Then they picked up stones to throw at him The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: "Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Then they picked up stones to throw at him The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: "Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 09 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Who sinned?"<br><br>Many of the Jews of Jesus' time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### "He does not keep the Sabbath"<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>#### Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>##### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him ([John 9:39-40](./39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([John 9:35](../../jhn/09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 9 1 fa5a 0 General Information: As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
|
||||
JHN 9 1 un4h writing-newevent καὶ 1 Now This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 9 1 z5sx figs-synecdoche παράγων 1 as Jesus passed by Here "Jesus" is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: "as Jesus and his disciples passed by" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit 0 who sinned, this man or his parents ... blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: "Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 4 h231 figs-inclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We This "We" includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα. νὺξ 1 day ... Night Here "day" and "night" are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God's work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God's work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἡμέρα ... νὺξ 1 day ... Night Here "day" and "night" are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God's work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God's work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here the "world" is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: "living among the people of this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here "light" is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: "the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς ... τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world Here "light" is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: "the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: "and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ily8 figs-explicit 0 wash ... washed You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ,"( ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται" ἀπεσταλμένος"). 1 which is translated "Sent" A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what "Siloam" means. Alternate translation: "which means 'Sent'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ( ἑρμηνεύεται,
|
||||
“ ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated "Sent" A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what "Siloam" means. Alternate translation: "which means 'Sent'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: "This man is the one who used to sit and beg!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 10 p7vj 0 Connecting Statement: The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him.
|
||||
JHN 9 10 m97n 0 Then how were your eyes opened? "Then what caused you to be able to see?" or "How is it that you can see now?"
|
||||
JHN 9 11 a42y ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 smeared it on my eyes "used his fingers to cover my eyes with mud." See how you translated a similar phrase in [John 9:6](../09/06.md).
|
||||
JHN 9 13 dl48 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells background information about when Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 13 cu14 ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους τόν ποτε τυφλόν 1 They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go.
|
||||
JHN 9 13 cu14 ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε τυφλόν 1 They brought the man who used to be blind to the Pharisees The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go.
|
||||
JHN 9 14 qxy9 Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Sabbath day "Jewish Day of Rest"
|
||||
JHN 9 15 d6xd πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him "So the Pharisees also asked him"
|
||||
JHN 9 15 d6xd πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν ... οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him "So the Pharisees also asked him"
|
||||
JHN 9 16 y3wn writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews' disbelief. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 hdh9 τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
|
||||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion ," πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν?" 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus' signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: "A sinner can not do such signs!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus' signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: "A sinner can not do such signs!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs This is another word for miracles. "Signs" give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
|
||||
JHN 9 17 lcb3 προφήτης ἐστίν 1 He is a prophet "I think he is a prophet"
|
||||
JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Now the Jews still did not believe Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 19 npf9 ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς 1 They asked the parents "They" refers to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
JHN 9 21 vh7q ἡλικίαν ἔχει αὐτὸς 1 he is an adult "he is a man" or "he is no longer a child"
|
||||
JHN 9 21 vh7q ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸς 1 he is an adult "he is a man" or "he is no longer a child"
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man's parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the "Jewish leaders" who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 9 22 j15m ἐφοβοῦντο 1 afraid This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to oneself or others.
|
||||
JHN 9 22 dgp7 αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν γένηται 1 would confess him to be the Christ "would say that Jesus is the Christ"
|
||||
JHN 9 22 dgp7 αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν ... γένηται 1 would confess him to be the Christ "would say that Jesus is the Christ"
|
||||
JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here "be thrown out of the synagogue" is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: "he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue" or "he would no longer belong to the synagogue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 23 f9zl ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 He is an adult "he is a man" or "he is no longer a child." See how you translated this in [John 9:21](../09/21.md).
|
||||
JHN 9 24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 they called the man Here, "they" refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md))
|
||||
JHN 9 24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν ... τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 they called the man Here, "they" refers to the Jews. ([John 9:18](../09/18.md))
|
||||
JHN 9 24 bkx6 figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Give glory to God This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: "In the presence of God, tell the truth" or "Speak the truth before God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 9 24 ww3t οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man This refers to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 9 25 sr93 ἐκεῖνος 1 that man This refers to the man who had been blind.
|
||||
JHN 9 26 z2l2 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind.
|
||||
JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν? 1 Why do you want to hear it again? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man's amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: "I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 27 kpt6 figs-rquestion ὑμεῖς? μὴ θέλετε γενέσθαι μαθηταὶ καὶ, αὐτοῦ 1 You do not want to become his disciples too, do you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man's statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: "It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν 1 Why do you want to hear it again? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man's amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: "I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 27 kpt6 figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι 1 You do not want to become his disciples too, do you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man's statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: "It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 9 28 h7hy σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου 1 You are his disciple "You are following Jesus!"
|
||||
JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί 1 but we are disciples of Moses The pronoun "we" is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: "but we are following Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 29 ye4k ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός 1 We know that God has spoken to Moses "We are sure that God has spoken to Moses"
|
||||
JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: "we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον ... οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν 1 we do not know where this one is from Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: "we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus' authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: "that you do not know where he gets his authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 9 31 e7ec 0 does not listen to sinners ... listens to him "does not answer the prayers of sinners ... God answers his prayers"
|
||||
JHN 9 32 e89t 0 Connecting Statement: The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: "no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing This sentence uses a double negative pattern. "Only a man from God could do something like that!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ,," ὅλος ἐγεννήθης ἐν ἁμαρτίαις καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς?" 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: "You were born as a result of your parents' sins. You are not qualified to teach us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: "no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ... ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing This sentence uses a double negative pattern. "Only a man from God could do something like that!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις ... ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: "You were born as a result of your parents' sins. You are not qualified to teach us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 9 34 kl2x ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out "they threw him out of the synagogue"
|
||||
JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed ([John 9:1-7](./01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 rpb5 πιστεύεις εἰς 1 believe in This means to "believe in Jesus," to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him.
|
||||
JHN 9 35 tw58 τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if "the Son of Man" were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of "the Son of Man." You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
|
||||
JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον 1 came into this world The "world" is a metonym for "the people who live in the world." Alternate translation: "came to live among the people of this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες βλέπωσιν καὶ οἱ βλέποντες τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here "seeing" and "blindness" are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: "so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 40 d8mm καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? "Do you think we are spiritually blind?"
|
||||
JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-metonymy εἰς ... τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον 1 came into this world The "world" is a metonym for "the people who live in the world." Alternate translation: "came to live among the people of this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here "seeing" and "blindness" are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: "so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 40 d8mm καὶ ... ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? "Do you think we are spiritually blind?"
|
||||
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin Here "blindness" is a metaphor for not knowing God's truth. Alternate translation: "If you wanted to know God's truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor 0 but now you say, 'We see,' so your sin remains Here "seeing" is a metaphor for knowing God's truth. Alternate translation: "Since you falsely think that you already know God's truth, you will remain blind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Blasphemy<br><br>When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, "I and the Father are one," the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>##### Sheep<br><br>Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God's people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong.<br><br>##### Sheep pen<br><br>A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them.<br><br>##### Laying down and taking up life<br><br>Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -729,40 +731,40 @@ JHN 10 1 gzd8 figs-parables 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak in par
|
|||
JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in [John 9:35](../09/35.md).
|
||||
JHN 10 1 i3tj ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 10 1 xq1f αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων 1 sheep pen This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep.
|
||||
JHN 10 1 zz7x figs-doublet κλέπτης καὶ λῃστής 1 a thief and a robber This is the use of two words with similar meanings to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 10 1 zz7x figs-doublet κλέπτης ... καὶ λῃστής 1 a thief and a robber This is the use of two words with similar meanings to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 10 3 uy2v τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει 1 The gatekeeper opens for him "The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd"
|
||||
JHN 10 3 iac4 ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 The gatekeeper This is a hired man who watches the gate of the sheep pen at night while the shepherd is away.
|
||||
JHN 10 3 db3c τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 The sheep hear his voice "The sheep hear the shepherd's voice"
|
||||
JHN 10 4 n1ta ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται 1 he goes ahead of them "he walks in front of them"
|
||||
JHN 10 4 z8dm ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 for they know his voice "because they recognize his voice"
|
||||
JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not understand Possible meanings: 1) "the disciples did not understand" or 2) "the crowd did not understand."
|
||||
JHN 10 6 x5yl ἐκεῖνοι ... οὐκ ἔγνωσαν 1 they did not understand Possible meanings: 1) "the disciples did not understand" or 2) "the crowd did not understand."
|
||||
JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-metaphor ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The "shepherd" is a metaphor for Jesus. The "sheep" represent those who follow Jesus, and the "strangers" are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 7 q3na 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
|
||||
JHN 10 7 q4hs ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here "gate" is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God's people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: "I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 8 k4z6 figs-explicit πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 Everyone who came before me This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "All of the teachers who came without my authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 8 hqq3 figs-metaphor κλέπται καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber These words are metaphors. Jesus calls those teachers "a thief and a robber" because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God's people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 8 hqq3 figs-metaphor κλέπται ... καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber These words are metaphors. Jesus calls those teachers "a thief and a robber" because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God's people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here "gate" is a metaphor. By referring to himself as "the gate," Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: "I myself am like that gate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 9 in9p νομὴν 1 pasture The word "pasture" means a grassy area where sheep eat.
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h2gf figs-doublenegatives 0 does not come if he would not steal This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: "comes only to steal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h56c figs-explicit κλέψῃ καὶ θύσῃ καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here the implied metaphor is "sheep," which represents God's people. Alternate translation: "steal and kill and destroy the sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life The word "they" refers to the sheep. "Life" refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: "so that they will really live, lacking nothing"
|
||||
JHN 10 10 h56c figs-explicit κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here the implied metaphor is "sheep," which represents God's people. Alternate translation: "steal and kill and destroy the sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 10 j2k6 ἵνα ... ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life The word "they" refers to the sheep. "Life" refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: "so that they will really live, lacking nothing"
|
||||
JHN 10 11 x196 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd.
|
||||
JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here "good shepherd" is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: "I am like a good shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: "dies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant The "hired servant" is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: "The one who is like a hired servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει ... περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here the word "sheep" is a metaphor that represents God's people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here the "good shepherd" is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: "I am like a good shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: "I die for the sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here "other sheep" is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here "flock" and "shepherd" are metaphors. All of Jesus's followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here "flock" and "shepherd" are metaphors. All of Jesus's followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 17 kd16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 i59j : διὰ τοῦτό με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life God's eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus' death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 i59j διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ ... ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 This is why the Father loves me: I lay down my life God's eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus' death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 kpr5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 17 px17 ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: "I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: "I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun "myself" is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: "I myself lay it down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 I have received this command from my Father "This is what my Father has commanded me to do." The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 19 wft1 0 Connecting Statement: These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said.
|
||||
|
|
@ -777,15 +779,16 @@ JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom 0 hold us doubting This is an idiom. Alternate transl
|
|||
JHN 10 25 cb95 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to respond to the Jews.
|
||||
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here "name" is a metonym for the power of God. Here "Father" is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father's power and authority. Alternate translation: "through my Father's power" or "with my Father's power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: "offer proof concerning me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: "not my followers" or "not my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ ... ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: "not my followers" or "not my disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 My sheep hear my voice The word "sheep" is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the "shepherd" is also implied. Alternate translation: "Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here the word "hand" is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: "no one will steal them away from me" or "they will remain secure forever in my care" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει ... αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here the word "hand" is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: "no one will steal them away from me" or "they will remain secure forever in my care" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 My Father, who has given them to me The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father The word "hand" is a metonym that refers to God's possession and protective care. Alternate translation: "No one can steal them from my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche 0 Then the Jews took up stones The word "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ. ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς," ἔδειξα ὑμῖν Ἰησοῦς καλὰ ἔργα ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός πολλὰ 1 Jesus answered them, "I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς,
|
||||
“ πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, "I have shown you many good works from the Father Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him The word "Jews" is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish opponents replied" or "The Jewish leaders answered him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God "claiming to be God"
|
||||
JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion 0 Is it not written ... gods"'? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, 'you are gods.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -803,23 +806,23 @@ JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am i
|
|||
JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand The word "hand" is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "got away from them again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 b41s figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 beyond the Jordan Jesus had been on the west side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: "to the east side of the Jordan River" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: "Jesus stayed there for several days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 10 41 m1pl Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν, πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν 1 John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true "It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs."
|
||||
JHN 10 41 m1pl Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν; πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν 1 John indeed did no signs, but all the things that John has said about this man are true "It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs."
|
||||
JHN 10 41 lw9n σημεῖον 1 signs These are miracles that prove that something is true or that give someone credibility.
|
||||
JHN 10 42 ieh5 ἐπίστευσαν εἰς 1 believed in Here "believed in" means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
|
||||
JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>##### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### "One man dies for the people"<br><br>The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people's sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, "It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes" ([John 10:50](../../jhn/10/50.md)). He said this because he loved his "place" and "nation" ([John 10:48](../../jhn/10/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people's sins.<br><br>##### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha said, "If you had been here, my brother would not have died," she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died.<br>
|
||||
JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-participants 0 General Information: These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 2 c6r9 writing-background 0 It was Mary who anointed the Lord ... her hair As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 3 i2ar ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus "asked Jesus to come"
|
||||
JHN 11 3 i2ar ἀπέστειλαν ... πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus "asked Jesus to come"
|
||||
JHN 11 3 czm1 φιλεῖς 1 love Here "love" refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
|
||||
JHN 11 4 nk3g figs-explicit αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: "Death will not be the final result of this sickness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 k8d3 θάνατον 1 death This refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 4 q343 figs-explicit 0 instead it is for the glory of God so that the Son of God may be glorified by it Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: "but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 4 ad99 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion Ῥαββεί νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι,, οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion Ῥαββεί, νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ ... Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion 0 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You know that the day has twelve hours of light!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor , ἐάν, τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὐ προσκόπτει ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. "Light" is a metaphor for "truth." Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. "Light" is a metaphor for "truth." Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 hel4 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-metaphor 0 if he walks at night Here "night" is a metaphor that refers to one's walking without God's light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 10 c3im τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the light is not in him Possible meanings are 1) "he cannot see" or "he does not have God's light."
|
||||
|
|
@ -827,14 +830,14 @@ JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-idiom Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμ
|
|||
JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep The words "wake him out of sleep" form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 e5k2 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples' misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 12 hn2j εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover.
|
||||
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly "So Jesus told them in words that they could understand"
|
||||
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε ... εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly "So Jesus told them in words that they could understand"
|
||||
JHN 11 15 c2wh 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes "for your benefit"
|
||||
JHN 11 15 ar2j ἵνα πιστεύσητε ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ 1 that I was not there so that you may believe "that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more."
|
||||
JHN 11 15 ar2j ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ 1 that I was not there so that you may believe "that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more."
|
||||
JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom they called Didymus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means "twin." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 p5ya writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive εὗρεν αὐτὸν τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 11 18 d35v translate-bdistance ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away "about three kilometers away." A "stadium" is 185 meters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 11 19 m26v figs-explicit περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their brother Lazarus was their younger brother. Alternate translation: "about their younger brother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 21 ef5h figs-explicit οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -842,27 +845,27 @@ JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-explicit ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου
|
|||
JHN 11 24 z7el ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again "he will become alive again"
|
||||
JHN 11 25 chs2 κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here "dies" refers to physical death.
|
||||
JHN 11 25 ef7a ζήσεται 1 will live Here "live" refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die "those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God" or "those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever"
|
||||
JHN 11 26 a6gs πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die "those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God" or "those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever"
|
||||
JHN 11 26 fue3 οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 will never die Here "die" refers to spiritual death.
|
||||
JHN 11 27 mk4e λέγει αὐτῷ 1 She said to him "Martha said to Jesus"
|
||||
JHN 11 27 zd3n 0 Yes, Lord, I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God ... coming into the world Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God.
|
||||
JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 yd61 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς 1 she went away and called her sister Mary Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: "she went away and called her younger sister Mary" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 yd61 figs-explicit ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ, τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς 1 she went away and called her sister Mary Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: "she went away and called her younger sister Mary" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 28 zs2t διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher This is a title referring to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 11 28 fv8f φωνεῖ σε 1 is calling for you "is asking that you come"
|
||||
JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 32 zmp7 ἔπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Mary lay down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect.
|
||||
JHN 11 32 zmp7 ἔπεσεν ... πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Mary lay down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect.
|
||||
JHN 11 32 j2wr figs-explicit οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died Lazarus was Mary's younger brother. See how you translated this in [John 11:21](../11/21.md). Alternate translation: "my younger brother would still be alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 33 qef6 figs-doublet ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: "he was greatly upset" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
JHN 11 34 xl9p figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Where have you laid him This is a milder way of asking, "Where have you buried him?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 11 35 bj6b ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept "Jesus began to cry" or "Jesus started crying"
|
||||
JHN 11 36 b6ee ἐφίλει 1 loved This refers to brotherly love or human love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, τοῦ, τυφλοῦ ποιῆσαι καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews' surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: "He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!" or "Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ... καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews' surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: "He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!" or "Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 37 a76u figs-idiom ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 opened the eyes This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "healed the eyes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 l2pd figs-explicit Μάρθα, ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος 1 Martha, the sister of Lazarus Martha and Mary were older sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: "Martha, the older sister of Lazarus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 l2pd figs-explicit ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος Μάρθα 1 Martha, the sister of Lazarus Martha and Mary were older sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: "Martha, the older sister of Lazarus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 39 lt1d 0 by this time the body will be decaying "by this time there will be a bad smell" or "the body is already stinking"
|
||||
JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν σοι ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς,, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: "I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: "I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 11 41 lj5j figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω 1 Jesus lifted up his eyes This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: "Jesus looked up toward heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 11 41 s2dh Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου 1 Father, I thank you that you listened to me Jesus prays directly to the Father so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: "Father, I thank you that you have heard me" or "Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer"
|
||||
JHN 11 41 j54b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -875,12 +878,12 @@ JHN 11 45 rlf4 writing-background 0 General Information: These verses tell us w
|
|||
JHN 11 47 ib61 0 General Information: Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting.
|
||||
JHN 11 47 nhw4 οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Then the chief priests "Then the leaders among the priests"
|
||||
JHN 11 47 gz8c οὖν 1 Then The author uses this word to tell the reader that the events that begin in this verse are a result of the events of [John 11:45-46](./45.md).
|
||||
JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν? 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: "What are we going to do about Jesus?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: "What are we going to do about Jesus?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 kq4z figs-explicit πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 all will believe in him The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king. Alternate translation: "everyone will trust in him and rebel against Rome" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 the Romans will come This is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: "the Roman army will come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 ah4r ἀροῦσιν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος 1 take away both our place and our nation "destroy both our temple and our nation"
|
||||
JHN 11 49 efq8 writing-participants εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 a certain man among them This is a way to introduce a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 11 49 lj6b figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 You know nothing This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: "You do not understand what is happening" or "You speak as though you know nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 11 48 ah4r ἀροῦσιν ... καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος 1 take away both our place and our nation "destroy both our temple and our nation"
|
||||
JHN 11 49 efq8 writing-participants εἷς ... τις ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 a certain man among them This is a way to introduce a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
JHN 11 49 lj6b figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς ... οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 You know nothing This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: "You do not understand what is happening" or "You speak as though you know nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 11 50 zh9n figs-explicit 0 than that the whole nation perishes Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. The word "nation" here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 11 51 qww5 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 51 and 52 John explains that Caiaphus was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους 1 die for the nation The word "nation" is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -890,10 +893,10 @@ JHN 11 54 gp4h 0 General Information: Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim
|
|||
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and "walk openly" is a metaphor for "live where everyone could see him." Alternate translation: "live where all the Jews could see him" or "walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country the rural area outside cities where fewer people live
|
||||
JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples stayed in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: "There he stayed with his disciples for a short period of time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
|
||||
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν ... εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
|
||||
JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 kc75 ἐζήτουν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus The word "they" refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
|
||||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ? εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words "do you think." The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: "Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 56 kc75 ἐζήτουν ... τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus The word "they" refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
|
||||
JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν? ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words "do you think." The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: "Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 11 57 glb6 writing-background δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Mary anointed Jesus' feet<br><br>The Jews would put oil on a person's head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person's body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person's feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.<br><br>##### The donkey and the colt<br><br>Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings.<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 21:1-7](../../mat/21/01.md) and [Mark 11:1-7](../../mrk/11/01.md) and [Luke 19:29-36](../../luk/19/29.md) and [John 12:14-15](../../jhn/12/14.md))<br><br>##### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of God's glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection ([John 12:16](../../jhn/12/16.md)).<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### The metaphors of light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: "He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life." But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one's life for eternal life. ([John 12:25-26](./25.md)).<br>
|
||||
JHN 12 1 elj4 0 General Information: Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil.
|
||||
|
|
@ -902,35 +905,35 @@ JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from t
|
|||
JHN 12 3 c8kf translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 a litra of perfume You may convert this to a modern measure. A "litra" is about one third of a kilogram. Or you may refer to a container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: "a third of a kilogram of perfume" or "a bottle of perfume" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 ki9d μύρου 1 perfume This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers.
|
||||
JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου 1 nard This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "The scent of her perfume filled the house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 4 e1xj ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι 1 the one who would betray him "the one who later enabled Jesus' enemies to seize him"
|
||||
JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ ... οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "The scent of her perfume filled the house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 4 e1xj ὁ ... μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι 1 the one who would betray him "the one who later enabled Jesus' enemies to seize him"
|
||||
JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: "This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 5 p838 translate-numbers τριακοσίων δηναρίων 1 three hundred denarii You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: "300 denarii" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background 0 Now he said this ... would steal from what was put in it John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 6 sl8u εἶπεν τοῦτο οὐχ ὅτι περὶ, τῶν, πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief "he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor"
|
||||
JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman's actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: "Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: "There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 6 sl8u εἶπεν ... τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 he said this, not because he cared about the poor, but because he was a thief "he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor"
|
||||
JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν ... εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial Jesus implies that the woman's actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: "Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς ... πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: "There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: "But I will not always be here with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 9 qm36 writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 11 kjk7 δι’ αὐτὸν 1 because of him The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 12 11 f6mg figs-explicit ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 believed in Jesus This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting in Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: "were putting their trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 12 f1im 0 General Information: Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king.
|
||||
JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 12 12 sy8h ὁ ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd "a great crowd of people"
|
||||
JHN 12 12 sy8h ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd "a great crowd of people"
|
||||
JHN 12 13 lzn9 ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna This means "May God save us now!"
|
||||
JHN 12 13 i5ul εὐλογημένος 1 Blessed This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person.
|
||||
JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here the word "name" is a metonym for the person's authority and power. Alternate translation: "comes as the representative of the Lord" or "comes in the power of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background εὑρὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a donkey. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background εὑρὼν ... ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 Jesus found a young donkey and sat on it Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a donkey. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "as the prophets wrote in the Scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion "Daughter of Zion" here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "you people of Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 a74d writing-background 0 General Information: John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 rq52 ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 His disciples did not understand these things Here the words "these things" refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "when God glorified Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 16 lvz1 ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words "these things" refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
|
||||
JHN 12 16 lvz1 ταῦτα ... ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ 1 they had done these things to him The words "these things" refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
|
||||
JHN 12 17 i6ag writing-background οὖν 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 18 eel6 0 they heard that he had done this sign "they heard others say that he had done this sign"
|
||||
JHN 12 18 v2nx τοῦτο τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign A "sign" is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the "sign" of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 18 v2nx τοῦτο ... τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign A "sign" is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the "sign" of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit 0 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: "It seems like we can do nothing to stop him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: "It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here "the world" is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -942,45 +945,45 @@ JHN 12 23 p96d 0 General Information: Jesus begins to respond to Philip and An
|
|||
JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-explicit ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "God will soon honor me when I die and rise again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 24 m255 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated "Truly, truly" in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor 0 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies ... it will bear much fruit Here "a grain of wheat" or "seed" is a metaphor for Jesus' death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here "loves his life" means to consider one's own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who "hates his life" refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος, ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: "when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-explicit ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here "loves his life" means to consider one's own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-explicit ὁ ... μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ... τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here the one who "hates his life" refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: "whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: "when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί'??' Πάτερ, σῶσόν εἴπω ἐκ ταύτης τῆς ὥρας με 1 what should I say? 'Father, save me from this hour'? This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: "I will not pray, 'Father, save me from this hour!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ‘, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 what should I say? 'Father, save me from this hour'? This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: "I will not pray, 'Father, save me from this hour!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης 1 this hour Here "this hour" is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 glorify your name Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: "make your glory known" or "reveal your glory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: "God spoke from the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ... φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: "God spoke from the heavens" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
JHN 12 30 kd86 0 General Information: Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven.
|
||||
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here "this world" is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: "Now is the time for God to judge all of the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here "ruler" refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-activepassive νῦν ... ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here "ruler" refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being "lifted up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "When people raise me high on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
|
||||
JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο ἔλεγεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus' words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: "He said this to let the people know how he would die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 33 v7f3 writing-background τοῦτο ... ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 He said this to indicate what kind of death he would die John interprets Jesus' words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: "He said this to let the people know how he would die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-ellipsis δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up The phrase "lifted up" means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words "on a cross." Alternate translation: "The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 12 34 t386 τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? Possible meanings are 1) "What is the identity of this Son of Man? or 2) "What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?"
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε ἵνα μὴ. σκοτία., ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' teachings which reveal the truth of God. To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor that means to live without God's truth. Alternate translation: "My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε πιστεύετε εἰς, τὸ φῶς ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The "light" is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. "sons of light" is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God's truth. Alternate translation: "While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God's truth will be in you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ ... ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 The light will still be with you for a short amount of time. Walk while you have the light, so that darkness does not overtake you. He who walks in the darkness does not know where he is going Here "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' teachings which reveal the truth of God. To "walk in darkness" is a metaphor that means to live without God's truth. Alternate translation: "My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The "light" is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. "sons of light" is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God's truth. Alternate translation: "While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God's truth will be in you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 37 s1wh 0 General Information: This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion , Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet's dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: "Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord's ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet's dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: "Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ ... βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord This is a metonym that refers to the Lord's ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 z323 figs-metonymy 0 he has hardened their hearts ... understand with their hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "hardened their hearts" is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to "understand with their hearts" means to "truly understand." Alternate translation: "he has made them stubborn ... truly understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here "turn" is a metaphor for "repent." Alternate translation: "and they would repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ ... στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here "turn" is a metaphor for "repent." Alternate translation: "and they would repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 12 43 fx72 0 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God "They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them"
|
||||
JHN 12 44 t7cq 0 General Information: Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: "Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 45 s6xx ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 the one who sees me sees him who sent me Here the word "him" refers to God. Alternate translation: "the one who sees me sees God, who sent me"
|
||||
JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς ... ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: "Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 45 s6xx ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 the one who sees me sees him who sent me Here the word "him" refers to God. Alternate translation: "the one who sees me sees God, who sent me"
|
||||
JHN 12 46 db76 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
|
||||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' example. Alternate translation: "I have come to show the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς ... ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here the "light" is a metaphor for Jesus' example. Alternate translation: "I have come to show the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here "darkness" is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God's truth. Alternate translation: "may not continue to be spiritually blind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 12 46 uxb8 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world Here "the world" is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit 0 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world Here "to judge the world" implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: "If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 12 48 b1ds ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day "at the time when God judges people's sins"
|
||||
JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 12 50 tar2 οἶδα ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life "I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever"
|
||||
JHN 12 50 tar2 οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life "I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever"
|
||||
JHN 13 intro zk68 0 # John 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the last supper or the Lord's supper. This Passover feast in many ways parallels Jesus' sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people's feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him their master and themselves his servants, but he wanted to show them that they needed to serve each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>##### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, once in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for "I AM," by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "Son of Man"<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the "Son of Man" in this chapter ([John 13:31](../../jhn/13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -993,14 +996,14 @@ JHN 13 3 a6qj ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θ
|
|||
JHN 13 4 t7cu ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant.
|
||||
JHN 13 5 s1pc ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples' feet.
|
||||
JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Peter's question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: "Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives , ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: "If I wash you, you will always belong with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: "If I wash you, you will always belong with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 10 tv57 0 General Information: Jesus uses the word "you" to refer to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 m7vj 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter.
|
||||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor , ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here "bathed" is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: "If anyone has already received God's forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ ... λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet Here "bathed" is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: "If anyone has already received God's forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-explicit οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all of you are clean Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: "Not all of you have received God's forgiveness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν? 1 Do you know what I have done for you? This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: "You need to understand what I have done for you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ' ὑμεῖς'' φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ ὁ Κύριος,' 1 You call me 'teacher' and 'Lord,' Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: "You show me great respect when you call me 'teacher' and 'Lord.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: "you should also humbly serve each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν 1 Do you know what I have done for you? This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: "You need to understand what I have done for you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος‘’ καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me 'teacher' and 'Lord,' Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: "You show me great respect when you call me 'teacher' and 'Lord.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-explicit καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: "you should also humbly serve each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 16 n5cb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 16 h6gt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 16 tpl8 μείζων 1 greater one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life
|
||||
|
|
@ -1013,9 +1016,9 @@ JHN 13 20 di3t ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated thi
|
|||
JHN 13 21 bq84 ἐταράχθη 1 troubled concerned, upset
|
||||
JHN 13 21 j7x1 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 13 22 dhs3 ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει 1 The disciples looked at each other, wondering of whom he was speaking "The disciples looked at each other and wondered: "Who will betray Jesus?"
|
||||
JHN 13 23 xvi8 εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This refers to John.
|
||||
JHN 13 23 xvi8 εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ... ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This refers to John.
|
||||
JHN 13 23 z8ze figs-explicit ἀνακείμενος 1 lying down at the table During the time of Christ, Jews would often dine together in the Greek style, in which they lay on their sides on low couches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 13 23 p2ee τοῦ Ἰησοῦ' τῷ κόλπῳ 1 Jesus' side Lying with one's head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him.
|
||||
JHN 13 23 p2ee τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus' side Lying with one's head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him.
|
||||
JHN 13 23 a58j ἠγάπα 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 13 26 qpj8 writing-background Ἰσκαριώτη 1 Iscariot This indicates that Judas was from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 27 r8lk figs-ellipsis 0 Then after the bread The words "Judas took" are understood from the context. Alternate translation: "Then after Judas took the bread" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1023,34 +1026,34 @@ JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατ
|
|||
JHN 13 27 rz21 λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 so Jesus said to him Here Jesus is speaking to Judas.
|
||||
JHN 13 27 agd7 ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον 1 What you are doing, do it quickly "Do quickly what you are planning to do!"
|
||||
JHN 13 29 rv4z τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ 1 that he should give something to the poor You can translate this as a direct quote: "Go and give some money to the poor."
|
||||
JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς. ἦν νύξ 1 he went out immediately. It was night John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or "dark" deed in the darkness of the night. Alternate translation: "he went out immediately into the dark night" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive , νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν ... νύξ 1 he went out immediately. It was night John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or "dark" deed in the darkness of the night. Alternate translation: "he went out immediately into the dark night" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word "him" refers to the Son of Man. The word "himself" is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: "God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
JHN 13 33 zki6 τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus uses the term "Little children" to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children.
|
||||
JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "as I said to the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 13 34 fkc7 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 13 34 nmf5 ἀγαπᾶτε 1 love This is the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 13 37 ye6m τὴν ψυχήν μου θήσω 1 lay down my life "give up my life" or "die"
|
||||
JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις? 1 Will you lay down your life for me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus' statement. Alternate translation: "You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ ἕως ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times "you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows"
|
||||
JHN 13 37 ye6m τὴν ψυχήν μου ... θήσω 1 lay down my life "give up my life" or "die"
|
||||
JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις 1 Will you lay down your life for me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus' statement. Alternate translation: "You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως ... ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times "you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows"
|
||||
JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "My Father's house"<br><br>Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>##### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God's people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God's people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "Stop being so anxious and worried" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός' μου μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father's house are many rooms "There are many places to live in my Father's house"
|
||||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τοῦ Πατρός μου' τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 In my Father's house This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 cp9z ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν 1 In my Father's house are many rooms "There are many places to live in my Father's house"
|
||||
JHN 14 2 eca3 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Father's house This refers to heaven, where God lives.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 2 fp9r μοναὶ πολλαί 1 many rooms The word "room" can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
|
||||
JHN 14 2 xb2y figs-you πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 I am going to prepare a place for you Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The "you" is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings 1) "the way to God" or 2) "the one who takes people to God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 5 e1dl πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 how can we know the way? "how can we know how to get there?"
|
||||
JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings 1) "the true person" or 2) "the one who speaks true words about God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 the life This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: "the one who can make people alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: "No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ... ἀλήθεια 1 the truth This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings 1) "the true person" or 2) "the one who speaks true words about God." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ... ζωή 1 the life This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: "the one who can make people alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: "No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 8 kum1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Lord, show us the Father The "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 mr1a figs-rquestion 0 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus' words. Alternate translation: "Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 l3s8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Whoever has seen me has seen the Father To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 l3s8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ ... ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Whoever has seen me has seen the Father To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion 0 How can you say, 'Show us the Father'? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus' words to Philip. Alternate translation: "So you really should not be saying, 'Show us the Father!'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 14 10 v2jb 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion 0 Do you not believe ... in me? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus' words to Philip. Alternate translation: "You really should believe ... in me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1073,23 +1076,23 @@ JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the "world" is a
|
|||
JHN 14 20 b87j γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου 1 you will know that I am in my Father God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: "you will know that my Father and I are just like one person"
|
||||
JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 20 ht8z ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you "you and I are just like one person"
|
||||
JHN 14 21 rw8n ὁ ἀγαπῶν 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ ἀγαπῶν με ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "my Father will love anyone who loves me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 21 rw8n ὁ ... ἀγαπῶν 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ ... ἀγαπῶν με ... ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "my Father will love anyone who loves me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας( οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης) 1 Judas (not Iscariot) This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν ὅτι ἡμῖν ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word "show" refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: "Why will you reveal yourself only to us" or "Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?"
|
||||
JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Judas (not Iscariot) This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 14 22 a7aa τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν ... ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us Here the word "show" refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: "Why will you reveal yourself only to us" or "Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?"
|
||||
JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here "world" is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "not to those who do not belong to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 23 a9av 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
|
||||
JHN 14 23 xez7 ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει 1 If anyone loves me, he will keep my word "The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do"
|
||||
JHN 14 23 ai8y ἀγαπᾷ 1 loves This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 23 xk31 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: "we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 24 b7di ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me "The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own"
|
||||
JHN 14 24 c3ju ὁ λόγος 1 The word "The message"
|
||||
JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: "we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 24 b7di ὁ ... λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 The word that you hear is not from me but from the Father who sent me "The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own"
|
||||
JHN 14 24 c3ju ὁ ... λόγος 1 The word "The message"
|
||||
JHN 14 24 d7ay ὃν ἀκούετε 1 that you hear Here when Jesus says "you" he is speaking to all of his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 14 26 hk8n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world The "world" is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω, ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metonymy μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 s8bx ἠγαπᾶτέ 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I am going to the Father Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: "I am going back to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: "the Father has greater authority than I have here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1103,29 +1106,29 @@ JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous
|
|||
JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here the "true vine" is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: "I am like a vine that produces good fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener The "gardener" is a metaphor. A "gardener" is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: "my Father is like a gardener" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here "every branch" represents people, and "bear fruit" represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 p311 figs-metaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Here "every branch" represents people, and "bear fruit" represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει 1 takes away "cuts off and takes away"
|
||||
JHN 15 2 xej7 0 prunes every branch "trims every branch"
|
||||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the "clean branches" that have already been "pruned." Alternate translation: "It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The implied metaphor here is the "clean branches" that have already been "pruned." Alternate translation: "It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμῖν 1 you The word "you" throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JHN 15 4 qvv9 μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Remain in me, and I in you "If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you" or "Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you"
|
||||
JHN 15 4 hn7q ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 unless you remain in me By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: "unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything"
|
||||
JHN 15 4 hn7q ἐὰν μὴ ... ἐν ... ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 unless you remain in me By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: "unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything"
|
||||
JHN 15 5 mw4t figs-metaphor 0 I am the vine, you are the branches The "vine" is a metaphor that represents Jesus. The "branches" is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: "I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 r4di figs-explicit ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 He who remains in me and I in him Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: "He who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 he bears much fruit The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much fruit, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: "you will bear much fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 6 k1tm figs-metaphor ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and it dries up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 6 e789 figs-activepassive καίεται 1 they are burned up You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the fire burns them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 7 m38f figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε αἰτήσασθε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: "ask God whatever you wish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 7 m38f figs-explicit ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: "ask God whatever you wish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 7 mcz5 figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be done for you You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he will do it for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "It causes people to honor my Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit Here "fruit" is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: "when you live in a way that pleases him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 15 8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 are my disciples "show you are my disciples" or "demonstrate you are my disciples"
|
||||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples , καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 9 d32z μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love "Continue to accept my love"
|
||||
JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου καθὼς,, ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus' followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: "When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-explicit ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love When Jesus' followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: "When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you "I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have"
|
||||
JHN 15 11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you "I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have"
|
||||
JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive 0 so that your joy will be complete You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you will be completely joyful" or "so that your joy may have nothing missing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 15 13 bu8j τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life This refers to physical life.
|
||||
JHN 15 15 h2wv πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν 1 everything that I heard from my Father, I have made known to you "I have told you everything my Father told me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1140,50 +1143,50 @@ JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world the people who do
|
|||
JHN 15 19 xas7 ἐφίλει 1 love This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here "word" is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: "Remember the message that I spoke to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here "because of my name" is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: "because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς,, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God's message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: "Because I have come and told them God's message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 22 m75h figs-explicit εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus implies here that he has shared God's message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: "Because I have come and told them God's message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 23 sw4l ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ 1 He who hates me also hates my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 23 u9u7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν,, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν ... δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v23s ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no sin "they would not have any sin." See how you translated this in [John 15:22](../15/22.md).
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v6pt ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 24 v6pt ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law You can translate this in an active form. "Word" here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the prophecy in their law" and "to fulfill the prophecy in their law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 15 25 j2m2 τῷ νόμῳ 1 law This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God's instructions for his people.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 mwq6 0 will send ... from the Father ... the Spirit of truth ... he will testify about me God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here "testifying" means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: "You also must tell everyone what you know about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 r47f figs-explicit καὶ ὑμεῖς ... μαρτυρεῖτε 1 You are also testifying Here "testifying" means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: "You also must tell everyone what you know about me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here the "beginning" is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus' ministry. Alternate translation: "from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The Holy Spirit<br><br>Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God's people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God's people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>##### "The hour is coming"<br><br>Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. "The hour" in which people would persecute his followers ([John 16:2](../../jhn/16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but "the hour" in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([John 16:32](../../jhn/16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Simile<br><br>Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
|
||||
JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here the phrase "fall away" implies to stop putting one's trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 2 i79b 0 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God "it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God."
|
||||
JHN 16 3 cqw1 ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ 1 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 3 cqw1 ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ 1 They will do these things because they have not known the Father nor me They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 3 k4r6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes Here "hour" is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus' followers. Alternate translation: "when they cause you to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 4 dh5i figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 in the beginning This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus' ministry. Alternate translation: "when you first started following me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metonymy ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "you are now very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἀπέλθω ὁ Παράκλητος, οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "the Comforter will come to you only if I go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν ... μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: "the Comforter will come to you only if I go away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in [John 14:26](../14/26.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 8 e7di ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας 1 the Comforter will prove the world to be wrong about sin When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
|
||||
JHN 16 8 bpu5 ἐκεῖνος 1 Comforter This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in [John 14:16](../14/16.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 8 i78r figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me "they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me"
|
||||
JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης ὅτι πρὸς τὸν, Πατέρα, ὑπάγω καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me "when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things"
|
||||
JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας ... ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me "they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me"
|
||||
JHN 16 10 t4qe περὶ δικαιοσύνης ... ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me "when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things"
|
||||
JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ κρίσεως ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ, κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged "God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 11 l71y περὶ ... κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 about judgment, because the ruler of this world has been judged "God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 11 x2z1 ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here "ruler" refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [John 12:31](../12/31.md). Alternate translation: "Satan who rules this world"
|
||||
JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 things to say to you "messages for you" or "words for you"
|
||||
JHN 16 12 g29n πολλὰ ... ὑμῖν λέγειν 1 things to say to you "messages for you" or "words for you"
|
||||
JHN 16 13 j7gr τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God.
|
||||
JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth The "truth" refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: "he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: "he will say whatever God tells him to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: "he will say whatever God tells him to say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 14 m9pb figs-explicit 0 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here "things of mine" refers to Jesus' teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: "he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 15 s73e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit 0 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 16 16 nq4g μικρὸν 1 In a short amount of time "Soon" or "Before much time passes"
|
||||
JHN 16 16 en9b καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν 1 after another short amount of time "again, before much time passes"
|
||||
JHN 16 16 en9b καὶ ... πάλιν μικρὸν 1 after another short amount of time "again, before much time passes"
|
||||
JHN 16 17 f2sj 0 General Information: There is a break in Jesus' speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus' death on the cross.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 zd1n καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me Possible meanings are 1) This could refer to Jesus' resurrection or 2) This could refer to Jesus' coming at the end of time.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 s9x3 μικρὸν ... οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με 1 A short amount of time you will no longer see me The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus' death on the cross.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 zd1n καὶ ... πάλιν μικρὸν ... ὄψεσθέ με 1 after another short amount of time you will see me Possible meanings are 1) This could refer to Jesus' resurrection or 2) This could refer to Jesus' coming at the end of time.
|
||||
JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7dv 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion 0 Is this what you are asking yourselves, what I meant by saying, ... see me'? Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: "You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, ... see me.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1192,23 +1195,23 @@ JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the
|
|||
JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but your sadness will become joy" or "but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metonymy χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's inner being. Alternate translation: "you will be very happy" or "you will be very joyful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 g4qt ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα δώσει ὑμῖν, ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 v91r figs-metonymy ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 if you ask anything of the Father in my name, he will give it to you Here the word "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: "because you are my followers" or "on my authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 23 q75v figs-metonymy ἐν ... τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: "because you are my followers" or "on my authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "God will give you great joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 25 m4wc ἐν παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech "in language that is not clear"
|
||||
JHN 16 25 n93q ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming "it will soon happen"
|
||||
JHN 16 25 r73l παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν 1 tell you plainly about the Father "tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand."
|
||||
JHN 16 25 bq3q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here "name" is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "you will ask because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-metonymy ἐν ... τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε 1 you will ask in my name Here "name" is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "you will ask because you belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
|
||||
JHN 16 27 scs2 αὐτὸς ... ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε 1 the Father himself loves you because you have loved me When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
|
||||
JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον 1 I came from the Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 xn2v 0 I came from the Father ... I am leaving the world and I am going to the Father After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
|
||||
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 I came from the Father ... going to the Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world The "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 16 29 h725 0 Connecting Statement: The disciples respond to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε? 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: "So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε 1 Do you believe now? This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: "So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 16 32 kcb1 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 16 32 yza2 figs-activepassive σκορπισθῆτε 1 you will be scattered You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "others will scatter you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 the Father is with me This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1223,7 +1226,7 @@ JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are importan
|
|||
JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here the word "hour" is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: "it is time for me to suffer and die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 2 vbt4 πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh This refers to all people.
|
||||
JHN 17 3 tx6m 0 This is eternal life ... know you, the only true God, and ... Jesus Christ Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son.
|
||||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here "work" is a metonym that refers to Jesus' entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον ... ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω 1 the work that you have given me to do Here "work" is a metonym that refers to Jesus' entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit 0 Father, glorify me ... with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Jesus had glory with God the Father "before the world was made" because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: "Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 6 s4p3 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1234,15 +1237,15 @@ JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ 1
|
|||
JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "among the people who do not belong to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 a7un 0 Holy Father, keep them ... that they will be one ... as we are one Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
|
||||
JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word "name" is a metonym for God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here the word "name" is a metonym for God's power and authority. Alternate translation: "keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: "I kept them with your protection" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 a4s8 οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction "the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction"
|
||||
JHN 17 12 az2m figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the scriptures would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you might give them great joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you might give them great joy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 bc1y ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word "I have spoken your message to them"
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου. 1 the world ... because they are not of the world ... I am not of the world Here "the "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world ... because they are not of the world ... I am not of the world Here "the "world" is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: "The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world In this passage, "the world" is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: "protect them from Satan, the evil one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase "by the truth" here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: "Make them your own people by teaching them the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1253,14 +1256,14 @@ JHN 17 20 n7mp τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐ
|
|||
JHN 17 21 s8a1 0 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe.
|
||||
JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here the "the world" is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: "the people who do not know God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 22 p4mj τὴν δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, κἀγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them "I have honored my followers just as you have honored me"
|
||||
JHN 17 22 p4mj κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them "I have honored my followers just as you have honored me"
|
||||
JHN 17 22 wwu9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν 1 so that they will be one, just as we are one You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "so that you can unite them just as you have united us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 fld5 0 that they may be brought to complete unity "that they may be completely united"
|
||||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here "the world" is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: "that all the people will know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ἵνα ... γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know Here "the world" is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: "that all the people will know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 17 23 rw4u ἠγάπησας 1 loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here "where I am" refers to heaven. Alternate translation: "with me in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 24 hz83 ἵνα θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν 1 to see my glory "to see my greatness"
|
||||
JHN 17 24 hz83 ἵνα ... θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν 1 to see my glory "to see my greatness"
|
||||
JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-explicit πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: "before we created the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 17 25 cj69 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes his prayer.
|
||||
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ δίκαιε 1 Righteous Father Here "Father" is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1269,11 +1272,11 @@ JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά
|
|||
JHN 17 26 gk2j 0 love ... loved This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 14 says, "Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people." The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "It is not lawful for us to put any man to death"<br><br>The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([John 18:31](../../jhn/18/31.md)).<br><br>##### Jesus' kingdom<br><br>No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not "of this world" ([John 18:36](../../jhn/18/36.md)). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words "is not of this world" as "is not from this place" or "comes from another place."<br><br>##### King of the Jews<br><br>When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([John 18:33](../../jhn/18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([John 18:39](../../jhn/18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden This was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: "where there was a grove of olive trees" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 4 k71q 0 General Information: Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
|
||||
JHN 18 4 sh2u Ἰησοῦς οὖν, εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him "Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him"
|
||||
JHN 18 4 sh2u Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him "Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him"
|
||||
JHN 18 5 vg2d Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth "Jesus, the man from Nazareth"
|
||||
JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am The word "he" is implied in the text. Alternate translation: "I am he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 5 g4hx ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 who betrayed him "who handed him over"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1291,46 +1294,46 @@ JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father This is an imp
|
|||
JHN 18 12 wxb6 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here "the Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers tied Jesus' hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: "captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς, τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive , οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μαθητῶν," σὺ μὴ καὶ ἐκ τῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου?" 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: "You are also one of the arrested man's disciples! Are you not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: "You are also one of the arrested man's disciples! Are you not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit 0 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves These were the high priest's servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: "It was cold, so the high priest's servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 19 ppt2 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 18 19 e8h3 ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)).
|
||||
JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here "his teaching" refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: "about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 19 e8h3 ὁ ... ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest This was Caiphas ([John 18:13](../18/13.md)).
|
||||
JHN 18 19 y6gn figs-explicit περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ... τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ 1 about his disciples and his teaching Here "his teaching" refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: "about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-explicit ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world You may need to make explicit that the word "world" is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration "the world" emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here "all the Jews" is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς? 1 Why did you ask me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "You should not be asking me these questions!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς 1 Why did you ask me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "You should not be asking me these questions!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "That is not how you should answer the high priest!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong "tell me what I said that was wrong"
|
||||
JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ ... καλῶς, τί με δέρεις 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: "if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 25 jr1c 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Peter.
|
||||
JHN 18 25 ki76 writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion ," μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ?" 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You are also one of his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You are also one of his disciples!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 26 x6s3 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Did I not see you in the garden with him? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word "him" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here it is implied that Peter denied knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: "Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 27 jww8 figs-explicit εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 immediately the rooster crowed Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the rooster crowed. Alternate translation: "immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 a6e7 writing-background 0 General Information: Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus' accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas' house. Alternate translation: "Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas' house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον τὸ πραιτώριον ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "they themselves remained outside Pilate's headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν οὐκ ἄν, σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον ... τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "they themselves remained outside Pilate's headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: "This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
JHN 18 30 j9w3 παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 given him over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 18 31 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus' predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders said to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: "According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 32 tu3c σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die "regarding how he would die"
|
||||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι,? 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι 1 I am not a Jew, am I? This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: "Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 35 en38 τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people "Your fellow Jews"
|
||||
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 My kingdom is not of this world Here "world" is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "My kingdom is not part of this world" or 2) "I do not need this world's permission to rule as their king" or "It is not from this world that I have authority to be king." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-synecdoche ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here "world" is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-explicit μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here "the truth" refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: "tell people the truth about God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 ltn9 figs-idiom 0 who belongs to the truth This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Here "voice" is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: "the things I say" or "me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion ," τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια?" 1 What is truth? This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate's belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: "No one can know what is true!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια 1 What is truth? This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate's belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: "No one can know what is true!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: "No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1343,12 +1346,12 @@ JHN 19 5 t9wn 0 crown of thorns ... purple garment The crown and the purple ro
|
|||
JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "The Jewish leaders answered Pilate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 7 vr7p 0 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was "the Son of God."
|
||||
JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!" or "Answer me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί, σε καὶ ἐξουσίαν σταυρῶσαί σε 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς 1 Are you not speaking to me? This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: "I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!" or "Answer me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ... σταυρῶσαί σε 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: "You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
JHN 19 10 t82v figs-metonymy ἐξουσίαν 1 power Here "power" is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives 0 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above You can translate this double negative in a positive and active form. Alternate translation: "You are able to act against me only because God has made you able" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 11 arc9 ἄνωθεν 1 from above This is a respectful way of referring to God.
|
||||
JHN 19 11 vc79 ὁ ὁ παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 19 11 vc79 ὁ παραδούς μέ 1 gave me over This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
|
||||
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here "this answer" refers to Jesus' answer. Alternate translation: "When Pilate heard Jesus' answer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν 1 Pilate tried to release him The form of "tried" in the original indicates that Pilate tried "hard" or "repeatedly" to release Jesus. Alternate translation: "he tried hard to release Jesus" or "he tried again and again to release Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν 1 but the Jews cried out Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of "cried out" indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: "but the Jewish leaders kept shouting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1357,51 +1360,52 @@ JHN 19 12 bhl3 βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king
|
|||
JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-synecdoche ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out Here "he" refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for "Pilate ordered the soldiers." Alternate translation: "he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 fk5k ἐκάθισεν 1 sat down Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 qhu4 ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον" Λιθόστρωτον," δὲ 1 in a place called "The Pavement," but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in a place the people called The Pavement, but" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον ... δὲ 1 in a place called "The Pavement," but This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in a place the people called The Pavement, but" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 13 ev3i Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 Hebrew This refers to the language that the people of Israel spoke.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 cus1 0 Connecting Statement: Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour "about noontime"
|
||||
JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ... ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour "about noontime"
|
||||
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "Pilate said to the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche ," τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω?" 1 Should I crucify your King? Here "I" is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate's soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: "Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-synecdoche τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Here "I" is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate's soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: "Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 16 t3yb figs-explicit τότε ... παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive 0 to the place called "The Place of a Skull," You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to the place that the people called 'The Place of a Skull,'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ" Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called "Golgotha." Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "which in Hebrew they call 'Golgotha.'"
|
||||
JHN 19 17 d88m ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 which in Hebrew is called "Golgotha." Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "which in Hebrew they call 'Golgotha.'"
|
||||
JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: "they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-synecdoche 0 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here "Pilate" is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here "on the cross" refers to Jesus' cross. Alternate translation: "Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus' cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive 0 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "So that person wrote the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος ... ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive 0 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in 3 languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 20 w41e Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin This was the language of the Roman government.
|
||||
JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate's headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: "The chief priests went back to Pilate and said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: "I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: "I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background 0 General Information: At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit 0 also the tunic "and they also took his tunic." The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: "they kept his tunic separate" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-explicit 0 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: "let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 24 j1f9 ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "This fulfilled the scripture that said" or "This happened to make the scripture come true which said"
|
||||
JHN 19 24 lqy3 λάχωμεν 1 cast lots This was how the soldiers divided Jesus' clothing among themselves. Alternate translation: "they gambled"
|
||||
JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved This is John, the writer of this Gospel.
|
||||
JHN 19 26 gkf1 τὸν μαθητὴν ... ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved This is John, the writer of this Gospel.
|
||||
JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here the word "son" is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: "Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here the word "mother" is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: "Think of this woman as if she were your own mother" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 19 27 q615 ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour "From that very moment"
|
||||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive εἰδὼς ... ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 29 g9vg ὄξους 1 sour wine "bitter wine"
|
||||
JHN 19 29 drr1 περιθέντες 1 they put Here "they" refers to the Roman guards.
|
||||
JHN 19 29 y2eg σπόγγον 1 a sponge a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
|
||||
JHN 19 29 mg3t ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 on a hyssop staff "on a branch of a plant called hyssop"
|
||||
JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-explicit 0 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit John implies here that Jesus gave his spirit back to God. Alternate translation: "He bowed his head and gave God his spirit" or "He bowed his head and died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ ... Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 c49h παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
|
||||
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom they had crucified near Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα ... κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ... συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "whom they had crucified near Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background ὁ ἑωρακὼς 1 The one who saw this This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 fl82 figs-explicit μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 has testified, and his testimony is true To "testify" means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: "has told the truth about what he has seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-explicit ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe Here "believe" means to put one's trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "so that you will also put your trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ... Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "No one will break any of his bones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 37 h4kq λέγει ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
|
||||
JHN 19 37 h4kq λέγει,
|
||||
“ ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 They will look at him whom they pierced This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
|
||||
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: "Joseph from the town of Arimathea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: "for fear of the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit 0 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: "for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1411,7 +1415,7 @@ JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight 0 about one hundred litras in weight You may c
|
|||
JHN 19 39 nmr8 translate-numbers ἑκατόν 1 one hundred "100" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background 0 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden ... had yet been buried Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in which people had buried no one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ... ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "in which people had buried no one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit 0 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: "The Passover was about to begin that evening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([John 20:1](../../jhn/20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.<br><br>##### "Receive the Holy Spirit"<br><br>If your language uses the same word for "breath" and "spirit," be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus' breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means "Teacher." You should do the same, using the letters of your language.<br><br>##### Jesus' resurrection body<br><br>No one is sure what Jesus' body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says.<br><br>##### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus' tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))<br>
|
||||
JHN 20 1 k5pq 0 General Information: This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1419,18 +1423,18 @@ JHN 20 1 a8vl μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week "Sunday"
|
|||
JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "she saw that someone had rolled away the stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 2 g2rn μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word "love" refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-explicit ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου 1 They took away the Lord out from the tomb Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord's body. Alternate translation: "Someone has taken the Lord's body out of the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as "the other disciple," rather than including his name.
|
||||
JHN 20 3 d6g3 ὁ ... ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as "the other disciple," rather than including his name.
|
||||
JHN 20 3 p6ex figs-explicit ἐξῆλθεν 1 went out John implies that these disciples were going to the tomb. Alternate translation: "rushed out to the tomb" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 5 m9qn ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 20 6 ys3b ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in [John 20:5](../20/05.md).
|
||||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive σουδάριον ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here "his head" refers to "Jesus' head." You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus' face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head Here "his head" refers to "Jesus' head." You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus' face" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 8 vl84 ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as "the other disciple," rather than including his name in this book.
|
||||
JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-explicit εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed When he saw that the tomb was empty, he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: "he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 9 ms3s figs-explicit 0 they still did not know the scripture Here the word "they" refers to the disciples who did not understand the scripture that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: "the disciples still did not understand the scripture" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 9 u5q9 ἀναστῆναι 1 rise become alive again
|
||||
JHN 20 9 p651 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
|
||||
JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον ... πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white The angels were wearing white clothing. Alternate translation: "She saw two angels dressed in white clothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 13 v5uj λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι 1 They said to her "They asked her"
|
||||
JHN 20 13 hmx8 ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου 1 Because they took away my Lord "Because they took away the body of my Lord"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1441,12 +1445,12 @@ JHN 20 15 z97i εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν 1 tell me whe
|
|||
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus' body and bury it again. Alternate translation: "I will get the body and bury it again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni The word "Rabboni" means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 whh9 τοὺς ἀδελφούς 1 brothers Jesus used the word "brothers" to refer to his disciples.
|
||||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου καὶ, Πατέρα ὑμῶν καὶ Θεόν μου καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: "I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-explicit ἀναβαίνω‘ πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: "I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα ... μου, καὶ ... Πατέρα ... ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-explicit 0 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: "Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 m5nt 0 General Information: It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
|
||||
JHN 20 19 qj6n ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday.
|
||||
JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ, κεκλεισμένων 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the disciples had locked the doors where they were" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 qj6n ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week This refers to Sunday.
|
||||
JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "the disciples had locked the doors where they were" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-explicit διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here "Jews" is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: "because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 20 19 zj7j εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is a common greeting that means "May God give you peace" .
|
||||
JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-explicit ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: "he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1472,12 +1476,12 @@ JHN 20 30 yrl9 σημεῖα 1 signs The word "signs" refers to miracles that s
|
|||
JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive 0 signs that have not been written in this book You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "signs that the author did not write about in this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "but the author wrote about these signs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here "life" is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: "you may have life because of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-metonymy ζωὴν ... ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here "life" is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: "you may have life because of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JHN 20 31 ip1i ζωὴν 1 life This refers to spiritual life.
|
||||
JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes<br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([John 10:11](../../jhn/10/11.md)). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus' sheep. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
JHN 21 1 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 1 yj6k μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things "Some time later"
|
||||
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive ὁμοῦ Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "with Thomas whom we called Didymus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive ὁμοῦ ... Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "with Thomas whom we called Didymus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is a male name that means "twin." See how this name is translated in [John 11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JHN 21 5 wgd7 παιδία 1 Young men This is a term of endearment that means "My dear friends."
|
||||
JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit 0 you will find some Here "some" refers to fish. Alternate translation: "you will catch some fish in your net" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1487,10 +1491,10 @@ JHN 21 7 h3p4 0 he tied up his outer garment "he secured his outer garment aro
|
|||
JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 for he was undressed This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: "for he had taken off some of his clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: "jumped into the sea and swam to shore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 7 k449 figs-idiom ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν 1 threw himself This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ... ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits "90 meters." A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit 0 Simon Peter then went up Here "went up" means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: "So Simon Peter went back to the boat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 fbz7 εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς γῆν 1 drew the net to land "pulled the net to the shore"
|
||||
JHN 21 11 fbz7 εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς ... γῆν 1 drew the net to land "pulled the net to the shore"
|
||||
JHN 21 11 azy5 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 the net was not torn You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: "the net did not break" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 11 m8i7 translate-numbers μεστὸν ἰχθύων ἰχθύων μεγάλων; 1 full of large fish; 153 "full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three." There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
JHN 21 12 za5g ἀριστήσατε 1 breakfast the morning meal
|
||||
|
|
@ -1501,7 +1505,7 @@ JHN 21 15 l4h1 σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε 1 you know that I love
|
|||
JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Here "lambs" is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: "Feed the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 16 szk8 ἀγαπᾷς με 1 do you love me Here "love" refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
|
||||
JHN 21 16 vk16 figs-metaphor ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου 1 Take care of my sheep Here "sheep" is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun "he" refers to Jesus. Here "a third time" means "time number 3." Alternate translation: "Jesus said to him a third time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 fj84 translate-ordinal λέγει αὐτῷ ... τρίτον 1 He said to him a third time The pronoun "he" refers to Jesus. Here "a third time" means "time number 3." Alternate translation: "Jesus said to him a third time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
JHN 21 17 kz3h φιλεῖς με 1 do you love me This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for "love" that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
|
||||
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep Here "sheep" is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: "Care for the people I care for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JHN 21 18 sqb7 ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν 1 Truly, truly See how you translated this in [John 1:51](../01/51.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1511,7 +1515,7 @@ JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-explicit ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me Here the wor
|
|||
JHN 21 20 wzm9 τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ikd4 ἠγάπα 1 loved This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
|
||||
JHN 21 20 ys31 ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner This is a reference to the Last Supper ([John 13](../13/01.md)).
|
||||
JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον ἰδὼν ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here "him" refers to "the disciple whom Jesus loved."
|
||||
JHN 21 21 u5rr τοῦτον ... ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος 1 Peter saw him Here "him" refers to "the disciple whom Jesus loved."
|
||||
JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit 0 Lord, what will this man do? Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: "Lord, what will happen to this man?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 22 yc52 λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus said to him "Jesus said to Peter"
|
||||
JHN 21 22 e3xi ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here "him" refers to the "disciple whom Jesus loved" in [John 21:20](../21/20.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1520,7 +1524,7 @@ JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion 0 what is that to you? This remark appears in the
|
|||
JHN 21 23 c2cr εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 among the brothers Here "the brothers" refers to all the followers of Jesus.
|
||||
JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 d6t5 ὁ μαθητὴς 1 the disciple "the disciple John"
|
||||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here "testifies" means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: "who has seen all these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit ὁ ... μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων 1 who testifies about these things Here "testifies" means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: "who has seen all these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-explicit οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here "we" refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "we who trust in Jesus know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: "If someone wrote down all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole 0 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1124.
|
848
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
848
en_tn_45-ACT.tsv
|
|
@ -3,31 +3,31 @@ ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts<br>## Part 1: General Introduct
|
|||
ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records an event, commonly known as the "Ascension," when Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. He will not come back until he returns at his "second coming." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])<br><br>The UST has set the words "Dear Theophilus" apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You might want to start this book the way people start letters in your culture.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotes from Psalms in 1:20.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Baptize<br><br>The word "baptize" has two meanings in this chapter. It refers to the water baptism of John and to the baptism of the Holy Spirit ([Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])<br><br>##### "He spoke about the kingdom of God"<br><br>Some scholars believe that when Jesus "spoke about the kingdom of God," he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God did not come before he died. Others believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was alive and that here Jesus was explaining that it was beginning in a new form.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### The twelve disciples<br><br>The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:<br><br>In Matthew:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Mark:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>In Luke:<br><br>Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.<br><br>Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.<br><br>##### Akeldama<br><br>This is a phrase in Hebrew or Aramaic. Luke used Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it means. You should probably spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>
|
||||
ACT 1 1 q9ep τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 The former book I wrote The former book is the Gospel of Luke.
|
||||
ACT 1 1 ryj5 translate-names ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus Luke wrote this book to a man named Theophilus. Some translations follow their own culture's way of addressing a letter and write "Dear Theophilus" at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means "friend of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 2 n435 figs-activepassive ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας ἀνελήμφθη 1 until the day that he was taken up This refers to Jesus' ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: "until the day on which God took him up to heaven" or "until the day that he ascended into heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 2 a394 ἐντειλάμενος διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 commands through the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things.
|
||||
ACT 1 2 n435 figs-activepassive ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας ... ἀνελήμφθη 1 until the day that he was taken up This refers to Jesus' ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: "until the day on which God took him up to heaven" or "until the day that he ascended into heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 2 a394 ἐντειλάμενος ... διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 commands through the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things.
|
||||
ACT 1 3 dup3 μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν 1 After his suffering This refers to Jesus' suffering and death on the cross.
|
||||
ACT 1 3 yc16 0 he presented himself alive to them Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples.
|
||||
ACT 1 4 d3kr figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Jesus. Except where otherwise noted, the word "you" in the book of Acts is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 1 4 lw3e 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead.
|
||||
ACT 1 4 vb7g καὶ συναλιζόμενος 1 When he was meeting together with them "When Jesus was meeting together with his apostles"
|
||||
ACT 1 4 sg4h figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 the promise of the Father This is a reference to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised to send" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 1 4 tj6r ἣν, 1 about which, he said If you translated the previous phrase to include the words "Holy Spirit," you can change the word "which" to "whom." Alternate translation: "about whom Jesus said"
|
||||
ACT 1 4 tj6r ἣν 1 about which, he said If you translated the previous phrase to include the words "Holy Spirit," you can change the word "which" to "whom." Alternate translation: "about whom Jesus said"
|
||||
ACT 1 5 uu4k 0 John indeed baptized with water ... baptized in the Holy Spirit Jesus contrasts how John baptized people in water with how God would baptize believers in the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 1 5 fnq5 Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι 1 John indeed baptized with water "John indeed baptized people with water"
|
||||
ACT 1 5 dzj1 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 you shall be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will baptize you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 5 dzj1 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς ... βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 you shall be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will baptize you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 6 n9wt 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the apostles.
|
||||
ACT 1 6 f7uj εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel "will you now make Israel a great kingdom again"
|
||||
ACT 1 6 f7uj εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 is this the time you will restore the kingdom to Israel "will you now make Israel a great kingdom again"
|
||||
ACT 1 7 y1fu figs-doublet χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς 1 the times or the seasons Possible meanings are 1) the words "times" and "seasons" refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: "the general period of time or the specific date" or 2) the two words are basically synonymous. Alternate translation: "the exact time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 1 8 ld4k 0 you will receive power ... and you will be my witnesses The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: "God will empower you ... to be my witnesses"
|
||||
ACT 1 8 vb4m figs-idiom 0 to the ends of the earth Possible meanings are 1) "all over the world" or 2) "to the places on earth that are farthest away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 e1q1 figs-explicit βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they were looking up "as they watched." The apostles "were looking up" at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: "as they were looking up at the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 l1cq figs-activepassive ἐπήρθη 1 he was raised up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he rose up into the sky" or "God took him up into the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 9 ug58 νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 a cloud hid him from their eyes "a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him"
|
||||
ACT 1 10 enu1 ἀτενίζοντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking intensely to heaven "staring at the sky" or "gazing at the sky"
|
||||
ACT 1 10 enu1 ἀτενίζοντες ... εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking intensely to heaven "staring at the sky" or "gazing at the sky"
|
||||
ACT 1 11 gpg3 0 You men of Galilee The angels address the apostles as men who are from Galilee.
|
||||
ACT 1 11 cue7 0 will return in the same manner Jesus will return in the sky, just as clouds covered him when he arose into heaven.
|
||||
ACT 1 12 x2nk τότε ὑπέστρεψαν 1 Then they returned "The apostles returned"
|
||||
ACT 1 12 p19g figs-explicit Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν' 1 a Sabbath day's journey This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. Alternate translation: "about one kilometer away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 12 p19g figs-explicit Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν 1 a Sabbath day's journey This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. Alternate translation: "about one kilometer away" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 13 vis2 0 When they arrived "When they reached their destination." Verse 12 says they were returning to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 1 13 zt12 τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 the upper chamber "the room on the upper level of the house"
|
||||
ACT 1 14 z6cf 0 They were all united as one This means that the apostles and believers there all shared a common commitment and purpose, and there was no strife among them.
|
||||
|
|
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ ACT 1 14 u4pr 0 as they diligently continued in prayer This means that the dis
|
|||
ACT 1 15 cup2 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the time that Peter and the other believers were staying together in the upper room.
|
||||
ACT 1 15 il8w writing-newevent 0 In those days These words mark the beginning of a new part of the story. They refer to the period of time after Jesus ascended while the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. Alternate translation: "During that time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 1 15 tl5m translate-numbers ὀνομάτων 1 120 people "one hundred and twenty people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 1 15 liz1 ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 in the midst of the brothers Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women.
|
||||
ACT 1 15 liz1 ἐν ... μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 in the midst of the brothers Here the word "brothers" refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women.
|
||||
ACT 1 16 i8tl figs-activepassive ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν 1 it was necessary that the scripture should be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that we read about in scripture had to take place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 16 f3um figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ 1 by the mouth of David The word "mouth" refers to the words that David wrote. Alternate translation: "through the words of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 1 17 tmv1 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 18-19 the author tells the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter's speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -48,17 +48,17 @@ ACT 1 19 mxf3 Χωρίον Αἵματος 1 Field of Blood When the people liv
|
|||
ACT 1 20 d7pk 0 General Information: Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse.
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mz13 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 For it is written in the Book of Psalms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For David wrote in the Book of Psalms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 lsm2 γενηθήτω ἔρημος 1 be made desolate "become empty"
|
||||
ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω‘ ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his field be made desolate, and do not let even one person live there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω‘ ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his field be made desolate Possible meanings are 1) that the word "field" refers to the field where Judas died or 2) that the word "field" refers to Judas's dwelling place and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 1 20 lsm2 γενηθήτω ... ἔρημος 1 be made desolate "become empty"
|
||||
ACT 1 21 xz69 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 21 t916 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 1 21 c5k2 δεῖ, οὖν 1 It is necessary, therefore Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do.
|
||||
ACT 1 21 c5k2 δεῖ οὖν 1 It is necessary, therefore Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do.
|
||||
ACT 1 21 zuf7 figs-idiom 0 the Lord Jesus went in and out among us Going in and out among a group of people is a metaphor for openly being part of that group. Alternate translation: "the Lord Jesus lived among us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 mrx7 0 beginning from the baptism of John ... become a witness with us of his resurrection The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words "It is necessary ... that one of the men who accompanied us" in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb "must be" is thus "one of the men." Here is a reduced form of the sentence: "It is necessary ... that one of the men who accompanied us ... beginning from the baptism of John ... must be a witness with us."
|
||||
ACT 1 22 qb8j figs-abstractnouns ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου 1 beginning from the baptism of John The noun "baptism" can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: 1) "beginning from when John baptized Jesus" or 2) "beginning from when John baptized people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 yi3a figs-activepassive ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 to the day that he was taken up from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven" or "until the day that God took him up from us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 1 22 g3n9 μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν γενέσθαι 1 become a witness with us of his resurrection "must begin to testify with us about his resurrection"
|
||||
ACT 1 22 g3n9 μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι 1 become a witness with us of his resurrection "must begin to testify with us about his resurrection"
|
||||
ACT 1 23 lz7y figs-explicit 0 They put forward two men Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers who were present. Alternate translation: "They proposed two men who fulfilled the requirements that Peter listed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 1 23 s1ff figs-activepassive Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος 1 Joseph called Barsabbas, who was also named Justus This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "Joseph, whom people also called Barsabbas and Justus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 1 24 zd1f figs-explicit 0 They prayed and said Here the word "They" refers to all of the believers, but it was probably one of the apostles who spoke these words. Alternate translation: "The believers prayed together and one of the apostles said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -73,11 +73,11 @@ ACT 2 intro x8fr 0 # Acts 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<b
|
|||
ACT 2 1 i4sa 0 General Information: This is a new event; it is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover.
|
||||
ACT 2 1 i4sa 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers that Luke mentions in [Acts 1:15](../01/15.md).
|
||||
ACT 2 2 jc1w 0 Suddenly This word refers to an event that happens unexpectedly.
|
||||
ACT 2 2 qjc3 ἐγένετο ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος 1 there came from heaven a sound Possible meanings are 1) "heaven" refers to the place where God lives. Alternate translation: "a sound came from heaven" or 2) "heaven" refers to the sky. Alternate translation: "a sound came from the sky"
|
||||
ACT 2 2 jec5 ἦχος ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας 1 a sound like the rush of a violent wind "a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing"
|
||||
ACT 2 2 qjc3 ἐγένετο ... ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος 1 there came from heaven a sound Possible meanings are 1) "heaven" refers to the place where God lives. Alternate translation: "a sound came from heaven" or 2) "heaven" refers to the sky. Alternate translation: "a sound came from the sky"
|
||||
ACT 2 2 jec5 ἦχος, ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας 1 a sound like the rush of a violent wind "a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing"
|
||||
ACT 2 2 t4y4 ὅλον τὸν οἶκον 1 the whole house This may have been a house or a larger building.
|
||||
ACT 2 3 re3t figs-simile 0 There appeared to them tongues like fire These might not be actual tongues or fire, but something that looked like them. Possible meanings are 1) tongues that looked like they were made of fire or 2) small flames of fire that looked like tongues. When fire burns in a small space, such as on a lamp, the flame can be shaped like a tongue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
ACT 2 3 xtk4 διαμεριζόμεναι, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 1 that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them This means that the "tongues like fire" spread out so that there was one on each person.
|
||||
ACT 2 3 xtk4 διαμεριζόμεναι ... καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 1 that were distributed, and they sat upon each one of them This means that the "tongues like fire" spread out so that there was one on each person.
|
||||
ACT 2 4 v7hi figs-activepassive 0 They were all filled with the Holy Spirit and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there and they" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 4 nr9f λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις 1 speak in other tongues They were speaking in languages that they did not already know.
|
||||
ACT 2 5 dz1l writing-background 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to the believers; the word "his" refers to each person in the multitude. Verse 5 gives background information about the large number of Jews who were living in Jerusalem, many of whom were present during this event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -86,23 +86,25 @@ ACT 2 5 stq9 figs-hyperbole παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν
|
|||
ACT 2 6 bpj7 figs-activepassive 0 When this sound was heard This refers to the sound that was similar to a strong wind. Alternate translation: "When they heard this sound" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 6 u9hc τὸ πλῆθος 1 the multitude "the large crowd of people"
|
||||
ACT 2 7 m8kd figs-doublet 0 They were amazed and marveled These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the intensity of amazement. Alternate translation: "They were greatly amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 7 wnk2 figs-rquestion ἰδοὺ, οὐχ ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι? 1 Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: "All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 7 wnk2 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἰδοὺ, ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Really, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: "All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 hzm8 figs-rquestion 0 Why is it that we are hearing them, each in our own language in which we were born? Possible meanings are 1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses how amazed they were or 2) this is a real question for which the people wanted an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 2 8 wb5t τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in our own language in which we were born "in our own languages that we have learned from birth"
|
||||
ACT 2 8 wb5t τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in our own language in which we were born "in our own languages that we have learned from birth"
|
||||
ACT 2 9 f1ve translate-names 0 Parthians ... Medes ... Elamites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 9 dm23 translate-names 0 Mesopotamia ... Judea ... Cappadocia ... Pontus ... Asia These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 10 tmb4 translate-names 0 Phrygia ... Pamphylia ... Egypt ... Libya ... Cyrene These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 11 jnp7 translate-names 0 Cretans ... Arabians These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 2 11 w8jy προσήλυτοι 1 proselytes converts to the Jewish religion
|
||||
ACT 2 12 el2f figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο καὶ διηποροῦντο 1 amazed and perplexed These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: "surprised and confused" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 13 fg59 figs-idiom ὅτι γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν 1 They are full of new wine Some people accuse the believers of having drunk too much wine. Alternate translation: "They are drunk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 13 jj1n ὅτι γλεύκους 1 new wine This refers to wine that is in the process of fermentation.
|
||||
ACT 2 12 el2f figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο ... καὶ διηποροῦντο 1 amazed and perplexed These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: "surprised and confused" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 13 fg59 figs-idiom ὅτι
|
||||
“ γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν 1 They are full of new wine Some people accuse the believers of having drunk too much wine. Alternate translation: "They are drunk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 13 jj1n ὅτι
|
||||
“ γλεύκους 1 new wine This refers to wine that is in the process of fermentation.
|
||||
ACT 2 14 k5hr 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins his speech to the Jews who were there on the Day of Pentecost.
|
||||
ACT 2 14 c919 σταθεὶς σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 stood with the eleven All the apostles stood up in support of Peter's statement.
|
||||
ACT 2 14 c919 σταθεὶς ... σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 stood with the eleven All the apostles stood up in support of Peter's statement.
|
||||
ACT 2 14 d9tb ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 raised his voice This is an idiom for "spoke loudly." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 2 14 ei5j figs-activepassive τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω 1 let this be known to you This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "know this" or "let me explain this to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 14 qp16 figs-metonymy καὶ ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 pay attention to my words Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "listen carefully to what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit γὰρ ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is only the third hour of the day "It is only nine o'clock in the morning." Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 14 qp16 figs-metonymy καὶ ... ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 pay attention to my words Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "listen carefully to what I am saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit γὰρ ... ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is only the third hour of the day "It is only nine o'clock in the morning." Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 16 ktw9 0 General Information: Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation.
|
||||
ACT 2 16 f9hz figs-activepassive τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "this is what God told the prophet Joel to write" or "this is that which the prophet Joel spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 17 ijl8 0 It will be "This is what will happen" or "This is what I will do"
|
||||
|
|
@ -114,15 +116,15 @@ ACT 2 19 p5zi ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ 1 vapor of smoke "thick smoke" or "cl
|
|||
ACT 2 20 ylv7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting the prophet Joel.
|
||||
ACT 2 20 a6yh figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness This means that the sun will appear to be dark instead of light. Alternate translation: "The sun will become dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 f34k figs-metaphor ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα 1 the moon to blood This means that the moon will appear to be red like blood. Alternate translation: "the moon will appear to be red" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 the great and remarkable day The words "great" and "remarkable" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: "the very great day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν ... τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 the great and remarkable day The words "great" and "remarkable" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: "the very great day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 20 lc4g ἐπιφανῆ 1 remarkable great and beautiful
|
||||
ACT 2 21 vql5 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Lord will save everyone who calls on him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 22 sa78 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 2 22 g6vj ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 hear these words "listen to what I am about to say"
|
||||
ACT 2 22 f2t1 ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσι,, καὶ τέρασι καὶ σημείοις 1 accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds, and wonders, and signs This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles.
|
||||
ACT 2 22 f2t1 ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσι, καὶ τέρασι, καὶ σημείοις 1 accredited to you by God with the mighty deeds, and wonders, and signs This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles.
|
||||
ACT 2 23 s38b figs-abstractnouns ἀνείλατε 1 by God's predetermined plan and foreknowledge The nouns "plan" and "foreknowledge" can be translated as verbs. This means that God planned out and knew beforehand what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: "because God planned out and knew beforehand everything that would happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 2 23 i6un figs-activepassive 0 This man was handed over Possible meanings: 1) "you handed Jesus over into the hands of his enemies" or 2) "Judas betrayed Jesus to you." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 23 f5kn , προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε. 1 you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross Although "lawless men" actually crucified Jesus, Peter accuses the crowd of having killed him because they demanded his death.
|
||||
ACT 2 23 f5kn προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε 1 you, by the hand of lawless men, put him to death by nailing him to a cross Although "lawless men" actually crucified Jesus, Peter accuses the crowd of having killed him because they demanded his death.
|
||||
ACT 2 23 e38a figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων 1 by the hand of lawless men Here "hand" refers to the actions of the lawless men. Alternate translation: "through the actions of lawless men" or "by what lawless men did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 23 f6kd ἀνόμων 1 lawless men Possible meanings are 1) the unbelieving Jews who accused Jesus of crimes or 2) the Roman soldiers who performed the execution of Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 2 24 ei37 figs-idiom 0 But God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "But God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -133,7 +135,7 @@ ACT 2 25 dd5a 0 General Information: Here Peter quotes a passage that David wr
|
|||
ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before my face "in front of me." Alternate translation: "in my presence" or "with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 l6xp figs-synecdoche ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 beside my right hand To be at someone's "right hand" often means to be in a position to help and sustain. Alternate translation: "right beside me" or "with me to help me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 25 s4yp figs-activepassive μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here the word "moved" means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people will not be able to cause me trouble" or "nothing will trouble me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 26 z8vw figs-synecdoche ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου 1 my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced People consider the "heart" the center of emotions and the "tongue" voices those emotions. Alternate translation: "I was glad and rejoiced" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 26 z8vw figs-synecdoche ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου 1 my heart was glad and my tongue rejoiced People consider the "heart" the center of emotions and the "tongue" voices those emotions. Alternate translation: "I was glad and rejoiced" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 26 zz6k figs-synecdoche 0 my flesh will live in certain hope Possible meanings of the word "flesh" are 1) he is a mortal who will die. Alternate translation: "Even though I am only mortal, I will have confidence in God" or 2) it is synecdoche for his entire person. Alternate translation: "I will live with confidence in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 27 whi3 0 General Information: Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words "my," "Holy One," and "me" refer to Jesus and the words "you" and "your" refer to God.
|
||||
ACT 2 27 m3ij 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting David.
|
||||
|
|
@ -146,14 +148,14 @@ ACT 2 29 wh97 0 General Information: In verses 29 & 30, the words he," "his,"
|
|||
ACT 2 29 pv1x 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md) to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 2 29 ps7c 0 Brothers, I "My fellow Jews, I"
|
||||
ACT 2 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη 1 he both died and was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he died and people buried him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne "God would set one of David's descendants upon David's throne." Alternate translation: "God would appoint one of David's descendants to be king in David's place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ 1 one of the fruit of his body Here the word "fruit" refers to what "his body" produces. Alternate translation: "one of his descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not abandon him to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "nor did his flesh decay" or "nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy ἐκ‘ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 he would set one of the fruit of his body upon his throne "God would set one of David's descendants upon David's throne." Alternate translation: "God would appoint one of David's descendants to be king in David's place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκ‘ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ 1 one of the fruit of his body Here the word "fruit" refers to what "his body" produces. Alternate translation: "one of his descendants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε‘ ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not abandon him to Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ... ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν‘ διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word "see" means to experience something. The word "decay" refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: "nor did his flesh decay" or "nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 32 kw6a figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here, the second word "this" refers to the disciples' speaking in other languages when they received the Holy Spirit. The word "we" refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 32 udn1 figs-idiom ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός 1 God raised him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 c9mr figs-idiom τῇ δεξιᾷ τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God "Right hand of God" here is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. Alternate translation: "Christ is in the position of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive τῇ δεξιᾷ ... τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 c9mr figs-idiom τῇ δεξιᾷ ... τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God "Right hand of God" here is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. Alternate translation: "Christ is in the position of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 c1dr figs-idiom 0 he has poured out what Here the words "poured out" mean that Jesus, who is God, made these events to happen. It is implicit that he does this by giving the Holy Spirit to the believers. Alternate translation: "he has caused to happen these things that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 33 wsg9 figs-idiom ἐξέχεεν 1 poured out Here the words "pour out" mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: "given abundantly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 34 i8wu 0 General Information: Peter again quotes one of David's Psalms. David is not speaking of himself in this Psalm. "The Lord" and "my" refer to God; "my Lord" and "your" refer to Jesus the Messiah.
|
||||
|
|
@ -170,13 +172,13 @@ ACT 2 38 cmb7 figs-activepassive βαπτισθήτω 1 be baptized This can be
|
|||
ACT 2 38 geb2 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ "In the name of" here is a metonym for "by the authority of" Alternate translation: "by the authority of Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 2 39 v8vi πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν 1 all who are far off This means either 1) "all people who live far away" or 2) "all people who are far from God."
|
||||
ACT 2 40 k1kj writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 2 40 v6ip figs-doublet διεμαρτύρατο καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς 1 he testified and urged them "he seriously told them and begged them." Here the words "testified" and "urged" share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "he strongly urged them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 40 v6ip figs-doublet διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς 1 he testified and urged them "he seriously told them and begged them." Here the words "testified" and "urged" share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: "he strongly urged them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 2 40 wtd5 figs-explicit σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης 1 Save yourselves from this wicked generation The implication is that God will punish "this wicked generation." Alternate translation: "Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 r9qz figs-idiom 0 they received his word Here the word "received" means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. Alternate translation: "they believed what Peter said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 kz64 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people baptized them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 a47f figs-activepassive προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 there were added in that day about three thousand souls This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 a47f figs-activepassive προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 there were added in that day about three thousand souls This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "about three thousand souls joined the believers on that day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 41 sv5j figs-synecdoche ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 about three thousand souls Here the word "souls" refers to people. Alternate translation: "about 3,000 people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 2 42 gc59 figs-synecdoche τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 the breaking of bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are 1) this refers to any meals they might eat together. Alternate translation: "eating meals together" or 2) this refers to the meals they would eat together in order to remember Christ's death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "eating the Lord's Supper together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 42 gc59 figs-synecdoche τῇ ... κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 the breaking of bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are 1) this refers to any meals they might eat together. Alternate translation: "eating meals together" or 2) this refers to the meals they would eat together in order to remember Christ's death and resurrection. Alternate translation: "eating the Lord's Supper together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 43 gi9v figs-synecdoche 0 Fear came upon every soul Here the word "Fear" refers to deep respect and awe for God. The word "soul" refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: "Each person felt a deep respect and awe for God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 2 43 ys3y figs-activepassive 0 many wonders and signs were done through the apostles Possible meanings are 1) "the apostles performed many wonders and signs" or 2) "God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 2 43 q6dm τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα 1 wonders and signs "miraculous deeds and supernatural events." See how you translated this in [Acts 2:22](../02/22.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -200,7 +202,7 @@ ACT 3 4 xq4u 0 Peter, fastening his eyes upon him, with John, said Both Peter
|
|||
ACT 3 4 t1q9 figs-idiom 0 fastening his eyes upon him Possible meanings are 1) "looking directly at him" or 2) "looking intently at him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 3 5 e3c6 0 The lame man looked at them Here the word "looked" means to pay attention to something. Alternate translation: "The lame man paid close attention to them"
|
||||
ACT 3 6 x6bm figs-metonymy ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον 1 Silver and gold These words refer to money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 6 zi9t figs-explicit ὃ ἔχω 1 what I do have It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 3 6 zi9t figs-explicit ὃ ... ἔχω 1 what I do have It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 3 6 t2vf figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In the name of Jesus Christ Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "With the authority of Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 7 ec6j ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 Peter raised him up "Peter caused him to stand"
|
||||
ACT 3 8 zp7x 0 he entered ... into the temple He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "he entered ... the temple area" or "he entered ... into the temple courtyard"
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,25 +211,25 @@ ACT 3 10 p2zh τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ 1 the Beautiful Gate This was the na
|
|||
ACT 3 10 j6zf figs-doublet ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement Here the words "wonder" and "amazement" share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people's amazement. Alternate translation: "they were extremely amazed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 3 11 g4y1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The phrase "in the porch that is called Solomon's" makes it clear that they were not inside the temple where only the priests were allowed to enter. Here the words "us" and "we" refer to Peter and John but not to the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 11 eu1l 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the man who could not walk, Peter talks to the people.
|
||||
ACT 3 11 rj43 τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος' 1 the porch that is called Solomon's "Solomon's Porch." This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon.
|
||||
ACT 3 11 rj43 τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος 1 the porch that is called Solomon's "Solomon's Porch." This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon.
|
||||
ACT 3 11 rk1m ἔκθαμβοι 1 greatly marveling "extremely surprised"
|
||||
ACT 3 12 x9m9 ἰδὼν δὲ ὁ Πέτρος 1 When Peter saw this Here the word "this" refers to the amazement of the people.
|
||||
ACT 3 12 x9m9 ἰδὼν δὲ, ὁ Πέτρος 1 When Peter saw this Here the word "this" refers to the amazement of the people.
|
||||
ACT 3 12 ndi3 0 You men of Israel "Fellow Israelites." Peter was addressing the crowd.
|
||||
ACT 3 12 uyg1 figs-rquestion , τί θαυμάζετε 1 why do you marvel? Peter asks this question to emphasize that they should not be surprised by what had happened. Alternate translation: "you should not be surprised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 3 12 uyg1 figs-rquestion τί θαυμάζετε 1 why do you marvel? Peter asks this question to emphasize that they should not be surprised by what had happened. Alternate translation: "you should not be surprised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 3 12 j6ld figs-rquestion 0 Why do you fix your eyes on us, as if we had made him to walk by our own power or godliness? Peter asks this question to emphasize that the people should not think that he and John had healed the man by their own abilities. This could be written as two statements. Alternate translation: "Do not fix your eyes on us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 3 12 mwd9 figs-idiom 0 fix your eyes on us This means that they looked intently at them without stopping. Alternate translation: "stare at us" or "look at us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 3 13 q8q2 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 3 13 cp1j figs-idiom 0 rejected before the face of Pilate Here the phrase "before the face of" means "in the presence of." Alternate translation: "rejected in Pilate's presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 3 13 yy96 κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν 1 when he had decided to release him "when Pilate had decided to release Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 3 14 s6qj figs-activepassive ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν 1 for a murderer to be released to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for Pilate to release a murderer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 14 s6qj figs-activepassive ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα, φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν 1 for a murderer to be released to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for Pilate to release a murderer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 15 jwb1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" includes just Peter and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 15 ljn8 figs-metaphor Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς 1 Founder of life This refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who gives people eternal life" or 2) "the ruler of life" or 3) "the founder of life" or 4) "the one who leads people to life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 3 16 xu92 καὶ 1 Now This word, "Now," shifts the audiences' attention to the lame man.
|
||||
ACT 3 16 qt8w 0 made him strong "made him well"
|
||||
ACT 3 17 v45t 0 Now Here Peter shifts the audience's attention from the lame man and continues to talk to them directly.
|
||||
ACT 3 17 x62k κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε 1 you acted in ignorance Possible meanings are 1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or 2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing.
|
||||
ACT 3 18 gcc1 ὁ δὲ Θεὸς προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets When the prophets spoke, it was as though God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "God foretold by telling all of the prophets what to speak"
|
||||
ACT 3 18 ms6d ὁ δὲ Θεὸς προκατήγγειλεν 1 God foretold "God spoke about ahead of time" or "God told about before they happened"
|
||||
ACT 3 18 gcc1 ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ... προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets When the prophets spoke, it was as though God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "God foretold by telling all of the prophets what to speak"
|
||||
ACT 3 18 ms6d ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ... προκατήγγειλεν 1 God foretold "God spoke about ahead of time" or "God told about before they happened"
|
||||
ACT 3 18 z3l7 figs-metonymy στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the mouth of all the prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of all the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 19 cw18 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε 1 and turn "and turn to the Lord." Here "turn" is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: "and start obeying the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 3 19 zm6y figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 so that your sins may be blotted out Here "blotted out" is a metaphor for forgiving. Sins are spoken of as if they are written in a book and God erases them from the book when he forgives them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God will forgive you for sinning against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -238,10 +240,10 @@ ACT 3 20 yzr6 figs-activepassive τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμ
|
|||
ACT 3 21 sj21 0 General Information: In verses 22-23 Peter quotes something Moses told before the Messiah came.
|
||||
ACT 3 21 u33e 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md) to the Jews who stood in the temple area.
|
||||
ACT 3 21 vgn8 figs-personification ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι 1 He is the One heaven must receive "He is the One heaven must welcome." Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 3 21 y1ps δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι ἄχρι 1 heaven must receive until This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned.
|
||||
ACT 3 21 y1ps δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι, ἄχρι 1 heaven must receive until This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned.
|
||||
ACT 3 21 x2f3 ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 until the time of the restoration of all things Possible meanings are 1) "until the time when God will restore all things" or 2) "until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold."
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke long ago by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: "about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them"
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of his holy prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ... αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: "the words of his holy prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 3 22 v5nf 0 will raise up a prophet like me from among your brothers "will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet, and everyone will know about him"
|
||||
ACT 3 22 t8di τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 your brothers "your nation"
|
||||
ACT 3 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive 0 that prophet will be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that prophet, God will completely destroy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -249,7 +251,7 @@ ACT 3 24 y1z7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews th
|
|||
ACT 3 24 u6x3 0 Yes, and all the prophets "In fact, all the prophets." Here the word "Yes" adds emphasis to what follows.
|
||||
ACT 3 24 xp9h ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς 1 from Samuel and those who came after him "beginning with Samuel and continuing with the prophets who lived after he did"
|
||||
ACT 3 24 m9pr τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας 1 these days "these times" or "the things that are happening now"
|
||||
ACT 3 25 rh2n figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν καὶ τῆς διαθήκης 1 You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant Here the word "sons" refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. Alternate translation: "You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 rh2n figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς διαθήκης 1 You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant Here the word "sons" refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. Alternate translation: "You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 3 25 mad5 0 In your seed "Because of your offspring"
|
||||
ACT 3 25 g31m figs-activepassive 0 shall all the families of the earth be blessed Here the word "families" refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I will bless all the people groups in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 3 26 b7tz ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 After God raised up his servant "After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous"
|
||||
|
|
@ -259,27 +261,27 @@ ACT 4 intro pv3a 0 # Acts 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<b
|
|||
ACT 4 1 ew3l 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter's having healed the man who was born lame.
|
||||
ACT 4 1 d3tv 0 came upon them "approached them" or "came to them"
|
||||
ACT 4 2 m74s figs-explicit διαπονούμενοι 1 They were deeply troubled "They were very angry." The Sadducees, in particular, would have been angry about what Peter and John were saying because they did not believe in resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 2 mg5l καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way as he had raised Jesus from among the dead. Translate this in a way that allows "the resurrection" to refer to both Jesus' resurrection and the general resurrection of other people.
|
||||
ACT 4 2 np5g τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 4 2 mg5l καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection from the dead Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way as he had raised Jesus from among the dead. Translate this in a way that allows "the resurrection" to refer to both Jesus' resurrection and the general resurrection of other people.
|
||||
ACT 4 2 np5g τὴν ... ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 4 3 zla7 0 They arrested them "The priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees arrested Peter and John"
|
||||
ACT 4 3 h5f9 0 since it was now evening It was common practice not to question people at night.
|
||||
ACT 4 4 bm1f ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν 1 the number of the men who believed This refers only to men and does not include how many women or children believed.
|
||||
ACT 4 4 qd8g ἐγενήθη ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε 1 was about five thousand "grew to about five thousand"
|
||||
ACT 4 4 qd8g ἐγενήθη ... ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε 1 was about five thousand "grew to about five thousand"
|
||||
ACT 4 5 j6p8 0 General Information: Here the word "their" refers to the Jewish people as a whole.
|
||||
ACT 4 5 i9tj 0 Connecting Statement: The rulers question Peter and John who answer without fear.
|
||||
ACT 4 5 lw2d 0 It came about ... that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 4 5 cdj1 figs-synecdoche 0 their rulers, elders and scribes This is a reference to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling court, which consisted of these three groups of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 4 6 l44n Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος 1 John, and Alexander These two men were members of the high priest's family. This is not the same John as the apostle.
|
||||
ACT 4 7 t1eq ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει 1 By what power "Who gave you power"
|
||||
ACT 4 7 jc21 figs-metonymy ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι 1 in what name Here the word "name" refers to authority. Alternate translation: "by whose authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 8 su5x figs-activepassive τότε Πέτρος, πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 7 t1eq ἐν ... ποίᾳ δυνάμει 1 By what power "Who gave you power"
|
||||
ACT 4 7 jc21 figs-metonymy ἐν ... ποίῳ ὀνόματι 1 in what name Here the word "name" refers to authority. Alternate translation: "by whose authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 8 su5x figs-activepassive τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 9 pq85 figs-rquestion 0 if we this day are being questioned ... by what means was this man made well? Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. Alternate translation: "You are asking us this day ... by what means we made this man well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 4 9 je6d figs-activepassive 0 we this day are being questioned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are questioning us this day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 9 b92n figs-activepassive 0 by what means was this man made well This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by what means we have made this man well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 snd5 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 May this be known to you all and to all the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May all of you and all of the people of Israel know this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 j3px πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 to you all and to all the people of Israel "to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel"
|
||||
ACT 4 10 khn7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου 1 in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 jyj6 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν, 1 whom God raised from the dead, Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "whom God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 10 jyj6 figs-idiom ὃν ... ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 whom God raised from the dead, Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "whom God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 11 tdw8 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 11 nwg6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in [Acts 4:8](../04/08.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 11 w195 figs-metaphor 0 Jesus Christ is the stone ... which has been made the head cornerstone Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -289,14 +291,14 @@ ACT 4 12 tq3z figs-abstractnouns 0 There is no salvation in any other person Th
|
|||
ACT 4 12 l66w figs-activepassive 0 no other name under heaven given among men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "no other name under heaven that God has given among men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 iz7k figs-metonymy 0 no other name ... given among men The phrase "name ... given among men" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 jm25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 under heaven This is a way of referring to everywhere in the world. Alternate translation: "in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 gg8h figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 by which we must be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which can save us" or "who can save us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 12 gg8h figs-activepassive ἐν ... ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 by which we must be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which can save us" or "who can save us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 13 xn39 0 General Information: Here the second instance of "they" refers to Peter and John. All other occurrences of the word "they" in this section refer to the Jewish leaders.
|
||||
ACT 4 13 t6kc figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου 1 the boldness of Peter and John Here the abstract noun "boldness" refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders, and can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: "how boldly Peter and John had spoken" or "how bold Peter and John were" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 4 13 p9pq παρρησίαν 1 boldness having no fear
|
||||
ACT 4 13 qaa5 figs-explicit 0 realized that they were ordinary, uneducated men The Jewish leaders "realized" this because of the way Peter and John spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 13 r6d6 0 and realized "and understood"
|
||||
ACT 4 13 erv7 figs-doublet 0 ordinary, uneducated men The words "ordinary" and "uneducated" share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 4 14 h3cy figs-activepassive τόν ἄνθρωπον τὸν τεθεραπευμένον 1 the man who was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the man whom Peter and John had healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 14 h3cy figs-activepassive τόν ... ἄνθρωπον ... τὸν τεθεραπευμένον 1 the man who was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the man whom Peter and John had healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 14 fq4w 0 nothing to say against this "nothing to say against Peter and John's healing of the man." Here the word "this" refers to what Peter and John had done.
|
||||
ACT 4 15 ql31 αὐτοὺς 1 the apostles This refers to Peter and John.
|
||||
ACT 4 16 p4g6 figs-rquestion 0 What shall we do to these men? The Jewish leaders ask this question out of frustration because they could not think of what to do with Peter and John. Alternate translation: "There is nothing that we can do with these men!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -313,10 +315,10 @@ ACT 4 21 jbl6 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι 1 for what had
|
|||
ACT 4 22 ju4w 0 The man who had experienced this miracle of healing "The man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed"
|
||||
ACT 4 23 j3ap 0 General Information: Speaking together, the people quote a Psalm of David from the Old Testament. Here the word "they" refers to the rest of the believers, but not to Peter and John.
|
||||
ACT 4 23 j2cx figs-explicit ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους 1 came to their own people The phrase "their own people" refers to the rest of the believers. Alternate translation: "went to the other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 24 zu28 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 they raised their voices together to God To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. "they began speaking together to God" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 4 24 zu28 οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες, ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 they raised their voices together to God To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. "they began speaking together to God" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 4 25 vc5z 0 You spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said.
|
||||
ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου, τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 through the mouth of your servant, our father David Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: "by the words of your servant, our father David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 kat6 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Δαυεὶδ 1 our father David Here "father" refers to "ancestor/"
|
||||
ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν ... στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου 1 through the mouth of your servant, our father David Here the word "mouth" refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: "by the words of your servant, our father David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 kat6 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν ... Δαυεὶδ 1 our father David Here "father" refers to "ancestor/"
|
||||
ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion 0 Why did the Gentile nations rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: "The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 the peoples imagine useless things These "useless things" consist of plans to oppose God. Alternate translation: "the peoples imagine useless things against God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 4 25 h6rc λαοὶ 1 peoples people groups
|
||||
|
|
@ -327,19 +329,19 @@ ACT 4 26 yv19 κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χρι
|
|||
ACT 4 27 b1g9 0 Connecting Statement: The believers continue praying.
|
||||
ACT 4 27 nuc1 ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city "this city" refers to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 4 27 ca33 τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου Ἰησοῦν 1 your holy servant Jesus "Jesus who serves you faithfully"
|
||||
ACT 4 28 yz7m figs-metonymy ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν 1 to do all that your hand and your plan had decided Here the word "hand" is used to mean God's power. Additionally, the phrase "your hand and your desire decided" shows God's power and plan. Alternate translation: "to do all that you had decided because you are powerful and did all that you planned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 4 28 yz7m figs-metonymy ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν 1 to do all that your hand and your plan had decided Here the word "hand" is used to mean God's power. Additionally, the phrase "your hand and your desire decided" shows God's power and plan. Alternate translation: "to do all that you had decided because you are powerful and did all that you planned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 4 29 b38z 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their prayer that they began in [Acts 4:24](../04/24.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 29 t5qm figs-idiom 0 look upon their warnings Here the words "look upon" are a request for God to take notice of the way in which the Jewish leaders threatened the believers. Alternate translation: "notice how they threaten to punish us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 4 29 zh7j figs-metonymy μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου 1 speak your word with all boldness The word "word" here is a metonym for God's message. The abstract noun "boldness" can be translated as an adverb. Alternate translation: "speak your message boldly" or "be bold when we speak your message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 x9r1 figs-metonymy 0 Stretch out your hand to heal Here the word "hand" refers to God's power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. Alternate translation: "while you show your power by healing people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the name of your holy servant Jesus Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "through the power of your holy servant Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 txb5 τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου Ἰησοῦ 1 your holy servant Jesus "Jesus who serves you faithfully." See how you translated this in [Acts 4:27](../04/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 through the name of your holy servant Jesus Here the word "name" refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: "through the power of your holy servant Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 30 txb5 τοῦ ... ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 your holy servant Jesus "Jesus who serves you faithfully." See how you translated this in [Acts 4:27](../04/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 31 x9b3 figs-activepassive 0 the place ... was shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the place ... shook" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 31 ps3m figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: "The Holy Spirit filled them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 32 xu3j figs-metonymy 0 were of one heart and soul Here the word "heart" refers to the thoughts and the word "soul" refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. Alternate translation: "thought the same way and wanted the same things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 4 32 zyp5 0 they had everything in common "shared their belongings with one another." See how you translated this in [Acts 2:44](../02/44.md).
|
||||
ACT 4 33 d8dr 0 great grace was upon them all Possible meanings are: 1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or 2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem.
|
||||
ACT 4 34 gw3v figs-hyperbole ὅσοι κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 all who owned title to lands or houses The word "all" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Many people who owned title to lands or houses" or "People who owned title to lands or houses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 4 34 gw3v figs-hyperbole ὅσοι ... κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 all who owned title to lands or houses The word "all" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Many people who owned title to lands or houses" or "People who owned title to lands or houses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 4 34 ti1h κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 owned title to lands or houses "owned land or houses"
|
||||
ACT 4 34 l938 figs-activepassive τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων 1 the money of the things that were sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the money that they received from the things that they sold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 4 35 vv4z figs-idiom 0 laid it at the apostles' feet This means that they presented the money to the apostles. Alternate translation: "presented it to the apostles" or "gave it to the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -355,39 +357,39 @@ ACT 5 2 dy8b figs-idiom 0 laid it at the apostles' feet This means that they pr
|
|||
ACT 5 3 y7j6 0 General Information: If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements.
|
||||
ACT 5 3 grr9 figs-rquestion 0 why has Satan filled your heart to lie ... land? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "you should not have let Satan fill your heart to lie ... land." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 3 pqd4 figs-metonymy ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου 1 Satan filled your heart Here the word "heart" is a metonym for the will and emotions. The phrase "Satan filled your heart" is a metaphor. Possible meanings of the metaphor are 1) "Satan completely controlled you" or 2) "Satan convinced you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 3 zz5u figs-explicit ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς 1 to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 3 zz5u figs-explicit ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς 1 to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part of the price This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 vu7g figs-rquestion 0 While it remained unsold, did it not remain your own ... control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "While it remained unsold, it was your own ... control." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 vi8w ἔμενεν 1 While it remained unsold "While you had not sold it"
|
||||
ACT 5 4 wm2r figs-rquestion πραθὲν, ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν? 1 after it was sold, was it not in your control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 wm2r figs-rquestion πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 after it was sold, was it not in your control? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: "after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 k7nc figs-activepassive πραθὲν 1 after it was sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after you sold it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί? ἔθου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο ὅτι ἐν σου τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart? Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word "heart" refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: "You should not have thought of doing this thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο 1 How is it that you thought of this thing in your heart? Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word "heart" refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: "You should not have thought of doing this thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 5 cc5y figs-euphemism πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν 1 fell down and breathed his last Here "breathed his last" means "breathed his final breath" and is a polite way of saying that he died. Ananias fell down because he died; he did not die because he fell down. Alternate translation: "died and fell to the ground" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 5 7 ry54 0 his wife came in "Ananias' wife came in" or "Sapphira came in"
|
||||
ACT 5 7 k3c9 τὸ γεγονὸς 1 what had happened "that her husband had died"
|
||||
ACT 5 8 bcf6 τοσούτου 1 for so much "for this much money." This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles.
|
||||
ACT 5 9 w1lb figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to both Ananias and Sapphira. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 vym8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Ananias and Sapphira.
|
||||
ACT 5 9 v7sw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου? 1 How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. Alternate translation: "You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 v7sw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. Alternate translation: "You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 5 9 hc22 συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν 1 you have agreed together "the two of you have agreed together"
|
||||
ACT 5 9 pg1e πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 to test the Spirit of the Lord Here the word "test" means to challenge or to prove. They were trying to see if they could get away with lying to God without receiving punishment.
|
||||
ACT 5 9 xj1l figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου 1 the feet of the men who buried your husband Here the phrase "the feet" refers to the men. Alternate translation: "the men who have buried your husband" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 5 10 nwb9 ἔπεσεν πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 fell down at his feet This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person's feet as a sign of humility.
|
||||
ACT 5 10 nwb9 ἔπεσεν ... πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 fell down at his feet This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person's feet as a sign of humility.
|
||||
ACT 5 10 s7en figs-euphemism ἐξέψυξεν 1 breathed her last Here "breathed his last" means "breathed her final breath" and is a polite way of saying "she died." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 5:5](../05/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 aud2 0 General Information: Here the words "They" and "they" refer to the believers.
|
||||
ACT 5 12 c2e7 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues to tell what happens in the early days of the church.
|
||||
ACT 5 12 lde1 figs-activepassive 0 Many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles or "Many signs and wonders took place among the people through the hands of the apostles." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The apostles performed many signs and wonders among the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 ux3n σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα 1 signs and wonders "supernatural events and miraculous deeds." See how you translated these terms in [Acts 2:22](../02/22.md)
|
||||
ACT 5 12 sri8 figs-synecdoche διὰ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 through the hands of the apostles Here the word "hands" refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: "through the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 sri8 figs-synecdoche διὰ ... τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 through the hands of the apostles Here the word "hands" refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: "through the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 5 12 k99k Σολομῶντος 1 Solomon's Porch This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. See how you translated "the porch that is called Solomon's" in [Acts 3:11](../03/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 5 13 qd8r figs-activepassive 0 they were held in high esteem by the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people held the believers in high esteem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 14 l9bs 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 5 14 m9wx figs-activepassive μᾶλλον προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 more believers were being added to the Lord This could be stated in active form. See how you translated "were added" in [Acts 2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: "more people were believing in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 14 m9wx figs-activepassive μᾶλλον ... προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 more believers were being added to the Lord This could be stated in active form. See how you translated "were added" in [Acts 2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: "more people were believing in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 15 y2ev figs-explicit ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν 1 his shadow might fall on some of them It is implied that God would heal them if Peter's shadow touched them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 16 fu1a ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων 1 those afflicted with unclean spirits "those whom unclean spirits had afflicted"
|
||||
ACT 5 16 lyc7 figs-activepassive 0 they were all healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God healed them all" or "the apostles healed them all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 p4ta 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders began to persecute the believers.
|
||||
ACT 5 17 x2ed δὲ 1 But This begins a contrasting story. You may translate this in the way that your language introduces a contrasting narrative.
|
||||
ACT 5 17 f9ye figs-idiom ἀναστὰς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 the high priest rose up Here the phrase "rose up" means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: "the high priest took action" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 f9ye figs-idiom ἀναστὰς ... ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 the high priest rose up Here the phrase "rose up" means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: "the high priest took action" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 17 pc45 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 they were filled with jealousy The abstract noun "jealousy" can be translated as an adjective. This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they became very jealous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 18 j58p figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους 1 laid hands on the apostles This means that they seized the apostles by force. They would have ordered guards to do this. Alternate translation: "had the guards arrest the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 19 wd37 0 General Information: Here the words "them" and "they" refer to the apostles.
|
||||
|
|
@ -396,12 +398,12 @@ ACT 5 20 z1x3 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς τ
|
|||
ACT 5 21 df1u figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple They went into the temple courtyard, not into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "into the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 21 l7uf ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον 1 about daybreak "as it began to be light." Although the angel led them out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time the apostles reached the temple courtyard.
|
||||
ACT 5 21 li6a figs-ellipsis 0 sent to the jail to have the apostles brought This implies someone went to the jail. Alternate translation: "sent someone to the jail to bring the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 5 23 ld7d figs-explicit ἀνοίξαντες ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν 1 we found no one inside The words "no one" refer to the apostles. This implies that there was no one else in the jail cell besides the apostles. Alternate translation: "we did not find them inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 23 ld7d figs-explicit ἀνοίξαντες ... ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν 1 we found no one inside The words "no one" refer to the apostles. This implies that there was no one else in the jail cell besides the apostles. Alternate translation: "we did not find them inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 24 a8dz figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 5 24 k5g6 0 they were much perplexed "they were very puzzled" or "they were very confused"
|
||||
ACT 5 24 baw2 περὶ αὐτῶν 1 concerning them "concerning the words they had just heard" or "concerning these things"
|
||||
ACT 5 24 p78m 0 what would come of it "and what would happen as a result"
|
||||
ACT 5 25 c1am figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστῶτες 1 standing in the temple They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "standing in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 25 c1am figs-explicit ἐν ... τῷ ἱερῷ, ἑστῶτες 1 standing in the temple They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: "standing in the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 26 f7pz figs-you 0 General Information: The word "they" in this section refers to the captain and the officers. In the phrase "feared that the people might stone them" the word "them" refers to the captain and the officers. All other occurrences of "them" in this chunk refer to the apostles. Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 5 26 e24h 0 Connecting Statement: The captain and the officers bring the apostles before the Jewish religious council.
|
||||
ACT 5 26 i2v5 ἐφοβοῦντο 1 they feared "they were afraid"
|
||||
|
|
@ -410,17 +412,17 @@ ACT 5 28 g2hi figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this
|
|||
ACT 5 28 j4kr figs-metaphor πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν 1 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: "you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him" or "you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 28 ym1k figs-metonymy 0 desire to bring this man's blood upon us Here the word "blood" is a metonym for death, and to bring someone's blood on people is a metaphor for saying that they are guilty of that person's death. Alternate translation: "desire to make us responsible for this man's death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 5 29 y211 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "We" refers to the apostles, and not to the audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 29 di9u ἀποκριθεὶς Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι 1 Peter and the apostles answered Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words.
|
||||
ACT 5 29 di9u ἀποκριθεὶς ... Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι 1 Peter and the apostles answered Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words.
|
||||
ACT 5 30 r7av figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν 1 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus Here "raised up" is an idiom. Alternate translation: "The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 5 30 pu5j figs-metonymy κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree Here Peter uses the word "tree" to refer to the cross which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: "by hanging him on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 uh2d translate-symaction τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ὕψωσεν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 God exalted him to his right hand To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "God exalted him to the place of honor beside him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 mr1d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins The words "repentance" and "forgiveness" can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: "give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 uh2d translate-symaction τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ... ὕψωσεν, τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 God exalted him to his right hand To be at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "God exalted him to the place of honor beside him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 mr1d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins The words "repentance" and "forgiveness" can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: "give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 5 31 q1il figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel The word "Israel" refers to the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 32 yml6 τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ 1 those who obey him "those who submit to God's authority"
|
||||
ACT 5 33 ekh2 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel addresses the council members.
|
||||
ACT 5 34 i2rr writing-participants Γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος, τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, who was honored by all the people Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 5 34 i2rr writing-participants Γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, who was honored by all the people Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 5 34 fpr4 figs-activepassive τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 who was honored by all the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom all the people honored" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 34 xk6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι 1 commanded the apostles to be taken outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded the guards to take the apostles outside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 34 xk6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω ... τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι 1 commanded the apostles to be taken outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded the guards to take the apostles outside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 35 ae1u προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς 1 pay close attention to "think carefully about" or "be cautious about." Gamaliel was warning them not to do something that they would later regret.
|
||||
ACT 5 36 uaj6 ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς 1 Theudas rose up Possible meanings are 1) "Theudas rebelled" or 2) "Theudas appeared."
|
||||
ACT 5 36 b3nl 0 claiming to be somebody "claiming to be somebody important"
|
||||
|
|
@ -434,10 +436,10 @@ ACT 5 38 i4bw 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel finishes addressing the council
|
|||
ACT 5 38 wz89 figs-explicit ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 keep away from these men and let them alone Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders no to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 5 38 zh1d 0 if this plan or work is of men "if men have devised this plan or are doing this work"
|
||||
ACT 5 38 uql8 figs-activepassive καταλυθήσεται 1 it will be overthrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone will overthrow it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 j819 figs-ellipsis εἰ ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 if it is of God Here the word "it" refers to "this plan or work." Alternate translation: "if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 j819 figs-ellipsis εἰ ... ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 if it is of God Here the word "it" refers to "this plan or work." Alternate translation: "if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 5 39 cyp1 figs-activepassive ἐπείσθησαν δὲ 1 So they were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So Gamaliel persuaded them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 z31c 0 General Information: Here first word "they" refers to the council members. The rest of the words "them," "They," and "they" refer to the apostles.
|
||||
ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-metonymy προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους δείραντες 1 they called the apostles in and beat them The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-metonymy προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες 1 they called the apostles in and beat them The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 40 fca9 figs-metonymy λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 to speak in the name of Jesus Here "name" refers to the authority of Jesus. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: "to speak anymore in the authority of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 5 41 cv8y figs-activepassive 0 they were counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name The apostles rejoiced because God had honored them by letting the Jewish leaders dishonor them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God had counted them worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 5 41 lk82 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 for the Name Here "the Name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "for Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -450,7 +452,7 @@ ACT 6 1 t94s πληθυνόντων 1 was multiplying "was greatly increasing"
|
|||
ACT 6 1 e7vb Ἑλληνιστῶν 1 Grecian Jews These were Jews who had lived most of their lives somewhere in the Roman Empire outside of Israel, and had grown up speaking Greek. Their language and culture were somewhat different from those who had grown up in Israel.
|
||||
ACT 6 1 ftz8 τοὺς Ἑβραίους 1 the Hebrews These were Jews who had grown up in Israel speaking Hebrew or Aramaic. The church consisted of only Jews and converts to Judaism so far.
|
||||
ACT 6 1 e1z9 αἱ χῆραι 1 widows women whose husband has died
|
||||
ACT 6 1 s4qy figs-activepassive παρεθεωροῦντο αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν 1 their widows were being overlooked This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Hebrew believers were overlooking the Grecian widows" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 6 1 s4qy figs-activepassive παρεθεωροῦντο ... αἱ χῆραι αὐτῶν 1 their widows were being overlooked This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Hebrew believers were overlooking the Grecian widows" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 6 1 k4jg παρεθεωροῦντο 1 being overlooked "being ignored" or "being forgotten." There were so many who needed help that some were missed.
|
||||
ACT 6 1 rde8 διακονίᾳ τῇ καθημερινῇ 1 daily distribution of food The money that was being given to the apostles was used in part to buy food for the early church widows.
|
||||
ACT 6 2 jr1y figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to the believers. The words "us" and "we" here refer to the 12 apostles. Where applicable, use the exclusive form in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -459,9 +461,9 @@ ACT 6 2 g56w τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν 1 the multitude of the
|
|||
ACT 6 2 jm17 figs-hyperbole καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 give up the word of God This is an exaggeration in order to emphasize the importance of their task of teaching the word of God. Alternate translation: "stop preaching and teaching the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 6 2 fwk6 figs-metonymy διακονεῖν τραπέζαις 1 serve tables This is a phrase meaning to serve food to the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 6 3 y3bm 0 men of good reputation, full of the Spirit and of wisdom Possible meanings are 1) the men have three qualities—a good reputation, being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom or 2) the men have a reputation for two qualities—being full of the Spirit, and being full of wisdom .
|
||||
ACT 6 3 p1yz ἄνδρας μαρτυρουμένους 1 men of good reputation "men that people know are good" or "men whom people trust"
|
||||
ACT 6 3 p1yz ἄνδρας ... μαρτυρουμένους 1 men of good reputation "men that people know are good" or "men whom people trust"
|
||||
ACT 6 3 i27a 0 over this business "to be responsible to do this task"
|
||||
ACT 6 4 b3bj figs-ellipsis τῇ διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου 1 the ministry of the word It may be helpful to add more information. Alternate translation: "the ministry of teaching and preaching the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 6 4 b3bj figs-ellipsis τῇ ... διακονίᾳ τοῦ λόγου 1 the ministry of the word It may be helpful to add more information. Alternate translation: "the ministry of teaching and preaching the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 6 5 wh9t 0 Their speech pleased the whole multitude "All the disciples liked their suggestion"
|
||||
ACT 6 5 ajq1 figs-explicit 0 Stephen ... and Nicolaus These are Greek names, and suggest that all of the men elected were from the Grecian Jewish group of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 6 5 qas9 προσήλυτον 1 proselyte a Gentile who converted to the Jewish religion
|
||||
|
|
@ -473,7 +475,7 @@ ACT 6 7 qq3l τῇ πίστει 1 the faith Possible meanings are 1) the gospel
|
|||
ACT 6 8 wn1t writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about Stephen and other people that is important to understanding the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 6 8 n3re 0 Connecting Statement: This is the beginning of a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 6 8 et2j writing-participants Στέφανος δὲ 1 Now Stephen This introduces Stephen as the main character in this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 6 8 h8sg figs-explicit Στέφανος, πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐποίει 1 Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing The words "grace" and "power" here refer to power from God. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "God was giving Stephen power to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 6 8 h8sg figs-explicit Στέφανος ... πλήρης χάριτος καὶ δυνάμεως, ἐποίει 1 Stephen, full of grace and power, was doing The words "grace" and "power" here refer to power from God. This could be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "God was giving Stephen power to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 6 9 k88n 0 synagogue of the Freedmen "Freedmen" were probably ex-slaves from these different locations. It is unclear if the other people listed were part of the synagogue or just participated in the debate with Stephen.
|
||||
ACT 6 9 j8pq συνζητοῦντες τῷ Στεφάνῳ 1 debating with Stephen "arguing with Stephen"
|
||||
ACT 6 10 s2cl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "We" refers only to the men they persuaded to lie. The word "they" refers back to the people from the synagogue of the freemen in [Acts 6:9](../06/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -500,17 +502,17 @@ ACT 7 5 qff6 figs-idiom 0 enough to set a foot on Possible meanings for this ph
|
|||
ACT 7 5 u6iw 0 as a possession to him and to his descendants after him "for Abraham to own and to give to his descendants"
|
||||
ACT 7 6 tn6b 0 God was speaking to him like this It may be helpful to state that this occurred later than the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: "Later God told Abraham"
|
||||
ACT 7 6 t1h9 translate-numbers ἔτη τετρακόσια 1 four hundred years "400 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 7 7 f7fw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος κρινῶ ἐγώ 1 I will judge the nation "nation" refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: "I will judge the people of the nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 7 f7fw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος ... κρινῶ ἐγώ 1 I will judge the nation "nation" refers to the people in it. Alternate translation: "I will judge the people of the nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 7 q7y6 τὸ ἔθνος ᾧ ἐὰν δουλεύσωσιν 1 the nation that they serve "the nation that they will serve"
|
||||
ACT 7 8 mwc9 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ διαθήκην περιτομῆς 1 gave Abraham the covenant of circumcision The Jews would have understood that this covenant required Abraham to circumcise the males of his family. Alternate translation: "made a covenant with Abraham to circumcise the males of his family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 8 g4bb οὕτως ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἰσαὰκ 1 so Abraham became the father of Isaac The story transitions to Abraham's descendants.
|
||||
ACT 7 8 ams1 figs-ellipsis Ἰακὼβ τοὺς 1 Jacob the father "Jacob became the father." Stephen shortened this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 7 9 n981 οἱ πατριάρχαι 1 the patriarchs "Jacob's older sons" or "Joseph's older brothers"
|
||||
ACT 7 9 tik7 figs-explicit ἀπέδοντο εἰς Αἴγυπτον 1 sold him into Egypt The Jews knew their ancestors sold Joseph to be a slave in Egypt. Alternate translation: "sold him as a slave in Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 9 w1is figs-idiom ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 was with him This is an idiom for helping someone. Alternate translation: "helped him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 9 w1is figs-idiom ἦν ... μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 was with him This is an idiom for helping someone. Alternate translation: "helped him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 10 yr7m figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt This refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: "over all the people of Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 10 pb4p figs-metonymy ὅλον τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ 1 all his household This refers to all his possessions. Alternate translation: "everything he owned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 11 p42j ἦλθεν λιμὸς 1 there came a famine "a famine came." The ground stopped producing food.
|
||||
ACT 7 11 p42j ἦλθεν ... λιμὸς 1 there came a famine "a famine came." The ground stopped producing food.
|
||||
ACT 7 11 p37v figs-explicit οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers This refers Jacob and his sons, who were the ancestors of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 12 pia8 σιτία 1 grain Grain was the most common food at that time.
|
||||
ACT 7 12 mbg8 τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Here this phrase refers to Jabob's sons, Joseph's older brothers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -524,7 +526,7 @@ ACT 7 16 slg3 figs-activepassive 0 They were carried over ... and laid This can
|
|||
ACT 7 16 la8a τιμῆς ἀργυρίου 1 for a price in silver "with money"
|
||||
ACT 7 17 np3u figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "our" includes Stephen and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tuq2 0 As the time of the promise ... the people grew and multiplied In some languages it may be helpful to say that the people increased in number before saying that the time of the promise arrived.
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tlh9 ἤγγιζεν χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 time of the promise approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
|
||||
ACT 7 17 tlh9 ἤγγιζεν ... χρόνος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 time of the promise approached It was close to the time that God would fulfill his promise to Abraham.
|
||||
ACT 7 18 whe7 0 there arose another king "another king began to rule"
|
||||
ACT 7 18 g2wq figs-metonymy ἐπ’ Αἴγυπτον 1 over Egypt "Egypt" refers to the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: "the people of Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 18 e2y6 figs-metonymy 0 who did not know about Joseph "Joseph" refers to the reputation of Joseph. Alternate translation: "who did not know that Joseph had helped Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -546,22 +548,22 @@ ACT 7 25 nhb9 figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς αὐτοῦ δίδωσιν σ
|
|||
ACT 7 26 t1hw figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to the Israelites but does not include Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 7 26 t2vc figs-explicit αὐτοῖς 1 some Israelites The audience would have known from the account in Exodus that these were two men, but Stephen does not specify that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 26 mpc7 0 put them at peace with each other "make them stop fighting"
|
||||
ACT 7 26 zzt4 ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 Men, you are brothers Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.
|
||||
ACT 7 26 zzt4 ἄνδρες‘, ἀδελφοί ἐστε 1 Men, you are brothers Moses was addressing the Israelites who were fighting.
|
||||
ACT 7 26 k1ku figs-rquestion 0 why are you hurting one another? Moses asked this question to encourage them to stop fighting. Alternate translation: "you should not hurt each other!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 27 q2r4 figs-rquestion τίς σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν? 1 Who made you a ruler and a judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: "You have no authority over us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 27 q2r4 figs-rquestion τίς‘ σε κατέστησεν ἄρχοντα καὶ δικαστὴν ἐφ’ ἡμῶν 1 Who made you a ruler and a judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses. Alternate translation: "You have no authority over us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 28 hk1g 0 Would you like to kill me, as you killed the Egyptian yesterday? The man used this question to warn Moses that he and probably others knew Moses had killed the Egyptian.
|
||||
ACT 7 29 l149 figs-explicit 0 General Information: Stephen's audience already knew that Moses had married a Midianite woman when he fled Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 29 q8qv figs-explicit 0 after hearing this The implied information is that Moses understood that the Israelites knew that he had killed an Egyptian the day before ([Acts 7:28](../07/28.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 30 zx1c figs-explicit καὶ πληρωθέντων ἐτῶν τεσσεράκοντα 1 When forty years were past "After 40 years passed." This was the amount of time Moses had been in Midian. Alternate translation: "Forty years after Moses fled from Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 30 f7yu figs-explicit ὤφθη ἄγγελος 1 an angel appeared Stephen's audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 30 f7yu figs-explicit ὤφθη ... ἄγγελος 1 an angel appeared Stephen's audience knew that God spoke through the angel. The UST makes this explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 31 q6w6 figs-explicit ἐθαύμασεν τὸ ὅραμα 1 he marveled at the sight Moses was surprised that the bush was not burning up in the fire. This was previously known by Stephen's audience. Alternate translation: "because the bush was not burning up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 31 uk7u προσερχομένου δὲ αὐτοῦ κατανοῆσαι 1 as he approached to look at it This may mean Moses initially drew close to the bush to investigate.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers "I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"
|
||||
ACT 7 32 b4q6 ἐγὼ‘ ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων σου 1 I am the God of your fathers "I am the God whom your ancestors worshiped"
|
||||
ACT 7 32 tdr7 0 Moses trembled and did not dare to look This may mean Moses drew back in fear when he heard the voice.
|
||||
ACT 7 32 e19k figs-explicit 0 Moses trembled Moses shook from fear. This can be made clear. Alternate translation: "Moses trembled with fear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 33 x7cd translate-symaction λῦσον τὸ ὑπόδημα 1 Take off the sandals God told Moses this so he would honor God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 33 clk4 figs-explicit 0 for the place where you are standing is holy ground The implied information is that where God is present, the immediate area around God is considered or made holy by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 34 yz7b ἰδὼν εἶδον 1 certainly seen "seen for sure." The word certainly adds emphasis to seen.
|
||||
ACT 7 34 yz7b ἰδὼν, εἶδον 1 certainly seen "seen for sure." The word certainly adds emphasis to seen.
|
||||
ACT 7 34 x5bg τοῦ λαοῦ μου 1 my people The word "my" emphasizes that these people belonged to God. Alternate translation: "the descendants of Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob"
|
||||
ACT 7 34 j32c κατέβην ἐξελέσθαι αὐτούς 1 I have come down to rescue them "will personally cause their release"
|
||||
ACT 7 34 sq8y νῦν δεῦρο 1 now come "get ready." God uses an order here.
|
||||
|
|
@ -570,7 +572,7 @@ ACT 7 35 gn6e 0 This Moses whom they rejected This refers back to the events r
|
|||
ACT 7 35 vp7e λυτρωτὴν 1 deliverer "rescuer"
|
||||
ACT 7 35 yjz9 figs-metonymy 0 by the hand of the angel ... bush The hand is a metonym for the action performed by the person. In this case, the angel had commanded Moses to return to Egypt. Stephen speaks as if the angel had a physical hand. You may need to make explicit what action the angel did. Alternate translation: "by the action of the angel" or "by having the angel ... bush command him to return to Egypt" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 36 gz9r figs-explicit ἔτη τεσσεράκοντα 1 during forty years Stephen's audience knew about the forty years the Israelites spent in the wilderness. Alternate translation: "during the 40 years that the Israelite people lived in the wilderness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 37 b4sg προφήτην ἀναστήσει 1 raise up a prophet "cause a man to be a prophet"
|
||||
ACT 7 37 b4sg προφήτην ... ἀναστήσει 1 raise up a prophet "cause a man to be a prophet"
|
||||
ACT 7 37 j2rx ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 from among your brothers "from among your own people"
|
||||
ACT 7 38 l8u7 0 General Information: The quotation in verse 40 is from the writings of Moses.
|
||||
ACT 7 38 e8qu οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ γενόμενος ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 This is the man who was in the assembly "This is the man Moses who was among the Israelites"
|
||||
|
|
@ -583,7 +585,7 @@ ACT 7 40 tk8u 0 At that time "When they decided to return to Egypt"
|
|||
ACT 7 41 w38i 0 General Information: Stephen's quotation here is from the prophet Amos.
|
||||
ACT 7 41 ux1j figs-explicit ἐμοσχοποίησαν 1 they made a calf Stephen's audience knew the calf they made was a statue. Alternate translation: "they made a statue that looked like a calf" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 7 41 hh77 0 a calf ... the idol ... the work of their hands These phrases all refer to the same statue of the calf.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 d3dd translate-symaction ἔστρεψεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God turned "God turned away." This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: "God stopped correcting them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 42 d3dd translate-symaction ἔστρεψεν ... ὁ Θεὸς 1 God turned "God turned away." This action expresses that God was not pleased with the people and no longer helped them. Alternate translation: "God stopped correcting them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 7 42 rag5 παρέδωκεν αὐτοὺς 1 gave them up "abandoned them"
|
||||
ACT 7 42 u7lx τῇ στρατιᾷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the stars in the sky Possible meanings for the original phrase are 1) the stars only or 2) the sun, moon, and stars.
|
||||
ACT 7 42 f314 βίβλῳ τῶν προφητῶν 1 the book of the prophets This was apparently a collection of the writings of several of the Old Testament prophets into one scroll. It would also have included the writings of Amo.
|
||||
|
|
@ -606,14 +608,14 @@ ACT 7 46 w3cu σκήνωμα τῷ οἴκῳ Ἰακώβ 1 a dwelling place fo
|
|||
ACT 7 47 a7bx 0 General Information: In verses 49 and 50, Stephen quotes from the prophet Isaiah. In the quotation, God is speaking about himself.
|
||||
ACT 7 48 c822 figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 made with hands The hand is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "made by people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 k2vn 0 Heaven is my throne ... the earth is the footstool for my feet The prophet is comparing the greatness of God's presence to how impossible it is for man to build a place for God to rest on earth since the whole earth is nothing but a place for God to rest his feet.
|
||||
ACT 7 49 wc9m figs-rquestion ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι? 1 What kind of house can you build for me? God asks this question to show how useless man's efforts are to take care of God. Alternate translation: "You can not build a house adequate enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 u1ft figs-rquestion τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου? 1 what is the place for my rest? God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: "There is no place of rest good enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 wc9m figs-rquestion ποῖον οἶκον οἰκοδομήσετέ μοι 1 What kind of house can you build for me? God asks this question to show how useless man's efforts are to take care of God. Alternate translation: "You can not build a house adequate enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 49 u1ft figs-rquestion τίς τόπος τῆς καταπαύσεώς μου 1 what is the place for my rest? God asks this question to show man that he cannot provide God any rest. Alternate translation: "There is no place of rest good enough for me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 50 rfk1 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα 1 Did my hand not make all these things? God asks this question to show that man did not create anything. Alternate translation: "My hand made all these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 51 zei2 0 Connecting Statement: With a sharp rebuke, Stephen finishes his response to the high priest and the council which he began in [Acts 7:2](../07/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 7 51 umq6 0 You people who are stiff-necked Stephen shifted from identifying with the Jewish leaders to rebuking them.
|
||||
ACT 7 51 vn7h figs-idiom σκληροτράχηλοι- 1 stiff-necked This does not mean their necks were stiff but rather that they were "stubborn." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 51 vn7h figs-idiom σκληροτράχηλοι 1 stiff-necked This does not mean their necks were stiff but rather that they were "stubborn." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 7 51 zp55 figs-metonymy ἀπερίτμητοι καρδίαις καὶ τοῖς ὠσίν 1 uncircumcised in heart and ears The Jews regarded uncircumcised people as disobedient to God. Stephen uses "hearts and ears" to represent to the Jewish leaders who acted the way Gentiles act when they do not obey or listen to God. Alternate translation: "you refuse to obey and hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 x7kf figs-rquestion τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν? 1 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: "Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 x7kf figs-rquestion τίνα τῶν προφητῶν οὐκ ἐδίωξαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Which of the prophets did your fathers not persecute? Stephen asked this question to show them that they learned nothing from the errors of their forefathers. Alternate translation: "Your forefathers persecuted every prophet!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 7 52 q8wb Δικαίου 1 Righteous One This refers to the Christ, the Messiah.
|
||||
ACT 7 52 agd9 0 you have now become the betrayers and murderers of him also "you have also betrayed and murdered him"
|
||||
ACT 7 52 fcc6 φονεῖς 1 murderers of him "murderers of the Righteous One" or "murderers of the Christ"
|
||||
|
|
@ -641,7 +643,7 @@ ACT 8 1 tp9e translate-versebridge 0 General Information: It may be helpful to
|
|||
ACT 8 1 a7uc 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts from Stephen to Saul in these verses.
|
||||
ACT 8 1 ez88 writing-background 0 So there began ... except the apostles This part of verse 1 is background information about the persecution that began after Stephen's death. This explains why Saul was persecuting the believers in verse 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 vc8x ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 that day This refers to the day that Stephen died ([Acts 7:59-60](../07/59.md)).
|
||||
ACT 8 1 u5pi figs-hyperbole πάντες διεσπάρησαν 1 the believers were all scattered The word "all" is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 u5pi figs-hyperbole πάντες ... διεσπάρησαν 1 the believers were all scattered The word "all" is a generalization to express that a large number of the believers left Jerusalem because of the persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 8 1 k5a2 figs-explicit πλὴν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 except the apostles This statement implies that the apostles remained in Jerusalem even though they also experienced this great persecution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 2 sjc8 0 Devout men "God-fearing men" or "Men who feared God"
|
||||
ACT 8 2 a38x ἐποίησαν κοπετὸν μέγαν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 made great lamentation over him "greatly mourned his death"
|
||||
|
|
@ -665,8 +667,8 @@ ACT 8 9 cx7a τῇ πόλει 1 the city "the city in Samaria" ([Acts 8:5](../0
|
|||
ACT 8 10 kb9b writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse continues to give the beginning of the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 10 evt7 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 All the Samaritans The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Many of the Samaritans" or "The Samaritans in the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 8 10 ibl1 figs-merism ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕως μεγάλου 1 from the least to the greatest These two phrases refer to everyone from one extreme to the other. Alternate translation: "no matter how important they were" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 8 10 j3d8 οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη 1 This man is that power of God which is called Great People were saying that Simon was the divine power known as "The Great Power."
|
||||
ACT 8 10 yw5v ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη 1 that power of God which is called Great Possible meanings are 1) the powerful representative of God or 2) God or 3) the most powerful man or 4) and angel. Since the term is unclear, it may be best to simply translate it as "the Great power of God" .
|
||||
ACT 8 10 j3d8 οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη 1 This man is that power of God which is called Great People were saying that Simon was the divine power known as "The Great Power."
|
||||
ACT 8 10 yw5v ἡ Δύναμις τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἡ καλουμένη Μεγάλη 1 that power of God which is called Great Possible meanings are 1) the powerful representative of God or 2) God or 3) the most powerful man or 4) and angel. Since the term is unclear, it may be best to simply translate it as "the Great power of God" .
|
||||
ACT 8 11 pxj8 writing-background 0 General Information: Simon is introduced to the story of Philip. This verse ends the background information about Simon and who he was among the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 12 yiw3 0 Connecting Statement: These verses give more information about Simon and some of the Samaritans coming to believe in Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 8 12 vsy8 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip baptized them" or "Philip baptized the new believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -679,23 +681,23 @@ ACT 8 14 ju21 figs-synecdoche ἡ Σαμάρεια 1 Samaria This refers to the
|
|||
ACT 8 14 e682 δέδεκται 1 had received "had believed" or "had accepted"
|
||||
ACT 8 15 af1n οἵτινες καταβάντες 1 When they had come down "when Peter and John had come down"
|
||||
ACT 8 15 hk1m καταβάντες 1 come down This phrase is used here because Samaria is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 8 15 bun9 καταβάντες προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν 1 they prayed for them "Peter and John prayed for the Samaritan believers"
|
||||
ACT 8 15 bun9 καταβάντες, προσηύξαντο περὶ αὐτῶν 1 they prayed for them "Peter and John prayed for the Samaritan believers"
|
||||
ACT 8 15 n7vc ὅπως λάβωσιν Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that they might receive the Holy Spirit "that the Samaritan believers might receive the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ACT 8 16 m1nw figs-activepassive μόνον βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον 1 they had only been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 16 rn3c figs-metonymy μόνον βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: "they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 16 m1nw figs-activepassive μόνον ... βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον 1 they had only been baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Philip had only baptized the Samaritan believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 16 rn3c figs-metonymy μόνον ... βεβαπτισμένοι ὑπῆρχον εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 they had only been baptized into the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" represents authority, and being baptized into his name represents being baptized in order to be under his authority. Alternate translation: "they had only been baptized to become disciples of the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 17 fwh8 ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 Peter and John placed their hands on them The word "them" refers to the Samaritan people who believed Stephen's message of the gospel.
|
||||
ACT 8 17 q7gd translate-symaction ἐπετίθεσαν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 placed their hands on them This symbolic action shows that Peter and John wanted God to give the Holy Spirit to the believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 8 18 rh79 figs-activepassive 0 the Holy Spirit was given through the laying on of the apostles' hands This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the apostles gave the Holy Spirit by laying their hands on people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 19 fbw9 ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit "that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands"
|
||||
ACT 8 19 fbw9 ἵνα ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπιθῶ τὰς χεῖρας, λαμβάνῃ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον 1 that whoever I place my hands on might receive the Holy Spirit "that I can give the Holy Spirit to anyone on whom I place my hands"
|
||||
ACT 8 20 df1j 0 General Information: Here the words him, your, you, and yours all refer to Simon.
|
||||
ACT 8 20 jju3 τὸ ἀργύριόν σου σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 May your silver perish along with you "May you and your money be destroyed"
|
||||
ACT 8 20 jju3 τὸ ἀργύριόν σου, σὺν σοὶ εἴη εἰς ἀπώλειαν 1 May your silver perish along with you "May you and your money be destroyed"
|
||||
ACT 8 20 gh12 τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the gift of God Here this refers to the ability to give the Holy Spirit by laying his hands on someone.
|
||||
ACT 8 21 p2ev figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ 1 You have no part or share in this matter The words "part" and "share" mean the same thing and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: "You may not participate in this work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 8 21 xbh2 figs-metonymy ἡ γὰρ καρδία σου οὐκ ἔστιν εὐθεῖα 1 your heart is not right Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or motives. Alternate translation: "you are not right in your heart" or "the motives of your mind are not right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 ppk5 figs-metonymy ἡ ἐπίνοια τῆς καρδίας σου 1 for the intention of your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts. Alternate translation: "for what you intended to do" or "for what you were thinking of doing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 22 sa6s τῆς κακίας ταύτης 1 this wickedness "these evil thoughts"
|
||||
ACT 8 22 sa6s τῆς κακίας ... ταύτης 1 this wickedness "these evil thoughts"
|
||||
ACT 8 22 pe2u εἰ ἄρα ἀφεθήσεταί 1 he might perhaps forgive "he may be willing to forgive"
|
||||
ACT 8 23 d3v7 figs-metaphor εἰς χολὴν πικρίας 1 in the poison of bitterness Here "in the poison of bitterness" is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: "very envious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 8 23 d3v7 figs-metaphor εἰς ... χολὴν πικρίας 1 in the poison of bitterness Here "in the poison of bitterness" is a metaphor for being very envious. It speaks of envy as if it tastes bitter and poisons the person who is envious. Alternate translation: "very envious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 8 23 j696 figs-metaphor 0 in the bonds of sin The phrase "bonds of sin" is spoken of as if sin can restrain Simon and keep him a prisoner. It is metaphor that means Simon is not able to stop himself from sinning. Alternate translation: "because you continue sinning you are like a prisoner" or "you are like a prisoner to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 8 24 n5cw 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to Peter and John.
|
||||
ACT 8 24 u1a4 0 so that nothing you have said may happen to me This can be stated another way. Alternate translation: "the things you have said ... may not happen to me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -703,17 +705,17 @@ ACT 8 24 sk5w 0 so that nothing you have said may happen to me This refers to
|
|||
ACT 8 25 dl9f 0 Connecting Statement: This is concludes the part of the story about Simon and the Samaritans.
|
||||
ACT 8 25 uz15 διαμαρτυράμενοι 1 testified Peter and John told what they personally knew about Jesus to the Samaritans.
|
||||
ACT 8 25 ww9k figs-metonymy λαλήσαντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 spoken the word of the Lord "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Peter and John explained the message about Jesus to the Samaritans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 25 eu66 figs-synecdoche πολλάς κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν 1 to many villages of the Samaritans Here "villages" refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: "to the people in many Samaritan villages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 8 25 eu66 figs-synecdoche πολλάς ... κώμας τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν 1 to many villages of the Samaritans Here "villages" refers to the people in them. Alternate translation: "to the people in many Samaritan villages" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 8 26 zkc5 writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 27 gives background information about the man from Ethiopia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 26 rnh4 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia.
|
||||
ACT 8 26 mbj9 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a transition in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 8 26 w1nk ἀνάστηθι καὶ πορεύου 1 Arise and go These verbs work together to emphasize that he should get ready to start a long journey that will take some time. Alternate translation: "Get ready to travel"
|
||||
ACT 8 26 le2c τὴν καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν 1 goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza The phrase "goes down" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Gaza.
|
||||
ACT 8 26 le2c τὴν ... καταβαίνουσαν ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν 1 goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza The phrase "goes down" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Gaza.
|
||||
ACT 8 26 a18y writing-background αὕτη ἐστὶν ἔρημος 1 This road is in a desert Most scholars believe Luke added this comment to describe the area through which Philip would travel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 8 27 xy7x writing-participants 0 Behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 8 27 s1uf εὐνοῦχος 1 eunuch The emphasis of "eunuch" here is about the Ethiopian's being a high government official, not so much his physical state of being castrated.
|
||||
ACT 8 27 t5t1 translate-names Κανδάκης 1 Candace This was a title for the queens of Ethiopia. It is similar to the way the word Pharaoh was used for the kings of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 8 27 v8q7 figs-explicit ὃς ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 He had come to Jerusalem to worship This implies that he was a Gentile who believed in God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. Alternate translation: "He had come to worship God at the temple in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 27 v8q7 figs-explicit ὃς ... ἐληλύθει προσκυνήσων εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 He had come to Jerusalem to worship This implies that he was a Gentile who believed in God and had come to worship at the Jewish temple. Alternate translation: "He had come to worship God at the temple in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 28 d3kv τοῦ ἅρματος 1 chariot Possibly "wagon" or "carriage" is more fitting in this context. Chariots are normally mentioned as a vehicle for war, not as a vehicle for long-distance travel. Also, people stood to ride in chariots.
|
||||
ACT 8 28 bx2j figs-metonymy ἀνεγίνωσκεν τὸν προφήτην Ἠσαΐαν 1 reading the prophet Isaiah This is the Old Testament book Isaiah. Alternate translation: "reading from the book of the prophet Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 8 29 llh1 figs-metonymy κολλήθητι τῷ ἅρματι τούτῳ 1 stay close to this chariot Philip understood that this meant he was to stay close to the person riding in the chariot. Alternate translation: "accompany the man in this chariot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -722,9 +724,9 @@ ACT 8 30 x98i 0 Do you understand what you are reading? The Ethiopian was inte
|
|||
ACT 8 31 r5g2 figs-rquestion 0 How can I, unless someone guides me? This question was asked to state emphatically that he could not understand without help. Alternate translation: "I cannot understand unless someone guides me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 8 31 zx9h figs-explicit 0 He begged Philip to ... sit with him It is implied here that Philip agreed to travel down the road with him to explain the scriptures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 8 32 nd93 0 General Information: This a passage from the book of Isaiah. Here the words "he" and "his" refer to the Messiah.
|
||||
ACT 8 32 lu3j ὡς ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος 1 like a lamb before his shearer is silent A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used.
|
||||
ACT 8 32 lu3j ὡς ... ἀμνὸς ἐναντίον τοῦ κείραντος αὐτὸν ἄφωνος 1 like a lamb before his shearer is silent A shearer is a person who cuts the wool off the sheep so that it may be used.
|
||||
ACT 8 33 y2a1 figs-activepassive 0 In his humiliation justice was taken away from him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He was humiliated and they did not judge him fairly" or "he allowed himself to be humbled before his accusers and he suffered injustice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 33 k3uz figs-rquestion τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται? 1 Who can fully describe his descendants? This question was used to emphasize the he will not have descendants. Alternate translation: "No one will be able to speak about his descendant, for there will not be any" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 8 33 k3uz figs-rquestion τὴν γενεὰν αὐτοῦ τίς διηγήσεται 1 Who can fully describe his descendants? This question was used to emphasize the he will not have descendants. Alternate translation: "No one will be able to speak about his descendant, for there will not be any" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 8 33 idk8 figs-activepassive αἴρεται ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἡ ζωὴ αὐτοῦ 1 his life was taken from the earth This referred to his death. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "men killed him" or "men took his life from the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 8 34 htb2 δέομαί σου 1 I beg you "Please tell me"
|
||||
ACT 8 35 uw21 figs-metonymy τῆς Γραφῆς ταύτης 1 this scripture This refers to Isaiah's writings in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: "in the writings of Isaiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -733,7 +735,7 @@ ACT 8 36 muz2 figs-rquestion τί κωλύει με βαπτισθῆναι 1 Wh
|
|||
ACT 8 38 l8wl ἐκέλευσεν στῆναι τὸ ἅρμα 1 commanded the chariot to stop "told the driver of the chariot to stop"
|
||||
ACT 8 39 tz5u 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Philip and the man from Ethiopia. The story of Philip ends at Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 8 39 xp52 0 the eunuch saw him no more "the eunuch did not see Philip again"
|
||||
ACT 8 40 r1x7 Φίλιππος εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον 1 Philip appeared at Azotus There was no indication of Philip's traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus.
|
||||
ACT 8 40 r1x7 Φίλιππος ... εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον 1 Philip appeared at Azotus There was no indication of Philip's traveling between where he baptized the Ethiopian and Azotus. He just suddenly disappeared along the road to Gaza and reappeared at the town of Azotus.
|
||||
ACT 8 40 arh5 διερχόμενος 1 that region This refers to the area around the town of Azotus.
|
||||
ACT 8 40 zfn6 εὐηγγελίζετο τὰς πόλεις πάσας 1 to all the cities "to all the cities in that region"
|
||||
ACT 9 intro jm6x 0 # Acts 09 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The Way"<br><br>No one knows for sure who first started calling believers "followers of the Way." This is probably what the believers called themselves, because the Bible often speaks of a person living his life as if that person were walking on a path or "way." If this is true, the believers were "following the way of the Lord" by living in a way that pleased God.<br><br>##### "Letters for the synagogues in Damascus"<br><br>The "letters" Paul asked for were probably legal papers that permitted him to put Christians in prison. The synagogue leaders in Damascus would have obeyed the letter because it was written by the high priest. If the Romans had seen the letter, they also would have allowed Saul to persecute the Christians, because they permitted the Jews to do as they desired to people who broke their religious laws.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### What Saul saw when he met Jesus<br><br>It is clear that Saul saw a light and that it was because of this light that he "fell upon the ground." Some people think that Saul knew that it was the Lord speaking to him without seeing a human form, because the Bible often speaks of God as being light and living in light. Other people think that later in his life he was able to say, "I have seen the Lord Jesus" because it was a human form that he saw here.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -742,7 +744,7 @@ ACT 9 1 yt9e 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts back to Saul and his sal
|
|||
ACT 9 1 anb6 figs-abstractnouns 0 still speaking threats even of murder against the disciples The noun "murder" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "still speaking threats, even to murder the disciples" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 9 2 v9lw figs-metonymy 0 for the synagogues This refers to the people in the synagogues. Alternate translation: "for the people in the synagogues" or "for the leaders in the synagogues" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 2 y8f6 ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ 1 if he found any "when he found anyone" or "if he found anyone"
|
||||
ACT 9 2 pk19 τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντας 1 who belonged to the Way "who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ"
|
||||
ACT 9 2 pk19 τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὄντας 1 who belonged to the Way "who followed the teachings of Jesus Christ"
|
||||
ACT 9 2 n94s τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This term appears to have been a title for Christianity at that time.
|
||||
ACT 9 2 a6z4 figs-explicit δεδεμένους ἀγάγῃ εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 he might bring them bound to Jerusalem "he might take them as prisoners to Jerusalem." Paul's purpose can be made clear by adding "so that the Jewish leaders could judge and punish them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 3 lv9q 0 Connecting Statement: After the high priest gave Saul the letters, Saul left for Damascus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -753,14 +755,14 @@ ACT 9 3 gua8 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 out of heaven Possible meanings a
|
|||
ACT 9 4 y4u4 πεσὼν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν 1 he fell upon the ground Possible meanings are that 1) "Saul threw himself to the ground" or 2) "The light caused him to fall to the ground" or 3) "Saul fell to the ground the way one who fainted fell." Saul did not fall accidentally.
|
||||
ACT 9 4 c9l4 figs-rquestion τί με διώκεις 1 why are you persecuting me? This rhetorical question communicates a rebuke to Saul. In some languages a statement would be more natural (AT): "You are persecuting me!" or a command (AT): "Stop persecuting me!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 9 5 q8ge 0 General Information: Every occurrence of the word "you" here is singular.
|
||||
ACT 9 5 jaq2 ," τίς εἶ, κύριε?" 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power.
|
||||
ACT 9 5 jaq2 τίς εἶ, κύριε 1 Who are you, Lord? Saul was not acknowledging that Jesus is the Lord. He uses that title because he understood that he spoke to someone of supernatural power.
|
||||
ACT 9 6 i1kj 0 but rise, enter into the city "get up and go into the city Damascus"
|
||||
ACT 9 6 fbi6 figs-activepassive λαληθήσεταί σοι 1 it will be told you This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: "someone will tell you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 7 xu7c ἀκούοντες μὲν τῆς φωνῆς, μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 hearing the voice, but seeing no one "they heard the voice, but they did not see anyone"
|
||||
ACT 9 7 f9fe μηδένα δὲ θεωροῦντες 1 but seeing no one "but saw no one." Apparently only Saul experienced the light.
|
||||
ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 when he opened his eyes This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 8 puw3 figs-explicit ἀνεῳγμένων ... τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτοῦ 1 when he opened his eyes This implies that he had closed his eyes because the light was too bright. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 8 dgg8 οὐδὲν ἔβλεπεν 1 he could see nothing "he could not see anything." Saul was blind.
|
||||
ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν μὴ βλέπων 1 was without sight "was blind" or "could not see anything"
|
||||
ACT 9 9 fhn6 ἦν ... μὴ βλέπων 1 was without sight "was blind" or "could not see anything"
|
||||
ACT 9 9 t8uc οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲ ἔπιεν 1 he neither ate nor drank It is not stated whether he chose not to eat or drink as a form of worship, or if he had no appetite because he was too distressed from his situation. It is preferable not to specify the reason.
|
||||
ACT 9 10 kgn9 translate-names 0 General Information: The story of Saul continues but Luke introduces another man named Ananias. This is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md). You may translate this name the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). Though there is more than one Judas mentioned in the New Testament, it is likely this is the only appearance of this Judas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 10 j847 writing-participants ἦν δέ 1 Now there was This introduces Ananias as a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -778,16 +780,16 @@ ACT 9 15 z5fj figs-metonymy 0 to carry my name This is an expression for identi
|
|||
ACT 9 16 kty3 figs-metonymy 0 for the cause of my name This is an expression meaning "for telling people about me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 17 q61x figs-you 0 General Information: The word "you" here is singular and refers to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 9 17 j2pf 0 Connecting Statement: Ananias goes to the house where Saul is staying. After Saul is healed, the story shifts from Ananias back to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 9 17 s8ms ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 So Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: "So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it"
|
||||
ACT 9 17 s8ms ἀπῆλθεν δὲ Ἁνανίας καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 So Ananias departed, and entered into the house It may be helpful to state that Ananias went to the house before he entered into it. Alternate translation: "So Ananias went, and after he found the house where Saul was, he entered it"
|
||||
ACT 9 17 my6m translate-symaction 0 Laying his hands on him Ananias put his hands on Saul. This was a symbol of giving a blessing to Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 9 17 a89q figs-activepassive ὅπως ἀναβλέψῃς καὶ πλησθῇς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 so that you might receive your sight and be filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has sent me so that you might see again and that the Holy Spirit might fill you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell "something that appeared like fish scales fell"
|
||||
ACT 9 18 m1hx ἀπέπεσαν ... ὡς λεπίδες 1 something like scales fell "something that appeared like fish scales fell"
|
||||
ACT 9 18 g2ea ἀνέβλεψέν 1 he received his sight "he was able to see again"
|
||||
ACT 9 18 efs9 figs-activepassive 0 he arose and was baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he got up and Ananias baptized him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 20 rc49 0 General Information: Here only the second "he" refers to Jesus, the Son of God. The first "he" and the other ones refer to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 9 20 w65r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ACT 9 21 xid8 figs-hyperbole 0 All who heard him The word "All" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "Those who heard him" or "Many who heard him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion ἐστιν? οὗτός ὁ πορθήσας τοὺς οὐχ Ἰερουσαλὴμ ἐπικαλουμένους τοῦτο τὸ ὄνομα ἐν 1 Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name? This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. Alternate translation: "This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 9 21 f4fd figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πορθήσας ἐν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τοὺς ἐπικαλουμένους τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 Is not this the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name? This is a rhetorical and negative question that emphasizes that Saul was indeed the man who had persecuted the believers. Alternate translation: "This is the man who destroyed those in Jerusalem who called on this name Jesus!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 9 21 ctg3 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦτο 1 this name Here "name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "the name of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 9 22 r1np συνέχυννεν τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 causing distress among the Jews They were distressed in the sense that they could not find a way to refute Saul's arguments that Jesus was the Christ.
|
||||
ACT 9 23 g6gw 0 General Information: The word "him" in this section refers to Saul.
|
||||
|
|
@ -795,7 +797,7 @@ ACT 9 23 g74c figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This refers to
|
|||
ACT 9 24 lv62 figs-activepassive ἐγνώσθη δὲ τῷ Σαύλῳ ἡ ἐπιβουλὴ αὐτῶν 1 But their plan became known to Saul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But someone told their plan to Saul" or "But Saul learned about their plan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 24 cy9n 0 They watched the gates This city had a wall surrounding it. People could normally only enter and exit the city through the gates.
|
||||
ACT 9 25 lc8m οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples people who believed Saul's message about Jesus and were following his teaching
|
||||
ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket "used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall"
|
||||
ACT 9 25 u8g8 διὰ τοῦ τείχους, καθῆκαν αὐτὸν, χαλάσαντες ἐν σπυρίδι 1 let him down through the wall, lowering him in a basket "used ropes to lower him in a large basket through an opening in the wall"
|
||||
ACT 9 26 j1el 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to Saul all but one time. "And 'he' told them how" in verse 27 refers to Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 9 26 e38m figs-hyperbole καὶ πάντες ἐφοβοῦντο αὐτόν 1 but they were all afraid of him Here "they were all" is a generalization, but it is possible that it refers to every person. Alternate translation: "but they were afraid of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 9 27 n9f1 figs-metonymy ἐπαρρησιάσατο ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 had spoken boldly in the name of Jesus This is a way of saying he preached or taught the gospel message of Jesus Christ without fear. Alternate translation: "had openly preached the message about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -827,11 +829,12 @@ ACT 9 35 pf23 εἶδαν αὐτὸν 1 saw the man It may be helpful to state
|
|||
ACT 9 35 x9yw figs-metaphor οἵτινες ἐπέστρεψαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 and they turned to the Lord Here "turned to the Lord" is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: "and they repented of their sins and started obeying the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 gy8u writing-background 0 General Information: These verses give background information about the woman named Tabitha. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 du3s 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues the story with a new event about Peter.
|
||||
ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται" Δορκάς." 1 Tabitha, which is translated as "Dorcas." Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean "gazelle." Alternate translation: "Her name in the Greek language was Dorcas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 zgq5 writing-newevent δέ ... ἦν 1 Now there was This introduces a new part in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 gwr4 translate-names Ταβειθά, ἣ διερμηνευομένη λέγεται,
|
||||
“ Δορκάς 1 Tabitha, which is translated as "Dorcas." Tabitha is her name in the Aramaic language, and Dorcas is her name in the Greek language. Both names mean "gazelle." Alternate translation: "Her name in the Greek language was Dorcas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 9 36 q2rn πλήρης ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 full of good works "doing many good things"
|
||||
ACT 9 37 mg72 figs-explicit 0 It came about in those days This refers to the time when Peter was in Joppa. This can be stated. Alternate translation: "It came about while Peter was nearby" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες αὐτὴν 1 washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial.
|
||||
ACT 9 37 y8sx λούσαντες ... αὐτὴν 1 washed her This was washing to prepare for her burial.
|
||||
ACT 9 37 znj4 ἔθηκαν ἐν ὑπερῴῳ 1 they laid her in an upper room This was a temporary display of the body during the funeral process.
|
||||
ACT 9 38 uhz5 ἀπέστειλαν δύο ἄνδρας πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 they sent two men to him "the disciples sent two men to Peter"
|
||||
ACT 9 39 k1se εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 to the upper room "to the upstairs room where Dorcas' body was lying"
|
||||
|
|
@ -839,11 +842,11 @@ ACT 9 39 me79 πᾶσαι αἱ χῆραι 1 all the widows It is possible tha
|
|||
ACT 9 39 piu7 χῆραι 1 widows women whose husbands had died and therefore needed help
|
||||
ACT 9 39 y6q5 μετ’ αὐτῶν οὖσα 1 while she had been with them "while she was still alive with the disciples"
|
||||
ACT 9 40 ek9c writing-endofstory 0 The story of Tabitha ends in verse 42. Verse 43 tells us what happens to Peter after the story ends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 9 40 yp2u ἐκβαλὼν ἔξω πάντας 1 put them all out of the room "told them all to leave the room." Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς αὐτῇ χεῖρα ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 gave her his hand and lifted her up Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up.
|
||||
ACT 9 40 yp2u ἐκβαλὼν ... ἔξω πάντας 1 put them all out of the room "told them all to leave the room." Peter had everyone leave so he could be alone to pray for Tabitha.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 r7n6 δοὺς ... αὐτῇ χεῖρα, ἀνέστησεν αὐτήν 1 gave her his hand and lifted her up Peter took hold of her hand and helped her stand up.
|
||||
ACT 9 41 b73s 0 the believers and the widows The widows were possibly also believers but are mentioned specifically because Tabitha was so important to them.
|
||||
ACT 9 42 nda9 figs-activepassive 0 This matter became known throughout all Joppa This refers to the miracle of Peter's raising Tabitha from the dead. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People throughout all Joppa heard about this matter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 9 42 fyz4 ἐπίστευσαν ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 believed on the Lord "believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 9 42 fyz4 ἐπίστευσαν ... ἐπὶ τὸν Κύριον 1 believed on the Lord "believed in the gospel of the Lord Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 9 43 k9ik writing-newevent 0 It happened that "It came about that." This introduces the beginning of the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 9 43 qar2 Σίμωνι, βυρσεῖ 1 Simon, a tanner "a man named Simon who made leather from animal skins"
|
||||
ACT 10 intro ym7z 0 # Acts 10 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Unclean<br><br>The Jews believed that they could become unclean in God's sight if they visited or ate food with a Gentile. This was because the Pharisees had made a law against it because they wanted to keep people from eating foods that the law of Moses said were unclean. The law of Moses did say that some foods were unclean, but it did not say that God's people could not visit or eat with Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### Baptism and the Holy Spirit<br><br>The Holy Spirit "fell on" those who were listening to Peter. This showed the Jewish believers that Gentiles could receive the word of God and receive the Holy Spirit just as the Jewish believers had. After that, the Gentiles were baptized.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -855,7 +858,7 @@ ACT 10 2 s6rh 0 He was a devout man, one who worshiped God "He believed in God
|
|||
ACT 10 2 n8i3 0 worshiped God The word for "worshiped" here has the sense of deep respect and awe.
|
||||
ACT 10 2 w2kx figs-hyperbole δεόμενος τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ παντός 1 he constantly prayed to God The word "constantly" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "he prayed to God a lot" or "he prayed to God regularly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 3 up3j ὥραν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour "three o'clock in the afternoon." This is the normal afternoon prayer time for Jews.
|
||||
ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν φανερῶς ὡσεὶ 1 he clearly saw "Cornelius clearly saw"
|
||||
ACT 10 3 g3lv εἶδεν ... φανερῶς, ὡσεὶ 1 he clearly saw "Cornelius clearly saw"
|
||||
ACT 10 4 p5ml figs-explicit 0 Your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering into God's presence It is implied that his gifts and prayers had been accepted by God. Alternate translation: "God is pleased by your prayers and your gifts ... a memorial offering to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 10 6 lt9n βυρσεῖ 1 a tanner a person who makes leather from animal skins
|
||||
ACT 10 7 g6lq 0 When the angel who spoke to him had left "When Cornelius' vision of the angel had ended."
|
||||
|
|
@ -866,8 +869,8 @@ ACT 10 8 d2p3 ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ἰόππη
|
|||
ACT 10 9 ey9n 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Cornelius' two servants and the soldier under Cornelius' command ([Acts 10:7](../10/07.md)).
|
||||
ACT 10 9 w3g4 0 Connecting Statement: The story shifts away from Cornelius to tell us what God is doing with to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 10 9 tu7n περὶ ὥραν ἕκτην 1 about the sixth hour "around noon"
|
||||
ACT 10 9 r6l8 ἀνέβη ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 up upon the housetop The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them.
|
||||
ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων αὐτῶν 1 while the people were cooking some food "before the people finished cooking the food"
|
||||
ACT 10 9 r6l8 ἀνέβη ... ἐπὶ τὸ δῶμα 1 up upon the housetop The roofs of the houses were flat, and people often did many different activities on them.
|
||||
ACT 10 10 slq7 παρασκευαζόντων ... αὐτῶν 1 while the people were cooking some food "before the people finished cooking the food"
|
||||
ACT 10 10 im7x figs-activepassive 0 he was given a vision "God gave him a vision" or "he saw a vision" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 11 n4hi θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον 1 he saw the sky open This was the beginning of Peter's vision. It can be a new sentence.
|
||||
ACT 10 11 u9u4 0 something like a large sheet ... four corners The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth.
|
||||
|
|
@ -899,10 +902,10 @@ ACT 10 23 shs5 ἐξένισεν 1 stay with him "be his guests"
|
|||
ACT 10 23 t7cz 0 some of the brothers from Joppa This refers to believers who lived in Joppa.
|
||||
ACT 10 24 c3s6 0 On the following day This was the next day after they left Joppa. The journey to Caesarea took longer than one day.
|
||||
ACT 10 24 g2up ὁ δὲ Κορνήλιος ἦν προσδοκῶν αὐτοὺς 1 Cornelius was waiting for them "Cornelius expected them"
|
||||
ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 when Peter entered "when Peter entered the house"
|
||||
ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας προσεκύνησεν 1 fell down at his feet to worship him "he knelt down and put his face close to Peter's feet." He did this to honor Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 10 25 wxt8 ὡς ... τοῦ εἰσελθεῖν τὸν Πέτρον 1 when Peter entered "when Peter entered the house"
|
||||
ACT 10 25 b4pn translate-symaction πεσὼν ἐπὶ τοὺς πόδας, προσεκύνησεν 1 fell down at his feet to worship him "he knelt down and put his face close to Peter's feet." He did this to honor Peter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 10 25 u2x5 πεσὼν 1 fell down He purposely lies down facing the ground to show that he is worshiping.
|
||||
ACT 10 26 s7n5 ἀνάστηθι! καὶ ἐγὼ ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Stand up! I too am a man This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: "Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are"
|
||||
ACT 10 26 s7n5 ἀνάστηθι, καὶ ἐγὼ ... ἄνθρωπός εἰμι 1 Stand up! I too am a man This was a mild rebuke or correction to Cornelius not to worship Peter. Alternate translation: "Stop doing that! I am only a man, as you are"
|
||||
ACT 10 27 f9x6 figs-you 0 General Information: The word "him" here refers to Cornelius. Here the words "You" and "you" are plural and include Cornelius as well as the Gentiles who were present. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 10 27 bg7b 0 Connecting Statement: Peter addresses the people who are gathered in Cornelius' house.
|
||||
ACT 10 27 twp9 figs-explicit συνεληλυθότας πολλούς 1 many people gathered together "many Gentile people gathered together." It is implied that these people Cornelius had invited were Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -935,9 +938,9 @@ ACT 10 37 sq2i μετὰ τὸ βάπτισμα ὃ ἐκήρυξεν Ἰωάν
|
|||
ACT 10 38 jtr3 0 the events ... and with power This long sentence, which begins in verse 36, can be shortened into several sentences as in the UST. "You know ... of all. You yourselves know ... announced. You know the events ... with power"
|
||||
ACT 10 38 ku82 figs-metaphor ἔχρισεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεὸς Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ καὶ δυνάμει 1 God anointed him with the Holy Spirit and with power The Holy Spirit and God's power are spoken of as if they are something that can be poured out onto a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 10 38 y5ya figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς καταδυναστευομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 all who were oppressed by the devil The word "all" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "those who were oppressed by the devil" or "many people who were oppressed by the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The idiom "was with him" means "was helping him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 10 38 tj3u figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ... ἦν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 God was with him The idiom "was with him" means "was helping him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 10 39 kal7 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words "We" and "we" here refer to Peter and the apostles and believers who were with Jesus when he was on earth. The words "he" and "him" here refer to Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 39 sx3a ἔν τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time.
|
||||
ACT 10 39 sx3a ἔν ... τῇ χώρᾳ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 in the country of the Jews This refers mainly to Judea at that time.
|
||||
ACT 10 39 z4dt κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hanging him on a tree This is another expression that refers to crucifixion. Alternate translation: "nailing him to a wooden cross"
|
||||
ACT 10 40 cxj5 figs-idiom τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 God raised him up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused him to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 10 40 w8kv τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the third day "the third day after he died"
|
||||
|
|
@ -948,7 +951,7 @@ ACT 10 42 zne5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to everyone i
|
|||
ACT 10 42 c1ak figs-activepassive 0 that this is the one who has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God chose this Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 42 ws4t figs-nominaladj κριτὴς ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν 1 the living and the dead This refers to people who are still living and people who have died. Alternate translation: "the people who are alive and the people who are dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 10 43 ub5d τούτῳ πάντες οἱ προφῆται μαρτυροῦσιν 1 It is to him that all the prophets bear witness "All the prophets bear witness to Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 10 43 vq6l figs-activepassive ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν 1 everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 43 vq6l figs-activepassive ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν ... πάντα τὸν πιστεύοντα εἰς αὐτὸν 1 everyone who believes in him shall receive forgiveness of sins This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will forgive the sins of everyone who believes in Jesus because of what Jesus has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 43 y6d1 figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 through his name Here "his name" refers to the actions of Jesus. His name means God who saves. Alternate translation: "through what Jesus has done for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 10 44 cz7x ἐπέπεσε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 the Holy Spirit fell Here the word "fell" means "happened suddenly." Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit suddenly came"
|
||||
ACT 10 44 wf7u πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 all of those who were listening Here "all" refers to all the Gentiles at the house who were listening to Peter.
|
||||
|
|
@ -956,37 +959,37 @@ ACT 10 45 j6wt ἡ δωρεὰ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 the gif
|
|||
ACT 10 45 g161 figs-activepassive τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐκκέχυται 1 the Holy Spirit was poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God poured out the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 45 mqs8 figs-metaphor ἐκκέχυται 1 poured out The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that could be poured out upon people. It implies a generous amount. Alternate translation: "generously given" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 10 45 je22 ἡ δωρεὰ 1 the gift "the free gift"
|
||||
ACT 10 45 f33n καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη 1 also on the Gentiles Here "also" refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers.
|
||||
ACT 10 45 f33n καὶ ... ἐπὶ τὰ ἔθνη 1 also on the Gentiles Here "also" refers to the fact that the Holy Spirit had already been given to the Jewish believers.
|
||||
ACT 10 46 w58d 0 General Information: The words "he" and "him" refer to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 10 46 mpg5 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 10 46 p6pa αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν 1 Gentiles speak in other languages and praising God These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God.
|
||||
ACT 10 46 p6pa αὐτῶν λαλούντων γλώσσαις, καὶ μεγαλυνόντων τὸν Θεόν 1 Gentiles speak in other languages and praising God These were known spoken languages that caused the Jews to acknowledge that the Gentiles were indeed praising God.
|
||||
ACT 10 47 u5d5 figs-rquestion 0 Can anyone keep water from these people so they should not be baptized, these people who have received ... we? Peter uses this question to convince the Jewish Christians that the Gentile believers should be baptized. Alternate translation: "No one should keep water from these people! We should baptize them because they have received ... we!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 48 t2y9 figs-explicit προσέταξεν αὐτοὺς βαπτισθῆναι 1 he commanded them to be baptized It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. Alternate translation: "Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them" or "Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 48 t2y9 figs-explicit προσέταξεν ... αὐτοὺς ... βαπτισθῆναι 1 he commanded them to be baptized It is implied that the Jewish Christians were the ones who would baptize them. Alternate translation: "Peter commanded the Gentile believers to allow the Jewish Christians to baptize them" or "Peter commanded the Jewish Christians to baptize them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 10 48 ax6x figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ βαπτισθῆναι 1 be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ Here "in the name of Jesus Christ" expresses that the reason for their baptism was that they believed in Jesus. Alternate translation: "be baptized as believers in Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 intro hva5 0 # Acts 11 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The Gentiles also had received the word of God"<br><br>Almost all of the first believers were Jewish. Luke writes in this chapter that many Gentiles started to believe in Jesus. They believed that the message about Jesus was true and so began to "receive the word of God." Some of the believers in Jerusalem did not believe that Gentiles could truly follow Jesus, so Peter went to them and told them what had happened to him and how he had seen the Gentiles receive the Word of God and receive the Holy Spirit.<br>
|
||||
ACT 11 1 uw5m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 j7f7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter arrives in Jerusalem and begins talking to the Jews there.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 ab75 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This marks a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 11 1 f1md οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The phrase "brothers" here refers to the believers in Judea.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 q8wl οἱ ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 who were in Judea "who were in the province of Judea"
|
||||
ACT 11 1 f1md οἱ ... ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The phrase "brothers" here refers to the believers in Judea.
|
||||
ACT 11 1 q8wl οἱ ... ὄντες κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν 1 who were in Judea "who were in the province of Judea"
|
||||
ACT 11 1 w3rx figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 had received the word of God This expression refers to the fact that the Gentiles believed the gospel message about Jesus. Alternate translation: "believed the message of God about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 2 kb4m ἀνέβη εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 had come up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
ACT 11 2 kb4m ἀνέβη ... εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 had come up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of coming up to Jerusalem and going down from it.
|
||||
ACT 11 2 yar6 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ περιτομῆς 1 they who belonged to the circumcision group This is a reference to some of the Jews who believed that every believer must be circumcised. Alternate translation: "some Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted all followers of Christ to be circumcized" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 3 ah7v figs-metonymy ἄνδρας ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας 1 uncircumcised men The phrase "uncircumcised men" refers to Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 3 ah7v figs-metonymy ἄνδρας, ἀκροβυστίαν ἔχοντας 1 uncircumcised men The phrase "uncircumcised men" refers to Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 3 t9e1 συνέφαγεν αὐτοῖς 1 ate with them It was against Jewish tradition for Jews to eat with Gentiles.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 lrh6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter responds to the Jews by telling them about his vision and about what had happened at Cornelius' house.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 bfp5 ἀρξάμενος Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο 1 Peter started to explain Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 bfp5 ἀρξάμενος ... Πέτρος ἐξετίθετο 1 Peter started to explain Peter did not criticize the Jewish believers but reacted in a friendly explanatory manner.
|
||||
ACT 11 4 nuy6 καθεξῆς 1 in detail "exactly what happened"
|
||||
ACT 11 5 j37p ὡς ὀθόνην μεγάλην 1 like a large sheet The container holding the animals had the appearance of a large square piece of cloth. See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 5 axu6 τέσσαρσιν ἀρχαῖς 1 by its four corners "with its four corners suspended" or "with its four corners higher than the rest of it." See how you translated this in [Acts 10:11](../10/11.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 6 lbh4 figs-explicit τετράποδα- τῆς γῆς 1 four-legged animals of earth From Peter's response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 11 6 lbh4 figs-explicit τετράποδα τῆς γῆς 1 four-legged animals of earth From Peter's response, it can be implied that the law of Moses commanded the Jews not to eat some of them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 10:12](../10/12.md). Alternate translation: "animals and birds that the Mosaic laws forbade Jews to eat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 11 6 ew64 θηρία 1 wild beasts This probably refer to the animals people do not or can not tame or control.
|
||||
ACT 11 6 t36i ἑρπετὰ 1 creeping animals These are reptiles.
|
||||
ACT 11 7 i5ic figs-synecdoche 0 I heard a voice The person speaking is not specified. The "voice" was probably God, although it could possibly have been an angel from God. See how you translated "a voice" in [Acts 10:13](../10/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m4mu μηδαμῶς 1 Not so "I will not do that." See how you translated this in [Acts 10:14](../10/14.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 8 m5p5 figs-metonymy κοινὸν ἢ ἀκάθαρτον οὐδέποτε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ στόμα μου 1 nothing unholy or unclean has ever entered into my mouth Apparently the animals in the sheet were animals which the Jewish law in the Old Testament forbade the Jews to eat. This can be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "I have eaten only meat from holy and clean animals" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 11 8 kj91 ἀκάθαρτον 1 unclean In the Old Testament Jewish law, a person became ritually "unclean" in various ways, such as eating certain forbidden animals.
|
||||
ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου 1 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 9 n2gn figs-metonymy ἃ‘ ὁ Θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου 1 What God has declared clean, do not call unclean This refers to the animals in the sheet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 10 xrq6 0 This happened three times It is not likely that everything was repeated three times. This probably means that "What God has cleansed, do not call it defiled" was repeated three times. However, it may be best to simply say "This happened three times" instead of trying to explain in detail. See how you translated "This happened three times" in [Acts 10:16](../10/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 11 ias8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" refers to Peter and the believers in Joppa. It does not include his current audience in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 11 b2qv 0 Behold This word alerts us to the new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
|
|
@ -995,23 +998,23 @@ ACT 11 11 qwn5 figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 they had been sent
|
|||
ACT 11 12 lf6m 0 that I should make no distinction regarding them "that I should not be concerned that they were Gentiles"
|
||||
ACT 11 12 cf8x 0 These six brothers went with me "These six brothers went with me to Caesarea"
|
||||
ACT 11 12 xrc6 0 These six brothers "These six Jewish believers"
|
||||
ACT 11 12 w6ia εἰς τὸν τοῦ ἀνδρός' οἶκον 1 into the man's house This refers to the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 11 13 few6 Σίμωνα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον 1 Simon who is called Peter "Simon who is also called Peter." See how you translated the same phrase in [Acts 10:32](../10/32.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 12 w6ia εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ ἀνδρός 1 into the man's house This refers to the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 11 13 few6 Σίμωνα, τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον Πέτρον 1 Simon who is called Peter "Simon who is also called Peter." See how you translated the same phrase in [Acts 10:32](../10/32.md).
|
||||
ACT 11 14 hpr2 figs-metonymy πᾶς ὁ οἶκός σου 1 all your household This refers to all the people in the household. Alternate translation: "everyone who lives in your house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 15 qy12 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to Peter, the apostles, and any of the Jewish believers who had received the Holy Spirit at Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 15 a8jw 0 As I began to speak to them, the Holy Spirit came on them This implies that Peter had not finished speaking but had intended to say more.
|
||||
ACT 11 15 ak2p figs-ellipsis ἀρχῇ 1 the Holy Spirit came on them, just as on us in the beginning Peter leaves out some things to keep the story short. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit came on the Gentile believers, just as he came on the Jewish believers at Pentecost" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 11 15 th4m ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 in the beginning Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost.
|
||||
ACT 11 15 th4m ἐν ... ἀρχῇ 1 in the beginning Peter is referring to the day of Pentecost.
|
||||
ACT 11 16 v116 figs-activepassive 0 you shall be baptized in the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will baptize you in the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 17 pe42 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "them" refers to Cornelius and his Gentile guests and household. Peter does not call them Gentiles in his account to the Jewish believers at Jerusalem. The word "they" refers to the Jewish believers to whom Peter spoke. The word "us" includes all of the Jewish believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 17 e576 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech (which he began in [Acts 11:4](../11/04.md)) to the Jews about his vision and about what had happened at the house of Cornelius.
|
||||
ACT 11 17 u3nu figs-rquestion 0 Then if God gave to them ... who was I, that I could oppose God? Peter uses this question to emphasize that he was only obeying God. Alternate translation: "Since God gave to them ... I decided that I could not oppose God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 11 17 y7ag τὴν ἴσην δωρεὰν 1 the same gift Peter refers to the gift of the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 11 18 nr7g ἡσύχασαν 1 they said nothing in response "they did not argue with Peter"
|
||||
ACT 11 18 z3fy figs-abstractnouns καὶ τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν 1 God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also "God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also." Here "life" refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns "repentance" and "life" can be translated as the verbs "repent" and "live." Alternate translation: "God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 11 18 z3fy figs-abstractnouns καὶ ... τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὴν μετάνοιαν εἰς ζωὴν ἔδωκεν 1 God has given repentance for life to the Gentiles also "God has given repentance that leads to life to the Gentiles also." Here "life" refers to eternal life. The abstract nouns "repentance" and "life" can be translated as the verbs "repent" and "live." Alternate translation: "God has allowed the Gentiles also to repent and live eternally" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 11 19 zck4 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about what happened to the believers who fled after the stoning of Stephen.
|
||||
ACT 11 19 bwb8 writing-newevent οὖν 1 Now This introduces the new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 11 19 m3i7 οἱ διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ διῆλθον 1 those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread The Jews began persecuting Jesus' followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus' followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places.
|
||||
ACT 11 19 m3i7 οἱ ... διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ, διῆλθον 1 those who had been scattered by the persecution that arose over Stephen spread The Jews began persecuting Jesus' followers because Stephen had said and done things that the Jews did not like. Because of this persecution, many of Jesus' followers left Jerusalem and went to many different places.
|
||||
ACT 11 19 w5jn 0 those ... spread "those went in many different directions"
|
||||
ACT 11 19 whm6 figs-activepassive διασπαρέντες ἀπὸ τῆς θλίψεως 1 who had been scattered by the persecution This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the Jews had been persecuting and so had left Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 19 vx4b τῆς θλίψεως τῆς γενομένης ἐπὶ Στεφάνῳ 1 the persecution that arose over Stephen the persecution that happened because of what Stephen had said and done
|
||||
|
|
@ -1028,15 +1031,15 @@ ACT 11 23 bz6w figs-metonymy τῇ προθέσει τῆς καρδίας 1 wit
|
|||
ACT 11 24 he5z πλήρης Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 full of the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit controlled Barnabas as he obeyed the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
ACT 11 24 e57t figs-metonymy προσετέθη ὄχλος ἱκανὸς τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 many people were added to the Lord Here "added" means they came to believe the same thing as the others. Alternate translation: "many more people also believed in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 11 25 yhl6 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Barnabas and "him" refers to Saul.
|
||||
ACT 11 25 dm92 ἐξῆλθεν εἰς Ταρσὸν 1 out to Tarsus "out to the city of Tarsus"
|
||||
ACT 11 25 dm92 ἐξῆλθεν ... εἰς Ταρσὸν 1 out to Tarsus "out to the city of Tarsus"
|
||||
ACT 11 26 hu2g 0 When he found him It progably took some time and effort for Barnabas to locate Saul.
|
||||
ACT 11 26 wf5l writing-newevent 0 It came about This begins a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 11 26 w4dz αὐτοῖς συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 they gathered together with the church "Barnabas and Saul gathered together with the church"
|
||||
ACT 11 26 w4dz αὐτοῖς ... συναχθῆναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 they gathered together with the church "Barnabas and Saul gathered together with the church"
|
||||
ACT 11 26 x8gx figs-activepassive 0 The disciples were called Christians This implies that other people called the believers by this name. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The people of Antioch called the disciples Christians" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 11 26 r6sl πρώτως ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ 1 first in Antioch "for the first time in Antioch"
|
||||
ACT 11 27 pz7y writing-background 0 General Information: Here Luke tells background information about a prophecy in Antioch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 11 27 h6zw δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story-line.
|
||||
ACT 11 27 d8bb κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 came down from Jerusalem to Antioch Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it.
|
||||
ACT 11 27 d8bb κατῆλθον ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων ... εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 came down from Jerusalem to Antioch Jerusalem was higher in elevation than Antioch, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem or going down from it.
|
||||
ACT 11 28 wyk8 ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 Agabus by name "whose name was Agabus"
|
||||
ACT 11 28 q3tl ἐσήμανεν διὰ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 indicated by the Spirit "the Holy Spirit enabled him to prophesy"
|
||||
ACT 11 28 l3iz 0 a great famine would occur "a great shortage of food would happen"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1051,8 +1054,8 @@ ACT 12 intro f66j 0 # Acts 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<
|
|||
ACT 12 1 u4w7 writing-background 0 General Information: This is background information about Herod's killing James. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 12 1 ua9p 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the new persecution, first of James' death and then of Peter's imprisonment and then release.
|
||||
ACT 12 1 ti1y writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This begins a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 12 1 f2gr κατ’ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν 1 about that time This refers to the time of the famine.
|
||||
ACT 12 1 zy6y figs-idiom ἐπέβαλεν τὰς χεῖρας τινας 1 laid hands on This means Herod had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: "sent soldiers to arrest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 12 1 f2gr κατ’ ἐκεῖνον ... τὸν καιρὸν 1 about that time This refers to the time of the famine.
|
||||
ACT 12 1 zy6y figs-idiom ἐπέβαλεν ... τὰς χεῖρας ... τινας 1 laid hands on This means Herod had the believers arrested. See how you translated this in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: "sent soldiers to arrest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 12 1 u1gv figs-explicit τινας τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 some who belonged to the church Only James and Peter are specified, which implies that these were leaders of the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 1 s7lc κακῶσαί 1 so that he might mistreat them "in order to cause the believers to suffer"
|
||||
ACT 12 2 aw4t 0 He killed James ... with the sword This tells the manner in which James was killed.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1063,8 +1066,8 @@ ACT 12 3 wpm1 0 pleased the Jews "made the Jewish leaders happy"
|
|||
ACT 12 3 cu7s 0 That was "Herod did this" or "This happened"
|
||||
ACT 12 3 ly66 ἡμέραι τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. Alternate translation: "the festival when the Jewish people ate bread without yeast"
|
||||
ACT 12 4 pps1 τέσσαρσιν τετραδίοις στρατιωτῶν 1 four squads of soldiers "four groups of soldiers." Each squad had four soldiers that guarded Peter, one group at a time. The groups divided the 24 hour day into four shifts. Each time two soldiers would have been at his side and the other two soldiers by the entrance.
|
||||
ACT 12 4 i23a βουλόμενος ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ 1 he was intending to bring him to the people "Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people" or "Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people"
|
||||
ACT 12 5 v2yz figs-activepassive ὁ ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 So Peter was kept in the prison This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 4 i23a βουλόμενος ... ἀναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν τῷ λαῷ 1 he was intending to bring him to the people "Herod planned to judge Peter in the presence of the people" or "Herod planned to judge Peter before the Jewish people"
|
||||
ACT 12 5 v2yz figs-activepassive ὁ μὲν οὖν Πέτρος ἐτηρεῖτο ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ 1 So Peter was kept in the prison This implies that the soldiers continually guarded Peter in prison. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "So the soldiers guarded Peter in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 5 f8qc figs-activepassive 0 prayer was made earnestly to God for him by those in the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the group of believers in Jerusalem earnestly prayed to God for him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 5 g189 ἐκτενῶς 1 earnestly continuously and with dedication
|
||||
ACT 12 6 km83 figs-explicit 0 On the night before Herod was going to bring him out for trial That Herod planned to execute him can be clarified. Alternate translation: "The happened on the day before Herod was going to bring Peter out from prison to put him on trial and then to execute him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1076,7 +1079,7 @@ ACT 12 7 lu25 ἐπέστη 1 by him "next to him" or "beside him"
|
|||
ACT 12 7 z2i1 ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι 1 in the prison cell "in the prison room"
|
||||
ACT 12 7 dc5b 0 He struck Peter "The angel tapped Peter" or "The angel poked Peter." Peter was evidently sleeping deeply enough that this was required to wake him.
|
||||
ACT 12 7 dqn9 ἐξέπεσαν αὐτοῦ αἱ ἁλύσεις ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν 1 his chains fell off his hands The angel caused the chains to fall from Peter without touching them.
|
||||
ACT 12 8 hxt9 ἐποίησεν οὕτως 1 Peter did so "Peter did what the angel told him to do" or "Peter obeyed"
|
||||
ACT 12 8 hxt9 ἐποίησεν ... οὕτως 1 Peter did so "Peter did what the angel told him to do" or "Peter obeyed"
|
||||
ACT 12 9 gx77 0 General Information: Here the word "He" refers to Peter. The words "they" and "They" refer to Peter and the angel.
|
||||
ACT 12 9 sh8k 0 He did not know "He did not understand"
|
||||
ACT 12 9 p9ty figs-activepassive ἀληθές ἐστιν τὸ γινόμενον διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 what was done by the angel was real This could be changed to active form. Alternate translation: "the actions of the angel were real" or "what the angel did truly happened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1084,10 +1087,10 @@ ACT 12 10 r7gy figs-explicit 0 After they had passed by the first guard and the
|
|||
ACT 12 10 c18q διελθόντες 1 had passed by "had walked by"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 e36s figs-ellipsis καὶ δευτέραν 1 and the second The word "guard" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and the second guard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 y86k ἦλθαν ἐπὶ τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν 1 they came to the iron gate "Peter and the angel arrived at the iron gate"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 if3c τὴν φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 that led into the city "that opened to the city" or "that went from the prison to the city"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 if3c τὴν ... φέρουσαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν 1 that led into the city "that opened to the city" or "that went from the prison to the city"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 i3st figs-rpronouns ἥτις αὐτομάτη ἠνοίγη αὐτοῖς 1 it opened for them by itself Here "by itself" means neither Peter nor the angel opened it. Alternate translation: "the gate swung open for them" or "the gate opened itself for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 12 10 j268 ἐξελθόντες προῆλθον ῥύμην μίαν 1 went down a street "walked along a street"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 fl89 εὐθέως ἀπέστη ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 left him right away "left Peter suddenly" or "suddenly disappeared"
|
||||
ACT 12 10 fl89 εὐθέως ἀπέστη ... ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 left him right away "left Peter suddenly" or "suddenly disappeared"
|
||||
ACT 12 11 wlb6 figs-idiom καὶ ὁ Πέτρος ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος 1 When Peter came to himself This is an idiom. Alternate translation: "When Peter became fully awake and alert" or "When Peter became aware that what had happened was real" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 12 11 ue4k figs-metonymy ἐξείλατό με ἐκ χειρὸς Ἡρῴδου 1 delivered me out of the hand of Herod Here "the hand of Herod" refers to "Herod's hold" or "Herod's plans." Alternate translation: "brought me from the harm Herod had planned for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 12 11 hw63 ἐξείλατό με 1 delivered me "rescued me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1095,38 +1098,38 @@ ACT 12 11 p739 figs-synecdoche πάσης τῆς προσδοκίας τοῦ
|
|||
ACT 12 12 tfh3 συνιδών 1 realized this He became aware that God had rescued him.
|
||||
ACT 12 12 ux4v figs-activepassive Ἰωάννου, τοῦ ἐπικαλουμένου Μάρκου 1 John, also called Mark John was also called Mark. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "John, whom people also called Mark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 13 x5fg 0 General Information: Here the words "she" and "her" all refer to the servant girl Rhoda. Here the words they" and "They" refer to the people who were inside praying ([Acts 12:12](../12/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 12 13 pfn7 κρούσαντος αὐτοῦ 1 he knocked "Peter knocked." Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture.
|
||||
ACT 12 13 pfn7 κρούσαντος ... αὐτοῦ 1 he knocked "Peter knocked." Tapping on the door was a normal Jewish custom to let others know you wish to visit them. You may need to change this to fit your culture.
|
||||
ACT 12 13 c634 τὴν θύραν τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 at the door of the gate "at the outer door" or "at the door of the entrance from the street to the courtyard"
|
||||
ACT 12 13 khq1 προσῆλθε ὑπακοῦσαι 1 came to answer "came to the gate to ask who was knocking"
|
||||
ACT 12 13 khq1 προσῆλθε ... ὑπακοῦσαι 1 came to answer "came to the gate to ask who was knocking"
|
||||
ACT 12 14 y2ff ἀπὸ τῆς χαρᾶς 1 out of joy "because she was so joyful" or "being overly excited"
|
||||
ACT 12 14 m3m7 οὐκ ἤνοιξεν τὸν πυλῶνα 1 failed to open the door "did not open the door" or "forgot to open the door"
|
||||
ACT 12 14 ky3p εἰσδραμοῦσα 1 came running into the room You may prefer to say "went running into the room in the house"
|
||||
ACT 12 14 yq3r εἰσδραμοῦσα ἀπήγγειλεν 1 she reported "she told them" or "she said"
|
||||
ACT 12 14 a19k ἑστάναι πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 standing at the door "standing outside the door." Peter was still standing outside.
|
||||
ACT 12 14 yq3r εἰσδραμοῦσα ... ἀπήγγειλεν 1 she reported "she told them" or "she said"
|
||||
ACT 12 14 a19k ἑστάναι ... πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος 1 standing at the door "standing outside the door." Peter was still standing outside.
|
||||
ACT 12 15 ybz7 μαίνῃ 1 You are insane The people not only did not believe her, but rebuked her by saying she was crazy. Alternate translation: "You are crazy"
|
||||
ACT 12 15 xnm2 ἡ διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν 1 she insisted that it was so "she insisted that what she said was true"
|
||||
ACT 12 15 xnm2 ἡ ... διϊσχυρίζετο οὕτως ἔχειν 1 she insisted that it was so "she insisted that what she said was true"
|
||||
ACT 12 15 en8b 0 They said "They answered"
|
||||
ACT 12 15 qa8m ὁ ἄγγελός ἐστιν αὐτοῦ 1 It is his angel "What you have seen is Peter's angel." Some Jews believed in guardian angels and may have thought that Peter's angel had come to them.
|
||||
ACT 12 16 wwg1 0 General Information: Here the words "they" and "them" refer to the people in the house. The words "He" and "he" refer to Peter.
|
||||
ACT 12 16 bi6l ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἐπέμενεν κρούων 1 But Peter continued knocking The word "continued" means that Peter kept knocking the entire time those inside were talking.
|
||||
ACT 12 17 jx1a ἀπαγγείλατε ταῦτα 1 Report these things "Tell these things"
|
||||
ACT 12 17 jx1a ἀπαγγείλατε ... ταῦτα 1 Report these things "Tell these things"
|
||||
ACT 12 17 jf16 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers "the other believers"
|
||||
ACT 12 18 blx5 0 General Information: The word "him" here refers to Peter. The word "he" refers to Herod.
|
||||
ACT 12 18 ail9 δὲ 1 Now This word is used to mark a break in the story-line. Time has passed; it is now the next day.
|
||||
ACT 12 18 iqv4 γενομένης ἡμέρας 1 when it became day "in the morning"
|
||||
ACT 12 18 zl7i figs-litotes ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 12 18 ilz4 figs-abstractnouns ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter The abstract noun "disturbance" can be expressed with the words "disturbed" or "upset." Alternate translation: "the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 12 18 iqv4 γενομένης ... ἡμέρας 1 when it became day "in the morning"
|
||||
ACT 12 18 zl7i figs-litotes ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter This phrase is used to emphasize what really happened. This could be said in a positive way. Alternate translation: "there was a great disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 12 18 ilz4 figs-abstractnouns ἦν τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐν τοῖς στρατιώταις, τί ἄρα ὁ Πέτρος ἐγένετο 1 there was no small disturbance among the soldiers over what had happened to Peter The abstract noun "disturbance" can be expressed with the words "disturbed" or "upset." Alternate translation: "the soldiers were very disturbed about what had happened to Peter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 12 19 twr1 Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν καὶ μὴ εὑρὼν 1 After Herod had searched for him and could not find him "After Herod searched for Peter and could not find him"
|
||||
ACT 12 19 pz6v Ἡρῴδης δὲ ἐπιζητήσας αὐτὸν 1 After Herod had searched for him Possible meanings are that 1) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he went himself to search the prison" or 2) "when Herod heard Peter was missing, he sent other soldiers to search the prison."
|
||||
ACT 12 19 c69i ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι 1 he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped.
|
||||
ACT 12 19 br16 καὶ κατελθὼν 1 Then he went down The phrase "went down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea.
|
||||
ACT 12 19 c69i ἀνακρίνας τοὺς φύλακας, ἐκέλευσεν ἀπαχθῆναι 1 he questioned the guards and ordered them to be put to death It was the normal punishment for the Roman government to kill the guards if their prisoner escaped.
|
||||
ACT 12 19 br16 καὶ ... κατελθὼν 1 Then he went down The phrase "went down" is used here because Caesarea is lower in elevation than Judea.
|
||||
ACT 12 20 n2lw 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues with another event in Herod's life.
|
||||
ACT 12 20 aip7 writing-newevent δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark the next event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 gxs4 figs-hyperbole 0 They went to him together Here the word "They" is a generalization. It is unlikely that all the people of Tyre and Sidon went to Herod. Alternate translation: "Men representing the people of Tyre and Sidon went together to talk with Herod" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 t6mi 0 They persuaded Blastus "These men persuaded Blastus"
|
||||
ACT 12 20 qsg4 translate-names Βλάστον 1 Blastus Blastus was an assistant to or an officer of King Herod. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 l5r1 ᾐτοῦντο εἰρήνην 1 they asked for peace "these men requested peace"
|
||||
ACT 12 20 j253 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς' 1 their country received its food from the king's country They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: "the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 j253 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν τὴν χώραν ἀπὸ τῆς βασιλικῆς 1 their country received its food from the king's country They probably purchased this food. Alternate translation: "the people of Tyre and Sidon bought all their food from the people that Herod ruled" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 20 dy51 figs-explicit τὸ τρέφεσθαι αὐτῶν 1 received its food It is implied that Herod restricted this supply of food because he was angry with the people of Tyre and Sidon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 21 e3w9 0 On a set day This was probably the day on which Herod agreed to meet with the representatives. Alternate translation: "On the day when Herod agreed to meet them"
|
||||
ACT 12 21 kv7g ἐσθῆτα βασιλικὴν 1 royal clothing expensive clothing that would demonstrate he was the king
|
||||
|
|
@ -1135,10 +1138,10 @@ ACT 12 22 ze1s 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the stor
|
|||
ACT 12 23 b4bc 0 Immediately an angel "Right away an angel" or "While the people were praising Herod, an angel"
|
||||
ACT 12 23 b5s9 ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν 1 struck him "afflicted Herod" or "caused Herod to become very ill"
|
||||
ACT 12 23 iw57 οὐκ ἔδωκεν τὴν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 he did not give God the glory Herod let those people worship him instead of telling them to worship God.
|
||||
ACT 12 23 d419 figs-activepassive γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος ἐξέψυξεν 1 he was eaten by worms and died Here "worms" refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "worms ate Herod's insides and he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 23 d419 figs-activepassive γενόμενος σκωληκόβρωτος, ἐξέψυξεν 1 he was eaten by worms and died Here "worms" refers to worms inside the body, probably intestinal worms. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "worms ate Herod's insides and he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 j2un writing-endofstory 0 Verse 24 continues the history from verse 23. Verse 25 continues the history from 11:30. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 m1sw figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο 1 the word of God increased and multiplied The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: "the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 wn8m ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God "the message God sent about Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 12 24 m1sw figs-metaphor ὁ ... λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ηὔξανεν καὶ ἐπληθύνετο 1 the word of God increased and multiplied The word of God is spoken of as if it was a living plant that was able to grow and reproduce. Alternate translation: "the message of God spread to more places and more people believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 12 24 wn8m ὁ ... λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God "the message God sent about Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 12 25 pv6a figs-explicit πληρώσαντες τὴν διακονίαν 1 completed their mission This refers back to when they brought money from the believers at Antioch in [Acts 11:29-30](../11/29.md). Alternate translation: "delivered the money to the church leaders in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 12 25 t7d8 figs-explicit ὑπέστρεψαν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 they returned from Jerusalem They went back to Antioch from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Barnabas and Saul returned to Antioch" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 intro rlh6 0 # Acts 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the three quotes from Psalms in 13:33-35.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 13:41.<br><br>The chapter is where the second half of the Book of Acts begins. Luke writes more about Paul than about Peter, and it describes how it is the Gentiles and not the Jews to whom the believers tell the message about Jesus.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### A light for the Gentiles<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. The Jews considered all Gentiles as walking in darkness, but Paul and Barnabas spoke of telling the Gentiles about Jesus as if they were going to bring them physical light. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -1164,24 +1167,24 @@ ACT 13 6 h9he 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul, Sila
|
|||
ACT 13 6 ja1i ὅλην τὴν νῆσον 1 the whole island They crossed from one side of the island to the other and shared the gospel message in each town they passed through.
|
||||
ACT 13 6 cl2z Πάφου 1 Paphos a major city on Cyprus island where the proconsul lived
|
||||
ACT 13 6 zf3b εὗρον 1 they found Here "found" means they came upon him without looking for him. Alternate translation: "they met" or "they came upon"
|
||||
ACT 13 6 xe7h ἄνδρα τινὰ μάγον 1 a certain magician "a particular person who practices witchcraft" or "a person who practices supernatural magic arts"
|
||||
ACT 13 6 xe7h ἄνδρα, τινὰ μάγον 1 a certain magician "a particular person who practices witchcraft" or "a person who practices supernatural magic arts"
|
||||
ACT 13 6 ak38 translate-names ᾧ ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 1 whose name was Bar Jesus "Bar Jesus" means "Son of Jesus." There is no relation between this man and Jesus Christ. Jesus was a common name at that time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 7 bee2 σὺν 1 associated with "was often with" or "was often in the company of"
|
||||
ACT 13 7 s1su ἀνθυπάτῳ 1 proconsul This was a governor in charge of a Roman province. Alternate translation: "governor"
|
||||
ACT 13 7 h5xx writing-background ἀνδρὶ συνετῷ 1 who was an intelligent man This is background information about Sergius Paulus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-names Ἐλύμας" ὁ μάγος"( 1 Elymas "the magician" This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called "the magician." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 that is how his name is translated "that was what he was called in Greek"
|
||||
ACT 13 8 n23s ἀνθίστατο αὐτοῖς; ζητῶν διαστρέψαι 1 opposed them; he tried to turn "resisted them by trying to turn" or "attempted to stop them by trying to turn"
|
||||
ACT 13 8 lp2u translate-names Ἐλύμας ὁ μάγος 1 Elymas "the magician" This was Bar-Jesus, who was also called "the magician." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 13 8 qw4j οὕτως ... μεθερμηνεύεται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 that is how his name is translated "that was what he was called in Greek"
|
||||
ACT 13 8 n23s ἀνθίστατο ... αὐτοῖς ... ζητῶν διαστρέψαι 1 opposed them; he tried to turn "resisted them by trying to turn" or "attempted to stop them by trying to turn"
|
||||
ACT 13 8 w2xt figs-metaphor ζητῶν διαστρέψαι τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἀπὸ τῆς πίστεως 1 tried to turn the proconsul away from the faith Here "to turn ... away from" is a metaphor for convincing someone to not do something. Alternate translation: "attempted to persuade the governor not to believe the gospel message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 9 gws2 0 General Information: The word "him" refers to the magician Elymas, who is also called Bar Jesus ([Acts 13:6-8](./06.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 9 nau1 0 Connecting Statement: While on the island of Paphos, Paul begins to talk to Elymas.
|
||||
ACT 13 9 ey6d figs-activepassive Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 Saul, who is also called Paul "Saul" as his Jewish name, and "Paul" was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: "Saul, who now called himself Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 9 ey6d figs-activepassive Σαῦλος ... ὁ καὶ Παῦλος 1 Saul, who is also called Paul "Saul" as his Jewish name, and "Paul" was his Roman name. Since he was speaking to a Roman official, he used his Roman name. Alternate translation: "Saul, who now called himself Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 9 xjy9 ἀτενίσας εἰς αὐτὸν 1 stared at him intensely "looked at him intensely"
|
||||
ACT 13 10 d2pk figs-metonymy υἱὲ διαβόλου 1 You son of the devil Paul is saying the man is acting like the devil. Alternate translation: "You are like the devil" or "You act like the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 r8x2 παύσῃ 1 you are full of all kinds of deceit and wickedness "you are always intent in causing others to believe what is not true using falsehood and always doing what is wrong"
|
||||
ACT 13 10 pyu7 ῥᾳδιουργίας 1 wickedness In this context it means to be lazy and not diligent in following God's law.
|
||||
ACT 13 10 hlq9 ἐχθρὲ πάσης δικαιοσύνης 1 You are an enemy of every kind of righteousness Paul is grouping Elymas with the devil. Just as the devil is an enemy of God and is against righteousness, so also was Elymas.
|
||||
ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion παύσῃ? διαστρέφων τὰς τὰς οὐ ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου, εὐθείας 1 You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: "You are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 bc9p figs-rquestion οὐ παύσῃ διαστρέφων τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας 1 You will never stop twisting the straight paths of the Lord, will you? Paul uses this question to rebuke Elymas for opposing God. Alternate translation: "You are always saying that the truth about the Lord God is false!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 10 p8sa figs-idiom τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ Κυρίου τὰς εὐθείας 1 the straight paths of the Lord Here "straight paths" refer to the ways that are true. Alternate translation: "the true ways of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 11 k51g 0 General Information: The words "you" and "him" refer to Elymas the magician. The word "he" refers to the Sergius Paulus, proconsul (governor of Paphos).
|
||||
ACT 13 11 pey7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to Elymas.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1197,12 +1200,12 @@ ACT 13 12 twa8 figs-activepassive ἐπίστευσεν ἐκπλησσόμεν
|
|||
ACT 13 13 i65t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 13 and 14 give background information about this part of the story. "Paul and his friends" were Barnabas and John Mark (also called John). From this point on, Saul is called Paul in Acts. Paul's name is listed first which indicates that he had become the leader of the group. It is important to keep this order in the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 13 13 rk3k 0 Connecting Statement: This is a new part of the story about Paul in Antioch in Pisidia.
|
||||
ACT 13 13 r9hi δὲ 1 Now This marks the beginning of a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 13 13 k4s9 ἀναχθέντες ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου 1 set sail from Paphos "traveled by sailboat from Paphos"
|
||||
ACT 13 13 k4s9 ἀναχθέντες ... ἀπὸ τῆς Πάφου 1 set sail from Paphos "traveled by sailboat from Paphos"
|
||||
ACT 13 13 h1cb ἦλθον εἰς Πέργην τῆς Παμφυλίας 1 came to Perga in Pamphylia "arrived in Perga which is in Pamphylia"
|
||||
ACT 13 13 g6l5 Ἰωάννης δὲ ἀποχωρήσας ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 But John left them "But John Mark left Paul and Barnabas"
|
||||
ACT 13 14 vrp1 Ἀντιόχειαν τὴν Πισιδίαν 1 Antioch of Pisidia "the city of Antioch in the district of Pisidia"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 dnb4 figs-synecdoche 0 After the reading of the law and the prophets The "law and the prophets" refer to parts of the Jewish scriptures which were read. Alternate translation: "After someone read from the books of the law and the writings of the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς, λέγοντες 1 sent them a message, saying "told someone to say" or "asked someone to say"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 z7bh ἀπέστειλαν ... πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγοντες 1 sent them a message, saying "told someone to say" or "asked someone to say"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 td4h 0 Brothers The term "brothers" is here used by the people in the synagogue to refer to Paul and Barnabas as fellow Jews.
|
||||
ACT 13 15 jru8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν λόγος παρακλήσεως 1 if you have any message of encouragement "if you want to say anything to encourage us"
|
||||
ACT 13 15 kj1h λέγετε 1 say it "please speak it" or "please tell it to us"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1230,12 +1233,12 @@ ACT 13 22 sw2r 0 It was about David that God said "God said this about David"
|
|||
ACT 13 22 dbu5 εὗρον 1 I have found "I have observed that"
|
||||
ACT 13 22 mp53 figs-idiom ἄνδρα κατὰ τὴν καρδίαν μου 1 to be a man after my heart This expression means he "is a man who wants what I want." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 23 lby6 0 General Information: The quotation here is from the Gospels.
|
||||
ACT 13 23 xj5a τούτου ἀπὸ' τοῦ σπέρματος 1 From this man's descendants "From David's descendants." This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David's descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 23 xj5a τούτου ... ἀπὸ τοῦ σπέρματος 1 From this man's descendants "From David's descendants." This is placed at the beginning of the sentence to emphasize that the savior had to be one of David's descendants ([Acts 13:22](../13/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 13 23 kc76 figs-metonymy ἤγαγεν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 brought to Israel This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: "gave to the people of Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 23 mk5g κατ’ ἐπαγγελίαν 1 as he promised to do "just as God promised he would do"
|
||||
ACT 13 24 x892 figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 the baptism of repentance You can translate the word "repentance" as the verb "repent." Alternate translation: "the baptism to repent" or "the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent for their sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τί ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι? 1 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: "Think about who I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit ἐμὲ εἶναι οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ 1 I am not the one John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: "I am not the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 vww3 figs-rquestion τί‘ ἐμὲ ὑπονοεῖτε εἶναι 1 Who do you think I am? John asked this question to compel the people to think about who he was. Alternate translation: "Think about who I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 rp32 figs-explicit ἐμὲ ... εἶναι? οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγώ 1 I am not the one John was referring to the Messiah, whom they were expecting to come. Alternate translation: "I am not the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 nnl5 ἀλλ’ ἰδοὺ 1 But listen This emphasizes the importance of what he will say next.
|
||||
ACT 13 25 r1pl figs-explicit ἔρχεται μετ’ ἐμὲ 1 one is coming after me This also refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "The Messiah will soon come" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 25 gys2 οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος τὸ ὑπόδημα τῶν ποδῶν λῦσαι 1 the shoes of whose feet I am not worthy to untie "I am not worthy even to untie his shoes." The Messiah is so much greater than John that he did not even feel worthy do the lowest job for him.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1245,8 +1248,8 @@ ACT 13 26 u6zn figs-activepassive ὁ λόγος τῆς σωτηρίας ταύ
|
|||
ACT 13 26 v6r3 figs-abstractnouns τῆς σωτηρίας ταύτης 1 about this salvation The word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "save." Alternate translation: "that God will save people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 psk5 τοῦτον ἀγνοήσαντες 1 did not recognize him "did not realize that this man Jesus was the one whom God had sent to save them"
|
||||
ACT 13 27 ri1f figs-metonymy τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν 1 sayings of the prophets Here the word "sayings" represents the message of the prophets. Alternate translation: "the writings of the prophets" or "the message of the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive τὰς ἀναγινωσκομένας 1 that are read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which someone reads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 rle6 τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν ἐπλήρωσαν 1 they fulfilled sayings of the prophets "they actually did just what the prophets said they would do in the books of the prophets"
|
||||
ACT 13 27 m4tz figs-activepassive τὰς ... ἀναγινωσκομένας 1 that are read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which someone reads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 27 rle6 τὰς φωνὰς τῶν προφητῶν ... ἐπλήρωσαν 1 they fulfilled sayings of the prophets "they actually did just what the prophets said they would do in the books of the prophets"
|
||||
ACT 13 28 v3hw 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish people and their religious leaders in Jerusalem. The word him" here refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 13 28 y9j6 μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου εὑρόντες 1 they found no reason for death "they did not find any reason why anyone should kill Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 13 28 d4xm ᾐτήσαντο Πειλᾶτον 1 they asked Pilate The word "asked" here is a strong word meaning to demand, beg or plead for.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1264,18 +1267,18 @@ ACT 13 32 ipb9 0 General Information: The second quotation here is from the pr
|
|||
ACT 13 32 y273 καὶ 1 So This word marks an event that happened because of previous event. In this case, the previous event is God's raising Jesus from the dead.
|
||||
ACT 13 32 hr2g τοὺς πατέρας 1 our fathers "our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.
|
||||
ACT 13 33 b1uh translate:translate-versebridge 0 he has fulfilled for us, their children, by You may need to rearrange the parts of this sentence, which begins in verse 32. "God has fulfilled for us, their children, these promises that he made to our ancestors, by" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate:translate_versebridge]])
|
||||
ACT 13 33 dy6w ἡμῶν, τοῖς τέκνοις 1 for us, their children "for us, who are the children of our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.
|
||||
ACT 13 33 dy6w τοῖς τέκνοις ἡμῶν 1 for us, their children "for us, who are the children of our ancestors." Paul is still speaking to the Jews and Gentile converts in the synagogue at Antioch of Pisidia. These were the physical ancestors of the Jews, and the spiritual ancestors of the converts.
|
||||
ACT 13 33 d95n figs-idiom ἀναστήσας Ἰησοῦν 1 by raising up Jesus Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "by making Jesus alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 33 y3tz 0 As it is written in the second Psalm "This is what was written in the second Psalm"
|
||||
ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm "Psalm 2"
|
||||
ACT 13 33 h9ir τῷ ψαλμῷ ... τῷ δευτέρῳ 1 the second Psalm "Psalm 2"
|
||||
ACT 13 33 tla1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son ... Father These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
ACT 13 34 iy5q 0 The fact that he raised him up from the dead so that his body would never decay, God has spoken in this way "God spoke these words about his making Jesus alive again so that he would never die again"
|
||||
ACT 13 34 h3nj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 13 34 q3kq ὅσια τὰ πιστά 1 sure blessings "certain blessings"
|
||||
ACT 13 34 q3kq ὅσια ... τὰ πιστά 1 sure blessings "certain blessings"
|
||||
ACT 13 35 r1ev figs-explicit διότι καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει 1 This is why he also says in another Psalm Paul's audience would have understood that this Psalm refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: "In another Psalm of David, he also says about the Messiah" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 gl8s καὶ λέγει 1 he also says "David also says." David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy οὐ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." Alternate translation: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 ry97 οὐ δώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 gl8s καὶ ... λέγει 1 he also says "David also says." David is the author of Psalm 16 from which this quotation is taken.
|
||||
ACT 13 35 hvt8 figs-metonymy οὐ‘ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 You will not allow your Holy One to see decay The phrase "see decay" is a metonym for "decay." Alternate translation: "You will not allow the body of your Holy One to rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 35 ry97 οὐ‘ δώσεις 1 You will not allow David is speaking to God here.
|
||||
ACT 13 36 u8vh ἰδίᾳ γενεᾷ 1 in his own generation "during his lifetime"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 m5wx ὑπηρετήσας τῇ τοῦ Θεοῦ βουλῇ 1 served the desires of God "did what God wanted him to do" or "did what pleased God"
|
||||
ACT 13 36 rpb4 figs-euphemism ἐκοιμήθη 1 he fell asleep This was a polite way to refer to death. Alternate translation: "he died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1285,9 +1288,9 @@ ACT 13 37 bmw3 ὃν δὲ 1 But he whom "but Jesus whom"
|
|||
ACT 13 37 n9pl figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν 1 God raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "God caused to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 13 37 j52x figs-metonymy οὐκ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 experienced no decay The phrase "experienced no decay" is a way to say "his body did not decay." Alternate translation: "did not rot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 38 ki8q 0 General Information: Here the word "him" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 13 38 yg35 γνωστὸν ἔστω ὑμῖν 1 let it be known to you "know this" or "this is important for you to know"
|
||||
ACT 13 38 yg35 γνωστὸν ... ἔστω ὑμῖν 1 let it be known to you "know this" or "this is important for you to know"
|
||||
ACT 13 38 qy18 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Paul uses this term because they are his fellow-Jews and followers of Judaism. They are not Christian believers at this point. Alternate translation: "my fellow Israelites and other friends"
|
||||
ACT 13 38 t3i5 figs-activepassive ὅτι διὰ τούτου ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται 1 that through this man is proclaimed to you forgiveness of sins This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 38 t3i5 figs-activepassive ὅτι διὰ τούτου, ὑμῖν ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν καταγγέλλεται 1 that through this man is proclaimed to you forgiveness of sins This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that we proclaim to you that your sins can be forgiven through Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 38 w7y1 figs-abstractnouns ἄφεσις ἁμαρτιῶν 1 forgiveness of sins The abstract noun "forgiveness" can be translated with the verb "to forgive." Alternate translation: "that God can forgive your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 39 j6rr ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων 1 By him every one who believes "By him every person who believes" or "Every one who believes in him"
|
||||
ACT 13 39 g5h9 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων δικαιοῦται 1 By him every one who believes is justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus justifies everyone who believes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1295,20 +1298,20 @@ ACT 13 39 gt8n 0 all the things "all the sins"
|
|||
ACT 13 40 kk1j 0 General Information: In his message to the people in the synagogue, Paul quotes the prophet Habakkuk. Here the word "I" refers to God.
|
||||
ACT 13 40 zx6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his speech in the synagogue in Pisidian Antioch, which he began in [Acts 13:16](../13/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 13 40 y2kg figs-explicit βλέπετε 1 be careful It is implied that the thing they should be careful about is Paul's message. Alternate translation: "give close attention to the things I have said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 40 tt1x βλέπετε τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 that the thing the prophets spoke about "so that what the prophets spoke about"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 tqk5 ἴδετε, οἱ καταφρονηταί 1 Look, you despisers "you who feel contempt" or "you who ridicule"
|
||||
ACT 13 40 tt1x βλέπετε ... τὸ εἰρημένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 that the thing the prophets spoke about "so that what the prophets spoke about"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 tqk5 ἴδετε‘, οἱ καταφρονηταί 1 Look, you despisers "you who feel contempt" or "you who ridicule"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ky3s θαυμάσατε 1 be astonished "be amazed" or "be shocked"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ilh2 καὶ ἀφανίσθητε 1 then perish "then die"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 ilh2 καὶ ... ἀφανίσθητε 1 then perish "then die"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 dvn1 ἔργον ἐργάζομαι 1 am doing a work "am doing something" or "am doing a deed"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 nm2q ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ὑμῶν 1 in your days "during your lifetime"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 w6tq ἔργον ὃ 1 A work that "I am doing something which"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 w6tq ἔργον ... ὃ 1 A work that "I am doing something which"
|
||||
ACT 13 41 p4c2 ἐάν τις ἐκδιηγῆται ὑμῖν 1 even if someone announces it to you "even if someone tells you about it"
|
||||
ACT 13 42 ax8v 0 As Paul and Barnabas left "When Paul and Barnabas were leaving"
|
||||
ACT 13 42 f3sw 0 begged them that they might "begged them to"
|
||||
ACT 13 42 y4p9 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 1 these same words Here "words" refers to the message that Paul had spoken. Alternate translation: "this same message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 43 a58z 0 When the synagogue meeting ended Possible meanings are 1) this restates "As Paul and Barnabas left" in verse 42 or 2) Paul and Barnabas left the meeting before it ended and this occurs later.
|
||||
ACT 13 43 sws7 προσηλύτων 1 proselytes These were non-Jewish people who converted to Judaism.
|
||||
ACT 13 43 q2aj οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς 1 who spoke to them and urged them "and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them"
|
||||
ACT 13 43 q2aj οἵτινες προσλαλοῦντες αὐτοῖς, ἔπειθον αὐτοὺς 1 who spoke to them and urged them "and Paul and Barnabas spoke to those people and urged them"
|
||||
ACT 13 43 fv15 figs-explicit προσμένειν τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to continue in the grace of God It is implied that they believed Paul's message that Jesus was the Messiah. Alternate translation: "to continue to trust that God kindly forgives people's sins because of what Jesus did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 44 m129 0 General Information: Here the word "him" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 13 44 vq3y figs-metonymy σχεδὸν πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 almost the whole city The "city" represents the people in the city. This phrase is used to show the great response to the Lord's word. Alternate translation: "almost all the people of the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1319,44 +1322,44 @@ ACT 13 45 nc5l ἀντέλεγον 1 spoke against "contradicted" or "opposed"
|
|||
ACT 13 45 m1an figs-activepassive τοῖς ὑπὸ Παύλου λαλουμένοις 1 the things that were said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 zvt5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The first two instances of the word "you" are plural and refer to the Jews to whom Paul is speaking. Here the words "we" and "us" refers to Paul and Barnabas but not the crowd that was present. Paul's quotation is from the prophet Isaiah in the Old Testament. In the original passage, the word "I" refers to God and the word "you" is singular and refers to the Messiah. Here, Paul and Barnabas seem to be saying that the quotation also refers to their ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 as6q figs-explicit ἦν ἀναγκαῖον 1 It was necessary This implies that God had commanded this be done. Alternate translation: "God commanded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-activepassive ὑμῖν ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that the word of God should first be spoken to you This can be stated in active form. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message from God." Alternate translation: "that we speak the message from God to you first" or "that we speak the word of God to you first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 jn55 figs-activepassive ὑμῖν ... ἀναγκαῖον πρῶτον λαληθῆναι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 that the word of God should first be spoken to you This can be stated in active form. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for "message from God." Alternate translation: "that we speak the message from God to you first" or "that we speak the word of God to you first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 lly5 figs-metaphor ἐπειδὴ ἀπωθεῖσθε αὐτὸν 1 Seeing you push it away from yourselves Their rejection of the word of God is spoken of as if it were something they pushed away. Alternate translation: "Since you reject the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 46 ms36 οὐκ ἀξίους κρίνετε ἑαυτοὺς τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς 1 consider yourselves unworthy of eternal life "have shown that you are not worthy of eternal life" or "act as though you are not worthy of eternal life"
|
||||
ACT 13 46 rf9k figs-explicit στρεφόμεθα εἰς τὰ ἔθνη 1 we will turn to the Gentiles "we will go to the Gentiles." Paul and Barnadas were implying that they would preach to the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "we will leave you and start preaching to the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 13 47 v8au figs-metaphor εἰς φῶς 1 as a light Here the truth about Jesus that Paul was preaching is spoken of as if it were a light that allowed people to see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 13 47 t5sp figs-abstractnouns εἰς σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth The abstract word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "to save." The phrase "uttermost parts" refers to everywhere. Alternate translation: "tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 47 t5sp figs-abstractnouns εἰς ... σωτηρίαν ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 bring salvation to the uttermost parts of the earth The abstract word "salvation" can be translated with the verb "to save." The phrase "uttermost parts" refers to everywhere. Alternate translation: "tell people everywhere in the world that I want to save them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 13 48 e9ag figs-metonymy ἐδόξαζον τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 praised the word of the Lord Here "word" refers to the message about Jesus that they had believed. Alternate translation: "praised God for the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 13 48 jct2 figs-activepassive 0 As many as were appointed to eternal life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "As many as God appointed to eternal life believed" or "All the people whom God had chosen to receive eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 49 qh9z figs-metonymy 0 The word of the Lord was spread out through the whole region Here "word" refers to the message about Jesus. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Those who believed spread the word of the Lord through the whole region" or "Those who believed went everywhere in the region and told others about the message of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 13 50 eqi5 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 13 50 t4bv 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul and Barnabas' time in Antioch of Pisidia and they go to Iconium.
|
||||
ACT 13 50 u8rm figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This probably refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 50 u8rm figs-synecdoche οἱ ... Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This probably refers to the leaders of the Jews. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 13 50 cf21 παρώτρυναν 1 urged on "convinced" or "stirred up"
|
||||
ACT 13 50 wmm5 τοὺς πρώτους 1 the leading men "the most important men"
|
||||
ACT 13 50 n7qe 0 These stirred up a persecution against Paul and Barnabas "They convinced the important men and women to persecute Paul and Barnabas"
|
||||
ACT 13 50 cq9h ἐξέβαλον αὐτοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτῶν 1 threw them out beyond the border of their city "removed Paul and Barnabas from their city"
|
||||
ACT 13 51 xi1z writing-symlanguage ἐκτιναξάμενοι τὸν κονιορτὸν τῶν ποδῶν ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς 1 shook off the dust from their feet against them This was a symbolic act to indicate to the unbelieving people that God had rejected them and would punish them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
ACT 13 52 dp5k οἵ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left.
|
||||
ACT 13 52 dp5k οἵ ... μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples This probably refers to the new believers in the Antioch of Pisidia that Paul and Silas just left.
|
||||
ACT 14 intro rsg2 0 # Acts 14 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "The message of his grace"<br><br>The message of Jesus is the message that God will show grace to those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### Zeus and Hermes<br><br>The Gentiles in the Roman Empire worshiped many different false gods who do not really exist. Paul and Barnabas told them to believe in the "living God." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings."<br><br>Jesus told his followers before he died that everyone who followed him would suffer persecution. Paul is saying the same thing using different words.<br>
|
||||
ACT 14 1 vh8u 0 General Information: The story of Paul and Barnabas in Iconium continues.
|
||||
ACT 14 1 hk1z 0 It came about in Iconium that Possible meanings here are 1) "It happened in Iconium that" or 2) "In Iconium as usual"
|
||||
ACT 14 1 f4sq figs-explicit λαλῆσαι οὕτως 1 spoke in such a way "spoke so powerfully." It may be helpful to state that they spoke the message about Jesus. Alternate translation: "spoke the message about Jesus so powerfully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 wc4x οἱ ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews who were disobedient This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 14 2 n2pp figs-metaphor ἐπήγειραν τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 stirred up the minds of the Gentiles Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 wc4x οἱ ... ἀπειθήσαντες Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews who were disobedient This refers to a portion of the Jews who did not believe the message about Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 14 2 n2pp figs-metaphor ἐπήγειραν ... τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 stirred up the minds of the Gentiles Causing the Gentiles to become angry is spoken of as if calm waters were disturbed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 k8mv figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς 1 the minds Here the word "minds" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 2 fu13 τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Here "brothers" refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers.
|
||||
ACT 14 2 fu13 τῶν ... ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Here "brothers" refers to Paul and Barnabas and the new believers.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 lp4v 0 General Information: Here the word "He" refers to the Lord.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 a3gp μὲν οὖν διέτριψαν 1 So they stayed there "Nevertheless they stayed there." Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in [Acts 14:1](../14/01.md). "So" could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 f2xh τῷ μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 gave evidence about the message of his grace "demonstrated that the message about his grace was true"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 wcn5 τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 about the message of his grace "about the message of the Lord's grace"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 a3gp μὲν οὖν ... διέτριψαν 1 So they stayed there "Nevertheless they stayed there." Paul and Barnabas stayed in Iconium to help the many people who had believed in [Acts 14:1](../14/01.md). "So" could be omitted if it adds confusion to the text.
|
||||
ACT 14 3 f2xh τῷ ... μαρτυροῦντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 gave evidence about the message of his grace "demonstrated that the message about his grace was true"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 wcn5 τῷ ... λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 about the message of his grace "about the message of the Lord's grace"
|
||||
ACT 14 3 c2cv figs-activepassive διδόντι σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα γίνεσθαι διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by granting signs and wonders to be done by the hands of Paul and Barnabas This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by enabling Paul and Barnabas to perform signs and wonders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 3 p9iq figs-synecdoche διὰ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτῶν 1 by the hands of Paul and Barnabas Here "hands" refers to the will and effort of these two men as guided by the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "by the ministry of Paul and Barnabas" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 4 btu3 figs-metonymy 0 the majority of the city was divided Here "city"refers to the people in the city. Alternate translation: "most of the people of the city were divided" or "most of the people of the city did not agree with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 14 4 smz5 ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 sided with the Jews "supported the Jews" or "agreed with the Jews." The first group mentioned did not agree with the message about grace.
|
||||
ACT 14 4 q1xc figs-ellipsis σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 with the apostles The second group mentioned agreed with the message about grace. It may be helpful to restate the verb. Alternate translation: "sided with the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 14 4 mw9h τοῖς ἀποστόλοις 1 the apostles Luke refers to Paul and Barnabas. Here "apostle" might be used in the general sense of "ones sent out."
|
||||
ACT 14 4 q1xc figs-ellipsis σὺν τοῖς ... ἀποστόλοις 1 with the apostles The second group mentioned agreed with the message about grace. It may be helpful to restate the verb. Alternate translation: "sided with the apostles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 14 4 mw9h τοῖς ... ἀποστόλοις 1 the apostles Luke refers to Paul and Barnabas. Here "apostle" might be used in the general sense of "ones sent out."
|
||||
ACT 14 5 s5h7 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 14 5 yiv9 ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν 1 attempted to persuade their leaders "tried to convince the leaders of Iconium." Here "attempted" implies they were not able to fully persuade them before the apostles left the city.
|
||||
ACT 14 5 yiv9 ἐγένετο ὁρμὴ ... τοῖς ἄρχουσιν αὐτῶν 1 attempted to persuade their leaders "tried to convince the leaders of Iconium." Here "attempted" implies they were not able to fully persuade them before the apostles left the city.
|
||||
ACT 14 5 q6g2 ὑβρίσαι καὶ λιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς 1 to mistreat and stone Paul and Barnabas "to beat Paul and Barnabas and to kill them by throwing stones at them"
|
||||
ACT 14 6 tpl1 translate-names τῆς Λυκαονίας 1 Lycaonia A district in Asia Minor (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 14 6 m5gv translate-names Λύστραν 1 Lystra A city in Asia Minor south of Iconium and north of Derbe (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1364,16 +1367,16 @@ ACT 14 6 tl4q translate-names Δέρβην 1 Derbe A city in Asia Minor south of
|
|||
ACT 14 7 z5nd κἀκεῖ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι ἦσαν 1 where they continued to proclaim the gospel "where Paul and Barnabas continued to proclaim the good news"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 ep46 0 General Information: The first word "he" refers to the crippled man; the second word "he" refers to Paul. The word "him" refers to the crippled man.
|
||||
ACT 14 8 l5pu 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Lystra.
|
||||
ACT 14 8 wb5k writing-participants τις ἀνὴρ ἐκάθητο 1 a certain man sat This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 14 8 kz7d ἀδύνατος τοῖς ποσὶν 1 powerless in his feet "unable to move his legs" or "unable to walk on his feet"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 tca1 χωλὸς ἐκ μητρὸς αὐτοῦ' κοιλίας 1 a cripple from his mother's womb "having been born as a cripple"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 wb5k writing-participants τις ἀνὴρ ... ἐκάθητο 1 a certain man sat This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 14 8 kz7d ἀδύνατος ... τοῖς ποσὶν 1 powerless in his feet "unable to move his legs" or "unable to walk on his feet"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 tca1 χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 a cripple from his mother's womb "having been born as a cripple"
|
||||
ACT 14 8 hw4l χωλὸς 1 cripple person who cannot walk
|
||||
ACT 14 9 di49 ὃς ἀτενίσας αὐτῷ 1 Paul fixed his eyes on him "Paul looked straight at him"
|
||||
ACT 14 9 xak4 figs-abstractnouns ἔχει πίστιν τοῦ σωθῆναι 1 had faith to be made well The abstract noun "faith" can be translated with the verb "believe." Alternate translation: "believed that Jesus could heal him" or "believed that Jesus could make him well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 10 v1kz ἥλατο 1 jumped up "leaped in the air." This implies that his legs were completely healed.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 axe6 ὃ ἐποίησεν Παῦλος 1 what Paul had done This refers to Paul's healing the crippled man.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 lvs9 ἐπῆραν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν 1 they raised their voice To raise the voice is to speak loudly. Alternate translation: "they spoke loudly" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom)
|
||||
ACT 14 11 d1gz figs-explicit οἱ θεοὶ κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 The gods have come down to us A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: "The gods have come down from heaven to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 11 d1gz figs-explicit οἱ θεοὶ ... κατέβησαν πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 The gods have come down to us A large number of people believed Paul and Barnabas were their pagan gods who had come down from heaven. Alternate translation: "The gods have come down from heaven to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 14 11 x3bi Λυκαονιστὶ 1 in the dialect of Lycaonia "in their own Lycaonian language." The people of Lystra spoke Lycaonian and also Greek.
|
||||
ACT 14 11 rm85 ὁμοιωθέντες ἀνθρώποις 1 in the form of men These people believed that the gods needed to change their appearance in order to look like men.
|
||||
ACT 14 12 t7uu translate-names Δία 1 Zeus Zeus was the king over all the other pagan gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1382,12 +1385,12 @@ ACT 14 13 iz6r figs-explicit 0 The priest of Zeus, whose temple was just outsid
|
|||
ACT 14 13 v2a9 ταύρους καὶ στέμματα 1 oxen and wreaths The oxen were to be sacrificed. The wreaths were either to crown Paul and Barnabas, or put on the oxen for sacrifice.
|
||||
ACT 14 13 iha1 ἐπὶ τοὺς πυλῶνας 1 to the gates The gates of the cities were often used as a meeting place for the people of the city.
|
||||
ACT 14 13 ud37 ἤθελεν θύειν 1 wanted to offer sacrifice "wanted to offer sacrifice to Paul and Barnabas as the gods Zeus and Hermes"
|
||||
ACT 14 14 kt1f οἱ ἀπόστολοι, Βαρναβᾶς καὶ Παῦλος 1 the apostles, Barnabas and Paul Luke is here probably using "apostle" in the general sense of "one sent out."
|
||||
ACT 14 14 kt1f οἱ ἀπόστολοι Βαρναβᾶς καὶ Παῦλος 1 the apostles, Barnabas and Paul Luke is here probably using "apostle" in the general sense of "one sent out."
|
||||
ACT 14 14 kx43 διαρρήξαντες τὰ ἱμάτια ἑαυτῶν 1 they tore their clothing This was a symbolic action to show that they were deeply distressed and upset that the crowd wanted to sacrifice to them.
|
||||
ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε? 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. Alternate translation: "Men, you must not do these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 w4fd figs-rquestion ἄνδρες, τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 Men, why are you doing these things? Barnabas and Paul are rebuking the people for trying to sacrifice to them. Alternate translation: "Men, you must not do these things!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 f8vc ταῦτα ποιεῖτε 1 doing these things "worshiping us"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 u9pq καὶ ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are human beings with the same feelings as you By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: "We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n9e4 ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ὑμῖν 1 with the same feelings as you "like you in every way"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 u9pq καὶ ... ἡμεῖς ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ἐσμεν ὑμῖν ἄνθρωποι 1 We also are human beings with the same feelings as you By this statement, Barnabas and Paul are saying that they are not gods. Alternate translation: "We are just human beings like you. We are not gods!"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n9e4 ὁμοιοπαθεῖς ... ὑμῖν 1 with the same feelings as you "like you in every way"
|
||||
ACT 14 15 n98g figs-metaphor ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν ματαίων ἐπιστρέφειν ἐπὶ Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 turn from these useless things to a living God Here "turn from ... to" is a metaphor meaning to stop doing one thing and start doing something else. Alternate translation: "stop worshiping these false gods that cannot help you, and instead begin to worship the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 14 15 qr5b Θεὸν ζῶντα 1 a living God "a God who truly exists" or "a God who lives"
|
||||
ACT 14 16 s2rn ἐν ταῖς παρῳχημέναις γενεαῖς 1 In the past ages "In previous times" or "Until now"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1409,7 +1412,7 @@ ACT 14 21 wv7e figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "they" and
|
|||
ACT 14 21 ykt4 τὴν πόλιν ἐκείνην 1 that city "Derbe" ([Acts 14:20](../14/20.md))
|
||||
ACT 14 22 ek9l figs-synecdoche ἐπιστηρίζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μαθητῶν 1 They kept strengthening the souls of the disciples Here "souls" refers to the disciples. This emphasizes their inner thoughts and beliefs. Alternate translation: "Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to believe the message about Jesus" or "Paul and Barnabas urged the believers to continue to grow strong in their relationship with Jesus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 zkd2 παρακαλοῦντες ἐμμένειν τῇ πίστει 1 encouraging them to continue in the faith "encouraging the believers to keep trusting in Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations τὴν, ὅτι," ἡμᾶς δεῖ εἰσελθεῖν εἰς καὶ Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων." 1 saying, "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings." Some version translate this as an indirect quote, "saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings." The word "we" here includes Luke and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 d9ic writing-quotations καὶ ὅτι διὰ πολλῶν θλίψεων, δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 saying, "We must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings." Some version translate this as an indirect quote, "saying that we must enter into the kingdom of God through many sufferings." The word "we" here includes Luke and the readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 22 wu1c figs-inclusive δεῖ ἡμᾶς εἰσελθεῖν 1 We must enter Paul includes his hearers, so the word "we" is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 14 23 pk5l 0 General Information: Except for the third use of the word "they" which refers to the people that Paul and Barnabas had led to the Lord, all the words "they" here refer to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 14 23 mqp9 0 When they had appointed for them elders in every church "When Paul and Barnabas had appointed leaders in each new group of believers"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1426,23 +1429,23 @@ ACT 15 1 qck6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are still in Antioch w
|
|||
ACT 15 1 su66 figs-explicit 0 Some men "Some men." You can make explicit that these men were Jews who believed in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 1 p3k9 κατελθόντες ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 came down from Judea The phrase "came down" is used here because Judea is higher in elevation than Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 1 zi1n figs-explicit ἐδίδασκον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 taught the brothers Here "brothers" stands for believers in Christ. It is implied that they were in Antioch. Alternate translation: "taught the believers at Antioch" or "were teaching the believers at Antioch" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ, Μωϋσέως οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you" or "God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 a sharp dispute and debate with them The abstract nouns "sharp dispute" and "debate" can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "had confronted and debated with the men from Judea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 1 pm8h figs-activepassive ἐὰν μὴ περιτμηθῆτε τῷ ἔθει τῷ Μωϋσέως, οὐ δύνασθε σωθῆναι 1 Unless you are circumcised according to the custom of Moses, you cannot be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Unless someone circumcises you according to the custom of Moses, God cannot save you" or "God will not save you from your sins unless you receive circumcision according to the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 f9nd figs-abstractnouns στάσεως καὶ ζητήσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης ... πρὸς αὐτοὺς 1 a sharp dispute and debate with them The abstract nouns "sharp dispute" and "debate" can be stated as verbs and where the men came from can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "had confronted and debated with the men from Judea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 2 ek6a ἀναβαίνειν ... εἰς Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than almost any other place in Israel, so it was normal for Israelites to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 2 z983 τοῦ ζητήματος τούτου 1 this question "this issue"
|
||||
ACT 15 3 h2mw 0 General Information: Here the words "They," "they," and "them" refer to Paul, Barnabas, and certain others ([Acts 15:2](../15/02.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ μὲν οὖν, προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 They therefore, being sent by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 av5y figs-activepassive οἱ μὲν οὖν προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 They therefore, being sent by the church This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Therefore the community of believers sent them from Antioch to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 aia5 figs-metonymy προπεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 being sent by the church Here "church" stands for the people that were a part of the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 i5kd 0 passed through ... announced The words "passed through" and "announced" indicate they spent some time in different places sharing in detail what God was doing.
|
||||
ACT 15 3 rk37 figs-abstractnouns 0 announced the conversion of the Gentiles The abstract noun "conversion" means the Gentiles were rejecting their false gods and believing in God. Alternate translation: "announced to the community of believers in those places that Gentiles were believing in God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 nje7 figs-metaphor 0 They brought great joy to all the brothers Their message causing the brothers to be joyful is spoken of as if "joy" were an object that they brought to the brothers. Alternate translation: "What they said caused their fellow believers to rejoice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 3 bbd4 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers Here "brothers" refers to fellow believers.
|
||||
ACT 15 4 ej1r figs-activepassive παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 4 ej1r figs-activepassive παρεδέχθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, καὶ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 they were welcomed by the church and the apostles and the elders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the apostles, the elders, and the rest of the community of believers welcomed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 4 a2x1 μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 with them "through them"
|
||||
ACT 15 5 efe5 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to non-Jewish believers who were not circumcised and did not keep the Old Testament laws of God.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 f2b5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and Barnabas are now in Jerusalem to meet with the apostles and elders there.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 k6k7 δέ τινες 1 But certain men Here Luke contrasts those who believe that salvation is only in Jesus to others who believe salvation is by Jesus yet also believe that circumcision is required for salvation.
|
||||
ACT 15 5 b9nt παραγγέλλειν τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 to keep the law of Moses "to obey the law of Moses"
|
||||
ACT 15 5 b9nt παραγγέλλειν ... τηρεῖν τὸν νόμον Μωϋσέως 1 to keep the law of Moses "to obey the law of Moses"
|
||||
ACT 15 6 ugu6 ἰδεῖν περὶ τοῦ λόγου τούτου 1 to consider this matter The church leaders decided to discuss whether or not Gentiles needed to be circumcised and obey the law of Moses in order for God to save them from their sins.
|
||||
ACT 15 7 wct8 figs-you 0 General Information: The first word "them" refers to apostles and elders ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md)) and the other words "them" and "their" refer to the believing Gentiles. Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the apostles and elders present. The word "he" refers to God. Here "us" is plural and refers to Peter, the apostles and elders, and all Jewish believers in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 7 hxu9 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to speak to the apostles and elders who met to discuss whether Gentiles had to receive circumcision and keep the law ([Acts 15:5-6](./05.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1458,9 +1461,9 @@ ACT 15 9 ase1 figs-metaphor τῇ πίστει καθαρίσας τὰς καρ
|
|||
ACT 15 10 ha45 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Peter includes his audience by his use of "our" and "we." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 wjq7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes speaking to the apostles and elders.
|
||||
ACT 15 10 rfr4 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί? τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν πειράζετε ὃν οὔτε ἡμῶν οἱ πατέρες οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι μαθητῶν 1 why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: "Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 zaz6 figs-rquestion τί πειράζετε τὸν Θεόν, ἐπιθεῖναι ζυγὸν ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τῶν μαθητῶν, ὃν οὔτε οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἡμεῖς ἰσχύσαμεν βαστάσαι 1 why do you test God, that you should put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples which neither our fathers nor we were able to bear? Peter uses a question with a word picture to tell the Jewish believers they should not require the non-Jewish believers to perform circumcision to be saved. Alternate translation: "Do not test God by putting a burden on the non-Jewish believers which we Jews were not able to bear!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 10 bfd5 οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 our fathers This refers to their Jewish ancestors.
|
||||
ACT 15 11 q28c figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου, Ἰησοῦ πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι 1 But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 11 q28c figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, πιστεύομεν σωθῆναι καθ’ ὃν τρόπον κἀκεῖνοι 1 But we believe that we shall be saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus, just as they were This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But we believe the Lord Jesus shall save us by his grace, just as he saved the non-Jewish believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 12 um1p 0 General Information: Here the word "them" refers to Paul and Barnabas.
|
||||
ACT 15 12 d1uc 0 All the multitude "Everyone" or "The whole group" ([Acts 15:6](../15/06.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 12 uks6 ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 God had worked "God had done" or "God had caused"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1478,8 +1481,8 @@ ACT 15 16 f5wf figs-metaphor 0 I will build again the tent of David, which has
|
|||
ACT 15 16 ist8 figs-metonymy σκηνὴν 1 tent Here "tent" stands for David's family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 sm79 figs-metaphor ἐκζητήσωσιν οἱ κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὸν Κύριον 1 the remnant of men may seek the Lord This speaks about people wanting to obey God and learn more about him as if they were literally looking for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 hkw1 figs-gendernotations κατάλοιποι τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 remnant of men Here "men" includes males and females. Alternate translation: "remnant of people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 pe4l figs-123person ἐκζητήσωσιν τὸν Κύριον 1 may seek the Lord God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "may seek me, the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 including all the Gentiles called by my name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "including all the Gentiles who belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 pe4l figs-123person ἐκζητήσωσιν ... τὸν Κύριον 1 may seek the Lord God is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: "may seek me, the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 tu21 figs-activepassive καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 including all the Gentiles called by my name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "including all the Gentiles who belong to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 17 c8gm figs-metonymy ἐφ’ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 my name Here "my name" stands for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 18 tr27 figs-activepassive γνωστὰ 1 that have been known This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people have known" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 19 g3zx figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here "we" includes James, the apostles, and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1488,7 +1491,7 @@ ACT 15 19 pyb9 figs-explicit μὴ παρενοχλεῖν τοῖς ἀπὸ τ
|
|||
ACT 15 19 vr6u figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέφουσιν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν 1 who turn to God A person who starts obeying God is spoken of as if the person is physically turning towards God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 20 wx8f 0 they must keep away from the pollution of idols ... sexual immorality ... strangled ... blood Sexual immorality, strangling animals, and consuming blood were often part of ceremonies to worship idols and false gods.
|
||||
ACT 15 20 n6f2 figs-explicit ἀλισγημάτων τῶν εἰδώλων 1 pollution of idols This possibly refers to eating the meat of an animal that someone has sacrificed to an idol or to anything to do with idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 20 j2rl figs-explicit τοῦ πνικτοῦ, καὶ τοῦ αἵματος 1 from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses' writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 20 j2rl figs-explicit τοῦ ... αἵματος 1 from the meat of strangled animals, and from blood God did not allow Jews to eat meat that still had the blood in it. Also, even earlier in Moses' writings in Genesis, God had forbidden the drinking of blood. Therefore, they could not eat an animal that someone strangled because the blood was not properly drained from the body of the animal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 si1h figs-explicit 0 Moses has been proclaimed in every city ... and he is read in the synagogues every Sabbath James is implying that Gentiles know how important these rules are because Jews preach them in every city where there is a synagogue. It also implies the Gentiles can go to the teachers from the synagogues to learn more about these rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 zd7t figs-metonymy 0 Moses has been proclaimed Here "Moses" represents the law of Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The law of Moses has been proclaimed" or "Jews have taught the law of Moses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 21 xg5n figs-hyperbole κατὰ πόλιν 1 in every city The word "every" here is a generalization. Alternate translation: "in many cities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1504,11 +1507,11 @@ ACT 15 24 p1tl ὅτι τινὲς 1 that certain men "that some men"
|
|||
ACT 15 24 kh16 οἷς οὐ διεστειλάμεθα 1 with no orders from us "even though we gave no orders for them to go"
|
||||
ACT 15 24 bxq8 figs-synecdoche ἐτάραξαν ὑμᾶς λόγοις ἀνασκευάζοντες τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν 1 disturbed you with teachings that upset your souls Here "souls" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "have taught things that have troubled you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 15 25 c3dl ἐκλεξαμένοις ἄνδρας 1 to choose men The men they sent were Judas called Barsabbas and Silas ([Acts 15:22](../15/22.md)).
|
||||
ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here "name" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" or "because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 26 t7vw figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the name of our Lord Jesus Christ Here "name" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "because they believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" or "because they serve our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 27 j1jb figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "We" and "us" refer to the leaders and believers in the church in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 15:22](../15/22.md))
|
||||
ACT 15 27 v2ee 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes the letter from the Jerusalem church to the Gentile believers in Antioch.
|
||||
ACT 15 27 xw8l figs-explicit 0 who will tell you the same thing themselves in their own words This phrase emphasizes that Judas and Silas will say the same things that the apostles and elders had written. Alternate translation: "who themselves will tell you the same things about which we have written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες 1 to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 28 l9z6 figs-metaphor μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιτίθεσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος, πλὴν τούτων τῶν ἐπάναγκες 1 to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things This speaks about laws that people need to obey as if they were objects that people carry on their shoulders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 15 29 nt7s εἰδωλοθύτων 1 from things sacrificed to idols This means they are not allowed to eat the meat of an animal that someone sacrifices to an idol.
|
||||
ACT 15 29 vcc6 figs-explicit αἵματος 1 blood This refers to drinking blood or eating meat from which the blood has not been drained. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 29 rt55 πνικτῶν 1 things strangled A strangled animal was killed but its blood was not drained.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1517,7 +1520,7 @@ ACT 15 30 khi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas leave
|
|||
ACT 15 30 c3uk 0 So they, when they were dismissed, came down to Antioch The word "they" refers to Paul, Barnabas, Judas, and Silas. Alternate translation: "So when the four men were dismissed, they came down to Antioch"
|
||||
ACT 15 30 usz6 figs-activepassive ἀπολυθέντες 1 when they were dismissed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when the apostles and elders dismissed the four men" or "when the believers in Jerusalem sent them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 30 t55a κατῆλθον εἰς Ἀντιόχειαν 1 came down to Antioch The phrase "came down" is used here because Antioch is lower in elevation than Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 15 31 k1mr ἀναγνόντες ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced "the believers in Antioch rejoiced"
|
||||
ACT 15 31 k1mr ἀναγνόντες ... ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced "the believers in Antioch rejoiced"
|
||||
ACT 15 31 e4gf figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ παρακλήσει 1 because of the encouragement The abstract noun "encouragement" can be expressed with the verb "encourage." Alternate translation: "because what the apostles and elders wrote encouraged them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 32 r65l 0 also prophets Prophets were teachers authorized by God to speak for him. Alternate translation: "because they were prophets" or "who were also prophets"
|
||||
ACT 15 32 e2en τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers "the fellow believers"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1533,34 +1536,34 @@ ACT 15 36 i1n5 ἐπιστρέψαντες δὴ 1 Let us return now "I suggest
|
|||
ACT 15 36 ib2j ἐπισκεψώμεθα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 visit the brothers "care for the brothers" or "offer to help the believers"
|
||||
ACT 15 36 ua1f figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here "word" stands for the message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 15 36 y9i9 πῶς ἔχουσιν 1 see how they are "learn how they are doing." They want to learn about the current condition of the brothers and how they are holding on to God's truth.
|
||||
ACT 15 37 s635 συνπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην τὸν καλούμενον Μᾶρκον 1 to also take with them John who was called Mark "to take John, who was also called Mark"
|
||||
ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος ἠξίου μὴ συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it was not good to take Mark The words "not good" are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: "Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 37 s635 συνπαραλαβεῖν καὶ τὸν Ἰωάννην, τὸν καλούμενον Μᾶρκον 1 to also take with them John who was called Mark "to take John, who was also called Mark"
|
||||
ACT 15 38 a5nn figs-litotes Παῦλος ... ἠξίου ... μὴ ... συνπαραλαμβάνειν τοῦτον 1 Paul thought it was not good to take Mark The words "not good" are used to say the opposite of good. Alternate translation: "Paul thought that taking Mark would be bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ht3k Παμφυλίας 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 15 38 ln7w μὴ συνελθόντα αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ ἔργον 1 did not go further with them in the work "did not continue to work with them then" or "did not continue to serve with them"
|
||||
ACT 15 39 bb8w 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Barnabas and Paul.
|
||||
ACT 15 39 u97a figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο δὲ παροξυσμὸς 1 Then there arose a sharp disagreement The abstract noun "disagreement" can be stated as the verb "disagree." Alternate translation: "They strongly disagreed with each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 15 40 l2uq figs-activepassive παραδοθεὶς τῇ χάριτι τοῦ Κυρίου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 after he was entrusted by the brothers to the grace of the Lord To entrust to someone means to place the care and responsibility for someone or something to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "after the believers in Antioch entrusted Paul to the grace of the Lord" or "after the believers in Antioch prayed for the Lord to take care of Paul and show kindness to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 15 41 e3ym figs-explicit διήρχετο 1 he went The previous sentence implies that Silas was with Paul. Alternate translation: "they went" or "Paul and Silas went" or "Paul took Silas and went" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 15 41 t81z διήρχετο τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν 1 went through Syria and Cilicia These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
|
||||
ACT 15 41 t81z διήρχετο ... τὴν Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν 1 went through Syria and Cilicia These are provinces or areas in Asia Minor, near the island of Cyprus.
|
||||
ACT 15 41 tbv3 figs-metaphor ἐπιστηρίζων τὰς ἐκκλησίας 1 strengthening the churches Encouraging the believers in the churches is spoken of as though Paul and Silas were making the believers physically stronger. The word "churches" refers to the groups of believers in Syria and Cilicia. Alternate translation: "encouraging the believers in the churches" or "helping the community of believers to depend even more in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 intro e7z2 0 # Acts 16 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Timothy's circumcision<br><br>Paul circumcised Timothy because they were telling the message of Jesus to Jews and Gentiles. Paul wanted the Jews to know that he respected the law of Moses even though the church leaders in Jerusalem had decided that Christians did not need to be circumcised..<br><br>##### The woman who had a spirit of divination<br><br>Most people want very much to know the future, but the law of Moses said that speaking with the spirits of dead people to learn about the future is a sin. This woman seems to have been able to tell the future very well. She was a slave, and her masters made much money from her work. Paul wanted her to stop sinning, so he told the spirit to leave her. Luke does not say that she began to follow Jesus or tell us anything more about her.<br>
|
||||
ACT 16 1 l2b1 0 General Information: The first, third, and fourth instances of the word "him" refer to Timothy. The second "him" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 16 1 f49m writing-background 0 This continues the missionary journeys of Paul with Silas. Timothy is introduced into the story and joins Paul and Silas. Verses 1 and 2 give background information about Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν καὶ 1 Paul also came Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 km5q figs-go κατήντησεν ... καὶ 1 Paul also came Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 1 d4ka Δέρβην 1 Derbe This is the name of a city in Asia Minor. See how you translated it in [Acts 14:6](../14/06.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 1 u3vr ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word "behold" alerts us to a new person in the narrative. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
ACT 16 1 wxl8 figs-ellipsis πιστῆς 1 who believed The words "in Christ" are understood. Alternate translation: "who believed in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 16 2 t1lu figs-activepassive ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 He was well spoken of by the brothers This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: "The brothers spoke well of him" or "Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers" or "The brothers said good things about him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 2 rez2 ὑπὸ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 by the brothers Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "by the believers"
|
||||
ACT 16 2 t1lu figs-activepassive ὃς ἐμαρτυρεῖτο ὑπὸ τῶν ... ἀδελφῶν 1 He was well spoken of by the brothers This can be stated in active from. Alternate translation: "The brothers spoke well of him" or "Timothy had a good reputation among the brothers" or "The brothers said good things about him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 2 rez2 ὑπὸ τῶν ... ἀδελφῶν 1 by the brothers Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "by the believers"
|
||||
ACT 16 3 p6z8 περιέτεμεν αὐτὸν 1 circumcised him It is possible that Paul himself circumcised Timothy, but it is more likely that he had someone else circumcise Timothy.
|
||||
ACT 16 3 za93 διὰ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους τοὺς ὄντας ἐν τοῖς τόποις ἐκείνοις 1 because of the Jews that were in those places "because of the Jews living in the areas where Paul and Timothy would be traveling"
|
||||
ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 3 hk2l figs-explicit ᾔδεισαν γὰρ ἅπαντες, ὅτι Ἕλλην ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπῆρχεν 1 for they all knew that his father was a Greek Since Greek men did not have their sons circumcised, the Jews would have known Timothy was not circumcised, and they would have rejected Paul and Timothy before hearing their message about Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 4 n46i 0 General Information: The word "they" here refers to Paul, Silas ([Acts 15:40](../15/40.md)), and Timothy ([Acts 16:3](./03.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 4 bu6r αὐτοῖς φυλάσσειν 1 for them to obey "for the church members to obey" or "for the believers to obey"
|
||||
ACT 16 4 gpi3 figs-activepassive 0 that had been written by the apostles and elders in Jerusalem This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the apostles and elders in Jerusalem had written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 4 mqe4 figs-metonymy παρεδίδοσαν 1 the churches Here this stands for the believers in the churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 5 q8v9 figs-activepassive 0 the churches were strengthened in the faith and increased in number daily This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The believers became stronger in their faith, and there were more and more people becoming believers every day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 5 lv4f figs-metaphor αἱ ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει 1 the churches were strengthened in the faith This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 5 lv4f figs-metaphor αἱ ... ἐκκλησίαι ἐστερεοῦντο τῇ πίστει 1 the churches were strengthened in the faith This speaks of helping someone to believe more confidently as if it were making them physically stronger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 6 g97e τὴν Φρυγίαν 1 Phrygia This is a region in Asia. See how you translated this name in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 6 ue3k figs-activepassive κωλυθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they had been forbidden by the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit had forbidden them" or "the Holy Spirit did not permit them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 6 h4u4 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here "word" stands for "message." Alternate translation: "the message about Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1575,15 +1578,15 @@ ACT 16 9 cm2u διαβὰς εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 Come over into Maced
|
|||
ACT 16 10 fg5h 0 we set out to go to Macedonia ... God had called us Here the words "we" and "us" refer to Paul and his companions including Luke, the author of Acts.
|
||||
ACT 16 11 m2p5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul and his companions are now in Philippi on their missionary trip. Verse 13 begins the story of Lydia. This short story happens during Paul's travels.
|
||||
ACT 16 11 q2pr translate-names 0 Samothrace ... Neapolis These are coastal cities near Phillipi in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 11 yy6z figs-go εἰς Νέαν Πόλιν 1 we came to Neapolis Here "came to" can be translated as "went to" or "arrived at." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 11 yy6z figs-go εἰς ... Νέαν Πόλιν 1 we came to Neapolis Here "came to" can be translated as "went to" or "arrived at." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 16 12 tl9f figs-explicit κολωνία 1 a Roman colony This is a city outside of Italy where many people who came from Rome lived. The people there had the same rights and freedoms as people who lived in cities in Italy. They could govern themselves and they did not have to pay taxes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 x8bp 0 Connecting Statement: This ends the story of Lydia.
|
||||
ACT 16 14 n952 writing-participants 0 A certain woman named Lydia Here "A certain woman" introduces a new person in the story. Alternate translation: "There was a woman named Lydia" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 qj86 figs-ellipsis πορφυρόπωλις 1 a seller of purple Here "cloth" is understood. Alternate translation: "a merchant who sold purple cloth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 c6n8 translate-names Θυατείρων 1 Thyatira This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 cyk3 σεβομένη τὸν Θεόν 1 worshiped God A worshiper of God is a Gentile who gives praise to God and follows him, but does not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 16 14 rd4r figs-metaphor ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν προσέχειν 1 The Lord opened her heart to pay attention For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person's heart. Alternate translation: "The Lord caused her to listen well and to believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy ἧς διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν 1 opened her heart Here "heart" stands for a person's mind. Also, the author speaks about the "heart" or "mind" as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 rd4r figs-metaphor ἧς ὁ Κύριος διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν, προσέχειν 1 The Lord opened her heart to pay attention For the Lord to cause someone to pay attention and believe a message is spoken of as if he were opening a person's heart. Alternate translation: "The Lord caused her to listen well and to believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 s9ju figs-metonymy ἧς ... διήνοιξεν τὴν καρδίαν 1 opened her heart Here "heart" stands for a person's mind. Also, the author speaks about the "heart" or "mind" as if it were a box that a person could open so it is ready for someone to fill it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 16 14 a74y figs-activepassive τοῖς λαλουμένοις ὑπὸ τοῦ Παύλου 1 what was said by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 15 g7e9 figs-activepassive 0 When she and her house were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When they baptized Lydia and members of her household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 15 s799 figs-metonymy 0 her house Here "house" represents the people who live in her house. Alternate translation: "the members of her household" or "her family and household servants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1606,7 +1609,7 @@ ACT 16 20 dkz2 figs-inclusive οὗτοι οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἐκταρά
|
|||
ACT 16 21 gna6 παραδέχεσθαι οὐδὲ ποιεῖν 1 to accept or practice "to believe or to obey" or "to accept or to do"
|
||||
ACT 16 22 r1gr 0 General Information: Here the words "their" and "them" refer to Paul and Silas. The word "they" here refers to soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 16 22 at6i figs-activepassive ἐκέλευον ῥαβδίζειν 1 commanded them to be beaten with rods This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded the soldiers to beat them with rods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 23 dsr3 πολλάς ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς 1 had laid many blows upon them "had hit them many times with rods"
|
||||
ACT 16 23 dsr3 πολλάς ... ἐπιθέντες αὐτοῖς πληγὰς 1 had laid many blows upon them "had hit them many times with rods"
|
||||
ACT 16 23 y4mc παραγγείλαντες τῷ δεσμοφύλακι ἀσφαλῶς τηρεῖν αὐτούς 1 commanded the jailer to keep them securely "told the jailer to make sure they did not get out"
|
||||
ACT 16 23 zkp7 δεσμοφύλακι 1 jailer a person responsible for all the people held in the jail or prison
|
||||
ACT 16 24 a79x ὃς παραγγελίαν τοιαύτην λαβὼν 1 he got this command "he heard this command"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1614,37 +1617,37 @@ ACT 16 24 rl8c τοὺς πόδας ἠσφαλίσατο αὐτῶν εἰς
|
|||
ACT 16 24 jug6 ξύλον 1 stocks a piece of wood with holes for preventing a person's feet from moving
|
||||
ACT 16 25 rwu3 0 General Information: The word "them" refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 16 25 hme2 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul and Silas' time in Philippi in prison and tells what happens to their jailer.
|
||||
ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς, ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 q7z1 figs-activepassive σεισμὸς ... ὥστε σαλευθῆναι τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "earthquake which shook the foundations of the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 m4ye figs-synecdoche τὰ θεμέλια τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου 1 the foundations of the prison When the foundations shook, this caused the entire prison to shake. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 s6mu figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι 1 all the doors were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the doors opened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive πάντων' τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη 1 everyone's chains were unfastened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone's chains came loose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 s6mu figs-activepassive ἠνεῴχθησαν ... αἱ θύραι πᾶσαι 1 all the doors were opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "all the doors opened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 26 p393 figs-activepassive πάντων τὰ δεσμὰ ἀνέθη 1 everyone's chains were unfastened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everyone's chains came loose" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 ljy6 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul, Silas, and all of the other prisoners but excludes the jailer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 hr9q figs-activepassive 0 The jailer was awakened from sleep This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The jailer woke up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 27 cwt5 ἤμελλεν ἑαυτὸν ἀναιρεῖν 1 was about to kill himself "was ready to kill himself." The jailer preferred to commit suicide rather than suffer the consequences of letting the prisoners escape.
|
||||
ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit αἰτήσας φῶτα 1 called for lights The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 h5ai figs-metonymy αἰτήσας φῶτα 1 for lights The word "lights" stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: "for torches" or "for lamps" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 pe66 figs-explicit αἰτήσας ... φῶτα 1 called for lights The reason why the jailer needed light can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "called for someone to bring light so he could see who was still in the prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 h5ai figs-metonymy αἰτήσας ... φῶτα 1 for lights The word "lights" stands for something that makes light. Alternate translation: "for torches" or "for lamps" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 29 r6is εἰσεπήδησεν 1 rushed in "quickly entered the jail"
|
||||
ACT 16 29 bb6t translate-symaction προσέπεσεν τῷ Παύλῳ καὶ Σιλᾷ 1 fell down before Paul and Silas The jailer humbled himself by bowing down at the feet of Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 16 30 a3h6 προαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἔξω 1 brought them out "led them outside the jail"
|
||||
ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what must I do for God to save me from my sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 30 u132 figs-activepassive τί με δεῖ ποιεῖν, ἵνα σωθῶ 1 what must I do to be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "what must I do for God to save me from my sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 31 br4k figs-activepassive σωθήσῃ 1 you will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will save you" or "God will save you from your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 31 w8ed figs-metonymy 0 your house Here "house" stands for the people who live in the house. Alternate translation: "all the members of your household" or "your family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 32 kb35 0 General Information: Here the first use of the word "they" as well as the words "their" and "them" refer to Paul and Silas. Compare [Acts 16:25](../16/25.md). The last use of the word "they" refers to the people in the jailers' household. The words "him," "his," and "he" refer to the jailer.
|
||||
ACT 16 32 pq5w figs-metonymy 0 They spoke the word of the Lord to him Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "They told him the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 33 r3la figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθη, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ αὐτοῦ πάντες παραχρῆμα 1 he and those in his entire house were baptized immediately This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul and Silas baptized the jailer and all the members of his household" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 x3x8 0 General Information: This is the last event in the story of Paul and Silas in Philippi ([Acts 16:12](../16/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 lb4z δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells the last event in the story that started in [Acts 16:16](../16/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 16 35 qum8 figs-metonymy ἀπέστειλαν τοὺς ῥαβδούχους 1 sent word to the guards Here "word" stands for "message" or "command." Alternate translation: "sent a message to the guards" or "sent a command to the guards" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 qum8 figs-metonymy ἀπέστειλαν ... τοὺς ῥαβδούχους 1 sent word to the guards Here "word" stands for "message" or "command." Alternate translation: "sent a message to the guards" or "sent a command to the guards" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 35 j5m6 ἀπέστειλαν 1 sent word Here "sent" means the magistrates told someone to go tell the guards their message.
|
||||
ACT 16 35 vev9 ἀπόλυσον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐκείνους 1 Let those men go "Release those men" or "Allow those men to leave"
|
||||
ACT 16 36 k3i6 ἐξελθόντες 1 come out "come outside of the jail"
|
||||
ACT 16 37 v4yk figs-exclusive 0 General Information: All of the times the word "they" is used and the first time "them" is used, the words refer to the magistrates. The word "themselves" refers to the magistrates. The second time the word "them" is used, it refers to Paul and Silas. The word "us" refers only to Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b4jm figs-explicit ἔφη πρὸς αὐτούς 1 said to them Probably Paul is speaking to the jailer, but he intends for the jailer to tell the magistrates what he says. Alternate translation: "said to the jailer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 b7cc figs-metonymy δείραντες ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ 1 They have publicly beaten us Here "They" refers to the magistrates who commanded their soldiers to beat them. Alternate translation: "The magistrates ordered their soldiers to beat us in public" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους, ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας— ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison "men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty"
|
||||
ACT 16 37 wc37 ἀκατακρίτους ἀνθρώπους Ῥωμαίους ὑπάρχοντας, ἔβαλαν εἰς φυλακήν 1 without a trial, even though we are Romans citizens—and they threw us into prison "men who are Roman citizens, and they had their soldiers put us in jail though they had not proven in court that we were guilty"
|
||||
ACT 16 37 qq1u figs-rquestion 0 Do they now want to send us away secretly? No! Paul uses a question to emphasize that he will not allow the magistrates to send them out the city in secret after they had mistreated Paul and Silas. Alternate translation: "I will certainly not let them send us out of the city in secret!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 16 37 jr2j figs-rpronouns 0 Let them come themselves Here "themselves" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν, ἐφοβήθησαν 1 when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 38 ym2u figs-explicit ἐφοβήθησαν ... ἀκούσαντες ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοί εἰσιν 1 when they heard that Paul and Silas were Romans, they were afraid To be a Roman meant to be a legal citizens of the Empire. Citizenship provided freedom from torture and the right to a fair trial. The city leaders were afraid that more important Roman authorities might learn how the city leaders had mistreated Paul and Silas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 q59h 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to Paul and Silas. The word "them" refers to the believers in Philippi.
|
||||
ACT 16 40 y14i writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of Paul and Silas' time in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 16 40 t1pf figs-go εἰσῆλθον πρὸς τὴν Λυδίαν 1 came to the house Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1657,7 +1660,7 @@ ACT 17 1 e4w5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main st
|
|||
ACT 17 1 b7np διοδεύσαντες 1 passed through "traveled through"
|
||||
ACT 17 1 kll1 translate-names τὴν Ἀμφίπολιν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν 1 cities of Amphipolis and Apollonia These are coastal cities in Macedonia. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 1 yj66 figs-go ἦλθον εἰς Θεσσαλονίκην 1 they came to the city Here "came" can be translated as "went" or "arrived." Alternate translation: "they came to the city" or "they arrived at the city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς 1 as his custom was "as his habit was" or "as his common practice was." Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
|
||||
ACT 17 2 vbf2 κατὰ ... τὸ εἰωθὸς 1 as his custom was "as his habit was" or "as his common practice was." Paul usually went to the synagogue on the Sabbath when Jews would be present.
|
||||
ACT 17 2 bt5e ἐπὶ Σάββατα τρία 1 for three Sabbath days "on each Sabbath day for three weeks"
|
||||
ACT 17 2 wp3k figs-explicit διελέξατο αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Γραφῶν 1 reasoned with them from the scriptures Paul explained what the scriptures means in order to prove to the Jews that Jesus is the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 17 2 qf4t διελέξατο αὐτοῖς 1 reasoned with them "gave them reasons" or "debated with them" or "discussed with them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1669,11 +1672,11 @@ ACT 17 3 b9qi ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have
|
|||
ACT 17 4 es2u figs-activepassive αὐτῶν ἐπείσθησαν 1 the Jews were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews believed" or "the Jews understood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 4 nyp2 προσεκληρώθησαν τῷ Παύλῳ 1 joined Paul "became associated with Paul"
|
||||
ACT 17 4 t21z σεβομένων Ἑλλήνων 1 devout Greeks This refers to Greeks who worship God but have not converted to Judaism through circumcision.
|
||||
ACT 17 4 ye8v figs-litotes γυναικῶν τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι 1 not a few of the leading women This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: "many leading women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 4 ye8v figs-litotes γυναικῶν ... τῶν πρώτων οὐκ ὀλίγαι 1 not a few of the leading women This is an understatement to emphasize that many leading women joined them. Alternate translation: "many leading women" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 nuh6 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the unbelieving Jews and wicked men from the marketplace.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 uj43 figs-metaphor 0 being moved with jealousy The feeling of jealousy is spoken of as if jealousy were actually moving the person. Alternate translation: "feeling very jealous" or "feeling very angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 vev6 figs-explicit 0 with jealousy It can be stated explicitly that these Jews were jealous because some of the Jews and Greeks believed Paul's message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 17 5 btw6 προσλαβόμενοι ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 took certain wicked men Here "took" does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 btw6 προσλαβόμενοι ... ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 took certain wicked men Here "took" does not mean the Jews took these people by force. It means the Jews persuaded these wicked men to help them.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 lc6g ἄνδρας τινὰς πονηροὺς 1 certain wicked men "some evil men." The word "men" here refers specifically to males.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 ie1f τῶν ἀγοραίων 1 from the marketplace "from the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||||
ACT 17 5 t3bc figs-metonymy ἐθορύβουν τὴν πόλιν 1 set the city in an uproar Here "the city" stands for the people in the city. Alternate translation: "caused the people of the city to be in an uproar" or "caused the people of the city to riot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1682,7 +1685,7 @@ ACT 17 5 ks2l translate-names Ἰάσονος 1 Jason This is the name of a man.
|
|||
ACT 17 5 pp7k προαγαγεῖν εἰς τὸν δῆμον 1 out to the people Possible meanings or "people" are 1) a governmental or legal group of citizens gathered to make a decision or 2) a mob.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 i79p τινας ἀδελφοὺς 1 certain other brothers Here "brothers" refers to believers. Alternate translation: "some other believers"
|
||||
ACT 17 6 e44z ἐπὶ τοὺς πολιτάρχας 1 before the officials "in the presence of the officials"
|
||||
ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ ἀναστατώσαντες οὗτοι 1 These men who have The Jewish leaders were speaking and the phrase, "These men," refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 g7xj οἱ ... ἀναστατώσαντες, οὗτοι 1 These men who have The Jewish leaders were speaking and the phrase, "These men," refers to Paul and Silas.
|
||||
ACT 17 6 c2av figs-hyperbole τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀναστατώσαντες 1 turned the world upside down This phrase is another way of saying Paul and Silas where causing trouble everywhere they went. The Jewish leaders were exaggerating the influence Paul and Silas were having with their teaching. Alternate translation: "caused trouble everywhere in the world" or "caused trouble everywhere they have gone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 17 7 hlc9 οὓς ὑποδέδεκται Ἰάσων 1 Jason has welcomed This phrase signals that Jason was in agreement with the apostles' troubling message.
|
||||
ACT 17 8 th2f ἐτάραξαν 1 were disturbed "were worried"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1690,15 +1693,15 @@ ACT 17 9 ya44 0 made Jason and the rest pay money as security Jason and the ot
|
|||
ACT 17 9 bj48 τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The words "the rest" refers to other believers that the Jews brought before the officials.
|
||||
ACT 17 9 aru6 ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 they let them go "the officials let Jason and the other believers go"
|
||||
ACT 17 10 na8h 0 General Information: Paul and Silas travel on to the town of Berea.
|
||||
ACT 17 10 qy5c figs-gendernotations οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 10 qy5c figs-gendernotations οἱ ... ἀδελφοὶ 1 the brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "the believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 k2st writing-background δὲ 1 Now The word "now" is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about the people in Berea and how they were willing to listen to Paul and examine what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 gu6s οὗτοι ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι 1 these people were more noble These "well-born" people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: "more open minded" or "more willing to listen"
|
||||
ACT 17 11 gu6s οὗτοι ... ἦσαν εὐγενέστεροι 1 these people were more noble These "well-born" people were willing to think more objectively about new ideas than other people. Alternate translation: "more open minded" or "more willing to listen"
|
||||
ACT 17 11 hle3 figs-metonymy ἐδέξαντο τὸν λόγον 1 received the word Here "word" refers to a teaching. Alternate translation: "listened to the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 11 uh8a μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας 1 with all readiness of mind These Bereans were prepared to examine earnestly Paul's teachings about the scripture.
|
||||
ACT 17 11 lzm3 καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀνακρίνοντες τὰς Γραφὰς 1 examining the scriptures daily "carefully reading and evaluating the scriptures every day"
|
||||
ACT 17 11 g8an ἔχοι ταῦτα οὕτως 1 these things were so "the things Paul said were true"
|
||||
ACT 17 13 vn8h translate-names 0 General Information: Athens is down the coast from Barea which is in Macedonia. Athens was one of the most important cities in Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 asb4 figs-metaphor ἦλθον κἀκεῖ σαλεύοντες 1 went there and stirred up This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: "went there and agitated" or "went there and disturbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 asb4 figs-metaphor ἦλθον κἀκεῖ, σαλεύοντες 1 went there and stirred up This speaks about their agitating people as though it were a person stirring a liquid and causing the things at the bottom of the liquid to rise to the surface. Alternate translation: "went there and agitated" or "went there and disturbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 13 wjq3 ταράσσοντες τοὺς ὄχλους 1 troubled the crowds "and worried the crowds" or "caused dread and fear among the people"
|
||||
ACT 17 14 ael8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. Alternate translation: "believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 14 zw1c πορεύεσθαι ἕως ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 to go to the sea "to go to the coast." From here Paul would probably sail to another city.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1706,10 +1709,10 @@ ACT 17 15 tjh5 καθιστάνοντες τὸν Παῦλον 1 who were lead
|
|||
ACT 17 15 gs1p figs-quotations ἐξῄεσαν 1 they received from him instructions for Silas and Timothy "he told them to instruct Silas and Timothy." This can also be stated as a direct quotation as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 16 wk63 0 General Information: This is another part of the story of Paul and Silas' travels. Paul is now in Athens where he is waiting for Silas and Timothy to join him.
|
||||
ACT 17 16 y9cr δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 17 16 we78 figs-synecdoche παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν 1 his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols Here "spirit" stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city" or "seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 16 we78 figs-synecdoche παρωξύνετο τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ, θεωροῦντος κατείδωλον οὖσαν τὴν πόλιν 1 his spirit was provoked within him as he saw the city full of idols Here "spirit" stands for Paul himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he became upset because he saw that there were idols everywhere in the city" or "seeing the idols everywhere in the city upset him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 17 q8px τοὺς παρατυγχάνοντας 1 he reasoned "he debated" or "he discussed." This means that there is interaction from the listeners rather than only his preaching. They are talking with him as well.
|
||||
ACT 17 17 jkj8 τοῖς σεβομένοις 1 others who worshiped God This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 17 17 ec14 ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ 1 in the marketplace "in the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||||
ACT 17 17 jkj8 τοῖς ... σεβομένοις 1 others who worshiped God This refers to Gentiles (non-Jews) who give praise to God and follow him but do not obey all of the Jewish laws.
|
||||
ACT 17 17 ec14 ἐν τῇ ... ἀγορᾷ 1 in the marketplace "in the public square." This is a public place of business, where buying and selling of goods, cattle, or services take place.
|
||||
ACT 17 18 ru6a 0 General Information: Here the words "him," "He, "and "he" refer to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 17 18 l7le translate-names Ἐπικουρίων καὶ Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Epicurean and Stoic philosophers These people believed all things were formed by chance and that the gods were too busy being happy to be bothered with governing the universe. They rejected the resurrection and wanted only simple pleasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 18 f976 translate-names Στοϊκῶν φιλοσόφων 1 Stoic philosophers These people believed freedom comes from resigning oneself to fate. They rejected a personal loving God and the resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1722,25 +1725,25 @@ ACT 17 18 sx9t 0 strange gods This is not in the sense of "odd," but in the se
|
|||
ACT 17 19 fs5g figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The words "him," "He" and "you" refer to Paul ([Acts 17:18](../17/18.md)). Here the words "They" and "we" refer to the Epicurean and Stoic philosophers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 19 mv8c 0 They took ... brought him This does not mean they arrested Paul. The philosophers invited Paul to speak formally to their leaders.
|
||||
ACT 17 19 b56g figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 to the Areopagus The "Areopagus" was the place where the leaders met. Alternate translation: "to the leaders that met on the Areopagus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 19 ze7e τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον, λέγοντες 1 the Areopagus, saying Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul"
|
||||
ACT 17 19 ze7e τὸν Ἄρειον Πάγον ... λέγοντες 1 the Areopagus, saying Here the leaders on the Areopagus are speaking. This can stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "the Areopagus. The leaders said to Paul"
|
||||
ACT 17 19 unc8 translate-names Ἄρειον Πάγον 1 Areopagus This is a prominent rock outcropping or hill in Athens upon which the supreme court of Athens may have met. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 20 lay8 figs-metaphor ξενίζοντα γάρ τινα εἰσφέρεις εἰς τὰς ἀκοὰς ἡμῶν 1 For you bring some strange things to our ears Paul's teachings about Jesus and the resurrection are spoken of as an object that a person can bring to another person. Here "ears" refers to what they hear. Alternate translation: "For you teachings some things that we have never heard before" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι 1 Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there The word "all" is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" or "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names Ἀθηναῖοι πάντες 1 all the Athenians "Athenians" are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 m8u1 οἱ ξένοι 1 the strangers "the foreigners"
|
||||
ACT 17 21 sk5b figs-metaphor εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening Here "time" is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening" or "were always doing nothing but telling or listening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening The phrase "spent their time in nothing" is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: "did not do much but tell or listen" or "spent much of their time telling or listening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 dn1t figs-hyperbole Ἀθηναῖοι( δὲ πάντες καὶ οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες ξένοι 1 Now all the Athenians and the strangers living there The word "all" is a generalization referring to many. Alternate translation: "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" or "Now many of the Athenians and the strangers living there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 d8yb translate-names Ἀθηναῖοι ... πάντες 1 all the Athenians "Athenians" are people from Athens, a city near the coast below Macedonia (present day Greece). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 m8u1 οἱ ... ξένοι 1 the strangers "the foreigners"
|
||||
ACT 17 21 sk5b figs-metaphor εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening Here "time" is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "used their time doing nothing but either telling or listening" or "were always doing nothing but telling or listening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 ij4e figs-hyperbole εἰς οὐδὲν ἕτερον ηὐκαίρουν, ἢ λέγειν τι ἢ ἀκούειν 1 spent their time in nothing but either telling or listening The phrase "spent their time in nothing" is an exaggeration. Alternate translation: "did not do much but tell or listen" or "spent much of their time telling or listening" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 17 21 wr1r 0 telling or listening about something new "discussing new philosophical ideas" or "talking about what was new to them"
|
||||
ACT 17 22 zq3y 0 General Information: Paul begins his speech to the philosophers on the Areopagus.
|
||||
ACT 17 22 ja1k κατὰ πάντα δεισιδαιμονεστέρους 1 very religious in every way Paul is referring to the Athenians' public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
|
||||
ACT 17 22 ja1k κατὰ πάντα ... δεισιδαιμονεστέρους 1 very religious in every way Paul is referring to the Athenians' public display of honoring the gods through prayers, building altars, and offering sacrifices.
|
||||
ACT 17 23 gn1j διερχόμενος γὰρ 1 For as I passed along "Because as I walked past" or "I walked along"
|
||||
ACT 17 23 cem7 ἀγνώστῳ Θεῷ 1 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are 1) "to a certain unknown god" or 2) "to a god not known." This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
|
||||
ACT 17 23 cem7 ἀγνώστῳ‘ Θεῷ 1 To an Unknown God Possible meanings are 1) "to a certain unknown god" or 2) "to a god not known." This was a specific writing or inscription on that altar.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 m1jm τὸν κόσμον 1 the world In the most general sense, the "world" refers to the heavens and the earth and everything in them.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 since he is Lord "because he is the Lord." Here "he" is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 rqk9 οὗτος ... ὑπάρχων Κύριος 1 since he is Lord "because he is the Lord." Here "he" is referring to the unknown god mentioned in [Acts 17:23](../17/23.md) that Paul is explaining is the Lord God.
|
||||
ACT 17 24 f2mz figs-merism οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς 1 of heaven and earth The words "heaven" and "earth" are used together to mean all beings and things in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 17 24 ju4h figs-synecdoche χειροποιήτοις 1 built with hands Here "hands" stands for people. Alternate translation: "built by the hands of people" or "that people built" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται' χειρῶν 1 Neither is he served by men's hands Here "served" has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: "Neither do men's hands take care of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνων' χειρῶν 1 by men's hands Here "hands" stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: "by humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 e3dg figs-activepassive οὐδὲ ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων θεραπεύεται 1 Neither is he served by men's hands Here "served" has the sense of a doctor treating a patient to make the patient well again. Alternate translation: "Neither do men's hands take care of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 yq68 figs-synecdoche ὑπὸ χειρῶν ἀνθρωπίνων 1 by men's hands Here "hands" stands for the whole person. Alternate translation: "by humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 17 25 sj89 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς διδοὺς 1 since he himself "because he himself." The word "himself" is added for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 17 26 r3lt figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "him" refer to the one true God, the creator. The words "their" and "them" refer to every nation of people living on the surface of the earth. In using the word "us," Paul includes himself, his audience, and every nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 26 p1e4 ἑνὸς 1 one man This means Adam, the first person God created. This can be stated to include Eve. It was through Adam and Eve that God made all other people. Alternate translation: "one couple"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1749,7 +1752,7 @@ ACT 17 27 jae5 figs-metaphor 0 so that they should search for God and perhaps t
|
|||
ACT 17 27 p8hk figs-litotes 0 Yet he is not far from each one of us This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "Yet he is very near to everyone of us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 tkd3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "him" and "his" refer to God ([Acts 17:24](../17/24.md)). When Paul says "we" here, he includes himself as well as his hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 28 cbd9 ἐν αὐτῷ γὰρ 1 For in him "Because of him"
|
||||
ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ' γένος 1 are God's offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God's literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 k9ws figs-metaphor γένος ... ὑπάρχοντες τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 are God's offspring Because God created everyone, all people are spoken of as if they were God's literal children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 czi9 figs-metonymy τὸ θεῖον 1 qualities of deity Here "deity" refers to God's nature or attributes. Alternate translation: "that God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 29 q4q2 figs-activepassive χαράγματι τέχνης καὶ ἐνθυμήσεως ἀνθρώπου 1 images created by the art and imagination of man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which a man then uses his skill to make it into something that he has designed" or "images that people make by using their art and imagination" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 17 30 y2u8 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1758,9 +1761,9 @@ ACT 17 30 suh6 οὖν 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true"
|
|||
ACT 17 30 iva4 0 God overlooked the times of ignorance "God decided not to punish people during the time of ignorance"
|
||||
ACT 17 30 h8uy χρόνους τῆς ἀγνοίας 1 times of ignorance This refers to the time before God fully revealed himself through Jesus Christ and before people truly knew how to obey God.
|
||||
ACT 17 30 qim5 figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις πάντας 1 all men This means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: "all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 17 31 htp7 ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν 1 when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has chosen "when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness"
|
||||
ACT 17 31 htp7 ἐν ᾗ μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ, ἐν ἀνδρὶ ᾧ ὥρισεν 1 when he will judge the world in righteousness by the man he has chosen "when the man he has chosen will judge the world in righteousness"
|
||||
ACT 17 31 jt3a figs-metonymy μέλλει κρίνειν τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 he will judge the world Here "world" refers to the people. Alternate translation: "he will judge all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 17 31 i9aw ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in righteousness "justly" or "fairly"
|
||||
ACT 17 31 i9aw ἐν ... δικαιοσύνῃ 1 in righteousness "justly" or "fairly"
|
||||
ACT 17 31 l61p πίστιν παρασχὼν 1 God has given proof of this man "God has demonstrated his choice of this man"
|
||||
ACT 17 31 ulr4 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
ACT 17 32 tc8t figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "We" refers to the men of Athens but not to Paul, so this is exclusive. Though some of them probably did want to hear Paul again, they may only have been being polite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1797,7 +1800,7 @@ ACT 18 8 uaq5 figs-metonymy ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ αὐτοῦ 1 all those w
|
|||
ACT 18 8 t3np figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "received baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 ws7p figs-parallelism 0 Do not be afraid, but speak and do not be silent The Lord is giving one command in two different ways to emphasize that Paul should certainly continue preaching. Alternate translation: "You must not be afraid and, instead, continue to speak and not become silent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 zg8a figs-doublet 0 speak and do not be silent The Lord gives the same command in two different ways to strongly command Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "you must certainly continue to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit μὴ σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "do not stop speaking about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 9 a529 figs-explicit μὴ ... σιωπήσῃς 1 do not be silent It can be stated explicitly what the Lord wants Paul to speak. Alternate translation: "do not stop speaking about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 10 a8lq λαός ἐστί μοι πολὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 I have many people in this city "there are many people in this city who have put their faith in me" or "many people in this city will put their faith in me"
|
||||
ACT 18 11 mqx2 writing-endofstory 0 Paul lived there ... teaching the word of God among them This is a concluding statement for this part of the story. "Word of God" here is a synecdoche for the entire scriptures. Alternate translation: "Paul lived there ... teaching the scriptures among them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 12 f41k translate-names 0 General Information: Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. Corinth was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1811,9 +1814,9 @@ ACT 18 15 y6mt νόμου τοῦ καθ’ ὑμᾶς 1 your own law Here "law
|
|||
ACT 18 15 khr5 κριτὴς ἐγὼ τούτων οὐ βούλομαι εἶναι 1 I do not wish to be a judge of these matters "I refuse to make a judgment about these matters"
|
||||
ACT 18 16 yf81 0 General Information: Here the word "they" probably refers to the Gentiles at the court. They reacted against the Jews who had brought Paul before the judgment seat ([Acts 18:12](../18/12.md)).
|
||||
ACT 18 16 d6nh figs-metonymy 0 Gallio made them leave the judgment seat "Gallio dismissed them from the judgment seat." Here "judgment seat" refers to the place where Gallio sits to make legal decisions in court. Alternate translation: "Gallio made them leave his presence in the court" or "Gallio made them leave the court" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι πάντες 1 they all seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: "many people seized" or "many of them grabbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 mj77 ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην, τὸν, ἀρχισυνάγωγον ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are 1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or 2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
|
||||
ACT 18 17 x9w5 translate-names Σωσθένην, τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον 1 Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue "Sosthenes" was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 cyk6 figs-hyperbole ἐπιλαβόμενοι ... πάντες 1 they all seized This may be an exaggeration to emphasize the strong feelings the people had. Alternate translation: "many people seized" or "many of them grabbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 mj77 ἐπιλαβόμενοι δὲ πάντες Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον, ἔτυπτον ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος 1 So they all seized Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him in front of the judgment seat Possible meanings are 1) the Gentiles beat Sosthenes in the court in front of the judgment seat because he was the Jewish leader or 2) it is possible that Sosthenes was a believer in Christ, so the Jews beat him in front of the court.
|
||||
ACT 18 17 x9w5 translate-names Σωσθένην τὸν ἀρχισυνάγωγον 1 Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue "Sosthenes" was the Jewish ruler of the synagogue at Corinth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 17 z9fv ἔτυπτον 1 beat him "repeatedly hit him" or "repeatedly punched him."
|
||||
ACT 18 18 x25w translate-names 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul. Cenchreae was a seaport that was part of the greater Corinth city area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 18 ura9 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Paul's missionary journey as Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila leave Corinth. This seems to indicate that Silas and Timothy remain since it says "he" here and not "we." The word "they" refers to Paul, Priscilla, and Aquila.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1834,10 +1837,10 @@ ACT 18 23 h65j figs-metaphor καὶ ποιήσας χρόνον τινὰ 1 Aft
|
|||
ACT 18 24 a7p9 writing-background 0 General Information: Apollos is introduced to the story. Verses 24 and 25 give background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 muc2 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells what happens in Ephesus with Priscilla and Aquila.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 xqy7 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase "a certain" indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 n2b4 writing-participants Ἰουδαῖος ... τις Ἀπολλῶς ὀνόματι 1 a certain Jew named Apollos The phrase "a certain" indicates that Luke is introducing a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 di14 translate-names Ἀλεξανδρεὺς τῷ γένει 1 an Alexandrian by birth "a man who was born in the city of Alexandria." This was a city in Egypt on the north coast of Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 18 24 t4zi λόγιος 1 eloquent in speech "a good speaker"
|
||||
ACT 18 24 bh25 δυνατὸς ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 mighty in the scriptures "he knew the scriptures thoroughly." He understood the Old Testament writings well.
|
||||
ACT 18 24 bh25 δυνατὸς ... ἐν ταῖς Γραφαῖς 1 mighty in the scriptures "he knew the scriptures thoroughly." He understood the Old Testament writings well.
|
||||
ACT 18 25 z7a8 figs-activepassive 0 Apollos had been instructed in the teachings of the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Other believers had taught Apollos how the Lord Jesus wanted people to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 18 25 ift8 figs-synecdoche 0 Being fervent in spirit Here "spirit" refers to the entire person of Apollos. Alternate translation: "Being very enthusiastic" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 18 25 lr1h τὸ βάπτισμα Ἰωάννου 1 the baptism of John "The baptism that John performed." This is comparing John's baptism which was with water to Jesus' baptism which is with the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1848,9 +1851,9 @@ ACT 18 27 ll36 διελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 to pass over i
|
|||
ACT 18 27 pql7 τὴν Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was a Roman Province in the southern section of Greece. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 18 27 v2i6 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers The word "brothers" here refers to men and women believers. You can make explicit that these are believers in Ephesus. Alternate translation: "fellow believers in Ephesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 18 27 q5f2 ἔγραψαν τοῖς μαθηταῖς 1 wrote to the disciples "wrote a letter to the Christians in Achaia"
|
||||
ACT 18 27 f99p τοῖς πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who believed by grace "those who had believed in salvation by grace" or "those who by God's grace believed in Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate "In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 v4sx ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ "as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ"
|
||||
ACT 18 27 f99p τοῖς ... πεπιστευκόσιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος 1 those who believed by grace "those who had believed in salvation by grace" or "those who by God's grace believed in Jesus"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 l2zt εὐτόνως ... τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διακατηλέγχετο δημοσίᾳ 1 Apollos powerfully refuted the Jews in public debate "In public debate Apollos powerfully showed that the Jews were wrong"
|
||||
ACT 18 28 v4sx ἐπιδεικνὺς διὰ τῶν Γραφῶν εἶναι τὸν Χριστὸν, Ἰησοῦν 1 showing by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ "as he showed them by the scriptures that Jesus is the Christ"
|
||||
ACT 19 intro g38y 0 # Acts 19 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Baptism<br><br>John baptized people to show that they were sorry for their sins. Jesus' followers baptized people who wanted to follow Jesus.<br><br>##### Temple of Diana<br><br>The temple of Diana was an important place in the city of Ephesus. Many people came to Ephesus to see this temple, and they bought statues of the goddess Diana while they were there. The people who sold statues of Diana were afraid that if people did not believe Diana was a real goddess, they would stop giving the sellers money for statues.<br>
|
||||
ACT 19 1 rhv1 0 General Information: The "upper country" was an area of Asia which today is part of modern-day Turkey to the north of Ephesus. Paul must have traveled by land around the top of the Aegean sea in order to come to Ephesus (also in Turkey today) which is directly east of Corinth by sea.
|
||||
ACT 19 1 wu6p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul travels to Ephesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1859,7 +1862,7 @@ ACT 19 1 ati9 διελθόντα 1 passed through "traveled through"
|
|||
ACT 19 2 wqi4 εἰ Πνεῦμα Ἅγιον ἐλάβετε 1 receive the Holy Spirit This means to have the Holy Spirit come upon them.
|
||||
ACT 19 2 nvn4 0 we did not even hear about the Holy Spirit "we have not even heard about the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
ACT 19 3 hml1 0 General Information: Here the words "They," "you," and "they" refer to certain disciples in the city of Ephesus ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)). The word "him" refers to John.
|
||||
ACT 19 3 mrm6 figs-activepassive ," εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε?" 1 Into what then were you baptized? This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "What kind of baptism did you receive?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 3 mrm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τί οὖν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 Into what then were you baptized? This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "What kind of baptism did you receive?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 3 jzp7 figs-ellipsis 0 Into John's baptism You can translate this as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: "We received the kind of baptism about which John taught" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 19 4 r46y figs-abstractnouns βάπτισμα μετανοίας 1 the baptism of repentance You can translate the abstract noun "repentance" as the verb "repent." Alternate translation: "the baptism that people requested when they wanted to repent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 4 pv7t τὸν ἐρχόμενον 1 the one who would come Here "the one" refers to Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1868,11 +1871,11 @@ ACT 19 5 zx2b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues staying in Ephesus.
|
|||
ACT 19 5 k9st ἀκούσαντες δὲ 1 When the people Here "people" refers to the disciples in Ephesus who were talking with Paul ([Acts 19:1](../19/01.md)),
|
||||
ACT 19 5 ueh1 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they received baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 5 g2dm figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" refers to Jesus' power and authority. Alternate translation: "as believers in the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 6 gk8l καὶ ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς χεῖρας 1 laid his hands on them "placed his hands on them." He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: "placed his hands on their heads as he prayed"
|
||||
ACT 19 6 gk8l καὶ ἐπιθέντος αὐτοῖς ... χεῖρας 1 laid his hands on them "placed his hands on them." He probably placed his hands on their shoulders or heads. Alternate translation: "placed his hands on their heads as he prayed"
|
||||
ACT 19 6 j4n8 0 they spoke in other languages and prophesied Unlike in [Acts 2:3-4](../02/03.md), there are no details of who understood their messages.
|
||||
ACT 19 7 e7kj writing-background 0 In all they were about twelve men This tells how many men were baptized. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 19 7 u71i translate-numbers ἄνδρες δώδεκα 1 twelve men "12 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 8 qv8z εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς 1 Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months "Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly"
|
||||
ACT 19 7 u71i translate-numbers ἄνδρες ... δώδεκα 1 twelve men "12 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 8 qv8z εἰσελθὼν ... εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν, ἐπαρρησιάζετο ἐπὶ μῆνας τρεῖς 1 Paul went into the synagogue and spoke boldly for three months "Paul regularly attended the synagogue meetings for three months and spoke there boldly"
|
||||
ACT 19 8 yky2 διαλεγόμενος καὶ πείθων 1 reasoning and persuading them "convincing people with convincing arguments and with clear teaching"
|
||||
ACT 19 8 v8et figs-metonymy περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 about the kingdom of God Here "kingdom" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "about God's rule as king" or "about how God would show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 9 mq1g figs-metaphor τινες ἐσκληρύνοντο καὶ ἠπείθουν 1 some Jews were hardened and disobedient To stubbornly refuse to believe is spoken of as though the people were becoming hard and unable to move. Alternate translation: "some Jews were stubborn and did not believe" or "some Jews stubbornly refused to accept and obey the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1884,8 +1887,8 @@ ACT 19 10 cw5g figs-hyperbole πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας
|
|||
ACT 19 10 kj12 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "the message about the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 11 cb6w 0 General Information: Here the words "them" and "they" refer to those who were sick.
|
||||
ACT 19 11 fa6h figs-synecdoche 0 God was doing mighty deeds by the hands of Paul Here "hands" stands for Paul's whole person. Alternate translation: "God was causing Paul to do miracles" or "God was doing miracles through Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 12 m3kl καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια καὶ 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul"
|
||||
ACT 19 12 vc1v καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him Possible meanings are 1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or 2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
|
||||
ACT 19 12 m3kl καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας ἀποφέρεσθαι ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια, καὶ 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him were taken to the sick and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when they took to sick people even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched Paul"
|
||||
ACT 19 12 vc1v καὶ ... ἀπὸ τοῦ χρωτὸς αὐτοῦ σουδάρια ἢ σιμικίνθια 1 even handkerchiefs and aprons that had touched him Possible meanings are 1) these were cloth items that Paul had touched or 2) these were cloth items that Paul had worn or used.
|
||||
ACT 19 12 aks4 σουδάρια 1 handkerchiefs cloths worn around the head
|
||||
ACT 19 12 xs31 σιμικίνθια 1 aprons clothing worn on the front of the body to protect the clothes of people
|
||||
ACT 19 12 kw9z figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενοῦντας 1 the sick This refers to sick people. Alternate translation: "sick people" or "those who were sick" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1893,7 +1896,7 @@ ACT 19 12 nl3a ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἀπ’ αὐτῶν τὰς νόσ
|
|||
ACT 19 13 he2x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of another event that happened while Paul was in Ephesus. It is about Jewish exorcists.
|
||||
ACT 19 13 fgq4 ἐξορκιστῶν 1 exorcists people who send evil spirits away from people or places
|
||||
ACT 19 13 s12u figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" refers to Jesus' power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 13 d59p τὸν Ἰησοῦν ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει 1 By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims "Jesus" was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke.
|
||||
ACT 19 13 d59p τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὃν Παῦλος κηρύσσει 1 By the Jesus whom Paul proclaims "Jesus" was a common name at the time, so these exorcists wanted people to know of whom they spoke.
|
||||
ACT 19 13 vqt1 figs-metonymy τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 By the Jesus This stands for the power and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: "by the authority of Jesus" or "by the power of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 14 cb8p translate-names Σκευᾶ 1 Sceva This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 15 i4a2 τὸν Ἰησοῦν γινώσκω, καὶ τὸν Παῦλον ἐπίσταμαι 1 Jesus I know, and Paul I know "I know Jesus and Paul" or "I know Jesus, and I know Paul"
|
||||
|
|
@ -1906,14 +1909,14 @@ ACT 19 17 j2hh figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 the name This stands for the po
|
|||
ACT 19 18 tj8t writing-endofstory 0 This ends the story about the Jewish exorcists. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 19 19 z9rj συνενέγκαντες τὰς βίβλους 1 brought their books "collected their books." The word "books" refers to scrolls on which magical incantations and formulas were written.
|
||||
ACT 19 19 m6nf ἐνώπιον πάντων 1 in the sight of everyone "in front of everyone"
|
||||
ACT 19 19 upz3 τὰς τιμὰς αὐτῶν 1 the value of them "the value of the books" or "the value of the scrolls"
|
||||
ACT 19 19 upz3 τὰς ... τιμὰς αὐτῶν 1 the value of them "the value of the books" or "the value of the scrolls"
|
||||
ACT 19 19 u9pi translate-numbers μυριάδας πέντε 1 fifty thousand "50,000" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 19 19 bcv2 translate-bmoney ἀργυρίου 1 pieces of silver A "piece of silver" was the approximate daily wage for a common laborer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
ACT 19 20 es71 figs-synecdoche 0 So the word of the Lord spread very widely in powerful ways "So because of these powerful deeds, more and more people heard the message about the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 21 k1j1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about going Jerusalem but does not leave Ephesus yet.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 de4f δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 q18b ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul completed his ministry in Ephesus "Paul completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus"
|
||||
ACT 19 21 fgq5 ἔθετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he decided in the Spirit Possible meanings are 1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or 2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 q18b ἐπληρώθη ταῦτα ... ὁ Παῦλος 1 Paul completed his ministry in Ephesus "Paul completed the work that God had for him to do in Ephesus"
|
||||
ACT 19 21 fgq5 ἔθετο ... ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 he decided in the Spirit Possible meanings are 1) Paul decided with the help of the Holy Spirit or 2) Paul decided within his own spirit, which means he made up his mind.
|
||||
ACT 19 21 brb7 Ἀχαΐαν 1 Achaia Achaia was the Roman province in which Corinth was located. It was the largest city in southern Greece and the capital of the province. See how you translated this in [Acts 18:12](../18/12.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 21 rdz4 δεῖ με καὶ Ῥώμην ἰδεῖν 1 I must also see Rome "I must also travel to Rome"
|
||||
ACT 19 22 cy6f translate-names Ἔραστον 1 Erastus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1921,29 +1924,29 @@ ACT 19 22 k35j figs-explicit αὐτὸς ἐπέσχεν χρόνον εἰς
|
|||
ACT 19 22 uy9x figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 he himself This is repeated for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 19 23 y5ae writing-background 0 General Information: Demetrius is introduced to the story. Verse 24 introduces background information about Demetrius. Ephesus had a large temple dedicated to the goddess Artemis, sometimes translated as "Diana." She was a false goddess of fertility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 23 l7gz 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about a riot that broke out while Paul was in Ephesus.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 nb3p ἐγένετο τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος 1 there was no small disturbance "the people became very upset" See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md)
|
||||
ACT 19 23 kn49 ἐγένετο ... τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος περὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 there was no small disturbance in Ephesus concerning the Way This is a summary opening statement.
|
||||
ACT 19 23 nb3p ἐγένετο ... τάραχος οὐκ ὀλίγος 1 there was no small disturbance "the people became very upset" See how you translated this in [Acts 12:18](../12/18.md)
|
||||
ACT 19 23 rwf2 τῆς ὁδοῦ 1 the Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated this title in [Acts 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
ACT 19 24 cg16 writing-participants 0 A certain silversmith named Demetrius The use of the words "a certain" introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 nwt7 ἀργυροκόπος 1 silversmith a craftsman who works with silver metal to make statues and jewelry
|
||||
ACT 19 24 v8cb translate-names Δημήτριος ὀνόματι 1 named Demetrius This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 p58m παρείχετο οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν 1 brought in much business "made a lot of money for those who made the idols"
|
||||
ACT 19 24 v8cb translate-names Δημήτριος ... ὀνόματι 1 named Demetrius This is the name of a man. Demetrius was a silversmith in Ephesus who was against Paul and the local church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 24 p58m παρείχετο ... οὐκ ὀλίγην ἐργασίαν 1 brought in much business "made a lot of money for those who made the idols"
|
||||
ACT 19 25 kuz6 τοὺς περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐργάτας 1 the workmen of that occupation An occupation is a profession or job. Alternate translation: "others who did that kind of work"
|
||||
ACT 19 26 w5z6 0 Connecting Statement: Demetrius continues to speak to the craftsmen.
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rm6w 0 You see and hear that "You have come to know and understand that"
|
||||
ACT 19 26 rx32 figs-metaphor μετέστησεν ἱκανὸν ὄχλον 1 turned away many people Paul's stopping people from worshiping idols is spoken of as though Paul were literally turning the people in a different direction. Alternate translation: "caused many people to stop worshiping the local gods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 26 z7e7 figs-ellipsis 0 He is saying that there are no gods that are made with hands Here the word "hands" can refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: "He is saying that the idols that people make are not real gods" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 r1w2 figs-activepassive 0 that our trade will no longer be needed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that the people will no longer want to buy idols from us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 j3bb figs-activepassive τὸ τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι 1 the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered worthless This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people will think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 j3bb figs-activepassive τὸ ... τῆς μεγάλης θεᾶς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν, εἰς οὐθὲν λογισθῆναι 1 the temple of the great goddess Artemis may be considered worthless This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the people will think there is no benefit in going to the temple to worship the great goddess Artemis" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 19 27 bqt4 0 she would even lose her greatness Artemis's greatness only comes from what people think of her.
|
||||
ACT 19 27 hz7l figs-hyperbole ἣν ὅλη ἡ Ἀσία καὶ ἡ οἰκουμένη σέβεται 1 whom all Asia and the world worships This was an exaggeration to show how popular the goddess Artemis was. Here the words "Asia" and "the world" refer to the people in Asia and the known world. Alternate translation: "whom many people in Asia and in other parts of the world worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 19 28 t4lm 0 General Information: Here "they" refers to the craftsmen who made the idols ([Acts 19:24-25](./24.md)).
|
||||
ACT 19 28 uc5c figs-metaphor 0 they were filled with anger This speaks of the craftsmen as though they were containers. Here "anger" is spoken of as if it were the contents that fill a container. Alternate translation: "they became very angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 28 lcx8 ἔκραζον 1 cried out "shouted aloud" or "shouted loudly"
|
||||
ACT 19 29 t7xs figs-metonymy 0 The whole city was filled with confusion Here "city" refers to the people. The city is spoken of as if it were a container. And, "confusion" is spoken of as if it were the contents that filled the container. Alternate translation: "Then people all over the city became upset and started shouting" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 19 29 nt7y ὥρμησάν ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 the people rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 nt7y ὥρμησάν ... ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 the people rushed together This was a mob or near riot situation.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 ej3q εἰς τὸ θέατρον 1 into the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 Παύλου' συνεκδήμους 1 Paul's travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 hjc8 συνεκδήμους Παύλου 1 Paul's travel companions The men who had been with Paul.
|
||||
ACT 19 29 d6r9 translate-names Γάϊον καὶ Ἀρίσταρχον 1 Gaius and Aristarchus These are names of men. Gaius and Aristarchus came from Macedonia but were working with Paul in Ephesus at this time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 19 30 ii1u 0 General Information: Ephesus was part of the Roman empire and in the province of Asia.
|
||||
ACT 19 31 z7ww 0 enter the theater The Ephesus theater was used for public meetings and for entertainment such as plays and music. It was an outdoor semi-circular area with bench seats that could hold thousands of people. See how you translated "theater" in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1986,7 +1989,7 @@ ACT 20 4 dw6j translate-names 0 Sopater ... Pyrrhus ... Secundus ... Tychicus .
|
|||
ACT 20 4 w4n1 translate-names 0 Berea ... Derbe These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 4 w8j6 0 Aristarchus ... Gaius These are names of men. See how you translated these names in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 5 itz1 translate-names Τρῳάδι 1 Troas This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 5 kv8t οὗτοι προσελθόντες 1 these men had gone before us "these men had traveled ahead of us"
|
||||
ACT 20 5 kv8t οὗτοι ... προσελθόντες 1 these men had gone before us "these men had traveled ahead of us"
|
||||
ACT 20 6 l5dr τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 the days of unleavened bread This refers to a time of Jewish religious feast time during the Passover season. See how you translated this in [Acts 12:3](../12/03.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 7 dnt4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [Acts 20:4-6](./04.md))
|
||||
ACT 20 7 mbr8 0 Connecting Statement: Luke tells about Paul's preaching in Troas and about what happened to Eutychus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -1997,7 +2000,7 @@ ACT 20 9 hw7b 0 General Information: Here the word "himself" refers to Paul. T
|
|||
ACT 20 9 v5q7 0 In the window This was an opening in the wall with a ledge that was wide enough on which a person could sit.
|
||||
ACT 20 9 ju64 translate-names Εὔτυχος 1 Eutychus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 tsp4 figs-metaphor καταφερόμενος ὕπνῳ βαθεῖ 1 who fell into a deep sleep This speaks about sleep as if it were a deep hole into which a person could fall. Alternate translation: "who slept soundly" or "who became more and more tired until finally he was sleeping soundly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 jp89 figs-activepassive τριστέγου καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός 1 third story and was picked up dead When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "third story; and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 jp89 figs-activepassive τριστέγου ... καὶ ἤρθη νεκρός 1 third story and was picked up dead When they went down to check his condition, they saw he was dead. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "third story; and when they went to pick him up, they found that he was dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 9 kh3h τριστέγου 1 third story This means two floors above the ground floor. If your culture does not count the ground floor, you may state this as the "second story."
|
||||
ACT 20 11 av7m 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 20 11 lih8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Paul's preaching at Troas and about Eutychus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2027,53 +2030,53 @@ ACT 20 18 vw6n figs-synecdoche 0 I set foot in Asia Here "foot" stands for the
|
|||
ACT 20 18 t7zs figs-metaphor 0 how I always spent my time with you This speaks about time as if it were something that a person could spend. Alternate translation: "how I always conducted myself when I was with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 m8x9 figs-metaphor ταπεινοφροσύνης 1 lowliness of mind This speaks about something humble as if it were low to the ground. The word "mind" stands for a person's inner attitude. Alternate translation: "humility" or "humbleness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 wh5m figs-metonymy δακρύων 1 with tears Here "tears" stands for feeling sad and crying. Alternate translation: "I crying as I served the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 19 e6k7 πειρασμῶν τῶν συμβάντων μοι 1 in sufferings that happened to me "Sufferings" is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: "while I suffered" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
ACT 20 19 y5iw figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 of the Jews This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: "of some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you "You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you"
|
||||
ACT 20 19 e6k7 πειρασμῶν, τῶν συμβάντων μοι 1 in sufferings that happened to me "Sufferings" is an abstract noun. The meaning can be expressed as a verb. Alternate Translation: "while I suffered" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
|
||||
ACT 20 19 y5iw figs-synecdoche τῶν ... Ἰουδαίων 1 of the Jews This does not mean every Jew. This lets us know who plotted. Alternate translation: "of some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 20 nu7h ὡς οὐδὲν ὑπεστειλάμην ... τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 You know how I did not keep back from declaring to you "You know how I was never silent, but I always declared to you"
|
||||
ACT 20 20 kut9 figs-ellipsis κατ’ οἴκους 1 from house to house Paul taught people in various private homes. The words "I taught" are understood. Alternate translation: "I also taught when I was in your homes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns "repentance" and "faith" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 21 w7mv figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἰς Θεὸν μετάνοιαν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν 1 about repentance toward God and of faith in our Lord Jesus The abstract nouns "repentance" and "faith" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "that they need to repent before God and believe in our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 ty3b 0 General Information: Here the word "I" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 20 22 vam4 figs-activepassive δεδεμένος τῷ Πνεύματι 1 compelled by the Spirit They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the Spirit compels me to go there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 a9j1 τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι μὴ εἰδώς 1 not knowing what will happen to me there "and I do not know what will happen to me there"
|
||||
ACT 20 22 vam4 figs-activepassive δεδεμένος ... τῷ Πνεύματι 1 compelled by the Spirit They can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because the Spirit compels me to go there" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 20 22 a9j1 τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ συναντήσοντά μοι, μὴ εἰδώς 1 not knowing what will happen to me there "and I do not know what will happen to me there"
|
||||
ACT 20 23 q3ie figs-metonymy δεσμὰ καὶ θλίψεις με μένουσιν 1 chains and sufferings await me Here "chains" refers to Paul's being arrested and put in prison. Alternate translation: "people will put me in prison and cause me to suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 w8d2 figs-metaphor 0 if only I may finish the race and complete the ministry that I received from the Lord Jesus This speaks about Paul's "race" and "ministry" as if they are objects that Jesus gives and Paul receives. Here "race" and "ministry" mean basically the same thing. Paul repeats this for emphasis. Alternate translation: "so that I may complete the work that the Lord Jesus has commanded me to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 m5gc figs-metaphor 0 finish the race Paul speaks about completing the work that Jesus has commanded him to do as if he were running a race. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 24 hg3l διαμαρτύρασθαι τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to testify to the gospel of the grace of God "to tell people the good news about God's grace." This is the ministry that Paul received from Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 20 25 f1sb 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to talk to the Ephesian elders ([Acts 20:17](../20/17.md)).
|
||||
ACT 20 25 kj9c 0 Now look, I know "Now, pay careful attention, because I know"
|
||||
ACT 20 25 z4ng ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι ὑμεῖς πάντες 1 I know that you all "I know that all of you"
|
||||
ACT 20 25 z4ng ἐγὼ οἶδα ὅτι ... ὑμεῖς πάντες 1 I know that you all "I know that all of you"
|
||||
ACT 20 25 aur9 figs-metonymy ἐν οἷς διῆλθον κηρύσσων τὴν βασιλείαν 1 among whom I went about proclaiming the kingdom Here "kingdom" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "to whom I preached the message about God's reign as king" or "to whom I preached about how God will show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 25 cq45 figs-synecdoche οὐκέτι ὄψεσθε τὸ πρόσωπόν μου 1 will see my face no more The word "face" here represents Paul's physical body. Alternate translation: "will not see me anymore on this earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 e546 figs-metonymy καθαρός εἰμι ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος πάντων 1 I am innocent of the blood of any man Here "blood" stands for a person's death, which, in this case, is not physical death but spiritual death when God declares a person guilty of sin. Paul had told them God's truth. Alternate translation: "I am not responsible for anyone whom God judges guilty of sin because they did not trust in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 26 v5el figs-gendernotations πάντων 1 any man Here this means any person whether male or female. Alternate translation: "any person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ὑμῖν 1 For I did not hold back from declaring to you "For I did not keep silent and not tell you." This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "For I certainly declared to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 20 27 qa9y figs-litotes οὐ γὰρ ὑπεστειλάμην τοῦ μὴ ἀναγγεῖλαι ... ὑμῖν 1 For I did not hold back from declaring to you "For I did not keep silent and not tell you." This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "For I certainly declared to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 ddg1 προσέχετε 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true," referring to all that Paul has said so far in his speech about his leaving them.
|
||||
ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor τῷ ποιμνίῳ ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο. ἐπισκόπους ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God Believers are likened to a "flock" of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: "the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἣν περιεποιήσατο, διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood The shedding of the "blood" of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: "the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 his own blood Here "blood" stands for Christ's death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: "many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 u52d figs-metaphor τῷ ποιμνίῳ, ἐν ᾧ ὑμᾶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἔθετο ἐπισκόπους, ποιμαίνειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the flock of which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers. Be careful to shepherd the church of God Believers are likened to a "flock" of sheep here. Church leaders are entrusted by God with the care of the community of believers just as a shepherd would care for his flock of sheep and protect them from wolves. Alternate translation: "the group of believers the Holy spirit has entrusted to you. Be sure to take care of the church of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 cx69 figs-metaphor τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἣν περιεποιήσατο διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 the church of God, which he purchased with his own blood The shedding of the "blood" of Christ here is likened to a payment to God for our sins. Alternate translation: "the people Christ saved from their sins by shedding his blood on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 28 hjh6 figs-metonymy τοῦ ... αἵματος τοῦ ἰδίου 1 his own blood Here "blood" stands for Christ's death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 29 ka6u figs-metaphor εἰσελεύσονται ... λύκοι βαρεῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς, μὴ φειδόμενοι τοῦ ποιμνίου 1 vicious wolves will come in among you and will not spare the flock This is a picture of people who teach false doctrine and who harm the community of believers as though they were wolves that eat the sheep of the flock. Alternate translation: "many enemies will come among you and try to harm the community of believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 30 ftf4 figs-metaphor 0 in order to draw away the disciples after them A false teacher convincing believers to start believing his false teaching is spoken of as if he were leading sheep away from the flock to follow him. Alternate translation: "in order to convince people who are disciples of Christ to become his disciples instead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε. μνημονεύοντες 1 be on guard. Remember "be on guard and remember" or "be on guard as you remember"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 q2nl γρηγορεῖτε, μνημονεύοντες 1 be on guard. Remember "be on guard and remember" or "be on guard as you remember"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 ll64 figs-metaphor γρηγορεῖτε 1 be on guard "be awake and alert" or "watch out." Christian leaders being alert about anyone that may harm the community of believers is spoken of as if they were guards in an army watching out for the enemy army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 pvt6 μνημονεύοντες ὅτι 1 Remember that "Continue to remember that" or "Do not forget that"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rt1h figs-hyperbole 0 for three years I did not stop instructing ... night and day Paul did not teach them continuously for three years, but over the space of three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop instructing "I did not stop warning"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 hs1m οὐκ ἐπαυσάμην ... νουθετῶν 1 I did not stop instructing "I did not stop warning"
|
||||
ACT 20 31 rvh6 figs-metonymy μετὰ δακρύων 1 with tears Here "tears" refers to Paul's crying because of the strong emotion of concern he felt while he was warning the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 ylm3 figs-metonymy παρατίθεμαι ὑμᾶς τῷ Θεῷ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ τῆς χάριτος αὐτοῦ 1 I entrust you to God and to the word of his grace Here "word" stands for a message. Alternate translation: "I ask God to take care of you and that he will help you to keep believing the message I spoke to you about his grace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 vnb2 παρατίθεμαι 1 entrust to give someone else the responsibility of taking care of someone or something
|
||||
ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up A person's faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: "which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 s7rf figs-metaphor τῷ ... δυναμένῳ οἰκοδομῆσαι 1 which is able to build you up A person's faith becoming stronger is spoken of as if the person were a wall and someone were building him higher and stronger. Alternate translation: "which is able to make become stronger and stronger in your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 zvz8 figs-personification δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 to give you the inheritance This speaks about the "word of his grace" as if it were God himself that would give the inheritance to believers. Alternate translation: "God will give you the inheritance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
ACT 20 32 x5jy figs-metaphor τὴν κληρονομίαν 1 the inheritance The blessings that God gives believers is spoken of as if they were money or property that a child inherits from his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 20 33 y6ii 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the elders of the church of Ephesus; he began to speak them in [Acts 20:18](../20/18.md).
|
||||
ACT 20 33 yw8a οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα' ἀργυρίου 1 I coveted no man's silver "I did not desire someone's silver" or "I did not want for myself anyone's silver"
|
||||
ACT 20 33 yw8a ἀργυρίου ... οὐδενὸς ἐπεθύμησα 1 I coveted no man's silver "I did not desire someone's silver" or "I did not want for myself anyone's silver"
|
||||
ACT 20 33 ipq5 0 man's silver, gold, or clothing Clothing was considered a treasure; the more you had, the richer you were.
|
||||
ACT 20 34 f5a3 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 You yourselves The word "yourselves" is used here to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche ταῖς χρείαις μου ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands served my own needs The word "hands" here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: "I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 34 ja5v figs-synecdoche ταῖς χρείαις μου ... ὑπηρέτησαν αἱ χεῖρες αὗται 1 these hands served my own needs The word "hands" here represents the entire person. Alternate translation: "I worked to earn money and pay for my own expenses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 wn8j 0 you should help the weak by working "you should work so as to have money to help people who cannot earn it for themselves"
|
||||
ACT 20 35 p3n8 figs-nominaladj 0 the weak You can state this nominal adjective as an adjective. Alternate translation: "weak persons" or "those who are weak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 dpu1 τῶν ἀσθενούντων 1 weak "sick"
|
||||
ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Here "words" refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 e396 μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν 1 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
|
||||
ACT 20 35 ps2i figs-metonymy τῶν ... λόγων τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 the words of the Lord Jesus Here "words" refers to what Jesus has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 20 35 e396 μακάριόν‘ ἐστιν μᾶλλον, διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν 1 It is more blessed to give than to receive This means a person receives the favor of God and experiences more joy when he gives to other people rather than always receiving from other people.
|
||||
ACT 20 36 q6bs 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his time with the elders of the church of Ephesus by praying with them.
|
||||
ACT 20 36 u3uc translate-symaction 0 he knelt down and prayed It was a common custom to kneel down while praying. It was a sign of humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 20 37 pb4r ἐπιπεσόντες ἐπὶ τὸν τράχηλον τοῦ Παύλου 1 embraced Paul "hugged him closely" or "put their arms around him"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2086,7 +2089,7 @@ ACT 21 1 zz5h 0 we took a straight course to the city of Cos "we went straight
|
|||
ACT 21 1 e5y6 translate-names Κῶ 1 city of Cos Cos is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 1 p6ss translate-names Ῥόδον 1 city of Rhodes Rhodes is a Greek island off the coast of modern day Turkey in the South Aegean Sea region south of Cos and northeast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 1 x7kg translate-names Πάταρα 1 city of Patara Patara is a city on the southwest coast of modern day Turkey south of the Aegean Sea in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 2 nz9k figs-metonymy καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν Φοινίκην 1 When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia Here "a ship crossing over" stands for the crew that would sail the ship. Alternate translation: "When we found a ship with a crew sailing over to Phoenicia" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 2 nz9k figs-metonymy καὶ εὑρόντες πλοῖον διαπερῶν ... Φοινίκην 1 When we found a ship crossing over to Phoenicia Here "a ship crossing over" stands for the crew that would sail the ship. Alternate translation: "When we found a ship with a crew sailing over to Phoenicia" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 2 vbd3 πλοῖον διαπερῶν 1 a ship crossing over Here "crossing" does not mean it was presently crossing but that it would be crossing to Phoenicia soon. Alternate translation: "a ship that would be going across the water" or "a ship that would be going"
|
||||
ACT 21 3 er3r figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 3 vkr2 0 leaving it on the left side of the boat "passed the island on the left" the left is the "port" side of a boat.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2104,29 +2107,29 @@ ACT 21 8 ay52 ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 one of the seven The "seven" refers to
|
|||
ACT 21 8 vi48 εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 evangelist a person who tells people good news
|
||||
ACT 21 9 rcf4 τούτῳ 1 this man "Philip" from verse 8.
|
||||
ACT 21 9 cv8b writing-background δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Luke tells background information about Philip and his daughters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 21 9 r1i1 θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι προφητεύουσαι 1 four virgin daughters who prophesied "four virgin daughters who regularly received and passed along messages from God"
|
||||
ACT 21 9 r1i1 θυγατέρες τέσσαρες παρθένοι, προφητεύουσαι 1 four virgin daughters who prophesied "four virgin daughters who regularly received and passed along messages from God"
|
||||
ACT 21 10 fe6s figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "we" and "us" refers to Luke, Paul, and those with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 hx8k 0 Connecting Statement: This tells about a prophecy made about Paul in Caesarea by the prophet Agabus.
|
||||
ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants τις προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 n3i8 writing-participants τις ... προφήτης ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 a certain prophet named Agabus This introduces a new person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
ACT 21 10 f9cb translate-names ὀνόματι Ἅγαβος 1 named Agabus Agabus was a man from Judea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τοῦ Παύλου' τὴν ζώνην 1 took Paul's belt "removed Paul's belt from Paul's waist"
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8t2 ἄρας τὴν ζώνην τοῦ Παύλου 1 took Paul's belt "removed Paul's belt from Paul's waist"
|
||||
ACT 21 11 nq2y figs-quotesinquotes 0 Thus says the Holy Spirit, 'So shall the Jews in Jerusalem tie up ... of the Gentiles.' This is a quotation within a quotation. The inner quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: "'The Holy Spirit says that this will be how the Jews in Jerusalem will tie up ... of the Gentiles.' (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 i8u7 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews This does not mean all the Jews, but that these were the people who would do that. Alternate translation: "the Jewish leaders" or "some of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 zvw8 παραδώσουσιν 1 hand him over "deliver him"
|
||||
ACT 21 11 s92d figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 into the hands of the Gentiles The word "hands" here represents control. Alternate translation: "into the legal custody of the Gentiles" or "to the Gentiles" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 b59g figs-synecdoche χεῖρας ἐθνῶν 1 the Gentiles This stands for the authorities among the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "the Gentile authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 11 b59g figs-synecdoche χεῖρας ... ἐθνῶν 1 the Gentiles This stands for the authorities among the Gentiles. Alternate translation: "the Gentile authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 12 fvh4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke and the other believers but does not include the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 uwt2 figs-rquestion τί ποιεῖτε, κλαίοντες καὶ συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 What are you doing, weeping and breaking my heart Paul asks this question to show the believers they should stop trying to persuade him. Alternate translation: "Stop what you are doing. Your weeping is breaking my heart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 bj76 figs-metaphor συνθρύπτοντές μου τὴν καρδίαν 1 breaking my heart To make someone sad or to discourage someone is spoken of as if it were a heart being broken. Here "heart" stands for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "discouraging me" or "making me very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 p5e5 figs-activepassive οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι 1 not only to be tied up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "not only for them to tie me up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 13 q35x figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 for the name of the Lord Jesus Here "name" refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: "for the sake of the Lord Jesus" or "because I believe in the Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive μὴ πειθομένου αὐτοῦ 1 Paul would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul would not allow us to to persuade him" or "We were unable to persuade Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 hwc5 figs-activepassive μὴ πειθομένου ... αὐτοῦ 1 Paul would not be persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul would not allow us to to persuade him" or "We were unable to persuade Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 zl98 figs-ellipsis πειθομένου 1 persuaded You may need to make explicit what they could not persuade Paul not to do. Alternate translation: "persuaded not to go up to Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 21 14 as1i figs-activepassive τοῦ Κυρίου τὸ θέλημα γινέσθω 1 May the will of the Lord be done This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May everything happen as the Lord has planned it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Luke, Paul, and those traveling with them, and not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 15 p5fl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word "They" refers to some of the disciples from Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 21 15 kd5l 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul's time in Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 21 16 k9kr ἄγοντες παρ’ τινι 1 They brought with them a man "Among them was a man"
|
||||
ACT 21 16 k9kr ἄγοντες παρ’ ... τινι 1 They brought with them a man "Among them was a man"
|
||||
ACT 21 16 zd9i translate-names 0 Mnason, a man from Cyprus Mnason is a man from the island of Cyprus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 21 16 c7r2 ἀρχαίῳ μαθητῇ 1 an early disciple This means Mnason was one of the first to believe in Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 21 17 zpa7 0 General Information: Here the words "he" and "his" refers to Paul. The word "them" refers to the elders.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2139,12 +2142,12 @@ ACT 21 20 xki4 ἀδελφέ 1 brother Here "brother" means "fellow believer."
|
|||
ACT 21 20 c5pu 0 They are The word "they" refers to Jewish believers who wanted all believing Jews to keep the Jewish laws and customs.
|
||||
ACT 21 21 pyg8 figs-explicit 0 They have been told about you ... not to follow the old customs Apparently here there are some Jews that are distorting what Paul is teaching. He does not discourage the Jews from obeying the law of Moses. His message is that circumcision and the other customs are not necessary for Jesus to save them. You can make explicit that the leaders of the Jewish believers in Jerusalem knew that Paul was teaching God's true message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 e5s4 figs-activepassive 0 They have been told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People have told the Jewish believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 sdl3 figs-metonymy ἀποστασίαν ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 to abandon Moses Here "Moses" stands for the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 sdl3 figs-metonymy ἀποστασίαν ... ἀπὸ Μωϋσέως 1 to abandon Moses Here "Moses" stands for the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "to stop obeying the laws that Moses gave us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 knt4 figs-metaphor 0 not to follow the old customs To obey the old customs is spoken of as if the customs were leading them and the people follow behind. Alternate translation: "not to obey the old customs" or "not to practice the old customs" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 21 u56t τοῖς ἔθεσιν 1 the old customs "the customs that Jews normally do"
|
||||
ACT 21 22 b28b figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to James and the elders ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)). The word "They" refers to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses ([Acts 21:20-21](./20.md)). The words "them," "their," and the first "they" refer to the four men who made a vow. The second words "they" and "They" refer to the Jewish believers in Jerusalem who wanted to teach Jewish believers that they could still follow the laws of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 23 b22r 0 four men who made a vow "four men who made a promise to God." This was the kind of vow where a person would not drink alcohol or cut his hair until the end of a set period of time.
|
||||
ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit τούτους παραλαβὼν ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 Take these men and purify yourself with them They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 km4w figs-explicit τούτους παραλαβὼν, ἁγνίσθητι σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 Take these men and purify yourself with them They had to make themselves ritually pure so they could worship in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 c3ap figs-explicit δαπάνησον ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς 1 pay their expenses for them "pay for what they will need." The expenses would go toward buying a male and female lamb, a ram, and grain and drink offerings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 abq6 translate-symaction ξυρήσονται τὴν κεφαλήν 1 they may shave their heads This was a sign that the person had completed what they promised God they would do. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 21 24 nu9v figs-activepassive ὧν κατήχηνται περὶ σοῦ 1 the things they have been told about you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the things that people are saying about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2152,13 +2155,13 @@ ACT 21 24 sv6i figs-metaphor 0 follow the law This speaks of obeying the law as
|
|||
ACT 21 25 c4kl figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to James and the elders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 cqm9 0 Connecting Statement: James and the elders in Jerusalem finish their request to Paul ([Acts 21:18](../21/18.md)).
|
||||
ACT 21 25 a35u figs-explicit 0 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols, from blood, from what is strangled All of these are rules about what they can eat. They are forbidden to eat meat of animals sacrificed to an idol, meat with blood still in it, and meat from a strangled animal because it would still have blood in the meat. See how you translated similar phrases in [Acts 15:20](../15/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-activepassive φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον 1 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 bpb5 figs-activepassive φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς, τό τε εἰδωλόθυτον 1 they should keep themselves from things sacrificed to idols This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they stay away from the meat of an animal that someone sacrificed to an idol" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 25 wjd2 figs-explicit πνικτὸν 1 from what is strangled This can be stated in active form. You can also state explicitly the assumed information about strangled animals. Alternate translation: "from animals that a person has strangled" or "from animals that a person killed for food but did not drain its blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 26 cr14 παραλαβὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας 1 took the men These are the 4 men who made a vow.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 s8z9 σὺν αὐτοῖς ἁγνισθεὶς 1 purifying himself with them Before entering the temple area the Jews were required to be ceremonially or ritually clean. This cleansing had to do with Jews having contact with Gentiles.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 xu9r figs-synecdoche εἰσῄει εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 went into the temple They did not go into the temple itself where only the high priest was allowed to enter. They entered the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: "went into the temple courtyard" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 21 26 pvy3 τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ 1 the days of purification This is a separate purification process from the purification process which they were required to fulfill in order to enter the temple area.
|
||||
ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ἡ προσφορά 1 until the offering was offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until they presented the animals for an offering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 26 gc23 figs-activepassive ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ... ἡ προσφορά 1 until the offering was offered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until they presented the animals for an offering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 l3bg 0 General Information: Verse 29 gives background information about the Jews from Asia.
|
||||
ACT 21 27 p4gi 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the story of Paul's arrest.
|
||||
ACT 21 27 j9zm αἱ ἑπτὰ ἡμέραι 1 the seven days These are the seven days for purification.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2166,7 +2169,7 @@ ACT 21 27 k4l1 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Paul was n
|
|||
ACT 21 27 u942 figs-metaphor συνέχεον πάντα τὸν ὄχλον 1 stirred up the whole crowd Inciting people to become very angry at Paul is spoken of as if they stirred up the crowd's emotions. Alternate translation: "caused a large number of people to be very angry at Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 21 27 mks6 figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 laid hands on him Here "laid hands on" means to "seize" or to "grab." See how you translated "laid hands on" in [Acts 5:18](../05/18.md). Alternate translation: "grabbed Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 21 28 sfg3 0 the people, the law, and this place "the people of Israel, the law of Moses, and the temple"
|
||||
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι, τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 28 jc9q figs-explicit ἔτι τε καὶ Ἕλληνας εἰσήγαγεν εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Besides, he has also brought Greeks into the temple Only Jewish males were allowed in certain areas of the courtyard of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 t2z7 writing-background 0 For they had previously ... into the temple This is background information. Luke is explaining why the Jews from Asia thought Paul brought a Greek into the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 21 29 h1uu Τρόφιμον 1 Trophimus This was a Greek man that they accused Paul of having brought into the inner temple area that was only for Jews. See how you translated his name in [Acts 20:4](../20/04.md).
|
||||
ACT 21 30 upl8 figs-hyperbole 0 All the city was excited The word "All" here is an exaggeration for emphasis. The word "city" represents the people in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: "Many people in the city became angry at Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2182,7 +2185,7 @@ ACT 21 32 e4rj τὸν χιλίαρχον 1 the chief captain a Roman military
|
|||
ACT 21 33 w28u ἐπελάβετο αὐτοῦ 1 laid hold of Paul "took hold of Paul" or "arrested Paul"
|
||||
ACT 21 33 zi4l figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσε δεθῆναι 1 commanded him to be bound This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "commanded his soldiers to bind him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 xd9w ἁλύσεσι δυσί 1 with two chains This means they bound Paul to two Roman soldiers, one on each side of him.
|
||||
ACT 21 33 y6zw figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς. 1 he asked who he was and what he had done. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "He asked, 'Who is this man? What has he done?'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 y6zw figs-quotations ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη καὶ τί ἐστιν πεποιηκώς 1 he asked who he was and what he had done. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "He asked, 'Who is this man? What has he done?'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 21 33 fi22 ἐπυνθάνετο τίς εἴη 1 he asked who he was The chief captain is speaking to the crowd, not to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 21 34 pci2 figs-ellipsis ἄλλο 1 and others another The words "were shouting" are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and others were shouting another" or "and others in the crowd were shouting something else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 21 34 k35e αὐτοῦ 1 the captain This was a military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2200,9 +2203,9 @@ ACT 21 38 lwi4 figs-abstractnouns ἀναστατώσας 1 started a rebellion
|
|||
ACT 21 38 tqh6 translate-numbers τοὺς τετρακισχιλίους ἄνδρας 1 the four thousand men "the 4,000 terrorists" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 21 38 p2ym σικαρίων 1 Assassins This refers to a group of Jewish rebels who killed Romans and anyone who supported Romans.
|
||||
ACT 21 39 t6ax 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to defend what he did.
|
||||
ACT 21 39 ys84 δέομαι σου 1 I ask you "I beg you" or "I plead with you"
|
||||
ACT 21 39 ys84 δέομαι ... σου 1 I ask you "I beg you" or "I plead with you"
|
||||
ACT 21 39 a139 ἐπίτρεψόν μοι 1 allow me "please allow me" or please permit me"
|
||||
ACT 21 40 qp2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπιτρέψαντος αὐτοῦ 1 the captain had given him permission The word "permission" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "the captain permitted Paul to speak" or "the captain allowed Paul to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 qp2q figs-abstractnouns ἐπιτρέψαντος ... αὐτοῦ 1 the captain had given him permission The word "permission" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "the captain permitted Paul to speak" or "the captain allowed Paul to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 a4y2 ὁ Παῦλος ἑστὼς ἐπὶ τῶν ἀναβαθμῶν 1 Paul stood on the steps The word "steps" here refers to the steps on the stairway to the fortress.
|
||||
ACT 21 40 rk1y figs-explicit κατέσεισε τῇ χειρὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 motioned with the hand to the people It can be stated explicitly why Paul motioned with the hand. Alternate translation: "motioned with his hand for the people to be quiet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 21 40 xj6i πολλῆς δὲ σιγῆς γενομένης 1 When there was a deep silence "When the people were completely silent"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2212,7 +2215,7 @@ ACT 22 1 a8ir 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the Jewish crowd in Jerus
|
|||
ACT 22 1 xe46 0 Brothers and fathers This is a polite way of addressing men who are Paul's age as well as the older men in the audience.
|
||||
ACT 22 1 pe8t 0 I will now make to you "I will now explain to you" or "I will now present to you"
|
||||
ACT 22 2 b4sk τῇ Ἑβραΐδι διαλέκτῳ 1 the Hebrew language The Hebrew language was the language of the Jews.
|
||||
ACT 22 3 g311 figs-activepassive ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 g311 figs-activepassive ἀνατεθραμμένος δὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ, παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 but educated in this city at the feet of Gamaliel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but I was a student of rabbi Gamaliel here in Jerusalem" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 d4dx figs-metonymy παρὰ τοὺς πόδας Γαμαλιήλ 1 at the feet of Gamaliel Here "feet" stands for the place where a student would sit while learning from a teacher. Alternate translation: "by Gamaliel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 3 b1dq Γαμαλιήλ 1 Gamaliel Gamaliel was one of the most prominent teachers of the Jewish law. See how you translated this name in [Acts 5:34](../05/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 3 iz4g figs-activepassive πεπαιδευμένος κατὰ ἀκρίβειαν τοῦ πατρῴου νόμου 1 I was instructed according to the strict ways of the law of our fathers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He instructed me how to carefully obey every law of our forefathers" or "The instruction I received followed the exact details of the law of our forefathers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2222,16 +2225,16 @@ ACT 22 3 dbl4 καθὼς πάντες ὑμεῖς ἐστε σήμερον 1
|
|||
ACT 22 4 jy3z figs-metonymy ὃς ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν ἐδίωξα 1 I persecuted this Way Here "this Way" represents the people who belonged to the group called "the Way." Alternate translation: "I persecuted the people who belonged to this Way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 bk4c ταύτην τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 this Way This was a term used to refer to Christianity. See how you translated "the Way" in [Acts 9:2](../09/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 4 dr8c figs-abstractnouns ἄχρι θανάτου 1 to the death The word "death" can be translated with the verb "kill" or "die." Alternate translation: "and I looked for ways to kill them" or "and I even caused them to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 4 zd2r δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας 1 binding up and delivering them to prison both men and women "tying up both men and women and taking them to prison"
|
||||
ACT 22 4 zd2r δεσμεύων καὶ παραδιδοὺς εἰς φυλακὰς, ἄνδρας τε καὶ γυναῖκας 1 binding up and delivering them to prison both men and women "tying up both men and women and taking them to prison"
|
||||
ACT 22 5 v2km μαρτυρεῖ 1 can bear witness "can testify" or "can tell you"
|
||||
ACT 22 5 i45u 0 I received letters from them "The high priests and elders gave me letters"
|
||||
ACT 22 5 in72 πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς εἰς Δαμασκὸν 1 for the brothers in Damascus Here "brothers" refers to "fellow Jews."
|
||||
ACT 22 5 in72 πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, εἰς Δαμασκὸν 1 for the brothers in Damascus Here "brothers" refers to "fellow Jews."
|
||||
ACT 22 5 y82b τιμωρηθῶσιν 1 to bring them back in bonds to Jerusalem "They ordered me to bind with chains those of the Way and bring them back to Jerusalem"
|
||||
ACT 22 5 ht9f figs-activepassive ἵνα τιμωρηθῶσιν 1 in order for them to be punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "in order that they may receive punishment" or "in order that the Jewish authorities could punish them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 6 pe9s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul describes his encounter with Jesus.
|
||||
ACT 22 6 w4l7 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 22 7 d6nd figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνῆς λεγούσης μοι 1 heard a voice say to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "I heard someone say to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche τὴν φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 9 h95h figs-synecdoche τὴν ... φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν τοῦ λαλοῦντός μοι 1 they did not understand the voice of him who spoke to me Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "they did not understand what the one who spoke to me was saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 10 a91a figs-activepassive κἀκεῖ σοι λαληθήσεται 1 there you will be told This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "there someone will tell you" or "there you will find out" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n1kb 0 I could not see because of that light's brightness "I was left blind because of that light's brightness"
|
||||
ACT 22 11 n2n1 figs-synecdoche χειραγωγούμενος ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων μοι, ἦλθον εἰς Δαμασκόν 1 being led by the hands of those who were with me, I came into Damascus Here "hands" stands for those leading Paul. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those with me guided me into Damascus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2239,7 +2242,7 @@ ACT 22 12 a17q 0 General Information: The words "He" and "him" refer to Anania
|
|||
ACT 22 12 h5bh translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias Though this is not the same Ananias who died earlier in Acts [Acts 5:3](../05/03.md), you may translate it the same way though as you did in [Acts 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 22 12 z1g3 ἀνὴρ εὐλαβὴς κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 devout man according to the law Ananias was very serious about following God's law.
|
||||
ACT 22 12 e7uw figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων Ἰουδαίων 1 well spoken of by all the Jews who lived there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Jews who lived there spoke well of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ ἀδελφέ 1 Brother Saul Here "Brother" is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: "My friend Saul"
|
||||
ACT 22 13 un4g Σαοὺλ‘, ἀδελφέ 1 Brother Saul Here "Brother" is a polite way to address someone. Alternate translation: "My friend Saul"
|
||||
ACT 22 13 x3kc figs-abstractnouns ἀνάβλεψον 1 receive your sight The word"sight" can be translated with the verb "see." Alternate translation: "see again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 13 se47 figs-idiom 0 In that very hour This was a customary way of saying something happened immediately. Alternate translation: "At that instant" or "Instantly" or "Immediately" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 22 14 v2i7 0 General Information: The word "he" refers to Ananias ([Acts 22:12](../22/12.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2248,7 +2251,7 @@ ACT 22 14 k417 τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 his will "what God is planning
|
|||
ACT 22 14 dg8q figs-synecdoche ἀκοῦσαι φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 to hear the voice coming from his own mouth Both "voice" and "mouth" refer to the one speaking. Alternate translation: "to hear him speak directly to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 22 15 i5q8 figs-gendernotations πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους 1 to all men Here "men" means all people whether male or female. Alternate translation: "to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 bhg9 0 Now Here "now" does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 22 16 mmx9 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις? 1 why are you waiting? This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. Alternate translation: "Do not wait!" or "Do not delay!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 mmx9 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις 1 why are you waiting? This question was asked to exhort Paul to be baptized. Alternate translation: "Do not wait!" or "Do not delay!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 lt2i figs-activepassive βάπτισαι 1 be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "let me baptize you" or "receive baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 zr5p figs-metaphor ἀπόλουσαι τὰς ἁμαρτίας σου 1 wash away your sins As washing one's body removes dirt, calling on the name of Jesus for forgiveness cleanses one's inner being from sin. Alternate translation: "ask forgiveness for your sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 22 16 g5dq ἐπικαλεσάμενος τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 calling on his name Here "name" refers to the Lord. Alternate translation: "calling on the Lord" or "trusting in the Lord"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2267,20 +2270,20 @@ ACT 22 22 ta8z 0 Away with such a fellow from the earth The phrase "from the e
|
|||
ACT 22 23 ylr7 0 As they were "While they were." The phrase "As they were" is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time.
|
||||
ACT 22 23 b6a7 translate-symaction ῥιπτούντων τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ κονιορτὸν βαλλόντων εἰς τὸν ἀέρα 1 throwing off their cloaks, and throwing dust into the air These actions show that the Jews there are outraged because they feel Paul has spoken against God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 x7zv χιλίαρχος 1 chief captain a Roman military officer or leader of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanded Paul to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "ordered his soldiers to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 h6gp figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ... εἰσάγεσθαι αὐτὸν 1 commanded Paul to be brought This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "ordered his soldiers to bring Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 sth6 τὴν παρεμβολήν 1 the fortress This fortress was connected to the outer temple court. See how you translated this in [Acts 21:34](../21/34.md).
|
||||
ACT 22 24 pz47 figs-activepassive 0 He ordered that he should be questioned with scourging The commander wants Paul tortured by whipping him to ensure he tells the truth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "He ordered his soldiers to whip Paul to force him to tell the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 22 24 e7fp figs-rpronouns οὕτως 1 that he himself The word "himself" is used for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 25 ar63 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the soldiers.
|
||||
ACT 22 25 st4k 0 the thongs These were strips of leather or animal hide.
|
||||
ACT 22 25 yjw3 figs-rquestion 0 Is it lawful for you to scourge a man who is a Roman and who has not been put on trial? Paul uses this question to make the centurion check the validity of having his soldiers whip Paul. Alternate translation: "It is not lawful for you to whip a man who is a Roman and who was not given his legal right to a trial!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν? 1 What are you about to do? This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: "You should not do this!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 26 pca7 figs-rquestion τί μέλλεις ποιεῖν 1 What are you about to do? This question is used to urge the commander to reconsider his plan to whip Paul. Alternate translation: "You should not do this!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 22 27 pe31 0 General Information: Here the word "him" refers to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 22 27 e69y figs-go 0 The chief captain came Here "came" can be translated as "went." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 22 28 dr2w 0 It was only with a large amount of money "It was only after I paid a lot of money to the Roman authorities." The captain makes this statement because he knows how hard it is to become a Roman citizen, and he suspects Paul is not telling truth.
|
||||
ACT 22 28 r79c figs-abstractnouns 0 I acquired citizenship "I got citizenship." The word "citizenship" is an abstract noun. Alternate translation: "I became a citizen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 22 28 rly1 0 I was born a Roman citizen If the father is a Roman citizen, then his children become Roman citizens automatically when they are born.
|
||||
ACT 22 29 ii8p οἱ μέλλοντες ἀνετάζειν 1 the men who were going to question "the men who planned to question" or "the men who were preparing to question"
|
||||
ACT 22 29 ii8p οἱ μέλλοντες ... ἀνετάζειν 1 the men who were going to question "the men who planned to question" or "the men who were preparing to question"
|
||||
ACT 22 30 g33i 0 General Information: Here the word "he" refers to the chief captain.
|
||||
ACT 22 30 np3d βουλόμενος 1 chief captain a military officer of about 600 soldiers
|
||||
ACT 22 30 kx58 figs-metonymy 0 So he untied his bonds Possibly the "chief officer" stands for the chief officers' soldiers. Alternate translation: "So the chief captain ordered his soldiers to untie Paul's bonds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2296,9 +2299,9 @@ ACT 23 3 m6nb figs-activepassive κελεύεις με τύπτεσθαι 1 orde
|
|||
ACT 23 4 lkh8 figs-rquestion 0 Is this how you insult God's high priest? The men use this question to scold Paul for what he has said in [Acts 23:3](../23/03.md). Alternate translation: "Do not insult God's high priest!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 23 5 e8lg figs-explicit γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written Paul is about to quote what Moses wrote in the law. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For Moses wrote in the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 pbe1 0 Brothers Here "Brothers" means "Fellow Jews"
|
||||
ACT 23 6 as3f Φαρισαῖός υἱὸς Φαρισαίων 1 a son of Pharisees Here "son" means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: "and my father and forefathers were Pharisees"
|
||||
ACT 23 6 as3f Φαρισαῖός ... υἱὸς Φαρισαίων 1 a son of Pharisees Here "son" means he is the literal son of a Pharisee and also the descendant of Pharisees. Alternate translation: "and my father and forefathers were Pharisees"
|
||||
ACT 23 6 iz18 figs-abstractnouns ἐλπίδος καὶ ἀναστάσεως νεκρῶν 1 the resurrection of the dead that I The word "resurrection" can be stated as "come back to life." The word "dead" can be stated as "those who have died." Alternate translation: "those who have died will come back to life, I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 6 ys5k figs-activepassive ἐγὼ ... κρίνομαι 1 I am being judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 7 abs3 ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος 1 the crowd was divided "the people in the crowd strongly disagreed with one another"
|
||||
ACT 23 8 gl1s writing-background 0 For the Sadducees ... but the Pharisees This is background information about the Sadducees and Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 23 9 eaf1 ἐγένετο δὲ κραυγὴ μεγάλη 1 So a large uproar occurred "So they began shouting loudly at one another." The word "so" marks an event that happened because of something else that happened previously. In this case, the previous event is Paul's stating his belief in the resurrection.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2317,7 +2320,7 @@ ACT 23 13 f1u2 translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα οἱ 1 forty men "40
|
|||
ACT 23 13 u5s5 ταύτην τὴν συνωμοσίαν ποιησάμενοι 1 who formed this conspiracy "who made this plan" or "who planned to kill Paul"
|
||||
ACT 23 14 zb6w figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "They" refers to the forty Jews in [Acts 23:13](../23/13.md). Here "you" is plural and refers to the chief priests and elders. Both "us" and "we" refer to the forty Jews who planned to kill Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 14 ur73 figs-metaphor ἀναθέματι ἀνεθεματίσαμεν ἑαυτοὺς, μηδενὸς γεύσασθαι ἕως οὗ ἀποκτείνωμεν τὸν Παῦλον 1 We have put ourselves under a great curse, to eat nothing until we have killed Paul To make a vow and to ask God to curse them if they do not fulfill their vow is spoken of as if the curse were an object that they carry on their shoulders. Alternate translation: "We have sworn to eat nothing until we have killed Paul. We asked God to curse us if we do not do what we promised to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 23 15 w418 νῦν, οὖν 1 Now, therefore "Because what we have just said is true" or "Because we have put ourselves under this curse"
|
||||
ACT 23 15 w418 νῦν οὖν 1 Now, therefore "Because what we have just said is true" or "Because we have put ourselves under this curse"
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9e6 νῦν 1 Now This does not mean "at this moment," but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
|
||||
ACT 23 15 q9mb καταγάγῃ αὐτὸν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 bring him down to you "bring Paul from the fortress to meet with you"
|
||||
ACT 23 15 m133 0 as if you would decide his case more precisely "as though you want to learn more about what Paul has done"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2328,7 +2331,8 @@ ACT 23 16 a5hx εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν 1 the fortress This fortre
|
|||
ACT 23 18 lzf3 0 Paul the prisoner called me to him "Paul the prisoner asked me to come talk with him"
|
||||
ACT 23 18 ju2b τοῦτον τὸν νεανίαν 1 this young man Since the chief captain calls him a young man, this suggests Paul's nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
|
||||
ACT 23 19 yp12 0 chief captain took him by the hand Since the chief captain took the young man by the hand and calls him a young man (verse 18), this suggests Paul's nephew may have been 12 to 15 years old.
|
||||
ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche ὅτι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο 1 The Jews have agreed This does not mean all Jews, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews have agreed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 23 20 uv6r figs-synecdoche ὅτι
|
||||
“ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέθεντο 1 The Jews have agreed This does not mean all Jews, but all of the group that was there. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews have agreed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 23 20 wp5d 0 to bring down Paul "to bring Paul down from the fortress"
|
||||
ACT 23 20 fev5 0 they were going to ask more precisely about his case "they want to learn more about what Paul has done"
|
||||
ACT 23 21 vdr5 translate-numbers 0 forty men "40 men" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2343,7 +2347,7 @@ ACT 23 23 mgi9 translate-numbers δεξιολάβους διακοσίους 1 t
|
|||
ACT 23 23 kg8s τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νυκτός 1 third hour of the night This was about 9:00 p.m. at night.
|
||||
ACT 23 25 vg8x 0 General Information: The chief captain writes a letter to Governor Felix about the arrest of Paul.
|
||||
ACT 23 25 vg8x translate-names 0 General Information: Claudius Lysias is the name of the chief captain. Governor Felix was the Roman governor over the whole region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 23 26 zf93 figs-123person Κλαύδιος Λυσίας τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν 1 Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings This is a formal introduction to the letter. The chief captain begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words "am writing" are understood. Alternate translation: "I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix. Greetings to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 23 26 zf93 figs-123person Κλαύδιος Λυσίας, τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι, χαίρειν 1 Claudius Lysias to the most excellent Governor Felix, greetings This is a formal introduction to the letter. The chief captain begins by referring to himself. You can translate it in the first person. The words "am writing" are understood. Alternate translation: "I, Claudius Lysias, am writing to you, the most excellent Governor Felix. Greetings to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
ACT 23 26 u2ih τῷ κρατίστῳ ἡγεμόνι Φήλικι 1 to the most excellent Governor Felix "to Governor Felix who deserves greatest honors"
|
||||
ACT 23 27 zr7l figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον συνλημφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This man was arrested by the Jews Here "Jews" means "some of the Jews." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Some of the Jews arrested this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 23 27 ha13 figs-activepassive μέλλοντα ἀναιρεῖσθαι 1 was about to be killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they were ready to kill Paul" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2363,7 +2367,7 @@ ACT 23 34 u44w 0 General Information: Here the first and second words "he" ref
|
|||
ACT 23 34 dtx1 figs-quotations 0 he asked what province Paul was from. When This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "he asked Paul, 'What province are you from?' When" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 dwv2 figs-quotations ἔφη 1 he said This sentence, which begins with the words "When he learned" in verse 43, can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "Paul said, 'I am from Cilicia.' Then the governor said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 23 35 uji1 διακούσομαί σου 1 I will hear you fully "I will listen to all you have to say"
|
||||
ACT 23 35 mga2 κελεύσας φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 he commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he commanded soldiers to keep him" or "commanded soldiers to restrain him"
|
||||
ACT 23 35 mga2 κελεύσας ... φυλάσσεσθαι αὐτόν 1 he commanded him to be kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he commanded soldiers to keep him" or "commanded soldiers to restrain him"
|
||||
ACT 24 intro j74u 0 # Acts 24 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul told the governor that he had not done what the Jews were accusing him of doing and that the governor should not punish him for what he did do.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Respect<br><br>Both the Jewish leaders ([Acts 24:2-4](./02.md)) and Paul ([Acts 24:10](../../act/24/10.md)) began their speeches with words that show respect to the governor.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Governmental leaders<br><br>The words "governor," "commander," and "centurion" may be difficult to translate into some languages. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])<br>
|
||||
ACT 24 1 qw1r figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" refers to Felix, the governor. Here "we" refers to the citizens under Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 bc8k 0 Connecting Statement: Paul is on trial in Caesarea. Tertullus presents Governor Felix with the charges against Paul.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2373,7 +2377,7 @@ ACT 24 1 f3vx 0 an orator "a lawyer." Tertullus was an expert in Roman law who
|
|||
ACT 24 1 xm6c translate-names Τερτύλλου 1 Tertullus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 1 q7wj κατέβη 1 went there "went to Caesarea where Paul was"
|
||||
ACT 24 1 nq9x τῷ ἡγεμόνι 1 before the governor "in the presence of the governor who was judge in the court"
|
||||
ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 brought charges against Paul "began to argue the case before the governor that Paul had broken the law."
|
||||
ACT 24 1 zm5e ἐνεφάνισαν ... κατὰ τοῦ Παύλου 1 brought charges against Paul "began to argue the case before the governor that Paul had broken the law."
|
||||
ACT 24 2 e6zg figs-exclusive πολλῆς εἰρήνης τυγχάνοντες 1 we have great peace Here "we" refers to the citizens under Felix. Alternate translation: "we, the people that you govern, have great peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 2 sv8c καὶ διορθωμάτων γινομένων τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ διὰ τῆς σῆς προνοίας 1 and your foresight brings good reform to our nation "and your planning has greatly improved our nation"
|
||||
ACT 24 3 r5jl 0 so with all thankfulness we welcome everything that you do The word "thankfulness" is an abstract noun. It can be stated as an adjective or verb. Alternate translation: "so we are very thankful and we welcome everything that you do" or "so we thank you very much and welcome everything that you do" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun)
|
||||
|
|
@ -2381,7 +2385,7 @@ ACT 24 3 q3fj κράτιστε Φῆλιξ 1 most excellent Felix "Governor Fel
|
|||
ACT 24 4 tyq8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The word "we" refers to Ananias, certain elders, and Tertullus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 4 jww2 0 So that I detain you no more Possible meanings are 1) "so that I will not take up too much of your time" or 2) "so that I will not tire you"
|
||||
ACT 24 4 xfm5 0 briefly listen to me with kindness "kindly listen to my short speech"
|
||||
ACT 24 5 i1qs figs-metaphor εὑρόντες τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν 1 this man to be a pest This speaks of Paul as if he were a plague that spreads from one person to another. Alternate translation: "this man to be a trouble maker" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 i1qs figs-metaphor εὑρόντες ... τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον λοιμὸν 1 this man to be a pest This speaks of Paul as if he were a plague that spreads from one person to another. Alternate translation: "this man to be a trouble maker" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 k1v1 figs-hyperbole πᾶσι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις τοῖς κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 all the Jews throughout the world The word "all" here is probably an exaggeration used to strengthen their accusation against Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 zg4a figs-explicit 0 He is a leader of the Nazarene sect The phrase "Nazarene sect" is another name for the Christians. Alternate translation: "He also leads the entire group whom people call the followers of the Nazarene" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 5 n6zb αἱρέσεως 1 sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2391,24 +2395,24 @@ ACT 24 8 e26a 0 to learn about these charges we are bringing against him "to l
|
|||
ACT 24 9 rq5f figs-synecdoche 0 The Jews This refers to the Jewish leaders who were there at Paul's trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 my1c 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jews who were accusing Paul.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 ict8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul responds to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 10 s92a νεύσαντος τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor motioned "the governor gestured"
|
||||
ACT 24 10 s92a νεύσαντος ... τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 the governor motioned "the governor gestured"
|
||||
ACT 24 10 uu7a figs-metonymy κριτὴν τῷ ἔθνει τούτῳ 1 a judge to this nation Here "nation" refers to the people of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: "a judge for the people of the Jewish nation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 10 sr5t 0 explain myself "explain my situation"
|
||||
ACT 24 11 dr4u translate-numbers ἡμέραι δώδεκα ἀφ’ ἧς 1 twelve days since "12 days since" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 24 11 dr4u translate-numbers ἡμέραι δώδεκα, ἀφ’ ἧς 1 twelve days since "12 days since" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 24 12 wbf6 figs-metaphor 0 I did not stir up a crowd "Stir up" here is a metaphor for agitating people into unrest, just as stirring a liquid agitates it. Alternate translation: "I did not provoke the crowd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 24 13 m3yk 0 the accusations "the blames for wrongdoings" or "the charges for crimes"
|
||||
ACT 24 14 c5xa ὁμολογῶ τοῦτό σοι 1 I confess this to you "I acknowledge this to you"
|
||||
ACT 24 14 c5xa ὁμολογῶ ... τοῦτό σοι 1 I confess this to you "I acknowledge this to you"
|
||||
ACT 24 14 k79p ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ὁδὸν 1 that according to the Way The phrase "the Way" was a title used for Christianity during Paul's time.
|
||||
ACT 24 14 rqu3 λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν 1 they call a sect This is a smaller group of people within a larger group group. Tertullus considers the Christians to be a small group within Judaism. See how you translated "sect" in [Acts 24:5](../24/05.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 14 cg73 οὕτως λατρεύω τῷ πατρῴῳ Θεῷ 1 in that same way I serve the God of our fathers Paul uses the phrase "in that same way" to mean that he, as a believer in Jesus, serves God the same way as their Jewish ancestors did. He is not leading a "sect" or teaching something new that is opposed to their ancient religion.
|
||||
ACT 24 15 nv5a 0 as these men "as these men have." Here "these men" refers to the Jews who are accusing Paul in court.
|
||||
ACT 24 15 qza8 figs-abstractnouns 0 that there will be a resurrection of both the righteous and the wicked The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated with the verb "resurrect." Alternate translation: "that God will resurrect all who have died, both the righteous and the unrighteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 24 15 x1yd figs-nominaladj δικαίων καὶ ἀδίκων 1 the righteous and the wicked These nominal adjectives refer to righteous people and wicked people. AT "righteous people and wicked people" or "those who have done what is right and those who have done what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 24 16 sfw4 αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ διὰ 1 I always strive "I always work hard" or "I do my best"
|
||||
ACT 24 15 x1yd figs-nominaladj δικαίων ... καὶ ἀδίκων 1 the righteous and the wicked These nominal adjectives refer to righteous people and wicked people. AT "righteous people and wicked people" or "those who have done what is right and those who have done what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 24 16 sfw4 αὐτὸς ἀσκῶ ... διὰ 1 I always strive "I always work hard" or "I do my best"
|
||||
ACT 24 16 kcg8 figs-metonymy ἀπρόσκοπον συνείδησιν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 to have a clear conscience before God Here "conscience" refers to a person's inner morality that chooses between right and wrong. Alternate translation: "to be blameless" or "to always do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 24 16 va3b πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 before God "in the presence of God"
|
||||
ACT 24 17 p92m δὲ 1 Now This word marks a shift in Paul's argument. Here he explains the situation in Jerusalem when some of the Jews arrested him.
|
||||
ACT 24 17 py9v δι’ ἐτῶν πλειόνων 1 after many years "after many years away from Jerusalem"
|
||||
ACT 24 17 py9v δι’ ἐτῶν ... πλειόνων 1 after many years "after many years away from Jerusalem"
|
||||
ACT 24 17 ryk6 figs-go 0 I came to bring help to my nation and gifts of money Here "I came" can be translated as "I went." Alternate translation: "I went to help my people by bringing them money as a gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
ACT 24 18 pk2m 0 in a purification ceremony in the temple "in the temple after I had finished a ceremony to purify myself"
|
||||
ACT 24 18 x6iy figs-explicit 0 not with a crowd or an uproar This can be stated as a separate new sentence. Alternate translation: "I had not gathered a crowd nor was I trying to start a riot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2416,7 +2420,7 @@ ACT 24 19 s528 0 These men "The Jews from Asia"
|
|||
ACT 24 19 ntg3 εἴ τι ἔχοιεν 1 if they have anything "if they have anything to say"
|
||||
ACT 24 20 npt5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes responding to Governor Felix about the charges brought against him.
|
||||
ACT 24 20 ag5d αὐτοὶ 1 these same men This refers to the members of the council who were present in Jerusalem at Paul's trial.
|
||||
ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα μου 1 should say what wrong they found in me "should say the wrong thing I did that they were able to prove"
|
||||
ACT 24 20 hnt9 εἰπάτωσαν, τί εὗρον ἀδίκημα ... μου 1 should say what wrong they found in me "should say the wrong thing I did that they were able to prove"
|
||||
ACT 24 21 ds1s figs-abstractnouns 0 It is concerning the resurrection of the dead The abstract noun "resurrection" can be stated as "God brings back to life." Alternate translation: "It is because I believe that God will bring back to life those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
ACT 24 21 d2lm figs-activepassive ἐγὼ κρίνομαι σήμερον ἐφ’ ὑμῶν 1 I am on trial before you today This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you are judging me today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 24 22 w1tn translate-names 0 General Information: Felix is the Roman governor of the area who resides at Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2425,22 +2429,22 @@ ACT 24 22 y3pg ὅταν Λυσίας ὁ χιλίαρχος καταβῇ 1 Wh
|
|||
ACT 24 22 k1f7 Λυσίας 1 Lysias This is the name of the chief captain. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:26](../23/26.md).
|
||||
ACT 24 22 z5f9 καταβῇ 1 comes down from Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher than Caesarea so it was normal for them to speak of coming down from Jerusalem.
|
||||
ACT 24 22 ldi8 0 I will decide your case "I will make a decision concerning these accusations against you" or "I will judge whether you are guilty"
|
||||
ACT 24 23 sxy2 ἔχειν ἄνεσιν 1 have some freedom "grant Paul some freedom not otherwise granted to prisoners"
|
||||
ACT 24 23 sxy2 ἔχειν ... ἄνεσιν 1 have some freedom "grant Paul some freedom not otherwise granted to prisoners"
|
||||
ACT 24 24 wus4 0 After some days "After several days"
|
||||
ACT 24 24 qy9y translate-names 0 Drusilla his wife Drusilla is a woman's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 24 xmq5 figs-explicit Ἰουδαίᾳ 1 a Jewess This means a female Jew. Alternate translation: "who was a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 24 25 b8v1 ἔμφοβος γενόμενος ὁ Φῆλιξ 1 Felix became frightened Felix may have felt conviction of his sins.
|
||||
ACT 24 25 b8v1 ἔμφοβος γενόμενος, ὁ Φῆλιξ 1 Felix became frightened Felix may have felt conviction of his sins.
|
||||
ACT 24 25 p8yi τὸ νῦν ἔχον 1 for now "for the present time"
|
||||
ACT 24 26 h4v7 0 Paul to give money to him Felix was hoping Paul would offer him a bribe to set him free.
|
||||
ACT 24 26 n45p 0 so he often sent for him and spoke with him "so Felix often sent for Paul and spoke with Paul"
|
||||
ACT 24 27 ur2y translate-names Πόρκιον Φῆστον 1 Porcius Festus This was the new roman Governor who replaced Felix. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 p59c figs-synecdoche θέλων χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 wanted to gain favor with the Jews Here "the Jews" refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "wanted the Jewish leaders to like him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 gln6 ὁ Φῆλιξ κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον 1 he left Paul to continue under guard "he left Paul in prison"
|
||||
ACT 24 27 p59c figs-synecdoche θέλων ... χάριτα καταθέσθαι τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 wanted to gain favor with the Jews Here "the Jews" refers to the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "wanted the Jewish leaders to like him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 24 27 gln6 ὁ Φῆλιξ ... κατέλιπε τὸν Παῦλον δεδεμένον 1 he left Paul to continue under guard "he left Paul in prison"
|
||||
ACT 25 intro b6uk 0 # Acts 25 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Favor<br><br>This word is used in two different ways in this chapter. When the Jewish leaders asked Festus for a favor, they were asking him to do something special for them on that day. They wanted him to do for them something that he would not usually do. When Festus "wanted to gain the favor of the Jews," he wanted them to like him and be willing to obey him in the months and years to come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br><br>##### Roman citizenship<br><br>The Romans thought that they needed to treat only Roman citizens justly. They could do as they desired with people who were not Roman citizens, but they had to obey the law with other Romans. Some people were born Roman citizens, and others gave money to the Roman government so they could become Roman citizens. Roman officials could have been punished for treating a Roman citizen the same way they would treat a non-citizen.<br><br>
|
||||
ACT 25 1 c84u 0 General Information: Festus becomes the governor of Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 24:27](../24/27.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 1 tj76 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to be a prisoner in Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 w8h3 οὖν 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the story.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 i7t9 Φῆστος ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ 1 Festus entered the province Possible meanings are 1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or 2) Festus simply arrived in the area.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 i7t9 Φῆστος ... ἐπιβὰς τῇ ἐπαρχείᾳ 1 Festus entered the province Possible meanings are 1) Festus arrived in the area to begin his rule or 2) Festus simply arrived in the area.
|
||||
ACT 25 1 zz4l ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀπὸ Καισαρείας 1 he went from Caesarea up to Jerusalem The phrase "went up" is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than Caesarea.
|
||||
ACT 25 2 qnc8 figs-metaphor 0 The chief priest and the prominent Jews brought accusations against Paul This speaks about accusations as if they were an object that a person could bring to someone else. Alternate translation: "The chief priest and the important Jews accused Paul to Festus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 2 uj5p παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 they urged him Here the word "him" refers to Festus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2458,7 +2462,7 @@ ACT 25 6 qv24 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 sat
|
|||
ACT 25 6 j7c5 figs-activepassive τὸν Παῦλον ἀχθῆναι 1 Paul to be brought to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "his soldiers bring Paul to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 7 v4v8 0 When he arrived "When he came and stood before Festus"
|
||||
ACT 25 7 e7g2 figs-metaphor 0 they brought many serious charges Charging a person with a crime is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could bring to court. Alternate translation: "they spoke against Paul many serious things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 8 hc3w figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 against the temple Paul says he did not break any rules about who could enter the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: "against the entry rules of the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 25 8 hc3w figs-synecdoche εἰς ... τὸ ἱερὸν 1 against the temple Paul says he did not break any rules about who could enter the Jerusalem temple. Alternate translation: "against the entry rules of the temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 25 9 m49r 0 Connecting Statement: Paul asks to be taken before Caesar for judgment.
|
||||
ACT 25 9 b49x figs-synecdoche 0 wanted to gain the favor of the Jews Here "the Jews" means the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: "wanted to please the Jewish leaders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 25 9 qe8h εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ἀναβὰς 1 to go up to Jerusalem Jerusalem was higher geographically than Caesarea. It was common to speak of going up to Jerusalem.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2476,12 +2480,12 @@ ACT 25 13 c3gc δὲ 1 Now This word marks the beginning of a new event in the
|
|||
ACT 25 13 ukd3 ἀσπασάμενοι τὸν Φῆστον 1 to pay an official visit to Festus "to visit Festus concerning official matters"
|
||||
ACT 25 14 x8jf figs-activepassive 0 A certain man was left behind here by Felix as a prisoner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Felix left office, he left a man in prison here" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 14 z7yw Φήλικος 1 Felix Felix was the Roman governor of the area who resided in Caesarea. See how you translated this name in [Acts 23:24](../23/24.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 15 b6hx figs-metaphor περὶ οὗ ἐνεφάνισαν 1 brought charges against this man To charge someone in court is spoken of as if it were an object that a person brings to court. Alternate translation: "spoke to me against this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 15 b6hx figs-metaphor περὶ οὗ ... ἐνεφάνισαν 1 brought charges against this man To charge someone in court is spoken of as if it were an object that a person brings to court. Alternate translation: "spoke to me against this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 15 hyp5 figs-abstractnouns 0 they asked for a sentence of condemnation against him The abstract nouns "sentence" and "condemnation" can be expressed as verbs. The phrase "a sentence of condemnation" implies that they were requesting that Paul be executed. Alternate translation: "they asked me to sentence him to death" or "they asked me to condemn him to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 25 16 e4tk figs-metaphor 0 to hand over anyone Here "hand over" represents sending someone to people who will punish or kill him. Alternate translation: "let someone punish anyone" or "to condemn anyone to death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 25 16 xjb4 figs-idiom 0 before the accused had faced his accusers Here "faced his accusers" is an idiom that means to meet with the people who accuse him. Alternate translation: "before the person whom others have accused of a crime had met directly with those who accused him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
ACT 25 17 z6g2 οὖν 1 Therefore "Because what I have just said is true." Fetus had just said that an accused man should be able to face his accusers and make his defense.
|
||||
ACT 25 17 rm5z συνελθόντων ἐνθάδε 1 when they came together here "when the Jewish leaders came to meet with me here"
|
||||
ACT 25 17 rm5z συνελθόντων ... ἐνθάδε 1 when they came together here "when the Jewish leaders came to meet with me here"
|
||||
ACT 25 17 efe2 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 I sat in the judgment seat Here "judgment seat" refers to Festus ruling over Paul's trial as judge. Alternate translation: "I sat upon the seat to act as judge" or "I sat down as judge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 25 17 hm6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα ἀχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα 1 I ordered the man to be brought in This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to bring Paul before me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 19 d1qm τῆς ἰδίας δεισιδαιμονίας 1 their own religion Here "religion" means the belief system people have toward life and the supernatural.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2489,7 +2493,8 @@ ACT 25 20 y9bv figs-idiom 0 to stand trial there about these charges To "stand
|
|||
ACT 25 21 yli3 0 Connecting Statement: Festus finishes explaining Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ie7x figs-activepassive τοῦ δὲ Παύλου ἐπικαλεσαμένου τηρηθῆναι αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν τοῦ Σεβαστοῦ διάγνωσιν 1 But when Paul appealed to be kept in custody while awaiting the decision of the emperor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when Paul insisted that he stay under Roman guard until the time when the emperor could decide his case" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 21 ceq2 figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσα τηρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν 1 I ordered him to be held in custody This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I ordered the soldiers to keep him in custody" or "I told the soldiers to guard him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations ."" αὔριον," φησίν ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ." 1 "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him." The phrase "Festus said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Festus said, 'I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 22 t322 writing-quotations αὔριον”, φησίν,
|
||||
“ ἀκούσῃ αὐτοῦ 1 "Tomorrow," Festus said, "you will hear him." The phrase "Festus said" can be moved to the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: "Festus said, 'I will arrange for you to listen to Paul tomorrow.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 25 23 y1yj 0 General Information: Though he ruled over only a few territories, Agrippa was the current reigning king in Palestine. Bernice was his sister. See how you translated these names in [Acts 25:13](../25/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 25 23 qlm5 0 Connecting Statement: Festus again gives information about Paul's case to King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 25 23 yw76 μετὰ πολλῆς φαντασίας 1 with much ceremony "with a great ceremony to honor them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2522,22 +2527,22 @@ ACT 26 6 xkp9 figs-you 0 General Information: Here "you" is plural and refers t
|
|||
ACT 26 6 s9kr 0 Now This word marks a shift from Paul discussing his past to talking about himself in the present.
|
||||
ACT 26 6 i9y5 figs-activepassive 0 I stand here to be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I am here, where they are putting me on trial" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 6 r42g figs-metaphor 0 of my certain hope in the promise made by God to our fathers This speaks about a promise as if it were something a person could look for and see. Alternate translation: "I am waiting expectantly for God to do what he promised our forefathers he would do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 For this is the promise that our twelve tribes sought to receive The phrase "our twelve tribes" stands for the people in those tribes. Alternate translation: "This is also what our fellow Jews in the twelve tribes were waiting for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 hnf1 figs-metonymy εἰς ἣν τὸ δωδεκάφυλον ἡμῶν ... ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι 1 For this is the promise that our twelve tribes sought to receive The phrase "our twelve tribes" stands for the people in those tribes. Alternate translation: "This is also what our fellow Jews in the twelve tribes were waiting for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 apf2 figs-metaphor 0 the promise ... sought to receive This speaks about a promise as if it were an object that can be received. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 kzg4 figs-merism νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν λατρεῦον 1 worshiped God night and day The extremes "night" and "day" mean they "worshiped God continually." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
ACT 26 7 c4lm figs-synecdoche 0 that the Jews This does not mean all the Jews. Alternate translation: "that the leaders of the Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
ACT 26 8 de83 figs-rquestion 0 Why should any of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead? Paul uses a question to challenge the Jews present. They believe God can raise the dead but do not think God brought Jesus back to life. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "None of you think it is unbelievable that God raises the dead." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 26 8 ukk6 νεκροὺς ἐγείρει 1 raises the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "makes dead people come alive again"
|
||||
ACT 26 9 hm33 μὲν οὖν 1 Now indeed Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now beginning to describe how he formerly persecuted Jesus' people.
|
||||
ACT 26 9 r4df figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐναντία 1 against the name of Jesus The word "name" here stands for the teaching about the person. Alternate translation: "to stop people from teaching about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive ἀναιρουμένων αὐτῶν 1 when they were killed, I cast my vote against them The phrase "were killed" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 9 r4df figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ... ἐναντία 1 against the name of Jesus The word "name" here stands for the teaching about the person. Alternate translation: "to stop people from teaching about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 10 nys7 figs-activepassive ἀναιρουμένων ... αὐτῶν 1 when they were killed, I cast my vote against them The phrase "were killed" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I voted in agreement with the other Jewish leaders to condemn believers to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 11 rri6 0 I punished them many times Possible meanings are 1) Paul punished some believers many times or 2) Paul punished many different believers.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 p55i 0 Connecting Statement: While talking to King Agrippa, Paul tells about when the Lord spoke with him.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 us8d ἐν οἷς 1 While I was doing this Paul uses this phrase to mark another shift in his defense. He is now telling about when he saw Jesus and became his disciple.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 h3ic ἐν οἷς 1 While This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. In this case, Paul went to Damascus during the time when he persecuted Christians.
|
||||
ACT 26 12 ajp6 0 with authority and orders Paul had written letters from the Jewish leaders, granting him authority to persecute the Jewish believers.
|
||||
ACT 26 14 sip5 figs-metonymy 0 I heard a voice speaking to me that said Here "voice" stands for the person speaking. Alternate translation: "I heard someone speaking to me who said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 14 du3t Σαοὺλ, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις? 1 Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: "Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me." or "Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
ACT 26 14 du3t Σαοὺλ‘, Σαούλ, τί με διώκεις 1 Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me? This is a rhetorical question. The speaker is alerting Saul to what Saul is doing to him, and implying that Saul should not do that. Alternate translation: "Saul, Saul, you are persecuting me." or "Saul, Saul, stop persecuting me." (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion)
|
||||
ACT 26 14 zsi2 figs-metaphor σκληρόν σοι πρὸς κέντρα λακτίζειν 1 It is hard for you to kick a goad For Paul to resist Jesus and to persecute believers is spoken of as if he were an ox kicking at the sharp stick that a person uses to prod (or "goad") the animal. It means that Paul is only harming himself. Alternate translation: "You will only harm yourself like an ox kicking a goad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 15 h2ws 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving his defense to King Agrippa. In these verses he continues quoting his conversation with the Lord.
|
||||
ACT 26 18 fk1k figs-metaphor ἀνοῖξαι ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν 1 to open their eyes Helping people to understand the truth is spoken of as if a person were literally helping someone to open his eyes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2573,12 +2578,12 @@ ACT 26 26 svn9 figs-activepassive πείθομαι 1 I am persuaded This can be
|
|||
ACT 26 26 tta8 figs-activepassive 0 that none of this is hidden from him This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "that he is aware of this" or "that you are aware of this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 26 26 v1uu figs-activepassive 0 has not been done in a corner This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "has not happened in a corner" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 26 26 i5wg figs-metaphor ἐν γωνίᾳ 1 in a corner This means doing something in secret as if a person went and did something in the corner of a room where no one can see him. Alternate translation: "in a dark place" or "in secret" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 26 27 a4a2 figs-rquestion πιστεύεις τοῖς προφήταις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα? 1 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? Paul asks this question to remind Agrippa that Agrippa already believes what the prophets said about Jesus. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "You already believe what the Jewish prophets said, King Agrippa." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 26 27 a4a2 figs-rquestion πιστεύεις, Βασιλεῦ Ἀγρίππα, τοῖς προφήταις 1 Do you believe the prophets, King Agrippa? Paul asks this question to remind Agrippa that Agrippa already believes what the prophets said about Jesus. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "You already believe what the Jewish prophets said, King Agrippa." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 26 28 y8qq figs-rquestion 0 In a short time would you persuade me and make me a Christian? Agrippa asks this question to show Paul that he cannot convince Agrippa so easily without more proof. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "Surely you do not think you can convince me so easily to believe in Jesus!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
ACT 26 29 k7kq figs-metonymy παρεκτὸς τῶν δεσμῶν τούτων 1 but without these prison chains Here "prison chains" stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: "but, of course, I do no want you to be a prisoner like I am" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 30 k7jh 0 General Information: Bernice was the sister of King Agrippa ([Acts 25:13](../25/13.md)).
|
||||
ACT 26 30 gaq5 0 Connecting Statement: This ends Paul's time before King Agrippa.
|
||||
ACT 26 30 u8vl ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς, καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 1 Then the king stood up, and the governor "Then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus"
|
||||
ACT 26 30 u8vl ἀνέστη τε ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμὼν 1 Then the king stood up, and the governor "Then King Agrippa stood up, and Governor Festus"
|
||||
ACT 26 31 q1tw ἀναχωρήσαντες 1 the hall This is a large room for ceremonies, trials, and other events.
|
||||
ACT 26 31 blz8 figs-abstractnouns 0 This man does nothing worthy of death or of bonds The abstract noun "death" can be stated as the verb "die." Here "bonds" stands for being in prison. Alternate translation: "This man does not deserve to die or to be in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 26 32 n293 figs-activepassive 0 This man could have been freed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This man could have gone free" or "I could have freed this man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2586,10 +2591,10 @@ ACT 27 intro r82x 0 # Acts 27 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this
|
|||
ACT 27 1 efe4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Adramyttium was a city possibly located on the west coast of modern-day Turkey. The word "we" includes the author of Acts, Paul, and the others traveling with Paul, but not the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 1 dyf5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul, as a prisoner, begins his journey to Rome.
|
||||
ACT 27 1 b2yz figs-activepassive 0 When it was decided This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When the king and the governor decided" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 1 yv84 ἀποπλεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 sail for Italy Italy is the name of the province Rome was in. See how you translated "Italy" in [Acts 18:2](../18/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 1 yv84 ἀποπλεῖν ... εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν 1 sail for Italy Italy is the name of the province Rome was in. See how you translated "Italy" in [Acts 18:2](../18/02.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 1 s6ny 0 they put Paul and some other prisoners under the charge of a centurion named Julius of the Imperial Regiment "they put a centurion named Julius, of the Imperial Regiment, in charge of Paul and some other prisoners"
|
||||
ACT 27 1 k52u 0 they put Paul and some other prisoners Possible meanings are that 1) "they" refers to the governor and the king or 2) "they" refers to other Roman officials.
|
||||
ACT 27 1 un2s translate-names τόν ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ 1 a centurion named Julius Julius is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 1 un2s translate-names τόν ... ἑκατοντάρχῃ ὀνόματι Ἰουλίῳ 1 a centurion named Julius Julius is a man's name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 1 d22f translate-names 0 the Imperial Regiment This was the name of the battalion or army from which the centurion came. Some versions translate this as "the Augustan Regiment." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 2 dnr9 figs-metonymy 0 We boarded a ship ... which was about to sail Here "ship ... which was about to sail" stands for the crew that will sail the ship. Alternate translation: "We boarded a ship ... which a crew was about to sail" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 27 2 fqy2 πλοίῳ Ἀδραμυντηνῷ 1 a ship from Adramyttium Possible meanings are 1) a ship that had come from Adramyttium or 2) a ship that was registered or licensed in Adramyttium.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2597,9 +2602,9 @@ ACT 27 2 f8pf μέλλοντι πλεῖν εἰς 1 about to sail "soon going
|
|||
ACT 27 2 m3ps 0 went to sea "began our journey on the sea"
|
||||
ACT 27 2 h3uy Ἀριστάρχου 1 Aristarchus Aristarchus came from Macedonia but had been working with Paul in Ephesus. See how you translated his name in [Acts 19:29](../19/29.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 3 r71e figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 3 u6lt φιλανθρώπως ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος 1 Julius treated Paul kindly "Julius treated Paul with a friendly concern." See how you translated "Julius" in [Acts 27:1](../27/01.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 3 rp73 figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντι ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν 1 go to his friends to receive their care The abstract noun "care" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "go to his friends so they could care for him" or "go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 27 4 d4hg ἀναχθέντες ὑπεπλεύσαμεν 1 we went to sea and sailed "we started sailing and went"
|
||||
ACT 27 3 u6lt φιλανθρώπως ... ὁ Ἰούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος 1 Julius treated Paul kindly "Julius treated Paul with a friendly concern." See how you translated "Julius" in [Acts 27:1](../27/01.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 3 rp73 figs-abstractnouns πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πορευθέντι, ἐπιμελείας τυχεῖν 1 go to his friends to receive their care The abstract noun "care" can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: "go to his friends so they could care for him" or "go to his friends so they could help him with whatever he needed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
ACT 27 4 d4hg ἀναχθέντες, ὑπεπλεύσαμεν 1 we went to sea and sailed "we started sailing and went"
|
||||
ACT 27 4 mjt8 0 sailed under the lee of Cyprus, close to the island "the lee of Cyprus" is the side of that island that blocks the strong wind, so sailing vessels are not forced off their course.
|
||||
ACT 27 5 g1t7 Παμφυλίαν 1 Pamphylia This was a province in Asia Minor. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:10](../02/10.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 5 y6m6 figs-explicit 0 we landed at Myra, a city of Lycia You can make explicit that they got off of the ship in Myra. Alternate translation: "came to Myra, a city of Lycia, where we got off the ship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2611,7 +2616,7 @@ ACT 27 7 zzw1 figs-explicit 0 When we had sailed slowly ... finally arrived wit
|
|||
ACT 27 7 pye5 translate-names κατὰ τὴν Κνίδον 1 near Cnidus This is an ancient settlement located in modern-day Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 hhf1 μὴ προσεῶντος ἡμᾶς τοῦ ἀνέμου 1 the wind no longer allowed us to go that way "we could no longer go that way because of the strong wind"
|
||||
ACT 27 7 b746 ὑπεπλεύσαμεν τὴν Κρήτην 1 so we sailed along the sheltered side of Crete "so we sailed along the side of Crete where there was less wind"
|
||||
ACT 27 7 mq4n translate-names κατὰ Σαλμώνην 1 opposite Salmone This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 7 mq4n translate-names κατὰ ... Σαλμώνην 1 opposite Salmone This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 p4ri figs-explicit 0 We sailed along the coast with difficulty You can make explicit that even though the winds were not as strong as before, they were still strong enough to make sailing difficult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 a64y translate-names Καλοὺς Λιμένας 1 Fair Havens This was a port near Lasea, located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 8 n7re translate-names ἐγγὺς πόλις ἦν Λασαία 1 near the city of Lasea This is a coastal city in Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2620,7 +2625,7 @@ ACT 27 9 vlu4 figs-exclusive 0 We had now taken The writer includes himself, Pa
|
|||
ACT 27 9 u6x5 0 the time of the Jewish fast also had passed, and it had now become dangerous to sail This fast took place on the Day of Atonement, which was usually either in the last part of September or the first part of October according to Western calendars. After this time, there was a higher risk of seasonal storms.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 p29v 0 I see that the voyage we are about to take will be with injury and much loss "if we travel now, we will suffer much injury and loss"
|
||||
ACT 27 10 wq8l figs-inclusive 0 we are about to take ... our lives Paul includes himself and his hearers, so this is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 10 nx9c ζημίας οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου,, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν 1 loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives Here "loss" means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 nx9c ζημίας, οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ψυχῶν ἡμῶν 1 loss, not only of the cargo and the ship, but also of our lives Here "loss" means destruction when referring to things and death when referring to people.
|
||||
ACT 27 10 q9xt οὐ μόνον τοῦ φορτίου καὶ τοῦ πλοίου 1 not only of the cargo and the ship Cargo is something that a person transports from one place to another by boat. Alternate translation: "not only the ship and the goods on the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 11 b1kz figs-activepassive ὑπὸ Παύλου λεγομένοις 1 that were spoken by Paul This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that Paul said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 12 l2n4 figs-activepassive 0 harbor was not easy to spend the winter in You can make explicit why it was not easy to stay in the harbor. Alternate translation: "harbor did not sufficiently protect docked ships during winter storms" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2635,13 +2640,13 @@ ACT 27 14 m2xe 0 after a short time "after a little while"
|
|||
ACT 27 14 fs4z ἄνεμος τυφωνικὸς 1 a wind of hurricane force "a very strong, dangerous wind"
|
||||
ACT 27 14 g1ek translate-transliterate καλούμενος Εὐρακύλων 1 called the northeaster "called 'a strong wind from the northeast.'" The word for "the northeaster" in the original language is "Euroclydon." You can transliterate this word for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
ACT 27 14 tz2k 0 began to beat down from the island "came in from the island of Crete, and it blew strongly against our ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 15 fxp1 συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind "When the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it"
|
||||
ACT 27 15 fxp1 συναρπασθέντος δὲ τοῦ πλοίου, καὶ μὴ δυναμένου ἀντοφθαλμεῖν τῷ ἀνέμῳ 1 When the ship was caught by the storm and could no longer head into the wind "When the wind blew so strongly against the front of the ship that we could not sail against it"
|
||||
ACT 27 15 w1hl figs-activepassive ἐπιδόντες ἐφερόμεθα 1 we had to give way to the storm and were driven along by the wind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we stopped trying to sail forward, and we let the wind push us whichever way it blew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 16 c4cg 0 We sailed along the lee of a small island "We sailed on the side of the island where the wind was not so strong"
|
||||
ACT 27 16 aq56 translate-names 0 a small island called Cauda This island was located on the south coast of Crete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 16 h9z2 σκάφης 1 lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship, and sometimes it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 v9ag ἣν ἄραντες 1 they had hoisted the lifeboat up "they had lifted up the lifeboat" or "they had pulled the lifeboat aboard the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 17 tx1f βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον 1 they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship The "hull" is the body of the ship. They tied ropes around it so that the ship would not come apart during the storm.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 tx1f βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο, ὑποζωννύντες τὸ πλοῖον 1 they used its ropes to bind the hull of the ship The "hull" is the body of the ship. They tied ropes around it so that the ship would not come apart during the storm.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 dvv4 translate-names τὴν Σύρτιν 1 sandbars of Syrtis Sandbars are very shallow areas in the sea where ships can get stuck in the sand. Syrtis is located on the coast of Libya, northern Africa. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 17 l8kl χαλάσαντες τὸ σκεῦος 1 they lowered the sea anchor They put the ship's anchor in the water in order to slow down where the wind would blow them.
|
||||
ACT 27 17 v6dn σκεῦος 1 anchor An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -2657,24 +2662,24 @@ ACT 27 21 mmb2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul speaks to the sailors on the ship.
|
|||
ACT 27 21 d1le figs-explicit πολλῆς τε ἀσιτίας ὑπαρχούσης 1 When they had gone long without food Here "they" refers to the sailors. It is implied that Luke, Paul, and those with them had not eaten either. Alternate translation: "When we had gone a long time without food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 21 zns2 0 among the sailors "among the men"
|
||||
ACT 27 21 bc1x 0 so as to get this injury and loss "and as a result suffer this harm and loss"
|
||||
ACT 27 22 d95r figs-explicit ἀποβολὴ ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 there will be no loss of life among you Paul is speaking to the sailors. It is implied that Paul also means that he and those with him will not die either. Alternate translation: "none of us will die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 22 d95r figs-explicit ἀποβολὴ ... ψυχῆς οὐδεμία ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 there will be no loss of life among you Paul is speaking to the sailors. It is implied that Paul also means that he and those with him will not die either. Alternate translation: "none of us will die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 27 22 djh4 πλὴν τοῦ πλοίου 1 but only the loss of the ship Here "loss" is used in the sense of destroy. Alternate translation: "but the storm will destroy only the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 24 z1j8 figs-metonymy Καίσαρί σε δεῖ παραστῆναι 1 You must stand before Caesar The phrase "stand before Caesar" refers to Paul's going to court and letting Caesar judge him. Alternate translation: "You must stand before Caesar so he can judge you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 27 24 s3wv κεχάρισταί σοι πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ 1 has given to you all those who are sailing with you "has decided to allow all those who are sailing with you to live"
|
||||
ACT 27 24 s3wv κεχάρισταί σοι ... πάντας τοὺς πλέοντας μετὰ σοῦ 1 has given to you all those who are sailing with you "has decided to allow all those who are sailing with you to live"
|
||||
ACT 27 25 r9t8 figs-activepassive 0 just as it was told to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "just as the angel told me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 26 vmp6 εἰς νῆσον τινα δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν 1 we must run aground upon some island "we must steer our boat so that it wrecks on some island"
|
||||
ACT 27 26 vmp6 εἰς νῆσον ... τινα, δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἐκπεσεῖν 1 we must run aground upon some island "we must steer our boat so that it wrecks on some island"
|
||||
ACT 27 27 im34 0 Connecting Statement: The fierce storm continues.
|
||||
ACT 27 27 rrm5 translate-ordinal 0 When the fourteenth night had come The ordinal number "fourteenth" can be translated as "fourteen" or "14." Alternate translation: "After 14 days since the storm started, that night" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 27 la7u figs-activepassive διαφερομένων ἡμῶν 1 as we were driven this way and that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "as the wind blew us back and forth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 27 afs6 translate-names τῷ Ἀδρίᾳ 1 the Adriatic Sea This is the sea between Italy and Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 27 28 ruj1 0 They took soundings "They measured the depth of the sea water." They measured the depth of water by dropping a line with a weight tied to the end of it into the water.
|
||||
ACT 27 28 tq53 translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς εἴκοσι 1 found twenty fathoms "found 20 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 40 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 28 ig3m translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς δεκαπέντε 1 found fifteen fathoms "found 15 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 30 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 28 ig3m translate-numbers εὗρον ὀργυιὰς ... δεκαπέντε 1 found fifteen fathoms "found 15 fathoms." A "fathom" is a unit of measurement for measuring the depth of water. One fathom is about two meters. Alternate translation: "found 30 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
ACT 27 29 b1qc ἀγκύρας 1 anchors An anchor is a heavy object attached to a rope that is secured to the boat. The anchor is tossed into the water and sinks to the bottom of the sea, keeping the ship from drifting about. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:13](../27/13.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 29 q4am ἐκ πρύμνης 1 from the stern "from the back of the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 30 br71 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the centurion and the Roman soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
ACT 27 30 b4wv τὴν σκάφην 1 the lifeboat This is a smaller boat that is sometimes pulled behind the ship and sometime it was brought onto the ship and tied down. The smaller boat was used for various reasons, including escaping from a sinking ship. See how you translated this in [Acts 27:16](../27/16.md).
|
||||
ACT 27 30 rr89 ἐκ πρῴρης 1 from the bow "from the front of the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 30 rr89 ἐκ ... πρῴρης 1 from the bow "from the front of the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 31 ez5c figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ οὗτοι μείνωσιν ἐν τῷ πλοίῳ, ὑμεῖς σωθῆναι οὐ δύνασθε 1 Unless these men stay in the ship, you cannot be saved The negative words "Unless" and "cannot" can be stated in positive form. The passive phrase "be saved" can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "These men must stay in the ship in order for you to survive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 27 33 q3y8 0 When daylight was coming on "When it was almost sunrise"
|
||||
ACT 27 33 j5yg translate-ordinal 0 This day is the fourteenth day that The ordinal number "fourteenth" can be stated as "fourteen." Alternate translation: "For 14 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -2684,13 +2689,13 @@ ACT 27 36 zt9q figs-activepassive εὔθυμοι δὲ γενόμενοι πά
|
|||
ACT 27 37 ynq3 translate-numbers 0 We were 276 people in the ship "We were two hundred and seventy-six people in the ship." This is background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
ACT 27 39 vdk2 κόλπον 1 bay a large area of water partly surrounded by land
|
||||
ACT 27 39 r1bx τὴν γῆν οὐκ ἐπεγίνωσκον 1 did not recognize the land "saw land but could not recognize it as any place they knew"
|
||||
ACT 27 40 k66v τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες εἴων 1 cut loose the anchors and left them "cut the ropes and left the anchors behind"
|
||||
ACT 27 40 k66v τὰς ἀγκύρας περιελόντες, εἴων 1 cut loose the anchors and left them "cut the ropes and left the anchors behind"
|
||||
ACT 27 40 ntr9 πηδαλίων 1 rudders large oars or pieces of wood at the back of the ship used for steering
|
||||
ACT 27 40 cn2w τὸν ἀρτέμωνα 1 the foresail "the sail at the front of the ship." The sail was a large piece of cloth that catches the wind to move the ship.
|
||||
ACT 27 40 pa1k κατεῖχον εἰς τὸν αἰγιαλόν 1 they headed to the beach "they steered the ship toward the beach"
|
||||
ACT 27 41 y22n περιπεσόντες εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον 1 they came to a place where two currents met A current is water flowing in one continuous direction. Sometimes more than one water current can flow across another. This may cause the sand under the water to pile up making the water more shallow.
|
||||
ACT 27 41 y22n περιπεσόντες ... εἰς τόπον διθάλασσον 1 they came to a place where two currents met A current is water flowing in one continuous direction. Sometimes more than one water current can flow across another. This may cause the sand under the water to pile up making the water more shallow.
|
||||
ACT 27 41 cpu5 0 The bow of the ship "The front of the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 41 v35z ἡ πρύμνα 1 the stern "the back of the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 41 v35z ἡ ... πρύμνα 1 the stern "the back of the ship"
|
||||
ACT 27 42 qul7 0 The soldiers' plan was "The soldiers were planning"
|
||||
ACT 27 43 s2sz ἐκώλυσεν αὐτοὺς τοῦ βουλήματος 1 so he stopped their plan "so he stopped them from doing what they planned to do"
|
||||
ACT 27 43 br8u ἀπορίψαντας 1 jump overboard "jump off the ship into the water"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2699,23 +2704,23 @@ ACT 28 intro w8yn 0 # Acts 28 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<
|
|||
ACT 28 1 p1bd figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul, the writer, and those who traveled with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 1 twx8 0 Connecting Statement: After the shipwreck, people on the island of Malta helped Paul and everyone on the ship. They stay there for 3 months.
|
||||
ACT 28 1 j1yf figs-activepassive 0 When we were brought safely through This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When we arrived safely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 1 tt1i figs-exclusive διασωθέντες ἐπέγνωμεν 1 we learned Paul and Luke learned the name of the island. Alternate translation: "we learned from the people" or "we found out from the residents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 1 tt1i figs-exclusive διασωθέντες ... ἐπέγνωμεν 1 we learned Paul and Luke learned the name of the island. Alternate translation: "we learned from the people" or "we found out from the residents" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 1 f8y4 translate-names Μελίτη ἡ νῆσος καλεῖται 1 the island was called Malta Malta is an island located south of the modern-day island of Sicily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 e7w6 0 The native people "The local people"
|
||||
ACT 28 2 v8yh figs-metaphor παρεῖχαν οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν ἡμῖν 1 offered to us not just ordinary kindness Being kind to someone is spoken of as if it were an object that someone offers. Alternate translation: "were not only very kind to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 r7jy figs-litotes οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν φιλανθρωπίαν 1 not just ordinary kindness This phrase is used to emphasize the opposite of what is said. Alternate translation: "a great deal of kindness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 2 z9cp ἅψαντες πυρὰν 1 they lit a fire "they put together twigs and branches and burned them"
|
||||
ACT 28 2 z9cp ἅψαντες ... πυρὰν 1 they lit a fire "they put together twigs and branches and burned them"
|
||||
ACT 28 2 itw2 προσελάβοντο πάντας ἡμᾶς 1 welcomed us all Possible meanings are 1) "welcomed all of the people from the ship" or 2) "welcomed Paul and all his companions."
|
||||
ACT 28 3 g4ad ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a viper came out "a poisonous snake came out of the bundle of sticks"
|
||||
ACT 28 3 g4ad ἔχιδνα ἀπὸ ... ἐξελθοῦσα 1 a viper came out "a poisonous snake came out of the bundle of sticks"
|
||||
ACT 28 3 xmx4 καθῆψε τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 fastened onto his hand "bit Paul's hand and did not let go"
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ye7h πάντως φονεύς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος 1 This man certainly is a murderer "For sure, this man is a murderer" or "This man is truly a murderer"
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ma1b figs-explicit ἡ δίκη εἴασεν 1 yet justice The word "justice" refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. Alternate translation: "the god called Justice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 28 4 ma1b figs-explicit ἡ δίκη ... εἴασεν 1 yet justice The word "justice" refers to the name of a god that they worshiped. Alternate translation: "the god called Justice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
ACT 28 5 q5i3 0 shook the animal into the fire "shook his hand so that the snake fell from his hand into the fire"
|
||||
ACT 28 5 asr8 ἔπαθεν οὐδὲν κακόν 1 suffered no harm "Paul was not hurt at all"
|
||||
ACT 28 6 m11i 0 become inflamed with a fever Possible meanings are 1) his body would swell because of the snake venom or 2) he would become very hot with fever.
|
||||
ACT 28 6 i6i6 figs-doublenegatives 0 nothing was unusual with him This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "everything about him was as it should be" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
ACT 28 6 u81u figs-metaphor μεταβαλόμενοι 1 they changed their minds To think differently about a situation is spoken of as if a person is changing his mind. Alternate translation: "they thought again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 6 cfe9 figs-quotations ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν. 1 said that he was a god. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "said, 'This man must be a god.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 28 6 cfe9 figs-quotations ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν 1 said that he was a god. This can be stated as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: "said, 'This man must be a god.'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
ACT 28 6 d1rj ἔλεγον αὐτὸν εἶναι θεόν 1 said that he was a god Perhaps there was a belief that someone who lived after a poisonous snake bite was divine or a god.
|
||||
ACT 28 7 f4sa figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "us" and we" refer to Paul, Luke, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 7 r95r 0 Now in a nearby place "Now" is used to introduce a new person or event in the account.
|
||||
|
|
@ -2742,14 +2747,14 @@ ACT 28 14 n3tw figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers These were fol
|
|||
ACT 28 14 a2c5 figs-activepassive παρεκλήθημεν 1 were invited This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they invited us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 14 bc3j 0 In this way we came to Rome Once Paul reached Puteoli, the rest of the journey to Rome was on land. Alternate translation: "And after we stayed seven days with them, we went to Rome"
|
||||
ACT 28 15 k754 0 after they heard about us "after they heard we were coming"
|
||||
ACT 28 15 m9tz figs-metaphor εὐχαριστήσας τῷ Θεῷ ἔλαβε θάρσος 1 he thanked God and took courage Taking courage is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could take. Alternate translation: "this encouraged him, and he thanked God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 15 m9tz figs-metaphor εὐχαριστήσας τῷ Θεῷ, ἔλαβε θάρσος 1 he thanked God and took courage Taking courage is spoken of as if it were an object that a person could take. Alternate translation: "this encouraged him, and he thanked God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 16 fib2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to the writer, Paul, and those traveling with them, but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 16 hf2t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul arrives in Rome as a prisoner but with the freedom to stay in his own place. He calls the local Jews together to explain what has happened to him.
|
||||
ACT 28 16 te8v figs-activepassive 0 When we entered Rome, Paul was allowed to This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "After we had arrived in Rome, the Roman authorities gave Paul permission to" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 17 vf7r ἐγένετο δὲ 1 Then it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
|
||||
ACT 28 17 d77z τῶν Ἰουδαίων πρώτους 1 the leaders among the Jews These are the Jewish civil or religious leaders present in Rome.
|
||||
ACT 28 17 e1dd 0 Brothers Here this means "Fellow Jews."
|
||||
ACT 28 17 g55i ἐναντίον τῷ λαῷ 1 against the people "against our people" or "against the Jews"
|
||||
ACT 28 17 g55i ἐναντίον ... τῷ λαῷ 1 against the people "against our people" or "against the Jews"
|
||||
ACT 28 17 hgk4 figs-activepassive δέσμιος ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων παρεδόθην εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 I was delivered as a prisoner from Jerusalem into the hands of the Romans This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "some of the Jews arrested me in Jerusalem and placed me in the custody of the Roman authorities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 17 x3r2 figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τῶν Ῥωμαίων 1 into the hands of the Romans Here "hands" stands for power or control. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 18 fed7 τὸ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν θανάτου ὑπάρχειν ἐν ἐμοί 1 there was no reason in me for a death penalty "I had done nothing to cause them to execute me"
|
||||
|
|
@ -2762,31 +2767,32 @@ ACT 28 20 n3s7 figs-metonymy τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel Here "Israel" stand
|
|||
ACT 28 20 pgr8 figs-metonymy 0 that I am bound with this chain Here "bound with this chain" stands for being a prisoner. Alternate translation: "that I am a prisoner" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 21 x5d5 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "We," "we," and "us" refer to the Jewish leaders in Rome. (See: [Acts 28:17](../28/17.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 21 biz7 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders respond to Paul.
|
||||
ACT 28 21 y4bx οὔτε παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 nor did any of the brothers Here "brothers" stands for fellow Jews. Alternate translation: "nor did any of our fellow Jews"
|
||||
ACT 28 22 kw1d φρονεῖς περὶ τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης 1 you think about this sect A sect is a smaller group within a larger group. Here it refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: "you think about this group to which you belong"
|
||||
ACT 28 21 y4bx οὔτε ... παραγενόμενός τις τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 nor did any of the brothers Here "brothers" stands for fellow Jews. Alternate translation: "nor did any of our fellow Jews"
|
||||
ACT 28 22 kw1d φρονεῖς, περὶ ... τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης 1 you think about this sect A sect is a smaller group within a larger group. Here it refers to those who believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: "you think about this group to which you belong"
|
||||
ACT 28 22 gy8t figs-activepassive 0 because it is known by us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "because we know" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 22 j12v figs-activepassive ἐστιν πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται 1 it is spoken against everywhere This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 22 j12v figs-activepassive ἐστιν ... πανταχοῦ ἀντιλέγεται 1 it is spoken against everywhere This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "many Jews all over the Roman Empire are saying bad things about it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 23 u7pc 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome. The words "him," "his," and "He" and refer to Paul ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)).
|
||||
ACT 28 23 q4iv ταξάμενοι αὐτῷ ἡμέραν 1 had set a day for him "had chosen a time for him to speak to them"
|
||||
ACT 28 23 q4iv ταξάμενοι ... αὐτῷ ἡμέραν 1 had set a day for him "had chosen a time for him to speak to them"
|
||||
ACT 28 23 dg5f figs-metonymy διαμαρτυρόμενος τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 testified about the kingdom of God Here "kingdom of God" stands for God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "told them about God's rule as king" or "told them how God would show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 23 peu1 figs-metonymy τῶν προφητῶν 1 from the prophets Here "the prophets" refers to what they wrote. Alternate translation: "from what the prophets wrote" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 24 pmd6 figs-activepassive 0 Some were convinced about the things which were said This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Paul was able to convince some of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 25 t5dq 0 General Information: Here the word "they" refers to the Jewish leaders in Rome ([Acts 28:17](../28/17.md)). The word "your" refers to the people to whom Paul had been speaking. In verse 26, Paul begins to quote the prophet Isaiah.
|
||||
ACT 28 25 i5xz 0 Connecting Statement: As the Jewish leaders were ready to leave, Paul quotes the Old Testament scriptures that were appropriate for this time.
|
||||
ACT 28 25 n7pm figs-metonymy 0 after Paul had spoken this one word Here "word" stands for a message or statement. Alternate translation: "after Paul had said one more thing" or "after Paul had made this statement" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 25 b11n figs-quotesinquotes τὸ. Ἅγιον Πνεῦμα ἐλάλησεν καλῶς διὰ τὸ τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς ὑμῶν τοὺς πατέρας Ἠσαΐου 1 The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων. πορεύθητι πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν λαὸν εἰπόν," ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ,' μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ ἴδητε οὐ μὴ οὐ 1 He said, 'Go to this people and say, "By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "The Holy Spirit spoke" in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 25 b11n figs-quotesinquotes καλῶς τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον ἐλάλησεν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 1 The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your fathers. This sentence contains quotations within quotations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 qj7q figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, πορεύθητι‘ πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον ... εἰπόν,
|
||||
“ ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 He said, 'Go to this people and say, "By hearing you will hear, but not understand; and seeing you will see, but will not perceive This is the end of the sentence that begins with the words "The Holy Spirit spoke" in verse 25 and that contains quotations within quotations. You can translate one of the inner quotations as an indirect quotation, or you can translate two of the inner quotations as indirect quotations. "The Holy Spirit spoke well through Isaiah the prophet to your forefathers when the Spirit told Isaiah to go tell them that they will hear but will not understand and they will see but they will not perceive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
ACT 28 26 pax8 0 By hearing you will hear ... and seeing you will see The words "hear" and "see" are repeated for emphasis. "You will listen carefully ... and you will look intently"
|
||||
ACT 28 26 s1ti figs-parallelism 0 but not understand ... but will not perceive Both of these phrases mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the Jewish people will not understand God's plan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 fz42 0 General Information: Translate Paul's quotation of Isaiah as a direct quotation or indirect quotation according to how you translated it in [Acts 28:25-26](./25.md).
|
||||
ACT 28 27 qu6t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes quoting Isaiah the prophet.
|
||||
ACT 28 27 ts5a figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 For the heart of this people has become dull People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if their heart is dull. Here "heart" is a metonym for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 f5m4 figs-metaphor , τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 f5m4 figs-metaphor τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 with their ears they hardly hear, and they have shut their eyes People who stubbornly refuse to understand what God is saying or doing are spoken of as if they are unable to hear and are shutting their eyes so that they will see. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 lr99 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 understand with their heart Here "heart" stands for the mind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 q8c2 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 turn again To start obeying God is spoken of as though the person were physically turning toward God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
ACT 28 27 vb9f ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I would heal them This does not mean God will only heal them physically. He will also heal them spiritually by forgiving their sins.
|
||||
ACT 28 28 c575 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes speaking to the Jewish leaders in Rome.
|
||||
ACT 28 28 b2za figs-metaphor τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπεστάλη τοῦτο τὸ σωτήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 this salvation of God has been sent to the Gentiles God's message about how he saves people is spoken of as if it were an object that is sent. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is sending his messengers to the Gentiles to tell them about how he will save them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
ACT 28 28 d18n αὐτοὶ ἀκούσονται 1 they will listen "some of them will listen." This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time responded.
|
||||
ACT 28 28 d18n αὐτοὶ ... ἀκούσονται 1 they will listen "some of them will listen." This response of the Gentiles is in contrast to the way the Jews of that time responded.
|
||||
ACT 28 30 c56e writing-endofstory 0 Luke ends the story of Paul in the book of Acts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He was proclaiming the kingdom of God Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "He was preaching about God's rule as king" or "He was preaching about how God will show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
ACT 28 31 wv1l figs-metonymy κηρύσσων τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 He was proclaiming the kingdom of God Here "kingdom of God" refers to God's rule as king. Alternate translation: "He was preaching about God's rule as king" or "He was preaching about how God will show himself as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
648
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
648
en_tn_46-ROM.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
355
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
355
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
149
en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
149
en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
|
|
@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ GAL 1 1 d1kd τοῦ ἐγείραντος αὐτὸν 1 who raised him "who c
|
|||
GAL 1 2 d737 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, since all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 yk9g figs-metonymy περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 for our sins "Sins" is a metonym the punishment for sin. Alternate translation: "to take the punishment we deserved because of our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 f6d5 figs-metonymy ὅπως ἐξέληται ἡμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος τοῦ ἐνεστῶτος πονηροῦ 1 that he might deliver us from this present evil age Here "this ... age" represents the powers at work in the age. Alternate translation: "that he might bring us to a place of safety from the evil powers at work in the world today" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 1 4 lbb2 τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father This refers to "God our Father." He is our God and our Father.
|
||||
GAL 1 4 lbb2 τοῦ ... Θεοῦ καὶ Πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 our God and Father This refers to "God our Father." He is our God and our Father.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 lf1w 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives his reason for writing this letter: he reminds them to continue to understand the gospel.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 f74p θαυμάζω 1 I am amazed "I am surprised" or "I am shocked." Paul was disappointed that they were doing this.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 v438 figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 you are turning away so quickly from him Here "turning away ... from him" is a metaphor for started to doubt or no longer trust God. Alternate translation: "you are so quickly starting to doubt him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 v438 figs-metaphor οὕτως ταχέως, μετατίθεσθε ἀπὸ τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 you are turning away so quickly from him Here "turning away ... from him" is a metaphor for started to doubt or no longer trust God. Alternate translation: "you are so quickly starting to doubt him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 1 6 x7we τοῦ καλέσαντος ὑμᾶς 1 him who called you "God, who called you"
|
||||
GAL 1 6 fd7a τοῦ καλέσαντος 1 called Here this means God has appointed or chosen people to be his children, to serve him, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
GAL 1 6 cfr2 ἐν χάριτι Χριστοῦ 1 by the grace of Christ "because of Christ's grace" or "because of Christ's gracious sacrifice"
|
||||
|
|
@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ GAL 1 7 gy1i οἱ ταράσσοντες 1 some men "some people"
|
|||
GAL 1 8 i82d figs-hypo εὐαγγελίζηται 1 should proclaim This is describing something that has not happened and should not happen. Alternate translation: "would proclaim" or "were to proclaim" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 1 8 s5uq παρ’ ὃ εὐηγγελισάμεθα 1 other than the one "different from the gospel" or "different from the message"
|
||||
GAL 1 8 xb2c ἀνάθεμα ἔστω 1 let him be cursed "God should punish that person forever." If your language has a common way of calling a curse down on someone, you should use that.
|
||||
GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion γὰρ? ἄρτι πείθω ἀνθρώπους ἢ τὸν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀρέσκειν ἀνθρώποις Θεόν 1 For am I now seeking the approval of men or God? Am I seeking to please men? These rhetorical questions expect the answer "no." Alternate translation: "I do not seek the approval of men, but instead I seek the approval of God. I am not seeking to please men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 1 10 fl3c , εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ Both the "if" phrase and the "then" phrase are contrary to fact. "I am not still trying to please men; I am a servant of Christ" or "If I were still trying to please men, then I would not be a servant of Christ"
|
||||
GAL 1 10 b2vc figs-rquestion ἄρτι γὰρ ἀνθρώπους πείθω ἢ τὸν Θεόν? ἢ ζητῶ ἀνθρώποις ἀρέσκειν 1 For am I now seeking the approval of men or God? Am I seeking to please men? These rhetorical questions expect the answer "no." Alternate translation: "I do not seek the approval of men, but instead I seek the approval of God. I am not seeking to please men." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 1 10 fl3c εἰ ἔτι ἀνθρώποις ἤρεσκον, Χριστοῦ δοῦλος οὐκ ἂν ἤμην 1 If I am still trying to please men, I am not a servant of Christ Both the "if" phrase and the "then" phrase are contrary to fact. "I am not still trying to please men; I am a servant of Christ" or "If I were still trying to please men, then I would not be a servant of Christ"
|
||||
GAL 1 11 llg6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains that he did not learn the gospel from others; he learned it from Jesus Christ.
|
||||
GAL 1 11 g1qg ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 1 11 k33s ὅτι οὐκ κατὰ ἄνθρωπον' 1 not man's gospel By using this phrase, Paul was not trying to say that Jesus Christ is not himself human. Because Christ is both man and God, however, he is not a sinful human being. Paul is writing about where the gospel came from; that it did not come from other sinful human beings, but it came from Jesus Christ.
|
||||
GAL 1 11 k33s ὅτι οὐκ ... κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 not man's gospel By using this phrase, Paul was not trying to say that Jesus Christ is not himself human. Because Christ is both man and God, however, he is not a sinful human being. Paul is writing about where the gospel came from; that it did not come from other sinful human beings, but it came from Jesus Christ.
|
||||
GAL 1 12 wed1 δι’ ἀποκαλύψεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 it was by revelation of Jesus Christ to me Possible meanings are 1) "Jesus Christ himself revealed the gospel to me" or 2) "God made me know the gospel when he showed me who Jesus Christ was."
|
||||
GAL 1 13 f3gl ἀναστροφήν ποτε 1 former life "behavior at one time" or "prior life" or "earlier life"
|
||||
GAL 1 14 r44z καὶ προέκοπτον 1 I advanced This metaphor pictures Paul as being ahead of other Jews his age in their goal to be perfect Jews.
|
||||
|
|
@ -34,17 +34,17 @@ GAL 1 16 l5bb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an
|
|||
GAL 1 16 xx4c εὐαγγελίζωμαι αὐτὸν 1 preach him "proclaim that he is God's Son" or "preach the good news about God's Son"
|
||||
GAL 1 16 qme5 figs-idiom προσανεθέμην σαρκὶ καὶ αἵματι 1 consult with flesh and blood This is an expression that means talking with other people. Alternate translation: "ask people to help me understand the message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 1 17 qh88 ἀνῆλθον εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 go up to Jerusalem "go to Jerusalem." Jerusalem was in a region of high hills, making it necessary to climb many hills in order to get there, and so it was common to describe travel to Jerusalem as "going up to Jerusalem."
|
||||
GAL 1 19 av43 figs-doublenegatives ἕτερον τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I saw none of the other apostles except James This double negative emphasizes that James was the only apostle whom Paul saw. Alternate translation: "the only other apostle I saw was James" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
GAL 1 19 av43 figs-doublenegatives ἕτερον ... τῶν ἀποστόλων οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ Ἰάκωβον 1 I saw none of the other apostles except James This double negative emphasizes that James was the only apostle whom Paul saw. Alternate translation: "the only other apostle I saw was James" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
GAL 1 20 lh36 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Paul wants the Galatians to understand that Paul is completely serious and that he knows that God hears what he says and will judge him if he does not tell the truth.
|
||||
GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes ἃ δὲ γράφω ὑμῖν ἰδοὺ ἐνώπιον, τοῦ, Θεοῦ ὅτι οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 In what I write to you, I assure you before God, that I am not lying Paul uses litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: "I am not lying to you in the messages I write to you" or "in the things I write to you I am telling you the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 1 20 h3cb figs-litotes ἃ δὲ γράφω ὑμῖν, ἰδοὺ, ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ ὅτι οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 In what I write to you, I assure you before God, that I am not lying Paul uses litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: "I am not lying to you in the messages I write to you" or "in the things I write to you I am telling you the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 1 21 m25a κλίματα τῆς Συρίας 1 regions of "part of the world called"
|
||||
GAL 1 22 y6l4 ἤμην δὲ ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ "None of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me"
|
||||
GAL 1 22 y6l4 ἤμην δὲ ἀγνοούμενος τῷ προσώπῳ ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Ἰουδαίας, ταῖς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I was still not personally known to the churches of Judea that are in Christ "None of the people in the churches of Judea that are in Christ had ever met me"
|
||||
GAL 1 23 z8qt μόνον δὲ ἀκούοντες ἦσαν 1 They only heard it being said "but they only knew what they heard others saying about me"
|
||||
GAL 2 intro xe28 0 # Galatians 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues to defend the true gospel. This began in [Galatians 1:11](../../gal/01/11.md).<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Freedom and slavery<br><br>Throughout this letter, Paul contrasts freedom and slavery. The Christian is free in Christ to do many different things. But the Christian who attempts to follow the law of Moses needs to follow the whole law. Paul describes trying to follow the law as a type of slavery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "I do not negate the grace of God"<br><br>Paul teaches that, if a Christian attempts to follow the law of Moses, they do not understand the grace God has shown to them. This is a fundamental error. But Paul uses the words "I do not negate the grace of God" as a type of hypothetical situation. The purpose of this statement could be seen as, "If you could be saved by following the law, then it would negate the grace of God." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 2 1 zt61 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give the history of how he learned the gospel from God, not the apostles.
|
||||
GAL 2 1 zth5 ἀνέβην 1 went up "traveled." Jerusalem is located in hilly country. The Jews also viewed Jerusalem as the place on earth that is closest to heaven, so Paul may have been speaking figuratively, or it may be that it was reflecting the difficult, uphill, journey to get to Jerusalem.
|
||||
GAL 2 2 msv4 τοῖς δοκοῦσιν 1 those who seemed to be important "the most important leaders among the believers"
|
||||
GAL 2 2 ejb8 figs-doublenegatives μή πως τρέχω— ἢ ἔδραμον— εἰς κενὸν 1 I was not running—or had not run—in vain Paul uses running as a metaphor for work, and he uses a double negative to emphasize that the work he had done was profitable. Alternate translation: "I was doing, or had done, profitable work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 2 msv4 τοῖς ... δοκοῦσιν 1 those who seemed to be important "the most important leaders among the believers"
|
||||
GAL 2 2 ejb8 figs-doublenegatives μή πως εἰς κενὸν τρέχω ἢ ἔδραμον 1 I was not running—or had not run—in vain Paul uses running as a metaphor for work, and he uses a double negative to emphasize that the work he had done was profitable. Alternate translation: "I was doing, or had done, profitable work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 2 t6we εἰς κενὸν 1 in vain "for no benefit" or "for nothing"
|
||||
GAL 2 3 xs8k figs-activepassive περιτμηθῆναι 1 to be circumcised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to have someone circumcise him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 4 j5ka 0 The false brothers came in secretly "People who pretended to be Christians came into the church," or "People who pretended to be Christians came among us"
|
||||
|
|
@ -53,15 +53,15 @@ GAL 2 4 m1al τὴν ἐλευθερίαν 1 liberty freedom
|
|||
GAL 2 4 yd97 0 They desired "These spies desired" or "These false brothers wanted"
|
||||
GAL 2 4 l7n7 figs-explicit 0 to make us slaves "to make us slaves to the law." Paul is speaking about being forced to follow the Jewish rituals that the law commanded. He is speaking about this as if it were slavery. The most important ritual was circumcision. Alternate translation: "to force us to obey the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 5 bba7 εἴξαμεν τῇ ὑποταγῇ 1 yield in submission "submit" or "listen"
|
||||
GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο 1 added nothing to me The word "me" here represents what Paul was teaching. Alternate translation: "added nothing to what I teach" or "did not tell me to add anything to what I teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 6 afy6 figs-metonymy ἐμοὶ ... οὐδὲν προσανέθεντο 1 added nothing to me The word "me" here represents what Paul was teaching. Alternate translation: "added nothing to what I teach" or "did not tell me to add anything to what I teach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 7 cps6 ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον 1 On the contrary "Instead" or "Rather"
|
||||
GAL 2 7 spa9 figs-activepassive πεπίστευμαι 1 I had been entrusted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God trusted me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 he6q figs-metaphor 0 built up the church They were men who taught people about Jesus and convinced people to believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 ie72 figs-abstractnouns γνόντες τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 understood the grace that had been given to me The abstract noun "grace" can be translated as the verb "be kind." Alternate translation: "understood that God had been kind to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 kz2m figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τὴν δοθεῖσάν μοι 1 the grace that had been given to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the grace that God had given to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction , δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν κοινωνίας 1 gave ... the right hand of fellowship Grasping and shaking the right hand was a symbol of fellowship. Alternate translation: "welcomed ... as fellow workers" or "welcomed ... with honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 e5rm translate-symaction δεξιὰς ἔδωκαν ... κοινωνίας 1 gave ... the right hand of fellowship Grasping and shaking the right hand was a symbol of fellowship. Alternate translation: "welcomed ... as fellow workers" or "welcomed ... with honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
GAL 2 9 gi7g δεξιὰς 1 the right hand "their right hands"
|
||||
GAL 2 10 kqq6 figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν μνημονεύωμεν 1 remember the poor You may need to make explicit what about the poor he was to remember. Alternate translation: "remember to take care of the needs of the poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 2 10 kqq6 figs-explicit τῶν πτωχῶν ... μνημονεύωμεν 1 remember the poor You may need to make explicit what about the poor he was to remember. Alternate translation: "remember to take care of the needs of the poor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 2 11 c9h4 figs-metonymy κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῷ ἀντέστην 1 I opposed him to his face The words "to his face" are a metonym for "where he could see and hear me." Alternate translation: "I confronted him in person" or "I challenged his actions in person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 2 12 xym6 0 Before in relation to time
|
||||
GAL 2 12 s18y 0 he stopped "he stopped eating with them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -75,72 +75,72 @@ GAL 2 15 p3x8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers that Jews who k
|
|||
GAL 2 15 tz45 οὐκ ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἁμαρτωλοί 1 not Gentile sinners "not those whom the Jews call Gentile sinners"
|
||||
GAL 2 16 zy8p καὶ ἡμεῖς εἰς Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐπιστεύσαμεν 1 We also came to faith in Christ Jesus "We believed in Christ Jesus"
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j6l1 figs-exclusive εἰδότες 1 we This probably refers to Paul and others but not to the Galatians, who were primarily Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche οὐ δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh The word "flesh" is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "no person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 2 16 j7g5 figs-synecdoche οὐ ... δικαιωθήσεται πᾶσα σάρξ 1 no flesh The word "flesh" is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: "no person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 vnp6 ζητοῦντες δικαιωθῆναι ἐν Χριστῷ 1 while we seek to be justified in Christ The phrase "justified in Christ" means justified because we are united with Christ and justified by means of Christ.
|
||||
GAL 2 17 sge2 figs-idiom εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ, ἁμαρτωλοί 1 we too, were found to be sinners The words "were found to be" are an idiom that emphasizes that "we are" certainly sinners. Alternate translation: "we see that we also certainly are sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 yy9s figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο! 1 Absolutely not! "Of course, that is not true!" This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question "Does Christ become a servant of sin?" You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 sge2 figs-idiom εὑρέθημεν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἁμαρτωλοί 1 we too, were found to be sinners The words "were found to be" are an idiom that emphasizes that "we are" certainly sinners. Alternate translation: "we see that we also certainly are sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 2 17 yy9s figs-rquestion μὴ γένοιτο 1 Absolutely not! "Of course, that is not true!" This expression gives the strongest possible negative answer to the preceding rhetorical question "Does Christ become a servant of sin?" You may have a similar expression in your language that you could use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 2 20 bb2x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 tj6l figs-litotes οὐκ ἀθετῶ 1 I do not set aside Paul states a negative to emphasize the positive. Alternate translation: "I confirm the value of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is describing a situation that never existed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 k6bg εἰ διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law "if people could become righteous by obeying the law"
|
||||
GAL 2 21 yl3c figs-hypo εἰ ... διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη, ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law, then Christ died for nothing Paul is describing a situation that never existed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 2 21 k6bg εἰ ... διὰ νόμου δικαιοσύνη 1 if righteousness could be gained through the law "if people could become righteous by obeying the law"
|
||||
GAL 2 21 rku5 ἄρα Χριστὸς δωρεὰν ἀπέθανεν 1 then Christ died for nothing "then Christ would have accomplished nothing by dying"
|
||||
GAL 3 intro xd92 0 # Galatians 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Equality in Christ<br>All Christians are equally united to Christ. Ancestry, gender, and status do not matter. All are equal with each other. All are equal in the eyes of God.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Rhetorical Questions<br>Paul uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter. He uses them to convince the Galatians of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is possibly a metaphor for our sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that the physical part of man is sinful. "Flesh" is used in this chapter to contrast with that which is spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>##### "Those of faith are children of Abraham"<br>Scholars are divided on what this means. Some believe Christians inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham, so Christians replace the physical descendants of Israel. Others believe Christians spiritually follow Abraham, but they do not inherit the promises that God gave to Abraham. In light of Paul's other teachings and the context here, Paul is probably writing about the Jewish and Gentile Christians sharing the same faith as Abraham did. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 3 1 p7uw 0 General Information: Paul is rebuking the Galatians by asking rhetorical questions.
|
||||
GAL 3 1 x4gd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers in Galatia that God gave them God's Spirit when they believed the gospel by faith, not by their doing God's law.
|
||||
GAL 3 1 ryu7 figs-irony τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν? 1 Who has put a spell on you? Paul is using irony and a rhetorical question to say that the Galatians are acting as though someone has put a spell on them. He does not really believe that someone has put a spell on them. Alternate translation: "You behave as if someone has put a spell on you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 1 ryu7 figs-irony τίς ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 Who has put a spell on you? Paul is using irony and a rhetorical question to say that the Galatians are acting as though someone has put a spell on them. He does not really believe that someone has put a spell on them. Alternate translation: "You behave as if someone has put a spell on you!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 1 dc2j ὑμᾶς ἐβάσκανεν 1 put a spell on you "done magic on you" or "done witchcraft on you"
|
||||
GAL 3 1 gwv2 figs-metaphor οἷς κατ’ ὀφθαλμοὺς Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς προεγράφη ἐσταυρωμένος 1 It was before your eyes that Jesus Christ was publicly displayed as crucified Paul speaks of his clear teaching of Jesus being crucified as if he had put on public display a picture of Jesus being crucified. And he speaks of the Galatians having heard his teaching as if they had seen the picture. Alternate translation: "You yourselves heard the clear teaching about Jesus being crucified" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 2 m1zd figs-irony τοῦτο μόνον θέλω μαθεῖν ἀφ’ ὑμῶν 1 This is the only thing I want to learn from you This continues the irony from verse 1. Paul knows the answers to the rhetorical questions he is about to ask. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
GAL 3 2 wq9g figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως? 1 Did you receive the Spirit by the works of the law or by believing what you heard? Translate this rhetorical question as a question if you can, because the reader will be expecting a question here. Also, be sure that the reader knows that the answer to the question is "by believing what you heard," not "by doing what the law says." Alternate translation: "You received the Spirit, not by doing what the law says, but by believing what you heard." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 3 f96u figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε? 1 Are you so foolish? This rhetorical question shows that Paul is surprised and even angry that the Galatians are foolish. Alternate translation: "You are very foolish!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 2 wq9g figs-rquestion ἐξ ἔργων νόμου τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐλάβετε, ἢ ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 Did you receive the Spirit by the works of the law or by believing what you heard? Translate this rhetorical question as a question if you can, because the reader will be expecting a question here. Also, be sure that the reader knows that the answer to the question is "by believing what you heard," not "by doing what the law says." Alternate translation: "You received the Spirit, not by doing what the law says, but by believing what you heard." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 3 f96u figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀνόητοί ἐστε 1 Are you so foolish? This rhetorical question shows that Paul is surprised and even angry that the Galatians are foolish. Alternate translation: "You are very foolish!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 3 xu4d figs-metonymy σαρκὶ 1 by the flesh The word "flesh" is a metonym for effort. Alternate translation: "by your own effort" or "by your own work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ— 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing ... ? Paul uses this question to remind the Galatians that when they were suffering, they believed that they would receive some benefit. Alternate translation: "Surely you did not think that you were suffering so many things for nothing ... !" or "Surely you knew that there was some good purpose for suffering so many things ... !" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 iyj1 figs-rquestion τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing ... ? Paul uses this question to remind the Galatians that when they were suffering, they believed that they would receive some benefit. Alternate translation: "Surely you did not think that you were suffering so many things for nothing ... !" or "Surely you knew that there was some good purpose for suffering so many things ... !" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 qn1a figs-explicit τοσαῦτα ἐπάθετε εἰκῇ 1 Have you suffered so many things for nothing It can be stated clearly that they had suffered these things because of people who opposed them for their faith in Christ. Alternate translation: "Have you suffered so many things by those who opposed you for your faith in Christ for nothing" or "You believed in Christ, and you suffered many things by those who oppose Christ. Were your belief and suffering for nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 nq68 εἰκῇ 1 for nothing "uselessly" or "without the hope of receiving something good"
|
||||
GAL 3 4 xl9l figs-rquestion εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ? 1 if indeed it was for nothing? Possible meanings are 1) Paul uses this rhetorical question to warn them not to let their experiences be for nothing. Alternate translation: "Do not let it be for nothing!" or "Do not stop believing in Jesus Christ and let your suffering be for nothing." or 2) Paul uses this question to assure them that their suffering was not for nothing. Alternate translation: "It was certainly not for nothing!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 4 xl9l figs-rquestion εἴ γε καὶ εἰκῇ 1 if indeed it was for nothing? Possible meanings are 1) Paul uses this rhetorical question to warn them not to let their experiences be for nothing. Alternate translation: "Do not let it be for nothing!" or "Do not stop believing in Jesus Christ and let your suffering be for nothing." or 2) Paul uses this question to assure them that their suffering was not for nothing. Alternate translation: "It was certainly not for nothing!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 5 s3bc figs-rquestion 0 Does he ... do so by the works of the law, or by hearing with faith? Paul asks another rhetorical question to remind the Galatians how people receive the Spirit. Alternate translation: "He ... does not do it by the works of the law; he does it by hearing with faith." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 5 j4vz ἐξ ἔργων νόμου 1 by the works of the law This represents people doing the works that the law requires. Alternate translation: "because you do what the law tells us to do"
|
||||
GAL 3 5 e17q figs-explicit ἐξ ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 by hearing with faith Your language may require that what the people heard and whom they trusted be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "because you heard the message and had faith in Jesus" or "because you listened to the message and trusted in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 5 e17q figs-explicit ἐξ ... ἀκοῆς πίστεως 1 by hearing with faith Your language may require that what the people heard and whom they trusted be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "because you heard the message and had faith in Jesus" or "because you listened to the message and trusted in Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 6 ahy9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers that even Abraham received righteousness by faith and not by the law.
|
||||
GAL 3 6 f7sv ἐλογίσθη αὐτῷ εἰς δικαιοσύνην 1 it was credited to him as righteousness God saw Abraham's faith in God, so then God considered Abraham righteous.
|
||||
GAL 3 7 i9x4 figs-abstractnouns οἱ ἐκ πίστεως 1 those of faith "those who have faith." The meaning of the noun "faith" can be expressed with the verb "believe." Alternate translation: "those who believe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
GAL 3 7 kq1h figs-metaphor οὗτοι υἱοί Ἀβραὰμ 1 children of Abraham This represents people whom God views as he viewed Abraham. Alternate translation: "righteous in the same way as Abraham" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 7 kq1h figs-metaphor οὗτοι υἱοί ... Ἀβραὰμ 1 children of Abraham This represents people whom God views as he viewed Abraham. Alternate translation: "righteous in the same way as Abraham" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 8 vs1m figs-personification προϊδοῦσα δὲ 1 foreseeing Because God made the promise to Abraham and they wrote it down before the promise came through Christ, the scripture is like someone who knows the future before it happens. Alternate translation: "predicted" or "saw before it happened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 3 8 k9tp figs-you ἐν σοὶ 1 In you "Because of what you have done" or "Because I have blessed you." The word "you" refers to Abraham and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 8 j83j πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations "all the people-groups in the world." God was emphasizing that he was not favoring only the Jewish people, his chosen group. His plan of salvation was for both Jews and non-Jews.
|
||||
GAL 3 10 jhr2 figs-metaphor 0 All who rely on ... the law are under a curse Being under a curse represents being cursed. Here it refers to being eternally punished. "Those who rely on ... the law are cursed" or "God will eternally punish those who rely on ... the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 10 mxe7 ἔργων νόμου 1 the works of the law "what the law says we must do"
|
||||
GAL 3 11 sn9h figs-explicit δὲ δῆλον 1 Now it is clear What is clear can be stated explicitly. AT "The scriptures are clear" or "The scriptures teach clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 11 k6k5 ἐν νόμῳ οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 no one is justified before God by the law This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God justifies no one by the law"
|
||||
GAL 3 11 k1pq figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 no one is justified before God by the law Paul is correcting their believe that if they obeyed the law, God would justify them. Alternate translation: "no one is justified before God by obeying the law" or "God does not justify anyone for their obedience to the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 11 sn9h figs-explicit δὲ ... δῆλον 1 Now it is clear What is clear can be stated explicitly. AT "The scriptures are clear" or "The scriptures teach clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 11 k6k5 ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 no one is justified before God by the law This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God justifies no one by the law"
|
||||
GAL 3 11 k1pq figs-explicit ἐν νόμῳ, οὐδεὶς δικαιοῦται παρὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 no one is justified before God by the law Paul is correcting their believe that if they obeyed the law, God would justify them. Alternate translation: "no one is justified before God by obeying the law" or "God does not justify anyone for their obedience to the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 11 i537 figs-nominaladj ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται 1 the righteous will live by faith The nominal adjective "righteous" refers to righteous people. Alternate translation: "righteous people will live by faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
GAL 3 12 rep5 ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 must live by them Possible meanings are 1) "must obey them all" or 2) "will be judged by his ability to do what the law demands."
|
||||
GAL 3 13 x2lc 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds these believers again that keeping the law could not save a person and that the law did not add a new condition to the promise by faith given to Abraham.
|
||||
GAL 3 13 ml63 ἐκ τῆς κατάρας τοῦ νόμου 1 from the curse of the law The noun "curse" can be expressed with the verb "curse." Alternate translation: "from being cursed because of the law" or "from being cursed for not obeying the law"
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mp4p figs-metonymy 0 from the curse of the law ... becoming a curse for us ... Cursed is everyone The word "curse" here is a metonym for God condemning the person whom he has cursed. Alternate translation: "from us having God condemn us because we broke the law ... having God condemn him instead of us ... God condemns everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 3 13 mt6z ὁ κρεμάμενος ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 hangs on a tree Paul expected his audience to understand that he was referring to Jesus hanging on the cross.
|
||||
GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come "because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come"
|
||||
GAL 3 14 fa98 ἵνα λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 so that by faith we might receive "because Christ became a curse for us, by faith we will receive"
|
||||
GAL 3 14 brf7 ἵνα ... ἡ εὐλογία τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ γένηται 1 so that the blessing of Abraham might come "because Christ became a curse for us, the blessing of Abraham will come"
|
||||
GAL 3 14 fa98 ἵνα ... λάβωμεν διὰ τῆς πίστεως 1 so that by faith we might receive "because Christ became a curse for us, by faith we will receive"
|
||||
GAL 3 14 h46q figs-inclusive λάβωμεν 1 we The word "we" includes the people who would read the letter and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 15 al9b ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 3 15 c3gs κατὰ ἄνθρωπον 1 in human terms "as a person" or "of things most people understand"
|
||||
GAL 3 16 f1xu τῷ δὲ Ἀβραὰμ 1 Now This word shows that Paul has stated a general principle and is now beginning to introduce a specific case.
|
||||
GAL 3 16 w3wl ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν 1 referring to many "referring to many descendants"
|
||||
GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word "your" is singular and refers to a specific person, who is a particular descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as "Christ"). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 16 t25e figs-you τῷ ... σπέρματί σου 1 to your descendant The word "your" is singular and refers to a specific person, who is a particular descendant of Abraham (and that descendant is identified as "Christ"). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 3 17 h36m translate-numbers ὁ μετὰ τετρακόσια καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη 1 430 years "four hundred and thirty years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo , εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: "the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God's law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 ujg2 figs-hypo εἰ γὰρ ἐκ νόμου ἡ κληρονομία, οὐκέτι ἐξ ἐπαγγελίας 1 For if the inheritance comes by the law, then it no longer comes by promise Paul is speaking of a situation that did not exist to emphasize that the inheritance came only by means of the promise. Alternate translation: "the inheritance comes to us by means of the promise, because we could not keep the demands of God's law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 3 18 c8fu figs-metaphor κληρονομία 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance of property and wealth from a family member, and eternal blessings and redemption. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 fr5t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers in Galatia why God gave the law.
|
||||
GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί, οὖν, ὁ νόμος? 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul uses a rhetorical question to introduce the next topic he wants to discuss. It can also be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "I will tell you what the purpose of the law is." or "Let me tell you why God gave the law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 kx2e figs-rquestion τί οὖν ὁ νόμος 1 What, then, was the purpose of the law? Paul uses a rhetorical question to introduce the next topic he wants to discuss. It can also be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: "I will tell you what the purpose of the law is." or "Let me tell you why God gave the law." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 uk9m figs-activepassive προσετέθη 1 It was added This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God added it" or "God added the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 cf66 figs-activepassive διαταγεὶς δι’ ἀγγέλων ἐν χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 The law was put into force through angels by a mediator This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God issued the law with the help of angels, and a mediator put it into force" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 19 bgi6 χειρὶ μεσίτου 1 a mediator "a representative"
|
||||
GAL 3 20 x9l1 , ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses with a mediator. As a result, Paul's readers may have thought that the law somehow made the promise to no effect. Paul is stating what his readers might have thought here, and he will respond to them in the verses that follow.
|
||||
GAL 3 20 x9l1 ὁ δὲ μεσίτης ἑνὸς οὐκ ἔστιν, ὁ δὲ Θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν 1 Now a mediator implies more than one person, but God is one God gave his promise to Abraham without a mediator, but he gave the law to Moses with a mediator. As a result, Paul's readers may have thought that the law somehow made the promise to no effect. Paul is stating what his readers might have thought here, and he will respond to them in the verses that follow.
|
||||
GAL 3 21 wes3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "us" in this section refers to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 e43u κατὰ τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν 1 against the promises "opposed to the promises" or "in conflict with the promises"
|
||||
GAL 3 21 b8xx figs-activepassive εἰ ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 if a law had been given that could give life This can be stated in active form, and the abstract noun "life" can be translated with the verb "live." Alternate translation: "if God had given a law that enabled those who kept it to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 b8xx figs-activepassive εἰ ... ἐδόθη νόμος ὁ δυνάμενος ζῳοποιῆσαι 1 if a law had been given that could give life This can be stated in active form, and the abstract noun "life" can be translated with the verb "live." Alternate translation: "if God had given a law that enabled those who kept it to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
GAL 3 21 iyg9 ἐν νόμου ἂν ἦν ἡ δικαιοσύνη 1 righteousness would certainly have come by the law "we could have become righteous by obeying that law"
|
||||
GAL 3 22 n5js συνέκλεισεν Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν ἵνα ἡ. ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 scripture imprisoned everything under sin. God did this so that the promise to save us by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe Other possible meanings are 1) "because we all sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison, so that what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he might give to those who believe" or 2) "because we sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison. He did this because what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he wants to give to those who believe."
|
||||
GAL 3 22 n5js συνέκλεισεν ... Γραφὴ τὰ πάντα ὑπὸ ἁμαρτίαν, ἵνα ἡ ἐπαγγελία ἐκ πίστεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοθῇ τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 scripture imprisoned everything under sin. God did this so that the promise to save us by faith in Jesus Christ might be given to those who believe Other possible meanings are 1) "because we all sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison, so that what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he might give to those who believe" or 2) "because we sin, God put all things under the control of the law, like putting them in prison. He did this because what he has promised to those who have faith in Christ Jesus he wants to give to those who believe."
|
||||
GAL 3 22 jbn7 figs-personification Γραφὴ 1 scripture Paul is treating scripture as though it were a person and is speaking of God, who wrote scripture. Alternate translation: "God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 3 23 rch2 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds those in Galatia that believers are free in God's family, not slaves under the law.
|
||||
GAL 3 23 su16 figs-activepassive ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συνκλειόμενοι 1 we were held captive under the law, imprisoned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the law held us captive and we were in prison" or "the law held us captive in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ GAL 3 23 bs6i figs-metaphor ὑπὸ νόμον ἐφρουρούμεθα, συ
|
|||
GAL 3 23 t32j figs-activepassive 0 until faith should be revealed This can be stated in active form, and who this faith is in can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "until God would reveal that he justifies those who have faith in Christ" or "until God would reveal that he justifies those who trust in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 3 24 ln1s παιδαγωγὸς 1 guardian More than simply "one who gives oversight to a child," this was usually a slave who was responsible for enforcing rules and behaviors given by the parent and would report to the parent on the child's actions.
|
||||
GAL 3 24 m7jy εἰς Χριστόν 1 until Christ came "until the time when Christ came"
|
||||
GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God would declare us to be righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 24 s8g5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ... δικαιωθῶμεν 1 so that we might be justified Before Christ came, God had planned to justify us. When Christ came, he carried out his plan to justify us. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that God would declare us to be righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 3 27 v6n1 ὅσοι γὰρ εἰς Χριστὸν ἐβαπτίσθητε 1 For as many of you who were baptized into Christ "For all of you who were baptized into Christ"
|
||||
GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Possible meanings are 1) this is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: "have become united with Christ" or "belong to Christ" or 2) this is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: "have become like Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 28 tyb8 οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην οὐκ ἔνι, δοῦλος, οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female "God sees no difference between Jew and Greek, slave and free, male and female"
|
||||
GAL 3 27 di9v figs-metaphor Χριστὸν ... ἐνεδύσασθε 1 have clothed yourselves with Christ Possible meanings are 1) this is a metaphor meaning that they have been united to Christ. Alternate translation: "have become united with Christ" or "belong to Christ" or 2) this is a metaphor meaning that they have become like Christ. Alternate translation: "have become like Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 3 28 tyb8 οὐκ ἔνι Ἰουδαῖος οὐδὲ Ἕλλην, οὐκ ἔνι δοῦλος οὐδὲ ἐλεύθερος, οὐκ ἔνι ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ 1 There is neither Jew nor Greek, there is neither slave nor free, there is neither male nor female "God sees no difference between Jew and Greek, slave and free, male and female"
|
||||
GAL 3 29 qp4z figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι 1 heirs The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 intro h6gw 0 # Galatians 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 27, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Sonship<br>Sonship is a complex issue. Scholars have many views on Israel's sonship. Paul uses sonship to teach how being under the law differs from being free in Christ. Not all of Abraham's physical descendants inherited God's promises to him. Only his descendants through Isaac and Jacob inherited the promises. And God only adopts into his family those who follow Abraham spiritually through faith. They are children of God with an inheritance. Paul calls them "children of promise." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Abba, Father<br>"Abba" is an Aramaic word. In ancient Israel, people used it to informally refer to their fathers. Paul "transliterates" its sounds by writing them with Greek letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>## Links:<br><br>* __[Galatians 4:1](../../gal/04/01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../03/intro.md) | [>>](../05/intro.md)__<br>
|
||||
GAL 4 1 fr5u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind the Galatian believers that Christ came to redeem those who were under the law, and that he made them no more slaves but sons.
|
||||
|
|
@ -160,13 +160,14 @@ GAL 4 2 bd5a ἐπιτρόπους 1 guardians people with legal responsibility
|
|||
GAL 4 2 v5g9 οἰκονόμους 1 trustees people whom others trust to keep valuable items safe
|
||||
GAL 4 3 d6v9 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "we" here refers to all Christians, including Paul's readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 n21q figs-metaphor ὅτε ἦμεν νήπιοι 1 when we were children Here "children" is a metaphor for being spiritually immature. Alternate translation: "when we were like children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Here "enslaved" is a metaphor being unable to stop one's self from doing something. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the elemental principles of the world controlled us" or "we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 cd2w figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς ... ὑπὸ τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου ἤμεθα δεδουλωμένοι 1 we were enslaved to the elemental principles of the world Here "enslaved" is a metaphor being unable to stop one's self from doing something. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the elemental principles of the world controlled us" or "we had to obey the elemental principles of the world as if we were slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 4 3 u462 τὰ στοιχεῖα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the elemental principles of the world Possible meanings are 1) this refers to the laws or moral principles of the world, or 2) this refers to spiritual powers, which some people thought control what happens on earth.
|
||||
GAL 4 4 l5tf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 5 v5cb figs-metaphor ἐξαγοράσῃ 1 redeem Paul uses the metaphor of a person buying back lost property or buying the freedom of a slave as a picture of Jesus paying for his people's sins by dying on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 a274 ἐστε υἱοί 1 you are sons Paul uses the word for male child here because the subject is inheritance. In his culture and that of his readers, inheritance passed most commonly, but not always, to male children. He was neither specifying nor excluding female children here.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 eqx5 εἰς, Θεὸς ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἡμῶν τὰς καρδίας, κρᾶζον," Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ." 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, "Abba, Father." By calling out "Abba, Father" the Spirit assures us that we are God's children and he loves us.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy ἐξαπέστειλεν τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts The heart is metonym for the part of a person that thinks and feels. Alternate translation: "sent his Son's Spirit to show us how to think and act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 eqx5 ἐξαπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν κρᾶζον,
|
||||
“ Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 God has sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts, who calls out, "Abba, Father." By calling out "Abba, Father" the Spirit assures us that we are God's children and he loves us.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 nei3 figs-metonymy ἐξαπέστειλεν ... τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 sent the Spirit of his Son into our hearts The heart is metonym for the part of a person that thinks and feels. Alternate translation: "sent his Son's Spirit to show us how to think and act" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 xhe6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
GAL 4 6 s54r κρᾶζον 1 who calls The Spirit is the one who calls.
|
||||
GAL 4 6 mlg1 Ἀββά, ὁ Πατήρ 1 Abba, Father This is the way a young child would address his father in Paul's home language, but not in the language of the Galatian readers. To keep the sense of a foreign language, translate this as a word that sounds as much like "Abba" as your language allows.
|
||||
|
|
@ -181,7 +182,7 @@ GAL 4 9 b8ue figs-metaphor 0 how is it that you are turning back to ... princip
|
|||
GAL 4 9 n5ie στοιχεῖα 1 elemental principles See how you translated this phrase in [Galatians 4:3](../04/03.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 9 w28k figs-rquestion 0 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Paul uses this question to rebuke the people for behaving in a way that would make them like slaves. Alternate translation: "It seems that you want to be slaves again." or "You behave as though you wanted to be like slaves again."(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 9 s77e figs-metaphor 0 Do you want to be enslaved all over again? Here being "enslaved" is a metaphor for being obligated to obey certain rules or customs. Alternate translation: "Do you want to have to obey rules again like a slave has to obey his master?" or "It seems that you want to be controlled all over again!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε καὶ μῆνας καὶ καιροὺς καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: "You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years"
|
||||
GAL 4 10 w7d5 ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθε, καὶ μῆνας, καὶ καιροὺς, καὶ ἐνιαυτούς 1 You observe days and new moons and seasons and years Paul is speaking of their being careful to celebrate certain times, thinking that doing that will make them right with God. Alternate translation: "You carefully celebrate days and new moons and seasons and years"
|
||||
GAL 4 11 bsv1 εἰκῇ 1 may have been for nothing "may have been useless" or "has not had any effect effect"
|
||||
GAL 4 12 ql14 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the Galatian believers how kindly they treated him when he was with them, and he encourages them to continue to trust him while he is not there with them.
|
||||
GAL 4 12 sx9v δέομαι 1 beg Here this means to ask or urge strongly. This is not the word used to ask for money or food or physical objects.
|
||||
|
|
@ -194,43 +195,43 @@ GAL 4 17 s9kn ἀλλὰ ἐκκλεῖσαι ὑμᾶς 1 to shut you out "to
|
|||
GAL 4 17 iv1d αὐτοὺς ζηλοῦτε 1 zealous for them "zealous to do what they tell you to do"
|
||||
GAL 4 19 zhv9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells believers that grace and law cannot work together.
|
||||
GAL 4 19 u3eb figs-metaphor τέκνα μου 1 My little children This is a metaphor for disciples or followers. Alternate translation: "You who are disciples because of me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς ὠδίνω μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: "I am in pain as though I were a woman having to give birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 19 yf9e figs-metaphor οὓς ... ὠδίνω, μέχρις οὗ μορφωθῇ Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 I am in the pains of childbirth for you until Christ is formed in you Paul uses childbirth as a metaphor for his concern about the Galatians. Alternate translation: "I am in pain as though I were a woman having to give birth to you, and I will continue to be in pain until Christ truly controls you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 21 z1um λέγετέ μοι 1 Tell me "I want to ask a question" or "I want to tell you something"
|
||||
GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε? 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: "you need to learn what the law really says." or "let me tell you what the law really says." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 21 u6fs figs-rquestion τὸν νόμον οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 do you not listen to the law? Paul is introducing what he will say next. Alternate translation: "you need to learn what the law really says." or "let me tell you what the law really says." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
GAL 4 24 iit5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins a story to illustrate a truth—that law and grace cannot exist together.
|
||||
GAL 4 24 bu23 ἅτινά ἐστιν ἀλληγορούμενα 1 These things may be interpreted as an allegory "This story of the two sons is like a picture of what I will tell you now"
|
||||
GAL 4 24 k5qu ἀλληγορούμενα 1 as an allegory An "allegory" is a story in which the people and things in it represent other things. In Paul's allegory, the two women referred to in [Galatians 4:22](../04/22.md) represent two covenants.
|
||||
GAL 4 24 ruw4 αὗται εἰσιν 1 women represent "women are a picture of"
|
||||
GAL 4 24 ruw4 αὗται ... εἰσιν 1 women represent "women are a picture of"
|
||||
GAL 4 24 u4hr figs-synecdoche Ὄρους Σινά 1 Mount Sinai "Mount Sinai" here is a synecdoche for the law that Moses gave to the Israelites there. Alternate translation: "Mount Sinai, where Moses gave the law to Israel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
GAL 4 24 u3u9 figs-metaphor δουλείαν γεννῶσα 1 she gives birth to children who are slaves Paul treats the law as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "The people under this covenant are like slaves who have to obey the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 4 25 u1cc συνστοιχεῖ 1 she represents "she is a picture of"
|
||||
GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: "Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 26 wa1u ἄνω ἐλευθέρα ἐστίν 1 is free "is not bound" or "is not a slave"
|
||||
GAL 4 25 ck7v figs-metaphor δουλεύει ... μετὰ τῶν τέκνων αὐτῆς 1 she is in slavery with her children Hagar is a slave and her children are slaves with her. Alternate translation: "Jerusalem, like Hagar, is a slave, and her children are slaves with her" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 26 wa1u ἄνω ... ἐλευθέρα ἐστίν 1 is free "is not bound" or "is not a slave"
|
||||
GAL 4 27 jql2 εὐφράνθητι 1 Rejoice be happy
|
||||
GAL 4 27 ih2f figs-you 0 you barren one ... you who are not suffering Here "you" refers to the barren woman and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ad75 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 28 ct63 ἐπαγγελίας τέκνα 1 children of promise Possible meanings are that the Galatians have become God's children 1) by believing God's promise or 2) because God worked miracles to fulfill his promises to Abraham, first by giving Abraham a son and then by making the Galatians children of Abraham and thus sons of God.
|
||||
GAL 4 29 c9lf figs-metaphor κατὰ σάρκα 1 according to the flesh This refers to Abraham's becoming Ishmael's father by taking Hagar as a wife. Alternate translation: "by means of human action" or "because of what people did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ Πνεῦμα οὕτως 1 according to the Spirit "because of something the Spirit did"
|
||||
GAL 4 29 gt1e κατὰ ... Πνεῦμα, οὕτως 1 according to the Spirit "because of something the Spirit did"
|
||||
GAL 4 31 sy8u ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 4 31 y3c2 figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τῆς ἐλευθέρας 1 but of the free woman The words "we are children" are understood from the previous phrase. This can be translated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "Rather, we are children of the free woman" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
GAL 5 intro bcg3 0 # Galatians 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues writing about the law of Moses as something that traps or enslaves a person. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Fruit of the Spirit<br>The phrase "the fruit of the Spirit" is not plural, even though it begins a list of several things. Translators should keep the singular form if possible. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Illustrations<br>Paul uses several metaphors in this chapter to illustrate his points and help explain complicated issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "You are cut off from Christ, you who would be justified by the law; you no longer experience grace."<br>Some scholars think Paul teaches that being circumcised causes a person to lose their salvation. Other scholars think Paul means that obeying the law to try to get right with God will keep a person from being saved by grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 5 1 up16 0 Connecting Statement: Paul applies the allegory by reminding the believers to use their liberty in Christ because all the law is fulfilled in loving neighbors as ourselves.
|
||||
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free "It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free." It is implied that Christ sets believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free" or "Christ has set us free so that we might live as free poeple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 kuu9 figs-explicit τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ, ἡμᾶς Χριστὸς ἠλευθέρωσεν 1 For freedom Christ has set us free "It is so that we can be free that Christ has set us free." It is implied that Christ sets believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "Christ has set us free from the old covenant so that we might be free" or "Christ has set us free so that we might live as free poeple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 j679 figs-metaphor στήκετε 1 Stand firm Standing firm here represents being determined not to change. How they are not to change can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Do not give in to the arguments of people who teach something else" or "Be determined to stay free" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 1 usl9 figs-metaphor 0 do not again be put under the control of a yoke of slavery Here being under control of a yoke of slavery represents being obligated to obey the law. Alternate translation: "do not live like one who is under the control of a yoke of slavery to the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 2 bg6b figs-metonymy ἐὰν περιτέμνησθε 1 if you let yourselves be circumcised Paul is using circumcision as a metonym for Judaism. Alternate translation: "if you turn to the Jewish religion" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 3 h4q5 μαρτύρομαι δὲ 1 I testify "I declare" or "I serve as a witness"
|
||||
GAL 5 3 s1af figs-metonymy παντὶ ἀνθρώπῳ περιτεμνομένῳ 1 to every man who lets himself be circumcised Paul is using circumcision as a metonym for being Jewish. Alternate translation: "to every person who has become a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 3 j88p ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν ποιῆσαι 1 he is obligated to obey "he must obey"
|
||||
GAL 5 3 j88p ὀφειλέτης ἐστὶν ... ποιῆσαι 1 he is obligated to obey "he must obey"
|
||||
GAL 5 4 h4yu figs-metaphor κατηργήθητε ἀπὸ Χριστοῦ 1 You are cut off from Christ Here "cut off" is a metaphor for separation from Christ. Alternate translation: "You have ended your relationship with Christ" or "You are no longer united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 ipf7 figs-irony οἵτινες ἐν νόμῳ δικαιοῦσθε 1 you who would be justified by the law Paul is speaking ironically here. He actually teaches that no one can be justified by trying to do the deeds required by the law. Alternate translation: "all you who think you can be justified by doing the deeds required by the law" or "you who want to be justified by the law" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
GAL 5 4 k6xe figs-explicit 0 you no longer experience grace Who that grace comes from can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "God will not be gracious to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 pdm1 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "we" refers to Paul and those who oppose the circumcision of Christians. He is probably including the Galatians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 vvk6 γὰρ Πνεύματι 1 For through the Spirit "This is because through the Spirit"
|
||||
GAL 5 5 qg9m ἐκ πίστεως, ἡμεῖς ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness Possible meanings are 1) "we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness" or 2) "we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith."
|
||||
GAL 5 5 z3ga ἡμεῖς ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness "we are waiting patiently and with excitement for God to put us right with himself forever, and we expect him to do it"
|
||||
GAL 5 6 y2ww figs-metonymy οὔτε περιτομή οὔτε ἀκροβυστία 1 neither circumcision nor uncircumcision These are metonymy for being a Jew or a non-Jew. Alternate translation: "neither being a Jew nor not being a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 5 qg9m ἡμεῖς ... ἐκ πίστεως ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 by faith, we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness Possible meanings are 1) "we are waiting by faith for the hope of righteousness" or 2) "we are waiting for the hope of righteousness that comes by faith."
|
||||
GAL 5 5 z3ga ἡμεῖς ... ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα 1 we eagerly wait for the hope of righteousness "we are waiting patiently and with excitement for God to put us right with himself forever, and we expect him to do it"
|
||||
GAL 5 6 y2ww figs-metonymy οὔτε περιτομή ... οὔτε ἀκροβυστία 1 neither circumcision nor uncircumcision These are metonymy for being a Jew or a non-Jew. Alternate translation: "neither being a Jew nor not being a Jew" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 5 6 n1hc ἀλλὰ πίστις δι’ ἀγάπης ἐνεργουμένη 1 but only faith working through love "Rather, God is concerned with our faith in him, which we show by loving others"
|
||||
GAL 5 6 qp6b τι ἰσχύει 1 means anything is worthwhile
|
||||
GAL 5 7 jj48 ἐτρέχετε 1 You were running "You were practicing what Jesus taught"
|
||||
|
|
@ -241,7 +242,7 @@ GAL 5 10 enp1 οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρονήσετε 1 you will take no othe
|
|||
GAL 5 10 rb76 0 The one who is troubling you will pay the penalty "God will punish the one who is troubling you"
|
||||
GAL 5 10 jc72 ταράσσων ὑμᾶς 1 is troubling you "is causing you to be uncertain about what is truth" or "stirs up trouble among you"
|
||||
GAL 5 10 llh5 ὅστις ἐὰν ᾖ 1 whoever he is Possible meanings are 1) Paul does not know the names of the people who are telling the Galatians that they need to obey the law of Moses or 2) Paul does not want the Galatians to care about whether those who "confuse" them are rich or poor or great or small or religious or not religious.
|
||||
GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-rquestion ἀδελφοί? εἰ ἐγὼ δέ ἔτι κηρύσσω,, τί διώκομαι ἔτι περιτομὴν 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people are persecuting him because he is not preaching that people need to become Jews. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Brothers, you can see that I am not still proclaiming circumcision because the Jews are persecuting me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 d4mm figs-rquestion ἐγὼ δέ, ἀδελφοί, εἰ περιτομὴν ἔτι κηρύσσω, τί ἔτι διώκομαι 1 Brothers, if I still proclaim circumcision, why am I still being persecuted? Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people are persecuting him because he is not preaching that people need to become Jews. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Brothers, you can see that I am not still proclaiming circumcision because the Jews are persecuting me." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 nv5x ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 11 znh3 figs-hypo ἄρα κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 In that case the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Paul is describing a situation that does not exist to emphasize that people persecute him because he is preaching that God forgives people because of Jesus' work on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
GAL 5 11 dtv9 ἄρα 1 In that case "If I were still saying that people need to become Jews"
|
||||
|
|
@ -249,33 +250,33 @@ GAL 5 11 y3ug figs-activepassive κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον
|
|||
GAL 5 11 arj5 figs-metaphor κατήργηται τὸ σκάνδαλον τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 the stumbling block of the cross has been removed Stumbling represents sinning, and a stumbling block represents something that causes people to sin. In this case the sin is to reject the truth of the teaching that in order to be made right with God, people only need to believe that Jesus died on the cross for us. Alternate translation: "the teaching about the cross that causes people to reject the truth has been removed" or "there is nothing in the teaching about Jesus dying on the cross that would lead people to reject the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 12 sfl2 figs-metaphor ἀποκόψονται 1 castrate themselves Possible meanings are 1) literal, to cut off their male organs so as to become eunuchs or 2) metaphorical, completely withdraw from the Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 y1g7 γὰρ 1 For Paul is giving the reason for his words in [Galatians 5:12](../05/12.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 v6vs figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom This can be expressed in an active form. Alternate translation: "Christ has called you to freedom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "You were called to freedom from the old covenant" or "Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 v6vs figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς ... ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom This can be expressed in an active form. Alternate translation: "Christ has called you to freedom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 ekb2 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς ... ἐπ’ ἐλευθερίᾳ ἐκλήθητε 1 you were called to freedom It is implied that Christ has set believers free from the old covenant. Here freedom from the old covenant is a metaphor for not being obligated to obey it. Alternate translation: "You were called to freedom from the old covenant" or "Christ has chosen you to not be obligated to the old covenant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 13 yp6r ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 5 13 viv6 figs-explicit ἀφορμὴν τῇ σαρκί 1 an opportunity for the sinful nature The relationship between the opportunity and the sinful nature can be stated more clearly. Alternate translation: "an opportunity for you to behave according to your sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command Possible meanings are 1) "you can state the whole law in just one commandment, which is this" or 2) "by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this."
|
||||
GAL 5 14 ct8i ὁ ... πᾶς νόμος ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ πεπλήρωται 1 the whole law is fulfilled in one command Possible meanings are 1) "you can state the whole law in just one commandment, which is this" or 2) "by obeying one commandment, you obey all the commandments, and that one commandment is this."
|
||||
GAL 5 14 qt9c figs-you ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν 1 You must love your neighbor as yourself The words "you," "your," and "yourself" are all singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 q8wk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains how the Spirit gives control over sin.
|
||||
GAL 5 16 yb58 figs-metaphor Πνεύματι περιπατεῖτε 1 walk by the Spirit Walking is a metaphor for living. Alternate translation: "conduct your life in the power of the Holy Spirit" or "live your life in dependence on the Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 dyj7 figs-idiom ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς οὐ μὴ τελέσητε 1 you will not carry out the desires of the sinful nature The phrase "carry out someone's desires" is an idiom meaning "do what someone desires." Alternate translation: "You will not do what your sinful nature desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
GAL 5 16 rl5s figs-personification ἐπιθυμίαν σαρκὸς 1 the desires of the sinful nature The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person and wanted to sin. Alternate translation: "what you want to do because of your sinful nature" or "the things you want to do because you are sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 18 san8 οὐκ ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law "not obligated to obey the law of Moses"
|
||||
GAL 5 18 san8 οὐκ ... ὑπὸ νόμον 1 not under the law "not obligated to obey the law of Moses"
|
||||
GAL 5 19 yf2a τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature The abstract noun "works" can be translated with the verb "does." Alternate translation: "what the sinful nature does"
|
||||
GAL 5 19 u2pu figs-personification τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός 1 the works of the sinful nature The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person who does things. Alternate translation: "what people do because of their sinful nature" or "the things people do because they are sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 21 rs9b figs-metaphor κληρονομήσουσιν 1 inherit Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 22 hez3 figs-metaphor 0 the fruit of the Spirit is love ... faith Here "fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "what the Spirit produces is love ... faith" or "the Spirit produces in God's people love ... faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 23 ss5k figs-metaphor πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια-; 1 gentleness ... self-control The list of "the fruit of the Spirit" that begins with the words "love, joy, peace" ends here. Here "fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "what the Spirit produces is love, joy, peace ... gentleness ... self-control" or "the Spirit produces in God's people love, joy, peace ... gentleness ... self-control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 23 ss5k figs-metaphor πραΰτης, ἐνκράτεια 1 gentleness ... self-control The list of "the fruit of the Spirit" that begins with the words "love, joy, peace" ends here. Here "fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "what the Spirit produces is love, joy, peace ... gentleness ... self-control" or "the Spirit produces in God's people love, joy, peace ... gentleness ... self-control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 l6ux figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ἐσταύρωσαν σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires Paul speaks of Christians who refuse to live according to their sinful nature as if it were a person and they have killed it on a cross. Alternate translation: "refuse to live according the sinful nature with its passions and desires, as if they killed it on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 m3nm figs-personification τὴν σάρκα σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 the sinful nature with its passions and desires The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person that had passions and desires. Alternate translation: "their sinful nature, and the things they strongly want to do because of it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 24 m3nm figs-personification τὴν σάρκα ... σὺν τοῖς παθήμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 the sinful nature with its passions and desires The sinful nature is spoken of as if it were a person that had passions and desires. Alternate translation: "their sinful nature, and the things they strongly want to do because of it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
GAL 5 25 h9hd εἰ ζῶμεν Πνεύματι 1 If we live by the Spirit "Since God's Spirit has caused us to be alive"
|
||||
GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit "Walk" here is a metaphor for living every day. Alternate translation: "allow the Holy Spirit to guide us so we do things that please and honor God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 25 sq7b figs-metaphor Πνεύματι ... στοιχῶμεν 1 walk by the Spirit "Walk" here is a metaphor for living every day. Alternate translation: "allow the Holy Spirit to guide us so we do things that please and honor God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 5 26 a9x9 γινώμεθα 1 Let us "We should"
|
||||
GAL 6 intro bv8h 0 # Galatians 06 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes Paul's letter. His final words address some issues that do not seem to be connected to the rest of his letter.<br><br>##### Brothers<br>Paul writes the words in this chapter to Christians. He calls them "brothers." This refers to Paul's Christian brothers and not his Jewish brothers.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### New Creation<br><br>People who are born again are a new creation in Christ. Christians have been given new life in Christ. They have a new nature in them after they come to faith in Christ. To Paul, this is more significant than a person's ancestry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>This is a complex issue. "Flesh" is contrasted with "spirit." In this chapter, flesh is also used to refer to the physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br>
|
||||
GAL 6 1 x8zg 0 Connecting Statement: Paul teaches believers how they should treat other believers and how God rewards.
|
||||
GAL 6 1 ss7l ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Galatians 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
GAL 6 1 vm8f ἐὰν καὶ ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone "if anyone among you"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 vm8f ἐὰν καὶ ... ἄνθρωπος 1 if someone "if anyone among you"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 vts8 ἐὰν καὶ προλημφθῇ ἄνθρωπος ἔν τινι παραπτώματι 1 if someone is caught in any trespass Possible meanings are 1) someone else found that person in the act. Alternate translation: "if someone is discovered in an act of sin" or 2) that person committed the sin without intending to do evil. Alternate translation: "if someone gave in and sinned"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual "those of you who are guided by the Spirit" or "you who are living in the guidance of the Spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 t4rm ὑμεῖς, οἱ πνευματικοὶ 1 you who are spiritual "those of you who are guided by the Spirit" or "you who are living in the guidance of the Spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 hdj8 καταρτίζετε τὸν τοιοῦτον 1 restore him "correct the person who sinned" or "exhort the person who sinned to return to a correct relationship with God"
|
||||
GAL 6 1 tr5r ἐν πνεύματι πραΰτητος 1 in a spirit of gentleness Possible meanings are 1) that the Spirit is directing the one who is offering correction or 2) "with an attitude of gentleness" or "in a kind way."
|
||||
GAL 6 1 rrg9 figs-you σκοπῶν σεαυτόν 1 Be concerned about yourself These words treat the Galatians as though they are all one person to emphasize that he is talking to each of them. Alternate translation: "Be concerned about yourselves" or "I say to each one of you, 'Be concerned about yourself'" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -284,24 +285,24 @@ GAL 6 3 v6ts εἰ γὰρ 1 For if "Because if." The words that follow tell wh
|
|||
GAL 6 3 m4wk εἶναί τι 1 he is something "he is someone important" or "he is better than others"
|
||||
GAL 6 3 zz1g μηδὲν ὤν 1 he is nothing "he is not important" or "he is not better than others"
|
||||
GAL 6 4 ra85 0 Each one should "Each person must"
|
||||
GAL 6 5 ee8v ἕκαστος τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load "each person will be judged by his own work only" or "each person will be responsible for his own work only"
|
||||
GAL 6 5 vej6 ἕκαστος βαστάσει 1 each one will "each person will"
|
||||
GAL 6 5 ee8v ἕκαστος ... τὸ ἴδιον φορτίον βαστάσει 1 each one will carry his own load "each person will be judged by his own work only" or "each person will be responsible for his own work only"
|
||||
GAL 6 5 vej6 ἕκαστος ... βαστάσει 1 each one will "each person will"
|
||||
GAL 6 6 k1n5 ὁ κατηχούμενος 1 The one "The person"
|
||||
GAL 6 6 l4vp τὸν λόγον 1 the word "the message," everything God has said or commanded
|
||||
GAL 6 7 x5pi figs-metaphor ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος, τοῦτο καὶ θερίσει 1 for whatever a man plants, that he will also gather in Planting represents doing things that end in some kind of result, and gathering in represents experiencing the results of what one has done. Alternate translation: "for just as a farmer gathers in the fruit of whatever kind of seeds he plants, so everyone experiences the results of whatever he does" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 7 gii9 figs-gendernotations ὃ γὰρ ἐὰν σπείρῃ ἄνθρωπος 1 whatever a man plants Paul is not specifying males here. Alternate translation: "whatever a person plants" or "whatever someone plants" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 lzz8 figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων εἰς τὴν σάρκα ἑαυτοῦ 1 plants seed to his own sinful nature Planting seeds is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, the person is doing sinful actions because of his sinful nature. Alternate translation: "plants seed according to what he wants because of his sinful nature" or "does the things he wants to do because of his sinful nature" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 dge9 figs-metaphor θερίσει φθοράν 1 will gather in destruction God punishing the person is spoken of as if the person were harvesting a crop. Alternate translation: "will receive punishment for what he did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 aqz2 figs-metaphor σπείρων εἰς τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 plants seed to the Spirit Planting seeds is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, the person is doing good actions because he is listening to God's Spirit. Alternate translation: "does the things God's Spirit loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 k1p7 θερίσει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 will gather in eternal life from the Spirit "will receive eternal life as a reward from God's Spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 pnq1 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν 1 Let us not become weary in doing good "We should continue to do good"
|
||||
GAL 6 8 aqz2 figs-metaphor σπείρων εἰς ... τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 plants seed to the Spirit Planting seeds is a metaphor for doing deeds that will have consequences later. In this case, the person is doing good actions because he is listening to God's Spirit. Alternate translation: "does the things God's Spirit loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
GAL 6 8 k1p7 θερίσει ... ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 will gather in eternal life from the Spirit "will receive eternal life as a reward from God's Spirit"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 pnq1 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες, μὴ ἐνκακῶμεν 1 Let us not become weary in doing good "We should continue to do good"
|
||||
GAL 6 9 a4n4 τὸ δὲ καλὸν ποιοῦντες 1 doing good doing good to others for their well-being
|
||||
GAL 6 9 u77c καιρῷ γὰρ ἰδίῳ 1 for at the right time "for in due time" or "because at the time God has chosen"
|
||||
GAL 6 10 ax66 ἄρα οὖν 1 So then "As a result of this" or "Because of this"
|
||||
GAL 6 10 ud5u , μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους 1 especially ... to those "most of all ... to those" or "in particular ... to those"
|
||||
GAL 6 10 ud5u μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους 1 especially ... to those "most of all ... to those" or "in particular ... to those"
|
||||
GAL 6 10 jz9i τοὺς οἰκείους τῆς πίστεως 1 those who belong to the household of faith "those who are members of God's family through faith in Christ"
|
||||
GAL 6 11 i7ap 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul closes this letter, he gives one more reminder that the law does not save and that they should remember the cross of Christ.
|
||||
GAL 6 11 wti2 πηλίκοις γράμμασιν 1 large letters This can mean that Paul wants to emphasize 1) the statements that follow or 2) that this letter came from him.
|
||||
GAL 6 11 wti2 πηλίκοις ... γράμμασιν 1 large letters This can mean that Paul wants to emphasize 1) the statements that follow or 2) that this letter came from him.
|
||||
GAL 6 11 d6rk τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1 with my own hand Possible meanings are 1) Paul probably had a helper who wrote most of this letter as Paul told him what to write, but Paul himself wrote this last part of the letter or 2) Paul wrote the whole letter himself.
|
||||
GAL 6 12 kmd7 εὐπροσωπῆσαι 1 make a good impression "cause others to think well of them" or "cause others to think that they are good people"
|
||||
GAL 6 12 r5p1 ἐν σαρκί 1 in the flesh "with visible evidence" or "by their own efforts"
|
||||
|
|
@ -310,14 +311,14 @@ GAL 6 12 hl1r 0 only to avoid being persecuted for the cross of Christ "so tha
|
|||
GAL 6 12 jd4x figs-metonymy τῷ σταυρῷ 1 the cross The cross here represents what Christ did for us when he died on the cross. Alternate translation: "the work Jesus did on the cross" or "the death and resurrection of Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
GAL 6 13 zqf5 θέλουσιν 1 they want "those people who are urging you to be circumcised want"
|
||||
GAL 6 13 bb5a ἵνα ἐν τῇ ὑμετέρᾳ σαρκὶ καυχήσωνται 1 so that they may boast about your flesh "so that they may be proud that they have added you to the people who try to keep the law"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 g7hh ἐμοὶ δὲ μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ 1 But may I never boast except in the cross "I do not ever want to boast in anything other than the cross" or "May I boast only in the cross"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 s6ic figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ κόσμος ἐσταύρωται 1 the world has been crucified to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I think of the world as already dead" or "I treat the world like a criminal God has killed on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 14 g7hh ἐμοὶ δὲ, μὴ γένοιτο καυχᾶσθαι, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ σταυρῷ 1 But may I never boast except in the cross "I do not ever want to boast in anything other than the cross" or "May I boast only in the cross"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 s6ic figs-activepassive ἐμοὶ ... κόσμος ἐσταύρωται 1 the world has been crucified to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I think of the world as already dead" or "I treat the world like a criminal God has killed on a cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
GAL 6 14 v2qs figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world The words "have been crucified" are understood from the phrase before this. Alternate translation: "and I have been crucified to the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
GAL 6 14 m45b κἀγὼ κόσμῳ 1 I to the world Possible meanings are 1) "the world thinks of me as already dead" or 2) "the world treats me like a criminal that God has killed on the cross"
|
||||
GAL 6 14 s9lx κόσμος 1 the world Possible meanings are 1) the people of the world, those who care nothing for God or 2) the things that those who care nothing for God think are important.
|
||||
GAL 6 15 exj8 τὶ ἐστιν 1 counts for anything "is important to God"
|
||||
GAL 6 15 n6n7 καινὴ κτίσις 1 a new creation Possible meanings are 1) a new believer in Jesus Christ or 2) the new life of a believer.
|
||||
GAL 6 16 b4al εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God Possible meanings are 1) that believers in general are the Israel of God or 2) "may peace and mercy be upon Gentile believers and upon the Israel of God" or 3) "may peace be upon those who follow the rule, and may mercy be upon even the Israel of God."
|
||||
GAL 6 16 b4al εἰρήνη ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἔλεος, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 peace and mercy be upon them, even upon the Israel of God Possible meanings are 1) that believers in general are the Israel of God or 2) "may peace and mercy be upon Gentile believers and upon the Israel of God" or 3) "may peace be upon those who follow the rule, and may mercy be upon even the Israel of God."
|
||||
GAL 6 17 v963 τοῦ λοιποῦ 1 From now on This can also mean "Lastly" or "As I end this letter."
|
||||
GAL 6 17 dm22 κόπους μοι μηδεὶς παρεχέτω 1 let no one trouble me Possible meanings are 1) Paul is commanding the Galatians not to trouble him, "I am commanding you this: do not trouble me," or 2) Paul is telling the Galatians that he is commanding all people not to trouble him, "I am commanding everyone this: do not trouble me," or 3) Paul is expressing a desire, "I do not want anyone to trouble me."
|
||||
GAL 6 17 cz8a κόπους μοι 1 trouble me Possible meanings are 1) "speak of these matters to me" or 2) "cause me hardship" or "give me hard work."
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 2653.
|
|
|
@ -3,15 +3,15 @@ EPH front intro e3di 0 # Introduction to Ephesians<br>## Part 1: General Intr
|
|||
EPH 1 intro fg42 0 # Ephesians 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>##### "I pray"<br><br>Paul structures part of this chapter like a prayer of praise to God. But Paul is not just talking to God. He is teaching the church in Ephesus. He also tells the Ephesians how he is praying for them.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Predestination<br>Many scholars believe this chapter teaches on a subject known as "predestination." This is related to the biblical concept of "predestine." Some scholars take this to indicate that God has, from before the foundation of the world, chosen some people to eternally save. Christians have different views on what the Bible teaches on this subject. So translators need to take extra care when translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/predestine]])<br>
|
||||
EPH 1 1 kx1g figs-you 0 General Information: Paul names himself as the writer of this letter to the believers at the church at Ephesus. Except where noted, all instances of "you" and "your" refers to the Ephesian believers as well as all believers and so are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
EPH 1 1 ilf2 0 Paul, an apostle ... to God's holy people in Ephesus Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter and its intended audience. Alternate translation: "I, Paul, an apostle ... write this letter to you, God's holy people Ephesus"
|
||||
EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor τοῖς οὖσιν πιστοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 who are faithful in Christ Jesus "In Christ Jesus" and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 1 u73p figs-metaphor τοῖς ... οὖσιν ... πιστοῖς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 who are faithful in Christ Jesus "In Christ Jesus" and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 2 x9ey χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace to you and peace This is a common greeting and blessing that Paul often uses in his letters.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 lm67 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise stated, the words "us" and "we" refer to Paul, the believers in Ephesus, as well as all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 zdh3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul opens his letter by talking about the believers' position and their safety before God.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us "for God has blessed us"
|
||||
EPH 1 3 g6sj figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "Let us praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 cr9h ὁ ... εὐλογήσας ἡμᾶς 1 who has blessed us "for God has blessed us"
|
||||
EPH 1 3 m8qh πάσῃ εὐλογίᾳ πνευματικῇ 1 every spiritual blessing "every blessing coming from the Spirit of God"
|
||||
EPH 1 3 j2lk ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places "in the supernatural world." The word "heavenly" refers to the place where God is.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν Χριστῷ 1 in Christ Possible meanings 1) the phrase "in Christ" refers to what Christ has done. Alternate translation: "through Christ" or "through what Christ has done" or 2) "in Christ" is a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: "by uniting us with Christ" or "because we are united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 3 j2lk ἐν ... τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places "in the supernatural world." The word "heavenly" refers to the place where God is.
|
||||
EPH 1 3 v9qz figs-metaphor ἐν ... Χριστῷ 1 in Christ Possible meanings 1) the phrase "in Christ" refers to what Christ has done. Alternate translation: "through Christ" or "through what Christ has done" or 2) "in Christ" is a metaphor referring to our close relationship with Christ. Alternate translation: "by uniting us with Christ" or "because we are united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 4 ibv6 figs-doublet ἁγίους καὶ ἀμώμους 1 holy and blameless Paul uses two similar words to emphasize moral goodness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 1 5 fp7l 0 General Information: The words "his," "He," and "he" refer to God.
|
||||
EPH 1 5 h7pn figs-inclusive 0 God chose us beforehand for adoption The word "us" refers to Paul, the Ephesian church, and all believers in Christ. Alternate translation: "God planned long ago to adopt us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,29 +36,29 @@ EPH 1 12 zqm9 0 so we would be for the praise of his glory "so that we would l
|
|||
EPH 1 12 jm4j figs-exclusive 0 so that we might be the first ... so we would be for the praise Once again, the pronouns "we" refer to Paul and the other Jewish believers, not to the Ephesian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 13 j1zc 0 General Information: Paul has been speaking in the previous two verses about himself and the other Jewish believers, but now he begins speaking about the Ephesian believers.
|
||||
EPH 1 13 ac1e τὸν λόγον τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the word of truth Possible meanings are 1) "the message about the truth" or 2) "the true message."
|
||||
EPH 1 13 qgf9 figs-metaphor ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τῷ Ἁγίῳ 1 were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit Wax was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: "God has sealed you with the Holy Spirit that he promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 13 qgf9 figs-metaphor ἐσφραγίσθητε τῷ Πνεύματι τῆς ἐπαγγελίας, τῷ Ἁγίῳ 1 were sealed with the promised Holy Spirit Wax was placed on a letter and stamped with a symbol representing the person who wrote the letter. Paul uses this custom as a picture to show how God has used the Holy Spirit to assure us that we belong to him. Alternate translation: "God has sealed you with the Holy Spirit that he promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 14 g6dw figs-metaphor ἀρραβὼν τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν 1 the guarantee of our inheritance Receiving what God has promised is spoken of as though one inherits property or wealth from a family member. Alternate translation: "the guarantee that we will receive what God has promised" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 15 d9qy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul prays for the Ephesian believers and praises God for the power that believers have through Christ.
|
||||
EPH 1 16 scy9 figs-litotes 0 I have not stopped thanking God Paul uses "not stopped" to emphasize that he continues to thank God. Alternate translation: "I continue to thank God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
EPH 1 17 b7l1 πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ 1 a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him "spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation"
|
||||
EPH 1 17 b7l1 πνεῦμα σοφίας καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως, ἐν ἐπιγνώσει αὐτοῦ 1 a spirit of wisdom and revelation in the knowledge of him "spiritual wisdom to understand his revelation"
|
||||
EPH 1 18 gbl7 figs-metonymy πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind. The phrase "eyes of your heart" is a metaphor for one's ability to gain understanding. Alternate translation: "that you may gain understanding and be enlightened" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 iv1h figs-activepassive πεφωτισμένους τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῆς καρδίας 1 that the eyes of your heart may be enlightened This may be stated in the active tense. Alternate translation: that God may enlighten your heart" or "that God may enlighten your understanding" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 m5j5 πεφωτισμένους 1 enlightened "made to see"
|
||||
EPH 1 18 h6ig figs-metaphor τῆς κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers, is spoken of as if one were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 h6ig figs-metaphor τῆς ... κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers, is spoken of as if one were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 18 lg8h 0 all God's holy people "all those whom he has set apart for himself" or "all those who belong completely to him"
|
||||
EPH 1 19 t7lx τὸ ὑπερβάλλον μέγεθος τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ 1 the incomparable greatness of his power God's power is far beyond all other power.
|
||||
EPH 1 19 die1 εἰς ἡμᾶς τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 toward us who believe "for us who believe"
|
||||
EPH 1 19 die1 εἰς ἡμᾶς, τοὺς πιστεύοντας 1 toward us who believe "for us who believe"
|
||||
EPH 1 19 e6g2 0 the working of his great strength "his great power that is at work for us"
|
||||
EPH 1 20 dc4l ἐγείρας αὐτὸν 1 raised him "made him alive again"
|
||||
EPH 1 20 pu97 ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
EPH 1 20 ekj4 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 seated him at his right hand in the heavenly places The person who sits "at the right hand" of a king sits at his right side and rules with all the authority of the king at whose right hand or side he sits. This is a metonym of location that represents the authority that the person in that location possesses. Alternate translation: "gave him all authority to rule from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 1 20 ekj4 figs-metonymy καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 seated him at his right hand in the heavenly places The person who sits "at the right hand" of a king sits at his right side and rules with all the authority of the king at whose right hand or side he sits. This is a metonym of location that represents the authority that the person in that location possesses. Alternate translation: "gave him all authority to rule from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 1 20 f3dh translate:translate-symaction καθίσας ἐν δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 seated him at his right hand To sit at the "right hand of God" is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: "seated him in the place of honor and authority beside him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate:translate_symaction]])
|
||||
EPH 1 20 jrv1 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places "in the supernatural world." The word "heavenly" refers to the place where God is. See how you translated this in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
EPH 1 21 k8k7 ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐξουσίας καὶ δυνάμεως καὶ κυριότητος 1 far above all rule and authority and power and dominion These are different terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. Alternate translation: "far above all types of supernatural beings"
|
||||
EPH 1 20 jrv1 ἐν ... τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places "in the supernatural world." The word "heavenly" refers to the place where God is. See how you translated this in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
EPH 1 21 k8k7 ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐξουσίας, καὶ δυνάμεως, καὶ κυριότητος 1 far above all rule and authority and power and dominion These are different terms for the ranks of supernatural beings, both angelic and demonic. Alternate translation: "far above all types of supernatural beings"
|
||||
EPH 1 21 ra11 figs-activepassive παντὸς ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου 1 every name that is named This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: Possible meanings are 1) "every name that man gives" or 2) "every name that God gives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 1 21 x6qc figs-metonymy ὀνόματος 1 name Possible meanings are 1) title or 2) position of authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 1 21 pym8 ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ 1 in this age "at this time"
|
||||
EPH 1 21 qw2x ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 in the age to come "in the future"
|
||||
EPH 1 21 qw2x ἐν τῷ ... μέλλοντι 1 in the age to come "in the future"
|
||||
EPH 1 22 jm9i figs-metonymy 0 all things under Christ's feet Here "feet" represents Christ's lordship, authority, and power. Alternate translation: "all things under Christ's power" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 1 22 pm4t figs-metaphor κεφαλὴν ὑπὲρ πάντα 1 head over all things Here "head" refers to the leader or the one who is in charge. Alternate translation: "ruler over all things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 1 23 ge2c figs-metaphor τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 his body Just as with a human body, the head (verse 22) rules all things pertaining to its body, so Christ is the head of the church body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -68,22 +68,22 @@ EPH 2 1 xf5s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds the believers of their past
|
|||
EPH 2 1 dxx8 figs-metaphor ὑμᾶς ὄντας νεκροὺς τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you were dead in your trespasses and sins This shows how sinful people are unable to obey God in the same way a dead person is unable to respond physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 1 lp32 figs-doublet τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 your trespasses and sins The words "trespasses" and "sins" have similar meanings. Paul uses them together to emphasize the greatness of the people's sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 2 2 i7d4 figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 according to the ways of this world The apostles also used "world" to refer to the selfish behaviors and corrupt values of the people living in this world. Alternate translation: "according to the values of people living in the world" or "following the principles of this present world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 2 n5d2 τὸν ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος 1 the ruler of the authorities of the air This refers to the devil or Satan.
|
||||
EPH 2 2 n5d2 τὸν ... ἄρχοντα τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος 1 the ruler of the authorities of the air This refers to the devil or Satan.
|
||||
EPH 2 2 bj9y 0 the spirit that is working "the spirit of Satan, who is working"
|
||||
EPH 2 3 d3wd figs-metonymy τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τῶν διανοιῶν 1 the desires of the body and of the mind The words "body" and "mind" represent the entire person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 3 zd6v figs-metaphor τέκνα ὀργῆς 1 children of wrath people with whom God is angry (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 3 zd6v figs-metaphor τέκνα ... ὀργῆς 1 children of wrath people with whom God is angry (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 4 chm6 Θεὸς πλούσιος ὢν ἐν ἐλέει 1 God is rich in mercy "God is abundant in mercy" or "God is very kind to us"
|
||||
EPH 2 4 hrx9 διὰ πολλὴν ἀγάπην αὐτοῦ ἣν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 because of his great love with which he loved us "because of his great love for us" or "because he loves us very much"
|
||||
EPH 2 5 h6km figs-activepassive χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God saved us because of his great kindness toward us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 4 hrx9 διὰ ... πολλὴν ἀγάπην αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἠγάπησεν ἡμᾶς 1 because of his great love with which he loved us "because of his great love for us" or "because he loves us very much"
|
||||
EPH 2 5 h6km figs-activepassive χάριτί( ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι 1 by grace you have been saved This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "God saved us because of his great kindness toward us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 na2n figs-pastforfuture 0 God raised us up together with Christ Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Possible meanings are 1) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, God has already given Paul and the believers in Ephesus new spiritual life. Alternate translation: "God has given us new life because we belong to Christ" or 2) because God has caused Christ to come alive again, the believers in Ephesus can know that after they die they will live with Christ, and Paul can speak of the believers living again as if it has already happened. Alternate translation: "We can be sure that God will give us life as he has caused Christ to come alive again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EPH 2 6 b499 ἐν τοῖς ἐπουρανίοις 1 in the heavenly places "in the supernatural world." The word "heavenly" refers to the place where God is. See how this is translated in [Ephesians 1:3](../01/03.md).
|
||||
EPH 2 6 m6pq ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus "In Christ Jesus" and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
|
||||
EPH 2 7 y6cf ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις 1 in the ages to come "in the future"
|
||||
EPH 2 6 m6pq ἐν ... Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus "In Christ Jesus" and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
|
||||
EPH 2 7 y6cf ἐν τοῖς αἰῶσιν, τοῖς ἐπερχομένοις 1 in the ages to come "in the future"
|
||||
EPH 2 8 t9pc figs-activepassive τῇ γὰρ χάριτί ἐστε σεσῳσμένοι διὰ πίστεως 1 For by grace you have been saved through faith God's kindness to us is the reason he made it possible for us to be saved from judgment if we simply trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: "God saved you by grace because of your faith in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 8 r8u8 τοῦτο οὐκ 1 this did not The word "this" refers back to "by grace you have been saved by faith."
|
||||
EPH 2 9 al4s οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων, ἵνα μή τις καυχήσηται 1 not from works, so that no one may boast You may want to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: "Salvation does not come from works, so that no one may boast" or "God does not save a person because of what that person does, so no one can boast and say that he earned his salvation"
|
||||
EPH 2 10 fa4l ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 in Christ Jesus "In Christ Jesus" and similar expressions are metaphors that frequently occur in the New Testament letters. They express the strongest kind of relationship possible between Christ and those who believe in him.
|
||||
EPH 2 10 lws4 ἐν αὐτοῖς περιπατήσωμεν 1 we would walk in them Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Here "in them" refers to the "good deeds." Alternate translation: "we would always and continually do those good deeds"
|
||||
EPH 2 10 lws4 ἐν ... αὐτοῖς περιπατήσωμεν 1 we would walk in them Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Here "in them" refers to the "good deeds." Alternate translation: "we would always and continually do those good deeds"
|
||||
EPH 2 11 diq1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul reminds these believers that God has now made Gentiles and Jews into one body through Christ and his cross.
|
||||
EPH 2 11 p7m2 figs-metaphor τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί 1 Gentiles in the flesh This refers to people who were not born Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 11 e76g figs-metonymy 0 uncircumcision Non-Jewish people were not circumcised as babies and thus the Jews considered them people who do not follow any of God's laws. Alternate translation: "uncircumcised pagans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ EPH 2 12 u3vu 0 separated from Christ "unbelievers"
|
|||
EPH 2 12 sti2 figs-metaphor ξένοι τῶν διαθηκῶν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 strangers to the covenants of the promise Paul speaks to the Gentile believers as if they had been foreigners, kept out of the land of God's covenant and promise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 13 quq4 νυνὶ δὲ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 But now in Christ Jesus Paul is marking a contrast between the Ephesians before they believed in Christ and after they believed in Christ.
|
||||
EPH 2 13 uf8m figs-metaphor 0 you who once were far away from God have been brought near by the blood of Christ Not belonging to God due to sin is spoken of as being far away from God. Belonging to God because of the blood of Christ is spoken of as being brought near to God. Alternate translation: "you who once did not belong to God now belong to God because of the blood of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 13 tth1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the blood of Christ The blood of Christ is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: "by Christ's death" or "when Christ died for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 13 tth1 figs-metonymy ἐν ... τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the blood of Christ The blood of Christ is a metonym for his death. Alternate translation: "by Christ's death" or "when Christ died for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 14 ue4u 0 he is our peace "Jesus gives us his peace"
|
||||
EPH 2 14 ccy8 figs-inclusive ἡ εἰρήνη ἡμῶν 1 our peace The word "our" refers to Paul and his readers and so is inclusive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 14 t9zn 0 He made the two one "He made the Jews and Gentiles one"
|
||||
|
|
@ -103,14 +103,15 @@ EPH 2 14 d7uf 0 the wall of hostility "the wall of hatred" or "the wall of ill
|
|||
EPH 2 14 gg6k figs-inclusive 0 that divided us The word "us" refers to Paul and the Ephesians. The Ephesians, as Gentiles, were separated from Paul and the other Jews. Alternate translation: "that separated us Jews and Gentiles from one another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 15 bn71 0 he abolished the law of commandments and regulations Jesus' blood satisfied the law of Moses so that both the Jews and Gentiles can live at peace in God.
|
||||
EPH 2 15 sr2r figs-metaphor ἕνα καινὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 one new man a single new people, the people of redeemed humanity (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 15 b628 ἐν αὑτῷ 1 in himself It is union with Christ that makes reconciliation possible between Jews and Gentiles.
|
||||
EPH 2 15 b628 ἐν ... αὑτῷ 1 in himself It is union with Christ that makes reconciliation possible between Jews and Gentiles.
|
||||
EPH 2 16 zz8k 0 Christ reconciles both peoples "Christ brings the Jews and the Gentiles together in peace"
|
||||
EPH 2 16 bj8x figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 through the cross The cross here represents Christ's death on the cross. Alternate translation: "by means of Christ's death on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 2 16 lq3m figs-metaphor ἀποκτείνας τὴν ἔχθραν 1 putting to death the hostility Stopping their hostility is spoken of as if he killed their hostility. By dying on the cross Jesus eliminated the reason for Jews and Gentiles to be hostile toward each other. Neither are now required to live according to the law of Moses. Alternate translation: "stopping them from hating one another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 2 17 vhi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the Ephesian believers that present Gentile believers are also now made one with the Jewish apostles and prophets; they are a temple for God in the Spirit.
|
||||
EPH 2 17 g1hz εὐηγγελίσατο εἰρήνην 1 proclaimed peace "announced the gospel of peace" or "declared the gospel of peace"
|
||||
EPH 2 17 g1hz εὐηγγελίσατο
|
||||
“ εἰρήνην 1 proclaimed peace "announced the gospel of peace" or "declared the gospel of peace"
|
||||
EPH 2 17 wdu8 ὑμῖν τοῖς μακρὰν 1 you who were far away This refers to the Gentiles or non-Jews.
|
||||
EPH 2 17 a58n τοῖς ἐγγύς 1 those who were near This refers to the Jews.
|
||||
EPH 2 17 a58n τοῖς ... ἐγγύς 1 those who were near This refers to the Jews.
|
||||
EPH 2 18 qw56 figs-inclusive 0 For through Jesus we both have access Here "we both" refers to Paul, the believing Jews, and the believing non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
EPH 2 18 kt1m ἐν ἑνὶ Πνεύματι 1 in one Spirit All believers, both Jewish and Gentile, are given the right to enter into the presence of God the Father by the same Holy Spirit.
|
||||
EPH 2 19 r11r figs-metaphor 0 you Gentiles ... God's household Paul is again speaking of the spiritual condition of Gentiles after they become believers as he would speak about foreigners becoming citizens of a different nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -125,7 +126,7 @@ EPH 3 intro gha7 0 # Ephesians 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatt
|
|||
EPH 3 1 w896 0 Connecting Statement: To make clear the hidden truth about the church to believers, Paul refers back to the oneness of Jews and Gentiles and the temple of which believers are now a part.
|
||||
EPH 3 1 jb9u τούτου χάριν 1 Because of this "Because of God's grace to you"
|
||||
EPH 3 1 m9b6 0 the prisoner of Christ Jesus "the one whom Christ Jesus has put in prison"
|
||||
EPH 3 2 rx7t τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you "the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you"
|
||||
EPH 3 2 rx7t τὴν οἰκονομίαν τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Θεοῦ, τῆς δοθείσης μοι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the stewardship of the grace of God that was given to me for you "the responsibility that God gave me to bring his grace to you"
|
||||
EPH 3 3 dc7x figs-activepassive κατὰ ἀποκάλυψιν ἐγνωρίσθη μοι 1 according to the revelation made known to me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "according to what God revealed to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 3 qm6m 0 about which I briefly wrote to you Paul refers to another letter he had written to these people.
|
||||
EPH 3 5 srn9 figs-activepassive 0 In other generations this truth was not made known to the sons of men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God did not make these things known to people in the past" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -151,7 +152,7 @@ EPH 3 13 ciu6 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, ἥτις ἐστὶν δόξ
|
|||
EPH 3 14 v3gd figs-explicit τούτου χάριν 1 For this reason You may need to make explicit what the reason is. Alternate translation: "Because God has done all this for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 3 14 vju2 figs-synecdoche κάμπτω τὰ γόνατά μου πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I bend my knees to the Father Bowed knees are a picture of the whole person in an attitude of prayer. Alternate translation: "I bow down in prayer to the Father" or "I humbly pray to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EPH 3 15 c492 figs-activepassive ἐξ οὗ πᾶσα πατριὰ ἐν οὐρανοῖς καὶ ἐπὶ γῆς ὀνομάζεται 1 from whom every family in heaven and on earth is named The act of naming here probably also represents the act of creating. Alternate translation: "who created and named every family in heaven and on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 3 16 z9q5 δῷ ὑμῖν κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς,, δόξης αὐτοῦ δυνάμει κραταιωθῆναι 1 he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with power "God, because he is so great and powerful, would allow you to become strong with his power"
|
||||
EPH 3 16 z9q5 δῷ ὑμῖν κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ, δυνάμει κραταιωθῆναι 1 he would grant you, according to the riches of his glory, to be strengthened with power "God, because he is so great and powerful, would allow you to become strong with his power"
|
||||
EPH 3 16 rgf5 δῷ 1 would grant "would give"
|
||||
EPH 3 17 n87p 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues the prayer he began in [Ephesians 3:14](../03/14.md).
|
||||
EPH 3 17 wg1v 0 that Christ may live in your hearts through faith, that you will be rooted and grounded in his love This is the second item for which Paul prays that God will "grant" the Ephesians "according to the riches of his glory." The first is that they would "be strengthened" ([Ephesians 3:16](../03/16.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ EPH 4 1 zxr1 figs-metaphor ἀξίως περιπατῆσαι τῆς κλήσ
|
|||
EPH 4 2 zs6s 0 to live with great humility and gentleness and patience "to learn to be humble, gentle, and patient"
|
||||
EPH 4 3 pi5c τηρεῖν τὴν ἑνότητα τοῦ Πνεύματος ἐν τῷ συνδέσμῳ τῆς εἰρήνης 1 to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace Here Paul speaks of "peace" as if it were a bond that ties people together. This is a metaphor for being united with other people by living peacefully with them. Alternate translation: "to live peacefully with one another and remain united as the Spirit made possible" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 4 x5kv figs-metaphor ἓν σῶμα 1 one body The church is often referred to as the body of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 4 y6ep ἓν Πνεῦμα 1 one Spirit "only one Holy Spirit"
|
||||
EPH 4 4 y6ep ἓν ... Πνεῦμα 1 one Spirit "only one Holy Spirit"
|
||||
EPH 4 4 b9mr figs-activepassive ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν 1 you were called in one certain hope of your calling This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God called you to have one confident hope in your calling" or "there is one thing that God also chose you to be confident in and expect him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 6 bz5i 0 Father of all ... over all ... through all ... and in all The word "all" here means "everything."
|
||||
EPH 4 7 pp9t 0 General Information: The quote here is from a song that King David wrote.
|
||||
|
|
@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ EPH 4 10 b5ig πληρώσῃ 1 fill "complete" or "satisfy"
|
|||
EPH 4 12 uii8 figs-explicit 0 He gave these offices The one to whom Christ gave the gifts can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "Christ gave these offices to the church" or "He gave people with these responsibilities to the church (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 4 12 jx12 πρὸς τὸν καταρτισμὸν τῶν ἁγίων 1 to equip the saints "to prepare the people he has set apart" or "to provide the believers with what they need"
|
||||
EPH 4 12 y9gd 0 for the work of service "so they can serve others"
|
||||
EPH 4 12 n33m figs-metaphor εἰς οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the building up of the body of Christ Paul is speaking of people who grow spiritually as if they were doing exercises to increase the strength of their physical bodies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EPH 4 12 n33m figs-metaphor εἰς ... οἰκοδομὴν τοῦ σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the building up of the body of Christ Paul is speaking of people who grow spiritually as if they were doing exercises to increase the strength of their physical bodies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EPH 4 12 pdh4 οἰκοδομὴν 1 building up "improvement"
|
||||
EPH 4 12 x5gd σώματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 body of Christ The "body of Christ" refers to all of the individual members of Christ's Church.
|
||||
EPH 4 13 w1ik 0 reach the unity of faith and knowledge of the Son of God The believers need to know Jesus as the Son of God if they are to be united in faith and mature as believers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -200,7 +201,7 @@ EPH 4 13 gv6m 0 mature "fully developed" or "grown up" or "complete"
|
|||
EPH 4 14 xgi4 figs-metaphor ὦμεν νήπιοι 1 be children Paul refers to believers who have not grown spiritually as if they were children who have had very little experience in life. Alternate translation: "be like children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 14 ndj2 figs-metaphor 0 tossed back and forth ... carried away by every wind of teaching This speaks of a believer who has not become mature and follows wrong teaching as if that believer were a boat that the wind is blowing in different directions on the water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 14 r3bj 0 by the trickery of people in their deceitful schemes "by crafty people who trick believers with clever lies"
|
||||
EPH 4 15 zw32 figs-metaphor εἰς αὐτὸν ὅς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλή 1 into him who is the head Paul uses the human body to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the head of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow healthy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 15 zw32 figs-metaphor εἰς αὐτὸν ... ὅς ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλή 1 into him who is the head Paul uses the human body to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the head of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow healthy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 15 i2ff ἐν ἀγάπῃ 1 in love "as the members love one another"
|
||||
EPH 4 16 ll7f figs-metaphor 0 Christ builds the whole body ... makes the body grow so that it builds itself up in love Paul uses the human body to describe how Christ causes believers to work together in harmony as the head of a body causes the body parts to work together to grow healthy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 16 l5r6 0 by every supporting ligament A "ligament" is a strong band that connects bones or organs in place in the body.
|
||||
|
|
@ -208,10 +209,10 @@ EPH 4 17 n5cy 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells them what they should no long
|
|||
EPH 4 17 ksr8 0 Therefore, I say and insist on this in the Lord "Because what I have just said, I will say something more to strongly encourage you because we all belong to the Lord"
|
||||
EPH 4 17 wcx2 0 that you must no longer live as the Gentiles live, in the futility of their minds "stop living like the Gentiles with their worthless thoughts"
|
||||
EPH 4 18 lab7 figs-metaphor ἐσκοτωμένοι τῇ διανοίᾳ 1 They are darkened in their understanding They no longer think or reason clearly. Alternate translation: "They have darkened their thoughts" or "They are not able to understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 w69u figs-activepassive ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 alienated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Because they do not know God, they cannot live the way God wants his people to live" or "They have cut themselves off from the life of God by their ignorance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 w69u figs-activepassive ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ, διὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν τὴν οὖσαν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 alienated from the life of God because of the ignorance that is in them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Because they do not know God, they cannot live the way God wants his people to live" or "They have cut themselves off from the life of God by their ignorance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 w235 ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι 1 alienated "cut off" or "separated"
|
||||
EPH 4 18 s1uz ἄγνοιαν 1 ignorance "lack of knowledge" or "lack of information"
|
||||
EPH 4 18 k8qv figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν πώρωσιν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 because of the hardness of their hearts Here "hearts" is a metaphor for people's minds. The phrase "hardness of their hearts" is a metaphor that means "stubbornness." Alternate translation: "because they are stubborn" or "because they refuse to listen to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 18 k8qv figs-metonymy διὰ τὴν ... πώρωσιν τῆς καρδίας αὐτῶν 1 because of the hardness of their hearts Here "hearts" is a metaphor for people's minds. The phrase "hardness of their hearts" is a metaphor that means "stubbornness." Alternate translation: "because they are stubborn" or "because they refuse to listen to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 19 ldy8 figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς παρέδωκαν τῇ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 have handed themselves over to sensuality Paul speaks of these people as if they were objects that they themselves were giving to other people, and he speaks of the way they want to satisfy their physical desires as if it were the person to whom they give themselves. Alternate translation: "only want to satisfy their physical desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 20 e5vk ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐχ οὕτως ἐμάθετε τὸν Χριστόν 1 But that is not how you learned about Christ The word "that" refers to the way the Gentiles live, as described in [Ephesians 4:17-19](./17.md). This emphasizes that what the believers learned about Christ was the opposite of that. Alternate translation: "But what you learned about Christ was not like that"
|
||||
EPH 4 21 hy7r figs-irony 0 I assume that you have heard ... and that you were taught Paul knows that the Ephesians have heard and been taught. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -220,12 +221,12 @@ EPH 4 21 gdz6 καθώς ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1
|
|||
EPH 4 22 h1ha figs-metaphor 0 to put off what belongs to your former manner of life Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: "to stop living according to your former manner of life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 22 j7n7 figs-metaphor 0 to put off the old man Paul is speaking of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. Alternate translation: "to stop living as your former self did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 22 d3j6 παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 old man The "old man" refers to the "old nature" or "former self."
|
||||
EPH 4 22 qw3d figs-metaphor τὸν φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης 1 that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 23 jy7h figs-activepassive ἀνανεοῦσθαι τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν 1 to be renewed in the spirit of your minds This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts" or "to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 22 qw3d figs-metaphor τὸν ... φθειρόμενον κατὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ἀπάτης 1 that is corrupt because of its deceitful desires Paul speaks of the sinful human nature as if it were a dead body falling apart in its grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 4 23 jy7h figs-activepassive ἀνανεοῦσθαι ... τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ νοὸς ὑμῶν 1 to be renewed in the spirit of your minds This may be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: "to allow God to change your attitudes and thoughts" or "to allow God to give you new attitudes and thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
EPH 4 24 x41y ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ὁσιότητι τῆς ἀληθείας 1 in true righteousness and holiness "truly righteous and holy"
|
||||
EPH 4 25 abn8 0 get rid of lies "stop telling lies"
|
||||
EPH 4 25 zh2g ἐσμὲν ἀλλήλων μέλη 1 we are members of one another "we belong to one another" or "we are members of God's family"
|
||||
EPH 4 26 w8rw ὀργίζεσθε καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε 1 Be angry and do not sin "You may get angry, but do not sin" or "If you become angry, do not sin"
|
||||
EPH 4 26 w8rw ὀργίζεσθε, καὶ μὴ ἁμαρτάνετε 1 Be angry and do not sin "You may get angry, but do not sin" or "If you become angry, do not sin"
|
||||
EPH 4 26 ki7p figs-metonymy 0 Do not let the sun go down on your anger The sun going down represents nightfall, or the end of the day. Alternate translation: "You must stop being angry before night comes" or "Let go of your anger before the day ends" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 4 27 w71s 0 Do not give an opportunity to the devil "Do not give the devil an opportunity to lead you into sin"
|
||||
EPH 4 29 f6yk λόγος σαπρὸς 1 filthy talk This refers to speech that is cruel or rude.
|
||||
|
|
@ -267,20 +268,20 @@ EPH 5 16 h8b1 figs-metaphor 0 Redeem the time Using time wisely is spoken of as
|
|||
EPH 5 16 lrb6 figs-metonymy ὅτι αἱ ἡμέραι πονηραί εἰσιν 1 because the days are evil The word "days" is a metonym for what people do during those days. Alternate translation: "because the people around you are doing all kinds of evil things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 5 18 tz9e 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends his instructions on how all believers should live.
|
||||
EPH 5 18 scp1 καὶ μὴ μεθύσκεσθε οἴνῳ 1 And do not get drunk with wine "You should not get drunk from drinking wine"
|
||||
EPH 5 18 lgw3 ἀλλὰ, πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Instead, be filled with the Holy Spirit "Instead, you should be controlled with the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
EPH 5 19 egk6 figs-merism ψαλμοῖς καὶ ὕμνοις καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 psalms and hymns and spiritual songs Possible meanings are that 1) Paul is using these words as a merism for "all sorts of songs to praise God" or 2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
EPH 5 18 lgw3 ἀλλὰ πληροῦσθε ἐν Πνεύματι 1 Instead, be filled with the Holy Spirit "Instead, you should be controlled with the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
EPH 5 19 egk6 figs-merism ψαλμοῖς, καὶ ὕμνοις, καὶ ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 psalms and hymns and spiritual songs Possible meanings are that 1) Paul is using these words as a merism for "all sorts of songs to praise God" or 2) Paul is listing specific forms of music. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
EPH 5 19 n5jj ψαλμοῖς 1 psalms These are probably songs from the Old Testament book of Psalms that Christians sang.
|
||||
EPH 5 19 g5ss ὕμνοις 1 hymns These are songs of praise and worship that may have been written specifically for Christians to sing.
|
||||
EPH 5 19 v9ay figs-doublet ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς 1 spiritual songs Possible meanings are 1) these are songs that Holy Spirit inspires a person to sing right at that moment or 2) "spiritual songs" and "hymns" are doublets and mean basically the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 19 v3ql figs-metonymy 0 with all your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or inner being. The phrase "with all your heart" means to do something with enthusiasm. Alternate translation: "with all of your being" or "enthusiastically" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 5 20 e6w5 ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ" or "as people who belong to our Lord Jesus Christ"
|
||||
EPH 5 20 e6w5 ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "because you belong to our Lord Jesus Christ" or "as people who belong to our Lord Jesus Christ"
|
||||
EPH 5 22 isd7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to explain how Christians are to submit themselves to one another ([Ephesians 5:21](../05/21.md)). He starts with instructions to wives and husbands on how they should act toward each other.
|
||||
EPH 5 23 x637 figs-metaphor 0 the head of the wife ... the head of the church The word "head" represents the leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 25 sx8d 0 General Information: Here the words "himself" and "he" refer to Christ. The word "her" refers to the church.
|
||||
EPH 5 25 sm9e ἀγαπᾶτε τὰς γυναῖκας 1 love your wives Here "love" refers to unselfish serving or giving love to wives.
|
||||
EPH 5 25 i24y ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκεν 1 gave himself up "allowed people to kill him"
|
||||
EPH 5 25 kp8k figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς 1 for her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: "for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 26 a9p5 figs-metaphor αὐτὴν καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι 1 having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word Possible meanings are 1) Paul is referring to God making Christ's people clean by God's word and through water baptism in Christ or 2) Paul speaks of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 26 a9p5 figs-metaphor αὐτὴν ... καθαρίσας τῷ λουτρῷ τοῦ ὕδατος ἐν ῥήματι 1 having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word Possible meanings are 1) Paul is referring to God making Christ's people clean by God's word and through water baptism in Christ or 2) Paul speaks of God making us spiritually clean from our sins by the message as if God were making our bodies clean by washing them with water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 26 h6vx figs-metaphor αὐτὴν ἁγιάσῃ, καθαρίσας 1 make her holy ... cleansed her Paul speaks of the assembly of believers as though it were a woman whom Jesus will marry. Alternate translation: "make us holy ... cleansed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 d1sm figs-metaphor ἄμωμος 1 without stain or wrinkle Paul speaks of the church as though it were a garment that is clean and in good condition. He uses the same idea in two ways to emphasize the church's purity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
EPH 5 27 jvi4 figs-doublet ἁγία καὶ ἄμωμος 1 holy and without fault The phrase "without fault" means basically the same thing as "holy." Paul uses the two together to emphasize the church's purity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -299,7 +300,7 @@ EPH 6 5 r29d ὑπακούετε τοῖς 1 be obedient to "obey." This is a c
|
|||
EPH 6 5 s1pq figs-doublet 0 deep respect and trembling The phrase "deep respect and trembling" uses two similar ideas to emphasize the importance of honoring their masters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
EPH 6 5 z6xx figs-hyperbole καὶ τρόμου 1 and trembling Here "trembling" is an exaggeration used to emphasize how important it is that slaves obey their masters. Alternate translation: "and fear" or "as though you were shaking with fear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
EPH 6 5 pd6z figs-metonymy ἐν ἁπλότητι τῆς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 in the honesty of your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or intentions. Alternate translation: "with honesty" or "with sincerity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 6 l9ve ὡς δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ 1 as slaves of Christ Serve your earthly master as though your earthly master were Christ himself.
|
||||
EPH 6 6 l9ve ὡς ... δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ 1 as slaves of Christ Serve your earthly master as though your earthly master were Christ himself.
|
||||
EPH 6 6 u5fn figs-metonymy 0 from your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for "thoughts" or "intentions." Alternate translation: "with sincerity" or "enthusiastically" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 7 h45y figs-metonymy 0 Serve with all your heart Here "heart" is a metonym for "thoughts" or "inner being." Alternate translation: "Serve with all of your being" or "Be completely dedicated when you serve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 9 i85s 0 treat your slaves in the same way "you also must treat your slaves well" or "just as slaves must do good to their masters, you also must do good to your slaves" ([Ephesians 6:5](../06/05.md))
|
||||
|
|
@ -307,21 +308,21 @@ EPH 6 9 wii4 0 You know that he who is both their Master and yours is in heave
|
|||
EPH 6 9 r9ue προσωπολημψία οὐκ ἔστιν παρ’ αὐτῷ 1 there is no favoritism with him "he judges everyone the same way"
|
||||
EPH 6 10 t5th 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives instructions to make believers strong in this battle we live for God.
|
||||
EPH 6 10 e4mg 0 the strength of his might "his great power." See how "the strength of his power" is translated near the end of [Ephesians 1:21](../01/21.md).
|
||||
EPH 6 11 n8x8 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι ὑμᾶς, στῆναι πρὸς τὰς μεθοδίας τοῦ διαβόλου 1 Put on the whole armor of God, so that you may be able to stand against the scheming plans of the devil Christians should use all the resources God gives to stand firmly against the devil just as a soldier puts on armor to protect himself from enemy attacks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 11 n8x8 figs-metaphor ἐνδύσασθε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ, πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι ὑμᾶς στῆναι πρὸς τὰς μεθοδίας τοῦ διαβόλου 1 Put on the whole armor of God, so that you may be able to stand against the scheming plans of the devil Christians should use all the resources God gives to stand firmly against the devil just as a soldier puts on armor to protect himself from enemy attacks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 11 ra3y τὰς μεθοδίας 1 the scheming plans "the tricky plans"
|
||||
EPH 6 12 d7be figs-synecdoche αἷμα καὶ σάρκα 1 flesh and blood This expression refers to people, not spirits who do not have human bodies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
EPH 6 12 ftu4 figs-explicit 0 against the powers over this present darkness Here it is implied that "the powers" refers to powerful spiritual beings. Here "darkness" is a metaphor for things that are evil. Alternate translation: "against the powerful spiritual beings that rule over people during this present evil time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 13 jrn9 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦτο ἀναλάβετε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore put on the whole armor of God Christians should use the protective resources God gives them in fighting the devil in the same way a soldier puts on armor to protect himself against his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 13 jrn9 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦτο, ἀναλάβετε τὴν πανοπλίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Therefore put on the whole armor of God Christians should use the protective resources God gives them in fighting the devil in the same way a soldier puts on armor to protect himself against his enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 13 cy9h figs-metaphor 0 so that you may be able to stand in this time of evil The words "stand firm" represent successfully resisting or fighting something. Alternate translation: "so that you may be able to resist evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 14 r5m7 figs-metaphor στῆτε, οὖν 1 Stand, therefore The words "stand" represents successfully resisting or fighting something. See how you translated "stand firm" in [Ephesians 6:13](../06/13.md). "So resist evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 14 r5m7 figs-metaphor στῆτε οὖν 1 Stand, therefore The words "stand" represents successfully resisting or fighting something. See how you translated "stand firm" in [Ephesians 6:13](../06/13.md). "So resist evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 14 lbd4 figs-metaphor 0 the belt of truth Truth holds everything together for a believer just as a belt holds the clothing of a soldier together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 14 zt21 0 truth ... righteousness We are to know the truth and act in ways that please God.
|
||||
EPH 6 14 ij1q figs-metaphor τὸν θώρακα τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the breastplate of righteousness Possible meanings are 1) the gift of righteousness covers a believer's heart just as a breastplate protects the chest of a soldier or 2) our living as God wants us, gives us a clear conscience that protects our hearts the way a breastplate protects a soldier's chest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 15 f6w1 figs-metaphor 0 Then as shoes for your feet, put on the readiness to proclaim the gospel of peace Just as a soldier wears shoes to give him solid footing, the believer must have solid knowledge of the gospel of peace in order to be ready to proclaim it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 16 n65c figs-metaphor ἐν πᾶσιν ἀναλαβόντες τὸν θυρεὸν τῆς πίστεως 1 In all circumstances take up the shield of faith The believer must use the faith that God gives for protection when the devil attacks, just as a soldier uses a shield to protect him from enemy attacks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 16 djl5 figs-metaphor τὰ βέλη τοῦ πονηροῦ πεπυρωμένα 1 the flaming arrows of the evil one The attacks of the devil against a believer are like flaming arrows shot at a soldier by an enemy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 17 g2kw figs-metaphor τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου δέξασθε 1 take the helmet of salvation Salvation given by God protects the believer's mind just as a helmet protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 17 c191 figs-metaphor τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God The writer speaks of God's instructions to his people as if they were a sword that his people could use to fight an enemy, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 17 g2kw figs-metaphor τὴν περικεφαλαίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου” δέξασθε 1 take the helmet of salvation Salvation given by God protects the believer's mind just as a helmet protects the head of a soldier. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 17 c191 figs-metaphor τὴν ... μάχαιραν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα Θεοῦ 1 the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God The writer speaks of God's instructions to his people as if they were a sword that his people could use to fight an enemy, (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
EPH 6 18 mu4w διὰ πάσης προσευχῆς καὶ δεήσεως, προσευχόμενοι ἐν παντὶ καιρῷ ἐν Πνεύματι 1 With every prayer and request, pray at all times in the Spirit "Pray at all times in the Spirit as you pray and make specific requests"
|
||||
EPH 6 18 g1i7 0 To this end "For this reason" or "Keeping this in mind." This refers to the attitude of taking God's armor.
|
||||
EPH 6 18 i5hm 0 be watching with all perseverance, as you offer prayers for all the saints "persevere in being alert, and pray for all God's holy people" or "pray with constant alertness for all the believers"
|
||||
|
|
@ -333,4 +334,4 @@ EPH 6 20 wx9k figs-metonymy 0 It is for the gospel that I am an ambassador who
|
|||
EPH 6 20 pmm2 figs-explicit 0 so that I may declare it boldly, as I ought to speak The word "pray" is understood from verse 19. Alternate translation: "so pray that whenever I teach the gospel, I will speak it as boldly as I should" or "pray that I may speak the gospel as boldly as I should" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
EPH 6 21 cxs9 translate-names Τυχικὸς 1 Tychicus Tychicus was one of several men who served with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
EPH 6 22 nv5m figs-metonymy 0 so that he may encourage your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's inner beings. Alternate translation: "so that he may encourage you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
EPH 6 23 j395 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter to the Ephesian believers with a blessing of peace and grace on all believers who love Christ.
|
||||
EPH 6 23 j395 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter to the Ephesian believers with a blessing of peace and grace on all believers who love Christ.
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1741.
|
110
en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
110
en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
|
|
@ -12,11 +12,11 @@ PHP 1 6 s1l8 πεποιθὼς 1 I am confident "I am sure"
|
|||
PHP 1 6 jf4x ὁ ἐναρξάμενος 1 he who began "God, who began"
|
||||
PHP 1 7 v7yu 0 It is right for me "It is proper for me" or "It is good for me"
|
||||
PHP 1 7 fmc6 figs-metonymy 0 I have you in my heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions. This idiom expresses strong affection. Alternate translation: "I love you very much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 1 7 jn2s συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος ὄντας 1 have been my partners in grace "have been partakers of grace with me" or "have shared in grace with me"
|
||||
PHP 1 8 sf3a μάρτυς μου ὁ Θεός 1 God is my witness "God knows" or "God understands"
|
||||
PHP 1 7 jn2s συνκοινωνούς μου τῆς χάριτος ... ὄντας 1 have been my partners in grace "have been partakers of grace with me" or "have shared in grace with me"
|
||||
PHP 1 8 sf3a μάρτυς ... μου ὁ Θεός 1 God is my witness "God knows" or "God understands"
|
||||
PHP 1 8 xun1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν σπλάγχνοις Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 with the compassion of Christ Jesus The abstract noun "compassion" can be translated with the verb "love." Alternate translation: "and I love you as Christ Jesus dearly loves us all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 1 9 v2rw 0 Connecting Statement: Paul prays for the believers in Philippi and talks about the joy there is in suffering for the Lord.
|
||||
PHP 1 9 l2jl figs-metaphor ἔτι περισσεύῃ 1 may abound Paul speaks of love as if it were objects that people could obtain more of. Alternate translation: "may increase" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 9 l2jl figs-metaphor ἔτι ... περισσεύῃ 1 may abound Paul speaks of love as if it were objects that people could obtain more of. Alternate translation: "may increase" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 9 l1cy figs-explicit ἐν ἐπιγνώσει καὶ πάσῃ αἰσθήσει 1 in knowledge and all understanding Here "understanding" refers to understanding about God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "as you learn and understand more about what pleases God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 10 e17g δοκιμάζειν 1 approve This refers to examining things and taking only those that are good. Alternate translation: "test and choose"
|
||||
PHP 1 10 s4ec τὰ διαφέροντα 1 what is excellent "what is most pleasing to God"
|
||||
|
|
@ -24,17 +24,17 @@ PHP 1 10 siv8 figs-doublet εἰλικρινεῖς καὶ ἀπρόσκοπο
|
|||
PHP 1 11 lu5n figs-metaphor πεπληρωμένοι καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης τὸν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 filled with the fruit of righteousness that comes through Jesus Christ Being filled with something is a metaphor that represents being characterized by it or by habitually doing it. Possible meanings of "fruit of righteousness" are that 1) it is a metaphor that represents righteous behavior. Alternate translation: "habitually doing what is righteous because Jesus Christ enables you" or 2) it is a metaphor that represents good deeds as a result of being righteous. Alternate translation: "habitually doing good works because Jesus makes you righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 11 hwg1 εἰς δόξαν καὶ ἔπαινον Θεοῦ 1 to the glory and praise of God Possible meanings are 1) "Then other people will see how you honor God" or 2) "Then people will praise and give honor to God because of the good things they see you do." These alternate translations would require a new sentence.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 uyc6 0 General Information: Paul says that two things have happened because of "the progress of the gospel": many people inside and outside the palace have found out why he is in prison, and other Christians are no longer afraid to proclaim the good news.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 yrp2 δὲ βούλομαι 1 Now I want Here the word "Now" is used to mark a new part of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 yrp2 δὲ ... βούλομαι 1 Now I want Here the word "Now" is used to mark a new part of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 tu2t ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women, because all believers in Christ are members of one spiritual family, with God as their heavenly Father.
|
||||
PHP 1 12 zy4g figs-explicit 0 that what has happened to me Paul is talking about his time in prison. Alternate translation: "that the things I suffered because I was put into prison for preaching about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 12 q288 0 has really served to advance the gospel "has caused more people to hear the gospel"
|
||||
PHP 1 13 h1ly figs-metaphor τοὺς δεσμούς μου φανεροὺς ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ came to light "Chains in Christ" here is a metonym for being in prison for the sake of Christ. "Came to light" is a metaphor for "became known." Alternate translation: "It became known that I am in prison for the sake of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 wi6n figs-activepassive 0 my chains in Christ came to light ... guard ... everyone else This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the palace guards and many other people in Rome know that I am in chains for the sake of Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 f8az τοὺς δεσμούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ Here Paul uses the preposition "in" to mean "for the sake of." Alternate translation: "my chains for the sake of Christ" or "my chains because I teach people about Christ"
|
||||
PHP 1 13 f8az τοὺς δεσμούς μου ... ἐν Χριστῷ 1 my chains in Christ Here Paul uses the preposition "in" to mean "for the sake of." Alternate translation: "my chains for the sake of Christ" or "my chains because I teach people about Christ"
|
||||
PHP 1 13 i46j figs-metonymy τοὺς δεσμούς μου 1 my chains Here the word "chains" is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: "my imprisonment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 13 dm1m πραιτωρίῳ 1 palace guard This is a group of soldiers that helped protect the Roman emperor.
|
||||
PHP 1 14 gy47 ἀφόβως τὸν λόγον λαλεῖν 1 fearlessly speak the word "fearlessly speak God's message"
|
||||
PHP 1 15 vw1s τινὲς μὲν καὶ τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν 1 Some indeed even proclaim Christ "Some people preach the good news about Christ"
|
||||
PHP 1 15 vw1s τινὲς μὲν καὶ ... τὸν Χριστὸν κηρύσσουσιν 1 Some indeed even proclaim Christ "Some people preach the good news about Christ"
|
||||
PHP 1 15 f32h διὰ φθόνον καὶ ἔριν 1 out of envy and strife "because they do not want people listening to me, and they want to cause trouble"
|
||||
PHP 1 15 v1sb 0 and also others out of good will "but other people do it because they are kind and they want to help"
|
||||
PHP 1 16 qf4p οἱ 1 The latter "Those who proclaim Christ out of good will"
|
||||
|
|
@ -42,47 +42,47 @@ PHP 1 16 ttr2 figs-activepassive εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγ
|
|||
PHP 1 16 st7k εἰς ἀπολογίαν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the defense of the gospel "to teach everyone that the message of Jesus is true"
|
||||
PHP 1 17 eq7s οἱ δὲ 1 But the former "But the others" or "But the ones who proclaim Christ out of envy and strife"
|
||||
PHP 1 17 z8ty figs-metonymy 0 while I am in chains Here the phrase "in chains" is a metonym for imprisonment. Alternate translation: "while I am imprisoned" or "while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 18 z5ia figs-rquestion τί γάρ? 1 What then? Paul uses this question to tell how he feels about the situation he wrote about in [Philippians 15-17](./15.md). Possible meanings are 1) this is an idiom that means "It does not matter." or 2) the words "shall I think about this" are understood as part of the question. Alternate translation: "What then shall I think about this?" or "This is what I think about it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
PHP 1 18 ah9v πλὴν ὅτι παντὶ τρόπῳ εἴτε προφάσει—— εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται 1 Only that in every way—whether from false motives or from true—Christ is proclaimed "As long as people preach about Christ, it does not matter if they do it for good reasons or for bad reasons"
|
||||
PHP 1 18 z5ia figs-rquestion τί γάρ 1 What then? Paul uses this question to tell how he feels about the situation he wrote about in [Philippians 15-17](./15.md). Possible meanings are 1) this is an idiom that means "It does not matter." or 2) the words "shall I think about this" are understood as part of the question. Alternate translation: "What then shall I think about this?" or "This is what I think about it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
PHP 1 18 ah9v πλὴν ὅτι παντὶ τρόπῳ, εἴτε προφάσει εἴτε ἀληθείᾳ, Χριστὸς καταγγέλλεται 1 Only that in every way—whether from false motives or from true—Christ is proclaimed "As long as people preach about Christ, it does not matter if they do it for good reasons or for bad reasons"
|
||||
PHP 1 18 c8tr ἐν τούτῳ χαίρω 1 in this I rejoice "I am happy because people are preaching about Jesus"
|
||||
PHP 1 18 cf58 χαρήσομαι 1 I will rejoice "I will celebrate" or "I will be glad"
|
||||
PHP 1 19 qp81 τοῦτό μοι ἀποβήσεται εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 this will result in my deliverance "because people proclaim Christ, God will deliver me"
|
||||
PHP 1 19 h9hf figs-abstractnouns μοι εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 in my deliverance "Deliverance" here is an abstract noun that refers to one person bringing another person to a safe place. You may have to specify that it is God whom Paul expects to deliver him. Alternate translation: "in my being brought to a safe place" or "in God bringing me to a safe place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 1 19 x3fs διὰ ὑμῶν δεήσεως καὶ ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through your prayers and the help of the Spirit of Jesus Christ "because you are praying and the Spirit of Jesus Christ is helping me"
|
||||
PHP 1 19 h9hf figs-abstractnouns μοι ... εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 in my deliverance "Deliverance" here is an abstract noun that refers to one person bringing another person to a safe place. You may have to specify that it is God whom Paul expects to deliver him. Alternate translation: "in my being brought to a safe place" or "in God bringing me to a safe place" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 1 19 x3fs διὰ ... ὑμῶν δεήσεως, καὶ ἐπιχορηγίας τοῦ Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through your prayers and the help of the Spirit of Jesus Christ "because you are praying and the Spirit of Jesus Christ is helping me"
|
||||
PHP 1 19 c48j Πνεύματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Spirit of Jesus Christ "Holy Spirit"
|
||||
PHP 1 20 fh48 figs-doublet 0 It is my eager expectation and certain hope Here the word "expectation" and the phrase "certain hope" mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how strong his expectation is. Alternate translation: "I eagerly and confidently hope" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 tk7l 0 but that I will have complete boldness This is part of Paul's expectation and hope. Alternate translation: "but that I will be very bold"
|
||||
PHP 1 20 jz1z figs-metonymy μεγαλυνθήσεται Χριστὸς ἐν τῷ σώματί μου 1 Christ will be exalted in my body The phrase "my body" is a metonym for what Paul does with his body. This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "I will honor Christ by what I do" or 2) "people will praise Christ because of what I do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 1 20 y78k εἴτε διὰ ζωῆς εἴτε διὰ θανάτου 1 whether by life or by death "whether I live or die" or "if I go on living or if I die"
|
||||
PHP 1 21 p9b7 ἐμοὶ γὰρ 1 For to me These words are emphatic. They indicate that this is Paul's personal experience.
|
||||
PHP 1 21 sxt5 figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ζῆν Χριστὸς 1 to live is Christ Here pleasing and serving Christ is spoken of as Paul's only purpose for living. Alternate translation: "to go on living is an opportunity to please Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 21 sxt5 figs-metaphor ἐμοὶ ... ζῆν Χριστὸς 1 to live is Christ Here pleasing and serving Christ is spoken of as Paul's only purpose for living. Alternate translation: "to go on living is an opportunity to please Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 21 n3jd figs-metaphor ἀποθανεῖν κέρδος 1 to die is gain Here death is spoken of as "gain." Possible meanings for "gain" are 1) Paul's death will help spread the message of the gospel or 2) Paul will be in a better situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 a21c figs-metonymy εἰ δὲ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί 1 But if I am to live in the flesh The word "flesh" here is a metonym for the body, and "living in the flesh" is a metonym for being alive. Alternate translation: "But if I am to remain alive in my body" or "But if I continue to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 y9fv καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι? 1 Yet which to choose? "But which should I choose?"
|
||||
PHP 1 22 a21c figs-metonymy εἰ δὲ ... ζῆν ἐν σαρκί 1 But if I am to live in the flesh The word "flesh" here is a metonym for the body, and "living in the flesh" is a metonym for being alive. Alternate translation: "But if I am to remain alive in my body" or "But if I continue to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 1 22 y9fv καὶ τί αἱρήσομαι 1 Yet which to choose? "But which should I choose?"
|
||||
PHP 1 22 mwl6 figs-metaphor 0 that means fruitful labor for me The word "fruit" here refers to the good results of Paul's work. Alternate translation: "that means I will be able to work and my work will produce good results" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 1 23 tq29 figs-metaphor συνέχομαι δὲ ἐκ τῶν δύο 1 For I am hard pressed between the two Paul speaks of how hard it is for him to choose between living and dying as if two heavy objects, like rocks or logs, were pushing on him from opposite sides at the same time. Your language might prefer the objects to pull rather than push. Alternate translation: "I am under tension. I do not know if I should choose to live or to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 23 f7qg figs-euphemism 0 My desire is to depart and be with Christ Paul uses a euphemism here to show that he is not afraid of dying. Alternate translation: "I would like to die because I will go to be with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
PHP 1 25 bu8d τοῦτο πεποιθὼς 1 Being convinced of this "Since I am sure that it is better for you that I stay alive"
|
||||
PHP 1 25 kmp4 οἶδα ὅτι μενῶ 1 I know that I will remain "I know that I will continue to live" or "I know that I will keep on living"
|
||||
PHP 1 26 i9cl ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 so that in me "so that because of me" or "so that because of what I do"
|
||||
PHP 1 26 i9cl ἵνα ... ἐν ... ἐμοὶ 1 so that in me "so that because of me" or "so that because of what I do"
|
||||
PHP 1 27 cd3b figs-parallelism ὅτι στήκετε ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 that you are standing firm in one spirit, with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel The phrases "standing firm in one spirit" and "with one mind striving together" share similar meanings and emphasize the importance of unity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 1 27 jey6 figs-metaphor μιᾷ ψυχῇ συναθλοῦντες 1 with one mind striving together "striving together with one mind." Agreeing with one another is spoken of as having one mind. Alternate translation: "agreeing with one another and striving together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 1 27 ej2s συναθλοῦντες 1 striving together "working hard together"
|
||||
PHP 1 27 ya3h τῇ πίστει τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the faith of the gospel Possible meanings are 1) "to spread the faith that is based on the gospel" or 2) "to believe and live as the gospel teaches us"
|
||||
PHP 1 28 i9yt figs-you 0 Do not be frightened in any respect This is a command to the Philippian believers. If your language has a plural command form, use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 1 28 l495 0 This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation—and this from God "Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you"
|
||||
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God "and this is from God." Possible meanings are the word "this" refers to 1) the believers' courage or 2) the sign or 3) destruction and salvation.
|
||||
PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me "suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering"
|
||||
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ ... τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God "and this is from God." Possible meanings are the word "this" refers to 1) the believers' courage or 2) the sign or 3) destruction and salvation.
|
||||
PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me "suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering"
|
||||
PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Practical instructions<br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "If there is any"<br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as "Since there is."<br>
|
||||
PHP 2 1 xye5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul advises the believers to have unity and humility and reminds them of Christ's example.
|
||||
PHP 2 1 b1q7 εἴ τις παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If there is any encouragement in Christ "If Christ has encouraged you" or "If you are encouraged because of Christ"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 k1b2 εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 if there is any comfort provided by love The phrase "by love" probably refers to Christ's love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: "if his love has given you any comfort" or "if his love for you has comforted you in any way"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 m84k εἴ τις κοινωνία Πνεύματος 1 if there is any fellowship in the Spirit "if you have fellowship with the Spirit"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 l2px εἴ τις σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί 1 if there are any tender mercies and compassions "if you have experienced many of God's acts of tender mercy and compassion"
|
||||
PHP 2 2 jxq2 figs-metaphor πληρώσατέ μου χαρὰν 1 make my joy full Paul speaks here of joy as if it were a container that can be filled. Alternate translation: "cause me to rejoice greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 3 y1le μηδὲν κατ’ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κενοδοξίαν 1 Do nothing out of selfishness or empty conceit "Do not serve yourselves or think of yourselves as better than others"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 b1q7 εἴ τις ... παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If there is any encouragement in Christ "If Christ has encouraged you" or "If you are encouraged because of Christ"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 k1b2 εἴ ... τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 if there is any comfort provided by love The phrase "by love" probably refers to Christ's love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: "if his love has given you any comfort" or "if his love for you has comforted you in any way"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 m84k εἴ τις ... κοινωνία Πνεύματος 1 if there is any fellowship in the Spirit "if you have fellowship with the Spirit"
|
||||
PHP 2 1 l2px εἴ τις ... σπλάγχνα καὶ οἰκτιρμοί 1 if there are any tender mercies and compassions "if you have experienced many of God's acts of tender mercy and compassion"
|
||||
PHP 2 2 jxq2 figs-metaphor πληρώσατέ μου ... χαρὰν 1 make my joy full Paul speaks here of joy as if it were a container that can be filled. Alternate translation: "cause me to rejoice greatly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 3 y1le μηδὲν κατ’ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ ... κενοδοξίαν 1 Do nothing out of selfishness or empty conceit "Do not serve yourselves or think of yourselves as better than others"
|
||||
PHP 2 4 ezk6 0 Let each of you look not only to his own interests, but also to the interests of others "Do not care only about what you need, but also about what others need"
|
||||
PHP 2 5 rh98 τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν ὃ ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Have this mind in yourselves which also was in Christ Jesus "Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had" or "Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people"
|
||||
PHP 2 5 rh98 τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν, ὃ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Have this mind in yourselves which also was in Christ Jesus "Have the same attitude that Christ Jesus had" or "Think about one another the way Christ Jesus thought of people"
|
||||
PHP 2 6 hs4q ἐν μορφῇ Θεοῦ ὑπάρχων 1 he existed in the form of God "everything that is true of God was true of him"
|
||||
PHP 2 6 els2 figs-metaphor 0 did not consider his equality with God as something to hold on to Here "equality" refers to "equal status" or "equal honor." Holding onto equality with God represents demanding that he continue to be honored as God is honored. Christ did not do that. Though he did not cease to be God, he ceased to act as God. Alternate translation: "did not think that he had to have the same status as God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 7 yu25 figs-metaphor ἑαυτὸν ἐκένωσεν 1 he emptied himself Paul speaks of Christ as if he were a container in order to say that Christ refused to act with his divine powers during his ministry on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -91,33 +91,33 @@ PHP 2 8 t8a6 figs-metaphor γενόμενος ὑπήκοος μέχρι θαν
|
|||
PHP 2 8 hi57 0 even death of a cross "even to dying on a cross"
|
||||
PHP 2 9 mvb7 figs-metonymy 0 the name that is above every name Here "name" is a metonym that refers to rank or honor. Alternate translation: "the rank that is above any other rank" or "the honor that is above any other honor" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 9 qsy9 figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομα 1 above every name The name is more important, more to be praised than any other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 tk45 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ 1 in the name of Jesus every knee should bend Here "knee" is a synecdoche for the whole person, and bending the knee to kneel on the ground is a metonym for worship. "In the name of" here is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: "every person will worship Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 tk45 figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ, πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ 1 in the name of Jesus every knee should bend Here "knee" is a synecdoche for the whole person, and bending the knee to kneel on the ground is a metonym for worship. "In the name of" here is a metonym for the person, telling who it is they will worship. Alternate translation: "every person will worship Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 10 kfb4 καταχθονίων 1 under the earth Possible meanings are 1) the place where people go when they die or 2) the place where demons dwell.
|
||||
PHP 2 11 xy4f figs-synecdoche πᾶσα γλῶσσα 1 every tongue Here "tongue" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "every person" or "every being" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHP 2 11 mr2i figs-metaphor εἰς δόξαν Θεοῦ Πατρὸς 1 to the glory of God the Father Here the word "to" expresses result: "with the result that they will praise God the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 jnp3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the Philippian believers and shows them how to live the Christian life before others and reminds them of his example.
|
||||
PHP 2 12 e359 ἀγαπητοί μου 1 my beloved "my dear fellow believers"
|
||||
PHP 2 12 c1ix ὡς ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ μου 1 in my presence "when I am there with you"
|
||||
PHP 2 12 u5ng ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ μου 1 in my absence "when I am not there with you"
|
||||
PHP 2 12 j897 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθε 1 work out your own salvation with fear and trembling The abstract noun "salvation" can be expressed with a phrase about God saving people. Alternate translation: "with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do what is proper for those whom God saves" or "with awe and reverence for God, work hard to do the good things that show that he has saved you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 u5ng ἐν τῇ ... ἀπουσίᾳ μου 1 in my absence "when I am not there with you"
|
||||
PHP 2 12 j897 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ... ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν κατεργάζεσθε 1 work out your own salvation with fear and trembling The abstract noun "salvation" can be expressed with a phrase about God saving people. Alternate translation: "with fear and trembling, continue to work hard to do what is proper for those whom God saves" or "with awe and reverence for God, work hard to do the good things that show that he has saved you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
PHP 2 12 cm1s figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling Paul uses the words "fear" and "trembling" together to show the attitude of reverence that people should have for God. Alternate translation: "trembling with fear" or "with deep reverence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 13 m6b8 καὶ τὸ θέλειν καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας 1 both to will and to work for his good pleasure "so that you will want to do what pleases him and will be able to do what pleases him"
|
||||
PHP 2 13 m6b8 καὶ τὸ θέλειν, καὶ τὸ ἐνεργεῖν, ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας 1 both to will and to work for his good pleasure "so that you will want to do what pleases him and will be able to do what pleases him"
|
||||
PHP 2 15 z2lz figs-doublet ἄμεμπτοι καὶ ἀκέραιοι 1 blameless and pure The words "blameless" and "pure" are very similar in meaning and are used together to strenghten the idea. Alternate translation: "completely innocent" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 p71u figs-metaphor 0 so that you may shine as lights in the world Light represents goodness and truth. Shining as lights in the world represents living in a good and righteous way so that people in the world can see that God is good and true. Alternate translation: "so that you will be like lights in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 jb7y figs-doublet μέσον κόσμῳ, γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης ἐν 1 in the world, in the middle of a crooked and depraved generation Here the word "world" refers to the people of the world. The words "crooked" and "depraved" are used together to emphasize that the people are very sinful. Alternate translation: "in the world, among people who are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 15 jb7y figs-doublet μέσον γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς καὶ διεστραμμένης, ἐν ... κόσμῳ 1 in the world, in the middle of a crooked and depraved generation Here the word "world" refers to the people of the world. The words "crooked" and "depraved" are used together to emphasize that the people are very sinful. Alternate translation: "in the world, among people who are very sinful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 u3qb figs-metaphor λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες 1 Hold on to the word of life "Hold on" represents firmly believing. Alternate translation: "Continue to firmly believe the word of life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 eq86 λόγον ζωῆς 1 the word of life "the message that brings life" or "the message that shows how to live the way God wants you to"
|
||||
PHP 2 16 q7y8 εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ 1 on the day of Christ This refers to when Jesus comes back to set up his kingdom and rule over the earth. Alternate translation: "when Christ returns"
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m5aq figs-parallelism οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα 1 I did not run in vain or labor in vain The phrases "run in vain" and "labor in vain" here mean the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ. Alternate translation: "I did not work so hard for nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 q7y8 εἰς ... ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ 1 on the day of Christ This refers to when Jesus comes back to set up his kingdom and rule over the earth. Alternate translation: "when Christ returns"
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m5aq figs-parallelism οὐκ εἰς κενὸν ἔδραμον, οὐδὲ εἰς κενὸν ἐκοπίασα 1 I did not run in vain or labor in vain The phrases "run in vain" and "labor in vain" here mean the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how hard he has worked to help people believe in Christ. Alternate translation: "I did not work so hard for nothing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
PHP 2 16 m1z7 figs-metaphor ἔδραμον 1 run The scriptures often use the image of walking to represent conducting one's life. Running is living life intensively. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 17 bky1 figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς, πίστεως ὑμῶν χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 1 But even if I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice and service of your faith, I am glad and rejoice with you all Paul speaks of his death as if he were a drink offering which is poured upon the animal sacrifice to honor God. What Paul means is that he would gladly die for the Philippians if that would make them more pleasing to God. Alternate translation: "But, even if the Romans kill me and it is as if my blood pours out as an offering, I will be glad and rejoice with you all if my death will make your faith and obedience more pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 17 bky1 figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ εἰ καὶ σπένδομαι ἐπὶ τῇ θυσίᾳ καὶ λειτουργίᾳ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν, χαίρω καὶ συνχαίρω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 1 But even if I am being poured out as an offering on the sacrifice and service of your faith, I am glad and rejoice with you all Paul speaks of his death as if he were a drink offering which is poured upon the animal sacrifice to honor God. What Paul means is that he would gladly die for the Philippians if that would make them more pleasing to God. Alternate translation: "But, even if the Romans kill me and it is as if my blood pours out as an offering, I will be glad and rejoice with you all if my death will make your faith and obedience more pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 19 dr9c 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the Philippian believers about his plan to send Timothy soon and that they should treat Epaphroditus as special.
|
||||
PHP 2 19 gml9 ἐλπίζω δὲ ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 But I have hope in the Lord Jesus "But I confidently expect the Lord Jesus to allow me"
|
||||
PHP 2 20 d9mw οὐδένα γὰρ ἔχω ἰσόψυχον 1 For I have no one else with his same attitude "No one else here loves you as much as he does"
|
||||
PHP 2 21 b922 οἱ πάντες γὰρ 1 For they all Here the word "they" refers to a group of people Paul does not feel he can trust to send to Philippi. Paul is also expressing his displeasure with the group, who should have been able to go, but Paul does not trust them to fulfill their mission.
|
||||
PHP 2 22 gm8i figs-simile ὡς πατρὶ τέκνον, σὺν ἐμοὶ ἐδούλευσεν 1 as a son with his father, so he served with me Fathers and sons love each other and work together. Timothy was not really Paul's son, but he worked with Paul as a son works with his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
PHP 2 22 xdn5 figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 in the gospel Here "the gospel" stands for the activity of telling people about Jesus. Alternate translation: "in telling people about the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα ἐν Κυρίῳ ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon "I am sure, if it is the Lord's will, that I will also come soon"
|
||||
PHP 2 24 yn62 πέποιθα ... ἐν Κυρίῳ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ταχέως ἐλεύσομαι 1 I am confident in the Lord that I myself will also come soon "I am sure, if it is the Lord's will, that I will also come soon"
|
||||
PHP 2 25 k4wz translate-names Ἐπαφρόδιτον 1 Epaphroditus This is the name of a man sent by the Philippian church to minister to Paul in prison. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 2 25 c3ce figs-metaphor συνεργὸν καὶ συνστρατιώτην 1 fellow worker and fellow soldier Here Paul is speaking of Epaphroditus as if he were a soldier. He means that Epaphroditus is trained and is dedicated to serving God, no matter how great the hardship he must suffer. Alternate translation: "fellow believer who works and struggles along with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 2 25 qsd6 0 your messenger and servant for my needs "who brings your messages to me and helps me when I am in need"
|
||||
|
|
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ PHP 3 2 ny6y βλέπετε 1 Watch out for "Beware of" or "Look out for"
|
|||
PHP 3 2 zin8 τὴν κατατομήν 1 the dogs ... those evil workers ... those who mutilate the flesh These are three different ways of describing the same group of false teachers. Paul is using strong expressions to convey his feeling about these Jewish Christian teachers.
|
||||
PHP 3 2 yr9n figs-metaphor κύνας 1 dogs The word "dogs" was used by the Jews to refer to those who were not Jews. They were considered unclean. Paul speaks of the false teachers as though they were dogs, to insult them. If you have a different animal in your culture that is considered unclean or whose name is used as an insult, you could use this animal instead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
PHP 3 2 cka6 figs-hyperbole τὴν κατατομήν 1 mutilate Paul is exaggerating about the act of circumcision to insult the false teachers. The false teachers said God will only save a person who is circumcised, who cuts off the foreskin. This action was required by the law of Moses for all male Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 y8yt figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν καυχώμενοι 1 For it is we who are Paul uses "we" to refer to himself and all true believers in Christ, including the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 y8yt figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς γάρ ἐσμεν ... καυχώμενοι 1 For it is we who are Paul uses "we" to refer to himself and all true believers in Christ, including the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 3 xt5r ἡ περιτομή 1 the circumcision Paul uses this phrase to refer to believers in Christ who are not physically circumcised but are spiritually circumcised, which means they have received the Holy Spirit through faith. Alternate translation: "the truly circumcised ones" or "truly God's people"
|
||||
PHP 3 3 k8ph οὐκ ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθότες 1 have no confidence in the flesh "do not trust that only cutting our flesh will please God"
|
||||
PHP 3 4 e346 figs-hypo καίπερ 1 Even so "Although if I wanted to." Paul is introducing a hypothetical situation that could not possibly exist. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -148,20 +148,20 @@ PHP 3 4 u4f1 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ 1 I myself Paul uses "myself" for emphasis.
|
|||
PHP 3 5 yq98 figs-activepassive περιτομῇ 1 I was circumcised This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A priest circumcised me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 5 am85 ὀκταήμερος 1 the eighth day "seven days after I was born"
|
||||
PHP 3 5 p4ik Ἑβραῖος ἐξ Ἑβραίων 1 a Hebrew of Hebrews Possible meanings are 1) "a Hebrew son with Hebrew parents" or 2) "the purest Hebrew."
|
||||
PHP 3 5 we4t κατὰ νόμον, Φαρισαῖος 1 with regard to the law, a Pharisee The Pharisees were committed to obeying all of the law. Being a Pharisee showed that Paul was committed to obeying all of the law. Alternate translation: "as a Pharisee, I was committed to obeying all of the law"
|
||||
PHP 3 6 ksr3 κατὰ ζῆλος, διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 As for zeal, I persecuted the church Paul's zeal was his enthusiasm for honoring God. He believed that by persecuting the church he proved how zealous he was for God. Alternate translation: "I had so much zeal for God that I persecuted the church" or "Because I wanted so much to honor God, I persecuted the church"
|
||||
PHP 3 5 we4t κατὰ νόμον Φαρισαῖος 1 with regard to the law, a Pharisee The Pharisees were committed to obeying all of the law. Being a Pharisee showed that Paul was committed to obeying all of the law. Alternate translation: "as a Pharisee, I was committed to obeying all of the law"
|
||||
PHP 3 6 ksr3 κατὰ ζῆλος διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 As for zeal, I persecuted the church Paul's zeal was his enthusiasm for honoring God. He believed that by persecuting the church he proved how zealous he was for God. Alternate translation: "I had so much zeal for God that I persecuted the church" or "Because I wanted so much to honor God, I persecuted the church"
|
||||
PHP 3 6 n51b διώκων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν 1 I persecuted the church "I attacked Christians"
|
||||
PHP 3 6 hln8 κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ, γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος 1 as for righteousness under the law, I was blameless "Righteousness under the law" refers to being righteous by obeying the law. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. Alternate Translation: "I was so righteous by obeying the law that I was blameless"
|
||||
PHP 3 6 hln8 κατὰ ... δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμῳ γενόμενος ἄμεμπτος 1 as for righteousness under the law, I was blameless "Righteousness under the law" refers to being righteous by obeying the law. Paul obeyed the law so carefully that he believed that no one could find any part of it that he disobeyed. Alternate Translation: "I was so righteous by obeying the law that I was blameless"
|
||||
PHP 3 7 n4lg figs-metaphor ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 whatever things were a profit for me Paul is referring here to the praise he received for being an eager Pharisee. He speaks of this praise as if he had viewed it in the past as a businessman's profit. Alternate translation: "anything that other Jews praised me for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 lb8f 0 profit ... loss These are common business terms. If many people in your culture do not understand formal business terms, you could translate these terms as "things that made my life better" and "things that made my life worse."
|
||||
PHP 3 7 y1sg figs-metaphor ταῦτα ἥγημαι ζημίαν 1 I have considered them as loss Paul speaks of that praise as if he were now viewing it as a business loss instead of a profit. In other words, Paul says that all his religious acts of righteousness are worthless before Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 7 y1sg figs-metaphor ταῦτα ἥγημαι ... ζημίαν 1 I have considered them as loss Paul speaks of that praise as if he were now viewing it as a business loss instead of a profit. In other words, Paul says that all his religious acts of righteousness are worthless before Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 zi6f μενοῦνγε 1 In fact "Really" or "Truly"
|
||||
PHP 3 8 qdh7 figs-explicit καὶ ἡγοῦμαι 1 now I count The word "now" emphasizes how Paul has changed since he quit being a Pharisee and became a believer in Christ. Alternate translation: "now that I have trusted in Christ, I count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 e1fp figs-metaphor ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι 1 I count all things to be loss Paul is continuing the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:7](../03/07.md), saying it is worthless to trust in anything other than Christ. Alternate translation: "I consider everything to be worthless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 8 cv55 διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου 1 because of the surpassing value of the knowledge of Christ Jesus my Lord "because knowing Christ Jesus my Lord is worth so much more"
|
||||
PHP 3 8 afs4 ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω 1 so that I may gain Christ "so that I may have only Christ"
|
||||
PHP 3 9 iy4k figs-idiom εὑρεθῶ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 be found in him The phrase "be found" is an idiom that emphasizes the idea of "to be." Alternate translation: "be truly united with Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 3 9 g9a9 μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην ἐκ νόμου 1 not having a righteousness of my own from the law Paul knows that he cannot become righteous by obeying the law.
|
||||
PHP 3 9 g9a9 μὴ ἔχων ἐμὴν δικαιοσύνην ... ἐκ νόμου 1 not having a righteousness of my own from the law Paul knows that he cannot become righteous by obeying the law.
|
||||
PHP 3 9 qw6g ἀλλὰ τὴν διὰ πίστεως Χριστοῦ 1 but that which is through faith in Christ The word "that" refers to righteousness. Paul knows that he can become righteous only by believing in Christ. AT: "but having the righteousness that comes by believing in Christ"
|
||||
PHP 3 10 vj4s τὴν δύναμιν τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the power of his resurrection "his power that gives us life"
|
||||
PHP 3 10 xm68 κοινωνίαν παθημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 the fellowship of his sufferings "what it is like to suffer as he suffered" or "what it is like to participate in suffering with him"
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,14 +171,14 @@ PHP 3 12 xk5q 0 Connecting Statement: Paul urges the believers at Philippi to
|
|||
PHP 3 12 ms3v 0 received these things These include knowing Christ, knowing the power of his resurrection, sharing in Christ's suffering, and being united with Christ in his death and resurrection ([Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md)).
|
||||
PHP 3 12 h8p7 0 or that I have become complete "so I am not yet perfect" or "so I am not yet mature"
|
||||
PHP 3 12 i5ld διώκω δὲ 1 But I press on "But I keep trying"
|
||||
PHP 3 12 m52v figs-metaphor καταλάβω ἐφ’ ᾧ ᾧ κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 I may grasp that for which I was grasped by Christ Jesus Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. And, Jesus choosing Paul to belong to him is spoken of as if Jesus grasped Paul with his hands. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "I may receive these things because that is why Jesus claimed me as his own" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 12 m52v figs-metaphor καταλάβω, ἐφ’ ᾧ ... κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 I may grasp that for which I was grasped by Christ Jesus Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. And, Jesus choosing Paul to belong to him is spoken of as if Jesus grasped Paul with his hands. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: "I may receive these things because that is why Jesus claimed me as his own" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 13 tzg8 ἀδελφοί 1 Brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 3 13 kqk7 figs-metaphor ἐμαυτὸν κατειληφέναι 1 I myself have yet grasped it Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. Alternate translation: "all these things belong to me yet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 13 kqk7 figs-metaphor ἐμαυτὸν ... κατειληφέναι 1 I myself have yet grasped it Receiving spiritual things from Christ is spoken of as if Paul could grasp them with his hands. Alternate translation: "all these things belong to me yet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 13 ia2b figs-metaphor 0 I forget what is behind and strain for what is ahead Like a runner in a race is no longer concerned about the part of the race that is completed but only focuses on what is ahead, Paul speaks of setting aside his religious works of righteousness and only focusing on the race of life that Christ has set before him to complete. Alternate translation: "I do not care what I have done in the past; I only work as hard as I can on what is ahead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 14 z39s figs-metaphor 0 I press on toward the goal to win the prize of the upward calling of God in Christ Jesus As a runner presses onward to win the race, Paul presses onward in serving and living in obedience to Christ. Alternate translation: "I do all I can to be like Christ, like a runner racing to the finish line, so that I may belong to him, and God may call me to himself after I die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 14 lmr6 figs-metaphor τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως 1 the upward calling Possible meanings are that Paul speaks of living eternally with God as if God were to call Paul to ascend 1) to heaven as Jesus did or 2) the steps to the podium where winners of races received prizes, as a metaphor for meeting God face to face and receiving eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 3 15 de4y 0 All of us who are mature, let us think this way Paul wants his fellow believers to have the same desires he listed in [Philippians 3:8-11](./08.md). Alternate translation: "I encourage all of us believers who are strong in the faith to think the same way"
|
||||
PHP 3 15 yy22 καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει 1 God will also reveal that to you "God will also make it clear to you" or "God will make sure you know it"
|
||||
PHP 3 15 yy22 καὶ ... τοῦτο ὁ Θεὸς ὑμῖν ἀποκαλύψει 1 God will also reveal that to you "God will also make it clear to you" or "God will make sure you know it"
|
||||
PHP 3 16 pxn9 figs-inclusive ὃ ἐφθάσαμεν, τῷ αὐτῷ στοιχεῖν 1 whatever we have reached, let us hold on to it Paul uses "we" to include the Philippian believers. Alternate translation: "let us all continue obeying the same truth we have already received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 17 jed4 συνμιμηταί μου γίνεσθε 1 Be imitators of me "Do what I do" or "Live as I live"
|
||||
PHP 3 17 uxc5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ PHP 3 19 hn9i figs-metaphor 0 their god is their stomach Here "stomach" refers
|
|||
PHP 3 19 u9cl figs-metonymy 0 their pride is in their shame Here "shame" stands for the actions that the people should be ashamed about but are not. Alternate translation: "they are proud of the things that should cause them shame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 19 sv5z figs-metonymy οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες 1 They think about earthly things Here "earthly" refers to everything that gives physical pleasure and does not honor God. Alternate translation: "All they think about is what will please themselves rather than what will please God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 q1cc figs-inclusive 0 General Information: By Paul's use of "our" and "we" here, he includes himself and the believers in Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει 1 our citizenship is in heaven Possible meanings are 1) "we are citizens of heaven" or 2) "our homeland is heaven" or 3) "our true home is heaven."
|
||||
PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν ... τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς ὑπάρχει 1 our citizenship is in heaven Possible meanings are 1) "we are citizens of heaven" or 2) "our homeland is heaven" or 3) "our true home is heaven."
|
||||
PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν 1 He will transform our lowly bodies "He will change our weak, earthly bodies"
|
||||
PHP 3 21 b2bc σύμμορφον τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 into bodies formed like his glorious body "into bodies like his glorious body"
|
||||
PHP 3 21 qz6p figs-activepassive 0 body, formed by the might of his power to subject all things to himself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "body. He will change our bodies with the same power he uses to control all things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -209,41 +209,41 @@ PHP 4 2 x5qf translate-names Εὐοδίαν παρακαλῶ, καὶ Συντ
|
|||
PHP 4 2 iyq7 figs-metonymy τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 be of the same mind in the Lord The phrase "be of the same mind" means to have the same attitude or opinion. Alternate translation: "agree with each other because you both believe in the same Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 yb3f figs-you 0 Yes, I ask you, my true companion Here "you" refers to the "true fellow worker" and is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 hdz7 figs-metaphor γνήσιε σύνζυγε 1 true companion This metaphor is from farming, where two animals would be bound to the same yoke, and so they work together. Alternate translation: "fellow worker" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 cm3u translate-names μετὰ Κλήμεντος 1 along with Clement Clement was a man who was a believer and worker in the church at Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 cm3u translate-names μετὰ ... Κλήμεντος 1 along with Clement Clement was a man who was a believer and worker in the church at Philippi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHP 4 3 s9h9 ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς 1 whose names are in the Book of Life "whose names God has written in the Book of Life"
|
||||
PHP 4 4 elt7 χαίρετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 Rejoice in the Lord "be happy because of all the Lord has done." See how you translated this in [Philippians 3:1](../03/01.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 5 snk5 ὁ Κύριος ἐγγύς 1 The Lord is near Possible meanings are 1) The Lord Jesus is near to the believers in spirit or 2) the day the Lord Jesus will return to the earth is near.
|
||||
PHP 4 6 h63g , ἐν παντὶ τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God "whatever happens to you, ask God for everything you need with prayer and thanks"
|
||||
PHP 4 6 h63g ἐν παντὶ, τῇ προσευχῇ καὶ τῇ δεήσει μετὰ εὐχαριστίας, τὰ αἰτήματα ὑμῶν γνωριζέσθω πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 in everything by prayer and petition with thanksgiving, let your requests be known to God "whatever happens to you, ask God for everything you need with prayer and thanks"
|
||||
PHP 4 7 u1sz ἡ εἰρήνη τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the peace of God "the peace that God gives"
|
||||
PHP 4 7 zr4x ἡ ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding "which is more than we can understand"
|
||||
PHP 4 7 zr4x ἡ ... ὑπερέχουσα πάντα νοῦν 1 which surpasses all understanding "which is more than we can understand"
|
||||
PHP 4 7 sb6s figs-personification φρουρήσει τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ νοήματα ὑμῶν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 will guard your hearts and your thoughts in Christ This presents God's peace as a soldier who protects our hearts and thoughts from worrying. Here "hearts" is a metonym for a person's emotions. Alternate translation: "will be like a soldier and guard your emotions and thoughts in Christ" or "will protect you in Christ and will keep you from worrying about the troubles of this life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 8 b8ig τὸ λοιπόν 1 Finally As Paul ends his letter, he gives a summary of how believers should live to have peace with God.
|
||||
PHP 4 8 fxn5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 8 r275 ὅσα σεμνά ὅσα δίκαια ὅσα ἁγνά ὅσα προσφιλῆ 1 whatever things are lovely "whatever things are pleasing"
|
||||
PHP 4 8 pv1i ὅσα σεμνά ὅσα δίκαια ὅσα ἁγνά ὅσα προσφιλῆ ὅσα εὔφημα 1 whatever things are of good report "whatever thing people admire" or "whatever things people respect"
|
||||
PHP 4 8 r275 ὅσα ... σεμνά, ὅσα δίκαια, ὅσα ἁγνά, ὅσα προσφιλῆ 1 whatever things are lovely "whatever things are pleasing"
|
||||
PHP 4 8 pv1i ὅσα ... σεμνά, ὅσα δίκαια, ὅσα ἁγνά, ὅσα προσφιλῆ, ὅσα εὔφημα 1 whatever things are of good report "whatever thing people admire" or "whatever things people respect"
|
||||
PHP 4 8 i5gl εἴ τις ἀρετὴ 1 if there is anything excellent "if they are morally good"
|
||||
PHP 4 8 e9eb εἴ τις ἔπαινος 1 if there is anything to be praised "and if they are things that people praise"
|
||||
PHP 4 9 m145 καὶ ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε καὶ ἠκούσατε καὶ εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 that you have learned and received and heard and seen in me "that I have taught and shown you"
|
||||
PHP 4 8 e9eb εἴ τις ... ἔπαινος 1 if there is anything to be praised "and if they are things that people praise"
|
||||
PHP 4 9 m145 καὶ ἐμάθετε καὶ παρελάβετε, καὶ ἠκούσατε καὶ εἴδετε, ἐν ἐμοί 1 that you have learned and received and heard and seen in me "that I have taught and shown you"
|
||||
PHP 4 10 pwh9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins to thank the Philippians for a gift that they have sent him. He begins in verse 11 to explain that he is thanking them for this gift simply because he is grateful, not because he needs them to give him anything more.
|
||||
PHP 4 11 ts2k αὐτάρκης εἶναι 1 to be content "to be satisfied" or "to be happy"
|
||||
PHP 4 11 ew5e 0 in all circumstances "no matter what my situation is"
|
||||
PHP 4 12 lgp9 figs-explicit 0 I know what it is to be poor ... to have plenty Paul knows how to live happily having either no possessions or many possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 12 i9vp figs-parallelism χορτάζεσθαι- καὶ πεινᾶν, καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι 1 how to be well-fed or to be hungry, and how to have an abundance or to be in need These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he has learned how to be content in any situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
PHP 4 12 i9vp figs-parallelism χορτάζεσθαι καὶ πεινᾶν, καὶ περισσεύειν καὶ ὑστερεῖσθαι 1 how to be well-fed or to be hungry, and how to have an abundance or to be in need These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize that he has learned how to be content in any situation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
PHP 4 13 z1pb 0 I can do all things through him who strengthens me "I can do all things because Christ gives me strength"
|
||||
PHP 4 14 bs72 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues explaining that he is thanking the Philippians for their gift to him simply because he is grateful, not because he needs them to give him anything more (see [Philippians 3:11](../03/11.md)).
|
||||
PHP 4 14 fe2z figs-metaphor μου τῇ θλίψει 1 in my difficulties Paul speaks of his hardships as if they were a place that he was in. Alternate translation: "when things became difficult" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 15 w23w figs-metonymy ἀρχῇ τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 the beginning of the gospel Paul refers to the gospel here as meaning his preaching of the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHP 4 15 dyf8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι 1 no church supported me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: "you were the only church that sent me money or helped me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHP 4 15 dyf8 figs-doublenegatives οὐδεμία μοι ἐκκλησία ἐκοινώνησεν εἰς λόγον δόσεως καὶ λήμψεως, εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς μόνοι 1 no church supported me in the matter of giving and receiving except you alone This can be stated in the positive. Alternate translation: "you were the only church that sent me money or helped me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHP 4 17 e9g9 οὐχ ὅτι ἐπιζητῶ τὸ δόμα 1 It is not that I seek the gift Paul is explaining that his reason for writing about gifts is not that he hopes that they will give him more gifts. Alternate Translation: "My reason for writing this is not that I want you to give me more"
|
||||
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your credit Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here "fruit that increases to you credit" is a metaphor for either 1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: "Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do" or 2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: "Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 17 bh3t figs-metaphor ἐπιζητῶ ... τὸν καρπὸν τὸν πλεονάζοντα εἰς λόγον ὑμῶν 1 I seek the fruit that increases to your credit Paul explains his reason for writing about gifts. Here "fruit that increases to you credit" is a metaphor for either 1) more good deeds that can be recorded for the Philippians. Alternate translation: "Rather I want God to recognize the increasing good deeds that you do" or 2) more blessings for the good things that the Philippians do. Alternate translation: "Rather I want God to bless you more because of the good deeds that you do"(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 p6y1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes thanking the Philippians for their gift (see [Philippians 3:11](../03/11.md)) and assures them that God will take care of them.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω πάντα πεπλήρωμαι δεξάμενος 1 I have received everything in full Possible meanings are 1) Paul has received everything that the Philippians sent or 2) Paul is using humor to continue the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:8](../03/08.md) and saying that this part of the letter is a receipt for commercial goods that Epaphroditus delivered.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 fs44 ἀπέχω ... πάντα ... πεπλήρωμαι, δεξάμενος 1 I have received everything in full Possible meanings are 1) Paul has received everything that the Philippians sent or 2) Paul is using humor to continue the business metaphor from [Philippians 3:8](../03/08.md) and saying that this part of the letter is a receipt for commercial goods that Epaphroditus delivered.
|
||||
PHP 4 18 en6t figs-explicit 0 even more Paul means plenty of the things that he needs for himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHP 4 18 s68v figs-metaphor 0 They are a sweet-smelling aroma, a sacrifice acceptable and pleasing to God Paul speaks of the gift from the Philippian church as if it were a sacrifice offered to God on an altar. Paul implies that the church's gift is very pleasing to God, like the sacrifices that the priests burned, which had a smell that pleased God. Alternate translation: "I assure you these gifts are very pleasing to God, like an acceptable sacrifice" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 r96p figs-idiom πληρώσει πᾶσαν χρείαν ὑμῶν 1 will meet all your needs This is the same word translated "have been well-supplied" in verse 18. It is an idiom meaning "will provide everything you need" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
PHP 4 19 xmk2 κατὰ τὸ πλοῦτος αὐτοῦ ἐν δόξῃ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus "from his glorious riches that he gives through Christ Jesus"
|
||||
PHP 4 20 fba5 δὲ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Now to our God The word "Now" marks the closing prayer and the end of this section of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 4 21 h2jr οἱ ἀδελφοί 1 The brothers This refers to those people who were either ministering with or to Paul.
|
||||
PHP 4 20 fba5 δὲ Θεῷ ... ἡμῶν 1 Now to our God The word "Now" marks the closing prayer and the end of this section of the letter.
|
||||
PHP 4 21 h2jr οἱ ... ἀδελφοί 1 The brothers This refers to those people who were either ministering with or to Paul.
|
||||
PHP 4 21 z65a ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
|
||||
PHP 4 21 lq4e πάντα ἅγιον 1 every believer Some versions translate this as "every holy person."
|
||||
PHP 4 22 bi8m πάντες οἱ ἅγιοι 1 All the believers Some versions translate this as "All the holy people."
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1855.
|
|
|
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ COL 1 6 z3g5 figs-hyperbole ἐν παντὶ τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in all the wor
|
|||
COL 1 6 ait7 τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 the grace of God in truth "the true grace of God"
|
||||
COL 1 7 f8t1 figs-exclusive ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 our beloved ... our behalf The word "our" does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 7 mjv5 0 gospel as you learned it from Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who "gospel. It is exactly what you learned from Epaphras, who is our beloved fellow servant and who" or "gospel. It is exactly what Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, taught you. He"
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν ὅς, ἐστιν, πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here "on our behalf" means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 q8gt Ἐπαφρᾶ, τοῦ ἀγαπητοῦ συνδούλου ἡμῶν, ὅς ἐστιν πιστὸς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν διάκονος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Epaphras, our beloved fellow servant, who is a faithful servant of Christ on our behalf Here "on our behalf" means that Epaphras was doing work for Christ that Paul himself would have done if he were not in prison.
|
||||
COL 1 7 pz3h translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶ 1 Epaphras the man who preached the gospel to the people in Colossae (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 k2k9 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 to us The word "us" does not include the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 1 8 e7ez figs-metaphor τὴν ὑμῶν ἀγάπην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 your love in the Spirit Paul speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were a place in which the believers were located. Alternate translation: "how the Holy Spirit has enabled you to love believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,39 +36,39 @@ COL 1 12 hkf5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 in light This idea is opposit
|
|||
COL 1 13 g9d3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks about the ways in which Christ is excellent.
|
||||
COL 1 13 mv87 ὃς ἐρρύσατο ἡμᾶς 1 He has rescued us "God has rescued us"
|
||||
COL 1 13 dw5k figs-metaphor τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ σκότους 1 the dominion of darkness "Darkness" here is a metaphor for evil. Alternate translation: "the evil forces that controlled us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 zav6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 his beloved Son "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
COL 1 13 zav6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ ... Υἱοῦ τῆς ἀγάπης αὐτοῦ 1 his beloved Son "Son" is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 wh6q figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ 1 in whom Paul often speaks as if the believers were "in" Jesus Christ or "in" God. This can be translated as the beginning of a new sentence. Alternate translation: "by means of whom" or "By means of his Son" or "Because of his Son" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 14 v5d8 ἔχομεν τὴν ἀπολύτρωσιν, τὴν ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 we have redemption, the forgiveness of sins The nouns "redemption" and "forgiveness" can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: "we are redeemed; our sins are forgiven" or "God redeems us; he forgives our sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun])
|
||||
COL 1 15 j5u9 figs-metaphor ὅς ἐστιν εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου 1 He is the image of the invisible God "His Son is the image of the invisible God." Here "image" does not mean a representation of something that is visible. Instead, "image" here means that by knowing the Son, we learn what God the Father is like. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 h945 figs-metaphor εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως 1 the firstborn of all creation The expression "firstborn" does not refer to when Jesus was born. Instead, it refers to his position as the eternal Son of God the Father. In this sense, "firstborn" is a metaphor meaning "most important." Jesus is the most important and the unique Son of God. Alternate Translation: "God's Son, the most important one over all creation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 h945 figs-metaphor εἰκὼν τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἀοράτου, πρωτότοκος πάσης κτίσεως 1 the firstborn of all creation The expression "firstborn" does not refer to when Jesus was born. Instead, it refers to his position as the eternal Son of God the Father. In this sense, "firstborn" is a metaphor meaning "most important." Jesus is the most important and the unique Son of God. Alternate Translation: "God's Son, the most important one over all creation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 15 af6b figs-abstractnouns πάσης κτίσεως 1 all creation The noun "creation" can be translated with a verb. Alternate Translation: "all that God created" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnoun]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 kru3 figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα 1 For by him all things were created This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For by him God created all things" or "God caused the Son to create all things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 zl7j figs-activepassive τὰ πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται 1 all things were created by him and for him This can be stated in active form. God caused the Son to create all things for the Son's glory. Alternate translation: "For by him and for him God created all things" or "God caused him to create all things for himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 16 zl7j figs-activepassive τὰ πάντα ... δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ἔκτισται 1 all things were created by him and for him This can be stated in active form. God caused the Son to create all things for the Son's glory. Alternate translation: "For by him and for him God created all things" or "God caused him to create all things for himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 17 wk9y αὐτός ἐστιν πρὸ πάντων 1 He himself is before all things "It is he who existed before all things"
|
||||
COL 1 17 m4lp figs-activepassive τὰ πάντα ἐν αὐτῷ συνέστηκεν 1 in him all things hold together Paul is speaking here of the Son controlling all things as if he were physically holding them together. "he holds everything together" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 18 qsf3 αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ 1 He is the head "Jesus Christ, the Son of God, is the head"
|
||||
COL 1 18 q8i3 figs-metaphor αὐτός ἐστιν ἡ κεφαλὴ τοῦ σώματος, τῆς ἐκκλησίας 1 He is the head of the body, the church Paul speaks of Jesus' position over the church as if he were the head on the human body. As the head rules the body, so does Jesus rule the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 18 j6uq ἡ ἀρχή 1 the beginning "the originating authority." He is the first chief or founder.
|
||||
COL 1 18 j6uq ἡ ... ἀρχή 1 the beginning "the originating authority." He is the first chief or founder.
|
||||
COL 1 18 s12x πρωτότοκος ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 firstborn from among the dead Jesus is the first person to die and come back to life, never to die again.
|
||||
COL 1 20 zh4u guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
COL 1 20 as3p διὰ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 through the blood of his cross "by means of the blood Jesus shed on the cross"
|
||||
COL 1 20 x5av figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ σταυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the blood of his cross Here "blood" stands for the death of Christ on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 21 kv5u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul makes it clear that God has now revealed that Christ exchanges the sin of Gentile believers for his holiness.
|
||||
COL 1 21 imq1 ποτε, καὶ ὑμᾶς 1 At one time, you also "There was a time when you Colossian believers also"
|
||||
COL 1 21 imq1 καὶ ὑμᾶς ποτε 1 At one time, you also "There was a time when you Colossian believers also"
|
||||
COL 1 21 wp3t 0 were strangers to God "were like people whom God did not know" or "had pushed God away"
|
||||
COL 1 22 ejt4 figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους, ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 to present you holy, blameless, and above reproach before him Paul is describing the Colossians as though Jesus had physically cleaned them, put them in clean clothes, and brought them to stand before God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 ejt4 figs-metaphor παραστῆσαι ὑμᾶς ἁγίους ... ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους, κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 to present you holy, blameless, and above reproach before him Paul is describing the Colossians as though Jesus had physically cleaned them, put them in clean clothes, and brought them to stand before God the Father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 u94j figs-parallelism ἀμώμους, καὶ ἀνεγκλήτους 1 blameless, and above reproach Paul uses two words that mean almost the same thing to emphasize the idea of perfection. Alternate translation: "perfect" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
COL 1 22 lf5a figs-metaphor κατενώπιον αὐτοῦ 1 before him This expression of location stands for "in God's view" or "in God's mind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 d9kg figs-activepassive τοῦ κηρυχθέντος 1 that was proclaimed that believers proclaimed (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 d9kg figs-activepassive τοῦ ... κηρυχθέντος 1 that was proclaimed that believers proclaimed (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 23 q21b ἐν πάσῃ κτίσει τῇ ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 to every person created under heaven "to every person in the world"
|
||||
COL 1 23 g8iq figs-metonymy 0 the gospel of which I, Paul, became a servant Paul was actually a servant of God. Alternate translation: "the gospel that I, Paul, serve God by proclaiming" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 rcw3 ἀνταναπληρῶ τὰ ὑστερήματα τῶν θλίψεων τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 I fill up in my flesh what is lacking of the afflictions of Christ Paul speaks about the suffering that he continues to experience. He may be acknowledging here that there is much suffering that he and all other Christians must endure before Christ comes again, and that Christ in a spiritual sense joins with them in experiencing these hardships. Paul certainly does not mean that Christ's sufferings alone were not enough to provide salvation for the believers.
|
||||
COL 1 24 fm9y figs-metaphor ἀνταναπληρῶ ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 I fill up in my flesh Paul speaks of his body as if it were a container that could hold suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 mge9 figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 for the sake of his body, which is the church Paul often speaks of the church, the group of all Christian believers, as if it were Christ's body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 fm9y figs-metaphor ἀνταναπληρῶ ... ἐν τῇ σαρκί μου 1 I fill up in my flesh Paul speaks of his body as if it were a container that could hold suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 24 mge9 figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ ... τοῦ ... σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία 1 for the sake of his body, which is the church Paul often speaks of the church, the group of all Christian believers, as if it were Christ's body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 25 t6ud figs-metaphor πληρῶσαι τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to fulfill the word of God This means to bring about the purpose of God's gospel message, which is that it be preached and believed. "Word of God" here is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: "to be obedient to what God has instructed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 f3mt figs-activepassive 0 This is the secret truth that was hidden This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This is the secret truth that God had hidden" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 z8gv ἀπὸ τῶν αἰώνων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν γενεῶν 1 for ages and for generations The words "ages" and "generations" refer to the time period from the creation of the world until the time when the gospel was preached.
|
||||
COL 1 26 a9kw figs-activepassive νῦν ἐφανερώθη 1 now it has been revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "now God has revealed it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 26 a9kw figs-activepassive νῦν ... ἐφανερώθη 1 now it has been revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "now God has revealed it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 c8yb figs-metaphor τί τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς δόξης τοῦ μυστηρίου τούτου 1 the riches of the glory of this secret truth Paul speaks of the value of this secret truth about God as if it were a treasure of material wealth. "riches" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 c7ln figs-metaphor Χριστὸς ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Christ in you Paul speaks of the believers as if they were actual containers in which Christ is present. This is one of his ways of expressing the union of the believers with Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 1 27 mr83 ἡ ἐλπὶς τῆς δόξης 1 the hope of glory "so you can confidently expect to share in God's glory"
|
||||
|
|
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ COL 2 2 ge1w figs-pronouns 0 so that their hearts Paul includes the Galatians e
|
|||
COL 2 2 a4px συμβιβασθέντες 1 brought together This means brought together in a close relationship.
|
||||
COL 2 2 kdg8 figs-metaphor πᾶν πλοῦτος τῆς πληροφορίας τῆς συνέσεως 1 all the riches of full assurance of understanding Paul speaks of a person who is completely sure that the good news is true as though that person were rich in physical things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 2 qgi2 τοῦ μυστηρίου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the secret truth of God This is knowledge that can be revealed only by God.
|
||||
COL 2 2 v13e Χριστοῦ, 1 that is, Christ Jesus Christ is the secret truth revealed by God.
|
||||
COL 2 2 v13e Χριστοῦ 1 that is, Christ Jesus Christ is the secret truth revealed by God.
|
||||
COL 2 3 w74d figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ εἰσιν πάντες οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως ἀπόκρυφοι 1 In him all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge are hidden Only Christ can reveal God's true wisdom and knowledge. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has hidden all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 w4mr figs-metaphor οἱ θησαυροὶ τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 the treasures of wisdom and knowledge Paul speaks of God's wisdom and knowledge as if they were material wealth. Alternate translation: "the very precious wisdom and knowledge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 3 vd98 figs-doublet τῆς σοφίας καὶ γνώσεως 1 wisdom and knowledge These words mean basically the same thing here. Paul uses them together to emphasize that all spiritual understanding comes from Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ COL 2 5 ev9p τὴν τάξιν 1 good order doing things properly
|
|||
COL 2 5 hth1 0 the strength of your faith "how nothing and no one can cause you to stop believing"
|
||||
COL 2 6 m3f1 figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ περιπατεῖτε 1 walk in him Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. The words "in him" refer to being in close relationship with Christ and so doing what pleases him. Alternate translation: "live your lives the way he wants you to" or "live so that people can see that you belong to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 e2x6 figs-idiom 0 Be rooted ... be built ... be established ... abound These words explain what it means to "walk in him." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 fw47 figs-metaphor ἐρριζωμένοι ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Be rooted in him Paul speaks of a person with true faith in Christ as if that person were a tree growing in solid ground with deep roots. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 fw47 figs-metaphor ἐρριζωμένοι ... ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Be rooted in him Paul speaks of a person with true faith in Christ as if that person were a tree growing in solid ground with deep roots. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 tb5m figs-metaphor 0 be built on him Paul speaks of a person with true faith in Christ as if that person were a building that has a strong foundation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 7 yh83 βεβαιούμενοι τῇ πίστει 1 be established in faith "trust in Jesus for everything"
|
||||
COL 2 7 l1is καθὼς ἐδιδάχθητε 1 just as you were taught This is best stated without naming or otherwise calling attention to the teacher, who was Epaphras ([Colossians 1:7](../01/07.md)). Alternate translation: "just as you learned" or "just as they taught you" or "just as he taught you"
|
||||
|
|
@ -114,20 +114,20 @@ COL 2 10 je36 figs-metaphor 0 who is the head over every power and authority Ch
|
|||
COL 2 11 xeq7 figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ καὶ περιετμήθητε 1 In him you were also circumcised Paul is speaking of those who belong to Christ as if they were inside Christ's body. This can also be made active. Alternate translation: "When you joined the church in baptism, God circumcised you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 11 ii43 figs-metaphor περιτομῇ ἀχειροποιήτῳ 1 a circumcision not done by humans With this metaphor, Paul says that God has made Christian believers acceptable to himself in a way that reminded him of circumcision, the ceremony through which Hebrew male babies were added to the community of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 ln8e figs-metaphor συνταφέντες αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ βαπτισμῷ 1 You were buried with him in baptism Paul speaks of being baptized and joining the assembly of believers as if it were being buried with Christ. This can be made active. Alternate translation: "God buried you with Christ when you joined the church in baptism" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 g1rq figs-metaphor ἐν ᾧ συνηγέρθητε 1 in him you were raised up With this metaphor, Paul speaks of the new spiritual life of believers that God made possible by making Christ come alive again. This can be made active. Alternate translation: "because you have joined yourself to Christ, God raised you up" or "in him God caused you to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 g1rq figs-metaphor ἐν ... ᾧ ... συνηγέρθητε 1 in him you were raised up With this metaphor, Paul speaks of the new spiritual life of believers that God made possible by making Christ come alive again. This can be made active. Alternate translation: "because you have joined yourself to Christ, God raised you up" or "in him God caused you to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 12 rec6 figs-activepassive συνηγέρθητε 1 you were raised up Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God raised you up" or "God caused you to live again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 v6vi figs-metaphor 0 When you were dead Paul speaks of unresponsiveness to God as if it were death. Alternate translation: "When you Colossian believers were unable to respond to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 f9ms figs-metaphor 0 you were dead ... he made you alive With this metaphor Paul speaks of coming into new spiritual life as if it were coming back to life physically. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 13 wh4z νεκροὺς ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 dead in your trespasses and in the uncircumcision of your flesh You were dead on two accounts: 1) you were spiritually dead, living a life of sin against Christ and 2) you were not circumcised according to the law of Moses.
|
||||
COL 2 13 wh4z νεκροὺς ... ἐν τοῖς παραπτώμασιν καὶ τῇ ἀκροβυστίᾳ τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν 1 dead in your trespasses and in the uncircumcision of your flesh You were dead on two accounts: 1) you were spiritually dead, living a life of sin against Christ and 2) you were not circumcised according to the law of Moses.
|
||||
COL 2 13 k2hw χαρισάμενος ἡμῖν πάντα τὰ παραπτώματα 1 forgave us all of our trespasses "he forgave us, both us Jews and you Gentiles, of all our trespasses"
|
||||
COL 2 14 w22z figs-metaphor ἐξαλείψας τὸ καθ’ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν 1 He canceled the written record of debts that stood against us Paul speaks of the way God forgives our sins as if it were the way a person, to whom many people owe money or goods, destroys the record of that debt so they do not have to pay him back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 14 w22z figs-metaphor ἐξαλείψας τὸ καθ’ ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον τοῖς δόγμασιν, ὃ ἦν ὑπεναντίον ἡμῖν 1 He canceled the written record of debts that stood against us Paul speaks of the way God forgives our sins as if it were the way a person, to whom many people owe money or goods, destroys the record of that debt so they do not have to pay him back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 15 gh24 figs-metaphor 0 made a public spectacle of them In Roman times, it was common practice for the Roman armies to have a victory parade when they returned home, displaying all the prisoners they had captured and goods they had obtained. God was victorious over the evil powers and authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 15 cg37 figs-metonymy 0 by the cross Here "the cross" stands for Christ's death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 16 cii9 ἐν βρώσει καὶ ἐν πόσει 1 in eating or in drinking The law of Moses included what one can eat and drink. "for what you eat or what you drink"
|
||||
COL 2 16 cii9 ἐν βρώσει, καὶ ἐν πόσει 1 in eating or in drinking The law of Moses included what one can eat and drink. "for what you eat or what you drink"
|
||||
COL 2 16 b4kd 0 about a feast day or a new moon, or about Sabbath days The law of Moses specified the days to celebrate, to worship, and to offer sacrifice. "for the way you celebrate feast days or new moons or the Sabbath"
|
||||
COL 2 17 ip3a figs-metaphor 0 These are a shadow of the things to come, but the substance is Christ A shadow shows the shape of an object, but it is not the object itself. In a similar way, the festivals, celebrations, and Sabbath show us something about how God would save people, but those things do not save people. The savior is Christ. Alternate translation: "These are like a shadow of what would happen, but the reality is Christ" or "These are like a shadow of the savior who would come, but the savior is Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 zv2t figs-metaphor 0 Let no one ... judge you out of your prize Here Paul refers to false teachers as if they were corrupt judges at an athletic contest who would unjustly disqualify the believers from winning the prizes they deserve, and he speaks of Christ saving a person as if Christ were giving a prize to the winner of such a contest. Alternate translation: "Let no one ... disqualify you from winning a prize" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 b5ce figs-metonymy θέλων ταπεινοφροσύνῃ 1 who wants humility The word "humility" is a metonym for actions one does to make others think that one is humble. Alternate translation: "who wants you to do things to show that you are humble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 b5ce figs-metonymy θέλων ... ταπεινοφροσύνῃ 1 who wants humility The word "humility" is a metonym for actions one does to make others think that one is humble. Alternate translation: "who wants you to do things to show that you are humble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 kn5d figs-metaphor ἑόρακεν ἐμβατεύων 1 enters into the things he has seen Here Paul speaks about people who claim to have dreams and visions from God and who talk proudly about them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 p7q4 figs-activepassive φυσιούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ νοὸς τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ 1 becomes puffed up by his fleshly thinking Here Paul says that sinful ways of thinking make a person arrogant. Alternate translation: "puffs himself up by means of his fleshly thinking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 2 18 wp42 figs-metaphor φυσιούμενος 1 puffed up Here a person who boasts is spoken of as if he were an object into which someone had blown air to make it larger than it should be. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ COL 2 20 uu77 ὡς ζῶντες ἐν κόσμῳ δογματίζεσθε 1
|
|||
COL 2 20 fe1k figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world the thoughts, desires, and assumptions of the sinful majority of the world's people (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 2 21 v9e7 0 Connecting Statement: The rhetorical question that begins with the words "why do you live as obligated to the world" in verse 20 ends here.
|
||||
COL 2 21 n3ne figs-rquestion 0 "Do ... touch"? The rhetorical question that begins with the words "why do you live as obligated to the world" in verse 20 ends here. Paul uses this question to rebuke the Colossians for following the false beliefs of the world. "you should not live as obligated to the world: 'Do ... touch'!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
COL 2 21 b392 " μὴ ἅψῃ, μηδὲ γεύσῃ, μηδὲ θίγῃς 1 "Do not handle, nor taste, nor touch" Paul is quoting what other people have been telling the Colossians. "why do you believe them when they say, 'Do not handle, nor taste, nor touch'?" or "you should not obey them when they say, 'Do not handle, nor taste, nor touch'"
|
||||
COL 2 21 b392 μὴ ἅψῃ! μηδὲ γεύσῃ! μηδὲ θίγῃς 1 "Do not handle, nor taste, nor touch" Paul is quoting what other people have been telling the Colossians. "why do you believe them when they say, 'Do not handle, nor taste, nor touch'?" or "you should not obey them when they say, 'Do not handle, nor taste, nor touch'"
|
||||
COL 2 23 y2dc 0 These rules have the wisdom of self-made religion and humility and severity of the body "These rules seem wise to unbelieving people because they allow those who follow them to appear humble because they hurt their own bodies"
|
||||
COL 2 23 e7p5 οὐκ ἐν τιμῇ τινι πρὸς πλησμονὴν τῆς σαρκός 1 have no value against the indulgence of the flesh "do not help you stop following your human desires"
|
||||
COL 3 intro qtl2 0 # Colossians 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The second part of this chapter parallels Ephesians 5 and 6.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Old and new self<br>The old and new self mean the same as the old and new man. The term "old man" probably refers to the sinful nature with which a person is born. The "new man" is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Character<br>Many of the things Paul encourages his readers to pursue or avoid are not actions but character qualities. Because of this, they may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br><br>##### "The things above"<br><br>Where God dwells is often pictured as being located "above." Paul says to "seek the things above" and to "think about the things above." He is implying Christians should seek and think about heavenly and godly things.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,35 +165,35 @@ COL 3 9 c6tk 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell the believers how
|
|||
COL 3 9 vsd8 figs-metaphor ἀπεκδυσάμενοι τὸν παλαιὸν ἄνθρωπον σὺν ταῖς πράξεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 you have taken off the old man with its practices Here Paul is speaking of a Christian's rejecting his old sinful life as if it were an old garment that he takes off in order to put on a new garment. It was very common for Israelites such as Paul to speak of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 brx6 figs-metaphor 0 and you have put on the new man Here Paul is speaking of a Christian's rejecting his old sinful life as if it were an old garment that he takes off (verse 9) in order to put on a new garment. It was very common for Israelites such as Paul to speak of moral qualities as if they were pieces of clothing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 10 d15v figs-metonymy εἰκόνα 1 the image This refers to Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 11 t2w2 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔνι Ἕλλην καὶ Ἰουδαῖος περιτομὴ καὶ, ἀκροβυστία,,,, βάρβαρος Σκύθης δοῦλος ἐλεύθερος 1 there is no Greek and Jew, circumcision and uncircumcision, barbarian, Scythian, slave, freeman These terms are examples of the categories of people that Paul says do not matter for God. God sees every person alike, not by race, religion, nationality, or social status. Alternate translation: "race, religion, culture, and social status do not matter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 11 t2w2 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἔνι Ἕλλην καὶ Ἰουδαῖος, περιτομὴ καὶ ἀκροβυστία, βάρβαρος, Σκύθης, δοῦλος, ἐλεύθερος 1 there is no Greek and Jew, circumcision and uncircumcision, barbarian, Scythian, slave, freeman These terms are examples of the categories of people that Paul says do not matter for God. God sees every person alike, not by race, religion, nationality, or social status. Alternate translation: "race, religion, culture, and social status do not matter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 11 vt4t βάρβαρος 1 barbarian a foreigner who does not know local customs
|
||||
COL 3 11 n7by Σκύθης 1 Scythian This is someone from the land of Scythia, which was outside the Roman Empire. Greeks and Romans used this word for someone who grew up in a place where everyone did wicked things all the time.
|
||||
COL 3 11 i964 figs-explicit 0 Christ is all, and is in all Nothing is excluded or left out of the rule of Christ. Alternate translation: "Christ is all important and lives in all his people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 b5ti figs-activepassive ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ,' τοῦ Θεοῦ ἅγιοι καὶ ἠγαπημένοι 1 as God's chosen ones, holy and beloved This can be made active. Alternate translation: "as those whom God has chosen for himself, whom he desires to see live for him alone, and whom he loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 b5ti figs-activepassive ὡς ἐκλεκτοὶ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἅγιοι καὶ ἠγαπημένοι 1 as God's chosen ones, holy and beloved This can be made active. Alternate translation: "as those whom God has chosen for himself, whom he desires to see live for him alone, and whom he loves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
COL 3 12 d217 figs-metaphor 0 put on a heart of mercy, kindness, humility, gentleness, and patience The "heart" is a metaphor for feelings and attitudes. Here it is spoken of as if it has certain feelings and attitudes, and as if it were clothing to wear. Alternate translation: "have a merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient heart" or "be merciful, kind, humble, gentle, and patient" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 r8iy ἀνεχόμενοι ἀλλήλων 1 Bear with one another "Be patient with one another" or "Accept each other even when you disappoint each other"
|
||||
COL 3 13 rts1 χαριζόμενοι ἑαυτοῖς 1 Be gracious to each other "Treat each other better than they deserve for you to treat them"
|
||||
COL 3 13 p474 figs-abstractnouns πρός ἔχῃ μομφήν 1 has a complaint against The abstract noun "complaint" can be stated as "complain." Alternate translation: "has a reason to complain against" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 13 p474 figs-abstractnouns πρός ... ἔχῃ μομφήν 1 has a complaint against The abstract noun "complaint" can be stated as "complain." Alternate translation: "has a reason to complain against" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
COL 3 14 x5g8 figs-metaphor 0 have love, which is the bond of perfection Here "bond of perfection" is a metaphor for something that causes perfect unity among people. Alternate translation: "love one another because it will unite you perfectly together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 hdg5 figs-metonymy 0 Let the peace of Christ rule in your hearts Paul speaks of the peace that Christ gives as if it were a ruler. Possible meanings are 1) "Do everything so that you can have peaceful relationships with each other" or 2) "Allow God to give you peace in your heart" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 15 i9hg figs-metonymy ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 in your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for a people's minds or inner being. Alternate translation: "in your minds" or "inside of you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 w9dv figs-metaphor 0 Let the word of Christ live in you Paul speaks of Christ's word as if it were a person capable of living inside other people. "Word of Christ" here is a metonym for the teachings of Christ. Alternate translation: "Be obedient to the instructions of Christ" or "Always trust Christ's promises" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 h5k9 νουθετοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 admonish one another "caution and encourage one another"
|
||||
COL 3 16 ubi5 0 with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs "with all sorts of songs to praise God"
|
||||
COL 3 16 cnj1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ χάριτι ᾄδοντες ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Sing with thankfulness in your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds or inner being. Alternate translation: "Sing with thankfulness in your minds" or "Sing and be thankful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 16 cnj1 figs-metonymy ἐν ... τῇ χάριτι, ᾄδοντες ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 Sing with thankfulness in your hearts Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds or inner being. Alternate translation: "Sing with thankfulness in your minds" or "Sing and be thankful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 g8p8 ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ 1 in word or in deed "in speaking or in acting"
|
||||
COL 3 17 uix9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Acting in the name of a person here is a metonym for acting to help other people think well of that person. Alternate translation: "to honor the Lord Jesus" or "so that others will know you belong to the Lord Jesus and think well of him" or "as if the Lord Jesus himself were doing it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 uix9 figs-metonymy ἐν ... ὀνόματι Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of the Lord Jesus Acting in the name of a person here is a metonym for acting to help other people think well of that person. Alternate translation: "to honor the Lord Jesus" or "so that others will know you belong to the Lord Jesus and think well of him" or "as if the Lord Jesus himself were doing it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 17 bv84 figs-metaphor δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 through him Possible meanings are 1) because he has done great deeds or 2) because he has made it possible for people to speak to God and so give him thanks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 18 flu9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul then gives some special instructions to wives, husbands, children, fathers, slaves, and masters.
|
||||
COL 3 18 tt9u αἱ γυναῖκες, ὑποτάσσεσθε τοῖς ἀνδράσιν 1 Wives, submit to "Wives, obey"
|
||||
COL 3 18 b2y3 ἀνῆκεν 1 it is appropriate "it is proper" or "it is right"
|
||||
COL 3 19 lc4a μὴ πικραίνεσθε πρὸς 1 do not be bitter against "do not be harsh with" or "do not be angry toward"
|
||||
COL 3 21 bvi3 μὴ ἐρεθίζετε τὰ τέκνα ὑμῶν 1 do not provoke your children "do not needlessly make your children angry"
|
||||
COL 3 22 cx6a ὑπακούετε τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις 1 obey your masters according to the flesh "obey your human masters"
|
||||
COL 3 22 iy1n πάντα, μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι 1 things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers "things. Do not obey only when your master is watching, as though you need only to please people"
|
||||
COL 3 22 cx6a ὑπακούετε ... τοῖς κατὰ σάρκα κυρίοις 1 obey your masters according to the flesh "obey your human masters"
|
||||
COL 3 22 iy1n πάντα ... μὴ ἐν ὀφθαλμοδουλεία, ὡς ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι 1 things, not with eyeservice as people pleasers "things. Do not obey only when your master is watching, as though you need only to please people"
|
||||
COL 3 22 r22m figs-metonymy 0 with a sincere heart "Heart" here is a metonym for a person's thoughts or intentions. Alternate translation: "with all honest intentions" or "with sincerity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 3 23 arw4 ὡς τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 as to the Lord "as you would work for the Lord"
|
||||
COL 3 24 f3ed Κυρίου τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας 1 the reward of the inheritance "the inheritance as your reward"
|
||||
COL 3 24 f3ed Κυρίου ... τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν τῆς κληρονομίας 1 the reward of the inheritance "the inheritance as your reward"
|
||||
COL 3 24 p3pw figs-metaphor κληρονομίας 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 3 25 u5lx 0 anyone who does unrighteousness will receive the penalty The phrase "receive the penalty" means to be punished. Alternate translation: "anyone who does unrighteousness will be punished" or "God will punish anyone who does what is unrighteous"
|
||||
COL 3 25 ak8j ἀδικῶν 1 who does unrighteousness who actively does wrong of any kind
|
||||
|
|
@ -201,14 +201,14 @@ COL 3 25 c9fx figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν προσωπολημψία
|
|||
COL 4 intro nm3y 0 # Colossians 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>[Colossians 4:1](../../col/04/01.md) appears to belong with the topics of Chapter 3 instead of Chapter 4.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "In my own hand"<br>It was common in the ancient Near East for the author to speak and someone else to write down the words. Many of the New Testament letters were written this way. Paul wrote the final greeting himself.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Secret truth<br><br>Paul refers to a "secret truth" in this chapter. The role of the church in the plans of God was once unknown. But God has now revealed it. Part of this involves the Gentiles having equal standing with the Jews in the plans of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br>
|
||||
COL 4 1 qhd2 0 Connecting Statement: After speaking to masters, Paul ends his special instructions to the different kinds of believers in the church at Colossae.
|
||||
COL 4 1 ae3y figs-doublet τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὴν ἰσότητα 1 right and fair These words mean almost the same thing and are used to emphasize the things that are morally correct. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
COL 4 1 t9wy καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔχετε Κύριον ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 you also have a master in heaven God wants the relationship between an earthly master and his slave to be loving the way God, the heavenly master, loves his earthly servants, including the earthly slaves' masters.
|
||||
COL 4 1 t9wy καὶ ... ὑμεῖς ἔχετε Κύριον ἐν οὐρανῷ 1 you also have a master in heaven God wants the relationship between an earthly master and his slave to be loving the way God, the heavenly master, loves his earthly servants, including the earthly slaves' masters.
|
||||
COL 4 2 sct4 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word "us" refers to Paul and Timothy but not the Colossians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
COL 4 2 wx86 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give instructions to believers on how to live and speak.
|
||||
COL 4 2 pp1c τῇ προσευχῇ προσκαρτερεῖτε 1 Continue steadfastly in prayer "Keep praying faithfully" or "Keep praying consistently"
|
||||
COL 4 3 ub1i figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀνοίξῃ θύραν 1 God would open a door Opening a door for someone is a metaphor for giving that person the opportunity to do something. Alternate translation: "God would provide opportunities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 lj4f ἀνοίξῃ θύραν τοῦ λόγου 1 open a door for the word "make an opportunity for us tp preach his message"
|
||||
COL 4 3 ub1i figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀνοίξῃ ... θύραν 1 God would open a door Opening a door for someone is a metaphor for giving that person the opportunity to do something. Alternate translation: "God would provide opportunities" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 lj4f ἀνοίξῃ ... θύραν τοῦ λόγου 1 open a door for the word "make an opportunity for us tp preach his message"
|
||||
COL 4 3 ce37 τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the secret truth of Christ This refers to the gospel of Jesus Christ, which was not understood before Christ came.
|
||||
COL 4 3 q4jx figs-metonymy δι’ ὃ, δέδεμαι 1 Because of this, I am chained up Here "chained" is a metonym for being in prison. Alternate translation: "It is for proclaiming the message of Jesus Christ that I am now in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 3 q4jx figs-metonymy δι’ ὃ ... δέδεμαι 1 Because of this, I am chained up Here "chained" is a metonym for being in prison. Alternate translation: "It is for proclaiming the message of Jesus Christ that I am now in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 4 hm5w 0 Pray that I may make it clear "Pray that I might be able to speak the message of Jesus Christ clearly"
|
||||
COL 4 5 z3ax figs-metaphor ἐν σοφίᾳ περιπατεῖτε πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 Walk in wisdom toward those outside The idea of walking is often used for the idea of conducting one's life. Alternate translation: "Live in such a way that those who are not believers will see that you are wise" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 5 b525 figs-metaphor τὸν καιρὸν ἐξαγοραζόμενοι 1 redeem the time To "redeem" something means to restore it to it's rightful owner. Here time is spoken of as something that can be restored and used to serve God. Alternate translation: "do the best things you can with your time" or "put the time to its best use" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -222,24 +222,25 @@ COL 4 8 vyq5 figs-exclusive τὰ περὶ ἡμῶν 1 about us These words do
|
|||
COL 4 8 fr1z figs-metaphor παρακαλέσῃ τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 may encourage your hearts The heart was thought to be the center of many emotions. Alternate translation: "may encourage you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
COL 4 9 yqh9 τῷ πιστῷ καὶ ἀγαπητῷ ἀδελφῷ 1 the faithful and beloved brother Paul calls Onesimus a fellow Christian and servant of Christ.
|
||||
COL 4 9 n15d ὑμῖν γνωρίσουσιν 1 They will tell "Tychicus and Onesimus will tell"
|
||||
COL 4 9 vb7j πάντα τὰ ὧδε 1 everything that has happened here They will tell the Colossian believers all that is taking place where Paul is currently living. Tradition says Paul was in Rome under house arrest or in prison at this time.
|
||||
COL 4 9 vb7j πάντα ... τὰ ὧδε 1 everything that has happened here They will tell the Colossian believers all that is taking place where Paul is currently living. Tradition says Paul was in Rome under house arrest or in prison at this time.
|
||||
COL 4 10 wmf4 Ἀρίσταρχος 1 Aristarchus He was in prison with Paul in Ephesus when Paul wrote this letter to the Colossians.
|
||||
COL 4 10 cg3a ἐὰν ἔλθῃ 1 if he comes "if Mark comes"
|
||||
COL 4 11 bm6s Ἰησοῦς ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰοῦστος 1 Jesus who is called Justus This is a man who also worked with Paul.
|
||||
COL 4 11 ci74 figs-metonymy ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι μόνοι συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These alone of the circumcision are my fellow workers for the kingdom of God Paul uses "circumcision" here to refer to Jews because, under the Old Testament law, all male Jews had to be circumcised. Alternate translation: "These three men are the only Jewish believers working with me to proclaim God as king through Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 p8e9 ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι μόνοι 1 These alone of the circumcision "These men—Aristarchus, Mark, and Justus—alone of the circumcision"
|
||||
COL 4 11 bm6s Ἰησοῦς, ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰοῦστος 1 Jesus who is called Justus This is a man who also worked with Paul.
|
||||
COL 4 11 ci74 figs-metonymy ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι, μόνοι συνεργοὶ εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 These alone of the circumcision are my fellow workers for the kingdom of God Paul uses "circumcision" here to refer to Jews because, under the Old Testament law, all male Jews had to be circumcised. Alternate translation: "These three men are the only Jewish believers working with me to proclaim God as king through Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 11 p8e9 ἐκ περιτομῆς οὗτοι, μόνοι 1 These alone of the circumcision "These men—Aristarchus, Mark, and Justus—alone of the circumcision"
|
||||
COL 4 12 et2g 0 General Information: Laodicea and Hierapolis were towns close to Colossae.
|
||||
COL 4 12 gg86 Ἐπαφρᾶς 1 Epaphras Epaphras was the man who had preached the good news to the people in Colossae ([Colossians 1:7](../01/07.md)).
|
||||
COL 4 12 rq61 0 one of you "from your city" or "your fellow townsman"
|
||||
COL 4 12 ek51 δοῦλος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 a slave of Christ Jesus "a committed disciple of Christ Jesus"
|
||||
COL 4 12 p8ff πάντοτε ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 always strives for you in prayer "earnestly prays for you"
|
||||
COL 4 12 nuh9 σταθῆτε τέλειοι καὶ πεπληροφορημένοι 1 you may stand complete and fully assured "you may stand mature and confident"
|
||||
COL 4 13 k8vv μαρτυρῶ αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἔχει πολὺν πόνον ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 I bear witness of him, that he works hard for you "I have observed that he has worked very hard for you"
|
||||
COL 4 13 k8vv μαρτυρῶ ... αὐτῷ, ὅτι ἔχει πολὺν πόνον ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν 1 I bear witness of him, that he works hard for you "I have observed that he has worked very hard for you"
|
||||
COL 4 14 hq1k Δημᾶς 1 Demas This is another co-worker with Paul.
|
||||
COL 4 15 sc5g τοὺς ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
COL 4 15 zkp3 τοὺς ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ ἀδελφοὺς 1 in Laodicea a city very close to Colossae where there was also a church
|
||||
COL 4 15 wyk3 Νύμφαν, καὶ τὴν κατ’ οἶκον αὐτῆς ἐκκλησίαν 1 Nympha, and the church that is in her house A woman named Nympha hosted a house church. Alternate translation: "Nympha and the group of believers that meets in her house"
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-you εἴπατε."," βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν Ἀρχίππῳ ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς παρέλαβες 1 Say to Archippus, "Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, that you should fulfill it Paul reminds Archippus of the task God had given him and that he, Archippus, was under obligation to the Lord to fulfill it. The words "Look," "you have received," and "you should fulfill" all refer to Archippus and should be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 4 17 d39x figs-you εἴπατε Ἀρχίππῳ,
|
||||
“ βλέπε τὴν διακονίαν ἣν παρέλαβες ἐν Κυρίῳ, ἵνα αὐτὴν πληροῖς 1 Say to Archippus, "Look to the ministry that you have received in the Lord, that you should fulfill it Paul reminds Archippus of the task God had given him and that he, Archippus, was under obligation to the Lord to fulfill it. The words "Look," "you have received," and "you should fulfill" all refer to Archippus and should be singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 an7s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul closes his letter with a greeting written in his own handwriting.
|
||||
COL 4 18 h3kx figs-metonymy μνημονεύετέ μου τῶν δεσμῶν 1 Remember my chains Paul speaks of chains when he means his imprisonment. Alternate translation: "Remember me and pray for me while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 w2vm figs-metonymy 0 May grace be with you Here "grace" stands for God, who shows grace or acts kindly to believers. Alternate translation: "I pray that our Lord Jesus Christ would continue to act graciously toward you all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
COL 4 18 w2vm figs-metonymy 0 May grace be with you Here "grace" stands for God, who shows grace or acts kindly to believers. Alternate translation: "I pray that our Lord Jesus Christ would continue to act graciously toward you all" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1928.
|
116
en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
116
en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
|
|
@ -7,28 +7,28 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 1 1 nn67 figs-you 0 peace be to you The word "you" refers to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 y98w figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this letter the words "we" and "us" refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word "you" is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 1 2 xud4 εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ πάντοτε 1 We always give thanks to God Here "always" suggests that when Paul prays to God, he consistently presents the Thessalonians to God in his prayers.
|
||||
1TH 1 2 r3yd μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν ἡμῶν ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we mention you continually in our prayers "we continually pray for you"
|
||||
1TH 1 2 r3yd μνείαν ποιούμενοι ἐπὶ τῶν προσευχῶν ἡμῶν, ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we mention you continually in our prayers "we continually pray for you"
|
||||
1TH 1 3 bl7l τοῦ ἔργου τῆς πίστεως 1 work of faith acts done because of trust in God
|
||||
1TH 1 4 xky4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to give thanks for the believers at Thessalonica and praises them for their faith in God.
|
||||
1TH 1 4 erb6 ἀδελφοὶ 1 Brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 1 4 u5er figs-exclusive εἰδότες 1 we know The word "we" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 ude4 οὐκ ἐν λόγῳ μόνον 1 not in word only "not only in what we said"
|
||||
1TH 1 5 ude4 οὐκ ... ἐν λόγῳ μόνον 1 not in word only "not only in what we said"
|
||||
1TH 1 5 h675 ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν δυνάμει, καὶ ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 but also in power, in the Holy Spirit Possible meanings are 1) the Holy Spirit gave Paul and his companions the ability to preach the gospel powerfully or 2) the Holy Spirit made the preaching of the gospel have a powerful effect among the Thessalonian believers or 3) the Holy Spirit demonstrated the truth of the gospel preaching by means of miracles, signs, and wonders.
|
||||
1TH 1 5 t1w3 figs-abstractnouns 0 in much assurance The abstract noun "assurance" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "God made you sure that it was true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 5 e889 οἷοι 1 what kind of men "how we conducted ourselves when"
|
||||
1TH 1 6 cs49 καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε 1 You became imitators To "imitate" means to act like or to copy the behavior of another.
|
||||
1TH 1 6 cs49 καὶ ὑμεῖς μιμηταὶ ... ἐγενήθητε 1 You became imitators To "imitate" means to act like or to copy the behavior of another.
|
||||
1TH 1 6 cl6r δεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον 1 received the word "welcomed the message" or "accepted what we had to say"
|
||||
1TH 1 6 q4gm ἐν θλίψει πολλῇ 1 in much hardship "during a time of great suffering" or "in much persecution"
|
||||
1TH 1 7 ml7u translate-names τῇ Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia This is an ancient district in what is present-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1TH 1 7 ml7u translate-names τῇ ... Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia This is an ancient district in what is present-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1TH 1 8 qyk6 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "the Lord's teachings" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 8 sht4 figs-metaphor ἐξήχηται 1 has rung out Here Paul speaks of the Christian witness produced by the Thessalonian believers as if it were a bell that was rung or a musical instrument that was being played. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 rd2b αὐτοὶ γὰρ 1 For they themselves Paul is referring to the churches that already existed in the surrounding regions, who have heard about the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 1 9 amc1 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 they themselves Here "themselves" is used to emphasize those people who had heard about the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 v145 figs-metonymy ὁποίαν εἴσοδον ἔσχομεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of reception we had among you The abstract noun "reception" can be expressed as the verb "receive" or "welcome." Alternate translation: "how warmly you received us" or "how warmly you welcomed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here "turned to ... from" is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: "you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 9 u1um figs-metaphor ἐπεστρέψατε πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων, δουλεύειν Θεῷ ζῶντι καὶ ἀληθινῷ 1 you turned to God from the idols to serve the living and true God Here "turned to ... from" is a metaphor that means to start being loyal to one person and stop being loyal to someone else. Alternate translation: "you stopped worshiping idols and started serving the living and true God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 dg6a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1TH 1 10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 whom he raised "whom God caused to live again"
|
||||
1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead "so that he was no longer dead." This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν ... νεκρῶν 1 from the dead "so that he was no longer dead." This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-inclusive 0 who frees us Here Paul includes the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Christian witness<br>Paul values his "Christian witness" as evidence that the gospel is true. Paul says that being godly or holy bears witness to the non-Christian. Paul defends his character, so that his witness is not affected. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br>
|
||||
1TH 2 1 pt75 0 Connecting Statement: Paul defines the believers' service and reward.
|
||||
|
|
@ -37,38 +37,38 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 2 1 g6qq figs-exclusive τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν 1 our coming The word "our" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 2 1 w584 figs-doublenegatives οὐ κενὴ γέγονεν 1 was not useless This can be expressed in a positive manner. Alternate translation: "was very worthwhile" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 2 2 x6ez προπαθόντες καὶ ὑβρισθέντες 1 previously suffered and were shamefully treated "were mistreated and insulted"
|
||||
1TH 2 2 v4dg ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 in much struggling "while struggling under great opposition"
|
||||
1TH 2 3 t7ty οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης οὐδὲ ἐξ,, ἀκαθαρσίας οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 was not from error, nor from impurity, nor from deceit "was truthful, pure, and honest"
|
||||
1TH 2 4 is1a δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ πιστευθῆναι 1 approved by God to be trusted Paul was tested and proven trustworthy by God.
|
||||
1TH 2 2 v4dg ἐν ... πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 in much struggling "while struggling under great opposition"
|
||||
1TH 2 3 t7ty οὐκ ἐκ πλάνης, οὐδὲ ἐξ ἀκαθαρσίας, οὐδὲ ἐν δόλῳ 1 was not from error, nor from impurity, nor from deceit "was truthful, pure, and honest"
|
||||
1TH 2 4 is1a δεδοκιμάσμεθα ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ, πιστευθῆναι 1 approved by God to be trusted Paul was tested and proven trustworthy by God.
|
||||
1TH 2 4 qqj2 figs-explicit λαλοῦμεν 1 we speak Paul is referring to preaching the gospel message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 2 4 k1m9 figs-metonymy τῷ δοκιμάζοντι τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 who examines our hearts The word "hearts" is a metonym for a person's desires and thoughts. Alternate translation: "who knows our desires and thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 5 xcy6 0 General Information: Paul tells the Thessalonian believers that his conduct was not based in flattery, greed, or self glory.
|
||||
1TH 2 5 i8cr οὔτε ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν 1 we never came with words of flattery "we never spoke to you with false praise"
|
||||
1TH 2 5 i8cr οὔτε ... ἐν λόγῳ κολακίας ἐγενήθημεν 1 we never came with words of flattery "we never spoke to you with false praise"
|
||||
1TH 2 6 p9ih 0 could have claimed privileges "could have insisted you give us money"
|
||||
1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as a mother comforting her own children Just as a mother gently comforts her children, so Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy spoke gently to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 2 7 ag1l figs-simile ὡς ... τροφὸς θάλπῃ τὰ ἑαυτῆς τέκνα 1 as a mother comforting her own children Just as a mother gently comforts her children, so Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy spoke gently to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 r8b4 οὕτως ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 In this way we had affection for you "This is how we demonstrated our affection for you"
|
||||
1TH 2 8 g73f ὁμειρόμενοι ὑμῶν 1 we had affection for you "we loved you"
|
||||
1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor εὐδοκοῦμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν οὐ μόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀλλὰ καὶ ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 We were pleased to share with you not only the gospel of God but also our own lives Paul speaks of the gospel message and his life and the lives of those with him as if they were a physical object that one could share with others. Alternate translation: "We were pleased not only to tell you the gospel of God but also to spend time with you and to help you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 q86v figs-metaphor εὐδοκοῦμεν μεταδοῦναι ὑμῖν, οὐ μόνον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ... ἑαυτῶν ψυχάς 1 We were pleased to share with you not only the gospel of God but also our own lives Paul speaks of the gospel message and his life and the lives of those with him as if they were a physical object that one could share with others. Alternate translation: "We were pleased not only to tell you the gospel of God but also to spend time with you and to help you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 8 p4e4 ἀγαπητοὶ ἡμῖν ἐγενήθητε 1 you had become very dear to us "we cared for you deeply"
|
||||
1TH 2 9 j9lu ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 9 tc98 figs-doublet τὸν κόπον ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν μόχθον 1 our labor and toil The words "labor" and "toil" mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them to emphasize how hard they worked. Alternate translation: "how hard we worked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 b16f νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι πρὸς μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 Night and day we were working so that we might not weigh down any of you "We worked hard to make our own living so you would not need to support us"
|
||||
1TH 2 10 il3e ὁσίως, δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως 1 holy, righteous, and blameless Paul uses three words that describe their good behavior toward the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 2 11 i58m figs-metaphor ὡς πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ 1 as a father with his own children Paul compares how he encouraged the Thessalonians to a father gently teaching his children how to behave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 m91e figs-doublet παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς καὶ παραμυθούμενοι καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι ὑμᾶς 1 exhorting you and encouraging and urging you The words "exhorting," "encouraging," and "urging" are used together to express how passionately Paul's group encouraged the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: "We were strongly encouraging you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 n8dr figs-hendiadys εἰς ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 into his own kingdom and glory The word "glory" describes the word "kingdom." Alternate translation: "into his own glorious kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 qmc3 figs-metaphor εἰς περιπατεῖν ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to walk in a manner that is worthy of God "Walk" here is an metaphor for "live." Alternate translation: "live so that people will think well of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 9 b16f νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι, πρὸς ... μὴ ἐπιβαρῆσαί τινα ὑμῶν 1 Night and day we were working so that we might not weigh down any of you "We worked hard to make our own living so you would not need to support us"
|
||||
1TH 2 10 il3e ὁσίως ... δικαίως, καὶ ἀμέμπτως 1 holy, righteous, and blameless Paul uses three words that describe their good behavior toward the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 2 11 i58m figs-metaphor ὡς ... πατὴρ τέκνα ἑαυτοῦ 1 as a father with his own children Paul compares how he encouraged the Thessalonians to a father gently teaching his children how to behave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 m91e figs-doublet παρακαλοῦντες ὑμᾶς, καὶ παραμυθούμενοι, καὶ μαρτυρόμενοι ... ὑμᾶς 1 exhorting you and encouraging and urging you The words "exhorting," "encouraging," and "urging" are used together to express how passionately Paul's group encouraged the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: "We were strongly encouraging you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 n8dr figs-hendiadys εἰς ... ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 into his own kingdom and glory The word "glory" describes the word "kingdom." Alternate translation: "into his own glorious kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TH 2 12 qmc3 figs-metaphor εἰς ... περιπατεῖν ... ἀξίως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to walk in a manner that is worthy of God "Walk" here is an metaphor for "live." Alternate translation: "live so that people will think well of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 au3b 0 General Information: Paul continues to use "we" to refer to himself and his traveling companions and "you" to the Thessalonian believers.
|
||||
1TH 2 13 z53w καὶ ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we also thank God constantly Paul often thanks God for their acceptance of the gospel message he shared with them.
|
||||
1TH 2 13 z53w καὶ ... ἡμεῖς εὐχαριστοῦμεν τῷ Θεῷ ἀδιαλείπτως 1 we also thank God constantly Paul often thanks God for their acceptance of the gospel message he shared with them.
|
||||
1TH 2 13 zj5f figs-synecdoche οὐ λόγον ἀνθρώπων 1 not as the word of man "Word of man" here is a synecdoche for "a message that comes simply from a man." Alternate translation: "(it is) not a message that is made up by a man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 rpb1 figs-metonymy 0 you accepted it ... as it truly is, the word of God "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "you accepted it ... as it truly is, the message that comes from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 13 ci1e figs-personification ὃς καὶ ἐνεργεῖται ἐν ὑμῖν τοῖς πιστεύουσιν 1 which is also at work in you who believe Paul speaks of God's gospel message as if it were a person who was doing work. "Word" is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "which those of you who believe are listening to and beginning to obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 14 s2mp ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 14 mh8n μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 became imitators of the churches The Thessalonian believers endured persecutions similar to the Judean believers. "became like the churches"
|
||||
1TH 2 14 mh8n μιμηταὶ ἐγενήθητε ... τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 became imitators of the churches The Thessalonian believers endured persecutions similar to the Judean believers. "became like the churches"
|
||||
1TH 2 14 cxm3 ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων συμφυλετῶν 1 from your own countrymen "from other Thessalonians"
|
||||
1TH 2 16 rw7e κωλυόντων ἡμᾶς λαλῆσαι 1 They forbid us to speak "They try to make us stop speaking"
|
||||
1TH 2 16 rw7e κωλυόντων ἡμᾶς ... λαλῆσαι 1 They forbid us to speak "They try to make us stop speaking"
|
||||
1TH 2 16 n2ue figs-metaphor ἀναπληρῶσαι αὐτῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας πάντοτε 1 they always fill up their own sins Paul speaks as though someone can fill a container with their own sins as with liquid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 2 16 fq9m ἔφθασεν αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος 1 wrath will overtake them in the end This refers to God finally judging and punishing people for their sins.
|
||||
1TH 2 16 fq9m ἔφθασεν ... αὐτοὺς ἡ ὀργὴ εἰς τέλος 1 wrath will overtake them in the end This refers to God finally judging and punishing people for their sins.
|
||||
1TH 2 17 edb1 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers This means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
|
||||
1TH 2 17 vr7v figs-metonymy προσώπῳ οὐ καρδίᾳ 1 in person not in heart Here "heart" represents thoughts and emotions. Though Paul and those traveling with him were not present physically in Thessalonica, they continued to care and think about the believers there. Alternate translation: "in person, but we continued to think about you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 2 17 t5d5 figs-synecdoche 0 to see your face Here "your face" means the entire person. Alternate translation: "to see you" or "to be with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -82,38 +82,38 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 3 1 t3vt ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι 1 good to be left behind at Athens alone "good for Silvanus and me to stay behind in Athens"
|
||||
1TH 3 1 qhj4 0 it was good "it was proper" or "it was reasonable"
|
||||
1TH 3 1 laf9 translate-names Ἀθήναις 1 Athens This is a city in the Achaia province, which is now modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
1TH 3 2 d8yy τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν καὶ διάκονον 1 our brother and fellow worker These two expressions both describe Timothy.
|
||||
1TH 3 2 d8yy τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν, καὶ διάκονον 1 our brother and fellow worker These two expressions both describe Timothy.
|
||||
1TH 3 3 y74m figs-idiom μηδένα σαίνεσθαι 1 no one would be shaken To be "shaken" is an idiom for being afraid. Alternate translation: "no one would be frightened away from trusting in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 3 rkx9 figs-explicit κείμεθα 1 we have been appointed Paul assumes that everyone knows that it was God who appointed them. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "God has appointed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 4 shn3 0 Truly This word marks that there is more to the truth than what has just been said. Alternate translation: "Moreover"
|
||||
1TH 3 4 nm1l θλίβεσθαι 1 to suffer affliction "to be mistreated by others"
|
||||
1TH 3 5 st3d figs-idiom κἀγὼ μηκέτι στέγων 1 I could no longer stand it Paul was describing his own emotions by using an idiom. Alternate translation: "I could not longer wait patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 5 zn36 figs-explicit ἔπεμψα 1 I sent It is implied that Paul sent Timothy. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "I sent Timothy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 5 g92s ὁ κόπος ἡμῶν 1 our labor "our hard work among you" or "our teaching among you"
|
||||
1TH 3 5 ne5x εἰς κενὸν 1 in vain "useless"
|
||||
1TH 3 5 g92s ὁ ... κόπος ἡμῶν 1 our labor "our hard work among you" or "our teaching among you"
|
||||
1TH 3 5 ne5x εἰς ... κενὸν 1 in vain "useless"
|
||||
1TH 3 6 r4pa 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells his readers about Timothy's report after he returned from visiting them.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 gci4 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντος πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 came to us The word "us" refers to Paul and Silvanus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tu8d figs-explicit εὐαγγελισαμένου τὴν πίστιν ὑμῶν 1 the good news of your faith It is understood that this refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "a good report of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 e6kx ἔχετε μνείαν ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories When they think of Paul, they always have good thoughts about him.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 gci4 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντος ... πρὸς ἡμᾶς 1 came to us The word "us" refers to Paul and Silvanus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tu8d figs-explicit εὐαγγελισαμένου ... τὴν πίστιν ... ὑμῶν 1 the good news of your faith It is understood that this refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "a good report of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 6 e6kx ἔχετε μνείαν ... ἀγαθὴν πάντοτε 1 you always have good memories When they think of Paul, they always have good thoughts about him.
|
||||
1TH 3 6 tx4h ἐπιποθοῦντες ἡμᾶς ἰδεῖν 1 you long to see us "you desire to see us"
|
||||
1TH 3 7 mqy5 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 3 7 k54j figs-explicit διὰ ὑμῶν πίστεως 1 because of your faith This refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "because of your faith in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 k54j figs-explicit διὰ ... ὑμῶν πίστεως 1 because of your faith This refers to faith in Christ. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "because of your faith in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 3 7 csz7 figs-doublet ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 in all our distress and affliction The word "affliction" explains why they are in "distress." Alternate translation: "in all our distress caused by our afflictions" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 3 8 x5xt figs-idiom ζῶμεν 1 we live This is an idiom that expresses living a satisfied life. Alternate translation: "we are very encouraged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 8 x4zn figs-idiom ἐὰν ὑμεῖς στήκετε ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 if you stand firm in the Lord To "stand firm" is an idiom meaning to continue being faithful. Alternate translation: "if you continue to trust in the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TH 3 9 pzq7 figs-rquestion 0 For what thanks can we give to God for you, for all the joy that we have before our God over you? This rhetorical question can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "We cannot thank God enough for what he has done for you! We greatly rejoice over you when we pray to our God!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1TH 3 9 p5ka figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God Paul speaks as if he and his companions were physically in God's presence. He is probably referring to the activity of praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 9 p5ka figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθεν ... Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 before our God Paul speaks as if he and his companions were physically in God's presence. He is probably referring to the activity of praying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 10 k71n περισσοῦ 1 very hard "fervently"
|
||||
1TH 3 10 eb26 figs-synecdoche τὸ ἰδεῖν ὑμῶν τὸ πρόσωπον 1 see your face The word "face" refers to their whole person. Alternate translation: "visit you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 tet9 0 General Information: In these verses, the word "our" does not always refer to the same group of people. Please see the translation notes for specifics.
|
||||
1TH 3 11 bql9 figs-inclusive 0 May our God ... our Lord Jesus Paul includes the Thessalonian believers with his ministry team. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mc2m ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν κατευθύναι 1 May our God "We pray that our God"
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mc2m ὁ Θεὸς ... ἡμῶν ... κατευθύναι 1 May our God "We pray that our God"
|
||||
1TH 3 11 um1c figs-metaphor κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you Paul speaks as if he wants God to show him and his companions the route to take to visit the Thessalonian Christians. He means that he wants God to make it possible for them to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 efl5 figs-exclusive κατευθύναι τὴν ὁδὸν ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 direct our way to you The word "our" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy but not the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mp6s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς Πατὴρ 1 Father himself Here "himself" refers back to "Father" for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 11 mp6s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ... Πατὴρ 1 Father himself Here "himself" refers back to "Father" for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1TH 3 12 f5z3 figs-metaphor πλεονάσαι καὶ περισσεύσαι τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 increase and abound in love Paul speaks of love as an object that one could obtain more of. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metonymy 0 strengthen your hearts, so that they will be Here "heart" is a metonym for one's beliefs and convictions. Alternate translation: "strenghten you, so that you will be" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus "when Jesus comes back to earth"
|
||||
1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν ... τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus "when Jesus comes back to earth"
|
||||
1TH 3 13 jlc5 μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 with all his saints "with all those who belong to him"
|
||||
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Sexual immorality<br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.<br><br>##### Dying before the return of Christ<br>In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.<br><br>##### "Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air"<br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ's final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br>
|
||||
1TH 4 1 wk39 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
|
|
@ -121,45 +121,45 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 4 1 iij6 figs-activepassive παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν 1 you received instructions from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 you must walk Here "walk" is an expression for the way one is to live. Alternate translation: "you ought to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 2 vg16 figs-metaphor διὰ τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 through the Lord Jesus Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were given by Jesus himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 3 mw4j ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς τῆς πορνείας 1 you avoid sexual immorality "you stay away from sexually immoral acts"
|
||||
1TH 4 4 f4ux εἰδέναι ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος κτᾶσθαι 1 know how to possess his own vessel Possible meanings are 1) "know how to live with his own wife" or 2) "know how to control his own body"
|
||||
1TH 4 3 mw4j ἀπέχεσθαι ὑμᾶς ... τῆς πορνείας 1 you avoid sexual immorality "you stay away from sexually immoral acts"
|
||||
1TH 4 4 f4ux εἰδέναι ... ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 know how to possess his own vessel Possible meanings are 1) "know how to live with his own wife" or 2) "know how to control his own body"
|
||||
1TH 4 5 x2t7 ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust "with wrongful sexual desire"
|
||||
1TH 4 6 gn9i figs-gendernotations 0 no man Here "man" refers to a man or a woman. "no one" or "no person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 a9st figs-doublet ὑπερβαίνειν καὶ πλεονεκτεῖν 1 transgress and wrong This is a doublet stating the same idea in two ways to reinforce the concept. Alternate translation: "do wrong things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 q7bf figs-explicit ἔκδικος Κύριος 1 the Lord is an avenger This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "the Lord will punish the one who transgressed and will defend the one who was wronged" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 6 d1ip προείπαμεν ὑμῖν καὶ διεμαρτυράμεθα 1 forewarned you and testified "told you beforehand and strongly warned against"
|
||||
1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives οὐ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ, ἀκαθαρσίᾳ ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but to holiness This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God called us to cleanness and holiness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-inclusive οὐ ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God did not call us The word "us" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 v3np figs-doublenegatives οὐ ... ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, ἀλλ’ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ 1 God did not call us to uncleanness, but to holiness This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "God called us to cleanness and holiness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1TH 4 7 q4tj figs-inclusive οὐ ... ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς ὁ Θεὸς 1 God did not call us The word "us" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 8 mn5y ὁ ἀθετῶν 1 he who rejects this "whoever disregards this teaching" or "whoever ignores this teaching"
|
||||
1TH 4 8 su51 ἀθετῶν οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν 1 rejects not people, but God Paul stresses that this teaching is not from man, but from God.
|
||||
1TH 4 8 su51 ἀθετῶν, οὐκ ἄνθρωπον ἀθετεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸν Θεὸν 1 rejects not people, but God Paul stresses that this teaching is not from man, but from God.
|
||||
1TH 4 9 uxn8 τῆς φιλαδελφίας 1 brotherly love "love for fellow believers"
|
||||
1TH 4 10 dec9 ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ 1 you do this for all the brothers who are in all Macedonia "you show love to the believers throughout Macedonia"
|
||||
1TH 4 10 dec9 ποιεῖτε αὐτὸ εἰς πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, τοὺς ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ 1 you do this for all the brothers who are in all Macedonia "you show love to the believers throughout Macedonia"
|
||||
1TH 4 10 jcg3 ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 11 d2fg πράσσειν 1 to aspire "to try to"
|
||||
1TH 4 11 j4c7 figs-metaphor ἡσυχάζειν 1 live quietly Paul uses the word "quietly" as a metaphor to describe living at peace in one's community and not causing strife. Alternate translation: "live in a calm and orderly way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 jmt9 figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια ταῖς ἰδίαις 1 take care of your own responsibilities "do your own work" or "take care of the things that your are responsible to do." This may also imply that we should not gossip and interfere in other people's concerns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 jmt9 figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια ... ταῖς ἰδίαις 1 take care of your own responsibilities "do your own work" or "take care of the things that your are responsible to do." This may also imply that we should not gossip and interfere in other people's concerns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 11 bz8s figs-metaphor 0 work with your hands This is a metaphor for living a productive life. Alternate translation: "work at your own jobs to earn what you need to live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 12 hp6g figs-metaphor περιπατῆτε εὐσχημόνως 1 walk properly Here "walk" is a metaphor for "live" or "behave." Alternate translation: "behave properly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 12 yl36 εὐσχημόνως 1 properly in a way that shows respect to others and earns their respect
|
||||
1TH 4 12 k59r figs-metaphor πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω 1 before outsiders Paul speaks of those who do not believer in Christ as if they are outside of a place away from the believers. Alternate translation: "in the sight of those who do not believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 j68e 0 General Information: Paul talks about believers who have died, who are still alive, and those who will be alive when Christ returns.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 d9g4 οὐ θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 We do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "We want you to be informed" or "We want you to know"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 d9g4 οὐ θέλομεν ... ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 We do not want you to be uninformed This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "We want you to be informed" or "We want you to know"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 wt7l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 4 13 zqz6 figs-euphemism τῶν κοιμωμένων 1 those who sleep Here "sleep" is a euphemism for being dead. Alternate translation: "those who have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 r9f8 ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε καθὼς οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you do not grieve like the rest "because we do not want you grieve like the rest"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 r9f8 ἵνα μὴ λυπῆσθε, καθὼς ... οἱ λοιποὶ 1 so that you do not grieve like the rest "because we do not want you grieve like the rest"
|
||||
1TH 4 13 qt5b λυπῆσθε 1 grieve mourn, be sad about something
|
||||
1TH 4 13 rl73 figs-explicit καθὼς οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 like the rest who do not have hope "like people who do not confidence in the future promise." It can be stated clearly what those people do not have confidence about. Alternate translation: "like the people who are not sure that they will rise from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-inclusive εἰ πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here "we" refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 13 rl73 figs-explicit καθὼς ... οἱ λοιποὶ, οἱ μὴ ἔχοντες ἐλπίδα 1 like the rest who do not have hope "like people who do not confidence in the future promise." It can be stated clearly what those people do not have confidence about. Alternate translation: "like the people who are not sure that they will rise from the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 ybz6 figs-inclusive εἰ ... πιστεύομεν 1 if we believe Here "we" refers to Paul and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 kmk2 ἀνέστη 1 rose again "rose to live again"
|
||||
1TH 4 14 bi9w figs-euphemism τοὺς κοιμηθέντας αὐτῷ 1 those who have fallen asleep in him Here "fallen asleep" is a polite way to refer to having died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 14 bi9w figs-euphemism τοὺς κοιμηθέντας ... αὐτῷ 1 those who have fallen asleep in him Here "fallen asleep" is a polite way to refer to having died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 4 15 ni3m figs-metonymy ἐν λόγῳ Κυρίου 1 by the word of the Lord "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Alternate translation: "by means of understanding the teachings of the Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TH 4 15 b786 εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 at the coming of the Lord "when the Lord returns"
|
||||
1TH 4 16 ah7p αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος καταβήσεται 1 the Lord himself will descend "the Lord himself will come down"
|
||||
1TH 4 16 z9ka ἀρχαγγέλου σάλπιγγι 1 the archangel "the chief angel"
|
||||
1TH 4 16 ah7p αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ... καταβήσεται 1 the Lord himself will descend "the Lord himself will come down"
|
||||
1TH 4 16 z9ka ἀρχαγγέλου ... σάλπιγγι 1 the archangel "the chief angel"
|
||||
1TH 4 16 dr89 figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ ἐν Χριστῷ ἀναστήσονται πρῶτον 1 the dead in Christ will rise first The "dead in Christ" are those believers who have passed away. Alternate translation: "those who believe in Jesus Christ, but who have already died, will rise first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here "we" refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς ... ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here "we" refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word "them" refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
|
||||
1TH 4 17 se1y οἱ οἱ ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air "meet the Lord Jesus in the sky"
|
||||
1TH 4 17 se1y οἱ ... οἱ ... ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου ... ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air "meet the Lord Jesus in the sky"
|
||||
1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile "like a thief in the night" means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>##### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit's guidance and work.<br>
|
||||
1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this chapter the words "we" and "us" refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word "you" is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TH 5 1 z1s6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues talking about the day Jesus will come back.
|
||||
|
|
@ -168,12 +168,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 2 mcq9 ἀκριβῶς 1 perfectly well "very well" or "accurately"
|
||||
1TH 5 2 tmj3 figs-simile κλέπτης ἐν νυκτὶ οὕτως 1 like a thief in the night Just as one does not know which night a thief may come, we do not know when the day of the Lord will come. Alternate translation: "unexpectedly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 3 p1wi ὅταν λέγωσιν 1 When they say "When the people say"
|
||||
1TH 5 3 ne9n τότε αἰφνίδιος ὄλεθρος 1 then sudden destruction "then unexpected destruction"
|
||||
1TH 5 3 f1xr figs-simile ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ 1 like birth pains in a pregnant woman Just as a pregnant woman's birth pains come suddenly and do not stop until the birth is complete, the destruction will come, and people will not escape. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 rr9j ὑμεῖς, ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 3 ne9n τότε αἰφνίδιος ... ὄλεθρος 1 then sudden destruction "then unexpected destruction"
|
||||
1TH 5 3 f1xr figs-simile ὥσπερ ἡ ὠδὶν ... ἐν γαστρὶ ἐχούσῃ 1 like birth pains in a pregnant woman Just as a pregnant woman's birth pains come suddenly and do not stop until the birth is complete, the destruction will come, and people will not escape. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 rr9j ὑμεῖς ... ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 4 b6lv figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐστὲ ἐν σκότει 1 are not in darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were darkness. Alternate translation: "you are not unknowing, like people who live in the dark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 4 elp9 figs-simile ἵνα ἡ ἡμέρα ὑμᾶς ὡς κλέπτας καταλάβῃ 1 so that the day would overtake you like a thief The day when the Lord comes should not be a surprise to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the truth as if it were light and day. Alternate translation: "For you know the truth, like people who live in the light, like people during the day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 zp3z figs-metaphor πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε, καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας 1 For you are all sons of the light and sons of the day Paul speaks of the truth as if it were light and day. Alternate translation: "For you know the truth, like people who live in the light, like people during the day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 5 d6fm figs-metaphor 0 We are not sons of the night or the darkness Paul speaks of evil and ignorance about God as if they were darkness. Alternate translation: We are not unknowing, like people who live in the darkness, like people at night" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 us6s figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 let us not sleep as the rest do Paul speaks of spiritual unawareness as if it were sleep. Alternate translation: "let us not be like others who are not aware that Jesus is coming back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 6 gu51 figs-inclusive καθεύδωμεν 1 let us The word "us" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -181,12 +181,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 7 s253 figs-metaphor 0 For those who sleep do so at night Just as when people sleep and do not know what is happening, so the people of this world do not know that Christ will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 7 exa8 figs-metaphor 0 those who get drunk do so at night Paul is stating that it is at night when people become drunk, so when people are unaware of Christ's return they do not live a self-controlled life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 zj9r figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In verses 8-10 the word "we" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 wh3g figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we belong to the day Paul speaks of knowing the truth about God as belonging to the day. Alternate translation: "we know the truth" or "we have received the light of truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 wh3g figs-metaphor ἡμεῖς ... ἡμέρας ὄντες 1 we belong to the day Paul speaks of knowing the truth about God as belonging to the day. Alternate translation: "we know the truth" or "we have received the light of truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 i8j1 figs-metaphor νήφωμεν 1 we must stay sober Paul compares being sober to exercising self-control. Alternate translation: "let us exercise self-control" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως ἀγάπης καὶ 1 put on faith and love as a breastplate As a soldier would put on a breastplate to protect his body, a believer who lives by faith and love will find protection. Alternate translation: "protect ourselves with faith and love" or "protect ourselves by trusting Christ and loving him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 ev6i figs-metaphor ἐνδυσάμενοι θώρακα πίστεως ... ἀγάπης, καὶ 1 put on faith and love as a breastplate As a soldier would put on a breastplate to protect his body, a believer who lives by faith and love will find protection. Alternate translation: "protect ourselves with faith and love" or "protect ourselves by trusting Christ and loving him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 8 fk6r figs-metaphor 0 the hope of salvation for our helmet As a helmet protects a soldier's head, assurance of salvation protects the believer. Alternate translation: "protect ourselves by being certain that Christ will save us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 10 w59c figs-euphemism εἴτε γρηγορῶμεν εἴτε καθεύδωμεν 1 whether we are awake or asleep These are polite ways of saying alive or dead. Alternate translation: "whether we are alive or dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς ἕνα 1 build each other up Here "build" is a metaphor that means encourage. Alternate translation: "encourage each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 11 r921 figs-metaphor οἰκοδομεῖτε εἷς ... ἕνα 1 build each other up Here "build" is a metaphor that means encourage. Alternate translation: "encourage each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 12 pd47 0 General Information: Paul begins to give his final instructions to the church in Thessalonica.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 rka4 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow believers.
|
||||
1TH 5 12 ksp2 εἰδέναι τοὺς κοπιῶντας 1 to acknowledge those who labor "to esteem and appreciate those who are involved in leading"
|
||||
|
|
@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TH 5 21 wx69 πάντα δοκιμάζετε 1 Test all things "Make sure that all messages that seem to come from God truly come from him"
|
||||
1TH 5 21 r12r figs-metaphor τὸ καλὸν κατέχετε 1 Hold on to what is good Paul speaks of messages from the Holy Spirit as if they were objects that one could grasp in his hands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TH 5 23 gu2c ἁγιάσαι ὑμᾶς ὁλοτελεῖς 1 make you completely holy This refers to God making a person sinless and perfect in his sight.
|
||||
1TH 5 23 s36k figs-activepassive καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα ἡ ψυχὴ τὸ σῶμα ἀμέμπτως,, τηρηθείη 1 May your whole spirit, soul, and body be preserved without blame Here "spirit, soul, and body" represent the whole person. If your language does not have three words for these parts you can state it as "your whole life" or "you." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God make your whole life without sin" or "May God keep you completely blameless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 23 s36k figs-activepassive καὶ ὁλόκληρον ὑμῶν τὸ πνεῦμα ... ἡ ψυχὴ ... τὸ σῶμα, ἀμέμπτως ... τηρηθείη 1 May your whole spirit, soul, and body be preserved without blame Here "spirit, soul, and body" represent the whole person. If your language does not have three words for these parts you can state it as "your whole life" or "you." This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God make your whole life without sin" or "May God keep you completely blameless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 24 mq2u πιστὸς ὁ καλῶν ὑμᾶς 1 Faithful is he who calls you "He is faithful who calls you"
|
||||
1TH 5 24 c3jg ὃς καὶ ποιήσει 1 the one who will also do it "he will be helping you"
|
||||
1TH 5 25 q8ki 0 General Information: Paul gives his closing statements.
|
||||
1TH 5 26 qa1c ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1TH 5 27 n5cn figs-activepassive ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I urge you, as if the Lord were speaking to you, to have people read this letter" or "With the authority of the Lord I direct you to read this letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TH 5 27 n5cn figs-activepassive ἐνορκίζω ὑμᾶς τὸν Κύριον, ἀναγνωσθῆναι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν 1 I solemnly charge you by the Lord to have this letter read This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I urge you, as if the Lord were speaking to you, to have people read this letter" or "With the authority of the Lord I direct you to read this letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1935.
|
|
|
@ -14,25 +14,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 1 5 dad9 figs-activepassive καταξιωθῆναι ὑμᾶς τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 You will be considered worthy of the kingdom of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God will consider you worthy to be part of his kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 wrg2 0 Connecting Statement: As Paul continues, he talks about God being just.
|
||||
2TH 1 6 cxx1 0 it is righteous for God "God is right" or "God is just"
|
||||
2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 for God to return affliction to those who afflict you Here "to return" is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: "for God to afflict those who afflict you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 hxy2 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν 1 and relief to you These words continue the description of what God is right "to return" to people (verse 6). This is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: "and to relieve you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 lu43 figs-ellipsis ὑμῖν ἄνεσιν 1 relief to you You can make it explicit that God is the one who provides relief. Alternate translation: "for God to provide relief to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 1 6 id3i figs-metaphor παρὰ Θεῷ, ἀνταποδοῦναι τοῖς θλίβουσιν ὑμᾶς θλῖψιν 1 for God to return affliction to those who afflict you Here "to return" is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: "for God to afflict those who afflict you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 hxy2 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμῖν ... ἄνεσιν 1 and relief to you These words continue the description of what God is right "to return" to people (verse 6). This is a metaphor that means to cause someone to experience the same thing they did to someone else. Alternate translation: "and to relieve you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 lu43 figs-ellipsis ὑμῖν ... ἄνεσιν 1 relief to you You can make it explicit that God is the one who provides relief. Alternate translation: "for God to provide relief to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
2TH 1 7 yix7 0 the angels of his power "his powerful angels"
|
||||
2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν καὶ τοῖς 1 In flaming fire he will take vengeance on those who do not know God and on those who "He will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God and those who" or "Then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God and those who"
|
||||
2TH 1 8 y3uv ἐν πυρὶ φλογός διδόντος ἐκδίκησιν τοῖς μὴ εἰδόσι Θεὸν, καὶ τοῖς 1 In flaming fire he will take vengeance on those who do not know God and on those who "He will punish with blazing fire those who do not know God and those who" or "Then with blazing fire he will punish those who do not know God and those who"
|
||||
2TH 1 9 plw5 figs-activepassive 0 They will be punished Here "They" refers to the people who do not obey the gospel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The Lord will punish them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here "that day" is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
|
||||
2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his people and to be marveled at by all those who believed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when his people will glorify him and all those who believed will stand in awe of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 10 ugk9 ὅταν ἔλθῃ ... ἐν ... τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 when he comes on that day Here "that day" is the day when Jesus will return to the world.
|
||||
2TH 1 10 bi2u figs-activepassive ἐνδοξασθῆναι ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις αὐτοῦ, καὶ θαυμασθῆναι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς πιστεύσασιν 1 to be glorified by his people and to be marveled at by all those who believed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when his people will glorify him and all those who believed will stand in awe of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 11 ik19 καὶ προσευχόμεθα πάντοτε περὶ ὑμῶν 1 we also pray continually for you Paul is emphasizing how often he prays for them. Alternate translation: we also pray regularly for you" or "we continue to pray for you"
|
||||
2TH 1 11 hiv9 τῆς κλήσεως 1 calling Here "calling" refers to God appointing or choosing people to be his children and servants, and to proclaim his message of salvation through Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 1 11 r8gk πληρώσῃ πᾶσαν εὐδοκίαν ἀγαθωσύνης 1 fulfill every desire of goodness "make you able to do good in every way that you desire"
|
||||
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that you may glorify the name of our Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν 1 that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that you may glorify the name of our Lord Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive 0 you will be glorified by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Jesus will glorify you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 1 12 z8k9 κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 because of the grace of our God "because of God's grace"
|
||||
2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Being gathered together to be with him"<br><br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ's final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### Man of lawlessness<br>This is the same as "son of destruction" and "lawless one" in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>##### Sits in the temple of God<br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
2TH 2 1 r36t 0 General Information: Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 q1uq δὲ 1 Now The word "Now" marks a change of topic in Paul's instructions.
|
||||
2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 2 b8b2 εἰς μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 that you not be easily disturbed or troubled "that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 b8b2 εἰς ... μὴ ταχέως σαλευθῆναι ὑμᾶς ... μηδὲ θροεῖσθαι 1 that you not be easily disturbed or troubled "that you do not easily let yourselves be disturbed"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 d334 0 by a message, or by a letter that seems to be coming from us "by spoken word or by written letter that pretends to be coming from us"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 k4dk 0 to the effect that "saying that"
|
||||
2TH 2 2 ib6m ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ Κυρίου 1 the day of the Lord This refers to the time when Jesus will come back to the earth for all believers.
|
||||
|
|
@ -40,77 +40,77 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TH 2 3 ej66 0 it will not come "the day of the Lord will not come"
|
||||
2TH 2 3 y7ch ἡ ἀποστασία 1 the falling away This refers to a future time when many people will turn away from God.
|
||||
2TH 2 3 e86v figs-activepassive ἀποκαλυφθῇ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῆς ἀνομίας 1 the man of lawlessness is revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God reveals the man of lawlessness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 tkg9 figs-metaphor ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction Paul speaks of destruction as a person who bore a son whose goal is to totally destroy everything. Alternate translation: "the one who destroys everything he can" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 3 tkg9 figs-metaphor ὁ ... υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction Paul speaks of destruction as a person who bore a son whose goal is to totally destroy everything. Alternate translation: "the one who destroys everything he can" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 4 t485 figs-activepassive 0 all that is called God or that is worshiped This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "everything that people consider to be God or everything that people worship" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 4 wj33 0 exhibits himself as God "shows himself as God"
|
||||
2TH 2 5 rsz1 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not remember ... these things? Paul uses a rhetorical question to remind them of his teaching when he was with them previously. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: "I am sure you remember ... these things." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2TH 2 5 lkk7 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the return of Jesus, the day of the Lord, and the man of lawlessness.
|
||||
2TH 2 6 ask4 figs-activepassive 0 he will be revealed only at the right time This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will reveal the man of lawlessness when the time is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 7 si9i μυστήριον τῆς ἀνομίας 1 mystery of lawlessness This refers to a sacred secret that only God knows.
|
||||
2TH 2 7 si9i μυστήριον ... τῆς ἀνομίας 1 mystery of lawlessness This refers to a sacred secret that only God knows.
|
||||
2TH 2 7 fcu7 0 who restrains him To restrain someone is to hold them back or to keep them from doing what they want to do.
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hn67 figs-activepassive 0 Then the lawless one will be revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then God will allow the lawless one to show himself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 vay9 figs-metonymy τῷ πνεύματι τοῦ στόματος 1 with the breath of his mouth Here "breath" represents the power of God. Alternate translation: "by the power of his spoken word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hy3y αὐτοῦ καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 bring him to nothing by the revelation of his coming When Jesus returns to earth and shows himself, he will defeat the lawless one.
|
||||
2TH 2 9 bd5m ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει, σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, signs, and false wonders "with all kinds of power, signs, and false wonders"
|
||||
2TH 2 8 hy3y αὐτοῦ ... καταργήσει τῇ ἐπιφανείᾳ ... παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 bring him to nothing by the revelation of his coming When Jesus returns to earth and shows himself, he will defeat the lawless one.
|
||||
2TH 2 9 bd5m ἐν πάσῃ δυνάμει ... σημείοις, καὶ τέρασιν ψεύδους 1 with all power, signs, and false wonders "with all kinds of power, signs, and false wonders"
|
||||
2TH 2 10 tf75 ἐν πάσῃ ἀπάτῃ ἀδικίας 1 with all deceit of unrighteousness This person will use every sort of evil to deceive people to believe in him instead of God.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 v366 0 These things will be for those who are perishing This man who is given power by Satan will deceive everyone who did not believe in Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 2 10 pf48 ἀπολλυμένοις 1 who are perishing Here "perishing" has the concept of everlasting or eternal destruction.
|
||||
2TH 2 11 sj1v διὰ τοῦτο 1 For this reason "Because the people do not love the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης εἰς πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a work of error so that they would believe a lie Paul is speaking of God allowing something to happen to people as if he is sending them something. Alternate translation: "God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς ... πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a work of error so that they would believe a lie Paul is speaking of God allowing something to happen to people as if he is sending them something. Alternate translation: "God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they will all be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will judge all of them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who did not believe the truth but instead took pleasure in unrighteousness "those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who did not believe the truth but instead took pleasure in unrighteousness "those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth"
|
||||
2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 bcd5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now changes topics.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 But Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν πάντοτε 1 we should always give thanks The word "always" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "we should continually give thanks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν 1 we should Here "we" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς ... ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν ... πάντοτε 1 we should always give thanks The word "always" is a generalization. Alternate translation: "we should continually give thanks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς ... ὀφείλομεν 1 we should Here "we" refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
|
||||
2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers loved by the Lord This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the Lord loves you, brothers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as the firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are "firstfruits." This can also be stated to remove the abstract nouns "salvation," "sanctification," "belief," and "truth." Alternate translation: "to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
|
||||
2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tightly to the traditions Here "traditions" refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: "remember the traditions" or "believe the truths" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "we have taught you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter "By word" here is a synecdoche for "by instructions" or "by teachings." You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: "whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2TH 2 15 z2vs figs-explicit εἴτε διὰ λόγου, εἴτε δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν 1 whether by word or by our letter "By word" here is a synecdoche for "by instructions" or "by teachings." You can make clear the implicit information. Alternate translation: "whether by what we taught you in person or by what we wrote to you in a letter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 njk1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul ends with a blessing from God.
|
||||
2TH 2 16 g8m1 δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word here to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 2 16 yge9 figs-inclusive 0 may our Lord ... who loved us and gave us The words "our" and "us" refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here "himself" gives additional emphasis to the phrase "Lord Jesus Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας καὶ στηρίξαι ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here "hearts" represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: "comfort you and strengthen you for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ... ὁ Κύριος ... Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here "himself" gives additional emphasis to the phrase "Lord Jesus Christ." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here "hearts" represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: "comfort you and strengthen you for" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word "every good thing you do and say"
|
||||
2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Idle and lazy persons<br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>##### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
|
||||
2TH 3 1 k33i 0 General Information: Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions.
|
||||
2TH 3 1 jy75 0 Now Paul uses the word "now" to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ, δοξάζηται καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 that the word of the Lord may rush and be glorified, as it also is with you Paul speaks of God's word spreading as if it were running from place to place. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 1 r54v figs-metaphor ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Κυρίου τρέχῃ καὶ δοξάζηται, καθὼς καὶ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 that the word of the Lord may rush and be glorified, as it also is with you Paul speaks of God's word spreading as if it were running from place to place. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that more and more people will soon hear our message about our Lord Jesus and honor it, as happened with you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 xg2h figs-activepassive ἵνα ῥυσθῶμεν 1 that we may be delivered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God may save us" or "that God may rescue us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 2 p1ct οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἡ πίστις 1 for not all have faith "for many people do not believe in Jesus"
|
||||
2TH 3 3 yx9g ὃς στηρίξει ὑμᾶς 1 who will establish you "who will strengthen you"
|
||||
2TH 3 3 p91k τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the evil one "Satan"
|
||||
2TH 3 4 xk85 πεποίθαμεν 1 We have confidence "We have faith" or "We trust"
|
||||
2TH 3 5 giz4 figs-metonymy κατευθύναι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας 1 direct your hearts Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or mind. Alternate translation: "cause you to understand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 5 wre3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ Paul speaks of God's love and Christ's endurance as if they were destinations on a path. Alternate translation: "how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 5 wre3 figs-metaphor εἰς τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ εἰς τὴν ὑπομονὴν τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 to the love of God and to the endurance of Christ Paul speaks of God's love and Christ's endurance as if they were destinations on a path. Alternate translation: "how much God loves you and how much Christ has endured for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 mst3 0 General Information: Paul gives the believers some final instructions about working and not being idle.
|
||||
2TH 3 6 v33v δὲ 1 Now Paul uses this word to mark a change in topic.
|
||||
2TH 3 6 x9l8 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 y4a9 figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "as if our Lord Jesus Christ himself were speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TH 3 6 jvw1 figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 our Lord Here "our" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2TH 3 7 h222 μιμεῖσθαι ἡμᾶς 1 to imitate us "to act the way that my fellow workers and I act"
|
||||
2TH 3 7 b1i1 figs-doublenegatives 0 We did not live among you as those who had no discipline Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "We lived among you as those who had much discipline" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 d9h1 figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας ἐργαζόμενοι 1 we worked night and day "we worked during the night and during the day." Here "night" and "day" are a merism and they mean "all the time." Alternate translation: "we worked all the time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
2TH 3 8 w8fq figs-doublet ἐν κόπῳ καὶ μόχθῳ 1 in difficult labor and hardship Paul emphasizes how hard his circumstances were. Difficult labor implies work that requires great effort. Hardship implies they endured pain and suffering. Alternate translation: "in very difficult circumstances" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2TH 3 9 sn3k figs-doublenegatives 0 We did this not because we have no authority. Instead, we did Paul uses a double negative to emphasize the positive. This can be stated as a positive. Alternate translation: "We certainly have the right to receive food from you, but instead we worked for our food" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 10 c652 figs-doublenegatives τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω 1 The one who is unwilling to work must not eat This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "If a person wants to eat, he must work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 ey6c figs-metaphor τινας περιπατοῦντας ἀτάκτως 1 some walk idly Here "walk" stands for behavior in life. Alternate translation: "some live idle lives" or "some are lazy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 10 c652 figs-doublenegatives τις οὐ θέλει ἐργάζεσθαι, μηδὲ ἐσθιέτω 1 The one who is unwilling to work must not eat This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "If a person wants to eat, he must work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 ey6c figs-metaphor τινας περιπατοῦντας ... ἀτάκτως 1 some walk idly Here "walk" stands for behavior in life. Alternate translation: "some live idle lives" or "some are lazy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TH 3 11 iv1z 0 but are instead meddlers Meddlers are people who interfere in the affairs of others without being asked to help.
|
||||
2TH 3 12 bm6z μετὰ ἡσυχίας 1 with quietness "in a quiet, peaceful, and mild manner." Paul exhorts the meddlers to stop getting involved in other people's affairs.
|
||||
2TH 3 13 jx8t δέ 1 But Paul uses this word to contrast the lazy believers with the hardworking believers.
|
||||
2TH 3 13 e59v figs-you ὑμεῖς, ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers The word "you" refers to all the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 e59v figs-you ὑμεῖς ... ἀδελφοί 1 you, brothers The word "you" refers to all the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2TH 3 13 usu9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here "brothers" means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: "brothers and sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word "if anyone does not obey our instructions"
|
||||
2TH 3 14 mzs4 εἰ ... τις οὐχ ὑπακούει τῷ λόγῳ ἡμῶν 1 if anyone does not obey our word "if anyone does not obey our instructions"
|
||||
2TH 3 14 nv3v figs-idiom τοῦτον σημειοῦσθε 1 take note of him Notice who he is. Alternate translation: "publicly identify that person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TH 3 14 y552 ἵνα ἐντραπῇ 1 so that he may be ashamed Paul instructs believers to shun lazy believers as a disciplinary action.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 nef4 0 General Information: Paul makes closing remarks to the believers at Thessalonica.
|
||||
2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul's prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: "I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here "himself" emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 whb9 figs-explicit αὐτὸς ... ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης, δῴη ὑμῖν 1 may the Lord of peace himself give you You can make explicit that this is Paul's prayer for the Thessalonians. Alternate translation: "I pray that the Lord of peace himself gives you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2TH 3 16 zl1s figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ... ὁ Κύριος τῆς εἰρήνης 1 the Lord of peace himself Here "himself" emphasizes that the Lord will personally give peace to believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
2TH 3 17 c2cb 0 This is my greeting, Paul, with my own hand, which is the sign in every letter "I, Paul, write this greeting with my own hand, which I do in every letter, as a sign that this letter is truly from me"
|
||||
2TH 3 17 wg3f 0 This is how I write Paul makes it clear that this letter is from him and is not a forgery.
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 681.
|
|
|
@ -21,18 +21,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 4 ft33 γενεαλογίαις 1 genealogies the written or verbal record of a person's parents and ancestors
|
||||
1TI 1 4 qb9l αἵτινες ἐκζητήσεις παρέχουσι 0 These cause arguments "These make people angrily disagree." The people debated about stories and genealogies about which no one could know the truth for certain.
|
||||
1TI 1 4 eu9f μᾶλλον ἢ οἰκονομίαν Θεοῦ, τὴν ἐν πίστε 0 rather than helping the plan of God, which is by faith Possible meanings are 1) "rather than helping us to understand God's plan to save us, which we learn by faith" or 2) "rather than helping us to do God's work, which we do by faith."
|
||||
1TI 1 5 myi5 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Paul explains the purpose of what he is commanding Timothy.
|
||||
1TI 1 5 myi5 τὸ δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Paul explains the purpose of what he is commanding Timothy.
|
||||
1TI 1 5 l7un παραγγελίας 0 the commandment Here this does not mean the Old Testament or the Ten Commandments but rather the instructions that Paul gives in [1 Timothy 1:3](../01/03.md) and [1 Timothy 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
1TI 1 5 i9rs ἐστὶν ἀγάπη 1 is love Possible meanings are 1) "is to love God" or 2) "is to love people."
|
||||
1TI 1 5 mbe6 figs-metonymy ἐκ καθαρᾶς καρδίας 1 from a pure heart Here "pure" means the person does not have hidden motives to do wrong. Here "heart" refers to a person's mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: "from a mind that is honest" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 1 5 ar8t συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 good conscience "a conscience that chooses right instead wrong"
|
||||
1TI 1 5 ar8t καὶ συνειδήσεως ἀγαθῆς 1 good conscience "a conscience that chooses right instead wrong"
|
||||
1TI 1 5 m53g πίστεως ἀνυποκρίτου 1 sincere faith "genuine faith" or "a faith without hypocrisy"
|
||||
1TI 1 6 j4z3 figs-metaphor τινες ἀστοχήσαντες 1 Some people have missed the mark Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target at which to aim. Paul means that some people are not fulfilling the purpose of their faith, which is to love as he just explained in 1:5. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-idiom ὧν ... ἐξετράπησαν 1 have turned away from these things Here "turned away" is an idiom that means they have stopped doing what God has commanded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 1 6 se38 figs-idiom ὧν ... ἀστοχήσαντες, ἐξετράπησαν 1 have turned away from these things Here "turned away" is an idiom that means they have stopped doing what God has commanded. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1TI 1 7 v28u νομοδιδάσκαλοι 1 teachers of the law Here "law" refers to the law of Moses.
|
||||
1TI 1 7 kz8x μὴ νοοῦντες 1 but they do not understand "even though they do not understand" or "and yet they do not understand"
|
||||
1TI 1 7 j2hc περὶ τίνων διαβεβαιοῦνται 1 what they so confidently affirm "what they so confidently state is true"
|
||||
1TI 1 8 d6dz οἴδαμεν ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος 1 we know that the law is good "we understand that the law is useful" or "we understand that the law is beneficial"
|
||||
1TI 1 8 d6dz οἴδαμεν ... ὅτι καλὸς ὁ νόμος 1 we know that the law is good "we understand that the law is useful" or "we understand that the law is beneficial"
|
||||
1TI 1 8 r86g ἐάν τις αὐτῷ νομίμως χρῆται 1 if one uses it lawfully "if a person uses it correctly" or "if a person uses it the way God intended"
|
||||
1TI 1 9 xs94 εἰδὼς τοῦτο 1 We know this "Because we realize this" or "We also know this"
|
||||
1TI 1 9 fq4i figs-activepassive ὅτι δικαίῳ νόμος οὐ κεῖται 1 that law is not made for a righteous man This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God did not make the law for the righteous man" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 1 15 z48s πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This message is reliable "This statement is true"
|
||||
1TI 1 15 rh2r πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 worthy of all acceptance "we should receive it without any doubt" or "deserves for us to accept it with full confidence"
|
||||
1TI 1 16 z5kg figs-activepassive ἠλεήθην 1 I was given mercy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God showed me mercy" or "I obtained mercy from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 1 16 epe2 ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ, πρώτῳ 1 so that in me, the foremost "so that through me, the worst sinner"
|
||||
1TI 1 16 epe2 ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ πρώτῳ 1 so that in me, the foremost "so that through me, the worst sinner"
|
||||
1TI 1 17 k9sc δὲ ... ἀμήν 0 Now ... Amen The word "Now" is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Paul praises God.
|
||||
1TI 1 17 g4jq τῷ ... Βασιλεῖ τῶν αἰώνων 1 the king of the ages "the eternal king" or "the chief ruler forever"
|
||||
1TI 1 17 ts5z figs-abstractnouns τῷ δὲ Βασιλεῖ τῶν αἰώνων, ἀφθάρτῳ, ἀοράτῳ, μόνῳ Θεῷ, τιμὴ καὶ δόξα, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 0 Now to the king of the ages, the immortal, invisible, the only God, be honor and glory forever and ever The abstract nouns "honor" and "glory" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "Now may people forever honor and glorify the king of the ages, who is immortal, invisible, and the only God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 2 1 ql7a figs-activepassive παρακαλῶ ... ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας 1 I urge that requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgiving to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 1 iag7 παρακαλῶ 1 I urge "I plead" or "I ask"
|
||||
1TI 2 2 g4va figs-doublet ἤρεμον καὶ ἡσύχιον βίον 1 a peaceful and quiet life Here "peaceful" and "quiet" mean the same thing. Paul wants all believers to be able to live calm lives without trouble from the authorities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 2 2 pb58 ἐν πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 in all godliness and dignity "that honors God and that other people will respect"
|
||||
1TI 2 2 pb58 ἐν ... πάσῃ εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 in all godliness and dignity "that honors God and that other people will respect"
|
||||
1TI 2 4 i3ze figs-activepassive ὃς πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλει σωθῆναι, καὶ εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν 1 He desires all people to be saved and to come to the knowledge of the truth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God desires to save all people and for them to come to the knowledge of the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 4 n26m figs-metaphor εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν ἀληθείας ἐλθεῖν 1 to come to the knowledge of the truth Paul speaks of learning the truth about God as if it were a place to which people could be brought. Alternate translation: "to know and accept what is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 2 5 t666 εἷς ... μεσίτης Θεοῦ καὶ ἀνθρώπων 0 one mediator for God and man A mediator is a person who helps negotiate a peaceful settlement between two parties who disagree with each other. Here Jesus helps sinners enter into a peaceful relationship with God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -87,18 +87,18 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 2 6 fm1c figs-explicit τὸ μαρτύριον καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 as the testimony at the right time It can be made explicit that this was the testimony that God wants to save all people. Alternate translation: "as the proof at the right time that God wants to save all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 2 6 fq7r καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 at the right time This means that this was the time that God had chosen.
|
||||
1TI 2 7 qxv9 εἰς ὃ 1 For this purpose "For this" or "For this reason"
|
||||
1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος. 1 I myself, was made a herald and an apostle This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ made me, Paul, a preacher and an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 7 iz4y figs-activepassive ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ καὶ ἀπόστολος 1 I myself, was made a herald and an apostle This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ made me, Paul, a preacher and an apostle" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 7 h18q figs-hendiadys διδάσκαλος ἐθνῶν ἐν πίστει καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 I am a teacher of the Gentiles in faith and truth "I teach the Gentiles the message of faith and truth." Here, Paul may be using "faith" and truth" to express one idea. Alternate translation: "I teach the Gentiles about the true faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
1TI 2 8 r6wx 0 Connecting Statement: Paul finishes his instructions on prayer then gives some special instructions for women.
|
||||
1TI 2 8 yzg3 figs-metonymy βούλομαι ... προσεύχεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ, ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας 0 I want men in every place to pray and to lift up holy hands Here "holy hands" means the entire person is holy. Alternate translation: "I want men in every place who are holy to lift up their hands and pray" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 2 8 a841 τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 men in every place "the males in all places" or "the males everywhere." Here the word "men" refers specifically to males.
|
||||
1TI 2 8 unw6 ἐπαίροντας ὁσίους χεῖρας 0 lift up holy hands It was a normal posture for people to raise their hands while praying.
|
||||
1TI 2 9 au5c figs-doublet μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ σωφροσύνης- 1 with modesty and self-control Both of these words mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing that women should wear clothes that are appropriate and do not attract improper attention from men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 2 9 au5c figs-doublet μετὰ αἰδοῦς καὶ σωφροσύνης 1 with modesty and self-control Both of these words mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing that women should wear clothes that are appropriate and do not attract improper attention from men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 2 9 sw21 figs-metonymy μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν 1 They should not have braided hair During Paul's time, many Roman women braided their hair to make themselves attractive. Braiding is only one way a woman can give undue attention to her hair. If braided hair is unknown, it can be stated in a more general way. Alternate translation: "They should not have fancy hairstyles" or "They should not have elaborate hairstyle that attract attention" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 2 9 rf5v translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 pearls These are beautiful and valuable white balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1TI 2 10 g35m ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν δι’ ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 who profess godliness through good works "who want to honor God by the good things they do"
|
||||
1TI 2 10 g35m ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν, δι’ ἔργων ἀγαθῶν 1 who profess godliness through good works "who want to honor God by the good things they do"
|
||||
1TI 2 11 gb7a ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ 1 in silence "in quietness"
|
||||
1TI 2 11 c7sh ἐν πάσῃ ὑποταγῇ 1 and with all submission "and submit to what is taught"
|
||||
1TI 2 11 c7sh ἐν ... πάσῃ ὑποταγῇ 1 and with all submission "and submit to what is taught"
|
||||
1TI 2 12 e2hg γυναικὶ οὐκ ἐπιτρέπω 1 I do not permit a woman "I do not allow a woman"
|
||||
1TI 2 13 iv31 figs-activepassive Ἀδὰμ ... πρῶτος ἐπλάσθη 1 Adam was formed first This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Adam is the one God formed first" or "God created Adam first" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 2 13 v7v6 figs-ellipsis εἶτα Εὕα 1 then Eve The understood information can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "and then God formed Eve" or "then God created Eve" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -126,9 +126,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 3 6 q7hu μὴ νεόφυτον 0 He should not be a new convert "He should not be a new believer" or "He must be a mature believer"
|
||||
1TI 3 6 v6f5 figs-metaphor εἰς κρίμα ἐμπέσῃ τοῦ διαβόλου 0 fall into condemnation as the devil Paul speaks of the experience of being condemned for having done wrong as if it were a hole that a person could fall into. Alternate translation: "have God condemn him as he condemned the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 si1d figs-metaphor τῶν ἔξωθεν 1 those outside "those outside of the church." Paul speaks of the church as though it were a place, and of unbelievers as though they were physically outside of it. Alternate translation: "those who are not Christians" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 qsa6 figs-metaphor μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ καὶ παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 he does not fall into disgrace and the trap of the devil Paul speaks of disgrace and the devil causing someone to sin as if they were a hole or a trap into which a person falls. Here "fall into" means to experience. Alternate translation: "nothing causes him shame before the unbelievers and so that the devil does not cause him to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 7 qsa6 figs-metaphor μὴ εἰς ὀνειδισμὸν ἐμπέσῃ, καὶ παγίδα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 he does not fall into disgrace and the trap of the devil Paul speaks of disgrace and the devil causing someone to sin as if they were a hole or a trap into which a person falls. Here "fall into" means to experience. Alternate translation: "nothing causes him shame before the unbelievers and so that the devil does not cause him to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 8 z1gd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some special instructions on how the deacons of the church and their wives should act and be.
|
||||
1TI 3 8 nz2w διακόνους, ὡσαύτως 1 Deacons, likewise "Deacons, like overseers"
|
||||
1TI 3 8 nz2w διακόνους ὡσαύτως 1 Deacons, likewise "Deacons, like overseers"
|
||||
1TI 3 8 sxq4 figs-metaphor σεμνούς, μὴ διλόγους 0 should be dignified, not double-talkers Paul speaks about these people as if they were "double-talkers" or could say two things at once. He means the person says one thing but mean something else. Alternate translation: "should act properly and mean what they say" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 9 c44a figs-metaphor ἔχοντας τὸ μυστήριον τῆς πίστεως 0 They should keep the revealed truth of the faith "They must continue to believe the true message God revealed to us and that we believe." This refers to a truth that had existed for some time but that God was showing to them at that moment. Paul speaks of true teaching about God as if it were an object that a person could keep with himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 9 jda1 figs-activepassive τὸ μυστήριον 1 the revealed truth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the truth that God revealed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -149,8 +149,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 3 15 z9z8 ἐὰν δὲ βραδύνω 0 But if I delay "But in case I cannot go there soon" or "But if something prevents me for being there soon"
|
||||
1TI 3 15 p9u4 figs-metaphor ἵνα εἰδῇς πῶς δεῖ ἐν οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ἀναστρέφεσθαι 0 so that you may know how to behave in the household of God Paul speaks of the group of believers as if they were a family. Possible meanings are 1) Paul is referring only to Timothy's behavior in the church. Alternate translation: "so that you may know how to conduct yourself as a member of God's family" or 2) Paul is referring to the believers' in general. Alternate translation: "so that you all may know how to conduct yourselves as members of God's family" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 wzk3 figs-distinguish οἴκῳ Θεοῦ ... ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 household of God, which is the church of the living God This phrase gives us information about "the household of God" rather than making a distinction between a household of God which is the church and one that is not the church. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "house hold of God. Those who belong to the family of God are the community of believers in the living God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 cd5r figs-metaphor ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 which is the church of the living God, the pillar and support of the truth Paul speaks of the believers bearing witness to the truth about Christ as if they were a pillar and a base supporting a building. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "which is the church of the living God. And, by keeping and teaching God's truth, these members of the church support the truth just as a pillar and base support a building" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 sg64 Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the living God Here this expression may be speaking of God as the one who gives life to all, as in the UST.
|
||||
1TI 3 15 cd5r figs-metaphor ἥτις ἐστὶν ἐκκλησία Θεοῦ ζῶντος, στῦλος καὶ ἑδραίωμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 which is the church of the living God, the pillar and support of the truth Paul speaks of the believers bearing witness to the truth about Christ as if they were a pillar and a base supporting a building. This can be stated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "which is the church of the living God. And, by keeping and teaching God's truth, these members of the church support the truth just as a pillar and base support a building" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 3 15 sg64 Θεοῦ ... ζῶντος 1 the living God Here this expression may be speaking of God as the one who gives life to all, as in the UST.
|
||||
1TI 3 16 ak8w ὁμολογουμένως 0 We all agree "No one can deny"
|
||||
1TI 3 16 w473 μέγα ἐστὶν τὸ τῆς εὐσεβείας μυστήριον 0 that the mystery of godliness is great "that the truth that God has revealed is great"
|
||||
1TI 3 16 y8sp writing-poetry ὃς ἐφανερώθη ... ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 0 He appeared ... up in glory This is most likely a song or poem that Paul is quoting. If your language has a way of indicating that this is poetry you could use it here. If not, you could translate this as regular prose rather than poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 3 16 c3wx figs-activepassive ἐκηρύχθη ἐν ἔθνεσιν 1 was proclaimed among nations This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people in many nations told others about him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 3 16 h9mb figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 was believed on in the world This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "people in many parts of the world believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 3 16 jz11 figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 was taken up in glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God the Father took him up to heaven in glory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 3 16 mr3a ἐν δόξῃ 1 in glory This means he received power from God the Father and he is worthy of honor.
|
||||
1TI 3 16 mr3a ἐν ... δόξῃ 1 in glory This means he received power from God the Father and he is worthy of honor.
|
||||
1TI 4 intro b39h 0 # 1 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 4:1](../04/01.md) is a prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Later times<br>This is another way of referring to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br>
|
||||
1TI 4 1 gyd8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells Timothy what the Spirit says will happen and encourages him in what he should teach.
|
||||
1TI 4 1 jzr9 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Paul starts to tell a new part of the teaching.
|
||||
|
|
@ -182,12 +182,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 4 6 ks5x figs-metaphor ταῦτα ὑποτιθέμενος τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 0 If you place these things before the brothers Paul speaks of his instructions as if they were objects that could be physically presented to the believers. Here, to place before means to instruct or to remind. Alternate translation: "If you help the believers remember these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 6 hfx3 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to the teaching that started in [1 Timothy 3:16](../03/16.md).
|
||||
1TI 4 6 h6qr figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς 1 the brothers This refers to all believers whether male or female. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
1TI 4 6 f8vs figs-metaphor ἐντρεφόμενος τοῖς λόγοις τῆς πίστεως, καὶ τῆς καλῆς διδασκαλίας ᾗ παρηκολούθηκας 1 you are being nourished by the words of faith and by the good teaching that you have followed Paul speaks of God's word and its teaching as if it could physically feed Timothy and make him strong. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the words of faith and the good teaching that you have followed are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 4 6 f8vs figs-metaphor παρηκολούθηκας 1 you are being nourished by the words of faith and by the good teaching that you have followed Paul speaks of God's word and its teaching as if it could physically feed Timothy and make him strong. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the words of faith and the good teaching that you have followed are causing you to trust more strongly in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 4 6 ny78 λόγοις τῆς πίστεως 1 words of faith "words that cause people to believe"
|
||||
1TI 4 7 th4i βεβήλους καὶ γραώδεις μύθους 1 worldly stories loved by old women "profane stories and old wives' tales." The word for "stories" is the same as for "myths" in [1 Timothy 1:4](../01/04.md), so you should translate it the same here.
|
||||
1TI 4 7 elk7 figs-metaphor καὶ γραώδεις 1 loved by old women This is probably an expression that means "silly" or "absurd." Paul is not purposely insulting women in his reference to "old women." Instead, he and his audience knew that men die younger than women, so there are more women than men whose minds have become feeble due to old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 7 sea5 γύμναζε ... σεαυτὸν πρὸς εὐσέβειαν 1 train yourself in godliness "train yourself to honor God" or "train yourself to act in ways that please God"
|
||||
1TI 4 8 i6rh γὰρ “ σωματικὴ γυμνασία 1 bodily training "physical exercise"
|
||||
1TI 4 8 i6rh ἡ” γὰρ
|
||||
“ σωματικὴ γυμνασία 1 bodily training "physical exercise"
|
||||
1TI 4 8 df19 ἐπαγγελίαν ἔχουσα ζωῆς 0 holds promise for this life "is beneficial to this life"
|
||||
1TI 4 9 hc1t πάσης ἀποδοχῆς ἄξιος 1 worthy of full acceptance "worthy of your complete belief" or "worthy of your full trust"
|
||||
1TI 4 10 l2yl εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ 0 For it is for this "This is the reason"
|
||||
|
|
@ -205,7 +206,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 4 15 j8zi figs-metaphor ἵνα σου ἡ προκοπὴ φανερὰ ᾖ πᾶσιν 1 so that your progress may be evident to all people Paul speaks of Timothy's increasing ability to serve God as if it were a physical object that others could look at. Alternate translation: "so other people will know that you are serving God better and better" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 4 16 uq6c ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Give careful attention to yourself and to the teaching "Conduct yourself carefully and give attention to the teaching" or "Control your own behavior and give attention to the teaching"
|
||||
1TI 4 16 zxe7 ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς 1 Continue in these things "Continue to do these things"
|
||||
1TI 4 16 u7ez καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου 1 you will save yourself and those who listen to you Possible meanings are 1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God's judgment or 2) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers.
|
||||
1TI 4 16 u7ez σου 1 you will save yourself and those who listen to you Possible meanings are 1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God's judgment or 2) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers.
|
||||
1TI 5 intro jx4e 0 # 1 Timothy 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Honor and respect<br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>##### Widows<br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows, because they could not provide for themselves.<br>
|
||||
1TI 5 1 wt5y figs-you 0 General Information: Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of "you" or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TI 5 1 h7d1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell Timothy how to treat the men, women, widows, and younger women in the church.
|
||||
|
|
@ -225,7 +226,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 5 rwp4 figs-doublet ταῖς δεήσεσιν καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 requests and prayers These two words mean basically the same thing. Paul uses them together to emphasize how much these widows pray. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1TI 5 5 rb9f figs-merism νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας 1 both night and day The words "night" and "day" are used together to mean "at all times." Alternate translation: "all the time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
1TI 5 6 qy5h figs-metaphor τέθνηκεν 1 is dead Paul speaks about people who do not seek to please God as if they were dead. Alternate translation: "is like a dead person, she does not respond to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 6 p5hi ζῶσα 1 is still alive This refers to physical life.
|
||||
1TI 5 6 p5hi ζῶσα τέθνηκεν 1 is still alive This refers to physical life.
|
||||
1TI 5 7 qw6m ταῦτα παράγγελλε 0 Give these instructions "Command these things"
|
||||
1TI 5 7 a13p ἵνα ἀνεπίλημπτοι ὦσιν 1 so that they may be blameless "so that no one can find fault with them." Possible meanings of "they" are 1) "these widows and their families" or 2) "the believers." It might be best to leave the subject as "they."
|
||||
1TI 5 8 p7h2 τις τῶν ἰδίων καὶ μάλιστα οἰκείων οὐ προνοεῖ 0 does not provide for his own relatives, especially for those of his own household "does not help with his relatives' needs, especially for those family members living in his home"
|
||||
|
|
@ -233,7 +234,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 8 evm7 ἔστιν ἀπίστου χείρων 1 is worse than an unbeliever "is worse than those who do not believe in Jesus." Paul means this person is worse than an unbeliever because even unbelievers take care of their relatives. Therefore, a believer should certainly take care of his relatives.
|
||||
1TI 5 9 s8ql χήρα καταλεγέσθω 0 be enrolled as a widow There seems to have been a list, written or not, of widows. The church members met these women's needs for shelter, clothing, and food, and these women were expected to devote their lives to serving the Christian community.
|
||||
1TI 5 9 i27x translate-numbers μὴ ἔλαττον ἐτῶν ἑξήκοντα 1 who is not younger than sixty As Paul will explain in 5:11-16, widows who were younger than 60 years old might get married again. Therefore the Christian community was to care only for widows who were older than 60. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
1TI 5 9 q9dj γεγονυῖα ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή 1 a wife of one husband Possible meanings are 1) she was always faithful to her husband or 2) she had not divorced her husband then married another man.
|
||||
1TI 5 9 q9dj γεγονυῖα, ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή 1 a wife of one husband Possible meanings are 1) she was always faithful to her husband or 2) she had not divorced her husband then married another man.
|
||||
1TI 5 10 l8nm figs-activepassive ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς μαρτυρουμένη 0 She must be known for good deeds This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People must be able to attest to her good deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 10 mik7 ἐξενοδόχησεν 1 has been hospitable to strangers "has welcomed strangers into her home"
|
||||
1TI 5 10 ygl3 figs-metonymy ἁγίων πόδας ἔνιψεν 1 has washed the feet of the saints Washing the dirty feet of people who have been walking in the dirt and mud is one way of meeting other people's needs and making life more enjoyable for them. This probably means she did humble work in general. Alternate translation: "has done common work to help other believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -259,16 +260,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 17 i3l3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul again talks of how elders (overseers) should be treated and then gives Timothy some personal instructions.
|
||||
1TI 5 17 u93q figs-activepassive οἱ καλῶς προεστῶτες πρεσβύτεροι ... ἀξιούσθωσαν 1 Let the elders who rule well be considered worthy This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "All believers should think of the elders who are good leaders as worthy" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 5 17 wp9d διπλῆς τιμῆς 1 double honor Possible meanings are 1) "respect and payment" or 2) "more respect than others receive"
|
||||
1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-metaphor οἱ κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 those who work with the word and in teaching Paul speaks about the word as if it is an object that a person can work with. Alternate translation: "those who preach and teach God's word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 17 r8ew figs-metaphor οἱ ... κοπιῶντες ἐν λόγῳ καὶ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 those who work with the word and in teaching Paul speaks about the word as if it is an object that a person can work with. Alternate translation: "those who preach and teach God's word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 kh55 figs-personification λέγει γὰρ ἡ Γραφή 1 For the scripture says This is personification that means that this is what someone has written in the scriptures. Alternate translation: "For we read in the scriptures that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 vw3a figs-metaphor βοῦν ἀλοῶντα οὐ φιμώσεις 0 You shall not put a muzzle on an ox while it treads the grain Paul is using this quotation as a metaphor meaning that church leaders deserve to receive payment from the Christian community for their work. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 g985 translate-unknown φιμώσεις 1 muzzle a sleeve that goes over an animal's snout and mouth to prevent it from eating while it is doing work (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
1TI 5 18 t6kp ἀλοῶντα 1 treads the grain And ox "treads the grain" when it walks on or pulls a heavy object over the cut grain to separate the grain from the stalks. The ox was allowed to eat some of the grain as they worked.
|
||||
1TI 5 18 kys1 ἄξιος 1 is worthy of "deserves"
|
||||
1TI 5 18 kys1 ἄξιος ... τοῦ μισθοῦ 1 is worthy of "deserves"
|
||||
1TI 5 19 af68 figs-metaphor κατηγορίαν μὴ παραδέχου 1 Do not receive an accusation Paul speaks of accusations as if they were objects that could be physically accepted by people. Alternate translation: "Do not accept as true any accusation that someone speaks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 5 19 kmy5 δύο ἢ τριῶν 1 two or three "at least two" or "two or more"
|
||||
1TI 5 20 m4uh τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας 0 sinners This refers to anyone doing anything that disobeys or displeases God, even things that other people do not know about.
|
||||
1TI 5 20 db63 ἐνώπιον πάντων 1 before all "where everyone can see"
|
||||
1TI 5 20 db63 ἐνώπιον, πάντων 1 before all "where everyone can see"
|
||||
1TI 5 20 ql4m ἵνα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ φόβον ἔχωσιν 0 so that the rest may be afraid "so that others will be afraid to sin"
|
||||
1TI 5 21 t7jq τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἀγγέλων 1 the chosen angels This means the angels whom God and Jesus have chosen to serve them in a special way.
|
||||
1TI 5 21 f2q7 figs-doublet ταῦτα φυλάξῃς χωρὶς προκρίματος, μηδὲν ποιῶν κατὰ πρόσκλισιν 0 to keep these commands without partiality, and to do nothing out of favoritism The words "partiality" and "favoritism" mean basically the same thing. Paul is emphasizing that Timothy must judge honestly and be fair to everyone. Alternate translation: "to keep these rules without being partial or showing favor to anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -285,8 +286,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 5 25 bl51 figs-metaphor καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 0 but even the others cannot be hidden Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could hide. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but people will later find out about even the good deeds that are not obvious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 06 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving masters. Paul teaches all believers to be godly and content in every situation.<br>
|
||||
1TI 6 1 zg9b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some specific instructions to slaves and masters and then continues with instructions on living in a godly way.
|
||||
1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι 1 Let all who are under the yoke as slaves Paul speaks of people working as slaves as if they are oxen carrying a yoke. Alternate translation: "Let all who are working as slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν 1 Let all who are It is implied that Paul is speaking about believers. Alternate translation: "Let all who are believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι ... ἡγείσθωσαν 1 Let all who are under the yoke as slaves Paul speaks of people working as slaves as if they are oxen carrying a yoke. Alternate translation: "Let all who are working as slaves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν ... ἡγείσθωσαν 1 Let all who are It is implied that Paul is speaking about believers. Alternate translation: "Let all who are believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 he2n figs-activepassive μὴ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ ἡ διδασκαλία βλασφημῆται 1 the name of God and the teaching might not be blasphemed This can be stated in active and positive form. Alternate translation: "the unbelievers might always speak respectfully about the name of God and the teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 xb92 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the name of God Here "name" refers to God's nature or character. Alternate translation: "the character of God" or "God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1TI 6 1 f5pc ἡ διδασκαλία 1 the teaching "the faith" or "the gospel"
|
||||
|
|
@ -306,7 +307,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 6 6 q5sq δὲ 0 Now This marks a break in the teaching. Here Paul begins to contrast the kind of riches the wicked people seek through godliness ([1 Timothy 6:5](../06/05.md)) and the true kind of gain people receive through godliness. Alternate translation: "Of course"
|
||||
1TI 6 6 ya9z figs-abstractnouns ἔστιν ... πορισμὸς μέγας ἡ εὐσέβεια μετὰ αὐταρκείας 1 godliness with contentment is great gain The words "godliness" and "contentment" are abstract nouns. Alternate translation: "it is great gain for a person to do what is godly and to be content with what they have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1TI 6 6 wzj1 ἔστιν ... πορισμὸς μέγας 1 is great gain "provides great benefits" or "does many good things for us"
|
||||
1TI 6 7 j6qv οὐδὲν εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 brought nothing into the world "brought nothing into the world when we were born"
|
||||
1TI 6 7 j6qv οὐδὲν ... εἰσηνέγκαμεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 brought nothing into the world "brought nothing into the world when we were born"
|
||||
1TI 6 7 jlv8 οὐδὲ ἐξενεγκεῖν τι δυνάμεθα 0 Neither are we able to take out anything "And we can take nothing out of the world when we die"
|
||||
1TI 6 8 lbk5 ἀρκεσθησόμεθα 0 let us "we should"
|
||||
1TI 6 9 ij4j δὲ 1 Now This word marks a break in the teaching. Here Paul returns to the topic about those who think being godly will make them wealthy ([1 Timothy 6:5](../06/05.md)).
|
||||
|
|
@ -332,13 +333,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 6 13 ts65 figs-explicit τοῦ ζῳοποιοῦντος τὰ πάντα 0 who gives life to all things "in the presence of God, who causes all things to live." It is implied that Paul as asking God to be his witness. Alternate translation: "with God, who causes all things to live, as my witness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 13 amy1 figs-explicit καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τοῦ μαρτυρήσαντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πειλάτου 0 before Christ Jesus, who made ... Pilate "in the presence of Christ Jesus, who spoke ... Pilate." It is implied that Paul is asking Jesus to be his witness. Alternate translation: "with Christ Jesus, who spoke ... Pilate, as my witness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 14 p9n9 figs-metaphor ἄσπιλον ἀνεπίλημπτον 1 without spot or blame The word "spot" is a metaphor for moral fault. Possible meanings are 1) Jesus will not find fault with Timothy or blame him for doing wrong or 2) other people will not find fault with Timothy or blame him for doing wrong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 14 nk52 μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 until the appearance of our Lord Jesus Christ "until our Lord Jesus Christ comes again"
|
||||
1TI 6 14 nk52 μέχρι τῆς ἐπιφανείας τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 until the appearance of our Lord Jesus Christ "until our Lord Jesus Christ comes again"
|
||||
1TI 6 15 qh1p figs-explicit δείξει 0 God will reveal Christ's appearing It is implied that God will reveal Jesus. Alternate translation: "God will reveal Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1TI 6 15 ac6y ὁ μακάριος καὶ μόνος Δυνάστης 1 the blessed and only Sovereign "the One worthy of praise who rules over the world"
|
||||
1TI 6 16 l9i8 ὁ μόνος ἔχων ἀθανασίαν 0 Only he has immortality "Only he has the power to live forever"
|
||||
1TI 6 16 tsz3 φῶς οἰκῶν ἀπρόσιτον 0 dwells in inapproachable light "dwells in a light so bright that no one can approach him"
|
||||
1TI 6 17 te3z figs-nominaladj τοῖς πλουσίοις ... παράγγελλε 0 Tell the rich Here "rich" is a nominal adjective. It can be stated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "Tell those who are rich" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
1TI 6 17 drj6 ἐπὶ πλούτου, ἀδηλότητι 1 in riches, which are uncertain "in the many things that they own that they may lose." The reference here is to physical objects.
|
||||
1TI 6 17 drj6 ἐπὶ πλούτου ἀδηλότητι 1 in riches, which are uncertain "in the many things that they own that they may lose." The reference here is to physical objects.
|
||||
1TI 6 17 iq61 πάντα πλουσίως 0 all the true riches "all the things that will make us truly happy." The reference here may include physical objects, but it more likely refers to states like love, joy, and peace that people try to obtain by means of physical objects.
|
||||
1TI 6 18 cii3 figs-metaphor πλουτεῖν ἐν ἔργοις καλοῖς 1 be rich in good works Paul speaks of spiritual blessings as if they were earthly wealth. Alternate translation: "serve and help others in many ways" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 19 zc9d figs-metaphor ἀποθησαυρίζοντας ἑαυτοῖς θεμέλιον καλὸν εἰς τὸ μέλλον 0 they will store up for themselves a good foundation for what is to come Here Paul speaks about God's blessings that he gives in heaven as if they are riches that a person is storing away for later use. And, the certainty of these blessings that people will never lose is spoke of as if they were the foundation of a building. Alternate translation: "it will be as though they were storing up for themselves many things that God will give them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -347,4 +348,4 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1TI 6 20 vgr8 ἐκτρεπόμενος τὰς βεβήλους κενοφωνίας 0 Avoid the foolish talk "Do not pay attention to the foolish talk"
|
||||
1TI 6 20 y2u7 figs-activepassive τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως 0 of what is falsely called knowledge This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "of what some people falsely call knowledge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1TI 6 21 e6rb figs-metaphor τὴν πίστιν ἠστόχησαν 1 they have missed the faith Paul speaks of faith in Christ as if it were a target at which to aim. Alternate translation: "they have not understood or believed the true faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1TI 6 21 hix2 figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 0 May grace be with you "May God give grace to all of you." The "you" is plural and refers to the whole Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1TI 6 21 hix2 figs-you ἡ χάρις μεθ’ ὑμῶν 0 May grace be with you "May God give grace to all of you." The "you" is plural and refers to the whole Christian community. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1690.
|
|
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 01 01 m9kv figs-metaphor ζωῆς τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 of life that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of "life" as if it were an object inside of Jesus. This refers to the life people receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus. Alternate translation: "of the life that we receive as a result of belonging to Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 02 rp5u Τιμοθέῳ 1 to Timothy Your language may have a particular way of introducing the person who receives a letter. Also, immediately after introducing the author, you may need to tell to whom the letter is written, as in the UST.
|
||||
2TI 01 02 ey7g figs-metaphor ἀγαπητῷ τέκνῳ 1 beloved child "dear child" or "child whom I love. Here "child" is a term of great love and approval. It is also likely that Paul introduced Christ to Timothy, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: "who is like my beloved child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 02 w43q χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη ἀπὸ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace from "May you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from" or "I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from"
|
||||
2TI 01 02 w43q χάρις, ἔλεος, εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ 1 Grace, mercy, and peace from "May you experience kindness, mercy, and peace within you from" or "I pray that you will have grace, mercy, and peace from"
|
||||
2TI 01 02 ub7c guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ 1 God the Father and "God, who is the Father, and." This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) Paul could be referring to God here as 1) the Father of Christ, or 2) the Father of believers.
|
||||
2TI 01 02 yp2q Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Christ Jesus our Lord "Christ Jesus, who is our Lord"
|
||||
2TI 01 03 tvb7 ᾧ λατρεύω ἀπὸ προγόνων 1 whom I serve from my forefathers "whom I serve as my ancestors did"
|
||||
|
|
@ -25,13 +25,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 01 06 ngi3 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Timothy to live in power, love, and discipline and not to be ashamed because of Paul's suffering in prison because of his (Paul's) faith in Christ.
|
||||
2TI 01 06 j58k 0 This is the reason "For this reason" or "Because of your sincere faith in Jesus"
|
||||
2TI 01 06 h6eq figs-metaphor ἀναζωπυρεῖν τὸ χάρισμα 1 to rekindle the gift Paul speaks about Timothy's need to start using his gift again as if he were restarting a fire. Alternate translation: "to start using again the gift" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 06 i977 τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God which is in you through the laying on of my hands "the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you." This refers to a time when Paul placed his hands on Timothy and prayed that God would give him power from God's Spirit to enable him to do the work that God had called him to do.
|
||||
2TI 01 07 h1z3 οὐ ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀγάπης καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power and love and discipline Possible meanings are 1) "spirit" refers to the "Holy Spirit." Alternate translation: "God's Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline" or 2) "spirit" refers to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: "God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline"
|
||||
2TI 01 06 i977 τὸ χάρισμα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἐν σοὶ διὰ τῆς ἐπιθέσεως τῶν χειρῶν μου 1 the gift of God which is in you through the laying on of my hands "the gift of God that you received when I laid my hands on you." This refers to a time when Paul placed his hands on Timothy and prayed that God would give him power from God's Spirit to enable him to do the work that God had called him to do.
|
||||
2TI 01 07 h1z3 οὐ ... ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Θεὸς πνεῦμα δειλίας, ἀλλὰ δυνάμεως, καὶ ἀγάπης, καὶ σωφρονισμοῦ 1 God did not give us a spirit of fear, but of power and love and discipline Possible meanings are 1) "spirit" refers to the "Holy Spirit." Alternate translation: "God's Holy Spirit does not cause us to be afraid. He causes us to have power and love and discipline" or 2) "spirit" refers to the character of a human being. Alternate translation: "God does not cause us to be afraid but to have power and love and discipline"
|
||||
2TI 01 07 k6g7 σωφρονισμοῦ 1 discipline Possible meanings are 1) the power to control ourselves or 2) the power to correct other people who are doing wrong.
|
||||
2TI 01 08 fk9z τὸ μαρτύριον 1 of the testimony "of testifying" or "of telling others"
|
||||
2TI 01 08 blk9 τὸν δέσμιον αὐτοῦ 1 his prisoner "a prisoner for his sake" or "a prisoner because I testify about the Lord"
|
||||
2TI 01 08 ry82 figs-metaphor 0 share in suffering for the gospel Paul speaks of suffering as if it were an object that could be shared or distributed among people. Alternate translation: "suffer with me for the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 08 hi9a εὐαγγελίῳ κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ 1 gospel according to the power of God "gospel, allowing God to make you strong"
|
||||
2TI 01 08 hi9a εὐαγγελίῳ, κατὰ δύναμιν Θεοῦ 1 gospel according to the power of God "gospel, allowing God to make you strong"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 ld55 κλήσει ἁγίᾳ 1 with a holy calling "with a calling that set us apart as his people" or "to be his holy people"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 j8dp 0 He did this "He saved and called us"
|
||||
2TI 01 09 ub31 οὐ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ἡμῶν 1 not according to our works "not because we did anything to deserve it"
|
||||
|
|
@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 01 15 p6f4 figs-metaphor ἀπεστράφησάν με 1 turned away from me This is a metaphor that means they stopped helping Paul. They abandoned Paul because the authorities had thrown him into prison. Alternate translation: "have stopped helping me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 01 15 x6cc translate-names Φύγελος καὶ Ἑρμογένης 1 Phygelus and Hermogenes These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 01 16 e6hl translate-names Ὀνησιφόρου 1 Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 01 16 zz44 Κύριος τῷ οἴκῳ 1 to the household "to the family"
|
||||
2TI 01 16 zz44 Κύριος τῷ ... οἴκῳ 1 to the household "to the family"
|
||||
2TI 01 16 td1q figs-metonymy τὴν ἅλυσίν μου οὐκ ἐπησχύνθη 1 was not ashamed of my chain Here "chain" is a metonym for being in prison. Onesiphorus was not ashamed that Paul was in prison but came to visit him frequently. Alternate translation: "was not ashamed that I was in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 01 18 p3di 0 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from him "May Onesiphorus receive mercy from the Lord" or "May the Lord show him mercy"
|
||||
2TI 01 18 x2dk figs-metaphor 0 to find mercy from him Paul speaks of mercy as if it were an object that could be found. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 02 08 s4vh figs-metonymy κατὰ τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου 1 according to my gospel message Paul speaks of the gospel message as if it were especially his. He means that this is the gospel message that he proclaims. Alternate translation: "according to the gospel message that I preach" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 09 t2ax figs-metonymy 0 to the point of being bound with chains as a criminal Here "being chained" represents being a prisoner. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "to the point of wearing chains as a criminal in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 02 09 pc6t figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐ δέδεται 1 the word of God is not bound Here "bound" speaks of what happens to a prisoner, and the phrase is a metaphor that means no one can stop God's message. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "no one can put the word of God in prison" or "no one can stop the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 aa1x figs-activepassive διὰ τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 for those who are chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 aa1x figs-activepassive διὰ ... τοὺς ἐκλεκτούς 1 for those who are chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for the people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 j2bk figs-metaphor σωτηρίας τύχωσιν τῆς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 may obtain the salvation that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks of salvation as if it were an object that could be physically grasped. Alternate translation: "will receive salvation from Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 10 el68 μετὰ δόξης αἰωνίου 1 with eternal glory "and that they will be forever with him in the glorious place where he is"
|
||||
2TI 02 11 nr7u πιστὸς ὁ λόγος 1 This is a trustworthy saying "These are words you can trust"
|
||||
|
|
@ -102,13 +102,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 02 15 xgz9 0 accurately teaches the word of truth Possible meanings are 1) "explains the message about the truth correctly" or 2) "explains the true message correctly."
|
||||
2TI 02 16 e27q figs-metaphor 0 which leads to more and more godlessness Paul speaks of this kind of talk as if it were something that could physically move to another location, and he speaks of godlessness as if it were that new location. Alternate translation: "which causes people to become more and more ungodly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 17 i73t figs-simile 0 Their talk will spread like cancer Cancer quickly spreads in a person's body and destroys it. This is a metaphor that means what those people were saying would spread from person to person and harm the faith of those who heard it. Alternate translation: "What they say will spread like an infectious disease" or "Their talk will spread quickly and cause destruction like cancer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2TI 02 17 x2k6 translate-names Ὑμέναιος καὶ Φίλητος 1 Hymenaeus and Philetus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 02 17 x2k6 translate-names Ὑμέναιος, καὶ Φίλητος 1 Hymenaeus and Philetus These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 02 18 fi9z figs-metaphor 0 who have gone astray from the truth Here "gone astray from the truth" is a metaphor for no longer believing or teaching what is true. Alternate translation: "who have started saying things that are not true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 18 pu22 ἀνάστασιν ἤδη γεγονέναι 1 the resurrection has already happened "God has already raised dead believers to eternal life"
|
||||
2TI 02 18 ura5 0 they destroy the faith of some "they cause some people to stop believing"
|
||||
2TI 02 19 zp5m figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Just as precious and common containers can be used for honorable ways in a wealthy house, any person who turns to God can be used by God in honorable ways in doing good works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 ir1z figs-metaphor ὁ στερεὸς θεμέλιος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἕστηκεν 1 the firm foundation of God stands Possible meanings are 1) "God's truth is like a firm foundation" or 2) "God has established his people like a building on a firm foundation" or 3) "God's faithfulness is like a firm foundation." In any case, Paul speaks of this idea as if it were a building's foundation laid in the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 nd7t figs-metonymy ὁ ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 who names the name of the Lord "who calls on the name of the Lord." Here "name of the Lord" refers to the Lord himself. Alternate translation: "who calls on the Lord" or "who says he is a believer in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 ir1z figs-metaphor ὁ ... στερεὸς θεμέλιος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἕστηκεν 1 the firm foundation of God stands Possible meanings are 1) "God's truth is like a firm foundation" or 2) "God has established his people like a building on a firm foundation" or 3) "God's faithfulness is like a firm foundation." In any case, Paul speaks of this idea as if it were a building's foundation laid in the ground. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 nd7t figs-metonymy ὁ ... ὀνομάζων τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 who names the name of the Lord "who calls on the name of the Lord." Here "name of the Lord" refers to the Lord himself. Alternate translation: "who calls on the Lord" or "who says he is a believer in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 02 19 y3bc figs-metaphor 0 depart from unrighteousness Paul speaks of unrighteousness as if it were a place from which one could leave. Alternate translation: "stop being evil" or "stop doing wrong things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 20 j75l figs-metaphor 0 containers of gold and silver ... containers of wood and clay Here "containers" is a general word for bowls, plates, and pots, which people put food or drink into or on. If your language does not have a general word, use the word for "bowls" or "pots." Paul is using this as a metaphor to describe different types of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 02 20 mt5e 0 honorable use ... dishonorable Possible meanings are 1) "special occasions ... ordinary times" or 2) "the kinds of activities people do in public ... the kinds of activities people do in private."
|
||||
|
|
@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 03 09 c6xx figs-metaphor οὐ προκόψουσιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον 1 they will not advance very far Paul uses an expression about physical movement to mean that the false teachers will not have much success among the believers. Alternate translation: "they will not have much success" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 09 mv4j ἔκδηλος 1 obvious something people can easily see
|
||||
2TI 03 09 z4fu ἐκείνων 1 of those men "of Jannes and Jambres"
|
||||
2TI 03 10 vw42 figs-metaphor σὺ παρηκολούθησάς μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 you have followed my teaching Paul speaks of giving close attention to these things as if one were physically following them as they moved. Alternate translation: "you have observed my teaching" or "you have payed close attention to my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 10 vw42 figs-metaphor σὺ ... παρηκολούθησάς μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 you have followed my teaching Paul speaks of giving close attention to these things as if one were physically following them as they moved. Alternate translation: "you have observed my teaching" or "you have payed close attention to my teaching" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 10 wma6 μου τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 my teaching "what I have taught you to do"
|
||||
2TI 03 10 lq3v τῇ ἀγωγῇ 1 conduct the way a person lives his life
|
||||
2TI 03 10 l4pp τῇ μακροθυμίᾳ 1 longsuffering one person being patient with those people who do things of which he does not approve
|
||||
2TI 03 10 lq3v τῇ ... ἀγωγῇ 1 conduct the way a person lives his life
|
||||
2TI 03 10 l4pp τῇ ... μακροθυμίᾳ 1 longsuffering one person being patient with those people who do things of which he does not approve
|
||||
2TI 03 11 r9vk figs-metaphor 0 Out of them all, the Lord rescued me Paul speaks of God having stopped him from suffering these hardships and dangers as if God had carried him out of a physical location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 03 12 ke7f ζῆν εὐσεβῶς ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 to live in a godly manner in Christ Jesus "to live godly lives as followers of Jesus"
|
||||
2TI 03 12 xm9l figs-activepassive διωχθήσονται 1 will be persecuted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "will certainly have to endure persecution" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -171,10 +171,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 03 16 s274 figs-activepassive 0 All scripture has been inspired by God Some Bibles translate this as "All scripture is God-breathed." This means God produced the scripture through his Spirit by telling people what to write. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has spoken all scripture by his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 03 16 uv35 0 It is profitable "It is useful" or "It is beneficial"
|
||||
2TI 03 16 vl2n 0 for conviction "for pointing out errors"
|
||||
2TI 03 16 e5h9 πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν 1 for correction "for fixing errors"
|
||||
2TI 03 16 y1hf πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 for training in righteousness "for training people to be righteous"
|
||||
2TI 03 16 e5h9 πρὸς ... ἐπανόρθωσιν 1 for correction "for fixing errors"
|
||||
2TI 03 16 y1hf πρὸς ... παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 for training in righteousness "for training people to be righteous"
|
||||
2TI 03 17 nb12 figs-gendernotations ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man of God This means any believer in God whether male or female. Alternate translation: "all believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
2TI 03 17 uu7i ἄρτιος ᾖ, ἐξηρτισμένος 1 may be competent, equipped "may be completely prepared"
|
||||
2TI 03 17 uu7i ἄρτιος ᾖ ... ἐξηρτισμένος 1 may be competent, equipped "may be completely prepared"
|
||||
2TI 04 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>##### "I give this solemn command"<br>Paul begins to give personal instructions to Timothy.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Crown<br>Scripture uses different kinds of crowns as images for different things. It appears Christ will award the crown in this chapter to believers as a reward for living rightly.<br>
|
||||
2TI 04 01 t68n 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind Timothy to be faithful and that he, Paul, is ready to die.
|
||||
2TI 04 01 cb15 figs-explicit 0 this solemn command before God and Christ Jesus "this solemn command in the presence of God and Christ Jesus." It is implied that God and Jesus will be Paul's witnesses. Alternate translation: "this solemn command having as my witnesses God and Christ Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -189,21 +189,21 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 04 03 ilx7 ἀνέξονται 1 people The context indicates that these will be people who are a part of the community of believers.
|
||||
2TI 04 03 u2cc τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας οὐκ ἀνέξονται 1 will not endure sound teaching "will no longer want to listen to sound teaching"
|
||||
2TI 04 03 fyl3 τῆς ὑγιαινούσης διδασκαλίας 1 sound teaching This means the teaching that is true and correct, according to God's word.
|
||||
2TI 04 03 e5t2 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους 1 they will heap up for themselves teachers according to their own desires Paul speaks of people obtaining many teachers as if it were putting them into a heap or pile. Alternate translation: "they will listen to many teachers who assure them that there is nothing wrong with their sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 03 e5t2 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας, ἑαυτοῖς ἐπισωρεύσουσιν διδασκάλους 1 they will heap up for themselves teachers according to their own desires Paul speaks of people obtaining many teachers as if it were putting them into a heap or pile. Alternate translation: "they will listen to many teachers who assure them that there is nothing wrong with their sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 03 s375 figs-idiom 0 who say what their itching ears want to hear Paul speaks of people strongly wanting to hear something as if their ears itched and could only be satisfied if teachers taught them what they wanted to hear. Alternate translation: "who say only what they want so much to hear" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
2TI 04 04 rh2i figs-metaphor 0 They will turn their hearing away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning away so they cannot hear. Alternate translation: "They will no longer pay attention to the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 04 xrv7 figs-metaphor 0 they will turn aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if they were physically turning towards them to listen. Alternate translation: "they will pay attention to teachings that are not true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε- 1 be sober-minded Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and he speaks about them as if he wanted them to be sober, that is, not drunk with wine. Alternate translation: "think clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 tv3k ἔργον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 the work of an evangelist This means to tell people about who Jesus is, what he did for them, and how they are to live for him.
|
||||
2TI 04 06 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of his readiness to die as if he were a cup of wine ready to be poured out as a sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε 1 be sober-minded Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and he speaks about them as if he wanted them to be sober, that is, not drunk with wine. Alternate translation: "think clearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 05 tv3k ἔργον ... εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 the work of an evangelist This means to tell people about who Jesus is, what he did for them, and how they are to live for him.
|
||||
2TI 04 06 sh23 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ... ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out Paul speaks of his readiness to die as if he were a cup of wine ready to be poured out as a sacrifice to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 06 fb7l figs-euphemism 0 The time of my departure has come Here "departure" is a polite way of referring to death. Alternate translation: "Soon I will die and leave this world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 d9ts figs-metaphor τὸν καλὸν ἀγῶνα ἠγώνισμαι 1 I have competed in the good contest Paul speaks of his hard work as if he had been an athlete competing for a prize. Alternate translation: "I have done my best" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 kq83 figs-metaphor τὸν δρόμον τετέλεκα 1 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: "I have completed what I needed to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 kq83 figs-metaphor τὸν ... δρόμον τετέλεκα 1 I have finished the race Paul speaks of his life of service to God as if he had been running a race on foot. Alternate translation: "I have completed what I needed to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 07 vk2p figs-metaphor τὴν πίστιν τετήρηκα 1 I have kept the faith Paul speaks of his trust in Christ and his obedience to God as if they were a valuable object that he kept in his possession. Possible meanings are 1) "I have been faithful in doing my ministry" or 2) "I have kept the teachings about what we believe from any error" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 08 ujg5 figs-activepassive 0 The crown of righteousness has been reserved for me This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has reserved the crown of righteousness for me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 04 08 hg8i figs-metaphor τῆς δικαιοσύνης στέφανος 1 crown of righteousness Possible meanings are 1) the crown is the prize that God gives to people who have lived the right way or 2) the crown is a metaphor for righteousness. Just as the judge of a race gives a crown to the winner, when Paul finishes his life, God will declare that Paul is righteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 08 dwn6 στέφανος 1 crown a wreath made of laurel tree leaves that was given to winners of athletic contests
|
||||
2TI 04 08 n3k8 ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day "on the day when the Lord comes again" or "on the day when God judges people"
|
||||
2TI 04 08 n3k8 ἐν, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day "on the day when the Lord comes again" or "on the day when God judges people"
|
||||
2TI 04 08 uh88 figs-pastforfuture ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἠγαπηκόσι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν αὐτοῦ 1 but also to all those who have loved his appearing Paul speaks about this event as if it has already happened. It can be stated as a future event. Alternate translation: "but also he will give it to those who are eagerly waiting for him to return" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
2TI 04 09 s7xl 0 Connecting Statement: Paul talks of specific people and how they behaved, of God's work for and to him, and then closes with greetings to and from certain people.
|
||||
2TI 04 09 t8b7 0 come ... quickly "come ... as soon as possible"
|
||||
|
|
@ -228,13 +228,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2TI 04 16 rm2t figs-activepassive μὴ αὐτοῖς λογισθείη 1 May it not be counted against them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "May God not count it against them" or "I pray that God does not punish those believers for leaving me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 t1fw figs-metaphor 0 the Lord stood by me Paul is speaking as if the Lord had physically stood with him. Alternate translation: "the Lord helped me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 y69m figs-activepassive 0 so that, through me, the message might be fully proclaimed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that I was able to speak all of the Lord's message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 gsr8 figs-metaphor ἐρύσθην ἐκ λέοντος' στόματος 1 I was rescued out of the lion's mouth Paul is speaking about danger as if he had been threatened by a lion. This danger could have been physical, spiritual, or both. Alternate translation: "I was rescued from great danger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 17 gsr8 figs-metaphor ἐρύσθην ἐκ στόματος λέοντος 1 I was rescued out of the lion's mouth Paul is speaking about danger as if he had been threatened by a lion. This danger could have been physical, spiritual, or both. Alternate translation: "I was rescued from great danger" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2TI 04 19 n4zc figs-metonymy 0 house of Onesiphorus Here "house" stands for the people who live there. Alternate translation: "family of Onesiphorus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2TI 04 19 mef8 Ὀνησιφόρου 1 Onesiphorus This is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [2 Timothy 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
2TI 04 20 lie9 translate-names 0 Erastus ... Trophimus These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 20 wp9h translate-names Μιλήτῳ 1 Miletus This is the name of a city to the south of Ephesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 21 p7px translate-names 0 Eubulus ... Pudens, Linus These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2TI 04 21 cvc7 σπούδασον ἐλθεῖν 1 Do your best to come "Make a way to come"
|
||||
2TI 04 21 cvc7 σπούδασον ... ἐλθεῖν 1 Do your best to come "Make a way to come"
|
||||
2TI 04 21 eh95 πρὸ χειμῶνος 1 before winter "before the cold season"
|
||||
2TI 04 21 z1j9 0 greets you, also Pudens, Linus, Claudia, and all the brothers This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "greets you. Pudens, Linus, Claudia, and all the brothers also greet you"
|
||||
2TI 04 21 er77 translate-names Κλαυδία 1 Claudia This is a female name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1503.
|
|
|
@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
TIT front intro m2jl 0 # Introduction to Titus<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>#### Outline of the Book of Titus<br><br>1. Paul instructs Titus to appoint godly leaders (1:1-16)<br>1. Paul instructs Titus to train people to live godly lives (2:1-3:11)<br>1. Paul ends by sharing some of his plans and sending greetings to various believers (3:12-15)<br><br>#### Who wrote the Book of Titus?<br><br>Paul wrote the Book of Titus. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>#### What is the Book of Titus about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to Titus, his fellow worker, who was leading the churches on the island of Crete. Paul instructed him about selecting church leaders. Paul also described how the believers should behave towards each other. And he encouraged them all to live in a way that pleases God.<br><br>#### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, "Titus." Or they may choose a clearer title, such as "Paul's Letter to Titus" or "A Letter to Titus." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>#### In what roles can people serve within the church?<br><br>There are some teachings in the Book of Titus about whether a woman or divorced man can serve in positions of leadership within the church. Scholars disagree about the meaning of these teachings. Further study on these issues may be necessary before translating this book.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>##### Singular and plural "you"<br>In this book, the word "I" refers to Paul. Also, the word "you" is almost always singular and refers to Titus. The exception to this is 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>#### What is the meaning of "God our Savior?"<br><br>This is a common phrase in this letter. Paul meant to make the readers think about how God forgave them in Christ for sinning against him. And by forgiving them he saved them from being punished when he judges all people. A similar phrase in this letter is "our great God and Savior Jesus Christ."<br>
|
||||
TIT 1 intro c7me 0 # Titus 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-4. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>In verses 6-9, Paul lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an elder in the church. (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns) Paul gives a similar list in 1 Timothy 3.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Elders<br><br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include overseer, elder, pastor, and bishop.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Should, may, must<br>The ULT uses different words that indicate requirements or obligations. These verbs have different levels of force associated with them. The subtle differences may be difficult to translate. The UST translates these verbs in a more general way.<br>
|
||||
TIT 1 1 rtc9 κατὰ πίστιν 1 for the faith of to strengthen the faith of
|
||||
TIT 1 1 rtc9 κατὰ πίστιν ... Θεοῦ 1 for the faith of to strengthen the faith of
|
||||
TIT 1 1 fyf8 τῆς κατ’ εὐσέβειαν 1 that agrees with godliness "that is suitable for honoring God"
|
||||
TIT 1 2 r2gj πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 1 before all the ages of time "before time began"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 b22h καιροῖς ἰδίοις 1 At the right time "At the proper time"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 swi9 figs-metaphor ἐφανέρωσεν ... τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 he revealed his word Paul speaks of God's message as if it were an object that could be visibly shown to people. Alternate translation: "He caused me to understand his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 3 m41u ὃ ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 he trusted me to deliver "he trusted me to bring" or "he gave me the responsibility to preach"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 dpn4 τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior "God, who saves us"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 swi9 figs-metaphor ἐφανέρωσεν δὲ ... τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 he revealed his word Paul speaks of God's message as if it were an object that could be visibly shown to people. Alternate translation: "He caused me to understand his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 3 m41u ἐπιστεύθην ἐγὼ 1 he trusted me to deliver "he trusted me to bring" or "he gave me the responsibility to preach"
|
||||
TIT 1 3 dpn4 τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior "God, who saves us"
|
||||
TIT 1 4 gu55 figs-metaphor γνησίῳ τέκνῳ 1 a true son Though Titus was not Paul's biological son, they share a common faith in Christ. Thus, in Christ, Paul considers Titus as his own son. Alternate translation: "you are like a son to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 4 wx6c κοινὴν πίστιν 1 our common faith Paul expresses the same faith in Christ that they both share. Alternate translation: "the teachings that we both believe"
|
||||
TIT 1 4 h93t figs-ellipsis χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη 1 Grace and peace This was a common greeting Paul used. You can state clearly the understood information. Alternate translation: "May you experience kindness and peace within" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -20,24 +20,24 @@ TIT 1 5 p56w πρεσβυτέρους 1 elders In the early Christian churches,
|
|||
TIT 1 6 wja4 0 Connecting Statement: Having told Titus to ordain elders in every city on the island of Crete, Paul gives the requirements for elders.
|
||||
TIT 1 6 jen8 εἴ τίς ἐστιν ἀνέγκλητος ... ἀνήρ 1 An elder must be without blame, the husband To be "without blame" is to be known as a person who does not do bad things. Alternate translation: "An elder must not have a bad reputation and must be the husband"
|
||||
TIT 1 6 q6uy figs-explicit μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ 1 the husband of one wife This means that he has only one wife, that is, he does not have any other wives or concubines. It may also imply that he does not commit adultery and that he has not divorced a previous wife. Alternate translation: "a man who has only one woman" or "a man who is faithful to his wife" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα ... πιστά 1 faithful children Possible meanings are 1) children who believe in Jesus or 2) children who are trustworthy.
|
||||
TIT 1 7 lz7x τὸν ἐπίσκοπον 1 overseer This is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as "elder" in 1:6.
|
||||
TIT 1 6 wd6q τέκνα ἔχων πιστά 1 faithful children Possible meanings are 1) children who believe in Jesus or 2) children who are trustworthy.
|
||||
TIT 1 7 lz7x ἐπίσκοπον 1 overseer This is another name for the same position of spiritual leadership that Paul referred to as "elder" in 1:6.
|
||||
TIT 1 7 g2zf figs-metaphor Θεοῦ οἰκονόμον 1 God's household manager Paul speaks of the church as if it were God's household and the overseer as if he were a servant in charge of managing the household. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine "not an alcoholic" or "not one who drinks much wine"
|
||||
TIT 1 7 j1qq μὴ πλήκτην 1 not a brawler "not one who is violent" or "not one who likes to fight"
|
||||
TIT 1 7 d6l1 μὴ ... πάροινον 1 not addicted to wine "not an alcoholic" or "not one who drinks much wine"
|
||||
TIT 1 7 j1qq μὴ ... πλήκτην 1 not a brawler "not one who is violent" or "not one who likes to fight"
|
||||
TIT 1 8 i549 ἀλλὰ 1 Instead Paul is changing his argument from what an elder is not to be to what an elder is to be.
|
||||
TIT 1 8 vkq1 φιλάγαθον 1 a friend of what is good "a person who loves what is good"
|
||||
TIT 1 9 xwy6 figs-metaphor ἀντεχόμενον 1 hold tightly to Paul speaks of devotion to the Christian faith as if it were grasping the faith with one's hands. Alternate translation: "be devoted to" or "know well" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 9 pzi1 τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ τῇ ὑγιαινούσῃ 1 good teaching He must teach what is true about God and other spiritual matters.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 xsq9 0 Connecting Statement: Because of those that would oppose God's word, Paul gives Titus reasons to preach God's word and warns him about false teachers.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 w9kk ἀνυπότακτοι 1 rebellious people These are rebellious people who oppose Paul's gospel message.
|
||||
TIT 1 10 ga6n figs-metaphor ματαιολόγοι καὶ φρεναπάται 1 empty talkers and deceivers This phrase describes the rebellious people mentioned in the previous phrase. Here "empty" is a metaphor for useless, and "empty talkers" are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: "people who say useless things and deceive others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 10 ga6n figs-metaphor ματαιολόγοι, καὶ φρεναπάται 1 empty talkers and deceivers This phrase describes the rebellious people mentioned in the previous phrase. Here "empty" is a metaphor for useless, and "empty talkers" are people who say useless or foolish things. Alternate translation: "people who say useless things and deceive others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 10 pu74 figs-metonymy οἱ ἐκ τῆς περιτομῆς 1 those of the circumcision This refers to the Christian Jews who taught that men must be circumcised in order to follow Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 1 11 f4iy οὓς δεῖ ἐπιστομίζειν 1 It is necessary to stop them "They must be prevented from spreading their teachings" or "They must be stopped from influencing others by their words"
|
||||
TIT 1 11 tw4e ἃ μὴ δεῖ 1 what they should not teach These are things that are not proper to teach regarding Christ and the Law because they are not true.
|
||||
TIT 1 11 at7c αἰσχροῦ κέρδους χάριν 1 for shameful profit This refers to profit that people make by doing things that are not honorable.
|
||||
TIT 1 11 aqi5 ὅλους οἴκους ἀνατρέπουσιν 1 are upsetting whole families "are ruining whole families." The issue was that they were upsetting families by destroying their faith. This may have caused the members of the families to argue with one another.
|
||||
TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 One of their own prophets "A prophet from Crete itself" or "A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet"
|
||||
TIT 1 12 tr1j τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, ἴδιος αὐτῶν προφήτης 1 One of their own prophets "A prophet from Crete itself" or "A Cretan that they themselves consider to be a prophet"
|
||||
TIT 1 12 y3zb figs-hyperbole Κρῆτες ἀεὶ ψεῦσται 1 Cretans are always liars "Cretans lie all the time." This is an exaggeration that means many Cretans lie a lot. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
TIT 1 12 h3jb figs-metaphor κακὰ θηρία 1 evil beasts This metaphor compares the Cretans to dangerous wild animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 13 fif8 δι’ ἣν αἰτίαν ἔλεγχε αὐτοὺς ἀποτόμως 1 Therefore, correct them severely "You must use strong language that the Cretans will understand when you correct them"
|
||||
|
|
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ TIT 1 14 p28i Ἰουδαϊκοῖς μύθοις 1 Jewish myths This refers to
|
|||
TIT 1 14 m4a5 figs-metaphor ἀποστρεφομένων τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 turn away from the truth Paul speaks of the truth as if it were an object that one could turn away from or avoid. Alternate translation: "reject the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 15 qtb9 πάντα καθαρὰ τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 To those who are pure, all things are pure "If people are pure on the inside, everything they do will be pure"
|
||||
TIT 1 15 nx42 τοῖς καθαροῖς 1 To those who are pure "To those who are acceptable to God"
|
||||
TIT 1 15 n3wk figs-metaphor τοῖς μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν 1 to those who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: "if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 15 n3wk figs-metaphor τοῖς ... μεμιαμμένοις καὶ ἀπίστοις, οὐδὲν καθαρόν 1 to those who are corrupt and unbelieving, nothing is pure Paul speaks of sinners as if they were physically dirty. Alternate translation: "if people are morally defiled and do not believe, they cannot do anything pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 1 16 i3l2 τοῖς ... ἔργοις ἀρνοῦνται 1 they deny him by their actions "how they live proves that they do not know him"
|
||||
TIT 1 16 ja47 βδελυκτοὶ ὄντες 1 They are detestable "They are disgusting"
|
||||
TIT 2 intro h3il 0 # Titus 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Gender roles<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>##### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches slaves to faithfully serve their masters. He teaches all believers to be godly and live rightly in every situation.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ TIT 2 2 y3j2 εἶναι ... σώφρονας 1 to be ... sensible "to ... cont
|
|||
TIT 2 2 m14y figs-abstractnouns ὑγιαίνοντας τῇ πίστει, τῇ ἀγάπῃ, τῇ ὑπομονῇ 1 sound in faith, in love, and in perseverance Here the word "sound" means to be firm and unwavering. The abstract nouns "faith," "love," and "perseverance" can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: "and they must firmly believe the true teachings about God, truly love others, and continually serve God even when things are difficult" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 gl8e πρεσβύτιδας ὡσαύτως ἐν καταστήματι 1 Teach older women likewise "In the same way, teach older women" or "Also teach older women"
|
||||
TIT 2 3 v9cp διαβόλους 1 slanderers This word refers to people who say bad things about other people whether they are true or not.
|
||||
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine A person who cannot control themselves and drinks too much wine is spoken of as if the person were a slave to the wine. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and not drinking too much wine" or "and not addicted to wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 3 g9re figs-metaphor μηδὲ οἴνῳ πολλῷ δεδουλωμένας 1 or being slaves to much wine A person who cannot control themselves and drinks too much wine is spoken of as if the person were a slave to the wine. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and not drinking too much wine" or "and not addicted to wine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 2 5 t5v6 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημῆται 1 so that God's word may not be insulted "Word" here is a metonym for "message," which in turn is a metonym for God himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that no one insults God's word" or "so that no one insults God by saying bad things about his message" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 6 i3hv ὡσαύτως 1 In the same way Titus was to train the younger men like he was to train the older people.
|
||||
TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος 1 present yourself as "show yourself to be"
|
||||
TIT 2 7 x73u σεαυτὸν παρεχόμενος τύπον 1 present yourself as "show yourself to be"
|
||||
TIT 2 7 ym6x τύπον καλῶν ἔργων 1 an example of good works "an example of one who does right and proper things"
|
||||
TIT 2 8 xt6v figs-hypo ἵνα ὁ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐντραπῇ 1 so that anyone who opposes you may be ashamed This presents an imaginary situation where someone opposes Titus and then becomes ashamed for having done so. Alternate translation: "so that if anyone opposes you, he may be ashamed" or "so that if people oppose you, they may be ashamed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
|
||||
TIT 2 9 ntp7 ἰδίοις δεσπόταις 1 their masters "their own masters"
|
||||
|
|
@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ TIT 2 9 if6v ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in everything "in every situation" or "always"
|
|||
TIT 2 9 id15 εὐαρέστους εἶναι 1 please them "make their masters happy" or "satisfy their masters"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 t87j πᾶσαν πίστιν ἐνδεικνυμένους ἀγαθήν 1 demonstrate all good faith "show that they are worthy of their masters' trust"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 h2n6 ἐν πᾶσιν 1 in every way "in everything they do"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior "they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive" or "they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 pn93 τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior "our God who saves us"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 f8jy τὴν διδασκαλίαν τὴν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ, κοσμῶσιν 1 they may bring credit to the teaching about God our Savior "they may make the teaching about God our Savior attractive" or "they may cause people to understand that the teaching about God our Savior is good"
|
||||
TIT 2 10 pn93 τὴν ... τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 God our Savior "our God who saves us"
|
||||
TIT 2 11 y44u 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Titus to look for Jesus' coming and remember his authority through Jesus.
|
||||
TIT 2 11 gp2z figs-personification ἐπεφάνη ... ἡ χάρις τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the grace of God has appeared Paul speaks of the grace of God as if it were a person who goes to other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 2 12 qy8k figs-personification παιδεύουσα ἡμᾶς 1 trains us Paul speaks of the grace of God ([Titus 2:11] (./11.md)) as if it were a person who goes to other people and trains them to live holy lives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -81,20 +81,20 @@ TIT 2 13 rz93 προσδεχόμενοι 1 we look forward to receiving "we wai
|
|||
TIT 2 13 pss7 figs-metonymy τὴν μακαρίαν ἐλπίδα, καὶ ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς δόξης τοῦ μεγάλου Θεοῦ καὶ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our blessed hope, the appearance of the glory of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ Here "glory" represents Jesus himself who will appear gloriously. Alternate translation: "the good thing for which we hope, that is, the glorious appearance of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 niu4 figs-explicit ἔδωκεν ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν 1 gave himself for us This refers to Jesus dying willingly. Alternate translation: "gave himself to die for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 gxe7 figs-metaphor λυτρώσηται ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀνομίας 1 to redeem us from all lawlessness Paul speaks of Jesus as if he were setting slaves free from their evil master. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people A group of people that he treasures.
|
||||
TIT 2 14 fjy1 λαὸν περιούσιον 1 a special people A group of people that he treasures.
|
||||
TIT 2 14 ii18 ζηλωτὴν 1 are eager "have a strong desire"
|
||||
TIT 2 15 b94z figs-explicit ἔλεγχε μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς 1 give correction with all authority This statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Correct with all authority those people who do not do these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 b94z figs-explicit ἔλεγχε, μετὰ πάσης ἐπιταγῆς 1 give correction with all authority This statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "Correct with all authority those people who do not do these things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 2 15 h15y μηδείς ... περιφρονείτω 1 Let no one "Do not allow anyone to"
|
||||
TIT 2 15 jbu1 figs-explicit σου περιφρονείτω 1 disregard you This statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "refuse to listen to your words" or "refuse to respect you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
TIT 3 intro zh6x 0 # Titus 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul gives Titus personal instructions in this chapter.<br><br>Verse 15 formally concludes this letter. This is a common way of ending a letter in the ancient Near East.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies are lists that record a person's ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could normally become king. They also showed from what tribe and family they came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron.<br>
|
||||
TIT 3 1 y9tr 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues giving Titus instructions on how to teach the elders and people under his care in Crete.
|
||||
TIT 3 1 j2sa ὑπομίμνῃσκε αὐτοὺς ... ὑποτάσσεσθαι 1 Remind them to submit "Tell our people again what they already know, to submit" or "Keep reminding them to submit"
|
||||
TIT 3 1 w3fy ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις, ὑποτάσσεσθαι, πειθαρχεῖν 1 submit to rulers and authorities, to obey them "do as the political rulers and government authorities say by obeying them"
|
||||
TIT 3 1 wa9x ἀρχαῖς ἐξουσίαις 1 rulers and authorities These words have similar meanings and are used together to include everyone who holds authority in the government.
|
||||
TIT 3 1 wa9x ἀρχαῖς, ἐξουσίαις 1 rulers and authorities These words have similar meanings and are used together to include everyone who holds authority in the government.
|
||||
TIT 3 1 in7u πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθὸν ἑτοίμους εἶναι 1 be ready for every good work "be ready to do good whenever there is opportunity"
|
||||
TIT 3 2 lug7 βλασφημεῖν 1 to revile "to speak evil of"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 m9zd γάρ ποτε καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 For once we ourselves "This is because we ourselves were once"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 me7b ποτε 1 once "formerly" or "at some time" or "previously"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 me7b ποτε καὶ 1 once "formerly" or "at some time" or "previously"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 bl8e ἡμεῖς 1 we ourselves "even we" or "we also"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 rrx9 ἦμεν ... ἀνόητοι 1 were thoughtless "were foolish" or "were unwise"
|
||||
TIT 3 3 qt8f figs-personification πλανώμενοι, δουλεύοντες ἐπιθυμίαις καὶ ἡδοναῖς ποικίλαις 1 We were led astray and enslaved by various passions and pleasures Passion and pleasure are spoken of as if they were masters over people and had made those people into slaves by lying to them. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "Various passions and pleasures had lied to us and so led us astray" or "We had allowed ourselves to believe the lie that various passions and pleasures could make us happy, and then we were unable to control our feelings or stop doing things we thought would give us pleasure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -104,15 +104,15 @@ TIT 3 3 y5lp στυγητοί 1 We were detestable "We caused others to hate us
|
|||
TIT 3 4 ba5a figs-personification ὅτε ... ἡ χρηστότης καὶ ἡ φιλανθρωπία ἐπεφάνη τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν, Θεοῦ 1 when the kindness of God our Savior and his love for mankind appeared Paul speaks of God's kindness and love as if they were people that came into our sight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
TIT 3 5 n4ug κατὰ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος 1 by his mercy "because he had mercy on us"
|
||||
TIT 3 5 k1a6 figs-metaphor λουτροῦ παλινγενεσίας 1 washing of new birth Paul is probably speaking of God's forgiveness for sinners as if he were physically washing them. He is also speaking of sinners who become responsive to God as if they had been born again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως 1 whom God richly poured on us It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: "whom God gave to us generously" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ "when Jesus saved us"
|
||||
TIT 3 6 fby9 figs-metaphor οὗ ἐξέχεεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς πλουσίως 1 whom God richly poured on us It is common for New Testament writers to speak of the Holy Spirit as a liquid that God can pour out in large amounts. Alternate translation: "whom God gave to us generously" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 6 q9ze διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν 1 through our Savior Jesus Christ "when Jesus saved us"
|
||||
TIT 3 7 di3g figs-activepassive δικαιωθέντες 1 having been justified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "since God has declared us to be without sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs with the certain hope of eternal life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 7 q1cm figs-metaphor κληρονόμοι γενηθῶμεν, κατ’ ἐλπίδα ζωῆς αἰωνίου 1 we might become heirs with the certain hope of eternal life The people to whom God has made promises are spoken of as if they were to inherit property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
TIT 3 8 j8md ὁ λόγος 1 This message This refers to God giving the believers the Holy Spirit through Jesus in [Titus 3:7](../03/07.md).
|
||||
TIT 3 8 kqm6 φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων προΐστασθαι 1 may be careful to engage themselves in good works "may seek to do good works"
|
||||
TIT 3 8 kqm6 φροντίζωσιν καλῶν ἔργων, προΐστασθαι 1 may be careful to engage themselves in good works "may seek to do good works"
|
||||
TIT 3 9 tzh9 0 Connecting Statement: Paul explains what Titus should avoid and how to treat those who cause contention among the believers.
|
||||
TIT 3 9 j1hf δὲ περιΐστασο 1 But avoid "So avoid" or "Therefore, avoid"
|
||||
TIT 3 9 xnf9 μωρὰς ζητήσεις 1 foolish debates "arguments concerning unimportant matters"
|
||||
TIT 3 9 j1hf δὲ ... περιΐστασο 1 But avoid "So avoid" or "Therefore, avoid"
|
||||
TIT 3 9 xnf9 μωρὰς ... ζητήσεις 1 foolish debates "arguments concerning unimportant matters"
|
||||
TIT 3 9 qk66 γενεαλογίας 1 genealogies This is the study of family kinship relationships.
|
||||
TIT 3 9 xu7f ἔρεις 1 strife arguments or fights
|
||||
TIT 3 9 ky3n νομικὰς 1 the law "the law of Moses"
|
||||
|
|
@ -134,6 +134,6 @@ TIT 3 14 fw98 οἱ ἡμέτεροι 1 Our people Paul is referring to the bel
|
|||
TIT 3 14 tn24 εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας 1 that provide for urgent needs "that enable them to help people who need important things immediately"
|
||||
TIT 3 14 mji4 figs-doublenegatives εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας χρείας, ἵνα μὴ ὦσιν ἄκαρποι 1 needs, and so not be unfruitful Paul speaks of people doing good work as if they were trees bearing good fruit. This double negative means they should be fruitful or productive. Alternate translation: "needs; in this way they will be fruitful" or "needs, and so they will do good works" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
TIT 3 15 j3y2 0 General Information: Paul ends his letter to Titus.
|
||||
TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ πάντες 1 All those "All the people"
|
||||
TIT 3 15 k1sa οἱ μετ’ ... πάντες 1 All those "All the people"
|
||||
TIT 3 15 f4vc τοὺς φιλοῦντας ἡμᾶς ἐν πίστει 1 those who love us in faith Possible meanings are 1) "the believers who love us" or 2) "the believers who love us because we share the same belief."
|
||||
TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: "May God's grace be with you" or "I ask that God will be gracious to all of you"
|
||||
TIT 3 15 kx83 ἡ χάρις μετὰ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 Grace be with all of you This was a common Christian greeting. Alternate translation: "May God's grace be with you" or "I ask that God will be gracious to all of you"
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1186.
|
|
|
@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
PHM front intro sz2w 0 # Introduction to Philemon<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>#### Outline of the Book of Philemon<br><br>1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1-3)<br>1. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4-21)<br>1. Conclusion (1:22-25)<br><br>#### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?<br><br>Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.<br><br>#### What is the Book of Philemon about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a Christian who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison.<br><br>Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.<br><br>#### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, "Philemon." Or they may choose a clearer title, such as "Paul's Letter to Philemon" or "The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>#### Does this letter approve of the practice of slavery?<br><br>Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean Paul thought slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people serving God in whatever situation they were in.<br><br>#### What does Paul mean by the expression "in Christ," "in the Lord," etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>#### Singular and plural "you"<br><br>In this book, the word "I" refers to Paul. The word "you" is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There "you" refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br>
|
||||
PHM 1 1 sg4f figs-you 0 General Information: Three times Paul identifies himself as the author of this letter. Evidently Timothy was with him and probably wrote the words down as Paul said them. Paul greets others who meet for church at Philemon's house. All instances of "I," "me," and "my" refer to Paul. Philemon is the main person to whom this letter is written. All instances of "you" and "your" refer to him and are singular unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 niq3 figs-exclusive , Παῦλος, δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ καὶ Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς Φιλήμονι 1 Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and the brother Timothy to Philemon Your language may have a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter. Alternate translation: "I, Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timothy, our brother, are writing this letter to Philemon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 niq3 figs-exclusive Παῦλος, δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ Τιμόθεος, ὁ ἀδελφὸς; Φιλήμονι 1 Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and the brother Timothy to Philemon Your language may have a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter. Alternate translation: "I, Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timothy, our brother, are writing this letter to Philemon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 cgs4 δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 a prisoner of Christ Jesus "a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus." People who opposed Paul's preaching had punished him by putting him into prison.
|
||||
PHM 1 1 sv3p ἀδελφὸς 1 brother Here this means a fellow Christian.
|
||||
PHM 1 1 r3l9 figs-exclusive τῷ ἀγαπητῷ ἡμῶν 1 our dear friend The word "our" here refers to Paul and those with him but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 ww3l καὶ συνεργῷ 1 and fellow worker "who, like us, works to spread the gospel"
|
||||
PHM 1 1 r3l9 figs-exclusive τῷ ἀγαπητῷ ... ἡμῶν 1 our dear friend The word "our" here refers to Paul and those with him but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 1 ww3l καὶ ... συνεργῷ 1 and fellow worker "who, like us, works to spread the gospel"
|
||||
PHM 1 2 e8su figs-exclusive 0 our sister ... our fellow soldier The word "our" here refers to Paul and those with him but not to the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 zh5c translate-names Ἀπφίᾳ τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Apphia our sister Here "sister" means she was a believer, and not a relative. Alternate translation: "Apphia our fellow believer" or "Apphia our spiritual sister" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 zh5c translate-names Ἀπφίᾳ, τῇ ἀδελφῇ 1 Apphia our sister Here "sister" means she was a believer, and not a relative. Alternate translation: "Apphia our fellow believer" or "Apphia our spiritual sister" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 sq44 translate-names Ἀρχίππῳ 1 Archippus This is the name of a man in the church with Philemon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 2 mnn5 figs-metaphor τῷ συνστρατιώτῃ ἡμῶν 1 our fellow soldier Paul speaks here of Archippus as if they were both soldiers in an army. He means that Archippus works hard, as Paul himself works hard, to spread the gospel. Alternate translation: "our fellow spiritual warrior" or "who also fights the spiritual battle with us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 3 r4nq 0 May grace be to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ "May God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ give you grace and peace." This is a blessing.
|
||||
|
|
@ -23,28 +23,28 @@ PHM 1 8 ayy1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul begins his plea and the reason for h
|
|||
PHM 1 8 fd84 πολλὴν ἐν Χριστῷ παρρησίαν 1 all the boldness in Christ Possible meanings are 1) "authority because of Christ" or 2) "courage because of Christ." Alternate translation: "courage because Christ has given me authority"
|
||||
PHM 1 9 l9fh διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην 1 yet because of love Possible meanings: 1) "because I know that you love God's people" 2) "because you love me" or 3) "because I love you"
|
||||
PHM 1 10 lsr6 0 General Information: Onesimus is the name of a man. He was apparently Philemon's slave and had stolen something and ran away.
|
||||
PHM 1 10 m6fw figs-metaphor τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου Ὀνήσιμον 1 my child Onesimus "my son Onesimus." Paul speaks of the way he is friends with Onesimus as if it were the way a father and his son love each other. Onesimus was not Paul's actual son, but he received spiritual life when Paul taught him about Jesus, and Paul loved him. Alternate translation: "my spiritual son Onesimus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 m6fw figs-metaphor τοῦ ἐμοῦ τέκνου ... Ὀνήσιμον 1 my child Onesimus "my son Onesimus." Paul speaks of the way he is friends with Onesimus as if it were the way a father and his son love each other. Onesimus was not Paul's actual son, but he received spiritual life when Paul taught him about Jesus, and Paul loved him. Alternate translation: "my spiritual son Onesimus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 dj9h translate-names Ὀνήσιμον 1 Onesimus The name "Onesimus" means "profitable" or "useful." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 mui3 figs-metaphor ὃν ἐγέννησα ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 whom I have fathered in my chains Here "fathered" is a metaphor that means Paul converted Onesimus to Christ. Alternate translation: "who became my spiritual son when I taught him about Christ and he received new life while I was in my chains" or "who became like a son to me while I was in my chains" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 10 nx1p figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 in my chains Prisoners were often bound in chains. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: "while I was in prison ... while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 12 t1kp ὃν ἀνέπεμψά σοι 1 I have sent him back to you Paul was probably sending Onesimus with another believer who carried this letter.
|
||||
PHM 1 12 h9qv figs-metonymy αὐτόν τοῦτ’ ἔστιν τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα 1 who is my very heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions. The phrase "who is my very heart" is a metaphor for loving someone. Paul was saying this about Onesimus. Alternate translation: "whom I love dearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 12 h9qv figs-metonymy αὐτόν, τοῦτ’ ἔστιν τὰ ἐμὰ σπλάγχνα 1 who is my very heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's emotions. The phrase "who is my very heart" is a metaphor for loving someone. Paul was saying this about Onesimus. Alternate translation: "whom I love dearly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 13 t4xl ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ 1 so he could serve me for you "so that, since you cannot be here, he might help me" or "so that he could help me in your place"
|
||||
PHM 1 13 bb3t figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς 1 while I am in chains Prisoners were often bound in chains. Paul was in prison when he taught Onesimus and was still in prison when he wrote this letter. Alternate translation: "while I am in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
PHM 1 13 iwa8 figs-explicit τοῦ εὐαγγελίου 1 for the sake of the gospel Paul was in prison because he preached the gospel publicly. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: "because I preach the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 g9wp figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς δὲ τῆς σῆς γνώμης οὐδὲν ἠθέλησα ποιῆσαι 1 But I did not want to do anything without your consent Paul states a double negative to mean the opposite. Alternate translation: "But I wanted to keep him with me only if you approved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 jxi7 ἵνα μὴ ὡς κατὰ ἀνάγκην τὸ ἀγαθόν σου ᾖ ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον 1 I did not want your good deed to be from necessity but from good will "I did not want you to do this good deed because I commanded you to do it, but because you wanted to do it"
|
||||
PHM 1 14 g9wp figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς δὲ τῆς σῆς γνώμης, οὐδὲν ἠθέλησα ποιῆσαι 1 But I did not want to do anything without your consent Paul states a double negative to mean the opposite. Alternate translation: "But I wanted to keep him with me only if you approved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
PHM 1 14 jxi7 ἵνα μὴ ὡς κατὰ ἀνάγκην τὸ ἀγαθόν σου ᾖ, ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον 1 I did not want your good deed to be from necessity but from good will "I did not want you to do this good deed because I commanded you to do it, but because you wanted to do it"
|
||||
PHM 1 14 ngg8 ἀλλὰ κατὰ ἑκούσιον 1 but from good will "but because you freely chose to do the right thing"
|
||||
PHM 1 15 q1dr figs-activepassive τάχα γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, ἵνα 1 Perhaps for this he was separated from you for a time, so that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Perhaps the reason God took Onesimus away from you for a time was so that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 15 q1dr figs-activepassive τάχα γὰρ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐχωρίσθη πρὸς ὥραν, ἵνα 1 Perhaps for this he was separated from you for a time, so that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Perhaps the reason God took Onesimus away from you for a time was so that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
PHM 1 15 fp5v πρὸς ὥραν 1 for a time "during this time"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 l3e4 ὑπὲρ δοῦλον 1 better than a slave "more valuable than a slave"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f8tz δοῦλον ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved brother "a dear brother" or "a precious brother in Christ"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f8tz δοῦλον ... ἀδελφὸν ἀγαπητόν 1 a beloved brother "a dear brother" or "a precious brother in Christ"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 f38v πόσῳ δὲ μᾶλλον σοὶ 1 much more so to you "he means even more to you"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 yub9 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ 1 in both the flesh "both as a man." Paul is referring to Onesimus' being a trustworthy servant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
PHM 1 16 scj1 ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord "as a brother in the Lord" or "because he belongs to the Lord"
|
||||
PHM 1 16 scj1 ἐν ... Κυρίῳ 1 in the Lord "as a brother in the Lord" or "because he belongs to the Lord"
|
||||
PHM 1 17 e1j2 0 if you have me as a partner "if you think of me as a fellow worker for Christ"
|
||||
PHM 1 18 u5m1 τοῦτο ἐμοὶ ἐλλόγα 1 charge that to me "say that I am the one who owes you"
|
||||
PHM 1 19 wb53 ἐγὼ, Παῦλος, ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1 I, Paul, write this with my own hand "I, Paul, write this myself." Paul wrote this part with his own hand so that Philemon would know that the words were really from Paul. Paul really would pay him.
|
||||
PHM 1 19 wb53 ἐγὼ Παῦλος ἔγραψα τῇ ἐμῇ χειρί 1 I, Paul, write this with my own hand "I, Paul, write this myself." Paul wrote this part with his own hand so that Philemon would know that the words were really from Paul. Paul really would pay him.
|
||||
PHM 1 19 gn6c figs-irony ἵνα μὴ λέγω σοι 1 not to mention "I do not need to remind you" or "You already know." Paul says he does not need to tell Philemon this, but then continues to tell him anyway. This emphasizes the truth of what Paul is telling him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
PHM 1 19 st7e figs-explicit καὶ σεαυτόν μοι προσοφείλεις 1 you owe me your own self "you owe me your own life." Paul was implying that Philemon should not say that Onesimus or Paul owed him anything because Philemon owed Paul even more. The reason Philemon owed Paul his life can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "you owe me much because I saved your life" or "you owe me your own life because what I told you saved your life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
PHM 1 20 j8lh figs-metaphor ἀνάπαυσόν μου τὰ σπλάγχνα ἐν Χριστῷ 1 refresh my heart in Christ Here "refresh" is a metaphor for comfort or encourage. Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's feelings, thoughts, or inner being. How Paul wanted Philemon refresh his heart can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "encourage me in Christ" or "comfort me in Christ" or "refresh my heart in Christ by accepting Onesimus kindly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ PHM 1 22 akw1 ἑτοίμαζέ μοι ξενίαν 1 prepare a guest room for
|
|||
PHM 1 22 ctr4 χαρισθήσομαι ὑμῖν 1 I will be given back to you "those who are keeping me in prison will set me free so that I can go to you."
|
||||
PHM 1 23 x2d8 translate-names Ἐπαφρᾶς 1 Epaphras This is a fellow believer and prisoner with Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 23 khx1 ὁ συναιχμάλωτός μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 my fellow prisoner in Christ Jesus "who is in prison with me because he serves Christ Jesus"
|
||||
PHM 1 24 si6p , Μᾶρκος,,, Ἀρίσταρχος Δημᾶς Λουκᾶς οἱ συνεργοί μου 1 So do Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers "Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers, also greet you"
|
||||
PHM 1 24 i5gc translate-names Μᾶρκος, Ἀρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς, 1 Mark ... Aristarchus ... Demas ... Luke These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 24 si6p Μᾶρκος, Ἀρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς, οἱ συνεργοί μου 1 So do Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers "Mark, Aristarchus, Demas, and Luke, my fellow workers, also greet you"
|
||||
PHM 1 24 i5gc translate-names Μᾶρκος, Ἀρίσταρχος, Δημᾶς, Λουκᾶς 1 Mark ... Aristarchus ... Demas ... Luke These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
PHM 1 24 gf6e οἱ συνεργοί μου 1 my fellow workers "the men who work with me" or "who all work with me."
|
||||
PHM 1 25 gq7p figs-you ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit The word "your" here refers to Philemon and all who met in his house. The words "your spirit" are a synecdoche and represent the people themselves. Alternate translation: "May our Lord Jesus Christ be kind to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
PHM 1 25 gq7p figs-you ἡ χάρις τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, μετὰ τοῦ πνεύματος ὑμῶν 1 May the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with your spirit The word "your" here refers to Philemon and all who met in his house. The words "your spirit" are a synecdoche and represent the people themselves. Alternate translation: "May our Lord Jesus Christ be kind to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1432.
|
154
en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
154
en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
|
|
@ -8,22 +8,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 2 a3gd κατὰ πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 according to the foreknowledge of God the Father "according to his own foreknowledge"
|
||||
1PE 1 2 ba1h figs-abstractnouns πρόγνωσιν Θεοῦ Πατρός 1 the foreknowledge of God the Father The abstract noun "foreknowledge" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Possible meanings are 1) God had determined what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: "what God the Father decided previously" or 2) God knew what would happen ahead of time. Alternate translation: "what God the Father knew beforehand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 i9kf figs-metonymy ῥαντισμὸν αἵματος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 for the sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ Here "the blood" refers to the death of Jesus. Just as Moses sprinkled blood on the people of Israel to symbolize their covenant with God, believers are in covenant with God because of Jesus' death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 2 z7df figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace be to you, and may your peace increase This passage speaks of grace as if it were an object that believers could possess, and of peace as if it were something that could increase in amount. Of course, grace is in reality the kind way God acts toward believers, and peace is how believers live in safety and joy with God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 y6aq 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the believers' salvation and faith. Here he elaborates on a metaphor in which what God promises to do for all believers is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he passes on to them.
|
||||
1PE 1 3 cyf6 figs-inclusive 0 our Lord Jesus Christ ... has given us new birth The words "our" and "us" refer to Peter and those to whom he is writing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 3 c92y ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 he has given us new birth "he has caused us to be born again"
|
||||
1PE 1 4 b2zy figs-abstractnouns εἰς κληρονομίαν 1 This is for an inheritance You can translate this using a verb. Alternate translation: "We confidently expect to receive an inheritance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 cy1g figs-metaphor κληρονομίαν 1 inheritance Receiving what God has promised believers is spoken of as if it were inheriting property and wealth from a family member. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 vr9s figs-metaphor ἄφθαρτον, ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 will not perish, will not become stained, and will not fade away Peter uses three similar phrases to describe the inheritance as something that is perfect and eternal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 vr9s figs-metaphor ἄφθαρτον ... ἀμίαντον, καὶ ἀμάραντον 1 will not perish, will not become stained, and will not fade away Peter uses three similar phrases to describe the inheritance as something that is perfect and eternal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 4 z6w4 figs-activepassive τετηρημένην ἐν οὐρανοῖς εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 It is reserved in heaven for you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is reserving it in heaven for you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους' δυνάμει 1 You are protected by God's power This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is protecting you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 fw3p figs-abstractnouns ἐν Θεοῦ' δυνάμει 1 by God's power Here "power" is a way of saying that God is strong and able to protect believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 r4es figs-activepassive τοὺς ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ φρουρουμένους 1 You are protected by God's power This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God is protecting you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 fw3p figs-abstractnouns ἐν δυνάμει Θεοῦ 1 by God's power Here "power" is a way of saying that God is strong and able to protect believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 a4ab figs-abstractnouns διὰ πίστεως 1 through faith Here "faith" refers to the fact that the believers trust in Christ. Alternate translation: "because of your faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 5 g4rb figs-activepassive ἑτοίμην ἀποκαλυφθῆναι 1 that is ready to be revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is ready to reveal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 6 hy8d ἐν ᾧ ἀγαλλιᾶσθε 1 You are very glad about this The word "this" refers to all the blessings that Peter mentions in the previous verses.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 vvp1 figs-metaphor ἵνα τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 This is for the proving of your faith In the same way in which fire refines gold, hardships test how well believers trust in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 7 ct3n τὸ δοκίμιον ὑμῶν τῆς πίστεως 1 the proving of your faith God wishes to test how well believers trust in Christ.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 u63m τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου, τοῦ, ἀπολλυμένου διὰ πυρὸς δοκιμαζομένου 1 faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes, even though it is tested by fire Faith is more valuable than gold, because gold does not last forever, even if it is refined in fire.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 u63m τῆς πίστεως πολυτιμότερον χρυσίου τοῦ ἀπολλυμένου, διὰ πυρὸς ... δοκιμαζομένου 1 faith, which is more precious than gold that perishes, even though it is tested by fire Faith is more valuable than gold, because gold does not last forever, even if it is refined in fire.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 a6q4 εὑρεθῇ εἰς ἔπαινον, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ τιμὴν 1 your faith will be found to result in praise, glory, and honor Possible meanings are 1) that "God will honor you very highly" because of your faith or 2) that "your faith will bring praise, glory, and honor" to God.
|
||||
1PE 1 7 bkr9 figs-activepassive ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 at the revealing of Jesus Christ "when Jesus Christ is revealed." This refers to the return of Christ. This can also be expressed with an active form. Alternate translation: "when Jesus Christ appears to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 8 eka3 χαρᾷ ἀνεκλαλήτῳ καὶ δεδοξασμένῃ 1 joy that is inexpressible and filled with glory "wonderful joy that words cannot describe"
|
||||
|
|
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 10 yyz4 figs-doublet ἐξεζήτησαν καὶ ἐξηραύνησαν 1 searched and inquired carefully The words "inquired carefully" mean basically the same thing as "searched." Together these words emphasize how hard the prophets tried to understand this salvation. Alternate translation: "examined very carefully" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 11 x5x8 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues talking about the prophets' search for salvation.
|
||||
1PE 1 11 r5jf ἐραυνῶντες 1 They searched to know "They tried to determine"
|
||||
1PE 1 11 w3n8 τὸ Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 the Spirit of Christ This is a reference to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
1PE 1 11 w3n8 τὸ ... Πνεῦμα Χριστοῦ 1 the Spirit of Christ This is a reference to the Holy Spirit.
|
||||
1PE 1 12 x4b1 figs-activepassive οἷς ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 It was revealed to them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God revealed to the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 12 xi4d εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι 1 into which angels long to look "that angels want to understand"
|
||||
1PE 1 13 bjg9 διὸ ἀναζωσάμενοι 1 So gird "Because of this, gird." Peter uses the word "So" here to refer back to everything he has said about salvation, their faith, and the Spirit of Christ giving revelations to the prophets.
|
||||
|
|
@ -42,37 +42,37 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 1 13 y771 figs-activepassive τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 the grace that will be brought to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the grace that God will bring to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 ut69 figs-metaphor τὴν φερομένην ὑμῖν χάριν 1 the grace that will be brought to you Here God's way of dealing kindly with believers is spoken of as if it were an object that he will bring to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 13 l45d figs-activepassive ἐν ἀποκαλύψει Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 when Jesus Christ is revealed This refers to when Christ returns. This can also be expressed with an active form. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: "when Jesus Christ appears to all people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 14 e4tb figs-idiom μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις 1 do not conform yourselves to the desires "do not desire the same things" Alternate translation: "do not live to gratify the desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 14 e4tb figs-idiom μὴ συνσχηματιζόμενοι ταῖς ... ἐπιθυμίαις 1 do not conform yourselves to the desires "do not desire the same things" Alternate translation: "do not live to gratify the desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 m1q7 figs-activepassive διότι ὅτι 1 For it is written This refers to God's message in the scripture. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For as God said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 16 s8kz ἅγιοι ἔσεσθε, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἅγιος 1 Be holy, because I am holy Here the word "I" refers to God.
|
||||
1PE 1 17 s6gv figs-metaphor τὸν τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον ἀναστράφητε 1 go through the time of your journey Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land away from their home. Alternate translation: "use the time you are living away from your true home" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 17 s6gv figs-metaphor τὸν ... τῆς παροικίας ὑμῶν χρόνον ἀναστράφητε 1 go through the time of your journey Peter speaks of his readers as if they were people living in a foreign land away from their home. Alternate translation: "use the time you are living away from your true home" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 18 q4pc figs-activepassive ἐλυτρώθητε 1 you have been redeemed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has redeemed you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 s4jd figs-metonymy τιμίῳ αἵματι Χριστοῦ 1 the precious blood of Christ Here "blood" stands for Christ's death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 s4jd figs-metonymy τιμίῳ αἵματι ... Χριστοῦ 1 the precious blood of Christ Here "blood" stands for Christ's death on the cross. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 gk6a figs-simile ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 like a lamb without blemish or spot Jesus died as a sacrifice so that God would forgive people's sins. Alternate translation: "like the lambs without blemish or spot that the Jewish priests sacrificed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 19 smu8 figs-doublet ἀμώμου καὶ ἀσπίλου 1 without blemish or spot Peter expresses the same idea in two different ways to emphasize Christ's purity. Alternate translation: "with no imperfections" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 msw5 figs-activepassive προεγνωσμένου μὲν 1 Christ was chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God chose Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 ky7a figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the foundation of the world You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "before God created the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 dkk2 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has revealed him to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 u7e3 figs-metaphor φανερωθέντος δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed to you Peter does not mean that his readers actually saw Christ, but that they learned the truth about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 dkk2 figs-activepassive φανερωθέντος ... δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has revealed him to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 1 20 u7e3 figs-metaphor φανερωθέντος ... δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 he has been revealed to you Peter does not mean that his readers actually saw Christ, but that they learned the truth about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 21 lt5u τὸν ἐγείραντα αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 who raised him from the dead Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: "who caused him to live again so that he was no longer among the dead"
|
||||
1PE 1 21 f7mn figs-abstractnouns καὶ δόξαν αὐτῷ δόντα 1 and gave him glory "and glorified him" or "and showed that he is glorious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 luj3 figs-synecdoche τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν ἡγνικότες 1 You made your souls pure Here the word "soul" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "You made yourselves pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 hj14 figs-metaphor ἡγνικότες 1 pure Here the idea of cleanliness refers to being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 qyt5 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὑπακοῇ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by obedience to the truth You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "by obeying the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 j777 φιλαδελφίαν 1 brotherly love This refers to love between fellow believers.
|
||||
1PE 1 22 e9wr figs-metonymy φιλαδελφίαν ἐκ καρδίας ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς 1 love one another earnestly from the heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or emotions. To love someone "from the heart" means to love some one completely with total commitment. Alternate translation: "love one another earnestly and completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 22 e9wr figs-metonymy φιλαδελφίαν ... ἐκ ... καρδίας, ἀλλήλους ἀγαπήσατε ἐκτενῶς 1 love one another earnestly from the heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's thoughts or emotions. To love someone "from the heart" means to love some one completely with total commitment. Alternate translation: "love one another earnestly and completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 w4v3 figs-metaphor ἀναγεγεννημένοι, οὐκ ἐκ σπορᾶς φθαρτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἀφθάρτου 1 born again, not from perishable seed, but from imperishable seed Possible meanings are that Peter speaks of the word of God either 1) as the seed of a plant that grows and produces new life in believers or 2) as the tiny cells inside a man or woman that combine to cause a baby to grow inside the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 nh9r ἀφθάρτου 1 imperishable seed seed that will not rot or dry up or die
|
||||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ καὶ μένοντος 1 through the living and remaining word of God Peter speaks of God's word as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 23 tjq9 figs-metonymy διὰ λόγου ζῶντος Θεοῦ, καὶ μένοντος 1 through the living and remaining word of God Peter speaks of God's word as if it were alive forever. In reality, it is God who lives forever, and whose instructions and promises last eternally. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 kyc5 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes a passage from the prophet Isaiah relating to what he has just said about them being born of imperishable seed.
|
||||
1PE 1 24 dr75 figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα αὐτῆς 1 All flesh is like grass, and all its The word "flesh" refers to humanity. The prophet Isaiah compares humanity to grass that grows and dies quickly. Alternate translation: "All people will die like grass dies, and all their" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile δόξα ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου 1 glory is like the wild flower of the grass Here the word "glory" refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: "goodness soon stops, just as flowers soon die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 25 aba2 τὸ ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord "the message that comes from the Lord"
|
||||
1PE 1 24 dr75 figs-metonymy πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος, καὶ πᾶσα ... αὐτῆς 1 All flesh is like grass, and all its The word "flesh" refers to humanity. The prophet Isaiah compares humanity to grass that grows and dies quickly. Alternate translation: "All people will die like grass dies, and all their" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile δόξα ... ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου 1 glory is like the wild flower of the grass Here the word "glory" refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: "goodness soon stops, just as flowers soon die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 1 25 aba2 τὸ ... ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord "the message that comes from the Lord"
|
||||
1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive 0 the gospel that was proclaimed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the gospel that we proclaimed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, the most important stone. The apostles and prophets are the foundation, the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to "long for pure spiritual milk," he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother's milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God's word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
1PE 2 1 cch5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching his readers about holiness and obedience.
|
||||
1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν καὶ πάντα δόλον καὶ,,,, ὑποκρίσεις καὶ φθόνους καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 Therefore put aside all evil, all deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and all slander These sinful actions are spoken of as if they were objects that people could throw away. The word "Therefore" here refers back to everything that Peter has said about being holy and obedient. Alternate translation: "So then, get rid of everything that is evil, and hypocrisy, and envy, and all slander" or "So then, stop being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-metaphor ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη, τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk Peter speaks of his readers as if they were babies. Babies requires very pure food, which they can digest easily. In the same way, believers need pure teaching from God's word. Alternate translation: "Just as babies long for their mother's breast milk, so you must yearn for pure spiritual milk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 Therefore put aside all evil, all deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and all slander These sinful actions are spoken of as if they were objects that people could throw away. The word "Therefore" here refers back to everything that Peter has said about being holy and obedient. Alternate translation: "So then, get rid of everything that is evil, and hypocrisy, and envy, and all slander" or "So then, stop being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-metaphor ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk Peter speaks of his readers as if they were babies. Babies requires very pure food, which they can digest easily. In the same way, believers need pure teaching from God's word. Alternate translation: "Just as babies long for their mother's breast milk, so you must yearn for pure spiritual milk" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 rm71 ἐπιποθήσατε 1 long for "desire intensely" or "yearn for"
|
||||
1PE 2 2 fn81 figs-metaphor τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα 1 pure spiritual milk Peter speaks of the word of God as if it were spiritual milk that nourished children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 2 vg76 figs-abstractnouns αὐξηθῆτε εἰς σωτηρίαν 1 you may grow in salvation Here the word "salvation" refers to when God brings the salvation of his people to completion when Jesus returns (see [1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md)). They were to increasingly act in ways that were consistent with this salvation. You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "you may grow up spiritually until God saves you completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,69 +80,69 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 2 3 tui9 figs-metaphor εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ Κύριος 1 if you have tasted that the Lord is kind Here to taste means to experience something personally. Alternate translation: "if you have experienced the Lord's kindness toward you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 sa2z figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Peter begins to tell a metaphor about Jesus and the believers being living stones. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 c4lu figs-metaphor πρὸς ὃν προσερχόμενοι λίθον ζῶντα 1 Come to him who is a living stone Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a stone in a building. Alternate translation: "Come to him who is like a stone in a building, but alive, not a dead stone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν λίθον ζῶντα 1 who is a living stone Possible meanings are 1) "who is a stone that is alive" or 2) "who is a stone that gives life."
|
||||
1PE 2 4 ihq2 ὃν ... λίθον ζῶντα 1 who is a living stone Possible meanings are 1) "who is a stone that is alive" or 2) "who is a stone that gives life."
|
||||
1PE 2 4 e8sy figs-activepassive ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπων μὲν ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον 1 that has been rejected by people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that people have rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 4 a438 figs-activepassive παρὰ δὲ Θεῷ ἐκλεκτὸν 1 but that has been chosen by God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but that God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 z11h figs-metaphor 0 You also are ... being built up to be a spiritual house Just as people used stones to build the temple in the Old Testament, believers are the materials that God is using to build a house in which he will live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 g33x figs-simile καὶ αὐτοὶ ὡς λίθοι ζῶντες 1 You also are like living stones Peter compares his readers to stones that are alive. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 that are being built up to be a spiritual house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is building into a spiritual house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 v3jw figs-activepassive οἰκοδομεῖσθε, οἶκος πνευματικὸς 1 that are being built up to be a spiritual house This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God is building into a spiritual house" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 5 i4bn figs-metonymy ἱεράτευμα ἅγιον ἀνενέγκαι πνευματικὰς θυσίας 1 a holy priesthood that offers the spiritual sacrifices Here the position of priesthood stands for the priests who fulfill its duties. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 ibi1 figs-metaphor διότι περιέχει ἐν Γραφῇ 1 Scripture contains this The scriptures are spoken of as if they were a container. This passage refers to the words that a person reads in scripture. Alternate translation: "This is what a prophet wrote in the scriptures long ago" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 q7jx ἰδοὺ 1 See The word "see" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον, ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον καὶ ὁ πιστεύων 1 a cornerstone, chosen and valuable God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: "a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 xsx8 figs-metaphor λίθον ἀκρογωνιαῖον 1 a cornerstone The prophet speaks of the Messiah as the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 klv2 figs-explicit λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον ἐκλεκτὸν ἔντιμον; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων 1 a cornerstone, chosen and valuable God is the one who chose the stone. Alternate translation: "a most important cornerstone, which I have chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 6 xsx8 figs-metaphor λίθον, ἀκρογωνιαῖον 1 a cornerstone The prophet speaks of the Messiah as the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 7 ze1c 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues quoting from the scriptures.
|
||||
1PE 2 7 uu3j figs-metaphor εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the stone that was rejected ... has become the head of the corner This is a metaphor that means people, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God has made him the most important stone in a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 7 i4jl figs-activepassive λίθος ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν οἱ οἰκοδομοῦντες 1 the stone that was rejected by the builders This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the stone that the builders rejected" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 7 ql12 εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner This refers to the most important stone in a building and means basically the same thing as "cornerstone" in [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md).
|
||||
1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-explicit λίθος προσκόμματος καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock that makes them fall These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that people will take offense at this "stone," which refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "a stone or a rock over which people will stumble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 8 ptx5 figs-explicit λίθος προσκόμματος, καὶ πέτρα σκανδάλου 1 A stone of stumbling and a rock that makes them fall These two phrases share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that people will take offense at this "stone," which refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "a stone or a rock over which people will stumble" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 8 h7ta 0 stumble because they disobey the word Here "the word" refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. "stumble because they are not believing the message about Jesus"
|
||||
1PE 2 8 sm6s figs-activepassive 0 which is what they were appointed to do This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for which God also appointed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 dc8m 0 General Information: In verse 10 Peter quotes a verse from the prophet Hosea. Some modern versions do not format this as a quote, which is also acceptable.
|
||||
1PE 2 9 zla9 figs-activepassive γένος ἐκλεκτόν 1 a chosen people You can clarify that God is the one who has chosen them. Alternate translation: "a people whom God has chosen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 g39z βασίλειον ἱεράτευμα 1 a royal priesthood Possible meanings are 1) "a group of kings and a group of priests" or 2) "a group of priests who serve the king."
|
||||
1PE 2 9 qk7f λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν' 1 a people for God's possession "a people who belong to God"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 ra7z ἐκ ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος 1 who called you out "who called you to come out"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 nvf5 figs-metaphor ἐκ σκότους εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς 1 from darkness into his marvelous light Here "darkness" refers to their condition as sinful people who did not know God, and "light" refers to their condition as people who do know God and practice righteousness. Alternate translation: "from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 9 qk7f λαὸς εἰς περιποίησιν 1 a people for God's possession "a people who belong to God"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 ra7z ἐκ ... ὑμᾶς καλέσαντος 1 who called you out "who called you to come out"
|
||||
1PE 2 9 nvf5 figs-metaphor ἐκ σκότους ... εἰς τὸ θαυμαστὸν αὐτοῦ φῶς 1 from darkness into his marvelous light Here "darkness" refers to their condition as sinful people who did not know God, and "light" refers to their condition as people who do know God and practice righteousness. Alternate translation: "from a life of sin and ignorance of God to a life of knowing and pleasing him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 jnr9 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about how to live Christian lives.
|
||||
1PE 2 11 ve9u figs-doublet παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 foreigners and exiles These two words mean basically the same thing. Peter speaks of his readers as people who are living in foreign lands away from their home. See how you translated "foreigners" in [1 Peter 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 ubn9 figs-metaphor ἀπέχεσθαι τῶν σαρκικῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν 1 to abstain from fleshly desires Here the idea of flesh refers to the sinful nature of humanity in this fallen world. Alternate translation: "to not to give in to sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 11 x3q5 figs-metonymy στρατεύονται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς 1 make war against your soul Here the word "soul" refers to a person's spiritual life. Peter speaks of sinful desires as soldiers that are trying to destroy the spiritual life of believers. Alternate translation: "seek to destroy your spiritual life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 b5nv figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ἔχοντες καλήν 1 You should have good behavior The abstract noun "behavior" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "You should behave well" or "You should behave in a good way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 b5nv figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀναστροφὴν ὑμῶν ... ἔχοντες καλήν 1 You should have good behavior The abstract noun "behavior" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "You should behave well" or "You should behave in a good way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 mkt4 0 if they speak about you as "if they accuse you of"
|
||||
1PE 2 12 w3yn figs-abstractnouns ἐκ τῶν καλῶν ἔργων ἐποπτεύοντες 1 they may observe your good works The abstract noun "works" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "they may observe the good things that you do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 12 s2ji figs-explicit ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς 1 on the day of his coming "on the day when he comes." This refers to the day when God will judge all people. Alternate translation: "when he comes to judge everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 13 c484 διὰ τὸν Κύριον' 1 for the Lord's sake Possible meanings are 1) that by obeying human authorities, they are obeying the Lord who established those authorities or 2) that by obeying human authorities, they will honor Jesus who also obeyed human authorities.
|
||||
1PE 2 12 s2ji figs-explicit ἐν ... ἡμέρᾳ ἐπισκοπῆς 1 on the day of his coming "on the day when he comes." This refers to the day when God will judge all people. Alternate translation: "when he comes to judge everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 2 13 c484 διὰ τὸν Κύριον 1 for the Lord's sake Possible meanings are 1) that by obeying human authorities, they are obeying the Lord who established those authorities or 2) that by obeying human authorities, they will honor Jesus who also obeyed human authorities.
|
||||
1PE 2 13 al6q βασιλεῖ ὡς ὑπερέχοντι 1 the king as supreme "the king as the highest human authority"
|
||||
1PE 2 14 y1l2 figs-activepassive ὡς δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις εἰς ἐκδίκησιν 1 who are sent to punish This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the king has sent to punish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 14 y1l2 figs-activepassive ὡς δι’ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένοις, εἰς ἐκδίκησιν 1 who are sent to punish This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the king has sent to punish" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 15 mh6s ἀγαθοποιοῦντας φιμοῦν τὴν τῶν ἀφρόνων ἀνθρώπων ἀγνωσίαν 1 in doing good you silence the ignorant talk of foolish people "by doing good you stop foolish people from speaking about things that they do not know"
|
||||
1PE 2 16 y9pg figs-metaphor ὡς ἐπικάλυμμα τῆς κακίας 1 as a covering for wickedness Peter speaks of their condition as free people as something that they should not use to hide sinful behavior. Alternate translation: "as an excuse to do wicked things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 16 y9pg figs-metaphor ὡς ... ἐπικάλυμμα ... τῆς κακίας 1 as a covering for wickedness Peter speaks of their condition as free people as something that they should not use to hide sinful behavior. Alternate translation: "as an excuse to do wicked things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 17 gwy8 τὴν ἀδελφότητα 1 the brotherhood This refers to all Christian believers.
|
||||
1PE 2 18 w2nc 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to people who are servants in people's houses.
|
||||
1PE 2 18 xgk8 figs-doublet τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν 1 the good and gentle masters Here the words "good" and "gentle" share similar meanings and emphasize that such masters treat their servants kindly. Alternate translation: "the very kind masters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 2 18 a6gc τοῖς σκολιοῖς 1 the malicious ones "the cruel ones" or "the mean ones"
|
||||
1PE 2 18 xgk8 figs-doublet τοῖς ... ἀγαθοῖς καὶ ἐπιεικέσιν 1 the good and gentle masters Here the words "good" and "gentle" share similar meanings and emphasize that such masters treat their servants kindly. Alternate translation: "the very kind masters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 2 18 a6gc τοῖς ... σκολιοῖς 1 the malicious ones "the cruel ones" or "the mean ones"
|
||||
1PE 2 19 r1h1 τοῦτο γὰρ χάρις 1 it is praiseworthy "it is deserving of praise" or "it is pleasing to God"
|
||||
1PE 2 19 zm8e 0 endures pain ... because of his awareness of God Possible meanings of the original passage are 1) that this person accepts suffering because he knows he is obeying God or 2) that this person is able to endure unjust punishment because he knows that God knows how he is suffering.
|
||||
1PE 2 20 y5ue figs-rquestion 0 For how much credit is there ... while being punished? Peter asks this question to emphasize that there is nothing praiseworthy about suffering for doing something wrong. Alternate translation: "For there is no credit ... while being punished." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 pr8b figs-activepassive κολαφιζόμενοι 1 while being punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "while someone punishes you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 20 ly9f figs-activepassive πάσχοντες ὑπομενεῖτε 1 you suffer while being punished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you suffer while someone punishes you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 c1jn 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues speaking to people who are servants in people's houses.
|
||||
1PE 2 21 xit1 figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 it is to this that you were called Here the word "this" refers to believers enduring while suffering for doing good, as Peter has just described. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has called you to this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 si3l figs-metaphor ὑμῖν ἵνα ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 for you to follow in his steps "so that you would follow his footprints." Peter speaks of following Jesus' example in the way that they suffer as if one were walking on the same path that Jesus had taken. Alternate translation: "so that you would imitate his behavior" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 xit1 figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ... ἐκλήθητε 1 it is to this that you were called Here the word "this" refers to believers enduring while suffering for doing good, as Peter has just described. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has called you to this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 21 si3l figs-metaphor ὑμῖν ... ἵνα ἐπακολουθήσητε τοῖς ἴχνεσιν αὐτοῦ 1 for you to follow in his steps "so that you would follow his footprints." Peter speaks of following Jesus' example in the way that they suffer as if one were walking on the same path that Jesus had taken. Alternate translation: "so that you would imitate his behavior" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 tyz4 figs-activepassive οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was any deceit found in his mouth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "neither did anyone find deceit in his mouth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 22 lw1u figs-metonymy οὐδὲ εὑρέθη δόλος ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ 1 neither was any deceit found in his mouth Here "deceit" refers to words that a person speaks that are intended to deceive other people. Alternate translation: "neither did he speak any lies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 lj4a figs-activepassive ὃς λοιδορούμενος, οὐκ ἀντελοιδόρει 1 When he was reviled, he did not revile back To "revile" someone is to speak abusively to another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When people insulted him, he did not insult them back" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 23 gqb5 παρεδίδου τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως 1 gave himself to the one who judges justly "he entrusted himself to the one who judges justly." This means that he trusted God to take away his shame, which had been put on him by those who treated him harshly.
|
||||
1PE 2 23 gqb5 παρεδίδου ... τῷ κρίνοντι δικαίως 1 gave himself to the one who judges justly "he entrusted himself to the one who judges justly." This means that he trusted God to take away his shame, which had been put on him by those who treated him harshly.
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k5fm 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues talking about Jesus Christ. He is still speaking to people who are servants.
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k632 figs-rpronouns ὃς αὐτὸς 1 He himself This refers to Jesus, with emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w49m figs-metonymy τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον 1 carried our sins in his body to the tree Here "carried our sins" means he suffered the punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: "suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 k632 figs-rpronouns ὃς ... αὐτὸς 1 He himself This refers to Jesus, with emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 w49m figs-metonymy τὰς ἁμαρτίας ἡμῶν ... ἀνήνεγκεν ἐν τῷ σώματι αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ ξύλον 1 carried our sins in his body to the tree Here "carried our sins" means he suffered the punishment for our sins. Alternate translation: "suffered the punishment for our sins in his body on the tree" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 zl8e figs-metonymy τὸ ξύλον 1 the tree This is a reference to the cross on which Jesus died, which was made of wood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 By his bruises you have been healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has healed you because people bruised him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 you had been wandering away like lost sheep Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep wandering around aimlessly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε ... ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 you had been wandering away like lost sheep Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep wandering around aimlessly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd. Just as a shepherd protects his sheep, Jesus protects those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Outward ornaments"<br><br>Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.<br><br>##### Unity<br><br>Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to women who are wives.
|
||||
1PE 3 1 cj7z ὁμοίως, γυναῖκες ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 In this way, you who are wives should submit to your own husbands Just as believers are to "Obey every human authority" ([1 Peter 2:13](../02/13.md)) and servants are to "be subject" to their masters ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), wives are to submit to their husbands. The words "Obey," "be subject," and "submit" translate the same word.
|
||||
1PE 3 1 cj7z ὁμοίως, γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 In this way, you who are wives should submit to your own husbands Just as believers are to "Obey every human authority" ([1 Peter 2:13](../02/13.md)) and servants are to "be subject" to their masters ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), wives are to submit to their husbands. The words "Obey," "be subject," and "submit" translate the same word.
|
||||
1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some men are disobedient to the word Here "the word" refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: "some men do not believe the message about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 bs56 figs-idiom κερδηθήσονται 1 they may be won "they may be persuaded to believe in Christ." This means that the unbelieving husbands will become believers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "they may become believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 1 qp4q figs-ellipsis ἄνευ λόγου 1 without a word "without the wife saying a word." Here "a word" refers to anything the wife might speak about Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -153,45 +153,45 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 3 4 l2yq figs-metonymy ὁ κρυπτὸς τῆς καρδίας ἄνθρωπος 1 the inner person of the heart Here the words "inner person" and "heart" refer to the inward character and personality of a person. Alternate translation: "what you really are on the inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 3 4 gbw9 τοῦ πραέως καὶ ἡσυχίου πνεύματος 1 a gentle and quiet spirit "a gentle and peaceful attitude." Here the word "quiet" means "peaceful" or "calm." The word "spirit" refers to a person's attitude or temperament.
|
||||
1PE 3 4 j5bu figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ πολυτελές 1 which is precious before God Peter speaks of God's opinion of a person as if that person were standing directly in front of him. Alternate translation: "which God considers to be precious" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 called him her lord said that he was her lord, that is, her master
|
||||
1PE 3 6 j1tp κύριον”, αὐτὸν καλοῦσα 1 called him her lord said that he was her lord, that is, her master
|
||||
1PE 3 6 t3xl figs-metaphor ἧς ἐγενήθητε τέκνα 1 You are now her children Peter says that believing women who act as Sarah acted can be thought of as if they were her actual children. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 lbc2 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to men who are husbands.
|
||||
1PE 3 7 f5ay ὁμοίως 1 In the same way This refers back to how Sarah and other godly women obeyed their husbands in [1 Peter 3:5](../03/05.md) and [1 Peter 3:6](../03/06.md).
|
||||
1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει, τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 wives according to understanding, as with a weaker container, a woman Peter speaks of women as if they were containers, as men are sometimes also spoken of. The abstract noun "understanding" can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "wives, understanding that the woman is the weaker partner" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 give them honor as fellow heirs of the grace of life You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "honor them because they will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 eq1z figs-metaphor συνοικοῦντες κατὰ γνῶσιν, ὡς ἀσθενεστέρῳ σκεύει τῷ γυναικείῳ 1 wives according to understanding, as with a weaker container, a woman Peter speaks of women as if they were containers, as men are sometimes also spoken of. The abstract noun "understanding" can also be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "wives, understanding that the woman is the weaker partner" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 a88w figs-abstractnouns ἀπονέμοντες τιμήν ὡς ... συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 give them honor as fellow heirs of the grace of life You can translate this using verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "honor them because they will also receive by grace the eternal life that God gives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 n4rf figs-metaphor συνκληρονόμοις χάριτος ζωῆς 1 heirs of the grace of life Eternal life is often spoken of as if it were something that people inherit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dv7t figs-explicit εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι 1 Do this Here "this" refers to the ways husbands should treat their wives. Alternate translation: "Live with your wives in this way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 7 dwm6 figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ μὴ ἐνκόπτεσθαι τὰς προσευχὰς ὑμῶν 1 so that your prayers will not be hindered To "hinder" is to prevent something from happening. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that nothing will hinder your prayers" or "so that nothing will keep you from praying as you should" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 8 nk97 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak again to all of the believers.
|
||||
1PE 3 8 f5y7 ὁμόφρονες 1 be likeminded "have the same opinion and be" or "have the same attitude and be"
|
||||
1PE 3 8 rut5 εὔσπλαγχνοι 1 tenderhearted being gentle and compassionate towards others
|
||||
1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil for evil or insult for insult Peter speaks of responding to the actions of another person as remitting payment for those actions. Alternate translation: "Do not do evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 z5u3 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποδιδόντες κακὸν ἀντὶ κακοῦ, ἢ λοιδορίαν ἀντὶ λοιδορίας 1 Do not pay back evil for evil or insult for insult Peter speaks of responding to the actions of another person as remitting payment for those actions. Alternate translation: "Do not do evil to someone who does evil to you or insult someone who insults you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 t6il figs-explicit εὐλογοῦντες 1 continue to bless You can clarify the object of blessing. Alternate translation: "continue to bless those who do evil to you or insult you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 w5df figs-activepassive εἰς τοῦτο ἐκλήθητε 1 for this you were called This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God called you for this" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 9 n3xc figs-metaphor ἵνα εὐλογίαν κληρονομήσητε 1 that you might inherit a blessing Peter speaks of receiving God's blessing as receiving an inheritance. Alternate translation: "that you might receive God's blessing as your permanent possession" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 dpf2 figs-explicit 0 General Information: In these verses Peter quotes from the Psalms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 p9bl figs-parallelism ζωὴν ἀγαπᾶν, καὶ ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 to love life and see good days These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the desire to have a good life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 t5en figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν ἡμέρας ἀγαθὰς 1 see good days Here experiencing good things is spoken of as seeing good things. The word "days" refers to one's lifetime. Alternate translation: "experience good things during life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit The words "tongue" and "lips" refer to the person who is speaking. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: "stop saying evil and deceitful things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 Let him turn away from what is bad Here "turn away" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "Let him stop doing what is bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 10 wq2b figs-parallelism παυσάτω τὴν γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ κακοῦ, καὶ χείλη τοῦ μὴ λαλῆσαι δόλον 1 stop his tongue from evil and his lips from speaking deceit The words "tongue" and "lips" refer to the person who is speaking. These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the command not to lie. Alternate translation: "stop saying evil and deceitful things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 3 11 n5sr figs-metaphor ἐκκλινάτω ... ἀπὸ κακοῦ 1 Let him turn away from what is bad Here "turn away" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "Let him stop doing what is bad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 yn5l figs-synecdoche ὀφθαλμοὶ Κυρίου ἐπὶ δικαίους 1 The eyes of the Lord see the righteous The word "eyes" refers to the Lord's ability to know things. The Lord's approval of the righteous is spoken of as his seeing them. Alternate translation: "The Lord sees the righteous" or "The Lord approves of the righteous" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 r5xf figs-synecdoche ὦτα αὐτοῦ εἰς δέησιν αὐτῶν 1 his ears hear their requests The word "ears" refers to the Lord's awareness of what people say. That the Lord hears their requests implies that he also responds to them. Alternate translation: "he hears their requests" or "he grants their requests" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 t22b figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 the face of the Lord is against The word "face" refers to the Lord's will to oppose his enemies. Opposing someone is spoken of as setting one's face against that person. Alternate translation: "the Lord opposes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 12 t22b figs-synecdoche πρόσωπον ... Κυρίου ἐπὶ 1 the face of the Lord is against The word "face" refers to the Lord's will to oppose his enemies. Opposing someone is spoken of as setting one's face against that person. Alternate translation: "the Lord opposes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 13 wkw4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching the believers how to live Christian lives.
|
||||
1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε? 1 Who is the one who will harm you if you are eager to do what is good? Peter asks this question to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they do good things. Alternate translation: "No one will harm you if you do good things." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 3 13 e1ma figs-rquestion τίς ὁ κακώσων ὑμᾶς, ἐὰν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ζηλωταὶ γένησθε 1 Who is the one who will harm you if you are eager to do what is good? Peter asks this question to emphasize that it is unlikely that someone would harm them if they do good things. Alternate translation: "No one will harm you if you do good things." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f6ch figs-abstractnouns πάσχοιτε διὰ δικαιοσύνην 1 suffer because of righteousness You can translate this with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "suffer because you do what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 xg3m figs-activepassive μακάριοι 1 you are blessed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will bless you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν μὴ φοβηθῆτε. μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 Do not fear what they fear. Do not be troubled These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of what people might do to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 f9u8 figs-parallelism τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν, μὴ φοβηθῆτε μηδὲ ταραχθῆτε 1 Do not fear what they fear. Do not be troubled These two phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that believers should not be afraid of those who persecute them. Alternate translation: "Do not be afraid of what people might do to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 3 14 yz6y τὸν δὲ φόβον αὐτῶν 1 what they fear Here the word "they" refers to anyone who might try to harm those to whom Peter is writing.
|
||||
1PE 3 15 ju58 δὲ, ἁγιάσατε 1 Instead, set apart "Instead of being troubled, set apart"
|
||||
1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 set apart the Lord Christ in your hearts as holy The phrase "set apart the Lord Christ ... as holy" is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ's holiness. Here "hearts" is a metonym for the "inner person." Alternate translation: "acknowledge within yourselves that the Lord Christ is holy" or "honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 15 ju58 δὲ ... ἁγιάσατε 1 Instead, set apart "Instead of being troubled, set apart"
|
||||
1PE 3 15 vgv7 figs-metaphor Κύριον ... τὸν Χριστὸν ἁγιάσατε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 set apart the Lord Christ in your hearts as holy The phrase "set apart the Lord Christ ... as holy" is a metaphor for acknowledging Christ's holiness. Here "hearts" is a metonym for the "inner person." Alternate translation: "acknowledge within yourselves that the Lord Christ is holy" or "honor the Lord Christ as holy within yourselves" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 me4u 0 Connecting Statement: Peter explains how Christ suffered and what Christ accomplished by suffering.
|
||||
1PE 3 18 kz83 figs-inclusive 0 suffered for us The word "us" includes the people Peter was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 g1xd figs-metaphor ἵνα ὑμᾶς προσαγάγῃ τῷ Θεῷ 1 so that he would bring us to God Peter probably means here that Christ died in order to create a close relationship between us and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς σαρκὶ 1 He was put to death in the flesh Here "flesh" refers to Christ's body; Christ was physically put to death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People put Christ to death physically" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς Πνεύματι 1 he was made alive by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit made him alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 j5lh figs-metaphor θανατωθεὶς ... σαρκὶ 1 He was put to death in the flesh Here "flesh" refers to Christ's body; Christ was physically put to death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "People put Christ to death physically" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 h6v4 figs-activepassive ζῳοποιηθεὶς ... Πνεύματι 1 he was made alive by the Spirit This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Spirit made him alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 3 18 n7nh Πνεύματι 1 by the Spirit Possible meanings are 1) by the Holy Spirit's power or 2) in a spiritual existence.
|
||||
1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ, πορευθεὶς 1 By the Spirit, he went Possible meanings are 1) "By the Holy Spirit's power, he went" or 2) "In his spiritual existence, he went."
|
||||
1PE 3 19 hp82 ἐν ᾧ ... πορευθεὶς 1 By the Spirit, he went Possible meanings are 1) "By the Holy Spirit's power, he went" or 2) "In his spiritual existence, he went."
|
||||
1PE 3 19 ez3d τοῖς ἐν φυλακῇ πνεύμασιν 1 the spirits who are now in prison Possible meanings of the word "spirits" are 1) "evil spirits" or 2) "spirits of the dead people."
|
||||
1PE 3 20 s7qm figs-personification ὅτε ἀπεξεδέχετο ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ μακροθυμία 1 when the patience of God was waiting The word "patience" is a metonym for God himself. Peter writes of God's patience as if it is a person. Alternate translation: "when God was waiting patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 3 20 c6mi figs-activepassive ἐν ἡμέραις Νῶε, κατασκευαζομένης κιβωτοῦ 1 in the days of Noah, in the days of the building of an ark This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "during the time of Noah, when he was building an ark" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -204,8 +204,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase "arm yourselves" makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures "the same intention" as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: "prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 1 vjw2 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh Here "flesh" means "body." Alternate translation: "in his body" or "while here on earth"
|
||||
1PE 4 1 d66g πέπαυται ἁμαρτίας 1 has ceased from sin "has stopped sinning"
|
||||
1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις' 1 for men's desires for the things that sinful people normally desire
|
||||
1PE 4 3 rp5p πότοις, κώμοις 1 drunken celebrations, having wild parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner.
|
||||
1PE 4 2 gbb6 ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμίαις 1 for men's desires for the things that sinful people normally desire
|
||||
1PE 4 3 rp5p κώμοις, πότοις 1 drunken celebrations, having wild parties These terms refer to activities in which people gather to drink alcohol excessively and behave in a shameful manner.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 q6k6 τῆς ἀσωτίας ἀνάχυσιν 1 floods of reckless behavior These examples of wild, boundless sin are spoken of as if they were great floods of water that sweep over people.
|
||||
1PE 4 4 w1d8 τῆς ἀσωτίας 1 reckless behavior doing everything they can to satisfy the desires of their bodies
|
||||
1PE 4 5 xw39 τῷ ἑτοίμως ἔχοντι κρῖναι 1 the one who is ready to judge Possible meanings are 1) "God, who is ready to judge" or 2) "Christ, who is ready to judge"
|
||||
|
|
@ -214,13 +214,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 6 ql11 figs-activepassive εὐηγγελίσθη 1 the gospel was preached This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) Christ preached. Alternate translation: "Christ preached the gospel" or 2) men preached. Alternate translation: "men preached the gospel" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 hsg6 figs-activepassive κριθῶσι μὲν κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 they have been judged in the flesh as humans This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) God judged them in this life on earth. Alternate translation: "God judged them in their bodies as humans" or 2) men judged them according to human standards. Alternate translation: "men judged them in their bodies as humans" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 s72f figs-euphemism κριθῶσι μὲν κατὰ ἀνθρώπους σαρκὶ 1 judged in the flesh as humans This is a reference to death as the ultimate form of judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 live in the spirit the way God does Possible meanings are 1) "live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so" or 2) "live according to God's standards by the power of the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων τὸ τέλος 1 The end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ's second coming.
|
||||
1PE 4 6 h154 ζῶσι ... κατὰ Θεὸν πνεύματι 1 live in the spirit the way God does Possible meanings are 1) "live spiritually as God lives because the Holy Spirit will enable them to do so" or 2) "live according to God's standards by the power of the Holy Spirit"
|
||||
1PE 4 7 e445 πάντων ... τὸ τέλος 1 The end of all things This refers to the end of the world at Christ's second coming.
|
||||
1PE 4 7 qs1t figs-metaphor ἤγγικεν 1 is coming The end that will happen soon is spoken of as if it is physically coming closer in distance. Alternate translation: "will soon happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε, καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober in your thinking These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 ubd4 figs-parallelism σωφρονήσατε ... καὶ νήψατε 1 be of sound mind, and be sober in your thinking These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Peter uses them to emphasize the need to think clearly about life since the end of the world is near. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 7 k5hh figs-idiom νήψατε 1 be sober in your thinking Here the word "sober" refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "control your thoughts" or "be careful about what you think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 4 8 x6ac πρὸ πάντων 1 Above all things "Most importantly of all"
|
||||
1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification τὴν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀγάπην ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes "love" as if it were a person who places a cover over the sins of others. Possible meanings are 1) "for a person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned" or 2) "for a person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 8 f1lr figs-personification τὴν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀγάπην ... ὅτι ἀγάπη καλύψει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν 1 for love covers a multitude of sins Peter describes "love" as if it were a person who places a cover over the sins of others. Possible meanings are 1) "for a person who loves will not try to find out if another person has sinned" or 2) "for a person who loves will forgive the sins of other people, even if those sins are many" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 9 g3vw φιλόξενοι 1 Be hospitable Show kindness to and welcome guests and travelers
|
||||
1PE 4 10 xvj3 figs-explicit ἕκαστος καθὼς ἔλαβεν χάρισμα 1 As each one of you has received a gift This refers to special spiritual abilities that God gives to believers. Alternate translation: "Because each one of you has received a special spiritual ability as a gift from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1PE 4 11 ir6x figs-activepassive ἵνα ἐν πᾶσιν δοξάζηται ὁ Θεὸς 1 so that in all ways God would be glorified This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that in all ways you will glorify God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -228,49 +228,49 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1PE 4 12 vw9s figs-metaphor τῇ ἐν ὑμῖν πυρώσει πρὸς πειρασμὸν ὑμῖν γινομένῃ 1 the testing in the fire that has happened to you In the same way that fire refines gold, trials test and refine a person's faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 rgb5 figs-doublet χαρῆτε ἀγαλλιώμενοι 1 rejoice and be glad These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of joy. Alternate translation: "rejoice even more" or "be very glad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 13 mhj1 ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 at the revealing of his glory "when God reveals Christ's glory"
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν Χριστοῦ' ὀνόματι 1 If you are insulted for Christ's name Here the word "name" refers to Christ himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If people insult you because you believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i6ul figs-activepassive εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀνόματι Χριστοῦ 1 If you are insulted for Christ's name Here the word "name" refers to Christ himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If people insult you because you believe in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 i1kq figs-parallelism τὸ τῆς δόξης καὶ τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit of glory and the Spirit of God Both of these refer to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "the Spirit of glory, who is the Spirit of God" or "the glorious Spirit of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1PE 4 14 nx6p ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἀναπαύεται 1 is resting on you is staying with you
|
||||
1PE 4 15 nr6n ὡς ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so.
|
||||
1PE 4 15 nr6n ὡς ... ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος 1 a meddler This refers to a person who gets involved with the affairs of others without having a right to do so.
|
||||
1PE 4 16 xm8z ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 with that name "because he bears the name Christian" or "because people have recognized him as a Christian." The words "that name" refer to the word "Christian."
|
||||
1PE 4 17 x9np figs-metaphor οἴκου τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 household of God This phrase refers to believers, whom Peter speaks of as God's family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ? πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν δὲ τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ' ἀπειθούντων 1 If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel? Peter use this question to emphasize that God's judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: "If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel will be much worse." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 c8ke figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ πρῶτον ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 If it begins with us, what will be the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel? Peter use this question to emphasize that God's judgment will be more severe for people who reject the gospel than for believers. Alternate translation: "If it begins with us, the outcome for those who do not obey God's gospel will be much worse." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 17 z9zc τί τὸ τέλος τῶν ἀπειθούντων 1 what will be the outcome for those "what will happen to those"
|
||||
1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ' εὐαγγελίῳ 1 those who do not obey God's gospel "those who do not believe God's gospel." Here the word "obey" means to believe.
|
||||
1PE 4 17 l3db τῶν ἀπειθούντων τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγελίῳ 1 those who do not obey God's gospel "those who do not believe God's gospel." Here the word "obey" means to believe.
|
||||
1PE 4 18 w8ke figs-rquestion ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the righteous ... what will become of the ungodly and the sinner? Peter use this question to emphasize that sinners will suffer much more than believers do. Alternate translation: "the righteous man ... the outcome will be much worse for the ungodly and the sinner." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 what will become of the ungodly and the sinner "what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner"
|
||||
1PE 4 18 ms54 ὁ ... ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς ποῦ φανεῖται 1 what will become of the ungodly and the sinner "what will happen to the ungodly and the sinner"
|
||||
1PE 4 18 t762 figs-activepassive εἰ ὁ δίκαιος μόλις σῴζεται 1 If it is difficult for the righteous to be saved Here the word "saved" refers to final salvation when Christ returns. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If the righteous person experiences many difficulties before God saves him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words "ungodly" and "sinner" mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: "ungodly sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ... ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words "ungodly" and "sinner" mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: "ungodly sinners" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 entrust their souls Here the word "souls" refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: "entrust themselves" or "entrust their lives" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ- 1 in well-doing The abstract noun "well-doing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "while they do good" or "while they live rightly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun "well-doing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "while they do good" or "while they live rightly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God's people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God's people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>##### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders.
|
||||
1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 the glory that will be revealed This is a reference to Christ's second coming. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the glory of Christ that God will reveal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὸ ἐν ὑμῖν ποίμνιον 1 Be shepherds of God's flock Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 lta9 figs-metaphor μηδ’ ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων., ἀλλὰ τύποι γινόμενοι 1 Do not act as a master over the people ... Instead, be an example Elders are to lead by example and not act toward the people as a harsh master would toward his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τὸ ἐν ὑμῖν ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Be shepherds of God's flock Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 lta9 figs-metaphor μηδ’ ὡς κατακυριεύοντες τῶν κλήρων, ἀλλὰ τύποι γινόμενοι 1 Do not act as a master over the people ... Instead, be an example Elders are to lead by example and not act toward the people as a harsh master would toward his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 3 xwr3 figs-abstractnouns τῶν κλήρων 1 who are in your care You can translate this using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "whom God has placed in your care" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 td11 figs-metaphor καὶ φανερωθέντος τοῦ ἀρχιποίμενος 1 Then when the Chief Shepherd is revealed Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd who had authority over all other shepherds. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "When Jesus, the Chief Shepherd, appears" or "When God reveals Jesus, the Chief Shepherd" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 ll4r figs-metaphor τὸν ἀμαράντινον τῆς δόξης στέφανον 1 an unfading crown of glory Here the word "crown" represents the reward that someone receives as a symbol of victory. The word "unfading" means that it is eternal. Alternate translation: "a glorious prize that will last forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 4 c6h3 τῆς δόξης 1 of glory glorious
|
||||
1PE 5 5 qm2h 0 General Information: Peter gives an instruction specifically to younger men and then continues to instruct all of the believers.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 x6c2 ὁμοίως 1 In the same way This refers back to the way the elders were to submit to the Chief Shepherd as Peter described in [1 Peter 5:1](../05/01.md) through [1 Peter 5:4](../05/04.md).
|
||||
1PE 5 5 uh4n πάντες δὲ 1 All of you This refers to all believers, not just the younger men.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 uh4n πάντες, δὲ 1 All of you This refers to all believers, not just the younger men.
|
||||
1PE 5 5 r6s6 figs-metaphor τὴν ταπεινοφροσύνην ἐγκομβώσασθε 1 clothe yourselves with humility Peter speaks of having the moral quality of humility as putting on a piece of clothing. Alternate translation: "act humbly toward each other" or "act with humility" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 6 bie6 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ' τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα ἵνα 1 under God's mighty hand so Here the word "hand" refers to God's power to save the humble and punish the proud. Alternate translation: "under God's great power so" or "before God, realizing that he has great power, so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 6 bie6 figs-metonymy ὑπὸ τὴν κραταιὰν χεῖρα τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα 1 under God's mighty hand so Here the word "hand" refers to God's power to save the humble and punish the proud. Alternate translation: "under God's great power so" or "before God, realizing that he has great power, so" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 7 c1uu figs-metaphor πᾶσαν τὴν μέριμναν ὑμῶν ἐπιρίψαντες ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Cast all your anxiety on him Peter speaks of anxiety as if it were a heavy burden that a person places on God, rather than carrying it himself. Alternate translation: "Trust him with everything that worries you" or "Let him take care of all the things that trouble you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 k9nt figs-idiom νήψατε 1 Be sober Here the word "sober" refers to mental clarity and alertness. See how you translated this in [1 Peter 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: "Control your thoughts" or "Be careful about what you think" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 tl7i figs-simile ὠρυόμενος,, περιπατεῖ ὡς λέων διάβολος, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν. 1 the devil, is stalking around like a roaring lion ... looking for someone to devour Peter compares the devil to a roaring lion. Just as a hungry lion completely devours its prey, the devil is seeking to completely destroy the faith of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 tl7i figs-simile διάβολος, ὡς λέων ὠρυόμενος περιπατεῖ, ζητῶν τινα καταπιεῖν 1 the devil, is stalking around like a roaring lion ... looking for someone to devour Peter compares the devil to a roaring lion. Just as a hungry lion completely devours its prey, the devil is seeking to completely destroy the faith of believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
1PE 5 8 l4u5 περιπατεῖ 1 stalking around "walking about" or "walking about and hunting"
|
||||
1PE 5 9 c5z9 figs-metonymy ᾧ ἀντίστητε 1 Stand against him Standing is a metonym for fighting. Alternate translation: "Fight against him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 v451 figs-metaphor ὑμῶν ἀδελφότητι 1 your community Peter speaks of fellow believers as members of the same community. Alternate translation: "your fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 9 i4ur ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world "in various places throughout the world"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 eex1 0 General Information: This is the end of Peter's letter. Here he gives his final remarks about his letter and his closing greetings.
|
||||
1PE 5 10 suu9 ὀλίγον 1 for a little while "for a short time"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 p648 ὁ Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 the God of all grace Here the word "grace" may refer either to the things that God gives or to God's character. Possible meanings are 1) "the God who always gives us what we need" or 2) "the God who is always gracious."
|
||||
1PE 5 10 lwz6 ὁ καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 who called you to his eternal glory in Christ "who chose you to share his eternal glory in heaven because you are joined to Christ"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 p648 ὁ ... Θεὸς πάσης χάριτος 1 the God of all grace Here the word "grace" may refer either to the things that God gives or to God's character. Possible meanings are 1) "the God who always gives us what we need" or 2) "the God who is always gracious."
|
||||
1PE 5 10 lwz6 ὁ ... καλέσας ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν ἐν Χριστῷ 1 who called you to his eternal glory in Christ "who chose you to share his eternal glory in heaven because you are joined to Christ"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 qf2h αὐτὸς καταρτίσει 1 perfect you "make you perfect" or "restore you" or "make you well again"
|
||||
1PE 5 10 j2nt figs-metaphor θεμελιώσει, στηρίξει σθενώσει 1 establish you, and strengthen you These two expressions have similar meanings, that is, that God will enable the believers to trust in him and to obey him regardless of any suffering they may experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 an6q διὰ Σιλουανοῦ ὑμῖν δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 I have written to you briefly through him Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter.
|
||||
1PE 5 10 j2nt figs-metaphor στηρίξει, σθενώσει, θεμελιώσει 1 establish you, and strengthen you These two expressions have similar meanings, that is, that God will enable the believers to trust in him and to obey him regardless of any suffering they may experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 an6q διὰ Σιλουανοῦ, ὑμῖν ... δι’ ὀλίγων ἔγραψα 1 I have written to you briefly through him Silvanus wrote the words that Peter told him to write in the letter.
|
||||
1PE 5 12 g1t6 figs-metonymy ταύτην εἶναι ἀληθῆ χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 what I have written is the true grace of God "I have written about the true grace of God." Here the word "grace" refers to the gospel message, which tells of the kind things that God has done for believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1PE 5 12 nm72 figs-metaphor εἰς ἣν στῆτε 1 Stand in it The word "it" refers to "the true grace of God." Being strongly committed to this grace is spoken of as standing firmly in one place, refusing to move. Alternate translation: "Remain strongly committed to it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 The woman who is in Babylon Here "The woman" probably refers to the group of believers who live in "Babylon." Possible meanings for "Babylon" are 1) it is a symbol for the city of Rome, 2) it is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering, or 3) it refers literally to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 625.
|
121
en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
121
en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
|
|
@ -3,26 +3,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Knowledge of God<br>Having knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, "knowledge" is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is a knowledge that causes God to save a person and to give him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>##### Living godly lives<br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is like they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### The truth of Scripture<br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God's message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.<br>
|
||||
2PE 1 1 n1di 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers he is writing to.
|
||||
2PE 1 1 v381 δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 slave and apostle of Jesus Christ Peter speaks of being Jesus Christ's servant. He also was given the position and authority of being Christ's apostle.
|
||||
2PE 1 1 yy7j figs-explicit τοῖς ἰσότιμον λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 to those who have received the same precious faith That these people have received faith implies that God has given that faith to them. Alternate translation: "to those to whom God has given the same precious faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 mbg7 τοῖς λαχοῦσιν 1 to those who have received "to you who have received." Peter addresses all believers who may read this letter.
|
||||
2PE 1 1 yy7j figs-explicit τοῖς ἰσότιμον ... λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 to those who have received the same precious faith That these people have received faith implies that God has given that faith to them. Alternate translation: "to those to whom God has given the same precious faith" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 1 mbg7 τοῖς ... λαχοῦσιν 1 to those who have received "to you who have received." Peter addresses all believers who may read this letter.
|
||||
2PE 1 1 y157 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 we have received Here the word "we" refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to those to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: "we apostles have received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 y7l9 figs-explicit χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase in measure God is the one who will give grace and peace to believers. Alternate translation: "May God increase your grace and your peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 n59n figs-metaphor χάρις καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase Peter speaks of peace as if it were an object that could increase in size or numbers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 vq19 figs-abstractnouns πληθυνθείη ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 y7l9 figs-explicit χάρις ... καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase in measure God is the one who will give grace and peace to believers. Alternate translation: "May God increase your grace and your peace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 n59n figs-metaphor χάρις ... καὶ εἰρήνη πληθυνθείη 1 May grace and peace increase Peter speaks of peace as if it were an object that could increase in size or numbers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 2 vq19 figs-abstractnouns πληθυνθείη ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 in the knowledge of God and of Jesus our Lord You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 ywj9 0 General Information: Peter begins to teach the believers about living godly lives.
|
||||
2PE 1 3 epx9 figs-hendiadys πρὸς ζωὴν καὶ εὐσέβειαν 1 for life and godliness Here "godliness" describes the word "life." Alternate translation: "for a godly life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 3 an3z figs-inclusive τοῦ καλέσαντος ἡμᾶς 1 who called us Here the word "us" refers to Peter and his audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 4 m91m δι’ ὧν 1 Through these Here "these" refers to "his own glory and virtue."
|
||||
2PE 1 4 f42f γένησθε κοινωνοὶ 1 you might be sharers "you might share"
|
||||
2PE 1 4 yk7g θείας φύσεως 1 the divine nature what God is like
|
||||
2PE 1 4 f42f γένησθε ... κοινωνοὶ 1 you might be sharers "you might share"
|
||||
2PE 1 4 yk7g θείας ... φύσεως 1 the divine nature what God is like
|
||||
2PE 1 4 p2yj figs-metaphor ἀποφυγόντες τῆς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ φθορᾶς 1 having escaped the corruption in the world that is caused by evil desires Peter speaks of people not suffering from the corruption that wicked desires cause as if they were escaping from that corruption. The word "corruption" is an abstract noun that can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "and so that the wicked desires in this world will no longer corrupt you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 5 exd9 figs-explicit αὐτὸ τοῦτο 1 For this reason This refers to what Peter has just said in the previous verses. Alternate translation: "Because of what God has done" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 1 7 a8ti τὴν φιλαδελφίαν 1 brotherly affection This refers to love for a friend or family member and likely means love for ones spiritual family.
|
||||
2PE 1 8 jz77 ταῦτα 1 these things This refers to faith, virtue, knowledge, self-control, endurance, godliness, brotherly affection, and love, which Peter mentioned in the previous verses.
|
||||
2PE 1 8 l7yj figs-metaphor πλεονάζοντα οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 you will not be barren or unfruitful Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he is a field that will not produce a crop. This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "you will produce and be fruitful" or "you will be effective" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 l7yj figs-metaphor πλεονάζοντα, οὐκ ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους καθίστησιν 1 you will not be barren or unfruitful Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he is a field that will not produce a crop. This can be stated in positive terms. Alternate translation: "you will produce and be fruitful" or "you will be effective" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 f9qm figs-doublet ἀργοὺς οὐδὲ ἀκάρπους 1 barren or unfruitful These words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this person will not be productive or experience any benefits from knowing Jesus. Alternate translation: "unproductive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 1 8 ppd8 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐπίγνωσιν 1 in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gg2c ᾧ μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα 1 whoever lacks these things any person who does not have these things
|
||||
2PE 1 8 ppd8 figs-abstractnouns εἰς τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ἐπίγνωσιν 1 in the knowledge of our Lord Jesus Christ You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "through your knowing God and Jesus our Lord" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gg2c ᾧ ... μὴ πάρεστιν ταῦτα 1 whoever lacks these things any person who does not have these things
|
||||
2PE 1 9 h6fn figs-metaphor τυφλός ἐστιν μυωπάζων 1 is so nearsighted that he is blind Peter speaks of a person who does not possess these qualities as if he were a nearsighted or blind person because he does not understand their value. Alternate translation: "is like a shortsighted person who cannot see their importance" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 9 gq4d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ τῶν πάλαι αὐτοῦ ἁμαρτιῶν 1 he has been cleansed from his past sins You can use a verb to translate this. Alternate translation: "that God has cleansed him from his old sins" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 1 10 raa1 figs-doublet βεβαίαν ὑμῶν τὴν κλῆσιν καὶ ἐκλογὴν ποιεῖσθαι 1 make your calling and election sure The words "calling" and "election" share similar meanings and refer to God's choosing them to belong to him. Alternate translation: "make sure that God has really chosen you to belong to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -30,22 +30,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 11 f45v figs-activepassive πλουσίως ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται ὑμῖν ἡ εἴσοδος εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον βασιλείαν 1 there will be richly provided for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will richly provide for you an entrance into the eternal kingdom" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 11 k1e4 ἡ εἴσοδος 1 an entrance the opportunity to enter
|
||||
2PE 1 12 du69 0 Connecting Statement: Peter tells the believers about his obligation to continue reminding them and teaching them.
|
||||
2PE 1 12 l2kh ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the truth "you strongly believe the truth of these things"
|
||||
2PE 1 12 l2kh ἐστηριγμένους ἐν τῇ ... ἀληθείᾳ 1 you are strong in the truth "you strongly believe the truth of these things"
|
||||
2PE 1 13 vmj2 figs-metaphor διεγείρειν ὑμᾶς ἐν ὑπομνήσει 1 to stir you up by way of reminder Here the word "stir" means to awaken someone from sleep. Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: "to remind you of these things so that you will think about them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 13 ax2a figs-metaphor ἐφ’ ὅσον εἰμὶ ἐν τούτῳ τῷ σκηνώματι 1 as long as I am in this tent Peter speaks of his body as if it were a tent that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: "as long as I am in this body" or "as long as I am alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 14 j8f5 figs-metaphor ταχινή ἐστιν ἡ ἀπόθεσις τοῦ σκηνώματός μου 1 the putting off of my tent will be soon Peter speaks of his body as if it were a tent that he is wearing and will take off. Being in his body represents being alive, and taking it off represents dying. Alternate translation: "I will soon take off this body" or "I will die soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 15 c2iw ἑκάστοτε ἔχειν ὑμᾶς τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι 1 you may be always able to remember these things Here the words "these things" refers to everything that Peter has said in the previous verses.
|
||||
2PE 1 15 c2iw ἑκάστοτε, ἔχειν ὑμᾶς ... τὴν ... τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι 1 you may be always able to remember these things Here the words "these things" refers to everything that Peter has said in the previous verses.
|
||||
2PE 1 15 alg8 figs-metaphor μετὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ἔξοδον 1 after my departure Peter speaks of his death as if he were leaving one place to go to another. Alternate translation: "after my death" or "after I die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 k3rm 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to explain his teachings to the believers and explains why they are trustworthy.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 vc99 figs-exclusive οὐ γὰρ σεσοφισμένοις μύθοις ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 For we did not follow cleverly invented myths Here the word "we" refers to Peter and the other apostles, but not to his readers. Alternate translation: "For we apostles did not follow cleverly made-up stories" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 jwy8 figs-hendiadys τὴν δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 the power and the coming These two phrases may refer to the same thing and be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: "the powerful coming" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 zs6v τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ παρουσίαν 1 the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or 2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 jwy8 figs-hendiadys τὴν ... δύναμιν καὶ παρουσίαν 1 the power and the coming These two phrases may refer to the same thing and be translated as a single phrase. Alternate translation: "the powerful coming" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
|
||||
2PE 1 16 zs6v τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ... παρουσίαν 1 the coming of our Lord Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) the future second coming of the Lord Jesus or 2) the first coming of the Lord Jesus.
|
||||
2PE 1 16 v4kd figs-inclusive τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 our Lord Jesus Christ Here the word "our" refers to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when he heard a voice come from the Majestic Glory" or "when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him" or "when the Majestic Glory spoke to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 yd8g figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης οὗτός 1 the Majestic Glory saying Peter refers to God in terms of his glory. This is a euphemism that avoids using God's name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: "God, the Supreme Glory, saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 We ourselves heard this voice brought from heaven With the word "We," Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: "We ourselves heard this voice that came from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 chy4 ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 heard this voice brought from heaven "heard the voice of the one who spoke from heaven"
|
||||
2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ ὄντες 1 we were with him "we were with Jesus"
|
||||
2PE 1 17 m33h figs-activepassive φωνῆς ἐνεχθείσης αὐτῷ ... ὑπὸ τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης 1 when a voice was brought to him by the Majestic Glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "when he heard a voice come from the Majestic Glory" or "when he heard the voice of the Majestic Glory speak to him" or "when the Majestic Glory spoke to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 17 yd8g figs-metonymy τῆς Μεγαλοπρεποῦς Δόξης ... οὗτός 1 the Majestic Glory saying Peter refers to God in terms of his glory. This is a euphemism that avoids using God's name, out of reverence for him. Alternate translation: "God, the Supreme Glory, saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 ezn2 figs-exclusive ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 We ourselves heard this voice brought from heaven With the word "We," Peter is referring to himself and to the disciples James and John, who heard the voice of God. Alternate translation: "We ourselves heard this voice that came from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 18 chy4 ταύτην τὴν φωνὴν ... ἠκούσαμεν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐνεχθεῖσαν 1 heard this voice brought from heaven "heard the voice of the one who spoke from heaven"
|
||||
2PE 1 18 mlm9 σὺν αὐτῷ, ὄντες 1 we were with him "we were with Jesus"
|
||||
2PE 1 19 km3l 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 1 19 h498 figs-explicit καὶ ἔχομεν βεβαιότερον τὸν προφητικὸν λόγον 1 For we have this prophetic word made more sure The things that Peter and the other apostles saw, which he described in the previous verses, confirm what the prophets spoke. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "For the things that we saw make this prophetic message more sure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 z3na figs-inclusive καὶ ἔχομεν 1 For we have Here the word "we" refers to all believers, including Peter and his readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -54,23 +54,23 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 1 19 xt8i figs-simile ὡς λύχνῳ φαίνοντι ἐν αὐχμηρῷ τόπῳ, ἕως οὗ ἡμέρα διαυγάσῃ 1 as to a lamp shining in a dark place, until the day dawns Peter compares the prophetic word to a lamp that gives light in the dark until light comes in the morning. The coming of morning is a reference to Christ's coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 kc3l figs-metaphor φωσφόρος ἀνατείλῃ ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ὑμῶν 1 the morning star rises in your hearts Peter speaks of Christ as the "morning star," which indicates that daybreak and the end of darkness is near. Christ will bring light into the hearts of believers, ending all doubt and bringing full understanding of who he is. Here "hearts" is a metonym for people's minds. Alternate translation: "Christ shines his light into your hearts like the morning star shines its light into the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 1 19 bl8s φωσφόρος 1 the morning star The "morning star" refers to the planet Venus, which sometimes rises just before the sun and indicates that daybreak is near.
|
||||
2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον, γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand "Most importantly, you must understand"
|
||||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 προφητεία ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται' 1 no prophecy comes from someone's own interpretation Possible meanings are 1) the prophets did not make their prophecies on their own or 2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand the prophecies or 3) people must interpret the prophecies with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
|
||||
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God when they were carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks of the Holy Spirit helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit was carrying them from one place to another. Alternate translation: "men spoke from God as the Holy Spirit directed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand "Most importantly, you must understand"
|
||||
2PE 1 20 s4k2 προφητεία ... ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 no prophecy comes from someone's own interpretation Possible meanings are 1) the prophets did not make their prophecies on their own or 2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand the prophecies or 3) people must interpret the prophecies with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
|
||||
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God when they were carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks of the Holy Spirit helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit was carrying them from one place to another. Alternate translation: "men spoke from God as the Holy Spirit directed them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Flesh<br><br>"Flesh" is a metaphor for a person's sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. "Flesh" represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>##### Implicit information<br>There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
|
||||
2PE 2 1 us8u 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 l2cg ἐγένοντο ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ λαῷ καὶ ἐν, ὑμῖν ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι 1 False prophets came to the people, and false teachers will also come to you Just as false prophets came deceiving Israel with their words, so will false teachers come teaching lies about Christ.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 l2cg ἐγένοντο ... ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ λαῷ ... καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι 1 False prophets came to the people, and false teachers will also come to you Just as false prophets came deceiving Israel with their words, so will false teachers come teaching lies about Christ.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 tbz8 αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 destructive heresies The word "heresies" refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. These heresies destroy the faith of those who believe them.
|
||||
2PE 2 1 g99z figs-metaphor τὸν ἀγοράσαντα αὐτοὺς Δεσπότην 1 the master who bought them The word "master" here refers to a person who owns slaves. Peter speaks of Jesus as the owner of people whom he has bought, the price being his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 2 z53e ταῖς ἀσελγείαις 1 sensuality immoral sexual behavior
|
||||
2PE 2 2 nzx7 figs-activepassive ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ἀληθείας βλασφημηθήσεται 1 the way of truth will be blasphemed The phrase "way of truth" refers to the Christian faith as the true path to God. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "unbelievers will blaspheme the way of truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 dl1k πλαστοῖς λόγοις ὑμᾶς ἐμπορεύσονται 1 exploit you with deceptive words "convince you to give them money by telling you lies"
|
||||
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-personification οἷς τὸ κρίμα οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep Peter speaks of "condemnation" and "destruction" as if they are persons who act. The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how soon the false teachers will be condemned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: "God will soon condemn them; he is ready to destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 k359 figs-personification οἷς τὸ κρίμα ... οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep Peter speaks of "condemnation" and "destruction" as if they are persons who act. The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize how soon the false teachers will be condemned. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
2PE 2 3 c57u figs-doublenegatives οἷς τὸ κρίμα ... οὐκ ἀργεῖ, καὶ ἡ ἀπώλεια αὐτῶν οὐ νυστάζει 1 their condemnation has not been idle, and their destruction is not asleep You can translate these phrases with verbs in positive terms. Alternate translation: "God will soon condemn them; he is ready to destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 s115 0 Connecting Statement: Peter gives examples of people who acted against God and whom God punished because of what they did.
|
||||
2PE 2 4 pr13 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 did not spare "did not refrain from punishing" or "punished"
|
||||
2PE 2 4 b54v translate-names ταρταρώσας 1 he handed them down to Tartarus The word "Tartarus" is a term from Greek religion that refers to the place where evil spirits and wicked men who have died are punished. Alternate translation: "he cast them into hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 h7uj figs-activepassive σειροῖς ζόφου ταρταρώσας τηρουμένους 1 to be kept in chains of lower darkness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "where he will keep them in chains of lower darkness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 h7uj figs-activepassive σειροῖς ζόφου ταρταρώσας ... τηρουμένους 1 to be kept in chains of lower darkness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "where he will keep them in chains of lower darkness" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 uzy2 figs-metaphor σειροῖς ζόφου 1 in chains of lower darkness Possible meanings are 1) "in chains in a very dark place" or 2) "in very deep darkness that imprisons them like chains." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 4 c2ak εἰς κρίσιν 1 until the judgment This refers to the day of judgment when God will judge every person.
|
||||
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here the word "world" refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: "he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -81,20 +81,20 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 7 fm1p 0 Connecting Statement: Peter gives an example of Lot, whom God rescued out from among men who deserved punishment.
|
||||
2PE 2 7 k79d τῆς τῶν ἀθέσμων ἐν ἀσελγείᾳ ἀναστροφῆς 1 the sensual behavior of lawless people "the immoral behavior of people who broke God's law"
|
||||
2PE 2 8 b1ba ὁ δίκαιος 1 that righteous man This refers to Lot.
|
||||
2PE 2 8 hpi4 figs-synecdoche ψυχὴν δικαίαν ἐβασάνιζεν 1 was tormented in his righteous soul Here the word "soul" refers to Lot's thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: "was greatly disturbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 8 hpi4 figs-synecdoche ψυχὴν δικαίαν ... ἐβασάνιζεν 1 was tormented in his righteous soul Here the word "soul" refers to Lot's thoughts and emotions. The immoral behavior of the citizens of Sodom and Gomorrah disturbed him emotionally. Alternate translation: "was greatly disturbed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 skh8 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins describing the characteristics of unrighteous men.
|
||||
2PE 2 10 c9e5 μάλιστα 1 This is especially true The word "this" refers to God keeping unrighteous men in prison until judgment day in [2 Peter 2:9](../02/09.md).
|
||||
2PE 2 10 eb1k τοὺς σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ πορευομένους 1 those who continue in the corrupt desires of the flesh Here the phrase "desires of the flesh" refers to the desires of the sinful nature. Alternate translation: "those who continue to indulge their corrupt, sinful desires"
|
||||
2PE 2 10 eb1k τοὺς ... σαρκὸς ἐν ἐπιθυμίᾳ μιασμοῦ πορευομένους 1 those who continue in the corrupt desires of the flesh Here the phrase "desires of the flesh" refers to the desires of the sinful nature. Alternate translation: "those who continue to indulge their corrupt, sinful desires"
|
||||
2PE 2 10 axr4 κυριότητος καταφρονοῦντας 1 despise authority "refuse to submit to God's authority." Here the word "authority" probably refers to God's authority.
|
||||
2PE 2 10 n7n8 figs-metonymy κυριότητος 1 authority Here "authority" stands for God, who has the right to give commands and to punish disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις- 1 self-willed "do whatever they want to do"
|
||||
2PE 2 10 esb2 αὐθάδεις 1 self-willed "do whatever they want to do"
|
||||
2PE 2 10 s7l1 δόξας 1 the glorious ones This phrase refers to spiritual beings, such as angels or demons.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 u2jk ἰσχύϊ καὶ δυνάμει μείζονες 1 greater strength and power "more strength and power than the false teachers"
|
||||
2PE 2 11 v1qt οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 they do not bring insulting judgments against them The word "they" refers to angels. Possible meanings for the word "them" are 1) the glorious ones or 2) the false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 zi6p figs-metaphor φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 bring insulting judgments against them The idea that angels could accuse them is spoken of as if they could attack them using accusations as weapons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι. ἄλογα ζῷα γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ ὡς εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Just as animals cannot reason, these men cannot be reasoned with. Alternate translation: "these false teachers are like unreasoning animals who are made to be captured and destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 11 v1qt οὐ φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν ... βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 they do not bring insulting judgments against them The word "they" refers to angels. Possible meanings for the word "them" are 1) the glorious ones or 2) the false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 2 11 zi6p figs-metaphor φέρουσιν κατ’ αὐτῶν ... βλάσφημον κρίσιν 1 bring insulting judgments against them The idea that angels could accuse them is spoken of as if they could attack them using accusations as weapons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 y4bl figs-metaphor οὗτοι ... ὡς ἄλογα ζῷα, γεγεννημένα φυσικὰ εἰς ἅλωσιν καὶ φθοράν 1 these unreasoning animals are naturally made for capture and destruction. Just as animals cannot reason, these men cannot be reasoned with. Alternate translation: "these false teachers are like unreasoning animals who are made to be captured and destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 ipd4 ἀγνοοῦσιν βλασφημοῦντες 1 They do not know what they insult They speak evil of what they do not know or understand.
|
||||
2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 They will be destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 12 jw8d figs-activepassive ἐν ... τῇ φθορᾷ αὐτῶν καὶ φθαρήσονται 1 They will be destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will destroy them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 p7g7 figs-irony ἀδικούμενοι μισθὸν ἀδικίας 1 They will receive the reward of their wrongdoing Peter speaks of the punishment that the false teachers will receive as if it were a reward. Alternate translation: "They will receive what they deserve for their wrongdoing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
2PE 2 13 e62s 0 luxury during the day Here the word "luxury" refers to immoral activity that includes gluttony, drunkenness, and sexual activity. Doing these things during the day indicates that these people are not ashamed of this behavior.
|
||||
2PE 2 13 u1rc figs-metaphor σπίλοι καὶ μῶμοι 1 They are stains and blemishes The words "stains" and "blemishes" share similar meanings. Peter speaks of the false teachers as if they were stains on a garment that cause shame for those who wear it. Alternate translation: "They are like stains and blemishes on clothes, which cause disgrace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -102,48 +102,49 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 2 14 a22r ἀκαταπαύστους ἁμαρτίας 1 they are never satisfied with sin Although they sin in order to satisfy their lusts, the sin that they commit never satisfies.
|
||||
2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 They entice unstable souls Here the word "souls" refers to persons. Alternate translation: "They entice unstable people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας 1 hearts trained in covetousness Here the word "hearts" refers to the thoughts and emotions of the person. Because of their habitual actions, they have trained themselves to think and act out of covetousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 15 et62 καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν ἐπλανήθησαν ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 They have abandoned the right way and have wandered off to follow "These false teachers have abandoned the right way and have gone astray to follow." The false teachers have refused to be obedient to God because they have rejected what is right.
|
||||
2PE 2 15 et62 καταλειπόντες εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν, ἐπλανήθησαν ἐξακολουθήσαντες 1 They have abandoned the right way and have wandered off to follow "These false teachers have abandoned the right way and have gone astray to follow." The false teachers have refused to be obedient to God because they have rejected what is right.
|
||||
2PE 2 15 ky5q figs-metaphor εὐθεῖαν ὁδὸν 1 the right way Right behavior that honors God is spoken of as if it were a path to follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 z37w figs-abstractnouns ἔλεγξιν ἔσχεν 1 he obtained a rebuke You can specify it was God who rebuked Balaam. Alternate translation: "God rebuked him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 z37w figs-abstractnouns ἔλεγξιν ... ἔσχεν 1 he obtained a rebuke You can specify it was God who rebuked Balaam. Alternate translation: "God rebuked him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 g9dr ὑποζύγιον ἄφωνον ἐν ἀνθρώπου φωνῇ φθεγξάμενον 1 a mute donkey speaking in a human voice A donkey, which is naturally unable to speak, spoke with a voice like a human.
|
||||
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-metonymy ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου' παραφρονίαν 1 stopped the prophet's insanity God used a donkey to stop the prophet's foolish action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 16 tf38 figs-metonymy ἐκώλυσεν τὴν τοῦ προφήτου παραφρονίαν 1 stopped the prophet's insanity God used a donkey to stop the prophet's foolish action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 t137 figs-metaphor οὗτοί εἰσιν πηγαὶ ἄνυδροι 1 These men are springs without water Springs flowing with water promise refreshment for thirsty people, but "springs without water" will leave the thirsty disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 hzu1 figs-metaphor ὁμίχλαι ὑπὸ λαίλαπος ἐλαυνόμεναι 1 mists driven by a storm When people see storm clouds, they expect rain to fall. When the winds from the storm blow the clouds away before the rain can fall, the people are disappointed. In the same way, false teachers, although they promise many things, are unable to do what they promise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 17 xe3y figs-activepassive οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους τετήρηται 1 The gloom of thick darkness is reserved for them The word "them" refers to the false teachers. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has reserved the gloom of thick darkness for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 cxt8 ὑπέρογκα ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι 1 They speak with vain arrogance They use impressive but meaningless words.
|
||||
2PE 2 18 cxt8 ὑπέρογκα ... ματαιότητος φθεγγόμενοι 1 They speak with vain arrogance They use impressive but meaningless words.
|
||||
2PE 2 18 f8tg δελεάζουσιν ἐν ἐπιθυμίαις σαρκὸς ἀσελγείαις 1 They entice people through the lusts of the flesh They appeal to the sinful nature to engage people in immoral and sinful actions.
|
||||
2PE 2 18 nks3 figs-explicit τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας τοὺς ἐν πλάνῃ ἀναστρεφομένους 1 people who try to escape from those who live in error This phrase refers to people who recently became believers. The phrase "those who live in error" refers to unbelievers who still live in sin. Alternate translation: "people who try to live rightly, instead of living sinfully as they used to and as other people do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 2 18 jec8 figs-metaphor τοὺς ὀλίγως ἀποφεύγοντας 1 people who try to escape Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 uyw6 figs-metaphor ἐλευθερίαν αὐτοῖς ἐπαγγελλόμενοι, αὐτοὶ δοῦλοι ὑπάρχοντες τῆς φθορᾶς 1 They promise freedom to them, but they themselves are slaves of corruption "Freedom" here is an idiom for the ability to live exactly as one wants. Alternate translation: "They promise to give them the ability to live exactly as they want to live, but they themselves cannot escape their own sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 v5tt figs-metaphor 0 promise freedom ... slaves of corruption Peter speaks of people who live sinfully as if they are slaves to sin who need to be released from their captivity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται δεδούλωται 1 For a man is a slave to whatever overcomes him Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: "For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 19 b79v figs-metaphor ᾧ γάρ τις ἥττηται ... δεδούλωται 1 For a man is a slave to whatever overcomes him Peter speaks of a person as a slave when anything has control over that person, and that thing as the master of that person. Alternate translation: "For if something has control over a person, that person becomes like a slave to that thing" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d6ra 0 Connecting Statement: The words "they" and "them" refer to the false teachers Peter speaks of in verses 12-19.
|
||||
2PE 2 20 q96i 0 If they have escaped ... and are again entangled ... and overcome, the last state has become worse ... than the first This sentence is a description of a conditional statement that is true. The false teachers had at one time "escaped," but if they are again entangled ... and overcome," then "the last state has become worse ... than the first."
|
||||
2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the corruption of the world The word "defilements" refers to sinful behavior that makes one morally impure. The "world" refers to human society. Alternate translation: "the defiling practices of sinful human society" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [2 Peter 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: "by knowing the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ... καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ You can translate "knowledge" using a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [2 Peter 1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: "by knowing the Lord and Savior Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 2 20 d42g γέγονεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ἔσχατα χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last state has become worse for them than the first "their condition is worse than it was before"
|
||||
2PE 2 21 pm7b figs-metaphor τὴν ὁδὸν τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the way of righteousness Peter speaks of life as a "way" or path. This phrase refers to living a life that is according to God's will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 turn away from the holy commandment Here "turn away from" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "stop obeying the holy commandment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: "the holy commandment that God delivered to them" or "the holy commandment that God made sure that they received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς ... ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 turn away from the holy commandment Here "turn away from" is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: "stop obeying the holy commandment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς ... παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: "the holy commandment that God delivered to them" or "the holy commandment that God made sure that they received" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 hqr3 συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This proverb is true for them "This proverb applies to them" or "This proverb describes them"
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί ὗς λουσαμένη εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known "the way of righteousness," have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα”, καί,
|
||||
“ ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known "the way of righteousness," have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
|
||||
2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Fire<br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, it is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>##### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile "like a thief in the night" means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
|
||||
2PE 3 1 n92f 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the last days.
|
||||
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 to stir up your sincere mind Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: "to cause you to think pure thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken in the past by the holy prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the words that the holy prophets spoke in the past" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν ... τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 to stir up your sincere mind Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: "to cause you to think pure thoughts" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken in the past by the holy prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the words that the holy prophets spoke in the past" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 2 yhi7 figs-activepassive τῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων ὑμῶν ἐντολῆς τοῦ Κυρίου καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 the command of our Lord and Savior given through your apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the command of our Lord and Savior, which your apostles gave to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 lm1a τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Know this first "Know this as the most important thing." See how you translated this in [2 Peter 1:20](../01/20.md).
|
||||
2PE 3 3 znh2 figs-explicit κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῶν πορευόμενοι 1 proceed according to their own desires Here the word "desires" refers to sinful desires that are opposed to God's will. Alternate translation: "live according to their own sinful desires" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 3 hl23 πορευόμενοι 1 proceed act, behave
|
||||
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ? 1 Where is the promise of his return? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. The word "promise" refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: "The promise that Jesus would return is not true! He will not return!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 zrj7 figs-rquestion ποῦ ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία τῆς παρουσίας αὐτοῦ 1 Where is the promise of his return? The mockers ask this rhetorical question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus will return. The word "promise" refers to the fulfillment of the promise that Jesus will return. Alternate translation: "The promise that Jesus would return is not true! He will not return!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 t6hl figs-euphemism οἱ πατέρες ἐκοιμήθησαν 1 our fathers fell asleep Here "fathers" refers to ancestors who lived long ago. Falling asleep is a euphemism for dying. Alternate translation: "our ancestors died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει, ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things have stayed the same, since the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word "all", and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 c2en figs-hyperbole πάντα οὕτως διαμένει ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 all things have stayed the same, since the beginning of creation The mockers exaggerate with the word "all", and they argue that since nothing in the world has ever changed, it cannot be true that Jesus will return. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
2PE 3 4 yue7 figs-abstractnouns ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς κτίσεως 1 since the beginning of creation This can be translated as a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "since God created the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 mku9 figs-activepassive 0 the heavens and the earth came to exist ... long ago, by God's command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God established the heavens and the earth ... long ago by his word" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 5 s77f ἦσαν ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος 1 came to exist out of water and through water This means that God caused the land to come up out of the water, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
|
||||
2PE 3 5 s77f ἦσαν ... ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος 1 came to exist out of water and through water This means that God caused the land to come up out of the water, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
|
||||
2PE 3 6 jh4r δι’ ὧν 1 through these things Here "these things" refers to God's word and water.
|
||||
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὁ τότε κόσμος ἀπώλετο, ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 the world of that time was destroyed, being flooded with water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν πυρὶ 1 the heavens and the earth are reserved for fire by that same command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God, by that same word, has reserved the heavens and the earth for fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὁ τότε κόσμος ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς ἀπώλετο 1 the world of that time was destroyed, being flooded with water This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God flooded the world that existed at that time with water and destroyed it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 b2in figs-activepassive οἱ ... οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ, τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τεθησαυρισμένοι εἰσὶν, πυρὶ 1 the heavens and the earth are reserved for fire by that same command This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God, by that same word, has reserved the heavens and the earth for fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 e673 τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ 1 that same command Here "command" stands for God, who will give the command: AT "God, who will give a similar command"
|
||||
2PE 3 7 jl5d figs-activepassive τηρούμενοι εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως 1 They are reserved for the day of judgment This can be stated in active form and can begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: "He is reserving them for the day of judgment" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 7 y3gg figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἡμέραν κρίσεως καὶ ἀπωλείας τῶν ἀσεβῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 for the day of judgment and the destruction of the ungodly people This can be stated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "for the day when he judges and destroys ungodly people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -152,30 +153,30 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2PE 3 9 zv9m οὐ βραδύνει Κύριος τῆς ἐπαγγελίας 1 The Lord does not move slowly concerning his promises "The Lord does not move slowly to fulfill his promises"
|
||||
2PE 3 9 dzq8 ὥς τινες βραδύτητα ἡγοῦνται 1 as some consider slowness to be Some people think that the Lord is slow to fulfill his promises because their perspective of time is different than God's.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 w6ma δὲ 1 However Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-personification ἥξει ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the day when God will judge everyone as if it were a thief who will unexpectedly and take people by surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 k31z οἱ οὐρανοὶ παρελεύσονται 1 The heavens will pass away "The heavens will disappear"
|
||||
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 The elements will be burned with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will burn the elements with fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-personification ἥξει ... ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the day when God will judge everyone as if it were a thief who will unexpectedly and take people by surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 k31z οἱ οὐρανοὶ ... παρελεύσονται 1 The heavens will pass away "The heavens will disappear"
|
||||
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα ... καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 The elements will be burned with fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will burn the elements with fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα 1 The elements Possible meanings are 1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or 2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water.
|
||||
2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the earth and all the deeds of everyone, and he will then judge everything. This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: "God will expose the earth and everything that people have done on it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 buq4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins to tell the believers how they should live as they wait for the day of the Lord.
|
||||
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 Since all these things will be destroyed in this way This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Since God will destroy all these things in this way" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 what kind of people should you be? Peter uses this rhetorical question to emphasize what he will say next, that they "should live holy and godly lives." Alternate translation: "you know what kind of people you should be." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι λυθήσονται, καὶ στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα τήκεται 1 the heavens will be destroyed by fire, and the elements will be melted in great heat This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will destroy the heavens by fire, and he will melt the elements in great heat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν? ὑμᾶς 1 what kind of people should you be? Peter uses this rhetorical question to emphasize what he will say next, that they "should live holy and godly lives." Alternate translation: "you know what kind of people you should be." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 rq9g figs-activepassive οὐρανοὶ πυρούμενοι, λυθήσονται, καὶ στοιχεῖα καυσούμενα, τήκεται 1 the heavens will be destroyed by fire, and the elements will be melted in great heat This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will destroy the heavens by fire, and he will melt the elements in great heat" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 12 v15i στοιχεῖα 1 the elements Possible meanings are 1) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars or 2) the things that make up heaven and earth, such as soil, air, fire, and water. See how you translated this in [2 Peter 3:10](../03/10.md).
|
||||
2PE 3 13 df3v figs-personification ἐν οἷς δικαιοσύνη κατοικεῖ 1 where righteousness will dwell Peter speaks of "righteousness" as if it were a person. This is a metonym for people who are righteous. Alternate translation: "where righteous people will dwell" or "where people will live righteously" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι, ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 do your best to be found spotless and blameless before him, in peace This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "do your best to live in a way so that God will find you spotless and blameless, and be at peace with him and each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 fj1l figs-activepassive σπουδάσατε ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι αὐτῷ εὑρεθῆναι ἐν εἰρήνῃ 1 do your best to be found spotless and blameless before him, in peace This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "do your best to live in a way so that God will find you spotless and blameless, and be at peace with him and each other" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 s141 figs-doublet ἄσπιλοι καὶ ἀμώμητοι 1 spotless and blameless The words "spotless" and "blameless" mean basically the same thing and emphasize moral purity. Alternate translation: "completely pure" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
2PE 3 14 byr8 figs-metaphor ἄσπιλοι 1 spotless Here this stands for "faultless." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 consider the patience of our Lord to be salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as he explained in [2 Peter 3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: "Also, think about the patience of our Lord as giving you an opportunity to repent and be saved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 g35u figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 consider the patience of our Lord to be salvation Because the Lord is patient, the day of judgment has not yet happened. This gives people an opportunity to repent and be saved, as he explained in [2 Peter 3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: "Also, think about the patience of our Lord as giving you an opportunity to repent and be saved" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom that was given to him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "according to the wisdom that God gave to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 16 wil1 ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς λαλῶν περὶ τούτων 1 Paul speaks of these things in all his letters "Paul speaks of the patience of God leading to salvation in all his letters"
|
||||
2PE 3 16 z4cj ἐν αἷς ἐστιν δυσνόητά τινα 1 in which there are things that are difficult to understand There are things in Paul's letters that are difficult to understand.
|
||||
2PE 3 16 wil1 ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς, λαλῶν ... περὶ τούτων 1 Paul speaks of these things in all his letters "Paul speaks of the patience of God leading to salvation in all his letters"
|
||||
2PE 3 16 z4cj ἐν ... αἷς ἐστιν δυσνόητά τινα 1 in which there are things that are difficult to understand There are things in Paul's letters that are difficult to understand.
|
||||
2PE 3 16 dt6r ἃ οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι στρεβλοῦσιν 1 Ignorant and unstable men distort these things Ignorant and unstable men misinterpret the things that are difficult to understand in Paul's letters.
|
||||
2PE 3 16 giz1 οἱ ἀμαθεῖς καὶ ἀστήρικτοι 1 Ignorant and unstable "Unlearned and unsteady." These men have not been taught how to properly interpret scripture and are not well established in the truth of the gospel.
|
||||
2PE 3 16 sh4j πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτῶν ἀπώλειαν 1 to their own destruction "resulting in their own destruction"
|
||||
2PE 3 17 kn3d 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes instructing the believers and ends his letter.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 t1gd ὑμεῖς προγινώσκοντες 1 since you know about these things "These things" refers to the truths about the patience of God and the teachings of these false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 t1gd ὑμεῖς ... προγινώσκοντες 1 since you know about these things "These things" refers to the truths about the patience of God and the teachings of these false teachers.
|
||||
2PE 3 17 z54q φυλάσσεσθε 1 guard yourselves "protect yourselves"
|
||||
2PE 3 17 h2ik figs-metaphor ἵνα μὴ τῇ τῶν ἀθέσμων πλάνῃ συναπαχθέντες 1 so that you are not led astray by the deceit of lawless people Here "led astray" is a metaphor for being persuaded to do something wrong. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "so that lawless people do not deceive you and cause you do something wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
2PE 3 17 w3sp figs-metaphor ἐκπέσητε τοῦ ἰδίου στηριγμοῦ 1 you lose your own faithfulness Faithfulness is spoken of as if it were a possession that believers could lose. Alternate translation: "you stop being faithful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε ἐν χάριτι καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ Here growing in the grace and knowledge of the Lord represents experiencing his grace more and knowing him more. The abstract noun "grace" can be expressed with the phrase "act kindly." Alternate translation: "receive more of the grace of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, and know him more" or "be more aware of how our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ acts kindly toward you, and know him better" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
2PE 3 18 lk3c figs-metaphor αὐξάνετε ... ἐν χάριτι, καὶ γνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 grow in the grace and knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ Here growing in the grace and knowledge of the Lord represents experiencing his grace more and knowing him more. The abstract noun "grace" can be expressed with the phrase "act kindly." Alternate translation: "receive more of the grace of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ, and know him more" or "be more aware of how our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ acts kindly toward you, and know him better" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1263.
|
154
en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
154
en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
|
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN front intro nl27 0 # Introduction to 1 John<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>#### Outline of the Book of 1 John<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-4)<br>1. Christian living (1:5-3:10)<br>1. The command to love one another (3:11-5:12)<br>1. Conclusion (5:13-21)<br><br>#### Who wrote the Book of 1 John?<br><br>This book does not name the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. He was also wrote of the Gospel of John.<br><br>#### What is the Book of 1 John about?<br><br>John wrote this letter to Christians at a time when false teachers were troubling them. John wrote this letter because he wanted to prevent believers from sinning. He wanted to protect believers from false teachings. And he wanted to assure believers that they were saved.<br><br>#### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, "1 John" or "First John." Or they may choose a clearer title, such as "The First Letter From John" or "The First Letter John Wrote." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>#### Who were the people that John spoke against?<br><br>The people John spoke against were possibly those who would become known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since they believed Jesus was divine, they denied that he was truly human. This is because they thought God would not become human since the physical body is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>#### What do the words "remain," "reside," and "abide" mean in 1 John?<br><br>John often used the words "remain," "reside," and "abide" as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus' word "remained" in the believer. Also, John spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person "remained" in the other person. Christians are said to "remain" in Christ and in God. The Father is said to "remain" in the Son, and the Son is said to "remain" in the Father. The Son is said to "remain" in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to "remain" in the believers.<br><br>Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, John intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with God when he said, "He who says he remains in God" (1 John 2:6). The UST says, "If we say that we are in union with God," but translators will often have to find other expressions that communicate these ideas well.<br><br>In the passage, "the word of God remains in you" (1 John 2:13), the UST expresses this idea as, "you continue to obey what God commands." Many translators will find it possible to use this translation as a model.<br><br>#### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 John?<br><br>For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* "And we are writing these things to you so that our joy may be complete" (1:4). Some older versions have, "And we are writing these things to you so that your joy may be complete."<br>* "And you all know the truth" (2:20). Other modern versions have, "And you all have knowledge." Some older versions have, "and you know all things."<br>* "and this is what we are!" (3:1). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Some older versions omit this phrase.<br>* "and every spirit that does not acknowledge Jesus is not from God" (4:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions have this reading. Some older versions read, "and every spirit that does not acknowledge that Jesus has come in the flesh is not of God."<br><br>For the following passage, translators are advised to translate this as the ULT does. However, if in the translators' region, there are older versions of the Bible that include this passage, the translators can include it. If it is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it was probably not in the original version of 1 John.<br><br>* "For there are three who bear witness: the Spirit, the water, and the blood. These three are in agreement." (5:7-8) Some older versions have, "For there are three that bear witness in heaven: the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit; and these three are one. And there are three that bear witness on earth: the Spirit, the water, and the blood; and these three are as one."<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
|
||||
1JN 1 intro ab9v 0 # 1 John 01 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a letter that John wrote to Christians.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Christians and sin<br>In this chapter John teaches that all Christians are still sinners. But God continues to forgive a Christian's sins. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphors<br><br>In this chapter John writes that God is light. Light is a metaphor for understanding and righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>John also writes about people walking in the light or in the darkness. Walking is a metaphor for behaving or living. People who walk in the light understand what is righteous and do it. People who walk in the darkness may not understand what is righteous, and they do what is sinful.<br>
|
||||
1JN 1 1 axg6 figs-you 0 General Information: The apostle John wrote this letter to believers. All instances of "you," "your," and "yours" include all believers and are plural. Here the words "we" and "us" refer to John and those who had been with Jesus. In verses 1-2 many pronouns like "that," "which," and "it" are used. They refer to "the Word of life" and "the eternal life." But, since these are names for Jesus, you can use pronouns that refer to a person like "who," "whom" or "he." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 ej5x ὃ ἀκηκόαμεν 1 which we have heard "which we have heard him teach"
|
||||
1JN 1 1 ej5x ὃ ... ἀκηκόαμεν 1 which we have heard "which we have heard him teach"
|
||||
1JN 1 1 rb73 figs-parallelism 0 which we have seen ... we have looked at This is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "which we ourselves have seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 1 1 gt44 τοῦ λόγου τῆς ζωῆς 1 the Word of life "Jesus, the one who causes people to live forever"
|
||||
1JN 1 1 i8b4 figs-metonymy ζωῆς 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -11,26 +11,26 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 1 2 ih36 0 we bear witness to it "we solemnly tell others about him"
|
||||
1JN 1 2 lyt6 figs-metonymy τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 the eternal life Here, "the eternal life" refers to the one who gives that life, Jesus. Alternate translation: "the one who enables us to live forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 itv8 ἥτις ἦν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 which was with the Father "who was with God the Father"
|
||||
1JN 1 2 fru2 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐφανερώθη ἡμῖν 1 and which has been made known to us This was when he lived on earth. Alternate translation: "and he came to live among us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 2 fru2 figs-activepassive καὶ ... ἐφανερώθη ... ἡμῖν 1 and which has been made known to us This was when he lived on earth. Alternate translation: "and he came to live among us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 jd7p figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "we," "us," and "our" refer to John and those who had been with Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 3 vw2w ὃ ἑωράκαμεν καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν ἀπαγγέλλομεν καὶ ὑμῖν 1 That which we have seen and heard we declare also to you "We say to you also what we have seen and heard"
|
||||
1JN 1 3 vw2w ὃ ἑωράκαμεν, καὶ ἀκηκόαμεν, ἀπαγγέλλομεν καὶ ὑμῖν 1 That which we have seen and heard we declare also to you "We say to you also what we have seen and heard"
|
||||
1JN 1 3 dw7l 0 have fellowship with us. Our fellowship is with the Father "be our close friends. We are friends with God the Father"
|
||||
1JN 1 3 tf4m ἡ κοινωνία ἡ ἡμετέρα 1 Our fellowship It is not clear if John is including or excluding his readers. You may translate this either way.
|
||||
1JN 1 3 tf4m ἡ κοινωνία ... ἡ ἡμετέρα 1 Our fellowship It is not clear if John is including or excluding his readers. You may translate this either way.
|
||||
1JN 1 3 rxq7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 1 4 xn9d ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 so that our joy will be complete "to make our joy complete" or "to make ourselves completely happy"
|
||||
1JN 1 5 djn4 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: Here the words "we" and "us" refer to all believers, including the people to whom John was writing. Unless otherwise stated, that is the meaning for the remainder of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
1JN 1 5 kz3i 0 Connecting Statement: From here into the next chapter, John writes about fellowship—close relationships with God and other believers.
|
||||
1JN 1 5 cd6f figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς φῶς ἐστιν 1 God is light This is a metaphor that means that God is perfectly pure and holy. Cultures that associate goodness with light may be able to keep the idea of light without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: "God is purely righteous like pure light" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 5 e9m2 figs-metaphor σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία 1 in him there is no darkness at all This is a metaphor that means that God never sins and is not evil in any way. Cultures that associate evil with darkness may be able to keep the idea of darkness without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: "in him there is nothing that is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 5 e9m2 figs-metaphor σκοτία ἐν αὐτῷ, οὐκ ἔστιν οὐδεμία 1 in him there is no darkness at all This is a metaphor that means that God never sins and is not evil in any way. Cultures that associate evil with darkness may be able to keep the idea of darkness without explaining the metaphor. Alternate translation: "in him there is nothing that is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 6 f958 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ σκότει περιπατῶμεν 1 walk in darkness Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil." Alternate translation: "do what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 lpr3 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 walk in the light as he is in the light Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here "light" is a metaphor for "good" or "right." Alternate translation: "do what is good as God is perfectly good" or "do what is right as God is perfectly right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 lpr3 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ περιπατῶμεν, ὡς αὐτός ἐστιν ἐν τῷ φωτί 1 walk in the light as he is in the light Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here "light" is a metaphor for "good" or "right." Alternate translation: "do what is good as God is perfectly good" or "do what is right as God is perfectly right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 d7d8 figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα Ἰησοῦ 1 the blood of Jesus This refers to the death of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 1 7 jb3e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 1 8 gb5l 0 General Information: Here the words "he," "him," and "his" refer to God ([1 John 1:5](../01/05.md)).
|
||||
1JN 1 8 enu7 ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ ἔχομεν 1 have no sin "never sin"
|
||||
1JN 1 8 m8hf πλανῶμεν 1 are deceiving "are tricking" or "lying to"
|
||||
1JN 1 8 tt51 figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the truth is not in us The truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be inside believers. Alternate translation: "we do not believe what God says is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 1 9 f68c figs-parallelism ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 to forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John uses them to emphasize that God will surely forgive our sins. Alternate translation: "and will completely forgive us of what we have done wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 1 9 f68c figs-parallelism ἵνα ἀφῇ ἡμῖν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ καθαρίσῃ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ πάσης ἀδικίας 1 to forgive us our sins and cleanse us from all unrighteousness These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John uses them to emphasize that God will surely forgive our sins. Alternate translation: "and will completely forgive us of what we have done wrong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 hii2 figs-explicit ψεύστην ποιοῦμεν αὐτὸν 1 we make him out to be a liar It is implied that a person who claims to be without sin would be calling God a liar since he said that everyone is a sinner. Alternate translation: "it is the same as calling him a liar, because he said we have all sinned" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 1 10 m3p1 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 his word is not in us "Word" here is a metonym for "message." Obeying and honoring God's word is spoken of as if his word were inside the believers. Alternate translation: "we do not understand God's word nor obey what he says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 intro zjj9 0 # 1 John 02 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Antichrist<br><br>In this chapter John writes about both a specific antichrist and many antichrists. The word "antichrist" means "opposed to Christ." The antichrist is a person who will come in the last days and imitate Jesus' work, but he will do it for evil. Before this person comes, there will be many people who work against Christ; they too are called "antichrists." (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphor<br><br>There are several groups of similar metaphors that are used throughout this chapter.<br><br>Being in God is a metaphor for having fellowship with God, and God's word and truth being in people is a metaphor for people knowing and obeying God's word.<br><br>Walking is a metaphor for behaving, not knowing where one is going is a metaphor for not knowing how to behave, and stumbling is a metaphor for sinning.<br><br>The light is a metaphor for knowing and doing what is right, and darkness and blindness are metaphors for not knowing what is right and doing what is wrong.<br><br>Leading people astray is a metaphor for teaching people things that are not true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 1 v57g figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 1 p49e ταῦτα γράφω 1 I am writing these things "I am writing this letter"
|
||||
1JN 2 1 bi4g καὶ ἐάν τις ἁμάρτῃ 1 But if anyone sins "But when anyone sins." This is something that is likely to happen.
|
||||
1JN 2 1 stj2 figs-explicit Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, δίκαιον 1 we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous The word "advocate" here refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "we have Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous, who speaks to the Father and asks him to forgive us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 1 stj2 figs-explicit Παράκλητον ἔχομεν πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν δίκαιον 1 we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous The word "advocate" here refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "we have Jesus Christ, the one who is righteous, who speaks to the Father and asks him to forgive us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 2 h8fg αὐτὸς ἱλασμός ἐστιν περὶ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 He is the propitiation for our sins "God is no longer angry with us, because Jesus sacrificed his own life for our sins" or "Jesus is the one who sacrificed his life for our sins, so God is no longer angry with us for our sins"
|
||||
1JN 2 3 el7q γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐγνώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 We know that we have come to know him "We know that we know him" or "We know that we have a good relationship with him"
|
||||
1JN 2 3 qn85 ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 if we keep his commandments "if we obey what he commands"
|
||||
|
|
@ -50,23 +50,23 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 4 cj84 figs-metaphor ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀλήθεια οὐκ ἔστιν 1 the truth is not in him The truth is spoken of as if it were an object that could be inside the believers. Alternate translation: "he does not believe what God says is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 aqa4 figs-idiom τηρῇ αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον 1 keeps his word To keep someone's word here is an idiom for to obey. Alternate translation: "does what God tells him to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 x88p figs-possession ἀληθῶς ἐν τούτῳ ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ τετελείωται 1 in him truly the love of God has been perfected This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "the love of God" refers to a person loving God, and "perfected" represents completely or fully. Alternate translation: "it is that person who loves God completely" or 2) "the love of God" refers to God loving people, and "perfected" represents completing its purpose. Alternate translation: "God's love has achieved its purpose in that person's life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 b688 figs-metaphor ἐν τούτῳ γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν 1 By this we know that we are in him The phrase "we are in him" means that the believer has fellowship with God. Alternate translation: "When we obey what God says, we can be certain that we have fellowship with him" or "By this we know that are joined to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 5 b688 figs-metaphor ἐν τούτῳ ... γινώσκομεν ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐσμεν 1 By this we know that we are in him The phrase "we are in him" means that the believer has fellowship with God. Alternate translation: "When we obey what God says, we can be certain that we have fellowship with him" or "By this we know that are joined to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 6 u6lu figs-metaphor 0 remains in God To remain in God means to continue to have fellowship with God. Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with God" or "stays joined to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 6 x5n1 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 should himself also walk just as he walked Conducting one's life is spoken of as if it were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "must live as he lived" or "should also obey God just as Jesus Christ did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 6 x5n1 figs-metaphor ὀφείλει καθὼς ἐκεῖνος περιεπάτησεν, καὶ αὐτὸς περιπατεῖν 1 should himself also walk just as he walked Conducting one's life is spoken of as if it were walking on a path. Alternate translation: "must live as he lived" or "should also obey God just as Jesus Christ did" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 7 s5wc 0 Connecting Statement: John gives believers basic principles of fellowship—obedience and love.
|
||||
1JN 2 7 py9g ἀγαπητοί, γράφω 1 Beloved, I am "You people whom I love, I am" or "Dear friends, I am"
|
||||
1JN 2 7 py9g ἀγαπητοί ... γράφω 1 Beloved, I am "You people whom I love, I am" or "Dear friends, I am"
|
||||
1JN 2 7 amu6 οὐκ ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν, ἀλλ’ ἐντολὴν παλαιὰν 1 I am not writing a new commandment to you, but an old commandment "I write to you to love one other, which is not a new thing to do but an old commandment that you had heard." John refers to Jesus' command to love one another.
|
||||
1JN 2 7 vz9w figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 from the beginning Here, "beginning" refers to when they decided to follow Christ. Alternate translation: "from when you first believed in Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 7 eia9 ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ παλαιά ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε. 1 The old commandment is the word that you heard. ""The old commandment is the message that you heard"
|
||||
1JN 2 7 eia9 ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ παλαιά ἐστιν ὁ λόγος ὃν ἠκούσατε 1 The old commandment is the word that you heard. ""The old commandment is the message that you heard"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i1up πάλιν ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφω ὑμῖν 1 Yet I am writing a new commandment to you "But in one way the commandment I write to you is a new commandment"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 c2fa 0 which is true in Christ and in you "which is true, as shown in Christ's deeds and your deeds"
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i8gr figs-metaphor ἡ σκοτία παράγεται καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ, ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει 1 the darkness is passing away, and the true light is already shining Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil" and "light" is a metaphor for "good." Alternate translation: "because you are ceasing to do evil and you are doing more and more good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 8 i8gr figs-metaphor ἡ σκοτία παράγεται, καὶ τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἤδη φαίνει 1 the darkness is passing away, and the true light is already shining Here "darkness" is a metaphor for "evil" and "light" is a metaphor for "good." Alternate translation: "because you are ceasing to do evil and you are doing more and more good" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 9 j4f7 0 General Information: Here the word "brother" refers to a fellow Christian.
|
||||
1JN 2 9 a3jt ὁ λέγων 1 The one who says "Anyone who says" or "Someone who claims." This does not refer to a specific person.
|
||||
1JN 2 9 srl7 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ εἶναι 1 he is in the light Here to be "in the light" is a metaphor for doing what is right. Alternate translation: "he does what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 9 mp9f figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν 1 is in the darkness Here to be "in the darkness" is a metaphor for doing what is evil. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 9 mp9f figs-metaphor ἐν ... τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν 1 is in the darkness Here to be "in the darkness" is a metaphor for doing what is evil. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 10 q2x1 figs-metaphor σκάνδαλον ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 there is no occasion for stumbling in him "nothing will cause him to stumble." The word "stumbling" is a metaphor that means to fail spiritually or morally. Alternate translation: "nothing will cause him to sin" or "he will not fail to do what is pleasing to God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 u44x figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 is in the darkness and walks in the darkness Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here to be "in the darkness" and "walks in the darkness" mean the same thing. This brings attention to how evil it is to hate a fellow believer. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 u44x figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ ἐστὶν, καὶ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ περιπατεῖ 1 is in the darkness and walks in the darkness Here "walk" is a metaphor for how a person lives or behaves. Here to be "in the darkness" and "walks in the darkness" mean the same thing. This brings attention to how evil it is to hate a fellow believer. Alternate translation: "does what is evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 y5cs figs-metaphor οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει 1 he does not know where he is going This is a metaphor for the believer who is not living as a Christian should be living. Alternate translation: "he does not know what he should do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 11 w4r2 figs-metaphor ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 the darkness has blinded his eyes "the darkness has made him unable to see." Darkness is a metaphor for sin or evil. Alternate translation: "sin has made it impossible for him to understand the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 12 k1w9 0 General Information: John explains why he is writing his letter either to different age groups or to believers with differences in maturity. Try to use similar wording for these sentences, as they are written poetically.
|
||||
|
|
@ -80,42 +80,42 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 13 tfh1 figs-metaphor νενικήκατε 1 overcome The writer is speaking of the believers' refusal to follow Satan and of their frustrating his plans as if it were a matter of conquering him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 14 l74j figs-metaphor ἰσχυροί ἐστε 1 you are strong Here "strong" refers not to believers' physical strength, but to their faithfulness to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 14 u3n8 figs-metaphor ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ὑμῖν μένει 1 the word of God remains in you "Word of God" here is a metonym for the message from God. The writer refers to the believers' increased faithfulness to Christ and knowledge of him as if he were speaking of God's word existing in them. Alternate translation: "God's message continues to teach you" or "you know the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 xig6 figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον μηδὲ 1 Do not love the world nor In 2:15-17 the word "world" refers to all the things people want to do that do not honor God. Alternate translation: "Do not behave like the people in the world who do not honor God, and do not love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 xig6 figs-metonymy μὴ ἀγαπᾶτε τὸν κόσμον, μηδὲ 1 Do not love the world nor In 2:15-17 the word "world" refers to all the things people want to do that do not honor God. Alternate translation: "Do not behave like the people in the world who do not honor God, and do not love" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 h2hm τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the things that are in the world "the things that those who dishonor God want"
|
||||
1JN 2 15 p56b figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη, τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him A person cannot love this world and all that dishonors God and love the Father at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 p56b figs-metaphor ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ τὸν κόσμον, οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him A person cannot love this world and all that dishonors God and love the Father at the same time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 15 s48z οὐκ ἔστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Πατρὸς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 the love of the Father is not in him "he does not love the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 16 pz3q ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς 1 the lust of the flesh "the strong desire to have sinful physical pleasure"
|
||||
1JN 2 16 x124 ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 1 the lust of the eyes "the strong desire to have things that we see"
|
||||
1JN 2 16 x124 ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῆς σαρκὸς ... ἡ ἐπιθυμία τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν 1 the lust of the eyes "the strong desire to have things that we see"
|
||||
1JN 2 16 c3xw οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 is not from the Father "does not come from the Father" or "is not how the Father teaches us to live"
|
||||
1JN 2 17 ct43 παράγεται 1 are passing away "pass away" or "will one day not be here"
|
||||
1JN 2 18 fi2k 0 Connecting Statement: John warns about those who are against Christ.
|
||||
1JN 2 18 c7td παιδία 1 Little children "Immature Christians." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md).
|
||||
1JN 2 18 esd9 figs-metonymy ἐσχάτη ὥρα ἐστίν 1 it is the last hour The phrase "the last hour" refers to the time just before Jesus returns. Alternate translation: "Jesus will return soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 18 r2vq ἀντίχριστοι πολλοὶ γεγόνασιν 1 many antichrists have come "there are many people who are against Christ"
|
||||
1JN 2 18 rs4w γεγόνασιν. ὅθεν γινώσκομεν 1 have come. By this we know "have come, and because of this we know" or "have come, and because many antichrists have come, we know"
|
||||
1JN 2 18 rs4w γεγόνασιν, ὅθεν γινώσκομεν 1 have come. By this we know "have come, and because of this we know" or "have come, and because many antichrists have come, we know"
|
||||
1JN 2 19 rmj7 ἐξ ἡμῶν ἐξῆλθαν 1 They went out from us "They left us"
|
||||
1JN 2 19 ytb1 ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἦσαν ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but they were not from us "but they did not really belong to us anyway" or "but they were not really part of our group in the first place." The reason they were not really part of the group is that they were not believers in Jesus.
|
||||
1JN 2 19 jin1 εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν μεμενήκεισαν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 For if they had been from us they would have remained with us "We know this because they would not have left us if they really had been believers"
|
||||
1JN 2 19 jin1 εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ... μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 For if they had been from us they would have remained with us "We know this because they would not have left us if they really had been believers"
|
||||
1JN 2 20 k4s4 0 General Information: In the Old Testament the word "anointing" referred to pouring oil on a person to set him apart to serve God.
|
||||
1JN 2 20 i3m1 figs-metaphor καὶ ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 But you have an anointing from the Holy One John speaks of the Holy Spirit as if he were "an anointing" that the people have received from Jesus. The abstract noun "anointing" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "But the Holy One has anointed you" or "But Jesus Christ, the Holy One, has given you his Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 20 gy16 figs-explicit τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 the Holy One This refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "Jesus, the Holy One" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 20 rnw6 figs-abstractnouns 0 the truth The abstract noun "truth" can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "what is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 21 r8yr figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀληθείας. 1 the truth ... no lie is from the truth The abstract noun "truth" can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "what is true ... no lie comes from what is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d71l figs-rquestion τίς? ὁ ψεύστης εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐστιν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός ἀρνούμενος 1 Who is the liar but the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ? "Who is the liar? Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Christ." John used a question to emphasize who liars are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d4u7 ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 denies that Jesus is the Christ "refuses to say that Jesus is the Christ" or "says that Jesus is not the Messiah"
|
||||
1JN 2 22 z4t1 ὁ ἀρνούμενος τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 denies the Father and the Son "refuses to say the truth about the Father and the Son" or "rejects the Father and the Son."
|
||||
1JN 2 21 r8yr figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the truth ... no lie is from the truth The abstract noun "truth" can be translated as an adjective. Alternate translation: "what is true ... no lie comes from what is true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d71l figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ ψεύστης, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ... ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 Who is the liar but the one who denies that Jesus is the Christ? "Who is the liar? Anyone who denies that Jesus is the Christ." John used a question to emphasize who liars are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 2 22 d4u7 ἀρνούμενος ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ... ἔστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 denies that Jesus is the Christ "refuses to say that Jesus is the Christ" or "says that Jesus is not the Messiah"
|
||||
1JN 2 22 z4t1 ὁ ... ἀρνούμενος ... τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱόν 1 denies the Father and the Son "refuses to say the truth about the Father and the Son" or "rejects the Father and the Son."
|
||||
1JN 2 22 pth9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 2 23 az2y τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει 1 has the Father "belongs to the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 23 u9ep ὁ ὁμολογῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 confesses the Son "speaks the truth about the Son"
|
||||
1JN 2 23 k78f τὸν Πατέρα ἔχει 1 has the Father "belongs to the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 23 az2y τὸν ... Πατέρα ἔχει 1 has the Father "belongs to the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 23 u9ep ὁ ... ὁμολογῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 confesses the Son "speaks the truth about the Son"
|
||||
1JN 2 23 k78f τὸν ... Πατέρα ἔχει 1 has the Father "belongs to the Father"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 xmi4 figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word "you" is plural and refers to the people to whom John wrote as well as all believers. The word "he" is emphatic and refers to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 p41e 0 Connecting Statement: John reminds believers to continue in what they have first heard.
|
||||
1JN 2 24 c42w ὑμεῖς 1 As for you This marks John's telling them how they should live as followers of Jesus instead of how those against Christ live.
|
||||
1JN 2 24 zl8y figs-explicit ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω 1 let what you have heard from the beginning remain in you "remember and believe what you have heard from the beginning." How they heard it, what they heard, and what "the beginning" means can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "continue to trust what we have taught you about Jesus just as you have trusted since you first became believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 zl8y figs-explicit ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἐν ὑμῖν μενέτω 1 let what you have heard from the beginning remain in you "remember and believe what you have heard from the beginning." How they heard it, what they heard, and what "the beginning" means can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "continue to trust what we have taught you about Jesus just as you have trusted since you first became believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 2 24 dsl7 ὃ ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 what you have heard from the beginning "what we taught you about Jesus when you first became believers"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 rfz8 ἐὰν ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ ὃ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς ἠκούσατε 1 If what you heard from the beginning remains in you The word "remains" is talking about relationship, not salvation. Alternate translation: "If you continue to trust what we first taught you"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 ty7q figs-metaphor καὶ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 also remain in the Son and in the Father To "remain in" means to continue to have fellowship with. See how translated a similar phrase to "remain in" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "also continue to have fellowship with Son and with the Father" or "also stay joined to the Son and to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 25 llj2 αὕτη. ἡ ἐπαγγελία αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἐστὶν— τὴν αἰώνιον τὴν ζωὴν ἡμῖν 1 This is the promise he gave to us—eternal life. "This is what he promised to give us—eternal life" or "He has promised to cause us to live forever"
|
||||
1JN 2 24 ty7q figs-metaphor καὶ ... ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ μενεῖτε 1 also remain in the Son and in the Father To "remain in" means to continue to have fellowship with. See how translated a similar phrase to "remain in" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "also continue to have fellowship with Son and with the Father" or "also stay joined to the Son and to the Father" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 25 llj2 αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐπαγγελία ... αὐτὸς ἐπηγγείλατο ἡμῖν– τὴν ζωὴν τὴν αἰώνιον 1 This is the promise he gave to us—eternal life. "This is what he promised to give us—eternal life" or "He has promised to cause us to live forever"
|
||||
1JN 2 25 id51 figs-metonymy τὴν ζωὴν 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 2 26 fe44 figs-metaphor τῶν πλανώντων ὑμᾶς 1 those who would lead you astray Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "those who want to deceive you" or "those who want to make you believe lies about Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 2 27 tdj7 0 Connecting Statement: Starting in verse 29, John introduces the idea of being born into God's family. The previous verses show that believers continue to sin; this part shows that believers also have the new nature, which cannot sin. It continues to show how believers can recognize each other.
|
||||
|
|
@ -128,22 +128,22 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 2 28 zz4x φανερωθῇ 1 he appears "we see him"
|
||||
1JN 2 28 lnk2 παρρησίαν 1 boldness having no fear
|
||||
1JN 2 28 d4ql μὴ αἰσχυνθῶμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 not be ashamed before him "not be ashamed in his presence"
|
||||
1JN 2 28 x7ic ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 at his coming "when he comes again"
|
||||
1JN 2 28 x7ic ἐν ... τῇ παρουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 at his coming "when he comes again"
|
||||
1JN 2 29 u6er ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγέννηται 1 has been born from him "has been born of God" or "is God's child"
|
||||
1JN 3 intro d8r2 0 # 1 John 03 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Children of God<br>God created all people, but people can only become children of God by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### Cain<br>Cain was a son of the first man, Adam, and the first woman, Eve. He was jealous of his brother and murdered him. Readers may not know who Cain was if they have not read Genesis. It may help them if you explain this to them.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "To know"<br>The verb "to know" is used in two different ways in this chapter. Sometimes it is used about knowing a fact, as in 3:2, 3:5, and 3:19. Sometimes it means to experience and understand someone or something, as in 3:1, 3:6, 3:16, and 3:20. Some languages have different words for these different meanings.<br><br><br>##### "He who keeps God's commandments remains in him, and God remains in him"<br>Many scholars believe this is about remaining in God's will and is not about being saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
|
||||
1JN 3 1 as62 0 Connecting Statement: In this part John tells the believers about their new nature, which cannot sin.
|
||||
1JN 3 1 gl8n ἴδετε ποταπὴν ἀγάπην δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ὁ Πατὴρ 1 See what kind of love the Father has given to us "Think about how our Father loves us so much"
|
||||
1JN 3 1 x99a τέκνα Θεοῦ κληθῶμεν 1 we should be called children of God "the Father called us his children"
|
||||
1JN 3 1 c3z8 τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here this means people who belong to God through faith in Jesus.
|
||||
1JN 3 1 fq4t διὰ τοῦτο ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει,, ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason, the world does not know us, because it did not know him Possible meanings are 1) "Because we are the children of God and because the world did not know God, it does not know us" or 2) "Because the world did not know God, it does not know us."
|
||||
1JN 3 1 l5e7 figs-metonymy , ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 the world does not know us, because it did not know him Here "the world" refers to people who do not honor God. What the world did not know can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "those who do not honor God do not know that we belong to God, because they did not know God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 ek9v ἀγαπητοί, ἐσμεν 1 Beloved, we are "You people whom I love, we are" or "Dear friends, we are." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 3 1 fq4t διὰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 For this reason, the world does not know us, because it did not know him Possible meanings are 1) "Because we are the children of God and because the world did not know God, it does not know us" or 2) "Because the world did not know God, it does not know us."
|
||||
1JN 3 1 l5e7 figs-metonymy ὁ ... κόσμος οὐ γινώσκει ἡμᾶς, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνω αὐτόν 1 the world does not know us, because it did not know him Here "the world" refers to people who do not honor God. What the world did not know can be made explicit: Alternate translation: "those who do not honor God do not know that we belong to God, because they did not know God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 ek9v ἀγαπητοί ... ἐσμεν 1 Beloved, we are "You people whom I love, we are" or "Dear friends, we are." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 3 2 anq1 figs-activepassive οὔπω ἐφανερώθη 1 it has not yet been revealed This can be stated in active form: Alternate translation: "God has not yet revealed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 2 w2v8 ἐφανερώθη 1 revealed This can mean here either "told," "demonstrated," or "shown."
|
||||
1JN 3 3 pj6a 0 Everyone who has this hope fixed on him purifies himself just as he is pure "Everyone who confidently expects to see Christ as he really is will keep himself pure because Christ is pure"
|
||||
1JN 3 5 g4ph figs-activepassive 0 Christ was revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Christ appeared" or "the Father revealed Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 j999 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ ἐν αὐτῷ μένων οὐχ 1 remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 eu9c figs-doublet ἑώρακεν. ὁ ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ πᾶς αὐτὸν οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν. 1 No one ... has seen him or known him John uses the words "seen" and "known" to say that the person who sins has never met Christ in a spiritual sense. A person behaving according to his sinful nature cannot know Christ. Alternate translation: "No one ... has ever truly believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1JN 3 6 eu9c figs-doublet πᾶς ὁ ... ἁμαρτάνων οὐχ ἑώρακεν αὐτὸν, οὐδὲ ἔγνωκεν αὐτόν 1 No one ... has seen him or known him John uses the words "seen" and "known" to say that the person who sins has never met Christ in a spiritual sense. A person behaving according to his sinful nature cannot know Christ. Alternate translation: "No one ... has ever truly believed in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 ia4z figs-metaphor 0 Dear children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 wg85 figs-metaphor μηδεὶς πλανάτω ὑμᾶς 1 do not let anyone lead you astray Here "lead you astray" is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: "do not let anyone fool you" or "do not let anyone deceive you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 7 v4yp 0 The one who does righteousness is righteous, just as Christ is righteous "He who does what is right is pleasing to God just as Christ is pleasing to God."
|
||||
|
|
@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 9 q2pp 0 Connecting Statement: For now John ends this section on the new birth and the new nature which cannot sin.
|
||||
1JN 3 9 ftw3 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whoever has been born from God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Whoever God has made his child" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 ps9v figs-metaphor τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 God's seed This speaks of the Holy Spirit, whom God gives to believers and who makes them able to resist sin and do what pleases God as if he were a physical seed that is planted in the earth and grows. This is sometimes referred to as the new nature. Alternate translation: "the Holy Spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 fp7x figs-activepassive ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 he has been born of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has given him new spiritual life" or "he is a child of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 w33l figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 In this the children of God and children of the devil are revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This is how we know the children of God and the children of the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 9 fp7x figs-activepassive ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ... γεγέννηται 1 he has been born of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has given him new spiritual life" or "he is a child of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 w33l figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ φανερά ἐστιν τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ διαβόλου 1 In this the children of God and children of the devil are revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "This is how we know the children of God and the children of the devil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 ctk6 figs-doublenegatives 0 Whoever does not do what is righteous is not from God, neither is the one who does not love his brother The words "from God" are understood in the second part of the sentence. This can also be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "whoever does not do what is righteous is not from God; whoever does not love his brother is also not from God" or "those who do what is righteous are from God, and those who love their brothers are from God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 10 v1bx τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother Here "brother" means fellow Christians.
|
||||
1JN 3 11 ved4 0 General Information: Cain and Abel were the first sons of Adam and Eve, the first man and woman.
|
||||
|
|
@ -169,15 +169,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 14 fs1x figs-metaphor μεταβεβήκαμεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 we have passed out of death into life The conditions of living and of being dead are spoken of as if they were physical locations from which a person could leave and go to. The abstract nouns "life" and "death" can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: "we are no longer spiritually dead but are spiritually alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 3 14 ybc4 figs-metonymy τὴν ζωήν 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 3 14 qa7l μένει ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1 remains in death "is still spiritually dead"
|
||||
1JN 3 15 mqu2 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν 1 Anyone who hates his brother is a murderer John speaks of a person who hates another believer as if he were a murderer. Since people commit murder because they hate other people, God considers anyone who hates to be as guilty as someone who kills a person. Alternate translation: "Whoever hates another believer is as guilty as someone who kills a person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 15 s3aw figs-personification πᾶς ἀνθρωποκτόνος οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν αὐτῷ μένουσαν 1 no murderer has eternal life residing in him "Eternal life" is something God gives believers after they die, but it is also the power God gives believers in this life to help them to stop sinning and to do what please him. Here eternal life is spoken of as if it were a person that could live in someone. Alternate translation: "a murderer does not have the power of spiritual life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1JN 3 15 mqu2 figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ μισῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστίν 1 Anyone who hates his brother is a murderer John speaks of a person who hates another believer as if he were a murderer. Since people commit murder because they hate other people, God considers anyone who hates to be as guilty as someone who kills a person. Alternate translation: "Whoever hates another believer is as guilty as someone who kills a person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 15 s3aw figs-personification πᾶς ... ἀνθρωποκτόνος ... οὐκ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἐν αὐτῷ μένουσαν 1 no murderer has eternal life residing in him "Eternal life" is something God gives believers after they die, but it is also the power God gives believers in this life to help them to stop sinning and to do what please him. Here eternal life is spoken of as if it were a person that could live in someone. Alternate translation: "a murderer does not have the power of spiritual life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1JN 3 16 a2cq figs-idiom 0 Christ laid down his life for us This expression means "Christ willingly gave his life for us" or "Christ willingly died for us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 nlj7 0 the world's goods material possessions like money, food, or clothing
|
||||
1JN 3 17 b6lh θεωρῇ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔχοντα 1 sees his brother in need "realizes a fellow believer needs help"
|
||||
1JN 3 17 zql1 figs-metonymy 0 shuts up his heart of compassion from him Here "heart" is a metonym for "thoughts" or "emotions." Here "shuts up his heart of compassion" is a metaphor for no longer showing someone compassion. Alternate translation: "does not show him compassion" or "does not willingly help him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 l8u4 figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ? 1 how does the love of God remain in him? John uses a question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: "God's love is not in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 3 17 l8u4 figs-rquestion πῶς ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐν αὐτῷ 1 how does the love of God remain in him? John uses a question to teach his audience. Alternate translation: "God's love is not in him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 g6uh figs-metaphor 0 My dear children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 p91w figs-doublet μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ, ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 let us not love in word nor in tongue, but in actions and truth The phrases "in word" and "in tongue" both refer to what a person says. The word "love" is understood in the second part of the sentence. Alternate translation: "do not just say that you love people, but show that you truly love people by helping them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 18 p91w figs-doublet μὴ ἀγαπῶμεν λόγῳ, μηδὲ τῇ γλώσσῃ, ἀλλὰ ἐν ἔργῳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 let us not love in word nor in tongue, but in actions and truth The phrases "in word" and "in tongue" both refer to what a person says. The word "love" is understood in the second part of the sentence. Alternate translation: "do not just say that you love people, but show that you truly love people by helping them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 3 19 up2h 0 Connecting Statement: Here John probably means that believers' ability to love God and each other sincerely ([1 John 3:18](../03/18.md)) is a sign that their new life has indeed originated from the truth about Christ.
|
||||
1JN 3 19 qx9c ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐσμέν 1 we are from the truth "we belong to the truth" or Alternate translation: "we are living according the way Jesus taught us"
|
||||
1JN 3 19 mv6c figs-metonymy πείσομεν τὰς καρδίας ἡμῶν 1 we assure our hearts The word "heart" here refers to feelings. Alternate translation: "we do not feel guilty" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -190,25 +190,25 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 3 24 we1m figs-metaphor 0 remains in him, and God remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with him, and God continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with him, and God stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 intro l3qa 0 # 1 John 04 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Spirit<br>This word "spirit" is used in different ways in this chapter. Sometimes the word "spirit" refers to spiritual beings. Sometimes it refers to the character of something. For example "the spirit of the antichrist," "the spirit of truth," and "the spirit of error" refer to what is typical of the antichrist, truth, and error. "The Spirit" (written with a capital "S") and "the Spirit of God" refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Loving God<br>If people love God, they should show it in the way they live and the way they treat other people. Doing this may assure us that God has saved us and that we belong to him, but loving others does not save us. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
|
||||
1JN 4 1 c9jb 0 General Information: John gives a warning against false teachers who teach against Christ's having had a human body and teachers who talk the way those who love the world talk.
|
||||
1JN 4 1 h1lv ἀγαπητοί, μὴ πιστεύετε 1 Beloved, do not believe "You people whom I love, do not believe" or "Dear friends, do not believe." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 4 1 h1lv ἀγαπητοί, μὴ ... πιστεύετε 1 Beloved, do not believe "You people whom I love, do not believe" or "Dear friends, do not believe." See how you translated this in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 4 1 zm7f figs-metonymy μὴ παντὶ πνεύματι πιστεύετε 1 do not believe every spirit Here, the word "spirit" refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: "do not trust every prophet who claims to have a message from a spirit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 1 l5nv figs-metonymy δοκιμάζετε τὰ πνεύματα 1 test the spirits Here, the word "spirits" refers to a spiritual power or being that gives a person a message or prophecy. Alternate translation: "think carefully about what the prophet says" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 2 e6ww figs-synecdoche ἐν σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα 1 has come in the flesh Here "flesh" represents the human body. Alternate translation: "has come as a human being" or "has come in a physical body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1JN 4 2 e6ww figs-synecdoche ἐν ... σαρκὶ ἐληλυθότα 1 has come in the flesh Here "flesh" represents the human body. Alternate translation: "has come as a human being" or "has come in a physical body" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
1JN 4 3 cda6 0 This is the spirit of the antichrist, which you have heard is coming, and now is already in the world "These are prophets opposed to Christ, whom you have heard are coming, and now are already in the world"
|
||||
1JN 4 4 w1yr figs-metaphor 0 dear children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "my dear children in Christ" or "you who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 4 avj3 νενικήκατε αὐτούς 1 have overcome them "have not believed the false teachers"
|
||||
1JN 4 4 j5ve ἐστὶν ὁ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 the one who is in you is "God, who is in you, is"
|
||||
1JN 4 4 tp4q figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the one who is in the world Two possible meanings are 1) this refers to Satan. Alternate translation: "Satan, who is in the world" or "Satan, who works through those who do not obey God" or 2) this refers to worldly teachers. Alternate translation: "worldly teachers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 4 tp4q figs-metonymy ὁ ἐν ... τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the one who is in the world Two possible meanings are 1) this refers to Satan. Alternate translation: "Satan, who is in the world" or "Satan, who works through those who do not obey God" or 2) this refers to worldly teachers. Alternate translation: "worldly teachers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 y2z8 figs-metonymy αὐτοὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου εἰσίν 1 They are from the world The words "are from" are a metaphor for "receive their power and authority." "The world" is a metonym ultimately for "the one who is in the world," Satan, though it is also a metonym for sinful people who gladly listen to them and so also give them authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 jy2h figs-metonymy 0 therefore what they say is from the world "The world" here is a metonym ultimately for "the one who is in the world," Satan, though it is also a metonym for sinful people who gladly listen to them and so also give them authority. Alternate translation: "therefore they teach what they have learned from sinful people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 5 em2t figs-metonymy καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτῶν ἀκούει 1 and the world listens to them The words "the world" are a metonym for people who do not obey God. Alternate translation: "so the people who do not obey God listen to them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 4 7 qp8k 0 General Information: John continues to teach about the new nature. He teaches his readers about God's love and loving one another.
|
||||
1JN 4 7 fpl5 ἀγαπητοί, ἀγαπῶμεν 1 Beloved, let us love "You people whom I love, let us love" or "Dear friends, let us love." See how you translated "Beloved" in [1 John 2:7](../02/07.md).
|
||||
1JN 4 7 va6p ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 let us love one another "believers are to love other believers"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 zvt9 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 and everyone who loves is born from God and knows God "and because those who love their fellow believers have become God's children and know him"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 zvt9 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ἀγαπῶν, ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται, καὶ γινώσκει τὸν Θεόν 1 and everyone who loves is born from God and knows God "and because those who love their fellow believers have become God's children and know him"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 c6w6 ὅτι ἡ ἀγάπη ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 for love is from God "because God causes us to love each other"
|
||||
1JN 4 7 ec73 figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 born from God This is a metaphor which means someone has a relationship to God like a child to his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 8 kti1 figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 The person who does not love does not know God, for God is love The phrase "God is love" a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." Alternate translation: "Those who do not love their fellow believers do not know God because the character of God is to love people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 7 ec73 figs-metaphor ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ... γεγέννηται 1 born from God This is a metaphor which means someone has a relationship to God like a child to his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 8 kti1 figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ ἀγαπῶν, οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν Θεόν, ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 The person who does not love does not know God, for God is love The phrase "God is love" a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." Alternate translation: "Those who do not love their fellow believers do not know God because the character of God is to love people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 i2b5 0 Because of this ... among us, that God has sent his only Son "Because of this ... among us: God has sent his only Son." The phrase "Because of this" refers to the phrase "that God has sent his only Son."
|
||||
1JN 4 9 y4m8 figs-abstractnouns ἐφανερώθη ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν ἡμῖν 1 the love of God was revealed among us The noun "love" can be translated as a verb. This phrase can be made active. Alternate translation: "God showed that he loves us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 9 wxf8 ἵνα ζήσωμεν δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 so that we would live because of him "to enable us to live eternally because of what Jesus did"
|
||||
|
|
@ -219,75 +219,75 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
1JN 4 11 llp5 καὶ ἡμεῖς ὀφείλομεν ἀλλήλους ἀγαπᾶν 1 we also should love one another "believers are to love other believers"
|
||||
1JN 4 12 sh9q figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἐν ἡμῖν μένει 1 God remains in us To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "God continues to have fellowship with us" or "God stays joined to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 12 vt14 ἡ ἀγάπη αὐτοῦ τετελειωμένη ἐν ἡμῖν ἐστιν 1 his love is perfected in us "God's love is complete in us"
|
||||
1JN 4 13 yv6s figs-metaphor ἐν αὐτῷ μένομεν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 we remain in him and he in us To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "we continue to have fellowship with God and he continues to have fellowship with us" or "we stay joined to God and he stays joined to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 13 yv6s figs-metaphor ἐν ... αὐτῷ μένομεν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 we remain in him and he in us To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "we continue to have fellowship with God and he continues to have fellowship with us" or "we stay joined to God and he stays joined to us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 13 m69h figs-ellipsis καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ἡμῖν 1 and he in us The word "remains" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and he remains in us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
1JN 4 13 gj7p 0 By this we know ... us, because he has given Your translation may be clearer if you omit either "by this" or "because." Alternate translation: "We know ... us because he gave" or "By this we know ... us: he gave"
|
||||
1JN 4 13 dge3 ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 because he has given us some of his Spirit "because he gave us his Spirit" or "because he has put his Holy Spirit in us." This phrase, however, does not imply that God has less of his Spirit after he has given us some.
|
||||
1JN 4 13 dge3 ὅτι ... ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος αὐτοῦ δέδωκεν ἡμῖν 1 because he has given us some of his Spirit "because he gave us his Spirit" or "because he has put his Holy Spirit in us." This phrase, however, does not imply that God has less of his Spirit after he has given us some.
|
||||
1JN 4 14 w6mz 0 Also, we have seen and have borne witness that the Father has sent the Son to be the Savior of the world "And we apostles have seen the Son of God and tell everyone that God the Father has sent his Son to save people on this earth"
|
||||
1JN 4 14 m7cb guidelines-sonofgodprinciples 0 Father ... Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 nvb1 ὃς ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whoever confesses that Jesus is the Son of God "Anyone who says the truth about Jesus, that he is the Son of God"
|
||||
1JN 4 15 nvb1 ὃς ... ὁμολογήσῃ ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whoever confesses that Jesus is the Son of God "Anyone who says the truth about Jesus, that he is the Son of God"
|
||||
1JN 4 15 b6td guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 l3ft figs-metaphor τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 God remains in him and he in God To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "God continues to have fellowship with him and he continues to have fellowship with God" or "God stays joined to him and he stays joined to God (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 l3ft figs-metaphor τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 God remains in him and he in God To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "God continues to have fellowship with him and he continues to have fellowship with God" or "God stays joined to him and he stays joined to God (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 15 a7rx καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ Θεῷ 1 and he in God The word "remains" is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "and he remains in God" (See: Ellipsis)
|
||||
1JN 4 16 t5am figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 God is love This is a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." See how you translated this in [1 John 4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 dyr6 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 the one who remains in this love "those who continue to love others"
|
||||
1JN 4 16 fz29 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ Θεῷ μένει, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 remains in God, and God remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with God, and God continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with God, and God stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 ypv4 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’,, ἡμῶν ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 Because of this, this love has been made perfect among us, so that we will have confidence This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "Because of this" refers back to [1 John 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: "Because whoever lives in love is in God and God is in him, God has made his love for us complete, and so we may have complete confidence" or 2) "Because of this" refers to "we may have confidence." Alternate translation: "We are confident that God will accept us on the day he judges everyone, so we know he has made his love for us complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 t5am figs-metaphor ὁ Θεὸς ... ἀγάπη ἐστίν 1 God is love This is a metaphor which means "the character of God is love." See how you translated this in [1 John 4:8](../04/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 16 dyr6 ὁ ... μένων ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 the one who remains in this love "those who continue to love others"
|
||||
1JN 4 16 fz29 figs-metaphor ἐν ... τῷ Θεῷ μένει, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐν αὐτῷ μένει 1 remains in God, and God remains in him To remain in someone means to continue to have fellowship with him. See how you translated "remains in God" in [1 John 2:6](../02/06.md). Alternate translation: "continues to have fellowship with God, and God continues to have fellowship with him" or "stays joined with God, and God stays joined with him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 ypv4 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν, ἵνα παρρησίαν ἔχωμεν 1 Because of this, this love has been made perfect among us, so that we will have confidence This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "Because of this" refers back to [1 John 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: "Because whoever lives in love is in God and God is in him, God has made his love for us complete, and so we may have complete confidence" or 2) "Because of this" refers to "we may have confidence." Alternate translation: "We are confident that God will accept us on the day he judges everyone, so we know he has made his love for us complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 m76g figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ τετελείωται ἡ ἀγάπη μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 this love has been made perfect among us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God has made his love for us complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 l78r ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἐσμεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 1 because as he is, just so are we in this world "because the relationship that Jesus has with God is the same relationship we have with God in this world"
|
||||
1JN 4 18 bu17 figs-personification ἀλλ’, ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 Instead, perfect love throws out fear Here "love" is described as a person with the power to remove fear. God's love is perfect. Alternate translation: "But when our love is complete, we are no longer afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1JN 4 17 l78r ὅτι καθὼς ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ 1 because as he is, just so are we in this world "because the relationship that Jesus has with God is the same relationship we have with God in this world"
|
||||
1JN 4 18 bu17 figs-personification ἀλλ’ ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἔξω βάλλει τὸν φόβον 1 Instead, perfect love throws out fear Here "love" is described as a person with the power to remove fear. God's love is perfect. Alternate translation: "But when our love is complete, we are no longer afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
1JN 4 18 sq7k 0 because fear has to do with punishment "because we would be afraid only if we thought that he would punish us"
|
||||
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ φοβούμενος οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 But the one who fears has not been made perfect in love This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when a person is afraid that God will punish him, his love is not complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 tfq3 τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ 1 hates his brother "hates a fellow believer"
|
||||
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives , ὁ,, γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ὃν ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεὸν ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen If two negative statements in a row are confusing, this can be translated differently. Alternate translation: "the one who hates his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 4 18 yg1r figs-activepassive ὁ ... δὲ φοβούμενος, οὐ τετελείωται ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 But the one who fears has not been made perfect in love This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "But when a person is afraid that God will punish him, his love is not complete" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
1JN 4 20 tfq3 τὸν ... ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ μισῇ 1 hates his brother "hates a fellow believer"
|
||||
1JN 4 20 a8zh figs-doublenegatives ὁ γὰρ μὴ ἀγαπῶν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ, ὃν ἑώρακεν, τὸν Θεὸν, ὃν οὐχ ἑώρακεν, οὐ δύναται ἀγαπᾶν 1 the one who does not love his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen If two negative statements in a row are confusing, this can be translated differently. Alternate translation: "the one who hates his brother, whom he has seen, cannot love God, whom he has not seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
1JN 5 intro bxm4 0 # 1 John 05 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Children born from God<br>When people believe in Jesus, God makes them his children and gives them eternal life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>##### Christian living<br>People who believe in Jesus should obey God's commands and love his children.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Death<br>When John writes about death in this chapter, he refers to physical death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]])<br><br>##### "the whole world lies in the power of the evil one"<br>The phrase "the evil one" refers to Satan. God has allowed him to rule the world, but ultimately God is in control over everything. God keeps his children safe from the evil one. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan]])<br>
|
||||
1JN 5 1 nej3 0 General Information: John continues to teach his readers about God's love and the love believers are to have because they have this new nature from God.
|
||||
1JN 5 1 h8if ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ γεγέννηται 1 is born from God "is a child of God"
|
||||
1JN 5 2 ukc7 0 Because of this we know that we love God's children, when we love God and do his commandments. "When we love God and do what he commands, then we know that we love his children"
|
||||
1JN 5 3 ve87 αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ: ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 For this is love for God: that we keep his commandments "Because when we do what he commands, that is true love for God"
|
||||
1JN 5 3 ve87 αὕτη γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἀγάπη τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ τηρῶμεν 1 For this is love for God: that we keep his commandments "Because when we do what he commands, that is true love for God"
|
||||
1JN 5 3 uik3 αἱ ἐντολαὶ αὐτοῦ βαρεῖαι οὐκ εἰσίν 1 his commandments are not burdensome "what he commands is not difficult"
|
||||
1JN 5 3 c5z1 βαρεῖαι 1 burdensome "heavy" or "crushing" or "difficult"
|
||||
1JN 5 4 i2bf πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ νικᾷ 1 everyone who is born from God overcomes "all children of God overcome"
|
||||
1JN 5 4 i2bf πᾶν τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ, νικᾷ 1 everyone who is born from God overcomes "all children of God overcome"
|
||||
1JN 5 4 g3uw νικᾷ τὸν κόσμον 1 overcomes the world "has victory over the world," "succeeds against the world," or "refuses to do the evil things unbelievers do"
|
||||
1JN 5 4 yq2d figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 the world This passage uses "the world" to refer to all the sinful people and the evil systems in the world. Alternate translation: "everything in the world that is against God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 4 tf9x 0 And this is the victory that has overcome the world, even our faith "And this is what gives us the power to resist whatever would lead us to sin against God: our faith" or "And it is our faith that gives us the power to resist whatever would lead us to sin against God"
|
||||
1JN 5 5 qm85 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον? 1 Who is the one who overcomes the world? John used this question to introduce something he wanted to teach. Alternate translation: "I will tell you who overcomes the world:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 5 5 db4f ὁ πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God This does not refer to a specific person but to anyone who believes this. Alternate translation: "Anyone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God"
|
||||
1JN 5 5 qm85 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ... ὁ νικῶν τὸν κόσμον 1 Who is the one who overcomes the world? John used this question to introduce something he wanted to teach. Alternate translation: "I will tell you who overcomes the world:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
1JN 5 5 db4f ὁ ... πιστεύων ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The one who believes that Jesus is the Son of God This does not refer to a specific person but to anyone who believes this. Alternate translation: "Anyone who believes that Jesus is the Son of God"
|
||||
1JN 5 5 drv2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 6 yjh2 0 Connecting Statement: John teaches about Jesus Christ and what God said about him.
|
||||
1JN 5 6 js27 figs-metonymy οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι’ ὕδατος: καὶ αἵματος Ἰησοῦς Χριστός 1 This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ "Jesus Christ is the one who came by water and blood." Here "water" is probably a metonym for the baptism of Jesus, and "blood" stands for Jesus' death on the cross. Alternate translation: "God showed that Jesus Christ is his son at Jesus' baptism and his death on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 6 js27 figs-metonymy οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἐλθὼν δι’ ὕδατος καὶ αἵματος, Ἰησοῦς Χριστός 1 This is the one who came by water and blood: Jesus Christ "Jesus Christ is the one who came by water and blood." Here "water" is probably a metonym for the baptism of Jesus, and "blood" stands for Jesus' death on the cross. Alternate translation: "God showed that Jesus Christ is his son at Jesus' baptism and his death on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 6 bdl4 figs-metonymy 0 He came not only by water, but also by water and blood Here "water" is probably a metonym for the baptism of Jesus, and "blood" stands for Jesus' death on the cross. Alternate translation: "God did not show us Jesus was his son just through his baptism, but through his baptism and his death on the cross" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 k2de figs-explicit , εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 If we receive the witness of men, the witness of God is greater The translator can state more clearly the implied reason about why we should believe what God says: Alternate translation: "If we believe what people say, then we should believe what God says because he always tells the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 k2de figs-explicit εἰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν, ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 If we receive the witness of men, the witness of God is greater The translator can state more clearly the implied reason about why we should believe what God says: Alternate translation: "If we believe what people say, then we should believe what God says because he always tells the truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 ai6a figs-idiom τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων λαμβάνομεν 1 receive the witness of men The idiom to "receive the witness" means to believe what another person testifies concerning something that he has seen. The abstract noun "witness" can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: "believe what men testify" or "believe what men say about what they have seen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 9 nxq1 τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 the witness of God is greater the witness of God is more important and more reliable
|
||||
1JN 5 9 gt7u guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 10 gkj1 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ 1 Anyone who believes in the Son of God has the testimony in himself "Whoever believes in Jesus knows for sure Jesus is the Son of God"
|
||||
1JN 5 9 nxq1 τὴν μαρτυρίαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ... ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Θεοῦ μείζων ἐστίν 1 the witness of God is greater the witness of God is more important and more reliable
|
||||
1JN 5 9 gt7u guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ ... Υἱοῦ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 10 gkj1 ὁ πιστεύων εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔχει τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἐν αὑτῷ 1 Anyone who believes in the Son of God has the testimony in himself "Whoever believes in Jesus knows for sure Jesus is the Son of God"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 j255 ψεύστην πεποίηκεν αὐτόν 1 has made him out to be a liar "has called God a liar"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 sii2 ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 because he has not believed the witness that God has given concerning his Son "because he has not believed that God has told the truth about his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 10 sii2 ὅτι οὐ πεπίστευκεν ... τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν μεμαρτύρηκεν ὁ Θεὸς περὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 because he has not believed the witness that God has given concerning his Son "because he has not believed that God has told the truth about his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 bi7k καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία 1 And the witness is this "This is what God says"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 k2qn figs-abstractnouns ζωὴν 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 11 u1w5 αὕτη ἡ ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 this life is in his Son "this life is through his Son" or "we will live forever if we are joined with his Son" or "we will live forever if we are united with his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 u1w5 αὕτη ... ἡ ... ζωὴ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν 1 this life is in his Son "this life is through his Son" or "we will live forever if we are joined with his Son" or "we will live forever if we are united with his Son"
|
||||
1JN 5 11 sz21 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Υἱῷ 1 Son This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 st2z figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει τὴν ζωήν ὁ μὴ. ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life Being in a close relationship to the Son is spoken of as having the Son. Alternate translation: "He who believes in the Son of God has eternal life. He who does not believe in the Son of God does not have eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 12 st2z figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν, ἔχει τὴν ζωήν; ὁ μὴ ἔχων τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὴν ζωὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 The one who has the Son has life. The one who does not have the Son of God does not have life Being in a close relationship to the Son is spoken of as having the Son. Alternate translation: "He who believes in the Son of God has eternal life. He who does not believe in the Son of God does not have eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 13 uwm2 0 General Information: This begins the end of John's letter. He tells his readers the last purpose for his letter and gives them some final teachings.
|
||||
1JN 5 13 ezl8 ταῦτα 1 these things "this letter"
|
||||
1JN 5 13 wns6 figs-metonymy τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to you who believe in the name of the Son of God Here "name" is a metonym for the Son of God. Alternate translation: "to you who trust in the Son of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 13 gg32 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 14 yj31 figs-abstractnouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν, ὅτι 1 this is the confidence we have before him, that The abstract noun "confidence" can be stated as "confident." Alternate translation: "we are confident in God's presence because we know that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 14 yj31 figs-abstractnouns αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ παρρησία ... ἔχομεν πρὸς αὐτόν: ὅτι 1 this is the confidence we have before him, that The abstract noun "confidence" can be stated as "confident." Alternate translation: "we are confident in God's presence because we know that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 14 at5n ἐάν τι αἰτώμεθα κατὰ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ 1 if we ask anything according to his will "if we ask for the things that God desires"
|
||||
1JN 5 15 ev49 οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ἃ ᾐτήκαμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we know that we have whatever we have asked of him "we know that we will receive that for which we have asked God"
|
||||
1JN 5 15 ev49 οἴδαμεν ὅτι ... ἔχομεν τὰ αἰτήματα ἃ ᾐτήκαμεν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 we know that we have whatever we have asked of him "we know that we will receive that for which we have asked God"
|
||||
1JN 5 16 sc1f τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ 1 his brother "fellow believer"
|
||||
1JN 5 16 myf6 figs-abstractnouns ζωήν 1 life The word "life" throughout this letter refers to more than physical life. Here "life" refers to being alive spiritually. See how you translated this in [1 John 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
1JN 5 16 q1me θάνατον 1 death This refers to eternal death, that is, eternity spent away from God's presence.
|
||||
1JN 5 18 f9y9 0 Connecting Statement: John closes his letter, reviewing what he has said about the new nature of believers, which cannot sin, and he reminds them to keep themselves from idols.
|
||||
1JN 5 18 l7h8 ὁ πονηρὸς οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one cannot harm him The phrase "the evil one" refers to Satan, the devil.
|
||||
1JN 5 18 l7h8 ὁ ... πονηρὸς οὐχ ἅπτεται αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one cannot harm him The phrase "the evil one" refers to Satan, the devil.
|
||||
1JN 5 19 n9ig figs-metaphor τῷ πονηρῷ 1 the whole world lies in the power of the evil one Lying in someone's power represents being controlled or ruled by him. Alternate translation: "the whole world is controlled by the evil one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 eh5z figs-metonymy ὁ ὁ κόσμος ὅλος 1 the whole world Here "world" is a way in which some biblical writers refer to the people living in the world who are in rebellion against God and to the world system that is affected in every way by the corrupting power of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 19 eh5z figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος ὅλος 1 the whole world Here "world" is a way in which some biblical writers refer to the people living in the world who are in rebellion against God and to the world system that is affected in every way by the corrupting power of sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 je13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 n1nh δέδωκεν ἡμῖν διάνοιαν 1 has given us understanding "has enabled us to understand the truth"
|
||||
1JN 5 20 ge7c figs-metaphor ἐσμὲν ἐν τῷ Ἀληθινῷ 1 we are in him who is true Being "in" someone represents having a close relationship with him, that is being united to him or belonging to him. The phrase "him who is true" refers to the true God, and the phrase "in his Son Jesus Christ" explains how we are in him who is true. Alternate translation: "we are united to him who is true by being united to his Son Jesus Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 hvr7 τὸν Ἀληθινόν 1 him who is true "the true one" or "the real God"
|
||||
1JN 5 20 w5yl οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἀληθινὸς Θεὸς 1 This one is the true God Possible meanings are 1) "This one" refers to Jesus Christ, or 2) "This one" refers to the one true God.
|
||||
1JN 5 20 dz3s figs-metonymy καὶ ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 and eternal life He is called "eternal life" becasue he gives us eternal life. Alternate translation: "and the one who gives eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 20 dz3s figs-metonymy καὶ ... ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1 and eternal life He is called "eternal life" becasue he gives us eternal life. Alternate translation: "and the one who gives eternal life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
1JN 5 21 i3rw figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Children John was an elderly man and their leader. He used this expression to show his love for them. See how you translated this in [1 John 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: "My dear children in Christ" or "You who are as dear to me as my own children" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
1JN 5 21 hn4y φυλάξατε ἑαυτὰ ἀπὸ τῶν εἰδώλων 1 keep yourselves from idols "stay away from idols" or "do not worship idols"
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 963.
|
|
|
@ -11,19 +11,19 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
2JN 1 5 c9xi figs-you 0 you, lady ... writing to you These instances of "you" are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 u38f οὐχ ὡς ἐντολὴν καινὴν γράφων σοι 1 not as though I were writing to you a new commandment "not as though I were commanding you to do something new"
|
||||
2JN 1 5 uhs8 figs-explicit ἀλλὰ ἣν εἴχαμεν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 but one that we have had from the beginning Here, "beginning" refers to "when we first believed." Alternate translation: "but I am writing to you what Christ commanded us to do when we first believed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς— ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 beginning—that we should love one another This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "beginning. He commanded that we should love one another"
|
||||
2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor αὕτη ἡ ἐντολή ἐστιν καθὼς ἠκούσατε, ἀπ’, ἀρχῆς ἵνα ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε 1 This is the commandment, just as you heard from the beginning, that you should walk in it Conducting our lives according to God's commands is spoken of as if we were walking in them. The word "it" refers to love. "And he has commanded you, since you first believed, to love one another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 5 vmm8 ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἀγαπῶμεν ἀλλήλους 1 beginning—that we should love one another This can be translated as a new sentence. Alternate translation: "beginning. He commanded that we should love one another"
|
||||
2JN 1 6 nw4g figs-metaphor αὕτη ... ἡ ... ἐντολή ἐστιν, καθὼς ἠκούσατε ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς, ἵνα ἐν αὐτῇ περιπατῆτε 1 This is the commandment, just as you heard from the beginning, that you should walk in it Conducting our lives according to God's commands is spoken of as if we were walking in them. The word "it" refers to love. "And he has commanded you, since you first believed, to love one another" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 u3vi 0 Connecting Statement: John warns them of deceivers, reminds them to remain in Christ's teaching, and warns them to stay away from those who do not remain in Christ's teaching.
|
||||
2JN 1 7 w25m ὅτι πολλοὶ πλάνοι ἐξῆλθαν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 For many deceivers have gone out into the world "For many false teachers have left the congregation" or "For many deceivers are in the world"
|
||||
2JN 1 7 f9e2 πολλοὶ πλάνοι 1 many deceivers "many false teachers" or "many imposters"
|
||||
2JN 1 7 x8yl figs-metonymy Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν ἐρχόμενον ἐν σαρκί 1 Jesus Christ came in the flesh Coming in the flesh is a metonym for being a real person. Alternate translation: "Jesus Christ came as a real human" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
2JN 1 7 wbp6 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ πλάνος καὶ ὁ ἀντίχριστος 1 This is the deceiver and the antichrist "They are the ones who deceive others and oppose Christ himself"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 it9t βλέπετε ἑαυτούς 1 Look to yourselves "Watch out" or "Pay attention"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 b91r ἀπολέσητε εἰργασάμεθα 1 lose the things "lose your future rewards in heaven"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 b91r ἀπολέσητε ... εἰργασάμεθα 1 lose the things "lose your future rewards in heaven"
|
||||
2JN 1 8 eu46 μισθὸν πλήρη 1 full reward "complete reward in heaven"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 mn3v πᾶς ὁ προάγων 1 Whoever goes on ahead This refers to a person who claims to know more about God and truth than everyone else. Alternate translation: "Whoever claims to know more about God" or "Whoever disobeys the truth"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 xty9 Θεὸν οὐκ ἔχει 1 does not have God "does not belong to God"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 x523 ὁ μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν, Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son "Someone who follows Christ's teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 x523 ὁ ... μένων ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ ... οὗτος καὶ τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν ἔχει 1 The one who remains in the teaching, this one has both the Father and the Son "Someone who follows Christ's teaching belongs to both the Father and the Son"
|
||||
2JN 1 9 k8cv guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα καὶ τὸν Υἱὸν 1 the Father and the Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
2JN 1 10 ls1c 0 receive him into your house Here this means to welcome him and treat him with honor in order to build a relationship with him.
|
||||
2JN 1 11 n7zt κοινωνεῖ τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῦ τοῖς πονηροῖς 1 participates in his evil deeds "shares with him in his evil deeds" or "helps him in his evil deeds"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 434.
|
|
|
@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as "elder" either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: "I, John the elder, am writing." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 Gaius This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 1 mp9w ὃν ἐγὼ ἀγαπῶ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 whom I love in truth "whom I truly love"
|
||||
3JN 1 2 v6dv περὶ πάντων σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 all may go well with you and that you may be healthy "you may do well in all things and be healthy"
|
||||
3JN 1 2 v6dv περὶ πάντων ... σε εὐοδοῦσθαι καὶ ὑγιαίνειν 1 all may go well with you and that you may be healthy "you may do well in all things and be healthy"
|
||||
3JN 1 2 i269 καθὼς εὐοδοῦταί σου ἡ ψυχή 1 just as it is well with your soul "just as you are doing well spiritually"
|
||||
3JN 1 3 b4zh ἐρχομένων ἀδελφῶν 1 brothers came "fellow believers came." These people were probably all male.
|
||||
3JN 1 3 y7q3 figs-metaphor σὺ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ περιπατεῖς 1 you walk in truth Walking on a path is a metaphor for how a person lives his life. Alternate translation: "you are living your life according to God's truth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
3JN 1 5 vl13 0 Connecting Statement: John's purpose in writing this letter is to compliment Gaius in the way he took care of traveling Bible teachers; then he talks about two people, one evil and one good.
|
||||
3JN 1 5 tmh1 ἀγαπητέ 1 Beloved Here this is used as a term of endearment for fellow believers.
|
||||
3JN 1 5 gs6x πιστὸν ποιεῖς 1 you practice faithfulness "you are doing what is faithful to God" or "you are being loyal to God"
|
||||
3JN 1 5 g4gz ὃ ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους 1 work for the brothers and for strangers "help fellow believers and those you do not know"
|
||||
3JN 1 5 g4gz ὃ, ἐὰν ἐργάσῃ εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ τοῦτο ξένους 1 work for the brothers and for strangers "help fellow believers and those you do not know"
|
||||
3JN 1 6 wzf6 οἳ ἐμαρτύρησάν σου τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἐνώπιον ἐκκλησίας 1 who have borne witness of your love in the presence of the church These words describe the "strangers" (verse 5). "strangers who have told the believers in the church about how you have loved them"
|
||||
3JN 1 6 pb64 καλῶς ποιήσεις προπέμψας 1 You do well to send them John is thanking Gaius for his normal practice of helping these believers.
|
||||
3JN 1 6 pb64 καλῶς ποιήσεις, προπέμψας 1 You do well to send them John is thanking Gaius for his normal practice of helping these believers.
|
||||
3JN 1 7 d8y1 figs-metonymy 0 because it was for the sake of the name that they went out Here "the name" refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: "for they have gone out to tell people about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
3JN 1 7 yzc8 μηδὲν λαμβάνοντες 1 taking nothing receiving no gifts or help
|
||||
3JN 1 7 hk3p τῶν ἐθνικῶν 1 the Gentiles Here "Gentiles" does not just mean people who are not Jewish. It implies people who do not trust in Jesus.
|
||||
|
|
@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
|
|||
3JN 1 11 zan2 οὐχ ἑώρακεν τὸν Θεόν 1 has not seen God "does not belong to God" or "does not believe in God"
|
||||
3JN 1 12 pl7i figs-activepassive Δημητρίῳ μεμαρτύρηται ὑπὸ πάντων 1 Demetrius is borne witness to by all This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "All who know Demetrius bear witness of him" or "Every believer who knows Demetrius speaks well of him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 m22h translate-names Δημητρίῳ 1 Demetrius This is probably a man whom John wants Gaius and the congregation to welcome when he comes to visit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 rad4 figs-personification ὑπὸ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself "the truth itself speaks well of him." Here "truth" is described as a person speaking. Alternate translation: "everyone who knows the truth knows he is a good person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 s712 figs-ellipsis καὶ ἡμεῖς μαρτυροῦμεν 1 We also bear witness What John is confirming is implied and can be made specific here. Alternate translation: "We also speak well of Demetrius" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 rad4 figs-personification ὑπὸ ... αὐτῆς τῆς ἀληθείας 1 by the truth itself "the truth itself speaks well of him." Here "truth" is described as a person speaking. Alternate translation: "everyone who knows the truth knows he is a good person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
3JN 1 12 s712 figs-ellipsis καὶ ... ἡμεῖς ... μαρτυροῦμεν 1 We also bear witness What John is confirming is implied and can be made specific here. Alternate translation: "We also speak well of Demetrius" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
3JN 1 13 v27c 0 General Information: This is the end of John's letter to Gaius. He gives some final remarks and closes with a greeting.
|
||||
3JN 1 13 am6k 0 I do not wish to write them to you with pen and ink John does not wish to write these other things at all. He is not saying that he would write them with something other than pen and ink.
|
||||
3JN 1 14 r8i4 figs-idiom στόμα πρὸς στόμα 1 face to face "Face to face" here is an idiom, meaning "in person." Alternate translation: "in person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 426.
|
|
|
@ -1,44 +1,44 @@
|
|||
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
|
||||
JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>#### Outline of the Book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Warning against false teachers (1:3-4)<br>1. Old Testament examples (1:5-16)<br>1. Proper response (1:17-23)<br>1. Praises to God (1:24-25)<br><br>#### Who wrote the Book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>#### What is the Book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Petter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>#### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, "Jude." Or they may choose a clearer title, such as "The Letter from Jude" or "The Letter Jude Wrote." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>#### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br>
|
||||
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-you 0 General Information: Jude identifies himself as the writer of this letter and greets his readers. He was probably the half-brother of Jesus. There are two other Judes mentioned in the New Testament. The word "you" in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, Ἰησοῦ δοῦλος 1 Jude, a servant of Jude is the brother of James. Alternate translation: "I am Jude, a servant of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James James and Jude were half brothers of Jesus.
|
||||
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you "may mercy, peace, and love be increased many times for you." These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. This can be restate to remove the abstract nouns "mercy," "peace," and "love." Alternate translation: "May God continue to be merciful to you so that you live peacefully and love one another more and more (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, Ἰησοῦ ... δοῦλος 1 Jude, a servant of Jude is the brother of James. Alternate translation: "I am Jude, a servant of" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς ... Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James James and Jude were half brothers of Jesus.
|
||||
JUD 1 2 r5ae figs-abstractnouns ἔλεος ὑμῖν, καὶ εἰρήνη, καὶ ἀγάπη πληθυνθείη 1 May mercy and peace and love be multiplied to you "may mercy, peace, and love be increased many times for you." These ideas are spoken of as if they were objects that could grow in size or number. This can be restate to remove the abstract nouns "mercy," "peace," and "love." Alternate translation: "May God continue to be merciful to you so that you live peacefully and love one another more and more (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 kjk6 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: The word "our" in this letter includes both Jude and believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 3 yfa8 0 Connecting Statement: Jude tells the believers his reason for writing this letter.
|
||||
JUD 1 3 mi3w τῆς κοινῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας 1 our common salvation "the salvation we share"
|
||||
JUD 1 3 si1u ἀνάγκην ἔσχον γράψαι 1 I had to write "I felt a great need to write" or "I felt an urgent need to write"
|
||||
JUD 1 3 yyf4 γράψαι ὑμῖν παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ πίστει 1 to exhort you to struggle earnestly for the faith "to encourage you to defend the true teaching"
|
||||
JUD 1 3 yyf4 γράψαι ὑμῖν, παρακαλῶν ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι τῇ ... πίστει 1 to exhort you to struggle earnestly for the faith "to encourage you to defend the true teaching"
|
||||
JUD 1 3 j67u ἅπαξ 1 once for all "finally and completely"
|
||||
JUD 1 4 v94i παρεισέδυσαν γάρ τινες ἄνθρωποι 1 For certain men have slipped in secretly among you "For some men have come in among the believers without drawing attention to themselves"
|
||||
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive προγεγραμμένοι εἰς τὸ κρίμα 1 men who were marked out for condemnation This can also be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: "men whom God chose to condemn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 wwz3 figs-activepassive προγεγραμμένοι εἰς ... τὸ κρίμα 1 men who were marked out for condemnation This can also be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: "men whom God chose to condemn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 c642 figs-metaphor τὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν χάριτα μετατιθέντες εἰς ἀσέλγειαν 1 who have changed the grace of our God into sensuality God's grace is spoken of as if it were a thing that could be changed into something horrible. Alternate translation: "who teach that God's grace permits one to continue to live in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν ἀρνούμενοι, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν 1 deny our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) they teach that he is not God or 2) these men do not obey Jesus Christ.
|
||||
JUD 1 4 ws1b τὸν μόνον Δεσπότην καὶ Κύριον ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦν Χριστὸν, ἀρνούμενοι 1 deny our only Master and Lord, Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) they teach that he is not God or 2) these men do not obey Jesus Christ.
|
||||
JUD 1 5 fa5e 0 Connecting Statement: Jude gives examples from the past of those who did not follow the Lord.
|
||||
JUD 1 5 f4mm 0 the Lord saved a people out of the land of Egypt "the Lord rescued the Israelites long ago from Egypt"
|
||||
JUD 1 5 xbq1 0 the Lord Some texts read "Jesus."
|
||||
JUD 1 6 pt1k τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀρχὴν 1 their own position of authority "the responsibilities God entrusted to them"
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s3cn δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις τετήρηκεν, ὑπὸ ζόφον 1 God has kept them in everlasting chains, in utter darkness "God has put these angels in a dark prison from which they will never escape"
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s3cn δεσμοῖς ἀϊδίοις ὑπὸ ζόφον τετήρηκεν 1 God has kept them in everlasting chains, in utter darkness "God has put these angels in a dark prison from which they will never escape"
|
||||
JUD 1 6 s1j9 figs-metonymy ζόφον 1 utter darkness Here "darkness" is a metonym which represents the place of the dead or hell. Alternate translation: "in utter darkness in hell" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 6 ccz6 κρίσιν μεγάλης ἡμέρας 1 the great day the final day when God will judge everyone
|
||||
JUD 1 7 yn36 figs-metonymy αἱ περὶ αὐτὰς πόλεις 1 the cities around them Here "cities" stands for the people who lived in them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 7 r3e9 τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τούτοις ἐκπορνεύσασαι 1 also indulged themselves The sexual sins of Sodom and Gomorrah were the result of the same kind of rebellion as the angels' evil ways.
|
||||
JUD 1 7 pi4t δεῖγμα δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 as examples of those who suffer the punishment The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah became an example of the fate of all who reject God.
|
||||
JUD 1 7 pi4t δεῖγμα ... δίκην ὑπέχουσαι 1 as examples of those who suffer the punishment The destruction of the people of Sodom and Gomorrah became an example of the fate of all who reject God.
|
||||
JUD 1 8 ujs2 οὗτοι ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι 1 these dreamers the people who disobey God, probably because they claimed to see visions that gave them authority to do so
|
||||
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metaphor σάρκα μιαίνουσιν 1 pollute their bodies This metaphor says that their sin makes their bodies—that is, their actions—unacceptable the way garbage in a stream makes the water undrinkable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 8 ez4l figs-metaphor σάρκα ... μιαίνουσιν 1 pollute their bodies This metaphor says that their sin makes their bodies—that is, their actions—unacceptable the way garbage in a stream makes the water undrinkable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 8 e73k βλασφημοῦσιν 1 say slanderous things "speak insults"
|
||||
JUD 1 8 pn3j δόξας 1 glorious ones This refers to spiritual beings, such as angels.
|
||||
JUD 1 9 rmg9 0 General Information: Balaam was a prophet who refused to curse Israel for an enemy but then taught that enemy to get the people to marry unbelievers and become idol worshipers. Korah was a man of Israel who rebelled against Moses' leadership and Aaron's priesthood.
|
||||
JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 did not dare to bring "controlled himself. He did not bring" or "was not willing to bring"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment "an evil-speaking judgment" or "an evil judgment"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 uzj1 οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ... ἐπενεγκεῖν 1 did not dare to bring "controlled himself. He did not bring" or "was not willing to bring"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 kib4 κρίσιν ... βλασφημίας 1 a slanderous judgment "an evil-speaking judgment" or "an evil judgment"
|
||||
JUD 1 9 v9fh κρίσιν ἐπενεγκεῖν βλασφημίας 1 bring a slanderous judgment against "say evil, untrue things about"
|
||||
JUD 1 10 h6sq οὗτοι 1 these people the ungodly people
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 whatever they do not understand "anything of which they do not know the meaning." Possible meanings are 1) "everything good that they do not understand" or 2) "the glorious ones, which they do not understand" ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
|
||||
JUD 1 10 fjm5 ὅσα ... οὐκ οἴδασιν 1 whatever they do not understand "anything of which they do not know the meaning." Possible meanings are 1) "everything good that they do not understand" or 2) "the glorious ones, which they do not understand" ([Jude 1:8](../01/08.md)).
|
||||
JUD 1 11 j3g9 figs-metaphor τῇ ὁδῷ τοῦ Κάϊν ἐπορεύθησαν 1 walked in the way of Cain "Walked in the way" here is a metaphor for "lived in the same way as." Alternate translation: "lived the same way Cain lived" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 s4az 0 Connecting Statement: Jude uses a series of metaphors to describe the ungodly men. He tells the believers how to recognize these men when they are among them.
|
||||
JUD 1 12 r875 οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ 1 These are the ones The word "These" refers to the "ungodly men" of [Jude 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
JUD 1 12 e25d figs-metaphor σπιλάδες 1 hidden reefs Reefs are large rocks that are very close to the surface of water in the sea. Because sailors cannot see them, they are very dangerous. Ships can easily be destroyed if they hit these rocks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 zk57 figs-metaphor δὶς ἀποθανόντα, ἐκριζωθέντα 1 twice dead, torn up by the roots A tree that someone has uprooted is a metaphor for death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 zk57 figs-metaphor δὶς ἀποθανόντα ἐκριζωθέντα 1 twice dead, torn up by the roots A tree that someone has uprooted is a metaphor for death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 12 t28p figs-metaphor ἐκριζωθέντα 1 torn up by the roots Like trees that have been completely pulled out of the ground by their roots, the ungodly people have been separated from God, who is the source of life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 e4rm figs-metaphor κύματα ἄγρια θαλάσσης 1 violent waves in the sea As the sea's waves are blown by a strong wind, so the ungodly people are easily moved in many directions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 13 fgr9 figs-metaphor ἐπαφρίζοντα τὰς ἑαυτῶν αἰσχύνας 1 foaming out their own shame As wind causes wild waves to stir up dirty foam—so these men, through their false teaching and actions, shame themselves. Alternate translation: "and just as waves bring up foam and dirt, these men pollute others with their shame" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -47,26 +47,26 @@ JUD 1 13 djm4 figs-metonymy οἷς ὁ ζόφος τοῦ σκότους εἰ
|
|||
JUD 1 14 e5wv ἕβδομος ἀπὸ Ἀδὰμ 1 the seventh from Adam If Adam is counted as the first generation of mankind, Enoch is the seventh. If Adam's son is counted as the first, Enoch is sixth in line.
|
||||
JUD 1 14 lu2y ἰδοὺ 1 Look "Listen" or "Pay attention to this important thing I am going to say"
|
||||
JUD 1 15 bl4q ποιῆσαι κρίσιν κατὰ 1 to execute judgment on "to make judgment on" or "to judge"
|
||||
JUD 1 16 zs28 γογγυσταί, μεμψίμοιροι 1 grumblers, complainers People who do not want to obey and speak against godly authority. "Grumblers" tend to speak quietly, while "complainers" speak openly.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 zs28 γογγυσταί μεμψίμοιροι 1 grumblers, complainers People who do not want to obey and speak against godly authority. "Grumblers" tend to speak quietly, while "complainers" speak openly.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 eaf2 τὸ στόμα αὐτῶν λαλεῖ ὑπέρογκα 1 loud boasters People who praise themselves so that others can hear.
|
||||
JUD 1 16 j8rh θαυμάζοντες πρόσωπα 1 flatter others "give false praise to others"
|
||||
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires These people are spoken of as if their desires were kings who ruled over them. Alternate translation: "are never able to stop dishonoring God by doing the evil things they wish to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 j5m4 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires Ungodly desires are spoken of as if they were a path that a person will follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 w1mx figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι” τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires These people are spoken of as if their desires were kings who ruled over them. Alternate translation: "are never able to stop dishonoring God by doing the evil things they wish to do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 18 j5m4 figs-metaphor κατὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίας πορευόμενοι” τῶν ἀσεβειῶν 1 will follow their own ungodly desires Ungodly desires are spoken of as if they were a path that a person will follow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 r28j οὗτοί εἰσιν 1 It is these "It is these mockers" or "These mockers are the ones"
|
||||
JUD 1 19 ba6u figs-metaphor ψυχικοί 1 are worldly think as other ungodly people think, they value the things that unbelievers value (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 19 qn4p ψυχικοί Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the Spirit The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that people can possess. Alternate translation: "the Spirit is not within them"
|
||||
JUD 1 19 qn4p ψυχικοί, Πνεῦμα μὴ ἔχοντες 1 they do not have the Spirit The Holy Spirit is spoken of as if he were something that people can possess. Alternate translation: "the Spirit is not within them"
|
||||
JUD 1 20 e3ga 0 Connecting Statement: Jude tells the believers how they should live and how they should treat others.
|
||||
JUD 1 20 xm93 ὑμεῖς δέ, ἀγαπητοί 1 But you, beloved "Do not be like them, beloved. Instead"
|
||||
JUD 1 20 cc68 figs-metaphor ἐποικοδομοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς 1 build yourselves up Becoming increasingly able to trust in God and obey him is spoken of as if it were the process of constructing a building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν Θεοῦ τηρήσατε' ἀγάπῃ 1 Keep yourselves in God's love Remaining able to receive God's love is spoken of as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 zd2c figs-metaphor ἑαυτοὺς ἐν ἀγάπῃ Θεοῦ τηρήσατε 1 Keep yourselves in God's love Remaining able to receive God's love is spoken of as if one were keeping oneself in a certain place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 21 s6w6 προσδεχόμενοι 1 wait for "eagerly look forward to"
|
||||
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ that brings you eternal life Here "mercy" stands for Jesus Christ himself, who will show his mercy to the believers by making them live forever with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς διακρινομένους 1 those who doubt "those who do not yet believe that Jesus is God"
|
||||
JUD 1 21 p3bw figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 the mercy of our Lord Jesus Christ that brings you eternal life Here "mercy" stands for Jesus Christ himself, who will show his mercy to the believers by making them live forever with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
JUD 1 22 wbr5 οὓς ... διακρινομένους 1 those who doubt "those who do not yet believe that Jesus is God"
|
||||
JUD 1 23 wkj9 figs-metaphor ἐκ πυρὸς ἁρπάζοντες 1 snatching them out of the fire The picture is that of pulling people from a fire before they start to burn. Alternate translation: "doing for them whatever needs to be done to keep them from dying without Christ. This is like pulling them from the fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 23 ign7 οὓς ἐλεᾶτε ἐν φόβῳ 1 To others be merciful with fear "Be kind to others, but be afraid of sinning the way they did"
|
||||
JUD 1 23 ign7 οὓς ... ἐλεᾶτε ἐν φόβῳ 1 To others be merciful with fear "Be kind to others, but be afraid of sinning the way they did"
|
||||
JUD 1 23 u4px figs-hyperbole μισοῦντες καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐσπιλωμένον χιτῶνα 1 Hate even the garment stained by the flesh Jude exaggerates to warn his readers that they can become like those sinners. Alternate translation: "Treat them as though you could become guilty of sin just by touching their clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 r3jx 0 Connecting Statement: Jude closes with a blessing.
|
||||
JUD 1 24 w1dc figs-metaphor στῆσαι κατενώπιον τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 to cause you to stand before his glorious presence His glory is brilliant light that represents his greatness. Alternate translation: "and to allow you to enjoy and worship his glory" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 24 gq9e figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης ἀμώμους ἐν 1 glorious presence without blemish and with Here sin is spoken of as if it were dirt on one's body or a flaw on one's body. Alternate translation: "glorious presence, where you will be without sin and have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord "to the only God, who saved us because of what Jesus Christ did." This emphasizes that God the Father as well as the Son is the Savior.
|
||||
JUD 1 25 kql5 δόξα μεγαλωσύνη κράτος καὶ ἐξουσία πρὸ, παντὸς,,,,, τοῦ αἰῶνος νῦν καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 be glory, majesty, dominion, and power, before all time, now, and forevermore God has always had, now has, and always will have glory, absolute leadership, and complete control of all things.
|
||||
JUD 1 24 gq9e figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης ... ἀμώμους ἐν 1 glorious presence without blemish and with Here sin is spoken of as if it were dirt on one's body or a flaw on one's body. Alternate translation: "glorious presence, where you will be without sin and have" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
JUD 1 25 a3ua μόνῳ Θεῷ Σωτῆρι ἡμῶν, διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 to the only God our Savior through Jesus Christ our Lord "to the only God, who saved us because of what Jesus Christ did." This emphasizes that God the Father as well as the Son is the Savior.
|
||||
JUD 1 25 kql5 δόξα, μεγαλωσύνη, κράτος, καὶ ἐξουσία, πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος ... νῦν, καὶ εἰς πάντας τοὺς αἰῶνας 1 be glory, majesty, dominion, and power, before all time, now, and forevermore God has always had, now has, and always will have glory, absolute leadership, and complete control of all things.
|
||||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1009.
|
466
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
466
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
|
|
@ -5,19 +5,19 @@ REV 1 1 kv41 0 General Information: This is an introduction to the book of Rev
|
|||
REV 1 1 ik5v τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants This refers to people who believe in Christ.
|
||||
REV 1 1 x8bu ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει 1 what must soon take place "the events that must happen soon"
|
||||
REV 1 1 kez4 ἐσήμανεν 1 made it known "communicated it"
|
||||
REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John John wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: "to me, John, his servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 1 1 pb4u figs-123person τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ 1 to his servant John John wrote this book and was referring to himself here. Alternate translation: "to me, John, his servant" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 1 2 va4c τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God "the message that God spoke"
|
||||
REV 1 2 b5se τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the testimony of Jesus Christ Possible meanings are 1) this refers to the testimony that John has given about Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "he has also given testimony about Jesus Christ" or 2) "the testimony that Jesus Christ has given about himself"
|
||||
REV 1 3 le65 figs-genericnoun 0 the one who reads aloud This does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who reads it aloud. Alternate translation: "anyone who reads aloud" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 1 3 h37b figs-activepassive τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα 1 obey what is written in it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "obey what John has written in it" or "obey what they read in it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 the time is near "the things that must happen will soon happen"
|
||||
REV 1 3 dwt8 ὁ ... καιρὸς ἐγγύς 1 the time is near "the things that must happen will soon happen"
|
||||
REV 1 4 vw1t 0 General Information: This is the beginning of John's letter. Here he names himself as the writer and greets the people he is writing to.
|
||||
REV 1 4 y9yh figs-abstractnouns 0 May grace be to you and peace from the one who is ... and from the seven spirits This is a wish or blessing. John speaks as if these were things that God could give, although they are really ways in which he hopes God will act for his people. Alternate translation: "May he who is ... and the seven spirits ... treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 1 4 hl5c ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν 1 from the one who is "from God, who is"
|
||||
REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The "seven spirits" refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ... ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ ... πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The "seven spirits" refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ This continues the blessing from [Revelation 1:4] (./04.md). "May grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ" or "and may Jesus Christ treat you kindly and enable you to live peacefully and securely"
|
||||
REV 1 5 l3h8 ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead "the first person to be raised from death"
|
||||
REV 1 5 l3h8 ὁ ... πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead "the first person to be raised from death"
|
||||
REV 1 5 j1xp τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
|
||||
REV 1 5 u6v7 λύσαντι ἡμᾶς 1 has released us "has set us free"
|
||||
REV 1 6 a4mq ἐποίησεν ἡμᾶς βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς 1 has made us a kingdom, priests "has set us apart and begun to rule over us and he has made us priests"
|
||||
|
|
@ -27,12 +27,12 @@ REV 1 6 qd74 figs-abstractnouns 0 to him be the glory and the power This is a w
|
|||
REV 1 6 vc5g τὸ κράτος 1 the power This probably refers to his authority as king.
|
||||
REV 1 7 ldv8 0 General Information: In verse 7, John is quoting from Daniel and Zechariah.
|
||||
REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with the eyes, the word "eye" is used to refer to people. Alternate translation: "every person" or "everyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 1 7 t16v καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 including those who pierced him "even those who pierced him will see him"
|
||||
REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus' hands and feet were pierced when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to people killing him. Alternate translation: "killed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 1 7 t16v καὶ ... οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 including those who pierced him "even those who pierced him will see him"
|
||||
REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy αὐτὸν ... ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus' hands and feet were pierced when he was nailed to the cross. Here it refers to people killing him. Alternate translation: "killed him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 1 7 lqs9 ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced made a hole in
|
||||
REV 1 8 mm9z figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who began all things and who ends all things" or 2) "the one who has always lived and who always will live." If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first and the last" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would put "The Lord God says" at the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
REV 1 8 in5e figs-metaphor ὁ ... ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 1 8 c96p writing-quotations λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός 1 says the Lord God Some languages would put "The Lord God says" at the beginning or the end of the whole sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
REV 1 9 up7y 0 General Information: John explains how his vision began and the instructions the Spirit gave him.
|
||||
REV 1 9 mg1k figs-you 0 your ... you These refer to the believers in the seven churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
REV 1 9 p7ii 0 I, John—your brother and the one who shares with you in the suffering and kingdom and patient endurance that are in Jesus—was This can be stated as a separate sentence. Alternate translation: "I, John, am your brother who who shares with you in God's kingdom and also suffers and patiently endures trials along with you because we belong to Jesus. I was"
|
||||
|
|
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ REV 1 9 c1a9 διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word
|
|||
REV 1 9 j5rg τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God "the message that God spoke." Translate as in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
REV 1 9 sim8 τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus "the testimony that God has given about Jesus." Translate as in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md).
|
||||
REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit John speaks of being influenced by God's Spirit as if he were in the Spirit. Alternate translation: "I was influenced by the Spirit" or "The Spirit influenced me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ' ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord's day the day of worship for believers in Christ
|
||||
REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord's day the day of worship for believers in Christ
|
||||
REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The voice was so loud it sounded like a trumpet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 1 10 dn8e σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet This refers to an instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting.
|
||||
REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names 0 Smyrna ... Pergamum ... Thyatira ... Sardis ... Philadelphia ... Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ REV 1 15 ldx7 καμίνῳ 1 furnace a strong container for holding a very hot
|
|||
REV 1 15 izg6 0 the sound of many rushing waters This is very loud, like the sound of a large, fast flowing river, of a large waterfall, or of loud waves in the sea.
|
||||
REV 1 16 pp58 0 a sword ... was coming out of his mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion.
|
||||
REV 1 16 zy4d ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα 1 a sword with two sharp edges This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions.
|
||||
REV 1 17 twy9 figs-simile ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground. He was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 1 17 twy9 figs-simile ἔπεσα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, ὡς νεκρός 1 fell at his feet like a dead man John lay down facing the ground. He was probably very frightened and was showing Jesus great respect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 1 17 jw5r ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me "He touched me with his right hand"
|
||||
REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades Having the power over something is spoken of as having the keys to it. The implied information is that he can give life to those who have died and let them out of Hades. Alternate translation: "I have the power over death and over Hades" or "I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -65,48 +65,48 @@ REV 1 19 u49x 0 Connecting Statement: The Son of Man continues to speak.
|
|||
REV 1 20 d6ez writing-symlanguage ἀστέρων 1 stars These stars are symbols that represent the seven angels of the seven churches. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 1 20 eek9 ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Possible meanings are that these "angels" are 1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches or 2) human messengers to the seven churches, either messengers who went from John to the churches or the leaders of those churches.
|
||||
REV 1 20 e25n ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches This refers to seven churches that actually existed in Asia Minor at that time. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
REV 1 20 e25n ἑπτὰ ... ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches This refers to seven churches that actually existed in Asia Minor at that time. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md).
|
||||
REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 02 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the "seven letters to the seven churches." You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Poverty and wealth<br><br>The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>##### "The devil is about to"<br><br>People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>##### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel<br><br>Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### "Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches"<br><br>The writer knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "The angel of the church"<br><br>The word "angel" here can also mean "messenger." This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>##### "The words of the one who"<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add "These are" to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.<br>
|
||||
REV 2 1 mn8x 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Ephesus.
|
||||
REV 2 1 kq5r τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this "angel" is 1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or 2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 1 i92a writing-symlanguage ἀστέρας 1 stars These stars are symbols. They represent the seven angels of the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 1 ugs3 writing-symlanguage λυχνιῶν 1 lampstands The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 2 jg1u figs-abstractnouns 0 I know ... your hard labor and your patient endurance "Labor" and "endurance" are abstract nouns and can be translated with verbs "work" and "endure." Alternate translation: "I know ... that you work very hard and that you endure patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 2 szc1 καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but are not "but are not apostles"
|
||||
REV 2 2 szc1 καὶ ... οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but are not "but are not apostles"
|
||||
REV 2 2 ka9e εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς 1 you have found them to be false "you have recognized that those people are false apostles"
|
||||
REV 2 3 muq8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "because of me" or "because you believe in my name" or "because you believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 3 j46d figs-metaphor οὐ κεκοπίακες 1 you have not grown weary Being discouraged is spoken of as being tired. Alternate translation: "you have not become discouraged" or "you have not quit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that "I disapprove of you because" or "I am angry with you because"
|
||||
REV 2 4 j7gz ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι 1 I have against you the fact that "I disapprove of you because" or "I am angry with you because"
|
||||
REV 2 4 kx98 figs-metaphor τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες 1 you have left behind your first love To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it behind. Love is spoken of as if it is an object that can be left behind. AT "you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 5 sfw2 figs-metaphor πόθεν πέπτωκας 1 from where you have fallen No longer loving as much as they used to is spoken of as haven fallen. Alternate translation: "how much you have changed" or "how much you used to love me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 5 j6p5 ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσῃς 1 Unless you repent "If you do not repent"
|
||||
REV 2 5 j8p5 writing-symlanguage κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου 1 remove your lampstand The lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches. See how you translated "lampstand" in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 6 cvi5 translate-names Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans people who followed the teachings of a man named Nicolaus (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 s3qg figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 ft48 figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 wzg1 figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. Alternate translation: "anyone who resists evil" or "those who do not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God "God's garden." This is a symbol for heaven.
|
||||
REV 2 7 rmf5 τῷ ... Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the paradise of God "God's garden." This is a symbol for heaven.
|
||||
REV 2 8 is3w 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Smyrna.
|
||||
REV 2 8 ie9x τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this "angel" is 1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or 2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 8 key2 translate-names Σμύρνῃ 1 Smyrna This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 8 k7qk figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 2 9 p6hp figs-abstractnouns οἶδά σου τὴν θλῖψιν καὶ τὴν πτωχείαν 1 I know your sufferings and your poverty "Sufferings" and "poverty" can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: "I know how you have suffered and how poor you are" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 9 f6bp figs-abstractnouns 0 I know the slander of those who say they are Jews "Slander" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "I know how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews" or "I know how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but they are not "but they are not real Jews"
|
||||
REV 2 9 qf9p καὶ ... οὐκ εἰσίν 1 but they are not "but they are not real Jews"
|
||||
REV 2 9 a4yu figs-metaphor συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 a synagogue of Satan People who gather to obey or honor Satan are spoken of as if they were a synagogue, a place of worship and teaching for the Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 10 agx4 figs-metonymy μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν 1 The devil is about to throw some of you into prison The words "the Devil" here are a metonym for the people who obey the devil. Alternate translation: "The devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 10 f5t1 γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 Be faithful until death "Be faithful to me even if they kill you." The use of the word "until" does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death.
|
||||
REV 2 10 sp8z τὸν στέφανον 1 the crown "the winner's crown." This was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete.
|
||||
REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Possible meanings are 1) "a crown that shows that I have given you eternal life" or 2) "true life as a prize like a winner's crown" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Anyone who resists evil" or "Those who do not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 s9d2 figs-genericnoun ὁ ... νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Anyone who resists evil" or "Those who do not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 11 q6w2 οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου 1 will not be hurt by the second death "will not experience the second death" or "will not die a second time"
|
||||
REV 2 12 ll17 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Pergamum.
|
||||
REV 2 12 y864 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this "angel" is 1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or 2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 12 il7c translate-names Περγάμῳ 1 Pergamum This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 12 f6s5 ὁ ἔχων τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν 1 the sword with two sharp edges This refers to a double-edged sword, which is sharpened on both sides to cut both directions. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md)
|
||||
REV 2 13 ryn6 figs-metonymy τοῦ Σατανᾶ' ὁ θρόνος 1 Satan's throne Possible meanings are 1) Satan's power and evil influence on people, or 2) the place where Satan rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 ryn6 figs-metonymy ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 Satan's throne Possible meanings are 1) Satan's power and evil influence on people, or 2) the place where Satan rules. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 tf7c figs-metaphor κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 you hold on tightly to my name "Name" here is a metonym for the person. Firmly believing is spoken of as holding on tightly. Alternate translation: "you firmly believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 x6j6 figs-abstractnouns 0 you did not deny your faith in me "Faith" can be translated with the verb "believe." AT "you continued to tell people that you believe in me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 13 lu4b translate-names Ἀντιπᾶς 1 Antipas This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -116,21 +116,21 @@ REV 2 14 j3nc translate-names τῷ Βαλὰκ 1 Balak This is the name of a ki
|
|||
REV 2 14 hg4g figs-metaphor 0 who taught Balak to throw a stumbling block before the children of Israel Something that leads people to sin is spoken of as a stone in the road that people stumble on. Alternate translation: "who showed Balak how to cause the people of Israel to sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 14 u19f πορνεῦσαι 1 be sexually immoral "sin sexually" or "commit sexual sin"
|
||||
REV 2 15 hc85 translate-names Νικολαϊτῶν 1 Nicolaitans This was the name for a group of people who followed the teachings of a man named Nicolaus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:6](../02/06.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 16 rwa4 μετανόησον, οὖν 1 Repent, therefore "So repent"
|
||||
REV 2 16 rwa4 μετανόησον οὖν 1 Repent, therefore "So repent"
|
||||
REV 2 16 f8dy figs-ellipsis 0 If you do not, I The verb can be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: "If you do not repent, I" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 2 16 fd6u πολεμήσω μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 wage war against them "fight against them"
|
||||
REV 2 16 j52q writing-symlanguage ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 with the sword in my mouth This refers to the sword in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this as a symbol represents God's word, as the UST does. This symbol indicates that Christ will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: "with the sword in my mouth, which is the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 lm1j figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 m867 figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 2 17 i61b figs-genericnoun τῷ νικῶντι 1 To the one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "anyone who resists evil" or "those who do not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 b83m 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Thyatira.
|
||||
REV 2 18 nd4m τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this "angel" is 1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or 2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 2 18 kd5v translate-names Θυατείροις 1 Thyatira This is the name of a city in a part of western Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 q3w9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 zbx5 figs-simile ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὡς φλόγα πυρός 1 who has eyes like a flame of fire His eyes are describes as being full of light like a flame of fire. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: "whose eyes glow like a flame of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 p86i figs-simile οἱ πόδες ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 feet like polished bronze Bronze is polished to make it shine and reflect light. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: "whose feet are very shiny like polished bronze" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 2 19 bx33 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν διακονίαν καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 your love and faith and service and your patient endurance The abstract nouns "love," "faith," "service," and "endurance" can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: "How you have loved, trusted, served, and endured patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 19 y2mu figs-explicit τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ τὴν πίστιν καὶ τὴν διακονίαν καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 your love and faith and service and your patient endurance The implied objects of these verbs can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "How you have loved me and others, trusted me, served me and others, and endured troubles patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 zbx5 figs-simile ὁ ... ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ... ὡς φλόγα πυρός 1 who has eyes like a flame of fire His eyes are describes as being full of light like a flame of fire. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: "whose eyes glow like a flame of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 2 18 p86i figs-simile οἱ πόδες ... ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ 1 feet like polished bronze Bronze is polished to make it shine and reflect light. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: "whose feet are very shiny like polished bronze" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 2 19 bx33 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 your love and faith and service and your patient endurance The abstract nouns "love," "faith," "service," and "endurance" can be translated with verbs. Alternate translation: "How you have loved, trusted, served, and endured patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 2 19 y2mu figs-explicit τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου 1 your love and faith and service and your patient endurance The implied objects of these verbs can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "How you have loved me and others, trusted me, served me and others, and endured troubles patiently" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 2 20 wbu1 0 But I have this against you "But I disapprove of some of the things you are doing" or "But I am angry with you because of something you are doing." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md).
|
||||
REV 2 20 f6e8 figs-metaphor τὴν γυναῖκα Ἰεζάβελ, ἡ λέγουσα 1 the woman Jezebel, who Jesus spoke of a certain woman in their church as if she were Queen Jezebel, because she did the same kinds of sinful things that Queen Jezebel had done long before that time. Alternate translation: "the woman who is just like Jezebel and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 2 21 g7yh ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα μετανοήσῃ 1 I gave her time to repent "I gave her opportunity to repent" or "I waited for her to repent"
|
||||
|
|
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ REV 2 28 n9ts figs-explicit ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ π
|
|||
REV 2 28 hr39 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 2 28 c1zc καὶ δώσω αὐτῷ 1 I will also give him Here "him" refers to the one who conquers.
|
||||
REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 morning star This is a bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning just before dawn. It was a symbol of victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 03 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the "seven letters to the seven churches." You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>##### Seven stars<br><br>These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>#### Important metaphors in this chapter<br><br>##### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking<br><br>Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>##### "Let the one who has an ear, hear what the Spirit is saying to the churches"<br><br>The speaker knew that almost all of his readers had physical ears. The ear here is a metonym for hearing what God says and desiring to obey him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "The angel of the church"<br><br>The word "angel" here can also mean "messenger." This might refer to the messenger or leader of the church. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../../rev/01/20.md).<br><br>##### "The words of the one who"<br><br>The verses with these words can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add "These are" to the beginning of these verses. Also, Jesus used these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3.<br>
|
||||
REV 3 1 k6b7 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Sardis.
|
||||
|
|
@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ REV 3 1 ty18 figs-metaphor 0 alive ... dead Obeying and honoring God is spoken
|
|||
REV 3 2 d8cw figs-metaphor 0 Wake up and strengthen what remains, but is about to die The good deeds done by the believers in Sardis are spoken of as if they were alive but in danger of dying. Alternate translation: "Wake up and complete the work that remains, or what you have done will become worthless" or "Wake up. If you do not finish what you have started to do, your previous work will have been useless" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 2 l7qg figs-metaphor γίνου γρηγορῶν 1 Wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. Alternate translation: "Be alert" or "Be careful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 wcs4 figs-explicit πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας 1 what you have received and heard This refers to God's word, which they believed. Alternate translation: "God's word that you heard and the truth that you believed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated "wake up" on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "If you are not alert" or "If you are not careful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 gwk8 figs-metaphor ἐὰν ... μὴ γρηγορήσῃς 1 if you do not wake up Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up. See how you translated "wake up" on [Revelation 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: "If you are not alert" or "If you are not careful" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 3 ypw4 figs-simile ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης 1 I will come as a thief Jesus will come at a time when people do not expect him, just as a thief comes when not expected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 fy7f figs-metonymy 0 a few names The word "names" is a metonym for the people themselves. Alternate translation: "a few people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 4 x2if figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν 1 have not stained their clothes Jesus speaks of sin in a person's life as if it were dirty clothes. Alternate translation: "have not made their lives sinful like dirty clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ REV 3 5 w5k4 figs-activepassive περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοι
|
|||
REV 3 5 yyu5 figs-metonymy ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 I will confess his name He would announce that the person belongs to him, not simply say the person's name. Alternate translation: "I will announce that he belongs to me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 5 d7l5 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 before my Father "in the presence of my Father"
|
||||
REV 3 5 bi3h guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 zxc7 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 6 k2k6 figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 7 rf9b 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Philadelphia.
|
||||
REV 3 7 ksg4 τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this "angel" is 1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or 2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
|
|
@ -197,29 +197,29 @@ REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor 0 is coming Existing in the future is spoken of as
|
|||
REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit 0 I am coming soon It is understood that he is coming in order to judge. Alternate translation: "I am coming to judge soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-metaphor κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have Continuing to believe firmly in Christ is spoken of as if it were holding something tightly. Alternate translation: "Continue to believe firmly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown A crown was a wreath, originally of olive branches or laurel leaves, that was put on the head of a victorious athlete. Here "crown" stands for a reward. See how you translated "crown" in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν ποιήσω στῦλον ἐν τῷ, ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God Here "The one who conquers" refers to anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). The "pillar" represents an important and permanent part of God's kingdom. Alternate translation: "I will make anyone who resists evil strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God" or "Those who do not agree to do evil I will make strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν, ποιήσω ... στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God Here "The one who conquers" refers to anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). The "pillar" represents an important and permanent part of God's kingdom. Alternate translation: "I will make anyone who resists evil strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God" or "Those who do not agree to do evil I will make strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 r6bz 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the Son of Man's message to the angel of the church in Laodicea.
|
||||
REV 3 14 jg3b τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Possible meanings are that this "angel" is 1) a heavenly angels who protect this church or 2) a human messenger to the church, either a messenger who went from John to the church or the leader of the churches. See how you translated "angel" in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md)
|
||||
REV 3 14 wzg9 translate-names Λαοδικίᾳ 1 Laodicea This is the name of a city in the western part of Asia that today is modern Turkey. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
REV 3 14 f65v 0 The words of the Amen Here "the Amen" is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God's promises by saying amen to them.
|
||||
REV 3 14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως' τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the ruler over God's creation Possible meanings are 1) "the one who rules over everything that God created" or 2) "the one through whom God created everything."
|
||||
REV 3 14 btv1 ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the ruler over God's creation Possible meanings are 1) "the one who rules over everything that God created" or 2) "the one through whom God created everything."
|
||||
REV 3 15 pf9x figs-metaphor οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός 1 you are neither cold nor hot The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. Possible meanings are 1) "cold" and hot" represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where "cold" is to be completely against God, and to be "hot" is to be zealous to serve him, or 2) "cold" and "hot" both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: "you are like water that is neither cold nor hot" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 16 y9vt figs-metaphor μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου 1 I am about to vomit you out of my mouth Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them out of the mouth. Alternate translation: "I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 17 v1pj figs-metaphor , σὺ,,, εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος ἐλεεινὸς πτωχὸς τυφλὸς καὶ γυμνός 1 you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: "You are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς ἵνα πλουτήσῃς καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ ἵνα περιβάλῃ καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ,, ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here to "buy" represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The "gold refined by fire" represents spiritual wealth. The "brilliant white garments" represents rightousness. And the "salve to anoint your eyes" represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: "Come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
REV 3 19 sf66 ζήλευε καὶ μετανόησον 1 be earnest and repent "be serious and repent"
|
||||
REV 3 17 v1pj figs-metaphor σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος ... ἐλεεινὸς ... πτωχὸς ... τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός 1 you are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: "You are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 18 tmm7 ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς 1 Buy from me gold refined by fire so that you may become rich, and brilliant white garments so you may clothe yourself and not show the shame of your nakedness, and salve to anoint your eyes so you will see Here to "buy" represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The "gold refined by fire" represents spiritual wealth. The "brilliant white garments" represents rightousness. And the "salve to anoint your eyes" represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: "Come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things" (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
|
||||
REV 3 19 sf66 ζήλευε ... καὶ μετανόησον 1 be earnest and repent "be serious and repent"
|
||||
REV 3 20 i7gy figs-metaphor ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω 1 I am standing at the door and am knocking Jesus speaks about wanting people to relate to him as if he wanted them to invite him into their home. Alternate translation: "I am like one standing at the door and knocking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 sr5y translate-symaction κρούω 1 am knocking When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they knock on the door. Alternate translation: "I want you to let me come inside" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 m6n2 figs-metonymy ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου 1 hears my voice The phrase "my voice" refers to Christ speaking. Alternate translation: "hears me speak" or "hears me call" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 di8q figs-go 0 I will come into his home Some languages might prefer the verb "go" here. Alternate translation: "I will go in to his home" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 une1 figs-metaphor καὶ δειπνήσω μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 and will eat with him This represents being together as friends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 20 une1 figs-metaphor καὶ ... δειπνήσω μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 and will eat with him This represents being together as friends. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 3 21 h9pf 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the Son of Man's messages to the angels of the seven churches.
|
||||
REV 3 21 n83q figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers This refers anyone who conquers. See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Anyone who resists evil" or "Anyone who does not agree to do evil" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
REV 3 21 mn2c figs-metonymy καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου 1 to sit down with me on my throne To sit on a throne means to rule. Alternate translation: "to rule with me" or "to sit down on my throne and rule with me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς ἀκουσάτω, 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to" or "The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person 0 Let the one ... hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen to" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 04 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.<br><br>John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald<br><br>These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John's day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.<br><br>##### Twenty-four elders<br><br>Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### Seven spirits of God<br><br>These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../../rev/01/04.md).<br><br>##### Giving glory to God<br><br>God's glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Difficult images<br><br>Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br>
|
||||
REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -228,13 +228,13 @@ REV 4 1 z8r8 figs-metaphor θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τῷ οὐραν
|
|||
REV 4 1 a49s figs-simile ὡς σάλπιγγος λαλούσης μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 speaking to me like a trumpet How the voice was like a trumpet can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "speaking to me loudly like the sound of a trumpet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 4 1 j713 σάλπιγγος 1 trumpet This refers to an instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md).
|
||||
REV 4 2 ie3w figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit John speaks of being influenced by God's Spirit as if he were in the Spirit. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: "I was influenced by the Spirit" or "The Spirit influenced me" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 4 3 m4mi translate-unknown λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι καὶ σαρδίῳ 1 jasper and carnelian These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal, and carnelian may have been red. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 4 3 m4mi translate-unknown λίθῳ, ἰάσπιδι καὶ σαρδίῳ 1 jasper and carnelian These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal, and carnelian may have been red. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 4 3 aap1 translate-unknown σμαραγδίνῳ 1 emerald a green, valuable stone (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 4 4 u2b2 translate-numbers εἴκοσι- τέσσαρας πρεσβυτέρους 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 4 4 u2b2 translate-numbers εἴκοσι ... τέσσαρας πρεσβυτέρους 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 4 4 ivw8 στεφάνους χρυσοῦς 1 golden crowns These were likenesses of wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. Such crowns, made of leaves, were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads.
|
||||
REV 4 5 ryb1 ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language's way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears.
|
||||
REV 4 5 u1da φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί 1 rumblings, and crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language's way of describing the sound of thunder.
|
||||
REV 4 5 e1jm writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven spirits of God The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The "seven spirits" refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 4 5 e1jm writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ ... πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven spirits of God The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The "seven spirits" refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 4 6 ja33 figs-metaphor θάλασσα ὑαλίνη 1 a sea of glass How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. Possible meanings are 1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: "a sea that was as smooth as glass" or 2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. Alternate translation: "glass that was spread out like a sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 4 6 cv9p figs-simile ὁμοία κρυστάλλῳ 1 like crystal How it was like crystal can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "clear as crystal" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 4 6 fr7x ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου 1 In the middle of the throne and around the throne "Immediately around the throne" or "Close to the throne and around it"
|
||||
|
|
@ -242,10 +242,10 @@ REV 4 6 b66k τέσσαρα ζῷα 1 four living creatures "four living beings
|
|||
REV 4 7 d84n figs-simile 0 The first living creature was like a lion, the second living creature was like a calf, the third living creature had a face like a man, and the fourth living creature was like a flying eagle How the head of each living creature appeared to John is expressed as a comparison with something more familiar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 4 7 b9tx ζῷον 1 living creature "living being" or "living thing." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
|
||||
REV 4 8 n8g2 κυκλόθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν γέμουσιν ὀφθαλμῶν 1 full of eyes on top and underneath The top and bottom of each wing was covered with eyes.
|
||||
REV 4 8 y1u5 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 4 9 xj6b εὐχαριστίαν τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ, τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 the one who sits on the throne, the one who lives forever and ever This is one person. The one who sits on the throne lives forever and ever.
|
||||
REV 4 8 y1u5 figs-metaphor ὁ ... ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 4 9 xj6b εὐχαριστίαν, τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ, τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 the one who sits on the throne, the one who lives forever and ever This is one person. The one who sits on the throne lives forever and ever.
|
||||
REV 4 9 a19z figs-doublet εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 forever and ever These two words mean about the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: "for all eternity" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
REV 4 10 cmj9 translate-numbers εἴκοσι- τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 4 10 cmj9 translate-numbers εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 4 10 c2vg πεσοῦνται 1 fall down They purposely lie down facing the ground to show that they are worshiping.
|
||||
REV 4 10 sly8 translate-symaction βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου 1 They lay their crowns before the throne These crowns looked like wreaths of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. The elders were respectfully placing the crowns on the ground, showing that they were submitting to God's authority to rule. Alternate translation: "they lay their crowns before the throne to show that they were submitting to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
REV 4 10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 lay Possible meanings are 1) to place or 2) to throw down forcibly, as of something worthless ("throw," [Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully.
|
||||
|
|
@ -255,23 +255,23 @@ REV 5 intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 05 General Notes<br>#### Structure and format
|
|||
REV 5 1 txr5 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe what he saw in his vision of the throne of God.
|
||||
REV 5 1 w3yi καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw "After I saw those things, I saw"
|
||||
REV 5 1 u3br τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου 1 the one who was seated on the throne This is the same "one" as in [Revelation 4:2-3](../04/02.md).
|
||||
REV 5 1 yhm3 βιβλίον γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν 1 a scroll written on the front and on the back "a scroll with writing on the front and the back"
|
||||
REV 5 1 yhm3 βιβλίον, γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν 1 a scroll written on the front and on the back "a scroll with writing on the front and the back"
|
||||
REV 5 1 aj7m κατεσφραγισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά 1 sealed with seven seals "and it had seven seals keeping it closed"
|
||||
REV 5 2 r2vt figs-events τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ 1 Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? The person would need to break the seals in order to open the scroll. Alternate translation: "Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
REV 5 2 v4r4 figs-rquestion τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ 1 Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? This can be translated as a command: "The one who is worthy to do this should come to break the seals and open the scroll!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 5 3 lj9u figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οὐδὲ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven or on the earth or under the earth This means everywhere: the place where God and the angels live, the place where people and animals live, and the place where those who have died are. Alternate translation: "anywhere in heaven or on the earth or under the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 5 2 r2vt figs-events τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ 1 Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? The person would need to break the seals in order to open the scroll. Alternate translation: "Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll?" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
REV 5 2 v4r4 figs-rquestion τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ 1 Who is worthy to open the scroll and break its seals? This can be translated as a command: "The one who is worthy to do this should come to break the seals and open the scroll!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 5 3 lj9u figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven or on the earth or under the earth This means everywhere: the place where God and the angels live, the place where people and animals live, and the place where those who have died are. Alternate translation: "anywhere in heaven or on the earth or under the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 5 5 dm5p ἰδοὺ 1 Look "Listen" or "Pay attention to what I am about to tell you"
|
||||
REV 5 5 j67w ὁ λέων ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα 1 The Lion of the tribe of Judah This is a title for the man from the tribe of Judah that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: "The one who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah" or "The king who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah"
|
||||
REV 5 5 j67w ὁ λέων ... ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα 1 The Lion of the tribe of Judah This is a title for the man from the tribe of Judah that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: "The one who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah" or "The king who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah"
|
||||
REV 5 5 b6wg figs-metaphor ὁ λέων 1 The Lion The king is spoken of as if he were a lion because a lion is very strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 5 5 i89j ἡ ῥίζα Δαυείδ 1 the Root of David This is a title for the descendant of David that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: "the one who is called the Root of David"
|
||||
REV 5 5 z3vw figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα Δαυείδ 1 the Root of David The descendant is spoken of as if David's family were a tree and he were a root of that tree. Alternate translation: "the Descendant of David" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 5 6 v99j writing-participants 0 General Information: The Lamb appears in the throne room. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
|
||||
REV 5 6 du51 writing-symlanguage Ἀρνίον 1 a Lamb A "lamb" is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 5 6 erg2 writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven spirits of God The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The "seven spirits" refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 5 6 erg2 writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ ... πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven spirits of God The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The "seven spirits" refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 5 6 t7d1 figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 sent out into all the earth This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "which God sent out over all the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 5 7 egp6 figs-go ἦλθεν 1 He went He approached the throne. Some languages would use the verb "come." Alternate translation: "He came" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 e3fh writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young male sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 cgs1 translate-numbers εἴκοσι- τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 cgs1 translate-numbers εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 5 8 ff8y ἔπεσαν 1 fell down "lay down on the ground." Their faces were toward the ground to show that they were worshiping the Lamb. They did this on purpose; they did not fall accidentally.
|
||||
REV 5 8 uv6w ἕκαστος 1 Each of them Possible meanings are 1) "each of the elders and living creatures" or 2) "each of the elders."
|
||||
REV 5 8 qak6 writing-symlanguage φιάλας χρυσᾶς γεμούσας θυμιαμάτων, αἵ εἰσιν αἱ προσευχαὶ τῶν ἁγίων 1 a golden bowl full of incense, which are the prayers of the saints The incense here is a symbol for the believers' prayers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ REV 5 9 yu7h figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐσφάγης 1 For you were slaughter
|
|||
REV 5 9 j1jn ἐσφάγης 1 slaughtered If your language has a word for killing an animal for a sacrifice, consider using it here.
|
||||
REV 5 9 qtv5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου 1 with your blood Since blood represents a person's life, losing the blood represents dying. This probably means "by your death" or "by dying." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 5 9 k8re 0 you purchased people for God "you bought people so that they could belong to God" or "you paid the price so that people could belong to God"
|
||||
REV 5 9 zzc7 ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς, γλώσσης, λαοῦ, καὶ ἔθνους 1 from every tribe, language, people, and nation This means that people from every ethnic group are included.
|
||||
REV 5 9 zzc7 ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς ... γλώσσης ... λαοῦ, καὶ ἔθνους 1 from every tribe, language, people, and nation This means that people from every ethnic group are included.
|
||||
REV 5 11 xuy1 translate-numbers μυριάδες μυριάδων καὶ χιλιάδες χιλιάδων 1 ten thousands of ten thousands and thousands of thousands Use an expression in your language that shows that it is a huge number. Alternate translation: "millions" or "too many thousands to count" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 5 12 gnv1 0 Worthy is the Lamb who has been slaughtered "The Lamb who has been slaughtered is worthy"
|
||||
REV 5 12 mt28 figs-metonymy 0 to receive power, wealth, wisdom, strength, honor, glory, and praise These are all things that the Lamb has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns. See how you translated a similar sentence in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). Alternate translation: "for everyone to honor, glorify, and praise him because he is powerful, wealthy, wise, and strong" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 5 13 sad6 figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on the earth and under the earth This means everywhere: the place where God and the angels live, the place where people and animals live, and the place where those who have died are. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 5 13 sad6 figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on the earth and under the earth This means everywhere: the place where God and the angels live, the place where people and animals live, and the place where those who have died are. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 5 13 t3zy 0 To the one who sits on the throne and to the Lamb be "May he who sits on the throne and the Lamb have"
|
||||
REV 6 intro zkn7 0 # Revelation 06 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Seven Seals<br>Kings and important people in John's time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### The Four Horsemen<br>As the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### The Lamb<br>This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>##### Similes<br>In verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
|
||||
REV 6 1 i392 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the events that happened before the throne of God. The Lamb begins to open the seals on the scroll.
|
||||
|
|
@ -292,9 +292,9 @@ REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was
|
|||
REV 6 2 r5mh στέφανος 1 a crown This was a wreath of olive branches or of laurel leaves like the wreaths that winning athletes received in contests at the time of John.
|
||||
REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal "the next seal" or "seal number two" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature "the next living creature" or "living creature number two" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν— πυρρός 1 came out—fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: "came out. It was red like fire" or "came out. It was bright red"
|
||||
REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν ... πυρρός 1 came out—fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: "came out. It was red like fire" or "came out. It was bright red"
|
||||
REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive 0 To its rider was given permission This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "God gave permission to its rider" or "Its rider received person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "This rider received a huge sword" or "God gave this rider a huge sword" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ... μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "This rider received a huge sword" or "God gave this rider a huge sword" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 4 n58n μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 a huge sword "a very large sword" or "a great sword"
|
||||
REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal "the next seal" or "seal number three" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature "the next living creature" or "living creature number three" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -302,28 +302,28 @@ REV 6 5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales a tool used for weighing things
|
|||
REV 6 6 cq7h χοῖνιξ σίτου δηναρίου 1 A choenix of wheat for one denarius Some languages might want a verb such as "cost" or "buy" in the sentence. There was very little wheat for all the people, so its price was very high. Alternate translation: "A choenix of wheat now costs one denarius" or "Buy a choenix of wheat with one denarius"
|
||||
REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume 0 A choenix of wheat ... three choenices of barley a "choenix" was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of "choenix" is "choenices." Alternate translation: "one liter of wheat ... three liters of barley" or "one bowl of wheat ... three bowls of barley" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
|
||||
REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου 1 one denarius This coin was worth a day's wages. Alternate translation: "one silver coin" or "the pay for one day of work" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the oil and wine were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up.
|
||||
REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ ... τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the oil and wine were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up.
|
||||
REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine These expressions probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal "the next seal" or "seal number four" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal φωνὴν τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature "the next living creature" or "living creature number four" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse "grey horse." This is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death.
|
||||
REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον- τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here "the earth" represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: "one-fourth of the people on the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here "the earth" represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: "one-fourth of the people on the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword A sword is a weapon, and here it represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 8 n9x3 ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς 1 with the wild animals of the earth This means that Death and Hades would cause the wild animals to attack and kill people.
|
||||
REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal "the next seal" or "seal number five" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 n3mi ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 under the altar This may have been "at the base of the altar."
|
||||
REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed This can be translated with an active verb. AT "those whom others had killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here "Word of God" is a metonym for the message from God and "held" is a metaphor. Possible meanings are 1) holding the testimony refers to believing God's word and testimony. Alternate translation: "because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ" or "because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony" or 2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: "because they testified about the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ... τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here "Word of God" is a metonym for the message from God and "held" is a metaphor. Possible meanings are 1) holding the testimony refers to believing God's word and testimony. Alternate translation: "because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ" or "because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony" or 2) holding the testimony refers to testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: "because they testified about the word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood The word blood here represents their deaths. Alternate translation: "punish those who killed us" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 bq1p figs-rquestion 0 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: "until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants ... sisters whom God had decided people would kill, just as people had killed their fellow servants ... sisters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 q9xh οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: "their brothers who serve God with them" or "their fellow believers who serve God with them"
|
||||
REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another's brothers. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: "fellow Christians" or "fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 6 11 q9xh οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: "their brothers who serve God with them" or "their fellow believers who serve God with them"
|
||||
REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ... ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another's brothers. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: "fellow Christians" or "fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal "the next seal" or "seal number six" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes sackcloth was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: "as black as mourning clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood The image of blood is meant to lead people to think of death. How it was like blood can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "red like blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ... σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes sackcloth was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: "as black as mourning clothes" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς ... αἷμα 1 like blood The image of blood is meant to lead people to think of death. How it was like blood can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "red like blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The sky was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and rolled up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals This word refers to the warriors who command in the battle.
|
||||
REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ ... χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals This word refers to the warriors who command in the battle.
|
||||
REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 caves large holes in the sides of hills
|
||||
REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ καθημένου 1 the face of the one Here "face" represents "presence." Alternate translation: "the presence of the one" or "the one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 6 17 bd8v figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 the great day of their wrath has come The day of their wrath refers to the time when they would punish wicked people. Alternate translation: "this is the terrible time when they will punish people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -334,35 +334,35 @@ REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 07 General Notes<br>#### Structure and format
|
|||
REV 7 1 b1yl 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 7 1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 the four corners of the earth The earth is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase "the four corners" refers to the north, south, east, and west.
|
||||
REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 the seal of the living God The word "seal" here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God's people. Alternate translation: "the marker" or "stamp" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων 1 put a seal on the foreheads The word "seal" here refers to a mark. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: "put a mark on the foreheads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν ... ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων 1 put a seal on the foreheads The word "seal" here refers to a mark. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: "put a mark on the foreheads" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 3 je8m μετώπων 1 foreheads The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes.
|
||||
REV 7 4 m58v figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων 1 those who were sealed This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "those whom God's angel marked" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 7 4 lh7h translate-numbers 0 144000 "one hundred forty-four thousand people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 7 5 lyz8 translate-numbers ἐκ φυλῆς δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 twelve thousand from the tribe "12,000 people from the tribe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 7 5 lyz8 translate-numbers ἐκ φυλῆς ... δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 twelve thousand from the tribe "12,000 people from the tribe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 7 7 ru7t 0 Connecting Statement: This continues the list of the people of Israel who were sealed.
|
||||
REV 7 9 cj5k 0 General Information: John begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
|
||||
REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude "a huge crowd" or "a great number of people"
|
||||
REV 7 9 v63z στολὰς λευκάς 1 white robes Here the color "white" represents purity.
|
||||
REV 7 10 m5az 0 Salvation belongs to "Salvation comes from"
|
||||
REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns 0 Salvation belongs ... to the Lamb They were praising God and the Lamb. The noun "salvation" can be expressed with the verb "save." AT "Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 7 11 a45p τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures These are the four creatures mentioned in [Revelation 4:6-8](../04/06.md).
|
||||
REV 7 11 aja9 figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their faces Here "fell on their faces" is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated "prostrated themselves" in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: "they bowed down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 7 11 a45p τῶν ... τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures These are the four creatures mentioned in [Revelation 4:6-8](../04/06.md).
|
||||
REV 7 11 aja9 figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ... ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they fell on their faces Here "fell on their faces" is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated "prostrated themselves" in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: "they bowed down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 7 12 lf1m 0 Praise, glory ... be to our God "Our God is worthy of all praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power and strength"
|
||||
REV 7 12 q3gt 0 Praise, glory ... thanksgiving, honor ... be to our God The verb "give" can be used to show how praise, glory, and honor, are to be "to" God. Alternate translation: "We must give praise, glory, thanks, and honor to our God"
|
||||
REV 7 12 d74f 0 forever and ever These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the praise will never end.
|
||||
REV 7 13 wz8z περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς τὰς λευκὰς 1 clothed with white robes These white robes showed that they were righteous.
|
||||
REV 7 14 p6en οἱ ἐρχόμενοι ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 have come out of the great tribulation "have survived the great tribulation" or "have lived through the great tribulation"
|
||||
REV 7 14 u6fc τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great tribulation "the time of terrible suffering" or "the time when people will suffer terribly"
|
||||
REV 7 14 b7mi figs-metaphor ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 They have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb Being made righteous by the blood of the Lamb is spoken of as washing their robes in his blood. Alternate translation: "They have been made righteous by washing their robes white in his blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 14 b7mi figs-metaphor ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 They have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb Being made righteous by the blood of the Lamb is spoken of as washing their robes in his blood. Alternate translation: "They have been made righteous by washing their robes white in his blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 14 ym21 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the blood of the Lamb The word "blood" is used to refer to the death of Lamb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 7 15 q73i 0 Connecting Statement: The elder continues to speak to John.
|
||||
REV 7 15 qs23 0 they ... them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 15 us3i figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 1 day and night These two parts of the day are used together to mean "all the time" or "without stopping" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 7 15 k9f2 figs-metaphor σκηνώσει ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 will spread his tent over them "will put his tent up over them." Protecting them is spoken of as if he were giving them shelter to live under. Alternate translation: "will shelter them" or "will protect them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 16 p6u7 0 They ... them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 16 t45h figs-metaphor μὴ πέσῃ ὁ ἥλιος 1 The sun will not beat down The sun's heat is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: "The sun will not burn them" or "The sun will not make them weak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 16 t45h figs-metaphor μὴ πέσῃ ... ὁ ἥλιος 1 The sun will not beat down The sun's heat is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: "The sun will not burn them" or "The sun will not make them weak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 wc49 0 their ... them These words refer to those people who have come through the great tribulation.
|
||||
REV 7 17 b5rp τὸ Ἀρνίον ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου 1 the Lamb at the center of the throne "the Lamb, who is standing in the middle of the area around the throne"
|
||||
REV 7 17 b5rp τὸ Ἀρνίον ... ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου 1 the Lamb at the center of the throne "the Lamb, who is standing in the middle of the area around the throne"
|
||||
REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor 0 For the Lamb ... will be their shepherd The elder speaks of the Lamb's care for his people as if it were a shepherd's care for his sheep. Alternate translation: "For the Lamb ... will be like a shepherd to them" or "For the Lamb ... will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 m6m8 figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 he will guide them to springs of living water The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were springs of fresh water. Alternate translation: "he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water" or "he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 God will wipe away every tear from their eyes Tears here represent sadness. Alternate translation: "God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears" or "God will cause them to not be sad anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -371,21 +371,21 @@ REV 8 1 d652 0 Connecting Statement: The Lamb opens the seventh seal.
|
|||
REV 8 1 mh2b translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην 1 the seventh seal This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. Alternate translation: "the next seal" or "the final seal" or "seal number seven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 8 2 fri9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες 1 seven trumpets were given to them They were each given one trumpet. This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are 1) "God gave them seven trumpets" or 2) "the Lamb gave them seven trumpets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 3 f9g9 0 he would offer it "he would offer the incense to God by burning it"
|
||||
REV 8 4 lq1q figs-metonymy τοῦ ἀγγέλου' χειρὸς 1 the angel's hand This refers to the bowl in the angel's hand. Alternate translation: "the bowl in the angel's hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 4 lq1q figs-metonymy χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου 1 the angel's hand This refers to the bowl in the angel's hand. Alternate translation: "the bowl in the angel's hand" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 5 l79w figs-metonymy ἐγέμισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς 1 filled it with fire The word "fire" here probably refers to burning coals. Alternate translation: "filled it with burning coals" or "filled it with coals of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 8 6 xys5 0 General Information: The seven angels sound the seven trumpets, one at a time.
|
||||
REV 8 7 g5gp figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 It was thrown down onto the earth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The angel threw the hail and fire mixed with blood down onto the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 7 ga1r figs-activepassive 0 a third of it was burned up, a third of the trees were burned up, and all the green grass was burned up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "it burned up a third of the earth, a third of the trees, and all the green grass" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 rnh8 translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος 1 The second angel "The next angel" or "Angel number two" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 uw2h figs-activepassive ὡς ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον ἐβλήθη 1 something like a great mountain burning with fire was thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the angel threw something like a great mountain burning with fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 uw2h figs-activepassive ὡς ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον, ἐβλήθη 1 something like a great mountain burning with fire was thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the angel threw something like a great mountain burning with fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 ev7g translate-fraction ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα 1 A third of the sea became blood The fraction "A third" can be explained in translation. Alternate translation: "It was like the sea was divided into three parts, and one of those parts became blood" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 k43y figs-simile ἐγένετο αἷμα 1 became blood Possible meanings are it 1) "became red like blood" or it 2) really became blood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 9 vgf4 τῶν κτισμάτων ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα ψυχάς 1 the living creatures in the sea "the things living in the sea" or "the fish and other animals that lived in the sea"
|
||||
REV 8 10 n8ue figs-simile ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ, μέγας καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς 1 a huge star fell from the sky, blazing like a torch "a huge star that was blazing like a torch fell from the sky." The fire of the huge star looked similar to the fire of a torch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 8 k43y figs-simile ἐγένετο ... αἷμα 1 became blood Possible meanings are it 1) "became red like blood" or it 2) really became blood. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 9 vgf4 τῶν κτισμάτων ... ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα ψυχάς 1 the living creatures in the sea "the things living in the sea" or "the fish and other animals that lived in the sea"
|
||||
REV 8 10 n8ue figs-simile ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας, καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς 1 a huge star fell from the sky, blazing like a torch "a huge star that was blazing like a torch fell from the sky." The fire of the huge star looked similar to the fire of a torch. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 8 10 int4 λαμπάς 1 torch a stick with one end lit on fire to provide light
|
||||
REV 8 11 as2n translate-unknown 0 The name of the star is Wormwood Wormwood is a shrub that tastes bitter. People made medicine out of it, but they also believed that it was poisonous. Alternate translation: "The name of the star is Bitterness" or "The name of the star is Bitter Medicine" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 8 11 gei4 figs-metaphor ἐγένετο ἄψινθον 1 became wormwood The bitter taste of the water is spoken of as if it were wormwood. Alternate translation: "became bitter like wormwood" or "became bitter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 8 11 g4q5 ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν 1 died from the waters that became bitter "died when they drank the bitter water"
|
||||
REV 8 11 gei4 figs-metaphor ἐγένετο ... ἄψινθον 1 became wormwood The bitter taste of the water is spoken of as if it were wormwood. Alternate translation: "became bitter like wormwood" or "became bitter" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 8 11 g4q5 ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν 1 died from the waters that became bitter "died when they drank the bitter water"
|
||||
REV 8 12 z936 figs-metaphor ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου 1 a third of the sun was struck Causing something bad to happen to the sun is spoken of as striking, or hitting, it. This can be stated with an active verb. Alternate translation: "a third of the sun changed" or "God changed a third of the sun" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 8 12 ukh6 σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν 1 a third of them turned dark Possible meanings are 1) "one third of the time they were dark" or 2) "one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark"
|
||||
REV 8 12 t1ag 0 a third of the day and a third of the night had no light "there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night" or "they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night"
|
||||
|
|
@ -394,23 +394,23 @@ REV 9 intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 09 General Notes<br>#### Structure and format
|
|||
REV 9 1 d26c 0 Connecting Statement: The fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
|
||||
REV 9 1 jim6 εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα 1 I saw a star from heaven that had fallen John saw the star after it had fallen. He did not watch if fall.
|
||||
REV 9 1 v12j ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the key to the shaft of the bottomless pit "the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit"
|
||||
REV 9 1 cjr9 τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the shaft of the bottomless pit Possible meanings are 1) "shaft" is another way of referring to the pit and describes it as long and narrow, or 2) "shaft" refers to the opening of the pit.
|
||||
REV 9 1 cjr9 τοῦ ... φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the shaft of the bottomless pit Possible meanings are 1) "shaft" is another way of referring to the pit and describes it as long and narrow, or 2) "shaft" refers to the opening of the pit.
|
||||
REV 9 1 p886 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are 1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or 2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom.
|
||||
REV 9 2 tp79 figs-simile ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου μεγάλης 1 like smoke from a huge furnace A huge furnace gives off a great amount of thick, dark smoke. Alternate translation: "like the great amount of smoke that comes from a huge furnace" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 9 2 nd4n ἐσκοτώθη 1 turned dark "became dark"
|
||||
REV 9 3 mb9m translate-unknown ἀκρίδες 1 locusts insects that fly together in large groups. People fear them because they can eat up all the leaves in gardens and on trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 9 3 a4e7 figs-explicit 0 power like that of scorpions Scorpions have the ability to sting and poison other animals and people. Alternate translation: "the ability to sting people as scorpions do" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 9 3 mjf1 translate-unknown σκορπίοι 1 scorpions small insects with poisonous stingers on their tails. Their sting is extremely painful and the pain lasts a long time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 9 4 cl6p ἐρρέθη αὐταῖς μὴ ἀδικήσουσιν τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς οὐδὲ πᾶν χλωρὸν οὐδὲ δένδρον 1 They were told not to damage the grass on the earth or any green plant or tree Ordinary locusts were a terrible threat to people because when they swarm, they can eat up all the grass and all the leaves on plants and trees. These locusts were told not to do this.
|
||||
REV 9 4 cl6p ἐρρέθη αὐταῖς ... μὴ ἀδικήσουσιν τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ πᾶν χλωρὸν, οὐδὲ ... δένδρον 1 They were told not to damage the grass on the earth or any green plant or tree Ordinary locusts were a terrible threat to people because when they swarm, they can eat up all the grass and all the leaves on plants and trees. These locusts were told not to do this.
|
||||
REV 9 4 pb9q figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 but only the people The phrase "to damage" or "to harm" is understood. Alternate translation: "but only to harm the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 9 4 gi1a figs-metonymy τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the seal of God The word "seal" here refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God's people. See how you translated "seal" in [Revelation 7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: "the marker of God" or "stamp of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 9 4 tl6n μετώπων 1 foreheads The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes.
|
||||
REV 9 5 rui1 ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς μὴ 1 They were not given permission "They" refers to the locusts. ([Revelation 9:3](../09/03.md))
|
||||
REV 9 5 rui1 ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ... μὴ 1 They were not given permission "They" refers to the locusts. ([Revelation 9:3](../09/03.md))
|
||||
REV 9 5 vfj7 αὐτούς 1 those people the people whom the locusts were stinging
|
||||
REV 9 5 ii8s figs-ellipsis 0 but only to torture them Here the words "given permission" are understood. Alternate translation: "but only given permission to torture them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
REV 9 5 nm7q 0 to torture them for five months The locusts would be allowed to do this for five months.
|
||||
REV 9 5 a3dw 0 to torture them "to make them suffer terrible pain"
|
||||
REV 9 5 qtk9 βασανισμὸς σκορπίου 1 the sting of a scorpion A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death.
|
||||
REV 9 5 qtk9 βασανισμὸς ... σκορπίου 1 the sting of a scorpion A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death.
|
||||
REV 9 6 p4mb figs-abstractnouns ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν θάνατον, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν αὐτόν 1 people will seek death, but will not find it This can be restated to remove the abstract noun "death." Alternate translation: "people will try to find a way to die, but will not find it" or "people will try to kill themselves, but will not find a way to die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 9 6 hiq8 ἐπιθυμήσουσιν ἀποθανεῖν 1 will greatly desire to die "will want very much to die" or "will wish that they could die"
|
||||
REV 9 6 f1b4 figs-personification φεύγει ὁ θάνατος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν 1 death will flee from them John speaks of death as if it were a person or animal that could run away. Alternate translation: "they will not be able to die" or "they will not die" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -426,15 +426,15 @@ REV 9 13 cyb6 0 Connecting Statement: The sixth of the seven angels begins to
|
|||
REV 9 13 x4md figs-synecdoche ἤκουσα φωνὴν μίαν ἐκ 1 I heard a voice coming The voice refers to the one who was speaking. John does not say who the speaker was, but it may have been God. Alternate translation: "I heard someone speaking" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 9 13 q3a3 κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ 1 horns of the golden altar These are horn-shaped extensions at each of the four corners of the top of the altar.
|
||||
REV 9 14 iq5t figs-synecdoche λέγουσαν 1 The voice said The voice refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: "The speaker said" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 9 14 su17 figs-activepassive τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους τοὺς δεδεμένους 1 the four angels who are bound The text does not say who has bound the angels, but it implies that God told someone to bind them. This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: "the four angels whom God has commanded them to bind" or "the four angels whom God has commanded someone to bind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 14 su17 figs-activepassive τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους, τοὺς δεδεμένους 1 the four angels who are bound The text does not say who has bound the angels, but it implies that God told someone to bind them. This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: "the four angels whom God has commanded them to bind" or "the four angels whom God has commanded someone to bind" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 15 ijx2 figs-activepassive 0 The four angels who had been prepared for ... that year, were released This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: "The angel released the four angels who had been prepared for ... that year" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 15 p3w1 figs-activepassive οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι 1 The four angels who had been prepared This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: "The four angels whom God had prepared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 15 b3d6 figs-parallelism εἰς τὴν ὥραν, ἡμέραν, μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν 1 for that hour, that day, that month, and that year These words are used to show that there is a specific, chosen time and not just any time. Alternate translation: "for that exact time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 9 15 p3w1 figs-activepassive οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι 1 The four angels who had been prepared This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: "The four angels whom God had prepared" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 9 15 b3d6 figs-parallelism εἰς τὴν ὥραν ... ἡμέραν ... μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν 1 for that hour, that day, that month, and that year These words are used to show that there is a specific, chosen time and not just any time. Alternate translation: "for that exact time" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 9 16 h8uf 0 General Information: Suddenly, 200,000,000 soldiers on horseback appear in John's vision. John is no longer speaking about the four angels mentioned in the previous verse.
|
||||
REV 9 16 ays5 translate-numbers 0 200000000 Some ways to express this are: "two hundred million" or "two hundred thousand thousand" or "twenty thousand times ten thousand." If your language does not have a specific number for this, you could also see how you translated a similar large number in [Revelation 5:11](../05/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 9 17 j5n9 πυρίνους 1 fiery red "red like fire" or "bright red." See how you translated this in [Revelation 6:3](../06/03.md).
|
||||
REV 9 17 pqe8 θειώδεις 1 sulfurous yellow "yellow like sulfur" or "bright yellow like sulfur"
|
||||
REV 9 17 mzf7 ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν ἐκπορεύεται πῦρ,, καπνὸς καὶ θεῖον 1 out of their mouths came fire, smoke, and sulfur "fire, smoke, and sulfur came out of their mouths"
|
||||
REV 9 17 mzf7 ἐκ τῶν στομάτων αὐτῶν ἐκπορεύεται πῦρ ... καπνὸς, καὶ θεῖον 1 out of their mouths came fire, smoke, and sulfur "fire, smoke, and sulfur came out of their mouths"
|
||||
REV 9 18 q9mp 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the horses and the plagues brought upon humanity.
|
||||
REV 9 18 x4fr translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 A third of the people "One third of the people." See how you translated "A third" in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
|
||||
REV 9 20 xf3t figs-activepassive οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις 1 those who were not killed by these plagues This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whom the plagues had not killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -444,18 +444,18 @@ REV 10 1 xr6f 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of a mig
|
|||
REV 10 1 jj2e figs-metaphor περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην 1 He was robed in a cloud John speaks of the angel as if he were wearing a cloud as his clothing. This expression may be understood as metaphor. However, because very unusual things were often seen in visions, it might be understood as a literally true statement in its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 10 1 qax6 figs-simile τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 His face was like the sun John compares the brightness of his face with the brightness of the sun. Alternate translation: "His face was bright like the sun" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 10 1 p81x figs-metonymy οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὡς στῦλοι πυρός 1 his feet were like pillars of fire The word "feet" here refers to the legs. Alternate translation: "his legs were like pillars of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 10 2 l3r8 ἔθηκεν τὸν πόδα αὐτοῦ τὸν δεξιὸν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης τὸν δὲ εὐώνυμον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 He put his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land "He stood with his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land"
|
||||
REV 10 2 l3r8 ἔθηκεν τὸν πόδα αὐτοῦ τὸν δεξιὸν ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, τὸν δὲ εὐώνυμον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 He put his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land "He stood with his right foot on the sea and his left foot on the land"
|
||||
REV 10 3 ubb9 καὶ ἔκραξεν 1 Then he shouted "Then the angel shouted"
|
||||
REV 10 3 r4j6 ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ 1 the seven thunders spoke out The thunder is described as if it were a person who could speak. Alternate translation: "the seven thunders made a loud noise" or "the thunder sounded very loudly seven times"
|
||||
REV 10 3 qag8 ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ 1 seven thunders Thunder occurring seven times is spoken of as if it were seven different "thunders."
|
||||
REV 10 4 az1z figs-synecdoche καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 but I heard a voice from heaven The word "voice" refers to words spoken by someone other than the angel. Alternate translation: "but I heard someone speaking from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 10 4 az1z figs-synecdoche καὶ ... ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 but I heard a voice from heaven The word "voice" refers to words spoken by someone other than the angel. Alternate translation: "but I heard someone speaking from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 10 5 l5xy translate-symaction ἦρεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ τὴν δεξιὰν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 raised his right hand to heaven He did this to show that he was swearing by God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
REV 10 6 t2f6 ὤμοσεν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 He swore by the one who lives forever and ever "He asked that what he was going to say would be confirmed by the one who lives forever and ever"
|
||||
REV 10 6 gmm8 τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων 1 the one who lives forever and ever Here "the one" refers to God.
|
||||
REV 10 6 egm1 χρόνος οὐκέτι ἔσται 1 There will be no more delay "There will be no more waiting" or "God will not delay"
|
||||
REV 10 7 c5gy figs-activepassive ἐτελέσθη τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the mystery of God will be accomplished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will accomplish his mystery" or "God will complete his secret plan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 10 8 t61f 0 Connecting Statement: John hears the voice from heaven, which he had heard in [Revelation 10:4](../10/04.md), speak to him again.
|
||||
REV 10 8 v6a9 figs-synecdoche ἡ φωνὴ ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The voice I heard from heaven The word "voice" refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: "The one I heard speak from heaven" or "The one who had spoken to me from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 10 8 v6a9 figs-synecdoche ἡ φωνὴ ... ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 The voice I heard from heaven The word "voice" refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: "The one I heard speak from heaven" or "The one who had spoken to me from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 10 8 tkq7 ἤκουσα 1 I heard John heard
|
||||
REV 10 9 x13b λέγει μοι 1 He said to me "The angel said to me"
|
||||
REV 10 9 tg31 0 make ... bitter "make ... sour" or "make ... acid." This refers to a bad taste from the stomach after eating something that is not good.
|
||||
|
|
@ -466,15 +466,15 @@ REV 11 1 lkn6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος 1 A reed was
|
|||
REV 11 1 tl86 0 given to me ... I was told The words "me" and "I" refer to John.
|
||||
REV 11 1 ha6e τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ 1 those who worship in it "count those who worship in the temple"
|
||||
REV 11 2 jae6 πατήσουσιν 1 trample to treat something as worthless by walking on it
|
||||
REV 11 2 b11f translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα- μῆνας δύο 1 forty-two months "42 months" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 2 b11f translate-numbers μῆνας τεσσεράκοντα δύο 1 forty-two months "42 months" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 3 jk7r 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to John.
|
||||
REV 11 3 rib4 translate-numbers ἡμέρας 1 for 1,260 days "for one thousand two hundred and sixty days" or "for twelve hundred and sixty days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 3 h8vh translate-unknown ἡμέρας, περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους 1 days, clothed in sackcloth Why they will wear sackcloth can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "days, wearing rough mourning clothes" or "days: they will wear scratchy clothes to show that they are very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 11 3 h8vh translate-unknown ἡμέρας ... περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους 1 days, clothed in sackcloth Why they will wear sackcloth can be made explicit. Alternate translation: "days, wearing rough mourning clothes" or "days: they will wear scratchy clothes to show that they are very sad" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 11 4 pa44 writing-symlanguage 0 These witnesses are the two olive trees and the two lampstands that have stood before the Lord of the earth The two olive trees and the two lampstands symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: "The two olive trees and the two lampstands that have stood before the Lord of the earth represent these witnesses" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 11 4 p6mi figs-explicit αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι αἱ 1 the two olive trees and the two lampstands that John expects his readers to know about them because many years earlier another prophet had written about them. Alternate translation: "the two olive trees and the two lampstands, told about in scripture, that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 11 5 nr2s πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 fire comes out of their mouth and devours their enemies Because this is about future events, it can also be stated in the future tense. Alternate translation: "fire will come out of their mouth and devour their enemies"
|
||||
REV 11 4 p6mi figs-explicit αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ 1 the two olive trees and the two lampstands that John expects his readers to know about them because many years earlier another prophet had written about them. Alternate translation: "the two olive trees and the two lampstands, told about in scripture, that" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 11 5 nr2s πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν 1 fire comes out of their mouth and devours their enemies Because this is about future events, it can also be stated in the future tense. Alternate translation: "fire will come out of their mouth and devour their enemies"
|
||||
REV 11 5 ab6b figs-metaphor 0 fire ... devours their enemies Fire burning and killing people is spoken of as if it were an animal that could eat them up. Alternate translation: "fire ... will destroy their enemies" or "fire ... will completely burn up their enemies" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 6 cac1 figs-metaphor κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ 1 to close up the sky so that no rain will fall John speaks of the sky as if it had a door that can be opened to let rain fall or closed to stop the rain. Alternate translation: "to keep rain from falling from the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 6 cac1 figs-metaphor κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ 1 to close up the sky so that no rain will fall John speaks of the sky as if it had a door that can be opened to let rain fall or closed to stop the rain. Alternate translation: "to keep rain from falling from the sky" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 6 a7ed στρέφειν 1 to turn "to change"
|
||||
REV 11 6 kth7 figs-metaphor πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ 1 to strike the earth with every kind of plague John speaks of the plagues as if they were a stick that someone could hit the earth with. Alternate translation: "to cause all kinds of trouble to occur on earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 7 i679 Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are 1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or 2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -483,11 +483,11 @@ REV 11 8 p9fu ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας τῆς πόλεως τῆς μ
|
|||
REV 11 8 iea1 ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν 1 their Lord They served the Lord, and like him would die in that city.
|
||||
REV 11 9 h3i2 translate-numbers ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἥμισυ 1 three and a half days "3 full days and one half day" or "3.5 days" or "3 1/2 days" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 9 bp61 0 They will not permit them to be placed in a tomb This will be a sign of disrespect.
|
||||
REV 11 10 dm89 χαίρουσιν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς καὶ εὐφραίνονται 1 will rejoice over them and celebrate "will rejoice that the two witnesses have died"
|
||||
REV 11 10 dm89 χαίρουσιν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς, καὶ εὐφραίνονται 1 will rejoice over them and celebrate "will rejoice that the two witnesses have died"
|
||||
REV 11 10 trs2 translate-symaction 0 even send gifts to one another This action shows how happy the people were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
REV 11 10 h4pq ὅτι οὗτοι δύο προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 because these two prophets tormented those who lived on the earth This is the reason that the people will be so happy that the witnesses have died.
|
||||
REV 11 10 h4pq ὅτι οὗτοι ... δύο προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 because these two prophets tormented those who lived on the earth This is the reason that the people will be so happy that the witnesses have died.
|
||||
REV 11 11 x3gn translate-numbers τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμισυ 1 three and a half days "3 full days and one half day" or "3.5 days" or "3 1/2 days." See how you translated this in [Revelation 11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 11 al5w figs-metaphor πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν αὐτούς 1 a breath of life from God will enter them The ability to breathe is spoken of as if it were something that can go into people. Alternate translation: "God will cause the two witnesses to breathe again and live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 11 al5w figs-metaphor πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν ... αὐτούς 1 a breath of life from God will enter them The ability to breathe is spoken of as if it were something that can go into people. Alternate translation: "God will cause the two witnesses to breathe again and live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 11 u265 figs-metaphor φόβος μέγας ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτούς 1 Great fear will fall on those who see them Fear is spoken of as if it is a object that can fall on people. Alternate translation: "Those who see them will be extremely afraid" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 12 f8ze καὶ ἤκουσαν 1 Then they will hear Possible meanings are 1) the two witnesses will hear or 2) the people will hear what is said to the two witnesses.
|
||||
REV 11 12 mkq9 figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a loud voice from heaven The word "voice" refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: "someone speak loudly to them from heaven and" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -496,18 +496,18 @@ REV 11 13 p56r translate-numbers ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων χιλιάδ
|
|||
REV 11 13 fa14 οἱ λοιποὶ 1 the survivors "those who do not die" or "those who are still living"
|
||||
REV 11 13 f4r2 ἔδωκαν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 give glory to the God of heaven "say that the God of heaven is glorious"
|
||||
REV 11 14 l7jp ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν 1 The second woe is past "The second terrible event is over." See how you translated "The first woe is past" in [Revelation 9:12](../09/12.md).
|
||||
REV 11 14 j1m5 figs-metaphor ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη ἔρχεται ταχύ 1 The third woe is coming quickly Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. Alternate translation: "The third woe will happen soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 14 j1m5 figs-metaphor ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ ... τρίτη ἔρχεται ταχύ 1 The third woe is coming quickly Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. Alternate translation: "The third woe will happen soon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 l1be 0 Connecting Statement: The last of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
|
||||
REV 11 15 sxx9 translate-ordinal ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος 1 the seventh angel This is the last of the seven angels. See how you translated "seventh" in [Revelation 8.1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: "the final angel" or "angel number seven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 zt2f 0 loud voices spoke in heaven and said The phrase "loud voices" represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: "speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said"
|
||||
REV 11 15 jsm2 figs-metonymy 0 The kingdom of the world ... the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ Here "kingdom" refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: "The authority to rule the world ... the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 en51 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world This refers to everyone in the world. Alternate translation: "everyone in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 15 sw4u ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the world has become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ "Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world"
|
||||
REV 11 16 jv5s translate-numbers εἴκοσι- τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 16 jv5s translate-numbers εἴκοσι τέσσαρες πρεσβύτεροι 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 11 16 s2nv figs-idiom ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 fell upon their faces This is an idiom that means they lay down facing the ground. See how you translated "prostrated themselves" in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: "they bowed down" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 11 17 dw6v figs-distinguish σοι Κύριε ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ,, ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 you, Lord God Almighty, the one who is and who was These phrases can be stated as sentences. Alternate translation: "you, Lord God, the ruler over all. You are the one who is, and you are the one who was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 11 17 fq4b ὁ ὢν 1 the one who is "the one who exists" or "the one who lives"
|
||||
REV 11 17 ea29 ὁ ἦν 1 who was "who has always existed" or "who has always lived"
|
||||
REV 11 17 dw6v figs-distinguish σοι, Κύριε ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 you, Lord God Almighty, the one who is and who was These phrases can be stated as sentences. Alternate translation: "you, Lord God, the ruler over all. You are the one who is, and you are the one who was" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 11 17 fq4b ὁ ... ὢν 1 the one who is "the one who exists" or "the one who lives"
|
||||
REV 11 17 ea29 ὁ ... ἦν 1 who was "who has always existed" or "who has always lived"
|
||||
REV 11 17 fe2b figs-explicit εἴληφας τὴν δύναμίν σου τὴν μεγάλην 1 you have taken your great power What God did with his great power can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "you have defeated with your power everyone who has rebelled against you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 qw72 0 General Information: The words "you" and "your" refer to God.
|
||||
REV 11 18 kx7k 0 Connecting Statement: The twenty-four elders continue praising God.
|
||||
|
|
@ -517,14 +517,14 @@ REV 11 18 v18q figs-metaphor 0 The time has come Existing in the present is spo
|
|||
REV 11 18 h833 figs-activepassive τῶν νεκρῶν κριθῆναι 1 for the dead to be judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "for God to judge the dead" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 zk1u figs-nominaladj τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the dead This nominal adjective can be stated as a verb or adjective. Alternate translation: "Those who have died" or "the dead people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
REV 11 18 k3ba figs-metonymy 0 the prophets, those who are believers, and those who feared your name This list explains what "your servants" means. These were not three completely different groups of people. The prophets also were believers and feared God's name. "Name" here is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "the prophets, those who are believers, and those who fear you" or "the prophets and the others who are believers and fear your name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 c7pd figs-activepassive καὶ ἠνοίγη' ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 Then God's temple in heaven was opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then someone opened God's temple in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 d9z7 figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ 1 the ark of his covenant was seen within his temple This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 c7pd figs-activepassive καὶ ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 Then God's temple in heaven was opened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Then someone opened God's temple in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 d9z7 figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης ... ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ 1 the ark of his covenant was seen within his temple This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 11 19 b6ly ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language's way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 11 19 ap5g φωναὶ, βρονταὶ 1 rumblings, crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language's way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 11 19 ap5g φωναὶ ... βρονταὶ 1 rumblings, crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language's way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 12 intro cq7x 0 # Revelation 12 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Serpent<br>The Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### "A great sign was seen in heaven"<br>By using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say "A great sign appeared in heaven." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br>
|
||||
REV 12 1 n4ii 0 General Information: John begins to describe a woman who appears in his vision.
|
||||
REV 12 1 d7pw figs-activepassive σημεῖον μέγα ὤφθη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 A great sign was seen in heaven This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A great sign appeared in heaven" or "I, John, saw a great sign in heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 1 j9yl figs-activepassive γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον καὶ ἡ, σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς 1 a woman clothed with the sun, and with the moon under her feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A woman who was wearing the sun and had the moon under her feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 1 j9yl figs-activepassive γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς 1 a woman clothed with the sun, and with the moon under her feet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "A woman who was wearing the sun and had the moon under her feet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 1 tg62 στέφανος ἀστέρων δώδεκα 1 a crown of twelve stars This was apparently a likeness of a wreath made of laurel leaves or olive branches, but with twelve stars included in it.
|
||||
REV 12 1 x45q translate-numbers ἀστέρων δώδεκα 1 twelve stars "12 stars" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 12 3 y4c1 0 Connecting Statement: John describes a dragon that appears in his vision.
|
||||
|
|
@ -537,11 +537,11 @@ REV 12 6 a5bd translate-numbers ἡμέρας 1 for 1,260 days "for one thousand
|
|||
REV 12 7 tb66 καὶ 1 Now John uses this word to mark a shift in his account to introduce something else happening in his vision.
|
||||
REV 12 7 wh37 writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as "the devil or Satan." See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 12 8 uj6a 0 So there was no longer any place in heaven for him and his angels "So the dragon and his angels could no longer stay in heaven"
|
||||
REV 12 9 pk5u figs-distinguish δράκων ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος καλούμενος Διάβολος καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην—,—, ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 dragon—that old serpent called the devil or Satan, who deceives the whole world—was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him The information about the serpent can be given in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: "dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 12 9 pk5u figs-distinguish δράκων ὁ ... ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος ... καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν 1 dragon—that old serpent called the devil or Satan, who deceives the whole world—was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him The information about the serpent can be given in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: "dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 12 9 v1tp figs-activepassive 0 The great dragon ... was thrown down to the earth, and his angels were thrown down with him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God threw the great dragon ... and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 jb7z ἤκουσα 1 I The word "I" refers to John.
|
||||
REV 12 10 i112 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ 1 I heard a loud voice in heaven The word "voice" refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: "I heard someone saying loudly from heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 nt1j figs-metaphor ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία καὶ ἡ δύναμις καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ, Θεοῦ ἡμῶν καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Now have come the salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his salvation and power were things that have come. God's ruling and Christ's authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: "Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 nt1j figs-metaphor ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 Now have come the salvation and the power and the kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Christ God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his salvation and power were things that have come. God's ruling and Christ's authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: "Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 12 10 a5fm ἐγένετο 1 have come "have begun to really exist" or "have appeared" or "have become real." God is revealing these things because their time to occur has "come." It is not that they did not exist before.
|
||||
REV 12 10 yg1a ἐβλήθη ὁ κατήγορος τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 the accuser of our brothers has been thrown down This is the dragon that was thrown down in [Revelation 12:9](../12/09.md).
|
||||
REV 12 10 a9wf figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν 1 our brothers Fellow believers are spoken of as if they were brothers. Alternate translation: "our fellow believers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -549,17 +549,17 @@ REV 12 10 jn6q figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός 1 day and night Th
|
|||
REV 12 11 lkk6 0 Connecting Statement: The loud voice from heaven continues to speak.
|
||||
REV 12 11 qmg8 αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν 1 They conquered him "They conquered the accuser"
|
||||
REV 12 11 zt7v figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 by the blood of the Lamb The blood refers to his death. Alternate translation: "because the lamb had shed his blood and died for them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 12 11 lht6 figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν 1 by the word of their testimony The word "testimony" can be expressed with the verb "testify." Also who they testified about can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "by what they said when they testified to others about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 12 11 lht6 figs-abstractnouns διὰ ... τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν 1 by the word of their testimony The word "testimony" can be expressed with the verb "testify." Also who they testified about can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "by what they said when they testified to others about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 12 11 n6wk ἄχρι θανάτου 1 even to death The believers told the truth about Jesus, even though they knew that their enemies might try to kill them because of it. Alternate translation: "but they kept testifying even though they knew that they might die for it"
|
||||
REV 12 12 l3ra figs-metaphor ἔχων θυμὸν μέγαν 1 He is filled with terrible anger The devil is spoken of as if he were a container, and anger is spoken of as if it were a liquid that could be in him. Alternate translation: "He is terribly angry" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 12 13 x7st figs-activepassive εἶδεν ὁ δράκων ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 the dragon realized he had been thrown down to the earth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the dragon realized that God had thrown him out of heaven and sent him to earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 13 x7st figs-activepassive εἶδεν ὁ δράκων ... ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν 1 the dragon realized he had been thrown down to the earth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the dragon realized that God had thrown him out of heaven and sent him to earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 12 13 z3hb ἐδίωξεν τὴν γυναῖκα 1 he pursued the woman "he chased after the woman"
|
||||
REV 12 13 kgv9 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as "the devil or Satan." See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 12 14 sxw1 τοῦ ὄφεως 1 the serpent This is another way of referring to the dragon.
|
||||
REV 12 14 sxw1 τοῦ ... ὄφεως 1 the serpent This is another way of referring to the dragon.
|
||||
REV 12 15 c73v ὄφις 1 serpent This is the same being as the dragon mentioned earlier in [Revelation 12:9](../12/09.md).
|
||||
REV 12 15 y5ml figs-simile ὡς ποταμόν 1 like a river The water flowed from his mouth like a river flows. Alternate translation: "in large volume" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 12 15 a9wh αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον 1 to sweep her away "to wash her away"
|
||||
REV 12 16 i4u5 figs-personification ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 The earth opened its mouth and swallowed the river that the dragon was pouring out of his mouth The earth is spoken of as if it were a living thing, and a hole in the earth is spoken of as if it were a mouth that could drink up the water. Alternate translation: "A hole in the ground opened up and the water went down into the hole" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 12 16 i4u5 figs-personification ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν, ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 The earth opened its mouth and swallowed the river that the dragon was pouring out of his mouth The earth is spoken of as if it were a living thing, and a hole in the earth is spoken of as if it were a mouth that could drink up the water. Alternate translation: "A hole in the ground opened up and the water went down into the hole" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 12 16 lgt7 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as "the devil or Satan." See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 12 17 t6jf ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 hold to the testimony about Jesus The word "testimony" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "continue to testify about Jesus"
|
||||
REV 13 intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Similes<br>John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Unknown animals<br>John uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -568,61 +568,61 @@ REV 13 2 k6qh writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce
|
|||
REV 13 2 xa3a ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ 1 The dragon gave his power to it The dragon made the beast as powerful as he was. He did not lose his power, however, by giving it to the beast.
|
||||
REV 13 2 c4wx 0 his power ... his throne, and his great authority to rule These are three ways of referring to his authority, and together they emphasize that the authority was great.
|
||||
REV 13 2 gyv9 figs-metonymy τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 his throne The word "throne" here refers to the dragon's authority to rule as king. Alternate translation: "his royal authority" or "his authority to rule as king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 3 yt22 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη 1 but its fatal wound was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but its fatal wound healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 3 yt22 figs-activepassive καὶ ... ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη 1 but its fatal wound was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but its fatal wound healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 3 ba2z ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 fatal wound "deadly wound." This is an injury that is serious enough to cause a person to die.
|
||||
REV 13 3 jc7x figs-metonymy ὅλη ἡ γῆ 1 The whole earth The word "earth" refers to the people on it. Alternate translation: "All the people on the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 3 xx3h ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου 1 followed the beast "obeyed the beast"
|
||||
REV 13 4 t15f writing-symlanguage δράκοντι 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as "the devil or Satan." See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 13 4 yuu8 ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ 1 he had given his authority to the beast "he had caused the beast to have as much authority as he had"
|
||||
REV 13 4 ep4n figs-rquestion ," τίς ὅμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ?" 1 Who is like the beast? This question shows how amazed they were about the beast. Alternate translation: "No one is as powerful as the beast!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 13 4 mdd2 figs-rquestion τίς δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Who can fight against it? This question shows how much the people feared the power of the beast. Alternate translation: "No one could ever fight against the beast and win!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 13 4 ep4n figs-rquestion τίς ὅμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ 1 Who is like the beast? This question shows how amazed they were about the beast. Alternate translation: "No one is as powerful as the beast!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 13 4 mdd2 figs-rquestion τίς ... δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Who can fight against it? This question shows how much the people feared the power of the beast. Alternate translation: "No one could ever fight against the beast and win!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 13 5 p2n5 figs-activepassive 0 The beast was given ... It was permitted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God gave the beast ... God permitted the beast" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 5 y29e figs-metonymy ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν 1 The beast was given a mouth that could speak Being given a mouth refers to being allowed to speak. Alternate translation: "The beast was allowed to speak" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 5 ai5y translate-numbers τεσσεράκοντα- μῆνας δύο 1 forty-two months "42 months" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 13 5 ai5y translate-numbers μῆνας τεσσεράκοντα δύο 1 forty-two months "42 months" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 13 6 ru6v εἰς βλασφημίας πρὸς τὸν Θεόν 1 to speak blasphemies against God "to say disrespectful things about God"
|
||||
REV 13 6 k71y 0 blaspheming his name, the place where he lives, and those who live in heaven These phrases tell how the beast spoke blasphemies against God.
|
||||
REV 13 7 fyp6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία 1 authority was given to it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God gave authority to the beast" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 7 f5rl πᾶσαν φυλὴν, λαὸν, γλῶσσαν, καὶ ἔθνος 1 every tribe, people, language, and nation This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
REV 13 7 fyp6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ... ἐξουσία 1 authority was given to it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God gave authority to the beast" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 7 f5rl πᾶσαν φυλὴν ... λαὸν ... γλῶσσαν, καὶ ἔθνος 1 every tribe, people, language, and nation This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
REV 13 8 nr7r προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτὸν 1 will worship it "will worship the beast"
|
||||
REV 13 8 vyy8 figs-activepassive 0 everyone whose name was not written ... in the Book of Life This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. It can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whose names the Lamb did not write ... in The Book of Life" or "those whose names were not ... in the Book of Life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 8 nj7e ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 since the creation of the world "when God created the world"
|
||||
REV 13 8 vac6 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb A "lamb" is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 13 8 bcu5 figs-activepassive τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου 1 who had been slaughtered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the people slaughtered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 8 bcu5 figs-activepassive τοῦ ... ἐσφαγμένου 1 who had been slaughtered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom the people slaughtered" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 9 tdy8 0 General Information: These verses are a break from John's account of his vision. Here he give a warning to the people reading his account.
|
||||
REV 13 9 rr9a figs-metonymy εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 If anyone has an ear, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase "has an ear" here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If anyone is willing to listen, listen" or "If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 9 tx89 figs-123person 0 If anyone ... let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: "If you are willing to listen, listen" or "If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 r6sx figs-explicit 0 If anyone is to be taken This expression means that someone has decided who should be taken. If needed, translators may state clearly who decided it. Alternate translation: "If God has decided that someone should be taken" or "If it is God's will that someone should be taken" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 ipw7 figs-activepassive 0 If anyone is to be taken into captivity This can be stated in active form. The noun "captivity" can be stated with the verb "capture." Alternate translation: "If it is God's will for the enemy to capture a certain person" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 na15 figs-abstractnouns 0 into captivity he will go The noun "captivity" can be stated with the verb "capture." Alternate translation: "he will be captured" or "the enemy will capture him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 mtu9 figs-activepassive εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτενεῖ 1 If anyone is to be killed with the sword This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If it is God's will for the enemy to kill a certain person with a sword" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 mtu9 figs-activepassive εἴ τις ... ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτενεῖ 1 If anyone is to be killed with the sword This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If it is God's will for the enemy to kill a certain person with a sword" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 cdi9 figs-metonymy ἐν μαχαίρῃ 1 with the sword The sword represents war. Alternate translation: "in war" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 d2rw figs-activepassive ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 he will be killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the enemy will kill him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 10 pk8r 0 Here is a call for the patient endurance and faith of the saints "God's holy people must endure patiently and be faithful"
|
||||
REV 13 11 pg7g 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe another beast who appears in his vision.
|
||||
REV 13 11 e7aw figs-simile ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων 1 it spoke like a dragon Harsh speech is spoken of as if it were the roar of a dragon. Alternate translation: "it spoke harshly like a dragon speaks" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 13 11 k9g8 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as "the devil or Satan." See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 13 12 a2fp τὴν γῆν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας 1 the earth and those who live on it "everyone on the earth"
|
||||
REV 13 12 a2fp τὴν ... γῆν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας 1 the earth and those who live on it "everyone on the earth"
|
||||
REV 13 12 ys3n figs-activepassive οὗ ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ 1 the one whose lethal wound had been healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the one who had a lethal wound that healed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 12 jc77 ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου 1 lethal wound "deadly wound." This was an injury that was serious enough that it could have made him die.
|
||||
REV 13 13 z2ws ποιεῖ 1 It performed "The beast from the earth performed"
|
||||
REV 13 15 dl87 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 It was permitted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God permitted the beast from the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 13 15 cw55 figs-metonymy δοῦναι πνεῦμα τῇ τοῦ θηρίου' εἰκόνι 1 to give breath to the beast's image Here the word "breath" represents life. Alternate translation: "to give life to the beast's image" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 15 dey8 τῇ τοῦ θηρίου' εἰκόνι 1 the beast's image This is the image of the first beast that had been mentioned.
|
||||
REV 13 15 cw55 figs-metonymy ἀποκτανθῶσιν 1 to give breath to the beast's image Here the word "breath" represents life. Alternate translation: "to give life to the beast's image" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 13 15 dey8 τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου 1 the beast's image This is the image of the first beast that had been mentioned.
|
||||
REV 13 15 ruk5 0 cause all who refused to worship the beast to be killed "put to death anyone who refused to worship the first beast"
|
||||
REV 13 16 h9u9 καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας 1 It also forced everyone "The beast from the earth also forced everyone"
|
||||
REV 13 17 t7wm figs-explicit 0 It was impossible for anyone to buy or sell unless he had the mark of the beast "People could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast." The implicit information that the beast from the earth commanded it can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "He commanded that people could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 13 17 j8x4 τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast.
|
||||
REV 13 17 j8x4 τὸ χάραγμα ... τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast.
|
||||
REV 13 18 i46m 0 General Information: This verse is a break from John's account of his vision. Here he gives another warning to the people reading his account.
|
||||
REV 13 18 uk74 0 This calls for wisdom "Wisdom is needed" or "You need to be wise about this"
|
||||
REV 13 18 z8tz figs-abstractnouns 0 If anyone has insight The word "insight" can be translated with the verb "understand." Alternate translation: "If anyone is able to understand things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 13 18 ri1y ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου 1 let him calculate the number of the beast "he should discern what the number of the beast means" or "he should figure out what the number of the beast means"
|
||||
REV 13 18 bbn2 ἀριθμὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 is the number of a human being Possible meanings are 1) the number represents one person or 2) the number represents all of humanity.
|
||||
REV 13 18 bbn2 ἀριθμὸς ... ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 is the number of a human being Possible meanings are 1) the number represents one person or 2) the number represents all of humanity.
|
||||
REV 14 intro q71v 0 # Revelation 14 General Notes<br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Harvest<br><br>Harvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God's kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
|
||||
REV 14 1 e7u7 0 General Information: The word "I" refers to John.
|
||||
REV 14 1 ck6y 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb.
|
||||
REV 14 1 a3kz writing-symlanguage Ἀρνίον 1 Lamb A "lamb" is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 uc96 translate-numbers 0 144000 "one hundred forty-four thousand." See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:4](../07/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 z963 figs-activepassive ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ' Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 who had his name and his Father's name written on their foreheads This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "on whose foreheads the Lamb and his Father had written their names" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 z963 figs-activepassive ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 who had his name and his Father's name written on their foreheads This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "on whose foreheads the Lamb and his Father had written their names" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 1 rf47 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 his Father This is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
REV 14 2 hwu4 φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice from heaven "a sound from heaven"
|
||||
REV 14 3 sz1f ᾄδουσιν ᾠδὴν καινὴν 1 They sang a new song "The 144,000 people sang a new song." This explains what the sound was that John heard. Alternate translation: "That sound was a new song that they sang"
|
||||
|
|
@ -635,26 +635,26 @@ REV 14 4 q3hg figs-metaphor οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ Ἀρνί
|
|||
REV 14 4 mlw3 figs-metaphor ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ 1 redeemed from among mankind as firstfruits "Firstfruits" here is a metaphor for the first offering to be made to God in celebration of harvest. Alternate translation: "purchased out of the midst of the rest of mankind as a special celebration of salvation" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 5 ga8p figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος 1 No lie was found in their mouth Their "mouth" refers to what they said." Alternate translation: "They never lied when they spoke" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 6 n1fr 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. This is the first of three angels who proclaim judgment on the earth.
|
||||
REV 14 6 pp1l πᾶν ἔθνος, φυλὴν, γλῶσσαν, καὶ λαόν 1 every nation, tribe, language, and people This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
REV 14 6 pp1l πᾶν ἔθνος ... φυλὴν ... γλῶσσαν, καὶ λαόν 1 every nation, tribe, language, and people This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md).
|
||||
REV 14 7 cj5z figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ 1 the hour of his judgment has come Here "the hour" represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having "come" is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. The idea of "judgment" can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: "now is the time that God has chosen for judgment" or "it is now the time for God to judge people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 b18s figs-metaphor 0 Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. Alternate translation: "Babylon the great has been destroyed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 jh3r writing-symlanguage Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Babylon the great "Babylon the large city" or "the important city of Babylon." This was probably a symbol for the city of Rome, which was large, wealthy, and sinful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 kg1i figs-metonymy ἣ πεπότικεν 1 who persuaded Babylon is spoken of as if it were a person, instead of a city filled with people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 ldz2 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς πεπότικεν 1 to drink the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: "to be sexually immoral like her" or "to get drunk like her in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 v3zk figs-personification τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 her immoral passion Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 kg1i figs-metonymy ἣ ... πεπότικεν 1 who persuaded Babylon is spoken of as if it were a person, instead of a city filled with people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 ldz2 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πεπότικεν 1 to drink the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: "to be sexually immoral like her" or "to get drunk like her in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 8 v3zk figs-personification τοῦ ... θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 her immoral passion Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 14 9 z6xp ἐν φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 with a loud voice "loudly"
|
||||
REV 14 10 qw28 writing-symlanguage καὶ πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will also drink some of the wine of God's wrath Drinking the wine of God's wrath is a symbol for being punished by God. Alternate translation: "will also drink some of the wine that represents God's wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 fe83 figs-activepassive τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 that has been poured undiluted This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God has poured full strength" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 bb38 writing-symlanguage τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 that has been poured undiluted This means that the wine has no water mixed into it. It is strong, and a person who drinks much of it will get very drunk. As a symbol, it means that God will be extremely angry, not just a little angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 qw28 writing-symlanguage καὶ ... πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 will also drink some of the wine of God's wrath Drinking the wine of God's wrath is a symbol for being punished by God. Alternate translation: "will also drink some of the wine that represents God's wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 fe83 figs-activepassive τοῦ ... κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 that has been poured undiluted This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: "that God has poured full strength" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 bb38 writing-symlanguage τοῦ ... κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου 1 that has been poured undiluted This means that the wine has no water mixed into it. It is strong, and a person who drinks much of it will get very drunk. As a symbol, it means that God will be extremely angry, not just a little angry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 10 zl4g writing-symlanguage ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cup of his anger This symbolic cup holds the wine that represents God's anger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 11 hh91 0 Connecting Statement: The third angel continues to speak.
|
||||
REV 14 11 dds6 figs-metonymy ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 The smoke from their torment The phrase "their torment" refers to the fire that torments them. Alternate translation: "The smoke from the fire that torments them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 14 11 z5ea οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν 1 they have no rest "they have no relief" or "the torment does not stop"
|
||||
REV 14 12 me1j 0 Here is a call for the patient endurance of the saints "God's holy people must endure patiently and be faithful." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 13:10](../13/10.md).
|
||||
REV 14 13 x62q οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 the dead who die "those who die"
|
||||
REV 14 13 hy1a οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 who die in the Lord "who are united to the Lord and die." This may refer to people who are killed by their enemies. Alternate translation: "who die because they are united to the Lord"
|
||||
REV 14 13 x62q οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ ... ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 the dead who die "those who die"
|
||||
REV 14 13 hy1a οἱ ... ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 who die in the Lord "who are united to the Lord and die." This may refer to people who are killed by their enemies. Alternate translation: "who die because they are united to the Lord"
|
||||
REV 14 13 vd4m τῶν κόπων 1 labors difficulties and sufferings
|
||||
REV 14 13 v4xz figs-personification ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ αὐτῶν 1 their deeds will follow them These deeds are spoken of as if they were alive and able to follow those who did them. Possible meanings are 1) "others will know the good deeds these people have done" or 2) "God will reward them for their deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 14 13 v4xz figs-personification ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ ... αὐτῶν 1 their deeds will follow them These deeds are spoken of as if they were alive and able to follow those who did them. Possible meanings are 1) "others will know the good deeds these people have done" or 2) "God will reward them for their deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 14 14 ft6v writing-symlanguage 0 John begins to describe the next part of his vision. This part is about the Son of Man harvesting the earth. Harvesting the grain is a symbol of God's judging people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 14 14 gvw8 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 one like a son of man This expression describes a human figure, someone who looks human. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 14 14 i8se στέφανον χρυσοῦν 1 golden crown This was the likeness of a wreath of olive branches or laurel leaves, hammered out in gold. Examples actually made of leaves were given to victorious athletes to wear on their heads.
|
||||
|
|
@ -664,9 +664,9 @@ REV 14 15 v2xf figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα θερίσαι 1 the time t
|
|||
REV 14 16 nt7k figs-activepassive ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ 1 the earth was harvested This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "he harvested the earth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 14 17 fb4y 0 Connecting Statement: John continues describing his vision about the earth being harvested.
|
||||
REV 14 18 jp7l ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός 1 who had authority over the fire Here "authority over" refers to responsibility to tend the fire.
|
||||
REV 14 19 f3mn τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ' τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μέγαν 1 the great wine vat of God's wrath "the large wine vat where God will show his wrath"
|
||||
REV 14 19 f3mn τὴν ... ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μέγαν 1 the great wine vat of God's wrath "the large wine vat where God will show his wrath"
|
||||
REV 14 20 b1bw ληνὸς 1 winepress This is "the great wine vat" of [Revelation 14:19] (./19.md).
|
||||
REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων' 1 up to the height of a horse's bridle "as high as the bridle in a horse's mouth"
|
||||
REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 up to the height of a horse's bridle "as high as the bridle in a horse's mouth"
|
||||
REV 14 20 m2i9 τῶν χαλινῶν 1 bridle a device made of leather straps that goes around a horse's head and is used for directing the horse
|
||||
REV 14 20 gdl8 translate-numbers σταδίων 1 1,600 stadia "one thousand six hundred stadia" or "sixteen hundred stadia." A "stadium" is 185 meters. In modern measures this would be about "300 kilometers" or "200 miles." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
REV 15 intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "Victorious over the beast"<br><br>These people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### "The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven"<br>Scripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God's perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God's heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>##### Songs<br><br>The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped.<br>
|
||||
|
|
@ -678,43 +678,43 @@ REV 15 1 ij3d figs-activepassive ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη
|
|||
REV 15 1 gdt5 ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for with them the wrath of God will be completed Possible meanings are 1) these plagues will show all of God's anger or 2) after these plagues, God will no longer be angry.
|
||||
REV 15 2 ytq6 0 General Information: Here John begins to describe his vision of the people who had been victorious over the beast and who are praising God.
|
||||
REV 15 2 n9yj figs-metaphor θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην 1 sea of glass How it was like glass or a sea can be stated clearly. Possible meanings are 1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: "a sea that was as smooth as glass" or 2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: "glass that was spread out like a sea" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 pt8v figs-explicit τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου καὶ τῆς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ 1 who had been victorious over the beast and his image How they were victorious can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "who had been victorious over the beast and his image by not worshiping them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 dbz9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 over the number representing his name How they were victorious over the number can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "over the number representing his name by not being marked with that number" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 lra7 τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the number representing his name This refers to the number described in [Revelation 13:18](../13/18.md).
|
||||
REV 15 2 pt8v figs-explicit τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ... τῆς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ 1 who had been victorious over the beast and his image How they were victorious can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "who had been victorious over the beast and his image by not worshiping them" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 dbz9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ... ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 over the number representing his name How they were victorious over the number can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: "over the number representing his name by not being marked with that number" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 15 2 lra7 τοῦ ... ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the number representing his name This refers to the number described in [Revelation 13:18](../13/18.md).
|
||||
REV 15 3 l5hu ᾄδουσιν 1 They were singing "Those who had been victorious over the beast were singing"
|
||||
REV 15 4 hh87 figs-rquestion τίς? οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ Κύριε,, καὶ δοξάσει σου τὸ ὄνομά 1 Who will not fear you, Lord, and glorify your name? This question is used to show their amazement at how great and glorious the Lord is. It can be expressed as an exclamation. Alternate translation: "Lord, everyone will fear you and glorify your name!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 15 4 hh87 figs-rquestion τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ, Κύριε, καὶ δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 Who will not fear you, Lord, and glorify your name? This question is used to show their amazement at how great and glorious the Lord is. It can be expressed as an exclamation. Alternate translation: "Lord, everyone will fear you and glorify your name!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 15 4 j9gj figs-metonymy δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου 1 glorify your name The phrase "your name" refers to God. Alternate translation: "glorify you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 15 4 ei9k figs-activepassive τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐφανερώθησαν 1 your righteous deeds have been revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you have made everyone know about your righteous deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 15 4 ei9k figs-activepassive τὰ ... δικαιώματά σου ἐφανερώθησαν 1 your righteous deeds have been revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you have made everyone know about your righteous deeds" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 15 5 v4ye 0 Connecting Statement: The seven angels with the seven plagues come out of the most holy place. They were spoken of previously in [Revelation 15:1](../15/01.md).
|
||||
REV 15 5 da6n μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things "After the people finished singing"
|
||||
REV 15 6 f9gq οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ πληγὰς 1 the seven angels holding the seven plagues These angels were seen as holding seven plagues because in [Revelation 17:7](../17/07.md) they are given seven bowls full of the wrath of God.
|
||||
REV 15 6 nei2 λίθον 1 linen a fine, expensive cloth made from flax
|
||||
REV 15 6 w9kw ζώνας 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of cloth worn on the upper body.
|
||||
REV 15 7 s4dj τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures "living being" or "living thing." See how you translated "living creatures" in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
|
||||
REV 15 7 z1wz figs-explicit ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς γεμούσας τοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven golden bowls full of the wrath of God The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word "wrath" here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. Alternate translation: "seven gold bowls full of the wine that represents the wrath of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 15 7 z1wz figs-explicit ἑπτὰ ... φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ ... τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven golden bowls full of the wrath of God The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word "wrath" here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. Alternate translation: "seven gold bowls full of the wine that represents the wrath of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 15 8 s67r ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων 1 until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed "until the seven angels finished sending the seven plagues to the earth"
|
||||
REV 16 intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### "I heard a loud voice call out of the temple"<br><br>This is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.<br><br>##### Seven bowls of God's wrath<br><br>This chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God's wrath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>The tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.<br><br>##### Armageddon<br><br>This is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br><br>
|
||||
REV 16 1 nj83 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the part of the vision about the seven angels with the seven plagues. The seven plagues are the seven bowls of God's wrath.
|
||||
REV 16 1 t995 ἤκουσα 1 I heard The word "I" refers to John.
|
||||
REV 16 1 k2nq figs-explicit φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ' 1 bowls of God's wrath The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word "wrath" here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: "bowls full of the wine that represents God's wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 16 1 k2nq figs-explicit φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 bowls of God's wrath The image of the wine in the bowls can be stated clearly. The word "wrath" here refers to punishment. The wine is a symbol for punishment. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: "bowls full of the wine that represents God's wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 16 2 n7mw figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word "bowl" refers to what is in it. Alternate translation: "poured out the wine from his bowl" or "poured out God's wrath from his bowl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 2 e66u ἕλκος πονηρὸν 1 painful sores "painful wounds." These could be infections from diseases or injuries that have not healed.
|
||||
REV 16 2 e66u ἕλκος ... πονηρὸν 1 painful sores "painful wounds." These could be infections from diseases or injuries that have not healed.
|
||||
REV 16 2 nux1 χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md).
|
||||
REV 16 3 nc6a figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word "bowl" refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: "poured out the wine from his bowl" or "poured out God's wrath from his bowl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 3 sx66 figs-synecdoche τὴν θάλασσαν 1 the sea This refers to all the salt water lakes and oceans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 16 3 sx66 figs-synecdoche τὴν ... θάλασσαν 1 the sea This refers to all the salt water lakes and oceans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 16 4 p4ae figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word "bowl" refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: "poured out the wine from his bowl" or "poured out God's wrath from his bowl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 4 xu1y figs-synecdoche ποταμοὺς καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων 1 rivers and the springs of water This refers to all bodies of fresh water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
|
||||
REV 16 5 f35a τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων 1 the angel of the waters Possible meanings are 1) this refers to the third angel who was in charge of pouring out God's wrath on the rivers and springs of water or 2) this was another angel who was in charge of all the waters.
|
||||
REV 16 5 e45u figs-you δίκαιος εἶ 1 You are righteous "You" refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
REV 16 5 itg7 ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 the one who is and who was "God who is and who was." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
REV 16 5 itg7 ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν 1 the one who is and who was "God who is and who was." See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md).
|
||||
REV 16 6 b6wa figs-metonymy αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν 1 they poured out the blood of the saints and prophets Here "poured out the blood" means killed. Alternate translation: "they murdered God's holy people and the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 6 jy6a αἷμα αὐτοῖς ἔδωκας πιεῖν 1 you have given them blood to drink God will make the evil people drink the waters that he turned to blood.
|
||||
REV 16 6 jy6a αἷμα ... αὐτοῖς ἔδωκας πιεῖν 1 you have given them blood to drink God will make the evil people drink the waters that he turned to blood.
|
||||
REV 16 7 p4c5 figs-metonymy ἤκουσα τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέγοντος 1 I heard the altar reply The word "altar" here refers perhaps to someone at the altar. "I heard someone at the altar reply" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 8 nne6 figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word "bowl" refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: "poured out the wine from his bowl" or "poured out God's wrath from his bowl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 8 l6n2 figs-personification ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυματίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 it was given permission to scorch the people John speaks about the sun as if it were a person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "and caused the sun to severely burn the people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 9 i2du figs-activepassive 0 They were scorched by the terrible heat This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The extreme heat burned them badly" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 9 pr4e figs-metonymy ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 they blasphemed the name of God Here the name of God represents God. Alternate translation: "they blasphemed God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 9 aza1 figs-distinguish τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ἔχοντος, τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας 1 God, who has the power over these plagues This phrase reminds readers of something they already know about God. It helps to explain why the people were blaspheming God. Alternate translation: "God because he has the power over these plagues" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 16 9 aza1 figs-distinguish τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ ἔχοντος τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας 1 God, who has the power over these plagues This phrase reminds readers of something they already know about God. It helps to explain why the people were blaspheming God. Alternate translation: "God because he has the power over these plagues" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
|
||||
REV 16 9 rd4f figs-metaphor τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας 1 the power over these plagues This refers to the power to inflict these plagues on people, and the power to stop the plagues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 f1pm figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word "bowl" refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: "poured out the wine from his bowl" or "poured out God's wrath from his bowl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 10 a2ud figs-metonymy τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θηρίου 1 the throne of the beast This is where the beast reigns from. It may refer to the capital city of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -722,7 +722,7 @@ REV 16 10 hit6 figs-metaphor ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ
|
|||
REV 16 10 pb1u ἐμασῶντο 1 They chewed The people in the beast's kingdom chewed.
|
||||
REV 16 11 kna6 ἐβλασφήμησαν 1 They blasphemed The people in the beast's kingdom blasphemed.
|
||||
REV 16 12 kv5y figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word "bowl" refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: "poured out the wine from his bowl" or "poured out God's wrath from his bowl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 12 amf1 figs-activepassive τὸν Εὐφράτην. ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ αὐτοῦ 1 the Euphrates. Its water was dried up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Euphrates. Its water dried up" or "the Euphrates, and caused its water to dry up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 12 amf1 figs-activepassive ἀνατολῆς ἡλίου 1 the Euphrates. Its water was dried up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the Euphrates. Its water dried up" or "the Euphrates, and caused its water to dry up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 13 bb6d ὡς βάτραχοι 1 looked like frogs A frog is a small animal that lives near water. Jews considered them unclean animals.
|
||||
REV 16 13 ai28 writing-symlanguage δράκοντος 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as "the devil or Satan." See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 16 15 u3v8 0 General Information: Verse 15 is a break from the main story line of John's vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16.
|
||||
|
|
@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ REV 16 17 ny8p 0 Connecting Statement: The seventh angel pours out the seventh
|
|||
REV 16 17 nhs7 figs-metonymy ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ 1 poured out his bowl The word "bowl" refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: "poured out the wine from his bowl" or "poured out God's wrath from his bowl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 17 a15p figs-metonymy 0 Then a loud voice came out of the temple and from the throne This means someone sitting on the throne or someone standing near the throne spoke loudly. It is unclear who is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 16 18 x586 ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language's way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 16 18 c9fa φωναὶ, βρονταί 1 rumbles, crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language's way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 16 18 c9fa φωναὶ ... βρονταί 1 rumbles, crashes of thunder These are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language's way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md).
|
||||
REV 16 19 q8lg figs-activepassive 0 The great city was split This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The earthquake split the great city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 16 19 r2vh 0 Then God called to mind "Then God remembered" or "Then God thought of" or "Then God started to pay attention to." This does not mean that God remembered something he had forgotten.
|
||||
REV 16 19 g6s8 writing-symlanguage 0 he gave that city the cup filled with the wine made from his furious wrath The wine is a symbol of his wrath. Making people drink it is a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: "he made the people of that city drink the wine that represents his wrath" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -751,18 +751,18 @@ REV 17 1 c6f4 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς
|
|||
REV 17 1 f7ry writing-symlanguage τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great prostitute "the prostitute that everyone knows about." She represents a certain sinful city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 17 1 crs4 figs-explicit ἐπὶ ὑδάτων πολλῶν 1 on many waters If you need to, you can use a more specific word for the kind of water. Alternate translation: "on many rivers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 2 paa4 figs-distinguish 0 It is with the wine of her sexual immorality that the earth's inhabitants became drunk The wine represents sexual immorality. Alternate translation: "The people of the earth became drunk by drinking her wine, that is, they were sexually immoral" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 17 2 ayw3 figs-metaphor τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 her sexual immorality This may well have a double meaning: sexual immorality among people and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 2 ayw3 figs-metaphor τῆς ... πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 her sexual immorality This may well have a double meaning: sexual immorality among people and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 3 hf43 writing-background ἀπήνεγκέν με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν Πνεύματι 1 carried me away in the Spirit to a wilderness The setting changes from John being in heaven to being in a wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
REV 17 4 rw19 translate-unknown μαργαρίταις 1 pearls beautiful and valuable white beads. They are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 17 5 az5b figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 On her forehead was written a name This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had written on her forehead a name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 5 l75t figs-explicit Βαβυλὼν ἡ Μεγάλη 1 Babylon the great If it needs to be made clear that the name refers to the woman, it can be put in a sentence. Alternate translation: "I am Babylon, the powerful one" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 6 iq7b 0 General Information: The angel begins to explain to John the meaning of the prostitute and the red beast. The angel explains these things through verse 18.
|
||||
REV 17 6 iwz1 0 was drunk with the blood ... and with the blood "was drunk because she had drunk the blood ... and had drunk the blood"
|
||||
REV 17 6 yqi7 τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ 1 the martyrs for Jesus "the believers who have died because they told others about Jesus"
|
||||
REV 17 6 yqi7 τῶν ... μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ 1 the martyrs for Jesus "the believers who have died because they told others about Jesus"
|
||||
REV 17 6 ydi9 ἐθαύμασα 1 astonished amazed, surprised
|
||||
REV 17 7 j412 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας? 1 Why are you astonished? The angel used this question to gently scold John. Alternate translation: "You should not be astonished!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 17 7 j412 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας 1 Why are you astonished? The angel used this question to gently scold John. Alternate translation: "You should not be astonished!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 upm7 τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are 1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or 2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 17 8 usl4 figs-abstractnouns καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 Then it will go on to destruction The noun "destruction" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "Then he will be destroyed" or "Then God will destroy him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 usl4 figs-abstractnouns καὶ ... εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 Then it will go on to destruction The noun "destruction" can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: "Then he will be destroyed" or "Then God will destroy him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 glf1 figs-activepassive εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 it will go on to destruction The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 8 r6h4 figs-activepassive ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα 1 those whose names have not been written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "those whose names God did not write" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 9 p3lb 0 Connecting Statement: The angel continues speaking. Here he explains the meaning of the seven heads of the beast that the woman is riding.
|
||||
|
|
@ -771,16 +771,16 @@ REV 17 9 i6ta 0 This calls for "This makes it necessary to have"
|
|||
REV 17 9 nr42 αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν 1 The seven heads are seven hills Here "are" means "stand for" or "represent."
|
||||
REV 17 10 yk93 figs-metaphor οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν 1 Five kings have fallen The angel speaks of dying as falling. Alternate translation: "Five kings have died" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 10 d2wx ὁ εἷς ἔστιν 1 one exists "one is king now" or "one king is alive now"
|
||||
REV 17 10 kw95 figs-metaphor ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν; ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 the other has not yet come; when he comes Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having come. Alternate translation: "the other has not yet become king; when he becomes king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 10 v8vx figs-metaphor ἔλθῃ ὀλίγον αὐτὸν μεῖναι 1 he can remain only for a little while The angel speaks of someone continuing to be king as if he were remaining in a place. Alternate translation: "he can be king only for a little while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 10 kw95 figs-metaphor ὁ ... ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν ... ὅταν ἔλθῃ 1 the other has not yet come; when he comes Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having come. Alternate translation: "the other has not yet become king; when he becomes king" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 10 v8vx figs-metaphor ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν ... μεῖναι 1 he can remain only for a little while The angel speaks of someone continuing to be king as if he were remaining in a place. Alternate translation: "he can be king only for a little while" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 11 b1ct ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν 1 it is one of those seven kings Possible meanings are 1) the beast rules twice: first as one of the seven kings, and then as the eighth king or 2) the beast belongs to that group of seven kings because he is like them.
|
||||
REV 17 11 w7sk figs-metaphor εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει 1 it is going to destruction The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. Alternate translation: "it will certainly be destroyed" or "God will surely destroy it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 12 gq2m 0 Connecting Statement: The angel continues speaking to John. Here he explains the meaning of the ten horns of the beast.
|
||||
REV 17 12 n2rd translate-unknown μίαν ὥραν 1 for one hour If your language does not divide the day into 24 hours, you may need to use a more general expression. Alternate translation: "for a very short time" or "for a very small part of a day" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 17 13 w7jb οὗτοι μίαν γνώμην ἔχουσιν 1 These are of one mind "These all think the same thing" or "These all agree to do the same thing"
|
||||
REV 17 14 wt9k writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb A "lamb" is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 17 14 abb5 figs-activepassive οἱ κλητοὶ, ἐκλεκτοὶ, καὶ πιστοί 1 the called ones, the chosen ones, and the faithful ones This refers to one group of people. The words "called" and "chosen" can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: "the called, chosen, and faithful ones" or "the ones whom God has called and chosen, who are faithful to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 f5x6 figs-metaphor τὰ ὕδατα εἶδες οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται λαοὶ ὄχλοι εἰσὶν,,,,, ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι 1 The waters you saw, where the prostitute is seated, are peoples, multitudes, nations, and languages Here "are" stands for "represent." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 14 abb5 figs-activepassive πιστοί 1 the called ones, the chosen ones, and the faithful ones This refers to one group of people. The words "called" and "chosen" can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: "the called, chosen, and faithful ones" or "the ones whom God has called and chosen, who are faithful to him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 f5x6 figs-metaphor τὰ ὕδατα ... εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ ... ὄχλοι εἰσὶν ... ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι 1 The waters you saw, where the prostitute is seated, are peoples, multitudes, nations, and languages Here "are" stands for "represent." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 kq1e figs-explicit τὰ ὕδατα 1 The waters If you need to, you can use a more specific word for the kind of water. See how you translated "many waters" in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md). Alternate translation: "The rivers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 17 15 zsh5 ὄχλοι 1 multitudes large groups of people
|
||||
REV 17 15 ua3s figs-metonymy γλῶσσαι 1 languages This refers to people who speak the languages. See how you translated this in [Revelation 10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -788,84 +788,84 @@ REV 17 16 j157 ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ
|
|||
REV 17 16 f9as figs-metaphor τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται 1 they will devour her flesh Destroying her completely is spoken of as eating all her flesh. "They will destroy her completely" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 y8cn 0 For God has put it into their hearts to carry out his purpose by agreeing to give ... until God's words are fulfilled They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: "For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give ... until God's words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God's purpose"
|
||||
REV 17 17 sb1d figs-metonymy 0 God has put it into their hearts Here "heart" is a metonym for desires. Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it in their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: "God has made them want" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 ku6m τὴν βασιλείαν 1 power to rule "authority" or "kingly authority"
|
||||
REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τοῦ Θεοῦ' τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι 1 until God's words are fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until God fulfills what he said will happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 17 ku6m τὴν ... βασιλείαν 1 power to rule "authority" or "kingly authority"
|
||||
REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 until God's words are fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "until God fulfills what he said will happen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 w2lu 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast.
|
||||
REV 17 18 md61 figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 is Here "is" stands for "represents." (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 uy1m figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν 1 the great city that rules When it says that the city rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: "the great city whose leader rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 17 18 uy1m figs-metonymy ἡ ... πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν 1 the great city that rules When it says that the city rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: "the great city whose leader rules" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Prophecy<br><br>The angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Metaphors<br><br>Prophecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
|
||||
REV 18 1 fl3m figs-personification 0 General Information: The pronouns "she" and "her" refer to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 18 1 xxe5 0 Connecting Statement: Another angel comes down from heaven and speaks. This is a different angel than the one in the previous chapter, who spoke about the prostitute and the beast.
|
||||
REV 18 2 a2f5 figs-metaphor 0 Fallen, fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. See how you translated this in [Revelation 14:8](../14/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 2 ii4l ὀρνέου μεμισημένου 1 detestable bird "disgusting bird" or "repulsive bird"
|
||||
REV 18 2 ii4l ὀρνέου ... μεμισημένου 1 detestable bird "disgusting bird" or "repulsive bird"
|
||||
REV 18 3 l5jq figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations The nations is a metonym for the people of those nations. Alternate translation: "the people of all the nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 kpp1 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς πέπτωκαν 1 have drunk the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: "have become sexually immoral like her" or "have become drunk like her in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 kp3p figs-personification τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 her immoral passion Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 kpp1 writing-symlanguage τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πέπτωκαν 1 have drunk the wine of her immoral passion This is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: "have become sexually immoral like her" or "have become drunk like her in sexual sin" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 kp3p figs-personification τοῦ ... θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς 1 her immoral passion Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 3 ejc5 ἔμποροι 1 merchants A merchant is a person who sells things.
|
||||
REV 18 3 ql37 ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς 1 from the power of her sensual way of living "because she spent so much money on sexual immorality"
|
||||
REV 18 3 ql37 ἐκ ... τῆς ... δυνάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς 1 from the power of her sensual way of living "because she spent so much money on sexual immorality"
|
||||
REV 18 4 ze11 figs-personification 0 General Information: The pronouns "she" and "her" refer to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 18 4 e7c7 0 Connecting Statement: Another voice from heaven begins to speak.
|
||||
REV 18 4 nz77 figs-metonymy ἄλλην φωνὴν 1 another voice The word "voice" refers to the speaker, which is probably either Jesus or the Father. Alternate translation: "someone else" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 5 e32w figs-metaphor ἐκολλήθησαν αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Her sins have piled up as high as heaven The voice speaks of Babylon's sins as if they were objects that could form a pile. Alternate translation: "Her sins are so many they are like a pile that reaches heaven" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 5 u2yu ἐμνημόνευσεν 1 has remembered "has thought of" or "has started to pay attention to." This does not mean that God remembered something he had forgotten. See how you translated "called to mind" in [Revelation 16:19](../16/19.md).
|
||||
REV 18 6 ec42 figs-metaphor ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν 1 Pay her back as she has paid others back The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: "Punish her as she has punished others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 ec42 figs-metaphor ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς ... αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν 1 Pay her back as she has paid others back The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: "Punish her as she has punished others" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 pa62 figs-metaphor διπλώσατε 1 repay her double The voice speaks of punishment as if it were payment. Alternate translation: "punish her twice as much" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 xba5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν 1 in the cup she mixed, mix double the amount for her The voice speaks of causing others to suffer as preparing strong wine for them to drink. Alternate translation: "prepare for her the wine of suffering that is twice as strong as what she made for others" or "make her suffer twice as much as she made others suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 l3n5 κεράσατε διπλοῦν 1 mix double the amount Possible meanings are 1) "prepare twice the amount" or 2) "make it twice as strong"
|
||||
REV 18 6 xba5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ... ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν 1 in the cup she mixed, mix double the amount for her The voice speaks of causing others to suffer as preparing strong wine for them to drink. Alternate translation: "prepare for her the wine of suffering that is twice as strong as what she made for others" or "make her suffer twice as much as she made others suffer" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 6 l3n5 κεράσατε ... διπλοῦν 1 mix double the amount Possible meanings are 1) "prepare twice the amount" or 2) "make it twice as strong"
|
||||
REV 18 7 i9bm 0 Connecting Statement: The same voice from heaven continues speaking about Babylon as if it were a woman.
|
||||
REV 18 7 we2t ἐδόξασεν αὑτὴν 1 she glorified herself "the people of Babylon glorified themselves"
|
||||
REV 18 7 yt32 figs-metonymy ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει 1 For she says in her heart Here "heart" is a metonym for a person's mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: "For she says to herself" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 m3mg figs-simile κάθημαι βασίλισσα 1 I am seated as a queen She claims to be a ruler, having her own authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 m3mg figs-simile κάθημαι‘ βασίλισσα 1 I am seated as a queen She claims to be a ruler, having her own authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 dy5k figs-metaphor χήρα οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not a widow She implies that she will not be dependent on other people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 eh5r figs-metaphor πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω 1 I will never see mourning Experiencing mourning is spoken of as seeing mourning. Alternate translation: "I will never mourn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 7 eh5r figs-metaphor πένθος ... οὐ μὴ ἴδω 1 I will never see mourning Experiencing mourning is spoken of as seeing mourning. Alternate translation: "I will never mourn" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 8 u6r9 figs-metaphor ἥξουσιν αἱ πληγαὶ αὐτῆς 1 her plagues will come Existing in the future is spoken of a coming. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 8 vkk2 figs-metaphor ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται 1 She will be consumed by fire Being burned up by fires is spoken of as being eaten up by fire. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Fire will completely burn her up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 8 vkk2 figs-metaphor ἐν ... πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται 1 She will be consumed by fire Being burned up by fires is spoken of as being eaten up by fire. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Fire will completely burn her up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 9 lj14 0 General Information: In these verses the word "her" refers to the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 9 pmz9 0 Connecting Statement: John tells what people say about Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 9 wk13 μετ’ αὐτῆς πορνεύσαντες καὶ στρηνιάσαντες 1 committed sexual immorality and went out of control with her "sinned sexually and did whatever they wanted just as the people of Babylon did"
|
||||
REV 18 10 j3ln figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 afraid of her torment The abstract noun "torment" can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: "afraid that they will be tormented as Babylon is" or "afraid that God will torment them as he torments Babylon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 18 10 qn81 οὐαὶ, οὐαί 1 Woe, woe This is repeated for emphasis.
|
||||
REV 18 10 qn81 οὐαὶ‘, οὐαί 1 Woe, woe This is repeated for emphasis.
|
||||
REV 18 10 hkd8 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν ἡ κρίσις σου 1 your punishment has come Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 11 fe7u πενθοῦσιν ἐπ’ αὐτήν 1 mourn for her "mourn for the people of Babylon"
|
||||
REV 18 12 krs3 λίθου τιμίου, μαργαριτῶν 1 precious stone, pearls "many kinds of expensive stones." See how you translated these in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md).
|
||||
REV 18 12 krs3 λίθου τιμίου ... μαργαριτῶν 1 precious stone, pearls "many kinds of expensive stones." See how you translated these in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md).
|
||||
REV 18 12 hnk1 βυσσίνου 1 fine linen expensive cloth made from flax. See how you translated "linen" in [Revelation 15:6](../15/06.md).
|
||||
REV 18 12 xm9u translate-unknown πορφύρας, σιρικοῦ, κοκκίνου 1 purple, silk, scarlet Purple is a very dark red cloth that is very expensive. Silk is a soft, strong cloth made from the fine string that silkworms make when they make their cocoons. Scarlet is an expensive red cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 18 12 hir4 πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον 1 every vessel of ivory "all kinds of containers made of ivory"
|
||||
REV 18 12 xm9u translate-unknown πορφύρας ... σιρικοῦ ... κοκκίνου 1 purple, silk, scarlet Purple is a very dark red cloth that is very expensive. Silk is a soft, strong cloth made from the fine string that silkworms make when they make their cocoons. Scarlet is an expensive red cloth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 18 12 hir4 πᾶν ... σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον 1 every vessel of ivory "all kinds of containers made of ivory"
|
||||
REV 18 12 yri7 translate-unknown ἐλεφάντινον 1 ivory a beautiful hard, white material that people get from the tusks or teeth of very large animals such as elephants or walruses. Alternate translation: "tusks" or "valuable animal teeth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 18 12 b8xc translate-unknown μαρμάρου 1 marble a precious stone used for building (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 18 13 gz3v κιννάμωμον 1 cinnamon a spice that smells nice and comes from the bark of a certain kind of tree
|
||||
REV 18 13 z894 ἄμωμον 1 spice a substance used to add flavor to food or a good smell to oil
|
||||
REV 18 14 x3kl figs-metaphor ἡ ὀπώρα 1 The fruit "Fruit" here is a metaphor for "result" or "outcome." Alternate translation: "The result" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 14 a1aa ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς 1 longed for with all your might "wanted very much"
|
||||
REV 18 14 p7f7 figs-activepassive ἀπώλετο, οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν 1 vanished, never to be found again Not to be found stands for not existing. This figure of speech can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "vanished; you will never have them again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 14 p7f7 figs-activepassive ἀπώλετο ... οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ ... εὑρήσουσιν 1 vanished, never to be found again Not to be found stands for not existing. This figure of speech can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "vanished; you will never have them again" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 15 n25k 0 General Information: In these verses, the word "her" refers to the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 15 s4iq figs-abstractnouns διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς 1 because of the fear of her torment This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns "fear" and "torment." Alternate translation: "because they will be afraid of God tormenting them they way he torments her" or "because they will be afraid of suffering the way she is suffering" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 18 15 ii7v κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες 1 weeping and mourning loudly This is what the merchants will be doing. Alternate translation: "and they will weep and mourn loudly"
|
||||
REV 18 16 i7ip figs-metaphor ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον 1 the great city that was dressed in fine linen Throughout this chapter, Babylon is spoken of as if it were a woman. The merchants speak of Babylon as being dressed in fine linen because its people were dressed in fine linen. Alternate translation: "the great city, which was like a woman dressed in fine linen" or "the great city, whose women were dressed in fine linen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 16 nji6 figs-activepassive ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον 1 that was dressed in fine linen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that wore fine linen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 16 i7ip figs-metaphor ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον 1 the great city that was dressed in fine linen Throughout this chapter, Babylon is spoken of as if it were a woman. The merchants speak of Babylon as being dressed in fine linen because its people were dressed in fine linen. Alternate translation: "the great city, which was like a woman dressed in fine linen" or "the great city, whose women were dressed in fine linen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 16 nji6 figs-activepassive ἡ ... περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον 1 that was dressed in fine linen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "that wore fine linen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 16 v6q3 figs-activepassive κεχρυσωμένη ἐν χρυσίῳ 1 was adorned with gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "adorned herself with gold" or "adorned themselves with gold" or "wore gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 16 i5uy λίθῳ τιμίῳ 1 precious jewels "valuable gems" or "treasured gems"
|
||||
REV 18 16 rtm9 translate-unknown μαργαρίτῃ 1 pearls beautiful and valuable white beads. They are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 18 17 ap3v figs-metonymy 0 whose living is made from the sea The phrase "from the sea" refers to what they do on the sea. Alternate translation: "who travel on the sea to make their living" or "who sail on the sea to different places in order to trade things" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 18 ys97 0 General Information: In these verses the word "they" refers to the sailors and seafarers, and the word "her" refers to the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 18 v7qe figs-rquestion τίς ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ 1 What city is like the great city? This question shows the people the importance of the city of Babylon. Alternate translation: "No other city is like the great city, Babylon!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 18 18 v7qe figs-rquestion τίς‘ ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ 1 What city is like the great city? This question shows the people the importance of the city of Babylon. Alternate translation: "No other city is like the great city, Babylon!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
REV 18 20 ld6c figs-abstractnouns ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς 1 God has brought your judgment on her The noun "judgment" can be expressed with the verb "judge." Alternate translation: "God has judged her for you" or "God has judged her because of the bad things she did to you" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
REV 18 21 b94u 0 Connecting Statement: Another angel begins to speak about Babylon. This is a different angel than the ones who have spoken previously.
|
||||
REV 18 21 el4e μύλινον 1 millstone a large round stone used to crush grain
|
||||
REV 18 21 dlp4 figs-metaphor ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται, Βαβυλὼν, ἡ μεγάλη πόλις καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 Babylon, the great city, will be thrown down with violence and will not be seen anymore God will completely destroy the city. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will violently throw down Babylon, the great city, and it will no longer exist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 21 dlp4 figs-metaphor ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 Babylon, the great city, will be thrown down with violence and will not be seen anymore God will completely destroy the city. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will violently throw down Babylon, the great city, and it will no longer exist" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 21 kre6 figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι 1 will not be seen anymore "no one will see it anymore." Not being seen here means that it will not exist. Alternate translation: "it will not exist anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 j6aq figs-activepassive φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν μουσικῶν αὐλητῶν καὶ,, σαλπιστῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 The sound made by harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters will not be heard anymore in you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one in your city will ever again hear the sound that harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 j6aq figs-activepassive φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν ... μουσικῶν ... αὐλητῶν, καὶ σαλπιστῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 The sound made by harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters will not be heard anymore in you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one in your city will ever again hear the sound that harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters make" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 da3h figs-apostrophe ἐν σοὶ 1 in you The angel speaks as if Babylon were there listening to him. Alternate translation: "in Babylon" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 c88l figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 will not be heard anymore in you "no one will hear them anymore in you." Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: "they will not be in your city anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 cu19 figs-metonymy 0 No craftsman ... will be found in you Not being found there means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: "No craftsman of any kind will be in your city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 c7p2 figs-metonymy φωνὴ μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 No sound of a mill will be heard anymore in you The sound of something not being heard means that no one will make that sound. Alternate translation: "No one will use a mill in your city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 22 c7p2 figs-metonymy φωνὴ ... μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 No sound of a mill will be heard anymore in you The sound of something not being heard means that no one will make that sound. Alternate translation: "No one will use a mill in your city" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 pmd2 0 General Information: The words "you," "your," and "her" refer to Babylon.
|
||||
REV 18 23 d3yq 0 Connecting Statement: The angel who threw the millstone finishes talking.
|
||||
REV 18 23 d67i figs-activepassive φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 The voices of the bridegroom and the bride will not be heard in you anymore This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one will ever again hear in Babylon the happy voices of a bridegroom and a bride" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 ja6m figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 will not be heard in you anymore Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: "will not be in your city anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 ja6m figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ... ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι 1 will not be heard in you anymore Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: "will not be in your city anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 q8qm figs-metaphor οἱ ἔμποροί σου ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς 1 your merchants were the princes of the earth The angel speaks of important and powerful people as if they were princes. Alternate translation: "your merchants were like princes of the earth" or "your merchants were the most important men in the world" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 j3iy figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν τὰ ἔθνη 1 the nations were deceived by your sorcery This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you deceived the people of the nations with your magic spells" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 24 s8bp figs-activepassive , ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 In her the blood of prophets and saints was found, and the blood of all who have been killed on the earth Blood being found there means that the people there were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: "Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 18 23 j3iy figs-activepassive ἐν ... τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν ... τὰ ἔθνη 1 the nations were deceived by your sorcery This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "you deceived the people of the nations with your magic spells" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 18 24 s8bp figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 In her the blood of prophets and saints was found, and the blood of all who have been killed on the earth Blood being found there means that the people there were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: "Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 intro h785 0 # Revelation 19 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>The beginning of chapter 19 concludes the topic of Babylon falling.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Songs<br><br>The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>##### Wedding celebration<br><br>The wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, who is all his people.<br>
|
||||
REV 19 1 qu5h 0 General Information: This is the next part of John's vision. Here he describes the rejoicing in heaven over the fall of the great prostitute, who is the city of Babylon.
|
||||
REV 19 1 lr94 ἤκουσα 1 I heard Here "I" refers to John.
|
||||
|
|
@ -877,16 +877,16 @@ REV 19 2 cj3t figs-rpronouns ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς 1 she herself This
|
|||
REV 19 3 jm9m εἴρηκαν 1 They spoke Here "They" refers to the crowd of people in heaven.
|
||||
REV 19 3 h1k4 ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means "Praise God" or "Let us praise God." See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 3 zy6e καπνὸς αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει 1 smoke rises from her The word "her" refers to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. The smoke is from the fire that destroys the city. Alternate translation: "smoke rises from that city"
|
||||
REV 19 4 r43f translate-numbers οἱ εἴκοσι- πρεσβύτεροι τέσσαρες 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 19 4 r43f translate-numbers πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες 1 twenty-four elders "24 elders." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 19 4 y4qd τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα 1 the four living creatures "the four living beings" or "the four living things." See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md)
|
||||
REV 19 4 dns7 figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ 1 who was seated on the throne This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who sat on the throne" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 4 dns7 figs-activepassive τῷ ... καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ 1 who was seated on the throne This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "who sat on the throne" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 w9qe figs-personification φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν 1 a voice came out from the throne Here John speaks of the "voice" as if it were a person. Alternate translation: "someone spoke from the throne" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 c3lm figs-inclusive αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Praise our God Here "our" refers to the speaker and all God's servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 cck3 figs-explicit οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 you who fear him Here "fear" does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: "all you who honor him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 cck3 figs-explicit οἱ ... φοβούμενοι αὐτόν 1 you who fear him Here "fear" does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: "all you who honor him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 5 qdb3 figs-merism 0 both the unimportant and the powerful The speaker uses these words together to mean all of God's people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 19 6 kq7n figs-simile καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ ὡς φωνὴν,, ὑδάτων πολλῶν καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν 1 Then I heard what sounded like the voice of a great number of people, like the roar of many waters, and like loud crashes of thunder John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large crowd of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud thunder. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 19 6 kq7n figs-simile καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ ... ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν 1 Then I heard what sounded like the voice of a great number of people, like the roar of many waters, and like loud crashes of thunder John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large crowd of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud thunder. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 19 6 mdj6 ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah This word means "Praise God" or "Let us praise God." See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 6 e3ua ὅτι Κύριος 1 For the Lord "Because the Lord"
|
||||
REV 19 6 e3ua ὅτι ... Κύριος 1 For the Lord "Because the Lord"
|
||||
REV 19 7 hi52 0 Connecting Statement: The voice of the crowd from the previous verse continues speaking.
|
||||
REV 19 7 api6 χαίρωμεν 1 Let us rejoice Here "us" refers to all of God's servants.
|
||||
REV 19 7 m5av δῶμεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ 1 give him the glory "give God the glory" or "honor God"
|
||||
|
|
@ -896,57 +896,57 @@ REV 19 7 j6d7 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing in the present is sp
|
|||
REV 19 7 q9e4 figs-metaphor ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν 1 his bride has made herself ready John speaks of God's people as if they were a bride who has gotten ready for her wedding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 8 pz72 figs-metaphor ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν 1 She was permitted to be dressed in bright and clean fine linen Here "she" refers to the people of God. John speaks of the righteous acts of God's people as if they were a bright and clean dress that a bride wears on her wedding day. You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: "God allowed her to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 9 ayc4 0 General Information: An angel begins to speak to John. This is likely the same angel who began to speak to John in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md).
|
||||
REV 19 9 l72p figs-activepassive οἱ κεκλημένοι 1 those who are invited You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: "the people whom God invites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 9 l72p figs-activepassive οἱ ... κεκλημένοι 1 those who are invited You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: "the people whom God invites" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 9 q4ya figs-metaphor τὸ δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the wedding feast of the Lamb Here the angel speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people forever as if it were a wedding feast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 10 uq6h ἔπεσα ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ 1 I fell down at his feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See note in [Revelation 19:3](../19/03.md).
|
||||
REV 19 10 i2yq τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου 1 your brothers The word "brothers" here refers to all believers, male and female.
|
||||
REV 19 10 up6l figs-metaphor τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 who hold the testimony about Jesus Here holding stands for believing in or announcing. Alternate translation: "who speak the truth about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 10 i2yq τῶν ... ἀδελφῶν σου 1 your brothers The word "brothers" here refers to all believers, male and female.
|
||||
REV 19 10 up6l figs-metaphor τῶν ... ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 who hold the testimony about Jesus Here holding stands for believing in or announcing. Alternate translation: "who speak the truth about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 10 rku2 figs-explicit ἡ γὰρ μαρτυρία Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας 1 for the testimony about Jesus is the spirit of prophecy Here "spirit of prophecy" refers to God's Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: "for it is the Spirit of God who gives people the power to speak the truth about Jesus" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 11 xx12 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new vision. John begins to describe a rider on a white horse.
|
||||
REV 19 11 m1qn καὶ εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν ἠνεῳγμένον 1 Then I saw heaven open This imagery is used to signify the beginning of a new vision. See how you translated this idea in [Revelation 4:1](../04/01.md) and [Revelation 11:19](../11/19.md) and [Revelation 15:5](../15/05.md).
|
||||
REV 19 11 hcs8 ὁ καθήμενος αὐτὸν 1 The one riding it The rider is Jesus.
|
||||
REV 19 11 hcs8 ὁ καθήμενος ... αὐτὸν 1 The one riding it The rider is Jesus.
|
||||
REV 19 11 lp9a figs-explicit 0 It is with justice that he judges and wages war Here "justice" refers to what is right. Alternate translation: "He judges all people and wages war according to what is right" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 12 p9ak figs-simile 0 His eyes are like a fiery flame John speaks of the rider's eyes as if they shone like a flame of fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 19 12 yhr7 figs-activepassive 0 He has a name written on him You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone has written a name on him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 12 kk9x figs-rpronouns 0 on him that no one knows but himself "on him, and only he knows the meaning of that name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
|
||||
REV 19 13 vny3 figs-activepassive περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον βεβαμμένον αἵματι 1 He wears a robe that was dipped in blood You can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: "Blood had covered his robe" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 13 hdk1 figs-activepassive κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 his name is called the Word of God You can state this in active form. "Word of God" here is a metonym for Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "his name is called the Message of God" or "his name is also the Word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 13 hdk1 figs-activepassive κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 his name is called the Word of God You can state this in active form. "Word of God" here is a metonym for Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: "his name is called the Message of God" or "his name is also the Word of God" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 m9yn ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα 1 Out of his mouth goes a sharp sword The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 19 15 a88t πατάξῃ τὰ ἔθνη 1 strikes down the nations "destroys the nations" or "brings the nations under his control"
|
||||
REV 19 15 uq4z figs-metaphor ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ 1 rule them with an iron rod John speaks of the rider's power as if he were ruling with an iron rod. See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:5](../12/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 nb4y figs-metaphor αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος 1 He tramples in the winepress of the fury of the wrath of God Almighty John speaks of the rider's destroying his enemies as if they were grapes that a person tramples in a winepress. Here "wrath" refers to God's punishment of evil persons. Alternate translation: "He crushes his enemies according to the judgment of God Almighty, just as a person crushes grapes in a winepress" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 16 a61a figs-activepassive ἔχει:" γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον ὄνομα ἐπὶ αὐτοῦ τὸν μηρὸν καὶ 1 He has a name written on his robe and on his thigh: This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone has written a name on his robe and thigh:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 15 nb4y figs-metaphor αὐτὸς ... πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ ... θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος 1 He tramples in the winepress of the fury of the wrath of God Almighty John speaks of the rider's destroying his enemies as if they were grapes that a person tramples in a winepress. Here "wrath" refers to God's punishment of evil persons. Alternate translation: "He crushes his enemies according to the judgment of God Almighty, just as a person crushes grapes in a winepress" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 19 16 a61a figs-activepassive ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα γεγραμμένον 1 He has a name written on his robe and on his thigh: This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone has written a name on his robe and thigh:" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 17 m6dt figs-metonymy εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ 1 I saw an angel standing in the sun Here "the sun" is a metonym for the light of the sun. Alternate translation: "Then I saw an angel standing in the light of the sun" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 19 18 khs9 figs-merism ἐλευθέρων τε καὶ δούλων, μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων 1 both free and slave, the unimportant and the powerful The angel uses these two sets of opposite-meaning words together to mean all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 19 20 q83v figs-activepassive ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης 1 The beast was captured and with him the false prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The rider on the white horse captured the beast and the false prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 20 gs37 τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md).
|
||||
REV 19 18 khs9 figs-merism ἐλευθέρων τε καὶ δούλων ... μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων 1 both free and slave, the unimportant and the powerful The angel uses these two sets of opposite-meaning words together to mean all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 19 20 q83v figs-activepassive ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης 1 The beast was captured and with him the false prophet This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The rider on the white horse captured the beast and the false prophet" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 20 gs37 τὸ ... χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου 1 the mark of the beast This was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md).
|
||||
REV 19 20 ht8g figs-activepassive ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο 1 The two of them were thrown alive This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God threw the beast and the false prophet alive" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 20 blr1 0 the fiery lake of burning sulfur "the lake of fire that burns with sulfur" or "place full of fire that burns with sulfur"
|
||||
REV 19 21 h6ea figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 The rest of them were killed by the sword that came out of the mouth of the one who rode on the horse This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The rider of the horse killed the remainder of the beast's armies with the sword that extended from his mouth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the sword that came out of the mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 19 21 h6ea figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 The rest of them were killed by the sword that came out of the mouth of the one who rode on the horse This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "The rider of the horse killed the remainder of the beast's armies with the sword that extended from his mouth" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 19 21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ ... τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the sword that came out of the mouth The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md).
|
||||
REV 20 intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes<br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### The thousand-year reign of Christ<br><br>In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>##### Final rebellion<br><br>This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God's ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>##### Great white throne<br><br>This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Book of Life<br><br>This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Hades and the lake of fire<br>These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])<br>
|
||||
REV 20 1 rkv7 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit.
|
||||
REV 20 1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Here "I" refers to John.
|
||||
REV 20 1 c18c Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit This is an extremely deep narrow hole. Possible meanings are 1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever or 2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md).
|
||||
REV 20 2 r6es writing-symlanguage δράκοντα 1 dragon This was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 xj22 figs-explicit ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ 1 sealed it over him The angel sealed the pit to keep anyone from opening it. Alternate translation: "sealed it to prevent anyone from opening it" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 el4f figs-metonymy πλανήσῃ τὰ ἔθνη 1 deceive the nations Here "nations" is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: "deceive the people-groups" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 ns5x translate-numbers τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 the thousand years "1,000 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 el4f figs-metonymy πλανήσῃ ... τὰ ἔθνη 1 deceive the nations Here "nations" is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: "deceive the people-groups" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 ns5x translate-numbers τὰ ... χίλια ἔτη 1 the thousand years "1,000 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 20 3 y9xd figs-activepassive δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι 1 he must be set free This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will command the angel to free him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 4 lw2r 0 General Information: This is the next part of John's vision. He describes suddenly seeing thrones and the souls of believers.
|
||||
REV 20 4 qzt1 figs-activepassive κρίμα ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς 1 who had been given authority to judge This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whom God had given authority to judge" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 4 u3u8 figs-activepassive τῶν πεπελεκισμένων 1 who had been beheaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "whose heads others had cut off" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 4 tut2 διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the testimony about Jesus and for the word of God "because they had spoken the truth about Jesus and about the word of God"
|
||||
REV 20 4 xz5l figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the word of God These words are a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: "for what they taught about the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 4 tut2 διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the testimony about Jesus and for the word of God "because they had spoken the truth about Jesus and about the word of God"
|
||||
REV 20 4 xz5l figs-metonymy διὰ ... τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 for the word of God These words are a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: "for what they taught about the scriptures" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 4 cc1v ἔζησαν 1 They came to life "They came back to life" or "They became alive again"
|
||||
REV 20 5 cw4j οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 The rest of the dead "All of the other dead people"
|
||||
REV 20 5 e1pm translate-numbers τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη 1 the thousand years were ended "the end of the 1,000 years" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 20 6 f3gz figs-personification ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν 1 Over these the second death has no power Here John describes "death" as a person with power. Alternate translation: "These people will not experience the second death" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 6 v4z3 writing-symlanguage ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος 1 the second death "dying a second time." This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: "the final death in the lake of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 6 v4z3 writing-symlanguage ὁ ... δεύτερος θάνατος 1 the second death "dying a second time." This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: "the final death in the lake of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 7 y1vw figs-activepassive λυθήσεται ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ 1 Satan will be released from his prison This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God will release Satan from his prison" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 8 g429 figs-simile 0 They will be as many as the sand of the sea This emphasizes the extremely large number of soldiers in Satan's army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 20 9 jlc6 ἀνέβησαν 1 They went "Satan's army went"
|
||||
REV 20 9 f4t7 τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην 1 the beloved city This refers to Jerusalem.
|
||||
REV 20 9 f4t7 τὴν ... πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην 1 the beloved city This refers to Jerusalem.
|
||||
REV 20 9 jhq8 figs-personification κατέβη πῦρ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτούς 1 fire came down from heaven and devoured them Here John speaks of fire as if it were alive. Alternate translation: "God sent fire from heaven to burn them up" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 10 pif3 figs-activepassive ὁ διάβολος, ὁ πλανῶν αὐτοὺς, ἐβλήθη εἰς 1 The devil, who deceived them, was thrown into This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God threw the devil, who had deceived them, into" or "God's angel threw the devil, who had deceived them, into" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 10 rjv1 0 lake of burning sulfur "the lake of fire that burns with sulfur" or "place full of fire that burns with sulfur." See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:20](../19/20.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -959,72 +959,72 @@ REV 20 12 lt7k figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ 1 The
|
|||
REV 20 12 vvc4 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων 1 by what was recorded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "by what he had recorded" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 ea2h figs-personification 0 The sea gave up the dead ... Death and Hades gave up the dead Here John speaks of the sea, death, and Hades as if they were living persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 bg4u figs-activepassive ἐκρίθησαν 1 the dead were judged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God judged the dead people" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 pk3k figs-metonymy ὁ ᾍδης 1 Hades Here "Hades" is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God's judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 13 pk3k figs-metonymy ὁ ... ᾍδης 1 Hades Here "Hades" is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God's judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 20 14 lw6b figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν 1 Death and Hades were thrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "God threw Death and Hades" or "God's angel threw Death and Hades" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 14 qv55 writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός 1 the second death "dying a second time." This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: "the final death in the lake of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 15 c9pb figs-activepassive εἴ τις' οὐχ εὑρέθη γεγραμμένος 1 If anyone's name was not found written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If God's angel did not find a person's name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 14 qv55 writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ... ὁ ... δεύτερός 1 the second death "dying a second time." This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: "the final death in the lake of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 20 15 c9pb figs-activepassive εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη ... γεγραμμένος 1 If anyone's name was not found written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "If God's angel did not find a person's name" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 20 15 wq31 figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός 1 he was thrown into the lake of fire This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "the angel threw him into the lake of fire" or "the angel threw him into the place where fire burns forever" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 intro pai8 0 # Revelation 21 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Second death<br><br>Death is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>#### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>##### Book of Life<br><br>This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### New heaven and new earth<br><br>It is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word "new" in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time.<br>
|
||||
REV 21 1 tj16 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the new Jerusalem.
|
||||
REV 21 1 vks1 εἶδον 1 I saw Here "I" refers to John.
|
||||
REV 21 2 er4u figs-simile ὡς νύμφην κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 like a bride adorned for her husband This compares the new Jerusalem to a bride who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 2 er4u figs-simile ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 like a bride adorned for her husband This compares the new Jerusalem to a bride who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 3 i8za figs-metonymy φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου λεγούσης 1 a great voice from the throne saying The word "voice" refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: "someone speak loudly from the throne saying" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 3 gk3m ἰδοὺ! 1 Look! The word "Look" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
REV 21 3 gk3m ἰδοὺ 1 Look! The word "Look" here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
REV 21 3 hpt1 figs-parallelism 0 The dwelling place of God is with human beings, and he will live with them These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that God will, indeed, live among men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 21 4 w39g figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 He will wipe away every tear from their eyes Tears here represent sadness. See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: "God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears" or "God will cause them to not be sad anymore" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 5 rq2q figs-metonymy οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν 1 these words are trustworthy and true Here "words" refers to the message that they formed. Alternate translation: "this message is trustworthy and true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 dq8n figs-parallelism , τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the beginning and the end These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God's eternal nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 dq8n figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the beginning and the end These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God's eternal nature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 li7s figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who began all things and who ends all things" or 2) "the one who has always lived and who always will live." If these are unclear to readers, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first and the last" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 21 6 bf1p ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the end Possible meanings are 1) "the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end" or 2) "the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things."
|
||||
REV 21 6 wk2c figs-metaphor 0 To the one who thirsts ... water of life God speaks of a person's desire for eternal life as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 7 vms6 0 Connecting Statement: The one seated on the throne continues to speak to John.
|
||||
REV 21 8 hma7 τοῖς δειλοῖς 1 the cowards "those who are too afraid to do what is right"
|
||||
REV 21 8 k8yp ἀπίστοις ἐβδελυγμένοις 1 the detestable "those who do terrible things"
|
||||
REV 21 8 hma7 τοῖς ... δειλοῖς 1 the cowards "those who are too afraid to do what is right"
|
||||
REV 21 8 k8yp ἀπίστοις ... ἐβδελυγμένοις 1 the detestable "those who do terrible things"
|
||||
REV 21 8 zu27 0 the fiery lake of burning sulfur "the lake of fire that burns with sulfur" or "place full of fire that burns with sulfur." See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:20](../19/20.md).
|
||||
REV 21 8 k1hl writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second death "dying a second time." This is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](./08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: "the final death in the lake of fire" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 21 9 cf2m figs-personification τὴν νύμφην, τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the bride, the wife of the Lamb The angel speaks of Jerusalem as if it were a woman who is about to marry her groom, the Lamb. Jerusalem is metonymy for those who believers who will inhabit it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 21 9 bil2 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 21 10 czp2 writing-background ἀπήνεγκέν με ἐν Πνεύματι 1 carried me away in the Spirit The setting changes as John is taken to a high mountain where he can see the city of Jerusalem. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 17:3](../17/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
REV 21 11 g44j ἔχουσαν 1 Jerusalem This refers to the "Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven" that he described in the previous verse and not to the physical Jerusalem.
|
||||
REV 21 11 xvg6 figs-parallelism ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ ὡς λίθῳ,- ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 like a very precious jewel, like a stone of crystal-clear jasper These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the brilliance of Jerusalem by naming a specific jewel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 21 11 n51z κρυσταλλίζοντι- 1 crystal-clear "extremely clear"
|
||||
REV 21 11 xvg6 figs-parallelism ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 like a very precious jewel, like a stone of crystal-clear jasper These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the brilliance of Jerusalem by naming a specific jewel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
REV 21 11 n51z κρυσταλλίζοντι 1 crystal-clear "extremely clear"
|
||||
REV 21 11 vvq1 translate-unknown ἰάσπιδι 1 jasper This is a valuable stone. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 12 j9eb translate-numbers πυλῶνας δώδεκα 1 twelve gates "12 gates" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
|
||||
REV 21 12 qgh3 figs-activepassive ἐπιγεγραμμένα 1 were written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone had written" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 14 mm12 Ἀρνίου 1 Lamb This refers to Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md).
|
||||
REV 21 16 fs8z translate-numbers σταδίων δώδεκα χιλιάδων 1 twelve thousand stadia "12,000 stadia." You may convert this to modern measures. Alternate translation: "2,200 kilometers" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
REV 21 17 eut1 translate-numbers πηχῶν 1 144 cubits "one hundred forty-four cubits." You may convert this to modern measures. Alternate translation: "66 meters" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
|
||||
REV 21 18 g7w8 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐνδώμησις τοῦ τείχους ἴασπις καὶ ἡ πόλις χρυσίον καθαρὸν 1 The wall was built of jasper and the city of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had built the wall with jasper and the city with pure gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 18 g7w8 figs-activepassive ἡ ἐνδώμησις τοῦ τείχους ... ἴασπις; καὶ ἡ πόλις χρυσίον καθαρὸν 1 The wall was built of jasper and the city of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone had built the wall with jasper and the city with pure gold" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 18 n3hu figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν, ὅμοιον ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ 1 pure gold, like clear glass The gold was so clear that it is spoken of as if it were glass. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 18 h239 translate-unknown ἴασπις 1 jasper This is a valuable stone. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 19 ick5 figs-activepassive οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους κεκοσμημένοι 1 The foundations of the wall were adorned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone adorned the foundations of the wall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 19 ick5 figs-activepassive οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους ... κεκοσμημένοι 1 The foundations of the wall were adorned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "Someone adorned the foundations of the wall" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 19 ke4b translate-unknown 0 jasper ... sapphire ... agate ... emerald These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated it in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 20 a2tm translate-unknown 0 onyx ... chrysolite ... beryl ... topaz ... chrysoprase ... jacinth ... amethyst These are all precious gems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 21 yn6i translate-unknown μαργαρῖται 1 pearls beautiful and valuable white beads. They are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
REV 21 21 g75r figs-activepassive ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς μαργαρίτου 1 each of the gates was made from a single pearl This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone had made each of the gates from a single pearl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 21 vp22 figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν, ὡς ὕαλος διαυγής 1 pure gold, like transparent glass The gold was so clear that it is spoken of as if it was glass. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 21 g75r figs-activepassive ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν ... ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς μαργαρίτου 1 each of the gates was made from a single pearl This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "someone had made each of the gates from a single pearl" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 21 vp22 figs-simile χρυσίον καθαρὸν ὡς ὕαλος διαυγής 1 pure gold, like transparent glass The gold was so clear that it is spoken of as if it was glass. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
REV 21 22 m2ew figs-metaphor 0 Lord God ... and the Lamb are its temple The temple represented God's presence. This means the new Jerusalem does not need a temple because God and the Lamb will live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 23 v2m9 figs-metaphor 0 its lamp is the Lamb Here the glory of Jesus, the Lamb, is spoken of as if it were a lamp that gives light to the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 24 j3lk figs-metonymy περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη 1 The nations will walk The words "the nations" are a metonym for the people who live in the nations. "Walk" here is a metaphor for "live." Alternate translation: "The people from all the different nations will live" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 21 25 lq1z figs-activepassive οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν 1 Its gates will not be shut This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "No one will shut the gates" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 26 ps25 οἴσουσιν 1 They will bring "The kings of the earth will bring"
|
||||
REV 21 27 n3nh figs-doublenegatives 0 nothing unclean will ever enter into it, nor anyone This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: "only what is clean will ever enter, and never anyone" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
|
||||
REV 21 27 g7fr figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς' ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 but only those whose names are written in the Lamb's Book of Life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but only those whose names the Lamb wrote in his Book of Life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 27 cw99 writing-symlanguage τῷ τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 21 27 g7fr figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 but only those whose names are written in the Lamb's Book of Life This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "but only those whose names the Lamb wrote in his Book of Life" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 21 27 cw99 writing-symlanguage τῷ ... τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 22 intro e1ya 0 # Revelation 22 General Notes<br>#### Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter emphasizes that Jesus is coming soon.<br><br>#### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>##### Tree of life<br><br>There is probably an intended connection between the tree of life in the Garden of Eden and the tree of life mentioned in this chapter. The curse that began in Eden will end at this time.<br><br>#### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>##### Alpha and omega<br><br>These are the names of the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet. The ULT spells out their names in English. This strategy can serve as a model for translators. Some translators, however, may decide to use the first and last letters in their own alphabet. This would be "A and Z" in English.<br>## Links:<br><br>* __[Revelation 22:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../21/intro.md) | __<br>
|
||||
REV 22 1 b1ad 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the new Jerusalem as the angel shows it to him.
|
||||
REV 22 1 uu7b ἔδειξέν μοι 1 showed me Here "me" refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 1 vl23 ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the river of the water of life "the river flowing with life-giving water"
|
||||
REV 22 1 yn2p figs-metaphor ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 1 mxp4 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 22 1 mxp4 writing-symlanguage τοῦ ... Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb This is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
|
||||
REV 22 2 l2aq figs-metonymy θεραπείαν τῶν ἐθνῶν 1 the nations Here "nations" refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: "the people of all nations" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 3 d5fq πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι 1 There will no longer be any curse Possible meanings are 1) "There will never be anyone there that God will curse" or 2) "There will not be anyone there who is under God's curse"
|
||||
REV 22 3 by36 οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ 1 his servants will serve him Possible meanings of "his" and "him" are 1) both words refer to God the Father, or 2) both words refer to both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one.
|
||||
REV 22 4 zy4x figs-idiom ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 They will see his face This is an idiom, meaning to be in God's presence. Alternate translation: "They will be in God's presence" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 j51i figs-explicit 0 General Information: This is the beginning of the end of John's vision. In verse 6 the angel is speaking to John. In verse 7, Jesus is speaking. This can be shown clearly as is is in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 xaw8 figs-metonymy 0 These words are trustworthy and true Here "words" refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: "This message is trustworthy and true" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 6 cr31 figs-metonymy ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the God of the spirits of the prophets Possible meanings are 1) the word "spirits" refers to the inward disposition of the prophets and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: "God who inspires the prophets" or 2) the word "spirits" refers to the Holy Spirit who inspires the prophets. Alternate translation: "God who gives his Spirit to the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 7 p72h ἰδοὺ! 1 Look! Here Jesus begins to speak. The word "Look" adds emphasis to what follows.
|
||||
REV 22 6 cr31 figs-metonymy ὁ ... Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the God of the spirits of the prophets Possible meanings are 1) the word "spirits" refers to the inward disposition of the prophets and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: "God who inspires the prophets" or 2) the word "spirits" refers to the Holy Spirit who inspires the prophets. Alternate translation: "God who gives his Spirit to the prophets" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 7 p72h ἰδοὺ 1 Look! Here Jesus begins to speak. The word "Look" adds emphasis to what follows.
|
||||
REV 22 7 afr9 figs-explicit 0 I am coming soon! It is understood that he is coming in order to judge. See how you translated this in [Revelation 3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: "I am coming to judge soon!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 8 xr17 0 General Information: John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel.
|
||||
REV 22 8 uvk3 ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν 1 I fell down to worship at the feet This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ REV 22 10 gqa8 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John.
|
|||
REV 22 10 ct48 figs-explicit 0 Do not seal up ... this book To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: "Do not keep secret ... this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 10 xc15 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here "words" refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: "This prophetic message of this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 12 idc6 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: As the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 f5jl figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ ὁ πρῶτος, καὶ, ὁ ἔσχατος ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 f5jl figs-parallelism τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the alpha and the omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 uup6 figs-metaphor τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ 1 the alpha and the omega These are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. Possible meanings are 1) "the one who began all things and who ends all things" or 2) "the one who has always lived and who always will live." If unclear to readers you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: "the A and the Z" or "the first and the last" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 cpl9 figs-merism ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 the first and the last This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
REV 22 13 nnm2 ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος 1 the beginning and the end Possible meanings are 1) "the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end" or 2) "the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things." See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1042,17 +1042,17 @@ REV 22 15 aw1h ἔξω 1 Outside This means they are outside the city and not a
|
|||
REV 22 15 tkd7 figs-metaphor 0 are the dogs In that culture the dog was an unclean, despised animal. Here the word "dogs" is derogatory and refers to people who are wicked. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 16 pu85 figs-you μαρτυρῆσαι ὑμῖν 1 to testify to you Here the word "you" is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
REV 22 16 t2v9 figs-metaphor ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ 1 the root and the descendant of David The words "root" and "descendant" mean basically the same thing. Jesus speaks of being a "descendant" as if he were a "root" that grew out of David. Together the words emphasize that Jesus belongs to the family of David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
|
||||
REV 22 16 g9uj figs-metaphor ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός ὁ πρωϊνός 1 the bright morning star Jesus speaks of himself as if he were the bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning and indicates that a new day is about to begin. See how you translated "morning star" in [Revelation 2:28](../02/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 16 g9uj figs-metaphor ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός, ὁ πρωϊνός 1 the bright morning star Jesus speaks of himself as if he were the bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning and indicates that a new day is about to begin. See how you translated "morning star" in [Revelation 2:28](../02/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 gig5 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is a response to what Jesus said.
|
||||
REV 22 17 lt8j figs-metaphor ἡ νύμφη 1 the Bride Believers are spoken of as if they were a bride about to be married to her groom, Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 m9at figs-explicit ," ἔρχου!" 1 Come! Possible meanings are 1) that this is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: "Come and drink!" or 2) that this is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: "Please come!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 m9at figs-explicit ἔρχου 1 Come! Possible meanings are 1) that this is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: "Come and drink!" or 2) that this is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: "Please come!" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 e2m5 figs-metaphor 0 Whoever is thirsty ... the water of life A person's desire for eternal life is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 17 dwb6 figs-metaphor ὕδωρ ζωῆς 1 the water of life Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 fd5l 0 General Information: John gives his final remarks about the book of Revelation.
|
||||
REV 22 18 d95j μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ 1 I testify Here "I" refers to John.
|
||||
REV 22 18 s36m figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου 1 the words of the prophecy of this book Here "words" refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: "This prophetic message of this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 jzu8 : ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσει ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone adds to them ... God will add This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
|
||||
REV 22 18 d4sc figs-activepassive τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 that are written about in this book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which I have written about in this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 22 18 jzu8 ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσει ὁ Θεὸς 1 If anyone adds to them ... God will add This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
|
||||
REV 22 18 d4sc figs-activepassive τὰς ... γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 that are written about in this book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: "which I have written about in this book" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
REV 22 19 ss3y 0 If anyone takes away ... God will take away This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
|
||||
REV 22 20 u6mb 0 General Information: In these verses John gives his and Jesus' closing greetings.
|
||||
REV 22 20 y9p2 ὁ μαρτυρῶν 1 The one who testifies "Jesus, who testifies"
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it contains an unexpected character in line 2 and column 1764.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue